2018 International Conference on

Applied Science and Technology

(iCAST) PROCEEDINGS
Organized by:
Indonesian Polytechnics

Hosted by:

2018 International Conference on

Applied Science and Technology
Manado State Polytechnic Electronic Engineering Polytechnic
Institute of Surabaya
For Social Science
(iCAST-SS)
Supported by:
October 26-27, 2018
Manado, Indonesia

Official Website:
http://icast.politeknik.or.id or http://icast2018.polimdo.ac.id
 PROCEEDINGS
2018 International Conference on
Applied Science and Technology
forSocial Science
(iCAST-SS)

APPLIED INTELLIGENCE TECHNOLOGY FOR SUPPORTING 4.0

INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION AND ITS IMPACT ON SUSTAINABLE
SOCIAL AND ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT

Manado State Polytechnic

Manado, Indonesia, October 26-27, 2018

1
 Preface

This Conference Proceeding contains 99written version of Social Science Research Papers presented
during the first iCAST (International Conference on Applied Science and Technology) on 26-27 October
in the Four Point by Sheraton Hotel Manado and at the Manado Mayor’s Office, North Sulawesi,
Indonesia. The conference’s theme covers Applied Intelligence Technology for Supporting 4.0 Industrial
Revolution and its Impact on Sustainable Social and Economic Developmentwhich isthoroughly
discussed in various topics including Industry 4.0 Strategic Initiatives for Competitiveness and
Sustainability, Humanities, Management, Accounting and Taxation Advancements for Sustainable
Development, Technology key issues in Digital Tourism and Sustainable Development, Economics for
Innovation and Technology, Media and Communications Studies for Education and Technology and The
improvement of local agricultural resources through sustainable development goals in providing
national food security. The Conference has offered a tremendous opportunity to the researchers from
Japan, Germany, Malaysia, Australia and Indonesia to present and discuss their research papers in a
wide range of research areas. It is important to note that Keynotes from Technology is changing how
tourism appears and does Business, Halal Life Style: from the perspective of Science &
Technology, Technology solutions to key issues in marine tourism destinations have also
contributed to a rich array of discussion. A deepest gratitude goes to the corresponding Keynote
Speakers for their valuable contributions to ensure the success of the conference. A sincerest
appreciation is extended to all the following people and team: all participants for their treasured
involvement in the conference programs and in realizing this proceeding, all conference committee
members for their professionalism and commitments to the high standard of the conference
arrangement, and last but least, the Indonesian State Polytechnic Forum and technical co-sponsored of
IEEE Indonesia Section that have organized the conference. We are looking forward to receiving fruitful
insights and recommendation for the second iCAST in the future.
Official Website:
http://icast.politeknik.or.id
http://icast2018.polimdo.ac.id

2
 Table of Contents

PROCEEDINGS BOOK
Preface…………………………………………………………………………………………………2
Table of Contents……………………………………………………………………………………..3
Committee of iCAST 2018……………………………………………………………………………4
Speech From Director of Manado State Polytechnic……………………………………………….7
Grettings from The General Chair…………………………………………………………………..8
Speech from the Chairman of the Commission for Research and Publication of FDPNI………..9
Forum Direktur Politeknik Negeri se-Indonesia………………………………………………..…10
Welcome from the iCAST 2018 General Co-Chair………………………………………………..11
Technical Program…………………………………………………………………………...……...12
Parallel Session……………………………………………………………………………………14
Keynote Speaker 1………………………………………………………………………………...22
Keynote Speaker 2………………………………………………………………………………...23
Keynote Speaker 3………………………………………………………………………………...24
Keynote Speaker 4………………………………………………………………………………...25
ALL OF PAPERS 26

3
 Committee of iCAST 2018

General Chair
 Anang Tjahjono
General Co-Chairs
 Debby Willar
 Bet El Silisna Lagarense
Advisory Committee
 Taufik, California Polytechnic State University, California, USA
 Mauridhi Hery Purnomo, Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember Surabaya,INDONESIA
 Rachmad Imbang Tritjahjono, Politeknik Negeri Bandung, INDONESIA
 Zainal Arief, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
 Ever Notje Slat, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Ahmad Taqwa, Politeknik Negeri Sriwijaya, INDONESIA
 Son Kuswadi, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
 RW (Bill) Carter, University of the Sunshine Coast, Queensland, AUSTRALIA
 Eddy Yusuf, Management and Science University, MALAYSIA
 Bambang Trigunarsyah, RMIT University, AUSTRALIA
 Yasushi Kiyoki, Keio University, JEPANG
Program Committee
 A.Tossin Alamsyah, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, INDONESIA
 Ali Ridho Barakbah, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
 Anggit Murdani, Politeknik Negeri Malang, INDONESIA
 Anton Satria Prabuwono, King Abdulaziz University, SAUDI ARABIA
 Bambang Trigunarsyah, RMIT University, AUSTRALIA
 Bi Nyoman Aryaningsih, Politeknik Negeri Bali, INDONESIA
 Budi Hariono, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, INDONESIA
 Debby Willar, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Eddy Yusuf, Management and Science University, MALAYSIA
 I Dewa Made Cipta Santosa, Politeknik Negeri Bali, INDONESIA
 I Ketut Gede Juli Suarbawa, Politeknik Negeri Bali, INDONESIA
 Ida Nurhayati, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, INDONESIA
 Iis Mariam, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, INDONESIA
 Kurnia Ekasari, Politeknik Negeri Malang, INDONESIA
 Lilik Sudiajeng, Politeknik Negeri Bali, INDONESIA
 Nur Hasyim, Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, INDONESIA
 Rilya Rumbayan, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 RW (Bill) Carter, University of the Sunshine Coast, Queensland, AUSTRALIA
 Sidiq Syamsul Hidayat, Politeknik Negeri Semarang, INDONESIA
 Tineke Saroinsong, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
4
  Tri Budi Santoso, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
 Tri Harsono, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
 Yusuf Dewantoro Herlambang, Politeknik Negeri Semarang, INDONESIA
Organizing Committee
 Steve Supit, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Bernadain Polii, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Fanny J. Doringin, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Stevie Kaligis, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Ali Ramschie, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Benny Towoliu, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Diane Tangian, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Imran Musanif, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Ivoletti Walukow, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Teddy Takaendengan, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Veny V. Ponggawa, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Roby S. Lumbu, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Kholid Fathoni, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
Publications Committee
 M. Udin Harun Al Rasyid, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
 Dimas Okky, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
 Anritsu S.Ch. Polii, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
Publicity and Public Relations Committee
 Marike A.S. Kondoj, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Herry S. Langi, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Andri Suryandari, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
Workshop and Exhibition Committee
 Rilya Rumbayan, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Daysi Sundah, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Nancy Mandey, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Efendy Rasjid, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Anita Wauran, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Meydi Wollah, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
Finance and Treasure Committee
 Hedy Rumambi, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Ita Zoeriah, Politeknik Elektronika Negeri Surabaya, INDONESIA
Transportation Committee
 Leonard Tawalujan, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Noldy Kondoj, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Oktavianus Lintong, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Herotje Siwi, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
5
  Artian Sirun, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
Registration Committee
 Joseph Tangon, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Syane Pangemanan, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Seska Nicolaas, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Shane Pangemanan, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Revleen Kaparang, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
 Agustinus Lumettu, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA
Web Design Committee
 Anritsu S.Ch. Polii, Politeknik Negeri Manado, INDONESIA

6
 Speech From Director of Manado State Polytechnic

Distinguished Guests
The international conference on Applied Science and Technology
(iCAST) 2018 has provided a platform for us all to address and revisit
important issues dealing with the latest development in science and
technology and their relevant and significant contributions to humanity in
general and in education in the specific content. In addition to connecting
people from different background and expertise, this International seminar
exposes a continuous quest and search for better, much more fruitful way
of serving, enhancing and promoting higher education as an integral part
in national capacity building. To convincingly state that science and
technology provides vehicles for higher education development is not an
exaggeration. It further enables it to capture and capitalize on the
opportunities available for the betterment and advancement not only for education per se but a
also for the global community.
As the Director of this great institution, I am honoured and pleased to welcome you all and wish
you have a productive conference.

Ir. Ever N. Slat, MT

Director of Manado State Polytechnic

7
 Grettings from The General Chair

Praise to God’s grace given to us, that we will hold 2018

Internationalconference applied science andtechnology iCAST in
Manado Indonesia.
As human beings living in the age of the 4th industrial revolution,
should always collaborate to jointly improve living standards through
applied technology that continues to grow rapidly.
The research culture that we do will be useful if our invention can be
beneficial to life. By attending this international conference and sharing
the results of research by fellow participants will accelerate the
development of further research innovation while enjoying the beauty of
Manado Island which has been known by domestic and foreign tourists located in Indonesia.
In addition to sharing the results of research and updating technology that develops today through
the keynote speakers, we can build collaboration research more widely without being limited by
time and geographical location.
With the pleasure of the conference committee waiting for your participation from all over the
world in Manado Indonesia.

Warm regards,
Dr. Anang Tjahjono
General Chair

8
 Speech from the Chairman of the Commission for Research and Publication of
FDPNI

Honourable members of director forum, distinguished guests Ladies and

Gentlemen,
First and foremost, I would like to thank God Almighty for His mercy to
make this International Conference in Applied Science and Technology or
iCAST 2018 happens in Manado. This conference is driven by Indonesia
Polytechnic Director Forum (locale abbrev. FDPNI). As a committee
member of the Director Forum who is responsible for Research and
Community Service, I give high appreciation to Research and Community
Service Coordination Board consisting of 43 Indonesian state
polytechnics acting as organizer committee.
This conference is the implementation of MoU signed by 43 Polytechnic
Directors who agree to organize scientific forum in the forms of national
seminars andinternational conference which demand each polytechnic to
give contribution in terms of funding, human resources such as
organizers, speakers, and the committee. This year, National Seminar will be held in Bali and the
international Conference or iCAST will be in Manado.
In this occasion, I would like to express my sincere gratitude to all organizing committee both from
BakorP2MI and core committee.
I have to extend further thanks to Politeknik Negeri Manado for great hospitality you have given as
the host of this conference.
I feel honoured to welcome all participants from all over the world to attend this conference. Do
come to Manado, a beautiful city with many tourism destinations.
I hope that this conference is also going to be a great success and I request for your support in
making it a memorable and successful event.

Dr. Dipl. Ing. Ahmad Taqwa, M.T

Director of State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya

9
 Forum Direktur Politeknik Negeri se-Indonesia

Dear Researchers, Innovators and Experts.

First of all, on behalf of Association of Director of State Polytechnics in
Indonesia, or in Bahasa it is known as Forum Direktur Politeknik Negeri se-
Indonesia (FDPNI), we are very happy to welcome you to our first
International Conference on Applied Science and Technology, iCAST 2018.
In this opportunity, allow me to express our sincere appreciation to our
colleague, Director of Politeknik Negeri Manado, Assoc. Prof. Ever Slat, for
his significant contribution to support this conference.
The iCAST conference is designed to facilitate the researcher, innovators,
experts, industries and all stake holders to share their needs and findings,
not only their success story, but also the problems during they conduct research, innovation and
fabrication. Currently, we understand, interdisciplinary research plays important factor to address
the future challenges at the national or international levels. Therefore, we do hope this conference
will open the barrier and strengthen the collaborations.
Finally, we wish you all to enjoy the presentations and interactive panels. Last but not least, high
appreciation is addressed to committee, those make this conference happen.

Yours Sincerely,
Dr. Rachmad Imbang Tritjahjono
Chairman,
Forum Direktur Politeknik Negeri se-Indonesia (FDPNI)

10
 Welcome from the iCAST 2018 General Co-Chair

Welcome to the first International Conference on Applied Science and

Technology (iCAST) 2018. It is a great pleasure for Manado State
Polytechnic, Indonesia, to be co-organizing this event with the
Consortium of Indonesia State Polytechnic, in the spirit of strengthening
of cooperation and mutual growth to be quality applied higher
education institutions. It is our utmost pleasure to hold the first iCAST
2018 in the most friendly city in Indonesia – Manado. The aim of this
International Conference with our selected theme, “Applied Intelligence
Technology for Supporting 4.0 Industrial Revolution and Its Impact on
Sustainable Social and Economic Development”, is to bring together
researchers and experts in intelligent technology from educational
institutions, research and development, industry, government and the
community, to exchange and share ideas, knowledge through a
discussion of a wide range of issues related to industrial revolution,
covering potential, roles, needs, opportunities, and challenges. Under this theme, the conference
focuses on the innovative and applied contributions in engineering and social sciences to the
existing and future enhancement of sustainable human life, environment-friendly, and technology
advancement. It is hoped that iCAST Manado will be beneficial to accelerate the roles of the
academic institution, government, and industry, in pursuing a sustainable social and economic
development.
My deepest gratitude to all of the speakers, participants, sponsors, and Manado City Government,
for their various contributions and generous support. May we have a successful and fruitful
conference. God bless you all.

Prof. Debby Willar, PhD.

General Co-Chair

11
 Technical Program

Date : Friday, 26 October 2018 (Conference and Exhibition)

Venue : The Four Points Hotel by Sheraton, Manado
TIME TOPIC SPEAKER
08.00-09.00 Registration
09.00 Opening Ceremony
09.02-09.05 Prayer Pdt Jerry Purnama
09.05-09.10 Sing National Anthem : Indonesia Raya
09.10-09.15 Speech 1 : General Chair Dr. Anang Tjahjono
Mr. M. Salehuddin,
09.15-09.20 Speech 2 : IEEE Representative
Vice Secretary1
Speech 3 : Chair of Polytechnic Director Forum of Dr. Ir. RachmadImbang
09.20-09.25
Indonesia Tritjahjono,MT
09.25-09.30 Souvenir Presentation to Key Speech
09.30-09.45 Cakalele Dance
09.45-10.00 Coffee Break
Key Note 1: Prof. RW (Bill) Carter
(University of the Sunshine Coast, Queensland, Australia)
10.00-10.25
Technology is changing how tourism appears and
does Business
Key Note 2: Prof. Eddy Yusuf
(Management and Science University, Shah Alam
10.25-10.50 Selangor, Malaysia)
Halal Life Style: from the perspective of Science &
Technology
Dra. Mareyke Alelo, MBA
Key Note 3: Prof. Bambang Trigunarsyah
(RMIT University, Melbourne, Australia)
10.50-11.15
Strategy for Implementing Industrial Building
System: a Case Study of the Kingdom of Saudi Arabia
Key Note 4: Prof Yasuhi Kiyoki
(KEIO University, Japan).
11.15-11.40 A Global Knowledge Sharing and Mining System for
Natural and Social Environment-Analysis
andVisualization with Multi-Dimensional World-M
11.40-11.55 Question & Answer
Souvenir and Certificates Presentation to Key Note
11.55-12.00
Speakers
12.00-13.30 Lunch Break / Exhibition
Parallel Session Room 1: Moderator: Adrianus
34 participants / Engineering science Amheka
Parallel Session Room 2: Moderator: Lilik
34 participants / Engineering science Sudiajeng
Parallel Session Room 3: Moderator: Dewa Cipta
34 participants / Engineering science
13.30-18.30
Parallel Session Room 4 (Ballroom Corner 1): Moderator:
34 participants / Engineering science Qimyatussaadah
Parallel Session Room 5 (Ballroom Corner 2): Moderator: Tommy
29 participants / Social Science Ekamitra
Parallel Session Room 6 (Ballroom Corner 3): Moderator: Abdul Rasyid
29 participants / Social Science Zarta
18.30-19.00 Closing Day 1

12
Date : Saturday, 27 October 2018 (Conference and Workshop)
Venue : Manado Mayor’s Office
TIME TOPIC SPEAKER
08.00-09.00 Registration
09.00 Opening Ceremony
09.02-09.05 Prayer Pdt Jerry Purnama
09.05-09.10 Sing National Anthem : Indonesia Raya
09.10-09.20 Speech 1 : City Mayor of Manado Dr. Vicky Lumentut
09.20-09.30 Speech 2 : Director of Manado State Polytechnic Ir. Ever N. Slat, MT
09.30-09.40 Speech 3 : Chair of Polytechnic Director Forum of Dr. Ir. Rachmad Imbang
Indonesia Tritjahjono, MT
09.40-09.45 Souvenir Presentation to Key Speech
09.45-09.55 Maengket Dance
10.00-10.20 Key Note 1: Prof Yasuhi Kiyoki (KEIO University, Japan)
“5-Dimensional World Map”: A Global Knowledge-
Sharing, Analysis and Visualization System for
Realizing Smart-City Environments in Manado
10.20-10.40 Key Note 2: Prof. Bambang Trigunarsyah (RMIT
University, Melbourne Australia)
Sustainable Infrastructure for a Smart City
10.40-11.00 Key Note 3: Prof. RW (Bill) Carter (University of the
Sunshine Coast, Queensland, Australia)
Technology solutions to key issues in marine tourism Prof. Debby Willar
destinations
11.00-11.20 Key Note 4: Dra. Mareyke Alelo, MBAand Priyono, ST.,
MT
The Uses of Waste Plastics for oil fuels and Paving
Block Materials
11.00-11.40 Key Note 5: Mr. Salvius Patangke – GM PT PGE Area
Lahendong (from Industry)
Renewable Energy
11.40-11.55 Question & Answer
11.55-12.00 Souvenir and Certificates Presentation to Key Note
Speakers
12.00-13.30 Lunch Break/Exhibition
13.30-14.30 Workshop Dr. Anang Tjahjono
Artificial Intelligence for Supporting Your Research
Parallel Session Room 1 : Moderator: Yuli Yetri
21 participants / Engineering science
Parallel Session Room 2 : Moderator: Maksi
14.30-18.00
20 participants / Social Science Sendiang
Parallel Session Room 2 : Moderator: Benny
21 participants / Social Science Towoliu
17.00-18.00 SPPD Arrangement
18.00-18.30 Dinner
18.30-20.00 Closing Speech : Director of Manado State Polytechnic Ir. Ever N. Slat, MT
20.00-20.30 Transport from The City Hall to Four Points Hotel,
Manado

Date : Sunday, 28 October 2018: Post Conference Tour (Optional)

TIME TOPIC
08.00 Bunaken Tour
Minahasa High Land Tour
Manado City Tour

13
Parallel Session
DAY 1:Four Points by Sheraton Manado
Room 5
Time Seq. Title
13.30-14.05 1 Employability Skills for Sustainable
Development and Supporting Industrial
Revolution 4.0: a Study for Polytechnic
Curriculum Development
2 Needs Analysis of Synectics Learning through
Developing of Augmented Reality Media for
Learning of Narrative Story of Writing at
Institut Pendidikan Indonesia
3 The Influence of Spiritual Intelligence, And
Gender on The Personal Financial of
Management Students (Evidence From
Batam)
4 The Influence Of E-Service Website E-
Commerce Quality To E-Customer
Satisfaction
14.05-14.40 5 The Potential of exopolysaccharide bacterial
isolate from the rhizosphere of potato as
Nitrogen fixation
6 Influence of Products, Prices and Locations
on Consumer Purchasing Decisions in
Manado's Boulevard Resto and Café Service
Entities
7 Business Performance and Competitive
Advantage: Multi Perspective Analysis of
SMEs in Bali
8 POLICY MODEL OF WASTE MANAGEMENT IN
IMPROVING THE ENVIRONMENTAL BASED
ON COMMUNITY QUALITY
14.40-15.15 9 Democratic Patronage in Intergovernmental
Financial Transfer (The Case of East
Kalimantan Province, Indonesia)
10 Developing The Students' Speaking Ability
Through Multiplication Method
11 Tourism Village Management Model In
Maintaining Bali's Sustainable Tourism
12 The effect of competency, independency, and
motivation of auditor on audit quality
(empirical study on Public Accounting Firms
in Bali)
15.15-15.50 13 Design of Tourism Development Area in
Manado Gulf Based On Community
Participation
14 Study Creative Industry Sector Design,
Fashion, Publishing, and Printing in Jakarta
and Bandung
15 Assessing of Poverty Alleviation Model based Ni Nyoman Aryaningsih (Politeknik Negeri Bali,
on the Entrepreneurship Spirit in Tourism Indonesia); I Irianto (Warmadewa University,
Villages
16 IMPLEMENTATION OF INTEGRATED
QUALITY IN THE MANADO STATE
POLITECHNIC TOURISM DEPARTMENT
15.50-16.25 17 Human Existence (Study Of Existentialism
Philosophy In "Merahnya Merah" Novel By
Iwan Simatupang)
18 Existing Local Ecolinguistic Study For
Exposure Of Exotic Fish Type On Tourism
Point Point In Bunaken Island The Province
Of North Sulawesi
14
Author(s)
I Made Suarta (Politeknik Negeri Bali,
Indonesia)
Deasy Damayanti (Universitas Pendidikan
Indonesia, Indonesia)
Nanik Lestari (Politeknik Negeri Batam,
Indonesia)
Mega Mayasari and Audina (Politeknik Negeri
Batam, Indonesia)
Mu'minah Mappiasse (Pangkep State
Polytechnic Agriculture, Indonesia)
Grace Ropa and Shane Pangemanan (Manado
state Polytechnic, Indonesia); Ivoletti Walukow
(Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Ni Wayan Sukartini, Anak Agung Ayu Mirah
Kencanawati and Ni Ketut Lasmini (Bali State
Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Nining latianingsih (Politeknik Negeri Jakarta),
Iis Mariam (Politeknik Negeri Jakarta), Ahmad
Tossin Alamsyah (Politeknik Negeri Jakarta)
Ahyar Diah, La Ode Hasiara and Ramli
(Politeknik Negeri Samarinda, Indonesia)
Agustinus Lumettu and Treesje Runtuwene
(Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Ketut Santra (Politeknik Negeri Bali,
Indonesia); Wayan Sukarta, Ida Bagus Sanjaya,
Cokorda Yudistira, Ketut Pasek, Wayan Sumetri
and Wailan (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia)
Desak Suciwati (Politeknik Negeri Bali,
Indonesia)
Felly Warouw (Universitas Negeri Manado,
Indonesia)
Purnomo Ananto (Politeknik Negeri Media
Kreatif, Indonesia)
Indonesia); I Nyoman Abdi and I Putu Mertha
Astawa (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia)
Bernadain D. Polii (Tourism Department
Manado State Polytechnic), Diane
Tangian(Tourism Department Manado State
Polytechnic), Hendry Kumaat (Tourism
Department Manado State Polytechnic)
Viktory Rotty (Universitas Negeri Manado,
Indonesia)
Mirjam Tenda (Manado State Polythecnic,
Indonesia)
DAY 1:Four Points by Sheraton Manado
Room 5
Time Seq. Title
19 Maximizing of Local Community
Empowerment Based on Social Capital
Coordination Action In Tourism
Development, A Case in Bunaken Island
20 Study of Sea Water Quality in the Dive Spot
of Bunaken Marine Park
16.25-17.00 21 The Contribution of Sport Massage on
Subjective Physiological Complaint in
Semester IV Students Faculty of Science
22 Analysis Of E-Service Quality On Website E-
Commerce On E-Customer Satisfaction
23 Differences in Public Service Quality on the
City Government and the Authority of Batam
24 Sustainable Tourist Attraction: Current
Trends In Development Case Study In
Gunung Salak Village
17.00-17.45 25 The Development of Instructional Materials
as Media to Deliver Web Programming
Materials
26 Government Policy as a Moderation on The
Effect of Innovation toward Business
Performance on Small and Medium
Enterprises
27 Financial Independence Of Regencies and
Cities In East Kalimantan Province
28 Value of Culture in the Traditional
Distribution of Tontemboan Communities
29 Indigenous Ethics in Bali Cultural Tourism
15
Author(s)
Jufrina Mandulangi (Politeknik Negeri Manado,
Indonesia)
Dannie R.S. Oroh and Oktavianus Lintong
(Politeknik Negeri Manado)
Fentje Langitan and Beatrix Podung
(Universitas Negeri Manado, Indonesia)
Rahmat Hidayat (Politeknik Negeri Batam,
Indonesia)
Dwi Kartikasari and Arif Barkah (Politeknik
Negeri Batam, Indonesia)
Ni Nyoman Triyuni, I Ketut Suarta, Ni Ketut
Bagiastuti and NI Nyoman Sri Astuti
(Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia)
Hiskia Kamang Manggopa, Christine Manoppo,
Peggy Togas and Johan Batmetan (Universitas
Negeri Manado, Indonesia)
Sidik Ismanu (State Polytechnic of Malang,
Indonesia)
Indah Martati (Politeknik Negeri Samarinda
(Polnes), Indonesia); Besse Asniwaty
(Politeknik Negeri Samarinda, Indonesia);
Suminto (Politeknik Negeri Samarinda,
Indonesia)
Yurike Lewan (Manado State Polytechnic,
Indonesia)
Ida Bagus Putu Suamba and Gede Santanu
(Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia)
DAY 1:Four Points by Sheraton Manado
Room 6
Time Seq. Title Author(s)
13.30- 1 Analysis Of Business Development Sarono (Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Indonesia)
14.05 Strategy Straw Mushroom Raw Material
EFB in Lampung Province
2 Spawning of snakehead fish (Channa Nur Rahmawaty Arma (Pangkep State Polytechnic of
striata) in the artificial habitat and the Agriculture, Indonesia); Muhammad Illijas and Luqman
metamorphosis of its larvae Saleh (Politeknik Pertanian Negeri Pangkajene Kepulauan,
Indonesia); Irmawati (Hasanuddin University, Indonesia)
3 Impact of wages to investment Novriyanto (Politeknik Negeri Batam, Indonesia); Adi
realization and manpower absorption Irawan Setiyanto (Politeknik Negeri Batam, Indonesia)
before and after the implementation of
PP no. 78 year 2015
4 Are there Village Regulations that Anak Agung Harmini (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia);
Regulate Home Stay Using Village Land Nyoman Mastiani Nadra (Politeknik Negeri Bali,
in Ubud Village, Gianyar-Bali Indonesia); Gede Parwata (Politeknik Negeri Bali,
Indonesia)
14.05- 5 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in Hedy Rumambi, Revleen Kaparang, Jerry Lintong and
14.40 Higher Education: An Indonesian Joseph Tangon (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Sustainable Development Perspective
6 A City of Thousand Rivers, Promoting Mochammad Arif Budiman (Politeknik Negeri
Halal Tourism in Banjarmasin, Indonesia Banjarmasin, Indonesia); Manik Sadewa (State Polytechnic
of Banjarmasin, Indonesia); Lusiana Handayani (Politeknik
Negeri Banjarmasin, Indonesia)
7 Design and Development Blended Parulian Silalahi (Politeknik Manufaktur Negeri Bangka
Learning Approach for Student Low Belitung, Indonesia)
Achievement in Mathematics
8 Implementation Of Discounted Earning Ida Bagus Anom Yasa, I Ketut Sukayasa and Dewi Liyanofi
Approach Method On Revaluation Of Anandari (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia); I Gst. Ayu Kt.
Fixed Assets (Case Study At PT ASP Giantari (Udayana University, Indonesia)
Denpasar)
14.40- 9 Do Farmers Higher Benefit and Value Irmayani Noer, Sri Handayani and Cholid Fatih (Politeknik
15.15 Added from Collective Marketing? The Negeri Lampung, Indonesia)
Case of Coffee Marketing in Lampung
Province Indonesia
10 Local community perception of China Benny Towoliu (Politeknik Negeri Manado, Indonesia)
ritual attraction as the icon of tourism
cultural heritage: the case in China
Village, Manado
11 English Learning By Using Application - Grace Pontoh and Marike Kondoj (Manado State
Based On Mind Mapping Model Polytechnic, Indonesia); Christo Pua (Sam Ratulangi
University of Manado); Maya Munaiseche (Manado State
Polytechnic, Indonesia)
12 Social Networks in Tourism: Case on Nyoman Indah Kusuma Dewi (Bali State Polytechnic,
Tourism Villages Indonesia); I Nyoman Abdi (Bali State Polytechnic); I Gusti
Agung Bagus Mataram (Bali State Polytechnic, Indonesia)

15.15- 13 Perception, Awareness and Consumer Muhammad Hamidi (Bengkalis State of Polytechnic,
15.50 Insight Toward Purchase Intention Indonesia), Mujiono (Bengkalis State of Polytechnic,
Tanjak and Tenun Lejo Products Indonesia)
14 Exploring Green Start-up Finance for I Putu Astawa (State Polytechnic of Bali, Indonesia)
Tourism Villages
15 Boosting Students' Communicative Gede Ginaya (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia); I Ketut
Competence through Utilizing SION-PNB Suarta, I Ketut Budarma, Gusti Suci Murni, I Ketut Suja and
LMS: How Digital Literacy could be I Nyoman Rejeki (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia)
Implemented Effectively in Vocational
College
16 Model of Investment Water Scheme of Shirly Susanne Lumeno (Universitas Negeri Manado),
Drinking Water Supply System (SPAM) Lanny Mamudi (Sam Ratulangi University)
Development in Mapanget Sub District
Manado City
15.50- 17 The Effect of Audit Going Concern on the Hanny Oktaria (Politeknik Negeri Batam, Indonesia)
16.25 Prediction Model Of Bankruptcy and
Reputation Auditor
18 Customer Consentration And Tax Wika Putri (Politeknik Negeri Batam, Indonesia)
Aggressiveness Of Non Financial
Company In Indonesia Stock Exchange
In 2014-2015
19 An Analysis on Tourism Potency and the Muhammad Sabri and Diah Paramita Sari (Politeknik
Community Readiness in Developing Negeri Bengkalis, Indonesia)
16
DAY 1:Four Points by Sheraton Manado
Room 6
Time Seq. Title Author(s)
Berancah as a Tourism Village
20 Wanagiri Hidden Hill Rural Tourist Ni Nyoman Sri Astuti (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia),
Activities: A Strategy of Diversifying Bali Gede Ginaya (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia), I Ketut
Tourist Attraction Endeavor Suarta (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia), Ni Ketut
Bagiastuti (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia)

16.25- 21 Capability of the red seaweed G. Muhammad Illijas (Politeknik Pertanian Negeri Pangkajene
17.00 vermiculophylla in Producing Kepulauan, Indonesia); Andriani Nasir (Pangkep State
Prostaglandins Polytechnic of Agriculture, Indonesia); Dahlia Arifin
(Politeknik Pertanian Negeri Pangkep, Indonesia); Yutaka
Itabashi (Hokkaido University, Japan)
22 Seaweed Culture for Nutrient Abatement Andriani Nasir (Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture,
in Spermonde Waters Indonesia); Muhammad Illijas (Politeknik Pertanian Negeri
Pangkajene Kepulauan, Indonesia); Muhammad Lukman
(Hasanuddin University, Indonesia); Mirta Teichberg
(Leibniz Center for Tropical Marine Ecology, Germany)
23 Identify And Analyze Internal Factor Of Ivoletti Walukow (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia);
Strengths And Weaknesses for SMEs of Maryke Alelo and Shane Pangemanan (Manado state
Coconut Furniture In the Regency of Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Tomohon Minahasa, Indonesia
24 Natural and Cultural Products I Gede Mudana (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia), Ni Made
in Global Tourism Business at Kuta Area, Ary Widiastini (Universitas Pendidikan Ganesha,
Bali Indonesia), Ni Nyoman Sri Astuti (Politeknik Negeri Bali,
Indonesia), Ni Luh Eka Armoni (Politeknik Negeri Bali,
Indonesia), Ni Wayan Ardini (Institut Seni Indonesia
Denpasar, Indonesia), I Made Ardana Putra (Politeknik
Negeri Bali, Indonesia)
17.00- 25 Utilizing Drip Irrigation Technology To Syahruni Thamrin, Baso Darwisah, Junaedi and Budiman
17.45 Increase Cotton Production Haruna (Pangkep State Politechnic of Agriculture,
Indonesia)
26 Increasing Communicative Competence Perwi Darmajanti (Politeknik Perkapalan Negeri Surabaya,
for New Challenges and Opportunities of Indonesia)
Industry 4.0
27 Evaluating Area Distribution of Sharia Lusiana Handayani (Politeknik Negeri Banjarmasin,
Cooperatives in Banjarmasin Indonesia); Dewi Nur Indah Sari (Banjarmasin State
Polytechnic, Indonesia)
28 Optimal Stocking Density of Vannamei Eulis Marlina, Dwi Puji Hartono and Imelda Panjaitan
Shrimp (Lytopenaeus vannamei) at Low (Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Indonesia)
Salinity Using Spherical Tarpaulin Pond
29 INTEGRATION OF LOCAL VALUES AND I Ketut Budarma (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia), I
GLOBAL SUSTAINABLE TOURISM Ketut Suarta (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia), Ni Made
DEVELOPMENT The Case of Tourism in Rai Erawati (Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia)
Batuan Village, Bali-Indonesia

17
DAY 2:Manado Mayor’s Office (City Hall)
Room 2
Time Seq. Title Author(s)
14.30-15.05 1 Waste and waste management diving center Dannie Oroh, Oktavianus Lintong and Easthy Tulung
and resort in Bunakem Island (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
2 The Determinants of the Internal audit Dwi Hariyanti (Politeknik Negeri Ambon, Indonesia)
performance in private and state universities
in maluku
3 Analysis Of Legal Protection On The Right Jolly Turangan and Kiet Tumiwa (Manado State
To Intellectual Property In Indonesia Polytechnic, Indonesia)
4 Effectiveness Of Task Based Language Rolina Emmy Manggopa, Nixon Sondakh and Kiet
Teaching Methods In English Learning Tumiwa (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)

15.05-15.40 5 Transparency and the application of good Rita Martini (Politeknik Negeri Sriwijaya, Indonesia)
university governance
6 Jakarta Composite Index (JCI) movement: Saiful Ghozi and Aditya Achmad Rakim (Balikpapan
case study based on short term data of the State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Fed's interest rate, BI rate and inflation
7 Consumer Protection in Higher Education: A Carolina Lasambouw, Fiorida Mathilda and Neneng
Case Study at Polytechnic Nuryati (Politeknik Negeri Bandung, Indonesia)
8 Card Based Payment in Digital Civilization: Sari Lestari Zainal Ridho (Politeknik Negeri
A Study in Indonesia Hospitality Industry Sriwijaya), Abdur Razzaq (Universitas Islam Raden
Fattah)

15.40-16.15 9 Characterization of in Vitro Shoots Brassica Nazirwan, Yusanto, Desi Maulida and Ari Wahyuni
oleracea Results of Cotyledon Explants (Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Indonesia)
Induction Using KIN and NAA
10 Urban Rice Farming (URF) as a Solution to Neneng Nuryati (Politeknik Negeri Bandung,
The Gap between Population Growth and Indonesia); Amar Sumarsa (Universitas Pakuan,
Reduction of Farmlands Through Indonesia); Edi Sagith (Sekolah Tinggi Ekonomi
Sustainable Development Goals for National Manajemen Bisnis Indonesia, Indonesia)
Food Security
11 Yuridical Analysis Implementation of Ida Nurhayati (Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, Indonesia),
Outsourcing System Work Agreement in Abdillah (Politeknik Negeri Jakarta, Indonesia)
Public Analysis Services Company
(Case Study At State Polytechnic Of Jakarta)
12 Production Of Kenaf Fiber From Shrimp Rusmini (State Agricultural Polytechnic Institute of
Shells Compost For Hand Crafts With Samarinda, Indonesia), Riama Rita Manullang (State
Natural Dyes Agricultural Polytechnic Institute of Samarinda,
Indonesia), Daryono (State Agricultural Polytechnic
Institute of Samarinda, Indonesia), Dwinita Aquastini
(State Agricultural Polytechnic Institute of Samarinda,
Indonesia)
16.15-16.50 13 Replacement of fish meal with maggot meal Rietje Bokau (Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Indonesia);
from bioconversion process of palm kernel Tutu Basuki (Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Indonesia);
cake in diets formulation of nile tilapia Eullis Marlina (Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Indonesia)
(Oreochromis niloticus)
14 Tracer Study Analysis Of Vocational YN Yeti Nugraheni, Usi Susilawati, Ajat Sudrajat and
Education In Politeknik Negeri Bandung Angki Apriliandi (Politeknik Negeri Bandung,
With Exit Cohort As An Approach Indonesia)
15 Model of Archival System Arrangement in Iyam Dua and Martine Lapod (Manado State
Improving Accreditation of Study Programs Polytechnic, Indonesia)
in Manado State Politechnic
16 Do the Chinese Tourists have bad habit? A Benny Towoliu (Politeknik Negeri Manado, Indonesia)
Case In Bunaken Island
16.50-17.25 17 Analyzing the implementation of "Student Selfy Manueke, Elvie Weku and Meiske Manopo
Evaluation Approach" for lecturer (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
performance evaluation at Manado State
Polytechnic
18 Status Of Coral Reef Condition At Several Alma Pongtuluran (Manado State Polytechnic,
Diving Point In Bunaken Islands Waters Indonesia)
North Sulawesi
19 Questioning the Direct Impact of Dianne Rondonuwu (Politeknik Negeri Manado,
International Flower Festival to Increase Indonesia)
Welfare of Flower Farmer, A Case in
Kakaskasen Village, Tomohon City
20 The Influence of Lecturer Readiness and Morris Serulo Silva Sammie Tumanduk, Pieter Robert
Learning Facilities on Student Achievement Richart Iskandar Tulus, Tendly Shwars Maki, Rulyanto

18
DAY 2:Manado Mayor’s Office (City Hall)
Room 2
Time Seq. Title Author(s)
of PTB Department of Universitas Negeri Gracideo Mario Lasut and Rolly Oroh (Universitas
Manado Negeri Manado, Indonesia)

19
DAY 2:Manado Mayor’s Office (City Hall)
Room 3
Time Seq. Title Author(s)
14.30-15.05 1 The Factors Influencing Managerial Cecilia Kewo and Roos Tuerah (Universitas Negeri
Performance And Their Effect On Manado Indonesia, Indonesia)
Financial Accountability
2 The Effect of Perception of Ely Kartikaningdyah (Politeknik Negeri Batam,
Utilization, Perception of Easy of Use Indonesia)
and Taxpayer Satisfaction on e-Filing
Use by Tax Payer
3 The Development of Teaching Aids Bayu Nurwicaksono (Politeknik Negeri Media Kreatif
for Academic Writing by Using Jakarta, Indonesia); Diah Amelia (Politeknik Negeri
Communicative Approach Web Media Kreatif, Indonesia)
Based
4 Coastal carrying capacity for Benny Towoliu (Politeknik Negeri Manado,
mangrove ecotourism development, Indonesia)
case study in Budo Village, North
Minahasa Regency

15.05-15.40 5 Environment Quality of Air and Muhammad Fikri Hernandi (Samarinda State
Water at Coal Mining Areas Agriculture Polytechnic, Indonesia)

6 Bioactivities of Forest Medicinal Abdul Zarta (Samarinda State Agriculture Polytechnic,

Plants on Kutai Ethnic (Indonesia) of Indonesia)
Tapak Leman (Hippobroma
longiflora (L) G. Don)
7 Risks Identification of Pontianak Erik Darmansyah and Andiyono (Politeknik Negeri
Oranges Farming in Sambas Regency Sambas, Indonesia); Radian and Tatang Abdurrahman
West Kalimantan (Universitas Tanjungpura Pontianak, Indonesia)

8 Analysis of Lecturer Performance Meiske Manopo and Rolyke Tulangow (Manado State
and Student Satisfaction, and The Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Impact on Student Loyalty in
Department of Business
Administration Manado State
Polytechnic
15.40-16.15 9 Characteristics of fatty acids from the Muhammad Illijas (Politeknik Pertanian Negeri
Red Alga Kappaphycus alvarezii Pangkajene Kepulauan, Indonesia); Nur Rahmawaty
(Doty) Doty (Rhodophyta, Arma (Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture,
Solieriaceae) Indonesia); Luqman Saleh and Herlina Rante
(Politeknik Pertanian Negeri Pangkajene Kepulauan,
Indonesia)
10 Method of Problem Based Learning Silvy Sambuaga (Manado State Polytechnic,
of Learning in Course Theory on Soft Indonesia)
Skills Competence of Students
11 RECLAMATION OF COAL MINING Roby(Samarinda State Agriculture Polytechnic,
MINEON GROWTH AND QUALITY Indonesia)
KENAF FIBER (Hibiscus cannabinus
L)
12 Effect of Gender in Internal Factors Arief Kumaat (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
and External Factors on the
Implementation of Impulsive
Purchase Behavior
16.15-16.50 13 Fuzzy Set Approach In GIS Raster To Nurmiaty and Yunarti (Pangkep State Polytechnic of
Identify Land Characteristics Agriculture, Indonesia); Samsu Arif (Hasanuddin
University, Indonesia); Miss Rahma Yassin and Andi
Ridwan (Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture,
Indonesia)
14 Good University Governance and its Rita Martini (Politeknik Negeri Sriwijaya, Indonesia)
Implication on Managerial
Performance
15 The Effect Of Internal Marketing On Nancy Mandey (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Organizational Citizenship Behavior
Of Restaurant Employees In Manado
City
16 COMPARATIVE ANALYSIS OF THE Anie Mundung (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
WOODEN HOUSE PRODUCTION
PRINCIPAL COST CALCULATION
USING THE FULL COSTING AND
20
DAY 2:Manado Mayor’s Office (City Hall)
Room 3
Time Seq. Title Author(s)
VARIABLE COSTING METHODS (Case
Study At Tombasian Atas Village)
16.50-17.30 17 The Application of Reciprocal Abdul Malik (State Polytechnic of Bengkalis,
Teaching to Improve Business Text Indonesia); Aswandi Aswandi (State Polytechnic of
Reading Comprehension of Business Bengkalis, Indonesia)
Administration Students of Bengkalis
State Polytechnic
18 The Effect Of Consumer Interactions Agung Kembau (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
On Social Media Towards Desire To
Visit Tomohon City
19 The Assessment of Investment and Ruhadi (Bandung State Polytechnic, Indonesia); Fiesty
Financing Impact on Shareholder Utami (Polytechnic State of Bandung, Indonesia)
Welfare (Comparative Study
Between Sharia and Non-Sharia
Compliant Company Groups in
Indonesian Capital Market)
20 Micro ROS Model in Utilization of Diane Tangian (Manado State Polytechnic, Indonesia)
Sustainable Tourism
21 Allocation Time and Consumption Marieska Lupikawaty (Politeknik Negeri Sriwijaya) ,
Childcare of Working Mother in Rosmiyati Chodijah Saleh (Universitas Sriwijaya)
Palembang City

21
Keynote Speaker 1

RW (Bill) Carter
Professor, Heritage Resource Management.
University of the Sunshine Coast, Queensland, AUSTRALIA

Bill is a graduate in forestry and marine biology, but his doctoral dissertation
was on tourism and cultural change. His early career was as a national park
interpretive specialist and a park manager, and then a consultant to
government and the private sector in environmental impact assessment and
tourism development planning. In the 1990s he entered academia at the
University of Queensland to lead the environmental tourism program and
later the University of the Sunshine Coast to head their environmental science programs. He is past
Director of USC International Development and has now returned to the USC Sustainability
Research Centre. His more recent research work has been on sustainable and community-based
tourism, especially in Cambodia and Eastern Indonesia. Bill has published more than 200 scholarly
works and is editor of the Australasian Journal of Environmental Management.

22
Keynote Speaker 2

Eddy Yusuf
Professor, (SGS) School of Graduate Studies.
Vice President , Global Affairs Director, International Centre for Halal
Studies (ICHLAS)
Management and Science University, Shah Alam Selangor, MALAYSIA.

Prof. Dr. Eddy Yusuf obtained his bachelor degree in Pharmacy from Universitas
Indonesia in 1992, his Master in Clinical Pharmacy from Universiti Sains Malaysia in
1998 & Ph.D. degree in Pharmaceutics from Universiti Kebangsaan Malaysia in 2006.
He used to be a researcher in Department of R&D of PT Kalbe Farma (Pharmaceutical
industry, Indonesia) and as a clinical pharmacist in Fatmawati Hospital in Indonesia.
Prof Eddy serves as a founder Dean of School of Pharmacy, Management & Science
University (MSU) in 2008. He also serves as a founder Director of ICHLAS in MSU, Malaysia.
He has received numerous of awards, some of which are such as FAPA Nagai-CP award in 2004, received in
Bangkok and Nagai Travel Grant 2005 to Geneva. Prof. Eddy has been awarded as a prominent national scientist
award by Malaysian Government in 2006, and he is also the recipient of ISFI (Indonesian Pharmacy Association)
award for cancer research and represents ISFI for FIP conference in Salvador 2006, Brazil.
Prof Eddy’s research in development of ‘palm oil-based nano-emulsion for intravenous purpose’ has been
awarded in local and international forum and his research finding has been patented in Malaysia. Currently, Prof
Eddy is actively conducting research in area of Halal Pharmaceutical and Cosmeceutical to establish database for
halal products as well as to develop halal raw material replacement for pharmaceutical and cosmetics products.
The International Centre for Halal Studies (ICHLAS) that currently he is leading, has been established in Malaysia
and Japan and become one of referral center for halal issues, including development of halal module, halal
training, consultancy, and research.
Prof. Eddy was the president of AFPS in year 2011-2012 and the chairman of AFPS Conference Year 2011 in
Kuala Lumpur, Malaysia. Currently he serves as a Vice President of AFPS.

23
Keynote Speaker 3

Bambang Trigunarsyah
Associate Professor of Project Management, School of Property,
Construction and Project Management.
RMIT University, Melbourne, AUSTRALIA.

Bambang earned his BSc in Engineering (Civil) from Colorado School of

Mines in the USA, a Master degree in Civil Engineering (Construction
Management) from the University of Indonesia, and a PhD in Engineering
Project Management from the University of Melbourne, Australia. He
started his professional career as a Graduate Project Engineer at Hudbay
Oil Malacca Strait Ltd., a Production Sharing Contractor for the Indonesian
State Own Oil Company, in 1998. He was involved in several oil field
development projects which included construction of access road and well site facilities, base camp,
process plant, pipeline and offshore structures. He also coordinated two studies on road
construction on peat ground. He started his full time tenure at University of Indonesia in 2001,
following the completion of his PhD. In 2002 Bambang was appointed as the Deputy Head of Civil
Engineering Department, and was promoted to the Head Department position in November 2004.
From 2007 to 2013, Bambang took a position as Associate Professor and the Course Leaders for
Master of Project Management and Master of Infrastructure Management in the School of Civil
Engineering and Built Environment, Queensland University of Technology (QUT), Australia. In
August 2013, he moved to Saudi Arabia, joining King Fahd University of Petroleum and Mineral as
Associate Professor in Construction Engineering and Management. Since July 2018, Bambang
started his position at RMIT University.
Bambang research interests are in the area of: Construction management and economic,
Constructability and operability of infrastructure project, Knowledge management in project based
organization, Post-disaster reconstruction project management, Project and program governance,
and Infrastructure project delivery and infrastructure asset management.

24
Keynote Speaker 4

Yasushi Kiyoki
Professor of Faculty of Environment and Information Studies and Graduate School
of Media and Governance, KEIO University, JAPAN.
Program Chair of “Global Environmental System Leader Program (KEIO
GESL)": PhD Leading Program in Ministry of Education, JAPAN.
Former Dean of Graduate School of Media and Governance, KEIO University, 2015
to 2017.
Former President of Database Society of Japan (DBSJ), 2016-2018, IPSJ
(Information Society of Japan) Fellow, 2004.
5D-World Map System Creator: Global Environmental Database System,
currently utilized in SDG-14, United Nations-ESCAP

Yasushi Kiyoki received his B.E., M.E. and Ph.D. degrees in Electrical Engineering from Keio
University in 1978, 1980 and 1983, respectively. From 1984 to 1996, he was with Institute of
Information Sciences and Electronics, Univ. of Tsukuba, as an assistant professor and then an
associate professor. In 1990 and 1991, he was in University of California at Irvine, as a visiting
researcher. Since 1996, he has been with Department of Environment and Information Studies at
Keio University, and from 1998 he is currently a professor. Since 2011, he is currently a chair and
coordinator of “Global Environmental System Leader Program (GESL)” in KEIO University. He was
the Former Dean of Graduate School of Media and Governance, KEIO University from 2015 to 2017.
He was a Former President of Database Society of Japan (DBSJ) from 2016 to 2018.
His research addresses semantic computing, environmental engineering, data mining, multimedia
database systems, and knowledge base systems.

25
 ALL OF PAPERS
Social Science

26
 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) in Higher
Education: An Indonesian Sustainable Development
Perspective
Hedy Rumambi 1, Revleen Kaparang 2, Jerry Lintong 3 and Joseph Tangon 4
1,2,3,4
Department of Accounting, Manado State Polytechnic, 95252, Manado, Indonesia
E-mail: hedydr@yahoo.com
Abstract— The social responsibility of higher education institution
is a responsibility that is reflected on efforts to educate the nation's
life and advanced science and technology. This study aims to
explore CSR from higher education institutions in Indonesian
sustainable development perspective. There are two steps in the
exploration process. First, data were collected through literature
studies and interviews. Interviews were conducted with several
university leaders. Second, data were analysed and interpreted
through the aspects of sustainable development and CSR in higher
education and finally the research results were drawn. The results
show that in the context of sustainable development, the social
responsibility of higher education institution is implemented in
two aspects, namely social and environmental aspects. CSR of
higher education institution refers to the ‘Tridharma’ of higher
education which includes education, research and community
service. CSR of the institution integrates the social and
environmental aspects into its ‘Tridharma’ implementation.
I. INTRODUCTION
Sustainable development is a principled development process
that meets the needs of today without sacrificing the needs of
future generations [1]. The development includes various
aspects such as land, city, business and community. In the
context of society, the process of sustainable development
cannot be separated in relation to the education aspect. Higher
education as part of the national education system has a strategic
role in educating the nation's life and advancing science and
technology by observing and applying the value of humanities
as well as the sustainable culture and empowerment of the
Indonesian nation [2]. The strategic role of higher education
reflects CSR from higher education institutions. Existentially,
CSR is not only the responsibility of the business enterprise.
Higher education institution also has a social responsibility to
society and the environment [3-8]. These responsibilities are
reflected in efforts to educate the nation and promote science and
technology. This study aims to explore CSR from higher
education institution in the perspective of sustainable
development.EASE OF USE
II. LITERATUR RIVIEW
A. What is Corporate Social Responsibility?
Define The existence of companies in the midst of society is
expected to bring a positive impact on people's lives. CSR is
present as a form of commitment from the company to act
27
ethically in its operational activities. This commitment to an
ethical action is undertaken in various efforts to prosper society
and preserve the environment. These efforts reflect the social
responsibility of the company.
Corporate social responsibility in Indonesia is regulated in
Law no. 40 of 2007 on Limited Liability Company. The law
requires companies to implement social and environmental
responsibilities. To achieve sustainable economic development,
companies are required to commit to improving the quality of
life and the environment of the local community as well as
society in general also for the company itself [9].
This shows the shift of CSR paradigm from shareholders to
stakeholders. In shareholders paradigm, the company has no
other responsibility than to increase their profits [10]. On the
other hand, the achievement of profit is not only the form of
corporate social responsibility. Law no. 40 of 2007 requires
companies to take social and environmental responsibility in the
implementation of operational activities. That is, companies in
carrying out economic activities must also be in harmony with
efforts to prosper the community and preserve the environment
[9]. In the context of sustainable development, corporations
around the world are struggling with a new role, which is to meet
the needs of the present generation without compromising the
ability of the next generation to meet their own needs.
Organizations are being called upon to take responsibility for the
ways their operations impact the societies and the natural
environment [11].
B. What is a higher education?
Higher education is a final stage of formal learning. It occurs
after completion of secondary education. This stage of
education can be in the form of universities, academies, or
vocational schools. Higher education can be done by
government or private. The implementation of higher education
in Indonesia is based on ‘Tridharma’ college. ‘Tridharma’
includes educational activities and teaching, research and
community service [2].
‘Tridharma’ is a goal that must be achieved and become an
obligation for universities to implement it. All higher education
activities are centered on the ‘Tridharma’. As an obligation, the
implementation of ‘Tridharma’ becomes the social
responsibility of higher education institutions.
Article 1 says that education is a conscious and well-planned
effort to create an atmosphere of learning and learning process
so that learners actively develop their potential to have spiritual
spiritual strength, self-control, personality, intelligence, noble
character, and skills needed of him, society, nation and state.
Article 10 explains that research is an activity conducted
according to scientific rules and methods systematically to
obtain information, data, and information relating to the
understanding and / or testing of a branch of science and
technology. Article 11 defines that services to the community is
the activity of academic civitas utilizing science and technology
to promote the welfare of society and the intellectual life of the
nation.
III. RESEARCH METHOD
Exploration is an action to seek information. The information
in question is related to CSR in higher education. There are two
steps in the exploration process. First, data collected through
literature studies and interviews. Interviews were conducted
with several university leaders. Second, data analysed and
interpreted through the aspects of sustainable development and
CSR in higher education and finally the research results of CSR
exploration in higher education are drawn.
IV. CSR IN HIGHER EDUCATION : A SUSTAINABLE
DEVELOPMENT PERSPECTIVE
Exploration is an action to seek information. The information
in question is related to CSR in higher education. There are two
steps in the exploration process. First, data collected through
literature studies and interviews. Interviews were conducted
with several university leaders. Second, data analysed and
interpreted through the aspects of sustainable development and
CSR in higher education and finally the research results of CSR
exploration in higher education are drawn.
A. Sustainable development perspective: Social and
environmental aspects
Sustainable development is a conscious and planned efforts
of all Indonesian people by combining environmental, social
and economic aspects in each activity. The efforts are made to
ensure the integrity of the environment and the safety, abilities,
welfare and quality of life of present and future generations
[12]. This concept asserts that every activity of the organization
needs to pay attention to environmental and social aspects.
The purpose of higher education is to educate the nation's
life and advance science and technology [2]. The purpose
implies that higher education has the responsibility to educate
the life of the nation and advance science and technology. That
responsibility has a meaning as a responsibility in social life, a
responsibility of society both around the institution and society
generally. Such a social responsibility cannot be separated from
the responsibility of the environment. Society and environment
are inseparable parts. The community and its activities affect
the environment as well as the environment affects the
community’s activities.
There are three considerations underlying the responsibility
of the institution to protect the universe. First, the harmony of
the cosmos will suffer and the existence of nature becomes
damaged if the institution does not contribute to preserving
28
nature. Second, there are limited natural resources. Third, there
are various forms of environmental pollution as an impact of
natural management by the company [13].
According to biocentrism, not only humans have value.
Nature also has value and precious to itself, because there is a
life in it, regardless of human interest. Biocentrism theory is
based on the consideration that life is valueable so that humans
have a moral obligation to nature [14].
The basic philosophy of Deep Ecology, called Ecosophy,
means the wisdom of managing life in harmony with nature as a
household [14]. This wisdom comes from the understanding that
everything in nature has value to itself. The necessity of
ideological change especially concerns the appreciation of the
quality of life so that people are able to take action to preserve
the environment. The responsibility of the institution should be
directed to developing, protecting, and caring for nature.
B. CSR in higher education
Institutions that organize higher education is a public
organization. As an organization, higher education institutions
have an obligation to implement CSR. University social
responsibility is done in the form of campus sustainability
movement such as waste reduction and ecological conservation
[15]. In the other perspective, university social responsibility is
in the areas of organizational governance, human rights,
environment, information for students and community
development [16].
The CSR program is synergized by universities through the
implementation of the third ‘Tridharma’, namely community
service [7]. Their programs are focused in the empowerment of
micro small and medium enterprises. CSR in the university is
related to six dimensions, namely the dimensions of alumni
oriented projects, inter-university cooperation, university-high
schools / other projects cooperation, community-oriented
international cooperation, and socio-cultured and ecological
projects [8].
On the other hand, CSR is in the form of internal and
external activities of the campus [4]. Internal activities such as
the provision of Hot Spot area for 24 hours, food center, rest
area, parking area with CCTV, student dormitory, polyclinic,
sports and art facilities, and scholarships for outstanding
students. External activities such as social service, zakat, mass
circumcision or cheap bazar expo.
The CSR of higher education institutions are in two forms;
as a partner (object) in the implementation of CSR from the
company and as the subject / executor [3]. As partners, higher
education institutions receive assistance in organizing the
education of the company. As an implementer, the institution
conducts CSR for internal parties such as scholarships for
students and provision of study assistance for lecturers who are
continuing their studies. For external parties, community
service activities are provided in the form of various trainings,
providing social assistance and creating employment
opportunities for communities around the campus. In addition,
the other forms of CSR are tree planting activities to maintain
environmental sustainability. Based on interviews with
institutional leaders, it was found that the implementation of
higher education institutions in Indonesia is focused on
‘Tridharma’. The implementation of the ‘Tridharma’ becomes
a concrete form of CSR for higher education institutions.
1) Education: Education is a conscious and planned effort
to create an atmosphere of learning and learning process so that
learners are actively developing their own potential. Ministry of
research, technology and higher education through Regulation
of Minister of Research, Technology and Higher Education no.
62 of 2016 has required universities to implement internal
quality assurance system in the organization of higher education
[17]. Internal quality assurance refers to the 24 national
standards of higher education as a minimum standard in the
implementation of higher education. The implementation of
higher education based on these 24 quality standards becomes
a social aspect of CSR in higher education institution in the field
of education. CSR in the field of education related to
environmental aspects can be done by preparing a curriculum
that contains the relationship between science with the
environment or the concept of sustainable development such as
environmental accounting, sustainable construction,
sustainable tourism, etc. CSR is also interpreted as the
responsibility of the institution to the community, especially to
families who have entrusted their children to study in the
institution. Therefore, the role of parents in higher education is
very important. Parents have the right to know about the
fulfillment of the rights of their children as students. To bridge
communication between parents and institution can be done
through parent's day activities in every academic of and
institution that needs to establish a campus service unit. To
support the learning process, it is necessary to support
infrastructure facilities that have no potential to decrease the
quality of the environment around the campus. Various
activities such as campus building, private car and motorcycle
use, lecture activities can negatively impact the quality of the
environment around the campus. To that end, the institution can
apply the concept of green campus that focuses on the
application of green technology in infrastructure and building
facilities and campus layout.
2) Research: Research is an activity undertaken by lecturers
and students according to scientific principles and methods
systematically. This study aims to obtain information and data
relating to the understanding and / or testing of science and
technology. Research activity is the other form of CSR in the
institution. The social and environmental aspects of research
activities are seen from various kinds of research focused on
solving social and environmental problems in the community.
Institutions can work with local governments to conduct
research on local issues so as to assist local governments in
taking policy for the welfare of the people. In addition, research
topics are also directed to sustainable development.
3) Community Service: Community service is the activity
of civitas academica by utilizing science and technology. The
activity is done to improve the welfare of the people and the
intellectual life of the nation. As a form of CSR, the social
aspect of community service is aimed at internal campus and
external campus community. For internal campus community,
29
it is in the form of reward of certain achievement, giving
scholarship and giving study aid. For external communities
such as local government drafting assistance activities, it is in
the form of academic texts, IT training for local government
officials, accompanying learning for children in the market,
assistance activities for asylum seekers held in immigration
detention houses, social services, and improving the welfare of
communities through various training, as well as blood
donation activities. CSR is also interpreted as a social
responsibility to the community around the campus. These
responsibilities relate to options for the poor such as helping the
poor around the campus. Students and lecturers are given the
opportunity to share their knowledge through English language
program, free medical examination, and providing accessible
health clinic for the community. In addition, CSR activities
related to environmental aspects such as beach clean-up and
afforestation.
V. TRIDHARMA AS A FORM OF CSR IN HIGHER
EDUCATION INSTITUTION
Various existing CSR practices show that CSR in higher
education institution covers social and environmental aspects.
Most institutions focus their CSR on the social aspect such as
the institution can do for the community. CSR of higher
education in the context of sustainable development cannot be
separated from the social and environmental aspects. CSR in
higher education needs to integrate social and environmental
aspects into the implementation of ‘Tridharma’ such as follows,
A. Education
 Implementing an internal quality assurance system in the
provision of higher education by referring to and
exceeding the 24 national standards of higher education
 Developing a curriculum that contains the relationship
between science with the environment or the concept of
sustainable development such as environmental
accounting, sustainable construction, sustainable
tourism, etc.
 Carrying out parents’ day activities in each academic
year
 Establishing a campus service unit.
 Applying green campus concept
 Doing alumni oriented projects
B. Research
 Focusing on solving social and environmental problems
that exist in society.
 Working with local governments to conduct research on
local issues so as to assist local governments in taking
policy for the welfare of the people.
 Research topics directed towards sustainable
development.
 National and international research collaborations
C. Community Service
a) Internal campus:
 Giving awards for certain achievements
  Awarding scholarship achievement and providing ACKNOWLEDGMENT
further study assistance We want to deeply thank the Drectorate of Research and
 Waste reduction Community Service, Directorate General of Strengthening
 Providing supporting facilities such as a 24-hour Research and Development, Ministry of Research, Technology
hot spot area, food center, rest area, parking area and Higher Education of The Republic of Indonesia who have
with CCTV, student dormitory, sports and art provided funding for our research. Sincere thanks are also
facilities rendered to the Center of Research and Community Service of
b) External campus: Manado State Polytechnic that has facilitated our research.
 Activities for the preparation of local regulations
REFERENCES
in the form of academic texts
[1] Brundtland G H 1987 Report of the world commision on environment and
 Training for local government employees development: Our common future [Internet] Available from:
 Learning for children in the market www.un-documents.net/our-common-future.pdf
 Mentoring of asylum seekers held in detention [2] Indonesian Act no 12 of 2012 Higher Education
immigration homes [3] Rumambi H dan Lintong J Ekuitas: Jurnal Ekonomi dan Keuangan Juni
 Social services and other social / religious 2017 1 (2) 145-163
activities [4] Subagyo dan Silalahi A P B Nusantara of Research Oktober 2014 1(2)
192-205
 Blood donors.
[5] Vasilescu R, Barna C, Epure M and Baicu C Procedia Social and
 Training for community around the campus Behavioral Sciences 2 2010 4177-4182.
 Free medical examination [6] Gulavani S, Nayak N and Nayak M IOSR-Journal of Business and
 Providing jobs for the community around the Management October 2016 18 (10) 37-39
campus [7] Baried A B, Septarini N dan Rahman W I Prosiding Seminar dan
Konferensi Nasional Manajemen Bisnis 26 Mei 2012 142-149
 Providing accessible health clinics for the
[8] Dima A M, Vasilache S, Ghinea V and Agoston S Review of
community Administrative Sciences 2013 23-43
 Empowering micro small and medium [9] Indonesian Act no 40 of 2007 Social and Environmental Responsibilities-
enterprises Limited Liability Company
 Cleaning the beach [10] Friedman M The social responsibility of business is to increase its profits
 Greening. New York Times Magazine September 13 1970 32-33
[11] D’Amato A, Henderson S and Florence S 2009 Corporate social
VI. CONCLUSIONS responsibility and sustainable business: A guide to leadership tasks and
functions (North Carolina: Center for Creative Leadership Greensboro)
The social responsibility of higher education institution is a Available from: https://www.ccl.org/wp-content/uploads/2015/04/
responsibility that is reflected in efforts to educate the nation's CorporateSocialResponsibility.pdf.
life and advance science and technology. In the context of [12] Indonesian Act no 32 of 2009 Protection and Management of The
Environment
sustainable development, social responsibility is implemented
[13] Rumambi H D 2014 Konsep dasar tanggungjawab sosial perusahaan
in two aspects, namely social and environmental aspects. CSR dalam perspektif ajaran sosial gereja katolik Disertasi Universitas
in higher education institution refers to the ‘Tridharma’ of Brawijaya Tidak dipublikasikan
higher education which includes education, research and [14] Keraf S A 2010 Etika Lingkungan Hidup (Jakarta: Kompas Media
community service. CSR on an institution needs to integrate the Nusantara)
social and environmental aspects into its ‘Tridharma’ [15] Davis S A, Edmister T H, Sullivan K and West C K International Journal
implementation of Sustainability in Higher Education 2003 4(2) 169-179
[16] Nejati M, Shafaei A, Salamzadeh Y and Daraei M African Journal of
Business Management January 2011 5(2) 440-447
[17] Indonesian Act no 62 of 2016 Quality Assurance System of Higher
Education

30
 A City of Thousand Rivers: Promoting Halal
Tourism in Banjarmasin, Indonesia
Mochammad Arif Budiman 1, Manik Mutiara Sadewa 2, Lusiana Handayani 3
1,2,3,4
Prodi Akuntansi Lembaga Keuangan Syariah (ALKS), Politeknik Negeri Banjarmasin, Banjarmasin, Indonesia
E-mail: m.arif.budiman@poliban.ac.id 1, manikmutiara@akuntansipoliban.ac.id 2, lusiana.handayani@poliban.ac.id 3
Abstract— Banjarmasin is a unique city and well known as
a City of Thousand Rivers (Kota Seribu Sungai). There are
basically many potential halal tourist destinations in the city
primarily those related to rivers and the Islamic life of the
people. However, this potential has not been developed
adequately. The Ministry of Tourism also did not include
Banjarmasin in particular and South Kalimantan in general as
one of the mainstays of halal tourist destinations. As such, the
aim of this study is to reveal the potentials of halal tourism in
Banjarmasin and to examine the challenges faced in promoting
and developing the city as a favorite halal tourist destination in
Indonesia. The study was conducted with a qualitative
approach and analyzed using the descriptive-analytic method.
It is found from the study that Banjarmasin has the splendor of
religious, natural, historical as well as shopping and culinary
tourist destinations. All this provide a big opportunity to
attract both domestic and overseas visitors. Given this
exceptional opportunity, a number of strategic and technical
efforts are required to further increase the growth of this
industry in Banjarmasin.
Keywords—halal tourism, Islamic tourism, river, tourist
destination, halal industry
I. INTRODUCTION
Indonesia is bestowed with the beauty of natural
panorama and the richness of cultural and historical heritage
that can attract many foreign and domestic tourists to come.
As the most populous Muslim country in the world,
Indonesia has also many potential halal tourist destinations
which are recognized worldwide. Based on the Global
Muslim Travel Index (GMTI), Indonesia has gained a better
score and position every year in the last 4 years. In 2015,
Indonesia’s score was 67.5 and ranked in the 6th behind
Malaysia, Turkey, United Arab Emirates, Saudi Arabia, and
Qatar. But in 2016, Indonesia’s rank was 4th and constituted
the 3rd in 2017. Amazingly, in 2018 Indonesia’s score is
further increased (72.8) and then becomes the 2nd rank
behind Malaysia [1]. This greater recognition from the
international halal market shows the improved performance
of halal tourism industry in Indonesia (Figure 1).
Fig. 1. Indonesia’s position based on GMTI
In order to improve the halal tourism in Indonesia, the
government through the Ministry of Tourism in 2015 has
appointed 13 provinces as prospective halal tourist
31
destinations. Those provinces involve Nusa Tenggara Barat,
Nangroe Aceh Darussalam, Sumatera Barat, Riau, Lampung,
Banten, DKI Jakarta, Jawa Barat, Jawa Tengah, Yogyakarta,
Jawa Timur, Sulawesi Selatan, and Bali [2]. Unfortunately,
the province of South Kalimantan is not included in the
above list. Similarly, the Ministry has also not incorporated
this province into 18 Indonesian favorite tourism destinations
in the year 2018 [3]. This fact implies that the Ministry of
Tourism assessed that this province has not yet the necessary
readiness to develop halal tourism compared to above 13
provinces. This situation obviously obliges the local
government to give more attention in order to improve the
tourism industry. Based on this context, this study attempts
to reveal the potential of halal tourism in Banjarmasin as the
capital of the province of South Kalimantan. The study is
also intended to examine the challenges faced in promoting
and developing the city as a favorite halal tourist destination
in Indonesia.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Tourist destinations are commonly determined by several
attributes that are thought to attract tourists to visit those
places. Some scholars [4] identified the key attributes of a
tourist destination known as the “Five As” which includes
accessibility, attractions, accommodation, amenities, and
ancillary services. Accessibility refers to the physical access
to the tourism destination by any means of transportation
through the air, maritime or land connectivity. Attractions
motivate a tourist to travel which includes natural, cultural
and social attractions. Accommodation means any supply of
overnight facilities, hotels, guesthouses, campsites, etc.
Amenities relates to various facilities and services provided
at the destination which support the tourist destination.
Ancillary services portray the provision of catering,
entertainment, information at the destination, etc. [5].
Meanwhile, Buhalis [6] proposed the attributes of a tourist
destination with a new additional component which consist
of accessibility, attractions, amenities, activities, ancillary
services, and available packages.
A. Halal tourism concept
Halal tourism is one form of tourism that puts forward
the values and norms of Islamic teaching as its basic
foundation. The compliance with the Shariah is highly
important as a guide in all aspects of tourism activities [7].
The concept of halal, derived from an Arabic word meaning
‘allowed’, is very important for Muslims. Therefore, halal
tourism is part of the actualization of Islamic teaching in
tourism activities where the values of halal and haram must
be the fundamental reference for every actor in the tourism
industry. This concept is applied not only in food but also in
other products such as cosmetics, medicines, vaccines,
financial products (banking, insurance, etc.), including
tourism [8].
The use of term halal tourism still has not reached the
consensus among academics, practitioners, and regulators.
There are various terms to name this activity, among others
Islamic tourism, halal tourism, halal travel, Muslim-friendly
travel destinations, halal lifestyle, and others. Battour and
Ismail [9] mention there are two terms that have been used
most, namely Islamic tourism and halal tourism. Both are
often considered the same and used interchangeably with
each other.
B. Halal tourism criteria and measurement
The development of halal tourism must be guided by the
provisions of the Shariah as regulated in the Quran and As-
Sunnah. Technically, there are specific criteria that must be
observed and should be provided in tourist destinations. The
key faith-based needs of Muslim travelers are as follows: (1)
Halal Food. Halal Food with proper Halal assurance which is
easily identifiable is the most important service that a
Muslim traveler needs when traveling. (2) Prayer facilities.
Prayer is the main worship and the second of the five pillars
of Islam. Adequate prayer rooms need to be equipped in the
services and facilities that are frequented by Muslim
travelers. In support of this need, the prayer rooms need to
have “foot washing” facilities for wudhu. (3) Ramadhan
services. Muslim travelers have special needs during the
month of fasting such as the catering of pre-dawn Halal
meals. (4) Water-friendly washrooms. Water plays an
important role in purity and cleanliness for Muslims. It
requires the use of water in the toilets. (5) No non-Halal
activities. Muslims travelers prefer to avoid facilities that
serve alcohol, have discotheques or are adjacent to a
gambling resort. (6) Recreational facilities & services with
privacy. Some Muslim travelers look for recreational
facilities that provide privacy for males and females such as
separate swimming pools and gyms [1].
Meanwhile, Chanin et al. [8] portrayed the following
criteria to be fulfilled by halal industry which include: (1) the
performing arts for tourists should not be contrary to the
Shariah; (2) a prayer room should be provided, including
with a washing facility and a Qibla direction bookmark; (3) a
separate bathroom or toilet for men and women should be
provided in a clean condition; (4) halal restaurants should be
available at tourist destinations; (5) signposts and
information on tour performances should be provided, both
in English and Arabic; (6) security and order in every show
and tourist destination must be guaranteed; (7) special
therapists for men and women should be available at each
spa; (8) motorists must carry out their duties in an orderly
and cautious manner.
The GMTI 2018 has updated the latest set of
measurements to gauge the level of Muslim-friendly travel of
each destination as shown in Figure 2. Based on this index,
the measurement of the halal industry comprises access
(10%), communications (15%), environment (30%), and
services (45%).
32
Fig. 2. Measurement of GMTI 2018
III. METHODS
This study was conducted using a qualitative approach.
The data were collected from both primary and secondary
sources. The primary data were gathered through interview
and observation while the secondary data were obtained from
government regulation, media reports, and prior studies. Data
collected were analyzed using the descriptive-analytic
method.
IV. DISCUSSION
This section discusses the collected data which comprises
several subsections concerning about the fascination of
Banjarmasin and its challenges.
A. A city of thousand rivers
Banjarmasin is the capital of the province of South
Kalimantan. It is a unique city and well known as a City of
Thousand Rivers (Kota Seribu Sungai) owing to many rivers
it has [10]. Banjarmasin has two great rivers which flow
through the city, i.e. Sungai Barito and Sungai Martapura.
These two rivers are interconnected to many other rivers,
brooks and small streams throughout the city. The total
number of rivers in Banjarmasin is 102 rivers.
In Banjarmasin, rivers possess an important role
particularly for those whose houses are on its banks. The
river supplies water for the people needs including for
bathing and washing. It is also used for transportation and a
source of livelihood for many people [11]. Business and
economic activities are partly also taken place on the river
which then becomes famous until now as floating markets
(Pasar Terapung). All this forms a river culture for
Banjarese people since centuries.
Nevertheless, with the passage of time, the importance of
the river and its culture becomes less and misses its
uniqueness. Development, unfortunately, has changed the
course from river-oriented activities towards land-oriented
activities [12]. Banjarmasin does not any longer follow the
peculiar concept of a water city [13]. Roads and bridges were
constructed massively replacing the water transportation.
Local wisdom in building construction is ignored by
emerging new buildings that infringe the local identity [14].
Many houses and offices have been built excessively at the
expense of small streams and rivers which then become
disappeared or shrink. As a result, the environmental balance
is disturbed and becomes a serious problem especially in the
rainy season when the water cannot be channeled due to the
disappearance of many streams around the city.
B. The religiosity of the society
Historically, Islam is estimated to come to South
Kalimantan in the early of 15th century. The spread of
Islamic in this region was further intensified by the
establishment of the Sultanate Banjar by Pangeran Samudera
approximately in 1540. He was previously a Hindu prince
but converted to Islam and changed his name to Sultan
Suriansyah. He then declared Islam as an official religion of
the sultanate [15].
Islam and Banjar become like two sides of a single coin.
Being a Muslim means becoming an Urang
Banjar/Banjarese (the people of Banjar) [16][17]. There
were many cases in which people from different ethnics and
races, such as Dayak and Chinese, converted to Islam and
subsequently considered a Banjarese (the people of Banjar)
[18]. Therefore, Banjar at the outset is not a name of
particular ethnic, but a religious, social, political and cultural
entity. Islam and Banjar in South Kalimantan are indeed
closely related and cannot be separated from each other. For
Banjarese people, Islam is the spirit and the identity that
forms and influences many aspects of their life [18]. Based
on the 2010 census, 96% of South Kalimantan people are
Muslim.
In terms of religiosity, Banjarese people are considered
practicing Muslims [18][17]. Thousands of mosques and
langgar (small mosque) have been built all over the province
showing the spiritual enthusiasm of the people to perform
religious practices. Many of these holy places have regular
religious instructions (majlis taklim) and the Quran
kindergartens (Taman Pendidikan Al-Quran). These places
are mainly self-financed by the Muslim society through waqf
and infaq. In addition, Banjarese’s religiosity can also be
seen in many forms as manifested in social and cultural life
of the people such as maulid celebration (birth of the Prophet
Muhammad), baayun maulid (swinging child ceremony),
basunat (circumcision procession), batamat (completing the
Quran recitation), marriage reception and many more.
C. Halal tourist destinations in Banjarmasin
The author divides halal tourist destinations in
Banjarmasin into four categories as follows: religious,
natural, historical, and shopping and culinary tourist
destinations.
1) Religious tourist destinations
Banjarmasin has many religious tourist destinations
which include great and historical mosques and sacrosanct
tombs of respected figures. The biggest mosque in
Banjarmasin and constitutes a famous landmark of the city is
Masjid Raya Sabilal Muhtadin. The mosque was built in
1981 and situated in the center of the city, on the west bank
of Sungai Martapura. The mosque building is magnificent,
can accommodate around 15.000 people, equipped with 5
minarets, wide parking lot and city forest in its surroundings.
Furthermore, Masjid Sultan Suriansyah or Masjid Kuin is the
oldest mosque in South Kalimantan located in the bank of
Sungai Kuin, Kuin Utara, North Banjarmasin. The mosque
was built at the time of Sultan Suriansyah (1526-1550), the
33
first Sultan of Banjar who embraced Islam. Another
remarkable mosque is Masjid Jami' or also known as Masjid
Jami’ Sungai Jingah constructed in 1777. Its building is
dominated by Ironwood (ulin) with three layers of joglo
architecture. Furthermore, Habib Basirih Dome is a
sacrosanct tomb of Habib Hamid bin Abbas Bahasyim that
becomes a popular object of pilgrimage tour in Banjarmasin.
The dome is frequented by pilgrims not only from South
Kalimantan but also from abroad such as Egypt, China,
Spain, Bosnia, and Germany.
2) Natural tourist destinations
Rivers are the advantage of Banjarmasin that really
beautify this city. Many tourist spots lie around those rivers.
The Menara Pandang is a four floor-tower that was built on
the side of Sungai Martapura. It offers beautiful views of the
city. The Tower was inaugurated in June 2014 and becomes
a landmark of Banjarmasin. The development of the tower
along with Siring Park was meant to strengthen the nickname
of Banjarmasin as the “City of Thousand Rivers”. In 2016,
the local government developed Taman Siring 0 KM as a
particular location in Banjarmasin from which its zero
kilometer distance is traditionally measured. Besides, there is
Taman Maskot Bekantan, a park along Siring Sungai
Martapura installed with a Long Nose Monkey (Bekantan)
statue which reaches almost 7 meters high. Taman Maskot
Bekantan is the pleasant and interesting place to be visited. It
is loaded by visitors in the weekend and holidays.
Meanwhile, Taman Satwa Jahri Saleh is a park zoo and
home to a number of creatures from poultry, reptiles, primate
and other species. Located on Jahri Saleh Street, Surgi Mufti,
it was developed in 1999. Taman Satwa Jahri Saleh is a safe
and pleasant place for visitors including children and
constitutes an education park as well.
3) Historical tourist destinations
Several historical tourist destinations are also available in
Banjarmasin, for instance, Rumah Anno 1925, Museum
Wasaka, and Prince Antasari’s memorial park. Rumah Anno
was built in 1925 AD, located on Tendean Street. This house
is one of house building of Palimasan, two-floor type of
house that still exists in Banjarmasin. Along with Tendean
floating market which is located in the same area, Rumah
Anno has good facilities such as parking area, prayer room,
halal food and clean toilet. Meanwhile, Museum Wasaka is a
museum of the struggle of South Borneo people. Wasaka
stands for “Waja Sampai Kaputing” which is the motto of
South Kalimantan people. It was inaugurated in 1991,
housed in Rumah Banjar Bubungan Tinggi which was later
transformed from a residential building to a museum.
Another historical site is Prince Antasari's memorial park.
Prince Antasari is a local warrior who has been conferred an
honor as a National Hero of Indonesia. He was buried in a
funeral complex located on Malkon Temon Street, North
Banjarmasin.
4) Shopping and culinary tourist destinations
Like any other major city in the country, Banjarmasin has
numerous shopping centers and modern markets. What is
different from Banjarmasin is the existence of traditional
river markets which provides a unique experience for
visitors. There are two river markets in Banjarmasin area, i.e.
Kuin floating market and Tendean floating market. Kuin
Floating Market is a natural floating market, located on the
estuary of Sungai Barito, Kuin Utara which is estimated to
have existed about 400 years ago. In this market, traders and
buyers using boats called jukung to conduct sale and
purchase transactions. Surely, it offers a wonderful
experience since all tourists must use a boat to get to the
place. Kuin floating market attracts many visitors both from
domestic and foreign. However, this market takes place only
shortly starting after Fajr prayer until about seven o’clock in
the morning.
In order to conserve floating market tradition, the
government initiated a new floating market at the Siring of
Sungai Martapura on Pierre Tendean Street in the city center.
This new market was equipped with some conveniences such
as adequate parking area, small mosque, and toilets. The
government also provides this area with dock for kelotok
(boat) that can be used for river tour around Banjarmasin.
There is also another distinctive shopping area called
Kampung Sasirangan, a small village where Banjarmasin
typical fabrics namely sasirangan is widely produced by its
residents.
Meanwhile, culinary destinations are available in many
spots throughout Banjarmasin, but the most notable of those
culinary spots are apparently Soto Banjar Bang Amat. Soto
Banjar is a typical food of South Kalimantan with a special
taste which is different from other types of soto in other part
of Indonesia. This restaurant is located alongside Sungai
Martapura. Here, visitors can enjoy not only a delicious meal
but also beautiful river sights. Other than soto, Banjarmasin
also has many other delicious foods such as ketupat, lontong,
nasi kuning and a big variety of traditional cakes.
V. CHALLENGES
This section analyzes the conditions and challenges faced
by Banjarmasin in promoting and developing the city as a
favorite halal tourist destination in Indonesia. The analysis is
carried out mainly by looking at the 2018 GMTI because this
index is used by the government as a reference for
standardizing the halal tourism industry in Indonesia.
A. Access
Visa requirements for entering Indonesia are now much
easier because the government has opened a visa-free access
for tourists from various countries to come to Indonesia. But
because Banjarmasin has not yet served international flights,
tourists who want to come to this city must enter through
other airports such as Jakarta, Surabaya or Balikpapan. The
absence of an international airport is one of Banjarmasin's
main weaknesses as a tourist city in attracting foreign
tourists.
While transport infrastructure in Banjarmasin generally is
quite good, the public transportation route is limited. Due to
the lack of public transportation, visitors must use private
transportation to reach many tourist destinations. Moreover,
the increasing growth of private vehicles without sufficient
expansion of roads has added to the congestion of the streets
in the city especially during rush hours in the morning and
evening. Therefore, the government needs to provide a
special transportation for tourists to arrive at halal tourist
places more easily. In this case, water transportation
becomes an appropriate solution because it is very suitable
with the image of Banjarmasin as the city of Thousand
Rivers.
34
B. Communications
The promotion of halal tourism in Banjarmasin needs to
be improved using any means and media. Overseas
promotions also need to be intensified. Meanwhile, unlike
other cities in Indonesia such as Yogyakarta and Denpasar
where many tourism industry operators and the public at
large have become accustomed to foreign languages,
especially English, Banjarmasin requires more translators
and tour guides. Tour guides need to be prepared at various
tourist destinations to help visitors in their journey in this
city.
Although the Tourism Office of Banjarmasin government
has a website promoting tourist attractions and destinations
in this city, the language used in such a website is Indonesian
only. This makes a serious difficulty for foreign tourists to
access it. In addition, the website must always be updated
with the latest information all the time. Unfortunately, it is
very rare for tourist destinations management in Banjarmasin
to have their own website.
C. Environment
The level of security in Banjarmasin is generally quite
conducive, but in crowded places such as markets, theft or
snatching sometimes still occurs. With regard to cleanliness,
Banjarmasin has for several years received a clean city award
(Piala Adipura) from the Ministry of Environment.
However, river cleanliness is still a serious challenge for the
government. Among the biggest problems is the amount of
garbage coming from upstream areas. The garbage must be
cleaned up before entering into the city so that the view of
the river which constitutes the mainstay of the city river tour
is maintained. The safety and security factors of river
transportation should also be enhanced with routine
inspections for all ships and the obligation to use buoys for
all passengers. In addition, the design of the ship or kelotok
may need to be changed so that passengers no longer climb
to the roof to enjoy the beauty of the river panorama. River
tour packages must also be provided more attractive not only
to people who stay in hotels but also to the wider
community.
The number of tourist arrivals every year continues to
increase, including foreign tourists. Excellent facilities and
services accompanied by promotions must be optimized to
further increase the number of tourist visits. In the meantime,
rules concerning the obligation to close aurat and banning
seclusion for a non-mahram couple in public places are not
yet available. The government needs to regulate it so that the
rules of Shari'ah can be enforced well for the common
comfort and orderliness.
D. Services
Halal food with a variety of menus can be found very
easily in Banjarmasin because the majority of tourist service
providers and residents of Banjarmasin are Muslims.
However, the lack of restaurants and food providers having a
halal certification from MUI is still a big challenge for this
city. The people awareness about the urgency of halal
certification still needs to be improved. In addition, all
restaurants and food stalls should provide a menu list with
their prices for ease for travelers. Places of worship for
Muslim visitors in Banjarmasin are not difficult to obtain
because there are a lot of mosques and small mosques
(langgar) in various places. Information about the time of
prayers is therefore available all the time because adzan (a
call to prayer) can be heard from those holy places. Clean
water for ablution is also available sufficiently. However,
separate toilets for men and women are still not widely
available in most of the tourist destinations.
As mentioned earlier, one of the limitations of
Banjarmasin is the absence of an international airport which
is the entry point for foreign tourists. Even so, halal food is
available for tourists at the existing airport, Syamsuddin
Noor. In terms of accommodation, Banjarmasin already has
many hotels and inns. Based on the data from the Indonesian
Association of Hotels and Restaurants (PHRI) of South
Kalimantan, there are 150 hotels in Banjarmasin, but very
few hotels have been certified. Only 5% hotel has already
received the certificate for their product, service, and
management. There are several Shariah hotels located in
Banjarmasin and some other are outside Banjarmasin, which
is Banjarbaru.
Regarding the unique experiences which relate to Islamic
heritage sites, there are two most visited graves, namely the
tomb of Syekh Arsyad Al-Banjari in Kelampayan and Syekh
Zaini Abdul Ghani in Sekumpul, both located in Martapura
about 40 km from Banjarmasin. Hundreds of thousands of
people come to these places to commemorate their deaths
(haul) every year, including guests from outside South
Kalimantan and abroad, such as Malaysia, Singapore, and
Brunei. During these events, hotel occupancy rates are
usually very high and airline tickets are sold out. This also
causes severe traffic congestion around Martapura because of
a large number of people coming.
VI. CONCLUSION
Banjarmasin is bestowed with the splendor of religious,
natural, historical as well as shopping and culinary tourist
destinations. All these provide a big opportunity to attract
both domestic and overseas visitors. The prospect of halal
tourism in Banjarmasin is therefore quite promising given
the available resources. Nonetheless, the city still faces some
challenges that need to be addressed with collaborative and
coordinative actions from all stakeholders.
A number of strategic and technical efforts are required
to further improve the access, communications, environment,
and services of this halal industry. All stakeholders of this
industry ranging from government, business operators and
owners as well as the public at large need to work hand in
hand to provide better service and to offer unforgettable
moments for those who visit this city. The government needs
to strengthen the regulation and provide supporting policies
and programs that can better manage and encourage the
industry to grow. Business operators and owners need to
improve their business capacity and provide professional
services to visitors as well as to make the necessary
investment to boost the industry. Finally, the public at large
are expected to support this growing industry through their
hospitality and maintaining the cleanliness and orderliness of
the city.
35
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This article would never materialize without the support
of the Ministry of Research, Technology, and Higher
Education, Republic of Indonesia through the research grant
of Inter-University Cooperation Research (Penelitian
Kerjasama Antar Perguruan Tinggi/PKPT) in 2018.
REFERENCES
[1] Mastercard-Crescentrating. (2018). Global Muslim Travel Index
2018.
[2] Ardianto, Robi. (2015, 27 April). 13 Provinsi Siap Jadi Tujuan Wisata
Syariah, Koran SINDO. Retrieved from
https://nasional.sindonews.com/read/994208/162/13-provinsi-siap-
jadi-tujuan-wisata-syariah-1430102126/ (20 Juni 2017)
[3] Prokalsel. (2017, 14 Desember). Marasnya..!! Pariwisata Kalsel Tak
Dilirik Kemenpar, Prokalsel.
[4] Cooper, C, Fletcher, J, Fyall, A, Gilbert, D, & Wanhill, S. (2008).
Tourism: Principles and Practice, Pearson Education, Harlow (4
ed.).
[5] Sukiman, Mohd Fauzi, Omar, Shida Irwana, Muhibudin, Masitah,
Yussof, Izatul, & Mohamed, Badaruddin. (2013). Tourist Satisfaction
as the Key to Destination Survival in Pahang. Procedia - Social and
Behavioral Sciences, 91, 78 – 87.
[6] Buhalis, Dimitrios. (2000). Marketing the competitive destination of
the future: Growth strategies for accommodation establishments in
Alpine regions. Tourism Management, 21(1), 97 – 116.
[7] Widagdyo, Kurniawan Gilang. (2015). Analisis Pasar Pariwisata
Halal Indonesia. The Journal of Tauhidinomics, 1(1), 73-80.
[8] Chanin, Oraphan, Sriprasert, Piangpis, Rahman, Hamzah Abd, &
Don, Mohd Sobri. (2015). Guidelines on Halal Tourism Management
in the Andaman Sea Coast of Thailand. Journal of Economics,
Business and Management, 3(8), 791-794.
[9] Battour, Mohamed, & Ismail, Mohd Nazari. (2015). Halal tourism:
Concepts, practises, challenges and future. Tourism Management
Perspectives, 19-B, 150-154.
[10] Sugianti, Desy. (2016). Strategi Pengembangan Kawasan Wisata
Pasar Terapung Berbasis Kearifan Lokal di Kota Banjarmasin. Tata
Kelola Seni, 2(2), 20-34.
[11] Rochgiyanti. (2011). Fungsi Sungai bagi Masyarakat di Tepian
Sungai Kuin Kota Banjarmasin. Komunitas, 3(1), 51-59.
[12] Goenmiandari, Betty. (2010). Konsep Penataan Permukiman
Bantaran Sungai di Kota Banjarmasin Berdasarkan Budaya
Setempat. (Tesis), Institut Teknologi Sepuluh Nopember, Surabaya.
[13] Hadinata, Irwan Yudha. (2010). Tipomorfologi Kota Banjarmasin:
Kawasan Inti Kota Banjarmasin. (Tesis), Universitas Gadjah Mada,
Yogyakarta.
[14] Jaya, Edi. (2009). Kajian Fisik Ruang Sepanjang Tepian Sungai di
Kelurahan Alalak, Kota Banjarmasin. (Tesis), Universitas
Diponegoro, Semarang.
[15] Buseri, Kamrani. (2011). Budaya spiritual Kesultanan Banjar:
Historisitas dan relevansinya di masa kini. Paper presented at the
Seminar Penguatan Budaya Banjar dan Peran Kesultanan dalam
Menjawab Tantangan Zaman, 8 December, Banjarmasin.
[16] Bustamam, Ridwan. (2012). Mengenal Ulama Melalui Inskripsi
Keagamaan (Studi Kasus di Martapura Kalimantan Selatan). Jurnal
Lektur Keagamaan, 10(2), 373-406.
[17] Mubarok, Ahmad. (2014). Konsep Berkehidupan dalam Papadah
Banjar. Paper presented at the International Seminar On Language
Maintenance And Shift IV, Semarang.
[18] Daud, Alfani. (1997). Islam dan masyarakat Banjar: Deskripsi dan
analisa kebudayaan Banjar. Jakarta: Rajawali Press.
 Do Farmers Higher Benefit and Value Added from
Collective Marketing?
The Case of Coffee Marketing
in Lampung Province Indonesia
Irmayani Noer1, Sri Handayani2, Cholid Fatih3
1,2,3,4
Agribusiness, Departement of Economics and Business, Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Bandar Lampung, Indonesia
Irmayani_noer@polinela.ac.id, sri.handayani84@polinela.ac.id, cholidfatih@polinela.ac.id
Abstract -- The global economy and the paradoxical
phenomenon of coffee caused by asymmetry information between
producers and consumers, so that the market is not enough to be
a price controller. The phenonema requires a solid institutional
role at the producer level to cope with market imperfections.
This paper attempts to analyze whether collective marketing can
provide higher prices and added value to farmers. All
respondents are members of farmer groups who do marketing
both individually and collectively.
The information was gathered through interviews with
farmers, local traders, managers of farmers group, and
representatives of companies/exporters. Two marketing chains
(individual and collective) were analyzed with value chain
analysis. The results showed that in the case of the coffee
marketing chain, many actors were involved such as traders,
wholesalers, farmer groups, federate farmer groups, and
exporters. The involvement of many actors in this marketing
chain raised the cost of handling during the marketing process.
Based on the results of the value chain analysis found that the
marketing chain collectively provide better prices and value
added for producers and actors involved.
Keywords—collective marketing, value added, prices of coffee
bean
I. INTRODUCTION
Lampung Province is one of the potential coffee producers,
with the contribution of export volume of Lampung coffee
exports in 2013 reaching more than 70% [1]. Coffee plants
cultivated in Lampung Province are Robusta coffee with an
area of 162,954 ha, production of 131,501 tons, and
productivity of 965 kg/hectare. Coffee farming is dominated
by small farmers with land ownership between 0.5—2 hectare;
the average productivity less than 1 ton/hectare/year [2], and
involving 230,760 heads of households, marketed in the form
of coffee beans for export purposes [3].
Coffee seed sales are mostly still in the form of raw
materials, and sold to local collectors/brokers/wholesalers,
individually and sold to farmer groups/federate farmer
groups/joint business groups, collectively. Both through
individual channels and collective coffee are sold in the form
36
of green beans. The first channel is known as the traditional
channel and the second channel is a partnership channel
because farmers through farmers' organizations sell directly to
coffee exporters through cooperative contracts. Thus, there are
two options for farmers whether selling individually to local
collectors/brokers/wholesalers or collectively through farmer
organizations (groups/federate farmer groups/joint business
groups).
Economic globalization and trade liberalization as well as
the implementation of the Asean Economic Community
(MEA) by the end of 2015 encourage competition in an
increasingly competitive integrated commodity market. This
requires that business actors in the agricultural sector can
competition due to market changes that occur, such as access
and market information. How to improve competitiveness
through increasing value added, handling results that ensure
quality, improving the quality of human resources and
increasing access to information, especially by small scale
farmers.
Farmer organizations can serve as a tool for solving some
of the problems faced by market changes faced by changes in
agricultural markets and global trade patterns, especially by
small-scale farmers, such as lack of market information,
access to credit and technical assistance [4]. Increasing market
access for farmers through producer farming organizations can
lead to increased income and food security, more
opportunities for rural employment, and sustainable
agricultural growth [5,6].
Marketing is collectively carried out by farmers through
farmer organizations (farmer groups/federate farmer
groups/joint business groups) in the hope that if sold
collectively farmers can receive a better price. Collective
action is defined as voluntary action taken by individuals, who
invest time and money to pursue common goals [7]. [8] found
a positive effect of collective action of farmer groups and
farmer marketing organizations (cooperatives) as an important
catalyst for innovation adoption through efficient information
flow. A related proposition is that collective action of farmers
and marketing partnerships (through informal associations or
groups) can improve performance such as market channels
and improve marketing efficiency [9]. It is therefore necessary
to examine whether the collective action provide better price,
profit and value added for farmers?
This study explores the marketing performance of coffee
beans both individually and collectively to assess whether
collective marketing is capable of providing higher profit and
value added to farmers.
II. METHOD
First are identified the marketing channels and activities
that can add value of coffee beans by every actor in the
marketing channels of both individual and collective. Next is
a value chain analysis, an approach to see the process of
increasing or creating value added in a supply chain [10]. A
value chain is formed when all actors in the chain work in
such a way as to maximize value creation along the chain. The
definition of the value chain is based on a broad approach
looking at complex activities carried out by various actors
(major producers, processors, traders, service providers) to
bring raw materials through a chain to the final product being
sold [11].
Value added is the result of revenue minus middle-
level costs as a financial indicator showing the amount of
welfare reward for labor and management payments in
generating added value of coffee beans. Profits are net income
(revenue minus total cost) of the business performed by
each actor in the coffee bean marketing system.
Before conducting the value chain analysis, it was determined
that the coffee bean market are exporter and the entry point of
the analysis is the farmer, and the actors involved in the
marketing chain of coffee beans from the point of producer to
exporter. Value Chain Analysis (VCA) is one of the concepts
of how to increase activity and maximize product value in
supply chain [12]. Additional activities within an organization
are also included in the general category of the value chain.
Value chain analysis refers to what the price and how long to
prepare or present the goods for sale. To build a good value
chain should be conditioned good supply chain.
Value added of a commodity by [13] is to increase the
value of a commodity because through processing,
transportation or storage in a production. It can be as simple
as maintaining ownership of the product through the storage
process in the warehouse. value added is the difference
between the value of the product and the value of input costs,
excluding labor costs. While the margin is the difference
between the value of the product with the price of raw
materials alone and includes the components of production
factors used are labor, other inputs and wage of employers.
Revenues or sales value (price x volume) obtained in a
value chain was part of the value added of the actors in the
marketing chain of coffee beans. The revenue and operational
services were produced by the perpetrator who is not a core
part of the value chain. The components of total value
generated from value chain are:
Value added = Total of Revenue - The value of
Intermediate\Level goods
37
The added value and benefits gained by using the value
chain analysis were the value added and benefits for one
season which is equivalent to one kilogram of coffee beans.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSIONS
There are two marketing systems run by coffee producers
in Lampung. The first is by conducting direct sales of bulk
coffee to collectors/local middlemen/intermediaries/
wholesalers (channels 1, 2, and 3) (traditional channel). The
second one is collective sales through farmer organizations
(farmer groups / cooperatives business groups/Gapoktan)
(channels 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8) which is also known as partnership
channel.
Collective sales through farmer groups can only be
conducted if coffee bean quality satisfies the minimum grade
required. Selling coffee beans by farmers either through
traditional channel or partnerships channel should be in the
form of green coffee beans. In addition, the prevailing price of
cofee bean at the farm level is the international price minus
the costs arising from the marketing process. Farmers have a
free choice of selling either individually or collectively.
Marketing channels of coffee beans that can be identified from
this study consist of:
1. Farmers (F) – Collectors (C) – Exsporters (E)
2. Farmers (F) – Collectors (C) – Wholesalers (W) –
Exsporters (E)
3. Farmers (F) – Wholesalers (W) – Exsporters (E)
4. Farmers (F) – Collectors (C) – Joint Business Group
(JBG) – Exsporters (E)
5. Farmers (F) – Farmers Group (FG) – Business Group
(JBG) – Exsporters (E)
6. Farmers (F) – Farmers Group (FG) – Exsporters (E)
7. Farmers (F) – Joint Business Group (JBG) – Exsporters
(E)
8. Farmers (F) – Farmers Group (FG) – Federate Farmers
Group (FFG) – Exsporters (E)
The value added analysis received by the actors on the
price of coffee beans is done by comparing 8 (eight)
marketing channels of coffee beans in West Lampung. The
unit used in value-added analysis is equivalent to one
kilogram of bean coffee. This means that the amount of
physical material and raw material is calculated and converted
to an equivalent value to produce one kilogram of coffee
beans.
Comparisons to individual and collective marketing
channels are done to determine which channels offer added
value and higher returns for actors directly involved in
marketing channels. The assessment aspect is seen from
comparison and distribution of added value, total profit, and
total added value of each marketing channel identified ie
channel 1 through 8.
Based on the results of the analysis it is found that all
channels of marketing collectively ie channels 4, 5, 6, 7, and 8
have total profits (Figure 2) and total value added (Figure 3)
with higher values than channels individuals are channel 1, 2,
and 3. Total profit on channel 7 is IDR14.066,7/kg is highest
and on channel 1 is IDR12.095,8/kg is the lowest. The total
value added on the 6th and 7th channels of IDR20,017.7/kg is
the highest and the 1st channel of IDR17.846,9/kg is the
owest. This added value and profit is an added value and profit
for a season of kilogram equivalent of coffee beans. Thus it
can be said that selling together for coffee beans will be better
than their own, meaning that farmers are better off selling
coffee collectively than selling individually.
20.0
Benefit: IDR/kg
groups. The groups perform the function for the economic
interests of the farmer members by providing services that
support agricultural activities, such as bargaining with
customers, organizing input and doing other technical
assistances [4].
The sample group in this research has made a coordination
function resulting from farmer linkages with buyers
(exporters) to shorten the marketing chain between producers
and exporters. The group gives credence to collectors to
perform the functions of an intermediary (broker) between
farmers and groups, dissemination of information relating to

15.0 FFG
prices, as well as establishing informal cooperation directly to
JBG farmers to maintain the continuity of supply of coffee beans to
10.0
the group.
5.0 Wholesal
IV. CONCLUSION
ers
- 1. Marketing collectively provides higher profit and added
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 value than individual marketing.
Marketing chanels 2. Increased farmer earnings macro can be developed
through co-operation between farmer groups and
Figure 1. Proportion of Benefits of each Actor on the entrepreneurs (exporters) in the form of marketing
Marketing Channel of coffee bean contracts so there is a higher price guarantee for farmers.
REFERENCES
22.0
Value added: IDR/kg

20.0 FFG [1] Association of Indonesian Coffee Exportiers, Eksportir Berharap

Produktivitas Petani Kopi Bisa Optimal [Exporters Wish Productivity of
18.0 JBG Coffee Farmers Can be an Optimal].[Online].
https://www.ipotnews.com/index.php?jdl=Eksportir> [28/04/2015].
16.0 Wholes [2] Fitriani, Agus, and I. Noer. Respon dan Penawaran Ekspor Kopi di
Provinsi Lampung [Response Offer of Coffee Exports in Lampung
alers
14.0 Province], Journal of Management Accounting and Business 6: 165—
169, 2008.
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 [3] Departement of Plantations West Lampung, Statistik Perkebunan 2014
Marketing chanels [Statistics of Plantations 2014], Liwa, 2015, 324 pp.
[4] Bijman, J., and MeikeWollni, Producer Organizations and Vertical
Figure 2. Proportion of Value added of each actor on the Coordination: an Economic Organization Theory Perspective
Marketing Channel of coffee bean Orgazation. Paper presented at the International Conference on
In addition, marketing collectively also provides a higher Cooperative Studies (ICCS), Köln, Germany 7-9 October 2008.
price than individual marketing. The price received by farmers [5] Barham, J., and Clarence Chitemi, Collective Action Initiatives to
Improve Marketing Performance Lessons From Farmer Groups in
if selling individually and collectively at different levels of Tanzania, CAPRI Working Paper , 2008, volume 74, 47 pp.
marketing actors can be seen in Table 1. [6] Doward, A., J. J. Kydd, J. Morrison, and I, Urey, A policy agenda for
pro-poor agricultural growth, World Development 32 (1): 73–89, 2003.
Table 1. The average price of coffee beans at different levels [7] Markelova, H., R. Meinzen-Dick, J. Hellin, and S. Dohrn, Collective
of coffee bean marketing in West Lampung Action for Smallholder Market Access. Food Policy 34(1): 1–7, 2009.
[8] Fischer, Elisabeth and Matin Qaim, Linking Smallholders to Markets:
Actors Collec Whole FG JBG FFG Exp Determinants and Impacts of Farmer Collective Action in Kenya, World
tors salers Development (40) 6: 1255–1268, 2012.
standard no no yes yes yes yes [9] Supriatna, Ade dan Bambang Dradjat, Pola Kemitraan dalam
contract no no yes yes yes yes Peningkatan Efisiensi Pemasaran Kopi Rakyat [Pattern of Partnership in
Price 21,06 22,75 22,76 23,22 23,12 23,80 Improving the Efficiency of Smallholder Coffee Marketing],
(IDR/ <http://www.pse.litbang.deptan.go.id>. [08/11/15].
kg) [10] Bridges, Claudia M. and Wendy Bryce Wilhelm, Going Beyond Green:
The ''Why and How'' of Integrating Sustainability Into the Marketing
Curriculum. Journal of Marketing Education 30: 33 originally
The organization of producer in Lampung (farmer groups, published online 4 January 2008, Published by:
http://www.sagepublications.com
Joint Business Group (JBG), or Faderate farmer groups (FFG)
[11] Australian Centre for International Agricultural Research, Membuat
is a partnership of institutional mediation in order to help to Rantai Nilai Lebih Berpihak pada Kaum Miskin [Making Value Chains
increase the income of farmers through increased efficiency Work Better for the Poor], ACIAR Monograph No. 148. Canberra,
on marketing system. The group is composed of coffee 2012, 146 p.
producer organizations of individual farmers or several farmer

38
[12] Stringer, R, Why a Value Chain Approach is useful for Policy and
Practise Sustainable Food and Wine Value Chains Workshop, 12
November 2007, University of Adelaide.
[13] Hayami, Y., T, Kawagoe, Y. Morooka dan M. Siregar, Agricultural
Marketing and Processing in Upland Java A Perspective from A Sunda
Village. Regional Coordination Centre for Research and Development
of Coarse Grains, Pulses, Roots and Tuber Crops in The Humid Tropics
of Asia and The Pacific, Bogor, 1987, 80 pp.

39
Local community perception of China ritual attraction
as the icon of tourism cultural heritage: the case in
China Village, Manado
Benny Irwan Towoliu1, Dimas Ero Permana 2, Fonny Sangari 3
1,2,3,4
Tourism Department, Manado State Politechnic, Manado, Indonesia
1 benny.tourism@gmail.com, 2 dimasero01@gmail.com, 3 fonny.sangari@gmail.com
Abstract—Manado is the capital of North Sulawesi province,
a city with a predominantly Christian community. As an area that
emphasizes the spirit of kinship with its regional philosophy "we
are brethren” (torang samua basudara), has had an impact on the
recognition of this area as a high tolerance area of religion. The
city was formerly dominated by indigenous Minahasa tribes, but
over time due to its high open nature, the city was populated by
various inhabitants such as Sangir, Gorontalo, Maluku and even
foreign immigrants such as China and Arab migrating since the
Dutch colonial era. Because this event resulted in cultural
assimilation between indigenous and outsiders. Currently
practically only one particular culture with religious rituals that
still provide a shock value for the identity of the city of Manado.
The culture is played in a region called “China Village”. Amid the
strong progress of the tourism industry, of course, this cultural
ritual practice can be an icon for cultural tourism in the city of
Manado, but whether this cultural ritual attraction can be
accepted as a cultural tourism icon of Manado City. Because the
dominance of indigenous people as well as other immigrants are
still strong in this area. The purpose of this study is to examine the
perception of local residents to the cultural ritual attractions of
China as an icon of cultural heritage tourism in the city of Manado.
By using field observation instruments and questionnaires
distributed to 325 respondents scattered in Manado city.
Empirical results show that every ritual attraction of Chinese
Culture is always awaited and an interesting spectacle for the
people of Manado since the people of Chinese descent domiciled in
Manado City. These findings can also provide recommendations
for policy makers in setting annual tourist agendas as well as
providing legal certainty for this region of Chinatown with various
attractions as a cultural heritage area.
Keywords— local community perception, china ritual attraction,
icon of tourism cultural heritage Introduction
I. INTRODUCTION
According to history records in the city of Manado, since
1600 there has been one Chinese community, and in the Dutch
era they were placed in a separate place called the intention of
being part of the control function of the colonial government at
that time. Kampung China (China Village) is name of a township
in Manado City that has a special characteristic. The community
is an active community but has its own character.
The village is called China Town by the Manadonese
because generally it is inhabited by people of Chinese descent.
40
The birth of the Chinese Village cannot be separated from the
role carried out by the colonial government when establishing a
fortress around the Manado port now. To establish a fortress, the
colonial government needed artisan workers imported from
various parts of the archipelago, including Chinese.
These handyman worker then formed a village joining
together with Chinese merchants in the east from the location of
the future fortress called China Village. Marriage between them
gave birth to grandchildren and made the Chinese village more
widespread and by the colonial government, "the Chinese" at
the day were given the role of intermediary traders between the
indigenous population (Minahasa) with the colonial
government.
Furthermore, the existence of China Village became clearer,
when the settlers of the settlement was carried out by the colonial
government on the basis of origin, such as the Dutch Village
(Kampung Belanda), Arabic Village (Kampung Arab) and
Ternate Village (Kampung Ternate). In general, the Chinese live
as farmers in their area of origin, but in Indonesia, on the other
hand, almost throughout Indonesia, their lives are concentrated
firmly in cities and towns and control of the economy in the City
of Manado are in their hands.
In the development of civilization, Manado city is not
separated from the role of citizens of Chinese descent who
contributed to the formation of the city of Manado. Basically
Chinese citizens get along very well with the native people.
However, until now in the running traditions of their faith, they
still maintain their original ways. Until now there are certain
traditions such endangered Chinese martial arts (Kung Fu).
Currently Manado has become a marine tourism destination,
and this attracts the Chinese tourists to visit the city of Manado,
because basically they love sea tourism. Linked to tourism and
tourism product diversity, the product of cultural ritual attraction
that has been assimilated with local culture can be an opportunity
for the presence of a new destination attraction as a major
supporter of marine tourism in Manado City. The main reason is
that only their cultural attractions that have shocked the values
and are still well preserved in Manado, but do local people agree
to make Chinese ritual attraction as the icon of cultural tourism?
The purpose of this study is to analyze local people's perception
of china ritual attraction as the icon of tourism heritage in
Manado.
 II. LITERATURE STUDY
Tourism is the activity of traveling by persons from a place
of origin with no intention to stay or work to the destination, and
only temporary to spend leasure time. [1]& [2].
Tourism can also be distinguished by the motives of tourists
in visiting a place. The motives are: culture, maritime, nature
reserve, convention, agro, hunting and pilgrimage [3]. While [4]
mentioned the motives of the trip such as leasure travel,
recreation, culture, sports, business affairs and convention
activities. From these motives the region can develop objects and
attractions based on the potential of its potential and the power
of Indonesia exists in the diverse nature and culture.
So far, the focus of tourism development in Indonesia is only
on natural attractions (nature-based attraction) while having a
wide range of tribes and cultures, which can be preserved and
managed to provide added value for the welfare of the
community. In the context of socio-cultural categories of
tourism attractions are included in the attraction / heritage /
culture (heritage / culture tourism) associated between tourism
and heritage [5]. In the Indonesian heritage conservation charter
[6] heritage was agreed as an heirloom. Heritage (Pusaka)
Indonesia includes: natural heritage, cultural heritage, and
landscape heritage that is a combination of nature and cultural
heritage in the unity of space and time. Landscape heirloom is
known by a new understanding of cultural landscape which
focuses on the interrelation of culture and nature. It is a complex
phenomenon with a tangible and intangible identities. Holding
on to the above understanding, folklor in the form of folklore,
dance, culinari, traditional music, and others entered in a cultural
heritage called heritage.
Discussion about tourism needs to be seen from the
perception of tourists in measuring whether the attractiveness of
tourism is interesting or not [7], especially the tourism heritage
tourism [8] analyzed the perception on tourists to heritage
tourism by showing that the tourists are very satisfied with
culture and authenticity of relics of the Han Dynasty, but there
are concerns from tourists about the disappearance of local
cultural authenticity. Others forms of disappointment are
business arrangements, inadequate tourism facilities, poor
service, and limited tourism programs, while [9] sees the
importance of the role of tourists in conservation of cultural
tourism. [10], sees a mixture of cultures (multi ethnic) in
Malaysia has created a multi-ethnic market, a visible form of the
art market being used as heritage tourism and creative tourism.
It has attracted both local and foreign tourists to visit the
location.
In the development of heritage tourism more specifically
religious tourism (pilgrim tourism) [11] look more at the model
of management that put forward the carrying capacity, the reason
in heritage tourism especially pilgrim (pilgrimage tour)
emotional problems usually more strongly affect people to visit
religious sites, and to maintain the sustainability of religious
sites, it is necessary to consider the carrying capacity of tourism
management. [12] & [13] see the management of cultural
heritage sites remain on sustainable conservation management
only in management organizations that need synergy between
the combination of private and public management. The basic
consideration is that the site is located close to the community
41
settlements even though the site has entered the private area. The
management of heritage tourism by [14], 15, and [16] remain on
the conservation and sustainable tourism arrangements, but the
synergy between higher education, community and tourism
sector is needed.
If management of heritage sites serve as a tourist attraction
without a soul, the heritage tours will not attract tourists to visit
the site. [17] explains that in the soul rather than on cultural and
archaeological sites as a tourist attraction. Cases of
archaeological and cultural sites in Bali provide valuable lessons
in which human interaction from ancient sites comes alive when
local people interact with ancient objects so that they are
considered alive and give meaning. The interaction is in the form
of religious ceremonies held in the locations of ancient places.
From some previous writings it can be concluded that the
management of heritage tourism is successful when: (1)
concerning conservation and sustainability, (2) the importance
of synergy between heritage owner, local community, education
and government (regulation) in managing historical heritage and
(3) ancient cultural sites will be preserved when religious
attractions or rituals are performed at these locations to give
meaning to every historical legacy.
Involvement of local communities, in fact, is really needed
in the management of cultural tourism.
Until the year 2010, it is estimated there were only 46 historic
sites found in Manado City, with only two historical sites that
still provide a surprise value for visitors to visit, namely the Ban
Hin Kiong Temple (Kwan Kong Temple) and old church of
Centrum Manado while the other 44 sites are not interested. [18]
How is the response of the local community when the Chinese
cultural rituals are used as a cultural heritage tourism icon? The
practical cause of the indigenous culture of Manado is a pluralist
city.
III. METHOD
The study was conducted in the city of Manado from
December 2017 to June 2018. The respondents were the local
people of Manado. Questionnaires were designed by asking their
perceptions of the attractions of Chinese culture rituals as the
icon of cultural heritage tourism of Manado. Questionnaires
have been developed and tested on as many as 30 tourism
students at the end of December 2017. Basically, the results of
the trial showed no major problems, there were only certain
sentences with a need to make word changes. In January 2018 a
survey of 350 respondents was conducted, using sampling
method and accidental sampling. Questionnaires were designed
using an attitude scale that is a Likert Scale with choices: 1 =
“strongly disagree”, 2 = “disagree”, 3 “quite agree”, 4 = “agree”,
5=“strongly agree”. In early June questionnaire collected as
many as 325 questionnaires were collected, 25 questionnaires
were not answered completely, and were considered to be
damaged.
IV. FINDING & DISCUSSION
Table I summarizes the demographic profiles of respondents
who meet the requirements. In the table there are 325
respondents with gender distribution: 54.5 percent male and
45.5 percent female. Most of the respondents are in the age
group 31 to 40 (45, 8 percent): aged 20 to 30 (25.5 percent): interesting since the arrival of the Chinese people to the city of
aged 41 to 50 (16.9 percent) and the aged over 51 years (11.7 Manado. Cultural traction that has become an attraction for
percent). And the level of education is dominated by residents and tourists ever since Cap Go Meh. Cap Go Meh is a
respondents with high school education level. The most Chinese cultural festival that symbolizes the 15th and final day
dominant jobs are private industries (34.8 percent), while the of Chinese New Year celebrations for Chinese communities
other types of work tend to be evenly distributed. With the around the world. This term comes from the Hokkien dialect
characteristics of these respondents, it can be concluded that the and literally means the fifteenth day of the first month (Cap =
respondents were distributed fairly evenly. Ten, Go = Five, Meh = Night). This means, the period of
Chinese New Year celebrations lasts for fifteen days.
Tabel 1. Demographic Profile of Responden
Respondent Variable (n= 325) Number Per cent Tabel 2. Local community perception of China ritual
Gender Male 177 54,5
attraction as the icon of tourism cultural heritage
No Indicator Mean Sd
Female 148 45,5
1 The descendants maintain the
4,6185 0,48651
Age 20-30 83 25,5 ancestral cultural rituals
31-40 155 45,8 2 Ritual toa pe kong long-
maintained attractions in the 4,2677 0,62289
41-50 55 16,9 city of Manado
> 51 38 11,7 3 Attractions ritual toa pe kong
become characteristic of china 4,1138 0,63535
Education Middle School 4 1,2 culture in Manado city
4 This cultural ritual attraction
High School 221 68,0
can represent an old culture 3,7877 0,80191
Bachelor 100 30,8 that is still preserved
Government 5 The ritual attractions of the
Occupation 71 21,8
Employee/Military/Police descendants are interesting to 4,5908 0,49245
Private Employee 113 34,8 watch
Employees of State-Owned 6 Acts of old chinese culture
20 6,2 deserve to be an icon of 3,5231 0,79945
Enterprises
Entrepreneur/Trader 37 11,4 cultural tourism
7 Local people generally like
Professional Worker 13 4,0 3,4338 0,47890
Chinese cultural attractions
Student 51 15,7 8 Cultural ritual attractions
should be maintained and 4,3538 0,47890
Handyman 3 0,9 protected by local regulations
Loborer 4 1,2 9 Chinese cultural attractions
have surprising and exciting 4,3938 0,48935
Housewife 13 4,0 values on watch
10 Area of china with various
In Table II, the respondent's responses to the ten indicators cultural attributes / cultural
3,6185 1,07251
about the ritual attractions of Chinese descendants when used ornaments deserve to be a
as icons of heritage culture. The following indicators are asked: cultural heritage
(1) The descendants maintain the ancestral cultural rituals, (2)
Ritual toa pe kong have been long-maintained attractions in the Attractions have become a spectacle of local residents, because
city of Manado, (3) Attractions ritual toa pe kong become there are attractions called 'lokthung' or 'thangsin' where there
characteristic of chinese culture in Manado city, (4) This is someone who is an intermediary medium that is said to have
cultural ritual attraction can represent an old culture that is still been read by certain mantras believed to have been possessed
preserved, (5) The ritual attractions of the descendants are by the spirit of the god to give blessings to his people. They will
interesting to watch, (6) Acts of old chinese culture deserve to usually do some attractions such as tongue slicing, cutting arms
be an icon of cultural tourism, (7) Local people generally like or piercing parts of their bodies with slashes of swords,
Chinese cultural attractions, (8) Cultural ritual attractions machetes, etc, the local community of Manado called "Enci
should be maintained and protected by local regulations, (9) Pia"; or in Pontinak and Singkawang called "Tatung." The
Chinese cultural attractions have surprising and exciting values attraction has become a calendar of tourism event in Manado.
tn watch, and (10) Area of china town with various cultural
attributes / cultural ornaments deserve to be a cultural heritage. As shown in Table II, respondents generally see the indicators
quite agree and agree. Indeed, the respondents gave different
Indeed, there is one Chinese culture that is very popular with values for each indicator of the questions submitted. In the first
people who still preserve and become a spectacle that has been indicator the researcher explores the knowledge and

42
understanding of the respondent; according to the respondents,
the descendants still preserve the cultural traditions of their
ancestors. The average respondent's agree answers 4,6185
percent, meaning it is true, that they still maintain tradition. This
shows that descendants are still loyal to their ancestral culture.
Indeed, their ancestral culture is very close to their belief or
religion, Budha. The average respondents answer agree which
means they still maintain tradition. This shows that descendants
are still loyal to their ancestral culture. Indeed, their ancestral
culture is very close to their belief or religion, konfuchu. Indeed,
when cultural traditions are associated with the religious life of
a particular community, there is a tendency that the tradition
will be well maintained. Balinese society is a real example
where their cultural traditions are still maintained, even the
culture has become a tourism product that is sold well. [19] This
applies also to the community of Chinese descendants who live
in the area of the village of China Manado, who still maintain
their traditions because they relate to trust, although they also
experience acculturation with local culture.
In the second and third questions the researcher explores the
understanding of the local people about an old attraction that is
often done by the Chinese descendants, called Toa Pe kong.
This attraction shows someone being an intermediary medium.
This attraction is interesting as it shows the person possessed by
the god is spirit performing attractions such as slicing the
tongue, cutting off the arm or stabbing the body with a sword
or machete. The average respondents answered agree with a
percentage of 4.2. This tradition is already very well known
among the local community, and has been preserved since the
Chinese people entered the city of Manado. It is very reasonable
to be known by the locals because it is celebrated every year.
In the third question, the researchers asked whether the
attraction has represented an old culture that is preserved in the
lives of Chinese descendants. Answers from respondents on the
average were somewhat agree, namely 3.7 percent. Further
exploration is interesting, because respondents are local people
who have long interacted with descendants so they know very
well that in the midst of a tradition of descent, there are not only
Toa Pe Kong attractions that are still preserved, there are also
other ones. The attraction was very exciting because it relates
to the Chinese New Year calendar.
The fifth question asked was whether their interesting ritual
attractions were watched? the average respondents answered
agree, (4.5 percent). In the study, the respondents have been
brought by a long experience handed down by ancestors of local
communities, where the descents of have become an interesting
spectacle since they entered the city of Manado. Besides the
spectacle is also a free entertainment for local people. So this
attraction has become a hereditary spectacle.
On the sixth question, the researchers asked whether the old
Chinese cultural attractions deserve to be an icon of cultural
tourism. the answer from the average respondent is somewhat
agree, which is 3.5 percent. Because it is understood that the
43
local community in Manado City is still have a lot of cultural
attractions that are still well preserved, only they have not been
exposed. Chinese cultural attractions are preserved, because the
cultural attractions are parts of their ritual of belief.
The seventh question is whether local people generally like the
attractions of Chinese culture. The average respondents
answered was somewhat agree, which was 3.4 percent. From
the observations of the researchers, the average person who
often watch Chinese cultural attractions such as Cap Go Meh or
Toa Pe kong (1) local people from around the village of China
in Manado, (2) People from old villages around Manado city
and ( 3) Local people who have middle to lower economic
income. So people who come from luxury housing areas and
have middle to upper economic income are rarely found. Even
if they still can be found, they are generally descendants who
are no longer diverse in kong fu chu, as well as part of the family
that celebrates the Chinese New Year celebration.
The eighth question is about the attractions of Chinese culture
rituals that must be maintained and protected by regional
regulations. This question is raised because there is a
connection between cultural ritual attractions and various
cultural historical buildings that are still preserved. [17]
Mentions that a historic heritage site will come alive or appear
soulful when human activities interact in it. A historic heritage
site will come alive or appear soulful when human activities
interact in it. This is evident from the results of an inventory of
historical heritage sites found in the city of Manado, totaling 46
to sites, only 2 historical sites are of interest for tourists to visit,
namely Ban Hin Kiong Temple located in the village of China
which is a place of worship for descendants of Kong Hu Chu
and the Centrum Church a place of worship of Christian
Protestants. Both places are in great demand by visitors because
they still give a surprise. [8]
Many historical heritage sites in various places in Indonesia
have been damaged by nature or even by humans or even
switched to other forms. This also happened in the city of
Manado and its surroundings. Many old buildings from the
Dutch colonial era seemed lost and even changed their faces to
other new buildings. Manado's old city area began to lose its
colonial-faced buildings, along with the loss of the existence of
a colonial-faced historical building that was able to form the
values of locality in an architectural form for the city of
Manado. [20] From this case the researcher explored the answer
to the eighth question that the attraction of the ritual of Chinese
culture must be maintained and protected by regional
regulations. Answers show that the average respondent
answered agree, 4.5 percent. It also illustrates that respondents
want the area of the village of China Manado to be used as an
area protected by regional regulations, where all heritage sites
both tangible and intangible are protected and preserved.
To the ninth question: the attractions of Chinese culture have a
surprising and interesting value to watch. The average
respondents answered agree, which was 4.39 percent. The
results of the study of the respondents showed that the value of
ritual attractions displayed as in the Toa Pe Kong attraction by
displaying someone possessed by the spirits of the gods by
taking action to slash the tongue and pierce the body with a
sword or machete; the attraction is still original and not a fake
attraction. There are other interesting things from the
observations of researchers about why this ritual attraction is
always awaited by local people, it turns out that this attraction
is not always present in annual festivals in Chinese New Year
celebrations. This ritual attraction must first be prayed for, and
requested approval from the gods, whether the gods agree to be
displayed. That what makes the surprise value of this attraction.
By looking at cases in tourist areas in Bali, where at the request
of tourists, a particular ritual or dance attraction ritual that is
sacred is easily displayed for the sake of commodities. The need
for attraction of the Chinese cultural ritual is protected not only
by the meaning of the name, but also by being protected from
displaying like merchandise. So that the value of uniqueness
and surprise is maintained and in demand by local people and
tourists.
To the tenth question, is the village of china region with various
cultural attributes worthy of being a cultural heritage, the
respondents' answers, on the average,were somewhat agree, that
is 3.6 percent. Respondents expect not only for the Chinese
village area, but for all historical heritage sites that have
authentic value in Manado City. They needs to be designated as
a cultural heritage buildings, and managed properly, so that no
function changes or damage occurs. Specifically for the China
region, respondents hoped that the area would be arranged like a
Chinese village by returning its original identity according to the
name of the area. Indeed, in several places in other countries the
village of China always displays its face as its name Chinatown.
V. METHOD
Perception assessment in total shows the average
respondents answered agree, that is 4.06985 percent. This will
give implication in the form of Manado local support for the
efforts of a sustainable cultural area as a tourist area that can be
an alternative tourism, in addition to marine tourism. In addition,
the local community also supports the Kampong China area with
various cultural sites as an icon of cultural heritage tourism. The
main thing that gets the support of the local community is the
need for local regulations to protect the area as a cultural area.
The next support is the realignment of the area according to its
name. This support can strengthen local governments in building
the region as a tourism area. Identity that refers to the identity of
the region needs to be revived.
Identity refers to the identity of the Chinese Village
communities, and Manado as a colonial heritage city. Chinese
villages are part of the city of Manado and perhaps in the next
generation remains only name, when the government does not
seriously pay attention to the expectations of local people who
live in association with the community of Chinese descendants.
The Manado city government needs to organize this Chinatown
as a special characteristic location.
Descendants living in the area are able to work together to
build around the location. This form of arrangement is done by
creating a Chinatown location to become a major or alternative
44
tourist location, depending on how the Manado city tourism
development strategy plans. The government through the
tourism office must be able to create an icon of cultural tourism,
where tourists visiting the cities of Manado and Bunaken are
incomplete if they do not enjoy the village of Manado, China
town as an old village that still exists in Manado.
The need for structuring the completeness of tourist accessories
such as the name of the characters and the street name of the
Chinatown area using Chinese calligraphy with a translation in
Indonesian. In every shop house and residence, Chinese
accessories are provided to give a different impression from
other settlements. Other convenience needs to be facilitated,
such as not allowing public transport cars to cross this tourist
pilot area, parking outside the area, good security systems,
cleanliness, and the availability of various needs as the main
transport tool. For this area only horse carriages called “Bendi”
are permitted by the local community. Bendi transport
equipment is very close to people's lives in the past Manado
Chinatown. Then for special days the barongsai - kung fu
attraction is turned on. The ceremonial tradition which is part of
the Chinese New Year (Lunar New Year), namely Toa Pekong,
is retained and not modified or commodified for the benefit of
tourists, meaning that the sacredness of the event is maintained.
Especially for culinary the need for Chinese cuisine is provided.
The point is that the city government rearranges this Chinatown
area similar to the atmosphere of China, Hong Kong or Macau
and besides, the local Minahasa-Chinese wisdom needs to be
maintained. The point is the Chinatown area was created a kind
of diorama or small living museum, depicting the history of the
Chinese people 's first journey to Manado, including past photo
locations, and a variety of creative economic crafts "signs" to be
used as souvenirs.
CONCLUSION
This research is an initial investigation, namely the
perception of local people in assessing the attractions of Chinese
cultural rituals to be used as an icon of heritage cultural tourism.
Empirical findings show that generally the local community
agree when the attraction of the Chinese culture ritual is used as
a cultural tour. Regardless of the limited scope of the data
collection period and the small number of respondents and
indicators, the findings of this study could provide useful
insights for the local government in determining the Chinese
region with its cultural ritual attributes as a protected and well-
managed cultural area for the benefit of tourism. Other business
actors such as travel businesses can design tour packages which
include cultural tours of the old village of China in the city of
Manado. The approach used in this study places limits on its
ability to make broad conclusions. Indeed, the study respondents
did represent a number of local communities in the city of
Manado. But for other research in the future, this research can
be repeated by adding a wider indicator. In addition, research
was also conducted on descendants to see how their answers
were when cultural rituals and their neighborhoods were used as
icons of cultural tourism.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors regards to the Ministry of Research, Technology
and Education via Research Institution in State Polytechnic of
Manado which funded this research.
 REFERENCES
[1] Mc Intosch, and S Gupta. Tourism, Principles, Practices, Philosophies,
Third Edition. Grid Publishing Inc. Ohio.1980.
[2] Ben, Sarbini. M. Paradigma baru pariwisata, sebuah kajian filsafat.
Yogyakarta: Kaukaba, Cetakan Kedua. 2010.
[3] Pendit.Nyoman.S. Ilmu Pariwisata sebuah pengantar perdana. Jakarta.
Pradnya.Paramita. 1994.
[4] Spillane,J.J. Pariwisata Indonesia Sejarah dan Prospeknya. Yogyakarta.
Kanisius. 1987.
[5] Nuryanti, Wiendu. "Heritage and postmodern tourism." Annals of
tourism research 23.2 (1996): 249-260.
[6] Anonim. Piagam Pelestarian Pusaka Indonesia- dikelola oleh Jaringan
Pelestarian Pusaka Indonesia dan International Council on Monuments
and Sites (ICOMOS) Indonesia didukung oleh Kementerian Kebudayaan
dan Pariwisata RI. 2003.
[7] Towoliu, Benny Irwan, and Mita Erdiaty Takaendengan. "Perception of
Tourist towards the Potential Development of Tumpa Mountain Area as
Integrated Ecotourism, Manado, North Sulawesi Province." Journal of
Indonesian Tourism and Development Studies 3.1 (2015): 1-10.
[8] Towoliu, B.I. Konservasi vs Pariwisata; Problem dan tantangan kasus
situs bersejarah di Manado Propinsi Sulawesi utara, Jurnal Ekowista, Ed
17th,ProgrmStudy Ekowisata Bawah Laut, Politeknik Negeri Manado,
Indonesia, (2012) pp.7-16.
[9] Irandu*, Evaristus M. "The role of tourism in the conservation of cultural
heritage in Kenya." Asia Pacific journal of tourism research 9.2 (2004):
133-150.
[10] Kristiningrum,N.D. Heritage tourism dan creative tourism: eksistensi
pasar seni (central market) di malaysia sebagai salah satu pasar
bersejarah. Jurnal Hubungan International, (2014) 7(1), 43-54.
45
[11] Khreis, S. "Evaluation of usage and management of pilgrimage sites in
Israel and Jordan: a comparative study." Almatourism: Journal of
Tourism, Culture and Territorial Development 6.12 (2015): 176-192.
[12] Poulios, Ioannis. "Discussing strategy in heritage conservation: living
heritage approach as an example of strategic innovation." Journal of
Cultural Heritage Management and Sustainable Development 4.1
(2014): 16-34.
[13] Cannas, Rita. "The Sustainable Tourism Management of Cultural
Heritage: the Case of the Rosas Mine in Sardinia." Almatourism-Journal
of Tourism, Culture and Territorial Development 7.14 (2016): 38-59.
[14] Cadar, Simona. "New Skills in a Changing World: Strategic Alliances at
World Heritage Sites." Almatourism-Journal of Tourism, Culture and
Territorial Development 5.2 (2014): 12-19.
[15] Li, Yulong, and Caroline Hunter. "Community involvement for
sustainable heritage tourism: a conceptual model." Journal of Cultural
Heritage Management and Sustainable Development5.3 (2015): 248-
262.
[16] Svensson, Eva. Heritage and development outside the metropolis:
Discussing issues of attractiveness, growth, participation and sustainable
development." Journal of Cultural Heritage Management and
Sustainable Development 5.1 (2015): 4-13.
[17] Rudana, S.P. Menuju Visi Sempurna, Seni Budaya Sebagai Jiwa Bangsa.
Yayasan Seni Rudana. 2009.
[18] T. Megumi Abadi. Penyusunan Kajian Potensi Pariwisata &
Kebudayaan Kota Manado. Laporan Akhir. 2010.
[19] Picard Michel. Bali: Pariwisata budaya dan budaya pariwisata.
Kepustakaan Populer Gramedia.2006
 English Learning Model With Application – Based
On Mind Mapping Method
Grace Pontoh 1, Marike Kondoj 2, Maya Munaiseche 3 and Christo Pua 4
1,2,3 Information Engeneering, State Polythecnic of Manado, Indonesia
4 Faculty of Humanities, Manado Sam Ratulangi University, Indonesia
pontohgrace@gmail.com

Abstract—The purpose of this research is to develop an effective learning. a new strategy is needed in the process of
application-based English learning model based on mind learning English in college.[2].
mapping model that can foster student creativity with innovative
learning. Feasibility test of the learning model by involving the II. LITERATURE REVIEW
sample on 70 students by measuring the learning outcomes Preparing teaching materials as a way to improve lecturer
through measuring the value of the evaluation result. 35 students
performance in the process of language learning. Teaching
learn English by using the application and 35 other students learn
materials can be in the form of linguistics, pictures, sounds or
english without using the application. The results showed a
significant difference between students who were learning by using print media and newspapers, cassettes, CD-ROMs, DVDs or
applications and who did not use the application. 90% of students access via the internet[3]. Cooperative learning has a long
who use the application can answer the problem well otherwise history in its development. Waterhouse (2003) defines e-
that do not use the application only 50% who can answer the learning as learning that utilizes computer technology media by
problem correctly. developing learning and teaching applications. In addition, the
European Commission (2001) defines e-learning as "the use of
I. INTRODUCTION new multimedia technologies connected to the internet to
improve the quality of learning by providing access to
In this technological era English becomes a very important
collaboration. According to Rosenberg (2001) that e-learning
language because it is the connecting language for everyone both
enables efficient data storage, while Horton ( 2006) believes that
at work and in social life. Therefore, the Teaching and learning
e-learning provides new experiences in learning and obtaining
English in Higher Education should be developed to improve the
information by utilizing computer technology Facts prove that
quality of graduates including in Manado State Polytechnic,
e-learning is able to improve learning when presented in
especially electrical engineering majors. With good English
accordance with the needs and learning conditions of
skills then the opportunity to get the job more wide open. For
students[4]. Mind mapping method , popularized by Tony
balance in learning in the digital era, where learning in any field
Buzan. Mind mapping is an effective diagram by arranging ideas
is strongly influenced by the media internet, web, multimedia
outlined with words, visual images and phrases of color phrases
with various terms and symbols in English. There are several
(Buzan, 2006). Mind mapping explains in detail the central ideas
weaknesses encountered in the learning process such as the
and new ideas that are interrelated. Mind mapping strategies can
ability to speak in English and the use of appropriate terms to
be used to explore various learning materials in writing and can
describe an object. In addition to lack of supporting facilities and
be used in types of writing such as: narrative, descriptive,
infrastructure, learning methods are less interesting and
recount, persuasive and argumentative (Riswanto & Prandika,
monotonous. Based on observations, the behavior of students
2012). Students can describe their ideas as mind maps through
majoring in electrical engineering has a level of intelligence in
effective visual designs that allow students to clearly understand
terms of the use of computer equipment and other devices.
ideas, and ultimately be able to encourage students to classify
Currently there are no students who do not have communication
ideas according to characteristics (Padang & Gurning, 2014).
tools that can connect to the internet, so students tend to be easier
Mind mapping can improve students' learning ability in terms of
to learn and understand the teaching materials by using an
remembering and fostering interest in learning (Ingemann, 2008
application-based multimedia devices by utilizing the Internet
as quoted in San Risqiya, 2013)[5]. In this paper, the learning
network. This allows unrestricted learning of time and place. By
application refers to the e-Learning model used by institutions in
using mobile devices students can easily access the material they
an effort to improve the quality of teaching and learning
want to learn. Cellular learning (M-learning) has become one of
processes to foster student independence in learning. The
the components of technology implementation in education that
activity module used allows students to interact with different
is important for universities. M-learning is unlimited, allowing
learning resources to enrich knowledge.
students to learn, collaborate, and share ideas between one
another by using the internet [1]. In the process of teaching III. METHOD
English in college, English grammar is not the core that must be
emphasized in teaching English. Vocabulary mastery becomes Several parameters to conduct the measurement in this study
an obligation for students to do richer and clearer self- by involving various related elements. Application is made by
expression. effective vocabulary teaching can improve students' referring to the learning model using mind mapping method.
competencies so that they will have a positive impact on Mind Mapping is a technique that is able to encourage students
to explore abilities, skills in presenting words, pictures, numbers,

46
logic, rhythm, color, in fun ways. Students are assigned to
develop ideas in explaining the core of the material in the class.
Mind map using visual reminders, and this sensory in a pattern
of related ideas, such as the road map which is used for learn
organize and plan. Many of the benefits that students get by
using mind mapping, mind mapping can optimize the work of
the right brain and left brain because mind maps work very
pleasant by using image media, colors and words that are easy
to understand. Besides that mind mapping can provide economic
value by saving notes because students can summarize the
material; teaching is more effective because material is more
structured and systematic; this system can easily adapt; Mind
mapping can stimulate the creativity of students and teachers to
be more creative in making attractive images or colors according
to the material [6].
A. Participants
To get more precise data, the authors collected the final test
results by selecting two classes, one class as the experimental
class and the other as the comparison class. There are 70 students
who take the exam with different methods. The experiment lasts
for five months from January to June.
B. Procedure
The application of mind mapping in college English
vocabulary teaching can effectively improve teaching
efficiency. The improvement of teaching efficiency is embodied
on enhancement of teachers’ classroom efficiency[2].
Applications are created based on material to be taught in the
classroom. The material is presented by utilizing internet
connection. The two classes that become experimental classes
get the same material, the same teacher with different learning
models. The author has done pre-test and post test to know the
difference of student learning result.
IV. RESULT
Interface design must pay attention to the visual appearance
so as to provide added value in achieving the expected goals[7]
.Figure 1 below presents the application interface model
developed based on the learning model.
Figure 1. Initial design of interface
47
Figure 2. Results of respondent test
From the students' perceptions of the benefits of learning with
the application-based mind mapping method, the responses
presented in Figure 2 show that, the majority of students (91%)
agree with the application of the learning model as it affects the
audio visual which allows students to recall the material they
have learned. Although there are some students who find it
difficult to apply the learning model. According to Muhib,
Anggani & Hartono (2014), Barriers to Mind Mapping are a
matter of time students who have to really focus on finding
effective keywords so that in a student learning situation that is
not conducive, sometimes students have difficulty creating a
comprehensive mind map [8].
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
State Polytechnic of Manado, Center for Research and social
work, friends and students that who have helped.
CONCLUSION
Based on the results of the research and discussion above, it
is generally produced that most students consider mind mapping
techniques to be an effective strategy in helping students learn
English and in previous research shows that mind mapping
techniques can improve students' English writing skills. As a
result, mind mapping techniques seem to be an effective tool for
helping students in vocabulary mastery, writing and reading
English as well as encouraging students to gain comprehensive
or in-depth understanding of the material. In contrast, a small
proportion of them claim that the applied learning model is a bit
difficult but fun.
REFERENCES
[1] Al-Emran, M., Elsherif, H. M., & Shaalan, K. (2016). Investigating
attitudes towards the use of mobile learning in higher education.
Computers in Human Behavior, 56, 93-102.
[2] Liu G. Application of Mind Mapping Method in College English
Vocabulary Teaching. Open Journal of Modern Linguistics. 2016 May
27;6(03):202.
[3] Pontoh GH, Munaiseche M, Putung Y. Teaching Materials English for
Informatics based on Multimedia in Manado State Polytechnic.
International Journal of Computer Applications. 2016;156(9)..
[4] Soliman NA. Using e-learning to develop EFL students’ language skills
and activate their independent learning. Creative Education, 5, 752-757.
[5] Yunus MM, Chien CH. The use of mind mapping strategy in Malaysian
university English test (MUET) Writing. Creative Education. 2016 Apr
11;7(04):619.
[6] PUTINESIA NC. MIND MAPPING AS COOPERATIVE LEARNING
TO INCREASE STUDENTS’ABILITY IN WRITING DESCRIPTIVE
PARAGRAPH AT SECOND GRADE OF RADEN FATAH JUNIOR
 HIGH SCHOOL (Doctoral dissertation, University of Muhammadiyah [8] Muhib A, LB DA, Hartono R. MIND MAPPING AND EVERYBODY
Malang). WRITES TECHNIQUES FOR STUDENTS WITH HIGH AND LOW
[7] Kondoj MA, Langi HS, Kasenda SR. Model Productivity in UKM WRITING ACHIEVEMENT. English Education Journal. 2014;4(2).
Coconut Oil based on Information Technology in North Sulawesi.
International Journal of Computer Applications. 2016 Dec;156(9).
Thalheim, B. (2009). Extended entity-relationship model. In
Encyclopedia of Database Systems (pp. 1083-1091). Springer US.

48
 Perseption, Awareness and Consumer Insight Toward
Purchase Intention Tanjak and Tenun Lejo Products
Muhammad Hamidi
International Business Administration
Polytechnic State of Bengkalis
Bengkalis, Riau, Indonesia
hamidisaid74@yahoo.co.id

Mujiono
Public Sector Accounting
Polytechnic State of Bengkalis
Bengkalis, Riau, Indonesia
mujiono@polbeng.ac.id

Abstract. This study aims to determine consumer perceptions, awareness level and Consumer
Insight on Purchase Intention (buying interest) of the community to Tanjak and Tenun Lejo.
The method in this research is quantitative research by using survey and observational method
to society residing in Riau Province. Data analysis using associative techniques using SPSS
version 20 program applications. The research variables are consumer perception, awareness,
Consumer Insight and Purchase Intention. Data collection was done by probability sampling
with Purposive sampling to 200 respondents. From this research it is known that consumer
perception, Consumer Insight and Purchase Intention level to tanjak product and tenun lejo are
high but awareness level is medium. Perception partially affects Purchase Intention but
Awareness and Consumer Insight have no effect on purchase intention, Together perceptions,
awareness, consumer insight affect purchase intention

1.Introduction
Lejo a unique style is produced using a loom instead of a machine. The basic difference of lejo
with songket cloth in general and songket Riau especially lies in the courage of the craftsmen weaving
together various colors to produce a combination of weaving style that is dynamic and more varied.
In development, lejo can not only be used as a fashion, but also can be used as tanjak. Tanjak is
a kind of head cover for malay men. In ancient times, tanjak was only used by certain groups and in
accordance with certain conditions as well. But with the development of fashion that leads back to the
local and traditional wisdom by adding a touch of modernization without leaving the authenticity of its
functions and shapes, tanjak already incarnate as a complement to the Riau public dress
Lejo and tanjak is a inanimate objects, but it is a living witness of a culture, which can reveal
one side of culture. Based on consumer product classification according to Kotler and Keller (2012:
349), Lejo and Tanjak is a specialty goods. Because in the buying process consumers are willing to
give a special effort and are willing to buy when having unique characteristics and different from
similar products. When viewed from the aspects of use (usefulness) Lejo and Tanjak can be
categorized into consumer goods and industrial goods, It is said to be consumer goods if the traditional
Indonesian woven fabric has been purchased and used by the end user or consumer. It is said to be
industrial goods if the traditional woven fabric is not used directly by the end user but is purchased for
use or reprocessing which aims to change the value of the Indonesian traditional woven fabric from its
form, nature, type, and function so that the end user gets added value or new usefulness of the
traditional Indonesian woven fabric that has been developed.

49
 Important indicators of a product received in the market are the high level of awareness,
Consumer Insight and purchase intention consumer buying interest in the product the lack of
information about awareness, Consumer Insight and consumer buying interest makes the weavers less
able to predict and read and desire opportunities market. Information is only available from consumers
who order products. This means that lejo and tanjak products are only requested by consumers who
already know and understand the existence of lejo and tanjak only. While the ordinary people can not
predict the level of awareness to the existence of the product.
This study aims to determine perceptions, consumer awareness level of consumer insight level,
consumer buying interest and the influence of consumer awareness and consumer awareness level of
interest in buying weaving products lejo and tanjak.
This research basically refers to some previous research in the same domain. The most basic
difference between the previous research and this research is the difference of place, time, respondent
and object of research. Another difference is that this research makes awareness factor and consumer
perception as a factor to assess consumer buying interest in specialty goods Tenun Lejo and Tanjak.
Research of Sasya Lestari and Menul Teguh Riyanti (2017) entitled "Study of Songket Motif
Traditional Siak of Riau". This study found that Tenun Siak songket has a variety of motifs, colors and
meanings that reflect the view of human life, but the development of time to make humans choose
songket cloth in terms of beauty, so the philosophy contained tenun songket is no longer considered.
The lack of love for the culture and lack of adequate information make the younger generation less
interested in this songket cloth. Knowledge of the meaning of motifs and colors on songket cloth is
needed so that the people of Riau and the future generation do not forget the philosophy contained
therein.
Research of Bing Xu and Jianhui Chen (2017) entitled "Consumer Purchase Decision-making
based on the traditional Clothing Clothing form" The results found that the key factor in purchasing
consumer clothing is the decision to make the process. The results are reflected in the link between
consumer behavior and the traditional clothing market, and provided guidance for fashion store
managers to improve their marketing strategy.
Research of Hojjat Vahdati and Seyed Hadi Mousavi Nejad (2016) entitled "Brand Personality
toward customer purchase intention: the intermediate role of electronic word of mouth and brand
equity". The findings suggest that brand personality, e-WOM and brand equity have a positive and
significant influence on customer purchase intentions. The results also reveal that these factors have
positive internal effects with each other. In addition, e-WOM and brand equity indicate the role of a
positive mediator.
Vasista and Al Abdullatif (2015), entitled "Turning customer insight contributing to VMI based
decision Support System in Demand Chain Management". The results of the study found that chaining
strategy initiatives focused on better ways to capture demand signals closer to the source, analyzing
requests to sense the most current and most accurate demand signals and shaping demand by
executing and tracking promotional and pricing strategies to drive demand according to business
objectives . VMI is an efficient charging practice designed to allow vendors to respond to requests
without any distortion of the influence of purchasing decisions in the retail chain. This concludes by
saying that there is a need to adopt innovative management methodologies such as the CRASP
management methodology and the need to work on adding semantics to big data analytics based on
decision support systems to enable semantic decision-making capabilities to better acquire and realize
strategic business value.

50
 Sohail Younus's research, Faiza Rasheed, Anas Zia, (2015), under the title "Identifying the
Factors Affecting Customer Purchase Intention". The purpose of this study was to observe the effect
of independent variables (customer knowledge, buying interest, supporting celebrities and perceived
value) on the dependent variable (purchase intention). The study illustrates that the relationship
between the dependent variable has a significant relationship with buying interest. This is a
quantitative study and the sample size of this study is 100. The results of this study indicate that
perceived value, customer knowledge, celebrity endorsement has a significant relationship with the
intention of buying.
Aqeel Ahmad, Naveed Ahmad and Muhammad Nadeem (2014) entitled "The study of brand
credibility and brand awareness as positive predictors for brand loyalty". This research study
investigates methods of brand loyalty through brand credibility and brand awareness by applying
random sampling methods and analyzed through SPSS. The findings of this study indicate that loyalty
has a positive effect on association with brand credibility and also with brand awareness. This research
will help managers and policymakers in designing an efficient branding strated.

2. Literature Review
Lejo is a traditional woven fabric of Malay Bengkalis, Lejo are classified in woven brocade
family becouse Lejo weaving Looms woven by hand with gold and silver thread and are generally
worn on formal occasions. Metallic yarn woven against a fabric brilliant effect . Lejo is a woven
fabric of Songket. Songket name is derived from the word "Sungkit" which means "gouging" which
there is also the process of "hooking". Both processes (gouging and hooking) are the main processes in
weaving a fabric. The basic material of Songket was originally made up of silk threads and
interspersed with motifs derived from gold and silver threads. But in its development Silk is hard to
find and the price is expensive then the silk thread turns into a cotton tire. But the motives of the gold
and silver threads are still there.
Lejo is said to grow because most people start to know weaving not just batik as one of
Indonesian culture that can be used in everyday life. So in this case, there is increasing awareness of
Indonesian society to weaving For the limited circle, the socialite, the upper class, the weaving is well
known and used in important moments. The use of weaving is one manifestation of their self-image,
but not for ordinary people.
Tanjak is a kind of headdress or traditional Malay tribal headband used by men. Tanjak can also
be called by the destar, tengkolok or setanjak, this designation by cultural experts and community
leaders has a different meaning depending on the type of fabric used to make headbands or headwear
although the use is the same.
According to Kasturi (2010), the terms "tengkolok", "destar", and "tanjak " are the same as
those described above, the words" sticky "also refer to" cloth covering the head or sheath (rather than
silk etc.) used by women, an explanation of the headache as a woman's headwear is rare until now.
According to Solomon, Marshall, and Stuart (2008: 147), perception is: "The Process by which
people select, organize and interpret information from outside world." According to Kotler and Keller
(2012: 183), perception according to Schiffman and Kanuk (2016: 148), perception is:" Perception is
defined as the process by which an individual, "According to Kotler and Keller (2012: 184), every
individual's perception is different from the same object because of three things: Selective Attention,
Selective Distortion and Selective Retention
According to Kotler and Keller (2012: 270) Awareness is an ability to receive, feel or be aware
of a particular event or object. Awareness or in the so-called marketing science known as brand
awareness is the ability of consumers to remember a brand and that makes it different when compared
with other brands. In the brand awareness is divided into four levels as the size of a consumer will be
familiar to a brand. Starting from the first stage is the unaware of brand where we are completely
unfamiliar and know about the brand. The second stage is brand recognition, which is the minimum

51
level of awareness of a brand. Next is the brand recall stage then top of mind. Top of mind is the
culmination of the introduction of a brand, when considering a product of a brand that remembers first
being in a top-of-mind position and the next brand that remembers being in a brand recall position.
The definition of consumer insight according to Engel (2012) is the process of finding out more
holistically about the background of the actions, thoughts and behavior of a consumer related to
product and communication. Analysis of statistical data is obviously very useful, but it is only up to a
point only. In more complex market conditions, where many factors that cause the occurrence of
something can not be quantified simply by causal models (causation); qualitative knowledge of a
deeper market is beginning to be perceived as a necessity. This is in line with the view that marketing
is a combination of science and art. Consumer Insights is a major part of the art! In essence, think
creatively and broader than translating data quantitatively. Dig out something that does not appear on
the surface. Noteworthy about Consumer Insights: Insights does not have to come from the brand
manager alone, but rather from everyone who belongs to the organization, including the owner of the
company. Consumer insights need to be cultivated within the company. The existence of the position
of consumer insights manager in the organization is one way to collect all relevant insights and
channeled in accordance with its capacity. Insights are useless if not actionable. The challenge is how
to make information unearthed as insights, become clear and understandable by the marketing team
(including product development and research agency), and then translated into a real plan.
The intention to buy is a kind of decision that studies why customers buy a brand. Considering
something buying a brand and planning to buy the brand helps consumers to judge how much interest
it is in purchasing the product (Porter, 1974 in Solomon (2012) Porter also outlines the customer's
intention to buy a brand that is focused not only on the same brand but also by his attitude towards
other brands in the alternative choices that have been considered. Solomon (2012) explains for loyal
customers whose purchasing decisions are price-sensitive and loyal to the product suggests positive
recommendations to companies and even invests money in brands that show they have the extreme
trust in the brand. Purchasing behavior also depends on the level of competition in the industry.
According to Engel (2012), Purchase intention is related to the 2 (two) categories of the first
category of purchase intention to the product and the brand or so-called fully planned purchase, then
the second category of purchase intention to the product category or so-called planned purchase even
though the choice of brand is made at the time of purchase (point of sales). Purchase Intention is
"process used to evaluate consumer decision making". Solomon (2012) defines Purchase Intention as
"based on consumer attitude toward buying a brand". Meanwhile, according to Kotler (2012)
definition of Purchase Intention is "consumer behavior occurs when consumer stimulated by external
factors and come to purchase decision based their personal characteristics and decision making
process".

3. Research Methodology
The research location is in Riau Province. Data source used is primary data. Technique of
collecting data is done by using survey and observasional. The research population is all Riau people
who like or have ever bought or own tenun lejo and tanjak. This research uses sampling design with
probability sampling with purposive random sampling (Uma Sekaran, 2010) as many as 100 people.
Measuring the influence of consumer perceptions and awareness on buying interest using linear and
multiple regression analysis. To assess respondents' perceptions, the methods used through the
assessment of the range of values where the range of 1-1.75 is rated low, 1.76-3.51 are rated moderate
and 3.52-4 are rated high (Sugiono, 2010). Significant role is seen from the volue of t count > t table on α
= 0.05 two side with a value p<0.05. While the stimultaneous hypotesis is acceptable or proven when
three variable produce F count > F table on α = 0.05 two side with a value p<0.05.

52
4. Result and Discussion

4.1. Value of perseption level

Perception is the experience of the event object or the relationships obtained by concluding
information and interpreting the message. A person who has been motivated for the attitude to act and
the actions performed by a person is influenced by perception. To see how the people's perception of
Riau Lejo and Tanjak, can be seen in the following table:

Table 1. Value of perseption level

4 3 2 1
No Indicator a b c d Average Explanation
VH H L VL
76 24 0 0
1 Perseption 1 3.76 High
76% 24% 0 0
73 24 3 0
2 Perseption 2 3.70 High
73% 24% 3% 0
76 24 0 0
3 Perseption 3 3.76 High
76% 24% 0 0
Average 3,74 High
a. Very high
b. High
c. Low
d. Very Low

From table data it is known that respondents' perceptions of lejo and tanjak are on average at
3.74 and are considered high, indicating that the community provides a good response to the revelation
on this indicator. Further explained that the people of Riau already know and understand the existence
of Lejo and Tanjak , the people of Riau get the information or knowledge is clear, have a high
stimulation to use and always remember to reuse lejo and tanjak.

4.2. Value of awarness level

Brand Awareness is the ability of a potential buyer to recognize or recall that a brand is part of a
particular product category. Therefore, brand awareness of a brand or product has a very important
meaning for the producer (brand owner), because most consumers will tend to buy products that are
known or remembered by them. The following is the response of the people of Riau to awareness of
lejo and tanjak products
Table 2. Value of awareness level
4 3 2 1
No Indicator a b c d Average Explanation
VH H L VL
0 91 6 3
1 Awarness 1 2,81 Medium
0 91% 6% 3%
0 96 4 0
2 Awarness 2 2,98 Medium
0 96% 4% 0
0 95 5 0
3 Awarness 3 2,92 Medium
0 95% 5% 0
0 96 3 1
4 Awarness 4 2,94 Medium
0 96% 3% 1%
Average 2,91 Medium
a. Very high
b. High
c. Low
d. Very Low

53
 The results of the above data processing, explains that the average awareness of the people of
Riau to lejo and tanjak is at 2.91 and rated moderate or medium. This explains that the people of Riau
have not fully awareness of lejo and tanjak, Riau people have clear knowledge and information but not
deeper yet, it is known that people have not known much about the form or variety of lejo and tanjak,
consequently public awareness to buy and show satisfaction towards lejo and tanjak is not high or
categorized moderate.

4.3. Value of consumer insight level

Assessment of respondents to consumer insight can be seen in the following table:

Table 3. Value of consumer insight level

4 3 2 1
No Indicator a b c d Average Explanation
VH H L VL
Consumer 86 11 3 0
1 3,83 High
1 86% 11% 3% 0
Consumer 85 11 4 0
2 3,81 High
2 85% 11% 4% 0
Consumer 84 11 5 0
3 3,79 High
3 84% 11% 5% 0
Average 3,81 High
a. Very high
b. High
c. Low
d. Very Low

The respondent's response to Consumer Insight average is at 3.81 and is considered high, it indicates
that the people of Riau although not yet have a good knowledge of lejo and tanjak , but they give a
good response to the craftsmen or makers tenun lejo and Tanjak, this is due to artisans or makers lejo
and tanjak make sales and provide knowledge to the buyer so as to provide stimulation to the buyer to
seek and understand lejo and tanjak more deeply and fully support to makers lejo and tanjak to
conduct research and development of the product which has been made.

4.4. Partial and simultaneous test

Partial test (T test) is done to know how influence between perception, Awarness, Custumer
Insight to Purchase Intention. To determine using Hypothesis are:[1] Ho, where partially Perception,
Awarness and Custumer Insight have no influence with Purchase Intention and [2] Ha, where partially
Perception, Awarness and Custumer Insight have influence with Purchase Intention. For tcount value
is done by two side test that is dk = n - 3 and dk = 100 - 3 = 97, with error level is set at 0,05 (5%)
hence ttable = 1,984. Ho, will apply if tcount <ttable, while Ha applies if tcount >ttable.
For Perception of partial test result (t test) shows that consumer perception on purchasing
decision is shown with tcount value 4,641, with its significance value equal to 0,000 <α = 0,05. The
value of ttable is 1.984, tcount is bigger than ttable (4,641> 1,984), Ho is accepted and it shows that
perception has influence and positive value to purchasing decision.
Awarness, from partial test results (t test) indicates that awarness to purchase decision is shown
with tcount value of -1.3991 with its significance value of 0.000 <α = 0,05. The ttable value is 1,984, if t
is smaller than ttable (-1,3991 <1,984), Ha is accepted and it indicates that awarness has no effect and
negative value to purchase decision.
Custumer Insight, from partial test result (t test) indicates that custumer insight to the
purchasing decision is shown with tcount value of -1,874 with its significance value of 0.000 <α = 0,05.
The value of ttable is 1.984, if tcount is smaller than ttable (-1,874 <1,984), Ha is accepted and it shows that
custumer insight has no effect and negative value to purchase decision.

54
 For regression test together (Test F) whether perception, awarness and purchase intention
together influence buying decision can be known through F test, ttest (8,883) while ttabel value (2,698), if
compared tcount is bigger than ttable (8,883> 2,689), then Ho is accepted and this indicates that whether
perception, awareness and purchase intention together influence purchasing decisions.

5. Conclusion
1. The level of consumer perception of the lejo and tanjak products is high, this means that the
people of Riau know and understand the existence of lejo and tanjak , the people of Riau get
clear information or knowledge, have a high stimulation to use and always remember to reuse
lejo and tanjak.
2. The level of consumer awareness of lejo and tanjak products is moderate. This explains that
the people of Riau have not fully awareness of lejo and tanjak, Riau people have clear
knowledge and information but not yet deeply, it is known that the community has not much
knowledge form or various Lejo and Tanjak Leather, as a result the public awareness to buy
and show satisfaction towards lejo and tanjak is not high or categorized being.
3. The level of Purchase Intention to the lejo and tanjak products is high. This fact indicates that
Riau people's desire to buy and own lejo and tanjak is high. This is due to the support and
necessity of local government to the people in Riau to always use songket fabrics including
lejo and tanjak on every moment.
4. Partially perceptions of consumers have a positive and positive impact on purchasing
decisions, but awareness and purchase intention has no influence and negative value to the
purchase decision. From simultaneous test results, perception, awareness, customer insigsht
together affect purchase intention lejo and tanjak product.

6.References
[1] Aqeel Ahmad,Naveed Ahmad dan Muhammad Nadeem 2014, The study of brand credibility and
brand awareness as positive predictors for brand loyalty, Arabian Journal of Business and
Management Review (Nigerian Chapter) Vol. 2, No. 12
[2] Bing Xu dan Jianhui Chen, 2017, Consumer Purchase Decision-making based on the traditional
Clothing shopping form, Journal of Fashion Technology and Textile Engineering of
SciTechnol
[3] Engel, F.J. 2012. Consumer Behaviour. 10 th edition. Harcourt, Orlando
[4] Hojjat Vahdati dan Seyed Hadi Mousavi Nejad, 2016, Brand Personality toward customer
purchase intention : the intermediate role of electronic word of mouth and brand equity,
Asian Academy of Management Journal, Vol. 21, No. 2, 1–26, Karla Straker, Cara Wrigley
and Sam Bucolo (2017), Comparing and Complementing Methods : Traditional Market VS
Deep Consumer Insight” University of Technology, Sydney, salvator.bucolo@uts.edu.au
[5] Kotler, Philip And Gary Amstrong. 2012. Prinsip-Prinsip Pemasaran Jilid I. Edisi keduabelas.
Erlangga. Jakarta
[6] Kotler, and Keller. (2012). Manajemen Pemasaran. Edisi 12. Jakarta: Erlangga
[7] Kasturi, Gemala. (2010). Stanjak, Tanjak, Tengkolok and Destar. Malaysian Culture and Language
Council.
[8] Lestari Sasya dan Menul Teguh Riyanti, 2017, Kajian Motif Tenun Songket Melayu Siak
Tradisional Khas Riau, Dimensi DKV, Volume 2 Nomor 1
[9] Sekaran, Uma. 2010, Research Methods for Business, 5th ed. Jilid I. Third Avenue, NY: John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.

55
[10] Sekaran, Uma. 2010, Research Methods for Business, 5th ed. Jilid II. Third Avenue, NY: John
Wiley & Sons, Inc.
[11] Sohail Younus, Faiza Rasheed, Anas Zia, 2015, Identifying the Factors affecting Customer
Purchase Intention, Global Journal of Management and Business Research : Administration
and Management volume 15 issue 2 year 2015. ISSN 2249-4588
[12] Solomon R.M. 2008, Consumer Behavior, 8th ed, NJ, Prentice Hall
[13] Schiffman Leon, Kanuk LL. 2016, Consumer Behavior, 9th ed, NJ, Prentice Hall
[14] Vasista & Dr. A. M. AlAbdullatif, 2015, Turning customer insight contributing to VMI based
decision Support System in Demand Chain Management, International Journal of Managing
Value and Supply Chains (IJMVSC) Vol. 6, No. 2

56
 The Application of Reciprocal Teaching To Improve
Business Text Reading Comprehension of Business
Administration Students of Bengkalis State
Polytechnic
A. Malik 1, Aswandi 2
1,2
English Department, State Polytechnic of Bengkalis, Bengkalis, Riau, Indonesia
Abstract—Based on the problems found in the classroom, the
students at State Polytechnic of Bengkalis had problems in
comprehending business texts. It seemed difficult for them to
understand contents and to identify the inference of the text. They
also had limited vocabulary. Therefore, the researcher decided to
solve these problems by applying Reciprocal Teaching. The
research aimed at finding out to what extent Reciprocal Teaching
could improve the students’ reading comprehension of business
texts. This reciprocal teaching application research was conducted
in two cycles. Each cycle consisted of four meetings; three meetings
for teaching reading comprehension of business texts and one
meeting was for the test. Participants of the research were 25
students of Business Administration major. There were some
instruments used as data collection were (1) observation sheets;
students, teacher, and teaching steps (2) field notes (3) and reading
comprehension tests. The research findings showed that
Reciprocal Teaching could improve the students’ reading
comprehension of business texts. It could be seen from the
improvement of the students’ score in reading comprehension of
Business texts test. The average score of students in cycle 1 was
63,36 and in cycle 2 was 67,68. In conclusion, the implementation
of Reciprocal Teaching could improve the students’ reading
comprehension of Business texts at Business administration
Students of State Polytechnic of Bengkalis. It improved both
students’ score in reading tests and their interest in reading
activities.
Keywords—reciprocal teaching, reading comprehension,
business text
I. INTRODUCTION
Reading is a vital skill, without reading it is difficult to gain
knowledge. Almost every person can benefit from some type of
reading. Reading is an important skill to most jobs, whether it is
a desk job or a marketing job, for an engineer, a researcher, a
pilot or a doctor. It is an area which every professional should
examine closely as by reading newspapers, journals, magazines
they get to know about the recent procedures, styles, trends and
even the customer‘s requirements.
Proficiency of Reading comprehension is urgent for
educational success as it provides the basis for a substantial
amount of learning in educational career. In the past few
decades, reading comprehension was an important goal research
has been to find useful reading strategies that enhance students’
comprehension (National Reading Panel, 2000).
57
Teachers of English are very concerned about their students’
reading comprehension. Complains exist that students are not
engaged with texts and that they cannot remember what they
have read. Reading research suggests an urgent need for
educators to teach comprehension strategies at all grade levels
from the very youngest children to high school students (Pearson
& Duke, 2002). Many of our students could use a reading
vitamin boost from reciprocal teaching (Palinscar & Brown,
1986), a research-based comprehension technique with years of
success.
Proficiency in reading is still weak on Business
Administration students of State Polytechnic of Bengkalis. This
problem is due to several factors. One of the factors is not
knowing the right strategy in improving reading skills.
Based on the fenomena of reading skill of Business
Administration students above, it is necessary to have the
research that can provide a clear picture of the application of a
strategy in improving the reading skills of students. In this case
the application of the proper strategy is indispensable. Therefore,
in this study the researchers implemented a strategy called
Reciprocal Teaching. This strategy was applied to the students
of Business Administration students of State Polytechnic of
Bengkalis. The Application of Reciprocal Teaching strategy on
research was expected to solve the problems faced by
institutions to improve the quality of graduates.
II. REVIEW OF LITERATURE
A. Reading
Reading texts of the business is the ability that has to be
owned by every student of Business Administration, as a soft
skill that support in the world of work. Finochiaro and Bonomo
(1973:119) stated that reading was carrying and getting the
meaning of written material. In line with it, Hornby (1987:1043)
stated that the main purpose of reading is to know the meaning
of a message written. Reading is an activity performed by a
reader to get messages from a text that he reads. In addition,
Burnes and Page (1991:25) also stated that reading is an
interactive process where readers can perform exchange of ideas
through the media.
Based on the above explaination, it can be inferred that
reading is a process of knowledge construction, owned by
readers in achieving their goal in the activity of reading itself.
 As for in understanding a text, the reader has to be
prepared by knowing some of the skills needed when reading, it
is meant to let the goal of reading itself can be earned. Harris
(1974:9) states that in reading with understanding has some
necessary skills, among others: the vocabulary mastery, the
ability to determine the meaning of a phrase, sentence, even a
text, the ability to understand the main idea, the sequel to an
event, record and understand the details, understand the intent of
the author, as well as the ability to evaluate and remember
reading materials.
There are several types of text included into business
texts, among others: advertisements, business correspondences,
forms, charts, and graphs articles and reports, announcements
and paragraphs.
B. Reciprocal Teaching
Reciprocal teaching strategy, was evolved by Palincsar and
Brown (1984), this strategy is a systematic teaching activity. It
involves strategies that reinforce reading, such as predicting,
clarifying, questioning and summarizing (Palincsar & Brown,
1984). Applying this strategy enables students take a more active
role in controlling and managing group dialogues, it also make
them take on teachers’ role in asking questions about the text,
and this way load more meaning to the text at cognitive level
(Pressley, 1998; Mastropieri & Scruggs, 1997). The basic
approach of this strategy is the assumption that knowledge and
comprehension appear as a result of creative socializing that is
formed through talks and negotiations between teachers and
students or students and students. Furthermore, (Palincsar &
Brown, 1984) Carter (1995) States that Reciprocal Teaching is a
dialogue between a professor and his student (or a student leader
and a member of the group that put students build meaning from
when they are in a situation where they are gathered in one place
(for example in a test or assignment).Carter (1995) also stated
that there are several stages of Reciprocal Teaching strategies,
including:
a) Summarizing: Summarizing a text that will give
readers easy to identify, memparafrase and brings together the
key points in a text.
b) Generate-question: Making inquiries that will help
readers in grouping information that is important in a text.
c) Clarifying: Clarify a text that will make the reader's
attention fixed on the multitude of reasons to question why a text
difficult to understand. Including an explanation of the new
vocabulary, references as well as the concept of an obscure or
difficult.
d) Predicting: Predicting with a hypothesis that will
help readers to guess the topic that will be discussed by the
author in the text that follows.Predicts will help readers to relate
the knowledge they had with the text they are reading. Carter
(1995) States that Reciprocal Teaching is a dialogue between a
professor and his student (or a student leader and a member of
the group that put students build meaning from when the
students are put in a particular situation where they are gathered
in one place (for example in a test or assignment).
58
C. Reciprocal Teaching in Learning:
On Reciprocal Teaching, a lecturer starts by giving away
four (4) instructional strategies that will be used by the student
body by doing the following things, namely:
 Summarizing.
Lecturer collects important information most of every
important part of the text that has just been read out by the
lecturer and students
 Question-Generating.
Lecturer asks questions relating to sections of a text.
 Clarifying.
Lecturer clarifies or request an explanation to the students about
a confusing thing of each section in a text.
 Predicting
A lecturer predicts information that may be contained in the next
section in a text.
Reciprocal teaching is based on four principles:
i. Reciprocal teaching aims at improving reading
comprehension by helping the students through strategies
needed to monitor comprehension and construct meaning.
ii. Teacher and students share responsibility for acquiring the
reading strategies. After initially assuming major
responsibility for teaching these strategies, the teacher
gradually shifts responsibility to the students.
iii. Every student is expected to participate in discussions. The
teacher provides assistance as needed to support student
participation.
iv. The teacher regularly tries to turn control of the dialogues
over to students (Palincsar, Ransom & Derber, 1988/89)
Reciprocal teaching are beneficial to make the students
more actively engaged in learning; reading strategies are used
in an integrated, coordinated way in a meaningful context;
students enjoy working together and being "teacher"; students
are able to learn with the benefit of repeated tutor modeling and
learn to take responsibility for both of their own and each other's
learning process.
D. Stages of reciprocal teaching
There are five stages of reciprocal teaching:
A. Teacher Demonstration: The four reading
strategies (predicting, clarifying, questioning and summarizing)
are modeled and explained by the instructor Question-
Generating: Lecturer asks questions relating to sections of a
text.
B. Student Learning and Practice: The four strategies
and their coordinated use are directly instructed by the
instructor. Students get guided practice and feedback from the
instructor.
C. Teacher-Student Groups: In a small groups,
dialogues about text is led by Instructor then, they repeatedly
modeling the strategies. Students take turns leading dialogues,
getting feedback from the instructor.
D. Student Groups: Students are taking turns in
leading dialogues by using the four strategies in small groups students score of reading comprehension of business texts test in
with other students. Students give each other feedback on cycle 1 can be seen in the following table:
strategy use. The Instructor keeps moving from one group to Table 1. The students’ Score of Reading Comprehension of
another group to observe progress and providing assistance as Business Texts
needed. Instructor phases out. Test cycle 1
E. Student Self Regulation: The four reading
comprehension are competently used by the students in the Students’ Correct Score Criteria
strategies on their own and provide their own feedback. No code Answer
1 1 60 60 passed
III. METHODOLOGY OF STUDY
2 2 58 58 passed
This research aims to apply Reciprocal Teaching to improve
students’ reading comprehension of Business Administration 3 3 48 48 failed
students of Bengkalis State Polytechnic. 4 4 70 70 passed
This research began with pre-test, identification and 5 5 66 66 passed
formulation of problems. The result of pre-test was important to
6 6 55 55 failed
specify the group in the implementation of learning. The results
of the pre-test was also useful in determining the success of this 7 7 68 68 passed
research. Pre-test was used as a comparison post data-test at the 8 8 52 52 failed
end of the research cycle. Study of the literature of some of the 9 9 65 65 passed
research that had been done previously was also carried out to
strengthen the identification problem. This research was 10 10 56 56 passed
conducted in two cycle. Gay (2000) States that the class action 11 11 53 53 failed
research consists of two or more cycles. One cycle consists of 4 12 12 67 67 passed
meetings and at the end with one post-test. Kemmis and Taggart
13 13 54 54 failed
(2005) states that every cycle consist of a alan, action,
observation, and reflection. In addition the data was collected 14 14 70 70 passed
through some other things: (1) observation checklists from 15 15 67 67 passed
students and lecturers, and teaching, (2) field notes, (3) 16 16 70 70 passed
interviews, and (4) the test itself. On the final stage was data
processing, analysis of conclusion and withdrawal. 17 17 52 52 failed
18 18 59 59 passed
IV. FINDINGS AND DISCUSSION
19 19 70 70 passed
A. Cycle one
20 20 75 75 passed
At the beginning of the treatment in cycle one, the teaching
and learning process in comprehending text was explained to 21 21 65 65 passed
the students. The process in comprehending text texts by using 22 22 85 85 passed
Reciprocal Teaching strategy. The cycle one was done in four 23 23 66 66 passed
meetings; three meetings for treatments and one meeting for 24 24 63 63 passed
comprehension test. The researchers prepared the thing such as:
25 25 70 70 passed
the lesson plans in teaching reading comprehension by using
Reciprocal Teaching strategy, teaching materials in teaching TotalScore 1584
reading through Reciprocal Teaching strategy, sample of texts, AverageScore 63,36
the instruments for gathering the data, test, observation
checklist sheets in teaching reading comprehension by using At the end of the cycle the researcher gave comprehension
Reciprocal Teaching Strategy and scoring system for the test. test to the students. The data showed that the class average score
In the cycle one, the researcher explained in detail by giving of students’ reading comprehension of business text increased.
some examples about texts. The strategy was explained to the Graph 1. The comparison between average score of students
students in order to make the students of Business of reading comprehension before using reciprocal teaching
Administration of State polytechnic of Bengkalis understand strategy and cycle I
how to use this strategy. The procedures and some example
about how to use Reciprocal Teaching strategy were explained.
After that, the students’ understanding about procedures were
checked by asking question. Then, the researchers implemented
this technique during teaching and learning activities in the
classroom.
The researcher gave the students test of reading
comprehension of business texts at the end of the cycle. The

59
Based on the result of the students’ reading comprehension of 21 21 73 73 passed
business texts test in cycle I, the students’ average score in 22 22 90 90 passed
reading comprehension test cycle I was 63.25 or increased 1.9
23 23 68 68 passed
points comparing with the students’ average score before using
Reciprocal Teaching strategy (61.35). It could be concluded 24 24 65 65 passed
that the students’ average score in reading comprehension test 25 25 75 75 passed
in cycle I has increased comparing with the students’ average Total Score 1692
score before using Reciprocal Teaching strategy. Based on the Average Score 67,68
data, there were 11 of 25 students who could not achieve the
minimum standard criteria of achievement (41-55) and the other
students had Higher score than it. The researcher assumed that At the end of the cycle the researcher gave comprehension test
the students still had problems in reading comprehension of the to the students. The data showed that the class average score of
text. students’ reading comprehension of the text increased
Graph 2. The comparison between Students’ Average Score of
B. Cycle two Reading Comprehension Test in Cycle I and Cycle II
In the second cycle, the same activities are still used as the
first cycle, with some modification emphasis due to the revised
plan. The researcher did not only ask the students to write their
work on their worksheet, but also asked some students to write
their work on the whiteboard. This cycle also consisted of four
meetings, which consisted of one hundred minutes for each
meeting. The first up to the third meeting were for the teaching
and learning reading comprehension of the text by using
Reciprocal Teaching strategy and reading comprehension task
was given at the end of each meeting. Then, at the last meeting
of the second cycle the researcher conducted the reading Based on the result of the students’ reading comprehension
comprehension of texts test. of texts test in cycle II, the researcher found that the students’
average score in reading comprehension of the texts test cycle
Table 2. The students’ Score of Reading Comprehension of II was 67.68 increased 4.32 points comparing with the students’
Business Texts average score in cycle I (63.36). It could be concluded that the
Test cycle 2 students’ average score in reading comprehension test in cycle
No Students’ Correct Score criteria II has increased comparing with the students’ average score
code Answer before using Reciprocal Teaching strategy. Based on the data,
all of the students could achieve the minimum standard criteria
1 1 65 65 passed of achievement.
2 2 55 55 failed Graph 3. The Improvement of the Students’ Reading
3 3 56 56 passed Comprehension of Business Texts
4 4 78 78 passed
5 5 60 60 passed
6 6 59 59 passed
7 7 75 75 passed
8 8 55 55 failed
9 9 68 68 passed
10 10 65 65 passed
11 11 57 57 passed
12 12 66 66 passed
13 13 70 70 passed
14 14 72 72 passed
15 15 77 77 passed
Based on the graph above, it could be inferred that the
16 16 70 70 passed
average score of the students’ reading comprehension of
17 17 54 54 failed business texts after using Reciprocal Teaching strategy in cycle
18 18 66 66 passed one and two were better than before applying Reciprocal
19 19 75 75 passed Teaching strategy. There was a significant improvement from
20 20 78 78 passed cycle one up to cycle two. The average score of students’

60
reading comprehension of texts before applying Reciprocal
Teaching was 60,2, then it increased to 63,36 in the cycle 1 and
also increased 4,32 points in the cycle 2 became 67,68. It meant
that Reciprocal Teaching strategy could improve the students’
reading comprehension of business texts.
Finally, the researcher thought that the students’ reading
comprehension of texts through Reciprocal Teaching strategy
had been improved until the second cycle, because there was
significant improvement of students’ average score of reading
comprehension of business texts. The implementation of
Reciprocal Teaching until second cycle had achieved the
minimum criteria of students’ achievement. So, it was not
necessary to move to another cycle.
REFERENCES
[1] Alverman, D. and Phelps, S. 1998. Content Reading and Literacy:
Succeeding in today's diverse classroom. London: Longman.
[2] Burnes, Dun. and Page Glenda. 1991. Insight and the strategies for
teaching reading . Australia. Harcourt Brave Java Novich Group.
[3] Finocchiaro, M and Bonomo M. 1973: The Foreign Language Learner.
New York: Regents publishing Co.
[4] Carter, Carolyn J. (1993–95) Reciprocal Teaching: the Application of a
Reading Improvement strategyon urban students in highland park,
International Bureau Of Education, Switzerland
61
[5] Gay, L.R & Peter Airasian. 2000. Educational Research: Competencies
for Analysis and Application (6th ed). New Jersey: Prentice Hall.
[6] Hornby, AS. 1987. Oxford advanced Learner’s Dictionary of Current
English. New York. Oxford University Press.
[7] Just, M.A., & Carpenter, P.A. (2002). A capacity theory of
comprehension: Individual differences in working memory. In T.A. Polk
& C.M. Seifert (Eds.). Cognitive Modelling. (pp. 131–177). Cambridge,
USA: MIT Press.
[8] McGriff. S. 1996. Using written summaries as a reciprocal learning
strategy to increase comprehension of science text. Unpublished doctoral
dissertation, The Pennsylvania State University.
[9] National Reading Panel (2000). Teaching children to read: An evidence-
based assessment of the scientific research literature on reading and its
implications for reading instruction.
Washington, DC: National Institute of Child Health and Human
Development.
[10] Novak, J. 1990. Concept maps and Vee-diagrams: Two metacognitive
tools to facilitate meaningful learning. Instructional Science, 19, 29-52.
[11] Palinscar, A.S.; Brown, A.L. 1986. Interactive teaching to promote
independent learning from text. Reading teacher (Newark, DE), vol. 39
[12] Pearson, P.D., & Duke, N.K. (2002). Comprehension instruction in the
primary grades. In C.C. Block & M. Pressley (Eds), Comprehension
instruction: Research-based best practices (247-258). New York, NY:
Guilford Press.
 The Effect Of Audit Going Concern On The
Prediction Model Of Bankruptcy And Reputation
Auditor
Hanny Oktaria1
1
Politeknik Negeri Batam, Indonesia
Abstract—The purpose of this study is to determine the
relationship of issuing going concern audit opinion by the Public
Accounting Firm (KAP) against the predicted model of
bankruptcy of manufacturing companies in Indonesia. The next
goal is to find out how much influence will be generated on the
reputation of the auditor if the Public Accounting Firm (KAP)
issued a going concern audit opinion. This research is conducted
to analyze whether there is influence on issuing going concern
audit opinion by Public Accounting Firm (KAP) based on
bankruptcy prediction model and auditor reputation at
manufacturing company in Indonesia. This research performs
sample test in the period of study year 2013-2015 by testing the
data through spss version 17. The results showed that the
predicted model of bankruptcy used to influence the acceptance of
going concern audit opinion on the related companies. The
auditor's reputation variable has no effect on the acceptance of
going concern audit opinion.
I. INTRODUCTION
The external audit mechanism should be in accordance with
the regulations issued by the Indonesian government. Any
process undertaken by the Public Accounting Firm (KAP) will
be directly related to the condition of the company during the
audit process. Audit results issued by the Public Accounting
Firm (KAP) related will affect the sustainability of the company
being audited.
Survival of the company's survival is an indication of
bankruptcy. Altman & McGough (1974) in Fanny & Saputra
(2005) found that the predicted rate of bankruptcy using a
prediction model reached the level of 82% accuracy and
suggested the use of bankruptcy prediction model as an auditor
tool to decide the company's ability to maintain its survival.
The audit report with the modification of going concern is an
indication that in the auditor's assessment there is a risk the
company can not survive in business (Rudyawan & Badera,
2009). The issue of going concern should be given by the auditor
and incorporated into the audit opinion when the audit opinion
is published. The auditor is responsible for evaluating whether
there is great doubt about the entity's ability to maintain its
viability within a reasonable period of time.
The reputation of a Public Accounting Firm (KAP) is at stake
when the opinion given does not match the actual condition of
the company. The auditor must have the courage to disclose
issues concerning the going concern of the client company.
Subekti (2005) pointed out that the International Public
Accounting Firm (KAP) or better known in Indonesia as the big
62
four is considered to perform audits more efficiently and has a
big responsibility for issuing going concern audit opinion on the
company being audited.
II. HYPOTHESES
H1: Influence of Bankruptcy Prediction Model to Acceptance of
Audit Going Concern Opinion.
The prediction model of bankruptcy related to the issue of
going concern audit opinion on the basis of the theory of
business continuity is the variable to be assessed in this study.
The variables will be tested by looking at how the effect on a
binding basis. Where the independent auditor issued an opinion
then will be evaluated by the management company. The
management will provide an assessment of the audit process
conducted so that it will affect the position of the independent
audit. Unqualified audit opinion with explanatory paragraphs is
closely related to a going concern audit opinion which states that
financial statements present fairly, in all material respects,
financial position, results of operations and cash flows of certain
entities in accordance with generally accepted accounting
principles in Indonesia
H2: The Influence of the Auditor's Reputation of the Acceptance
of Audit Going Concern.
A reputable and reputable auditor can provide better audit
quality, including in the matter of going concern. The better the
reputation of a Public Accounting Firm (KAP), then the
accountant is likely to give an opinion about the going concern
of a company. The auditor's reputation also shows the public's
achievements and beliefs that the auditor holds on behalf of the
auditor.
Craswell et al., (1995) in Fanny & Saputra (2005) states that
clients usually perceive that auditors from large Public
Accounting Firm (KAP) and have affiliation with the
International Public Accounting Firm (KAP) have higher quality
audit results because the auditor has characteristics that can be
related to quality, such as training, international recognition, and
the existence of peer review. There is a tendency to change the
auditor if the Public Accounting Firm (KAP) is not competent in
conducting the audit process. Public Accounting Firm (KAP)
included in the big four will also influence management
decisions within the turn of the independent audit as an external
audit company. Based on the existing theoretical basis, it can be
arranged hypothesis as follows
 III. RESEARCH VARIABLES AND OPERATIONAL DEFINITION
Dependent variable in this research is going concern audit
opinion. The opinion is an audit opinion with an explanatory
paragraph on the auditor's consideration that there is a
significant incapability or uncertainty about the company's
viability in carrying out its operations in the future. The process
of data processing is done by classifying going-concern audit
opinion into two groups, if given a going concern audit opinion
it will be given code 1 and if not given going-concern audit
opinion it will be given code 0. This is done because this study
uses dummy data.
Independent Variables
The first independent variable in this study is the prediction
model of bankruptcy. If the auditor issues a going concern audit
opinion then the company tends to make auditor changes based
on several aspects of consideration. This phenomenon is also
known as the prediction model of bankruptcy (Z '). The
predicted bankruptcy prediction model known as Z score
(Altman) is determined using the following formula proposed
by Munawir (2002) to detect corporate bankruptcy in several
periods prior to the occurrence of bankruptcy. The formula is:
Z’ = 1,2 X1 + 1,4 X2 + 3,3 X3 + 0,6 X4 + 1,0 X5
Information:
 X1 = working capital / total assets
 X2 = retained earnings / total assets
 X3 = earnings before cost and tax / total assets
 X4 = stock market price / book value total debt
 X5 = sales / total assets
b. The second independent variable in this study is the auditor's
reputation (AR). The reputation of the auditor (AR) in this study
is proxied by the size of Public Accounting Firm (KAP) using
dummy variables. If the Public Accounting Firm (KAP) is
included in the category of the big four auditors it will be given
a code 1, whereas if not included into the category of the big
four auditors it will be given a code 0. The Public Accounting
Firm (KAP) big four in Indonesia are:
 Pricewaterhouse Coopers with its partner in Indonesia
is Haryanto Sahari and Rekan.
 Deloitte Touche Tohmatsu with his partner in
Indonesia is Osman Bing Satrio and Rekan.
 KPMG International with its partner in Indonesia is
Siddharta and Widjaja.
 Ernst and Young with his partner in Indonesia namely
Purwantono, Sarwoko, and Sandjaja.
Technique of Sample Number Determination
The population of this study are all manufacturing companies
listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX) during the period
2013-2015. The process of selecting the sample using purposive
sampling method. The method of purposive sampling is the
determination of the sample based on the criteria that have been
formulated in advance by researchers (Siagian & Sugiarto,
63
2002). The criteria of the companies sampled in this study are
as follows:
 Listed on the Indonesia Stock Exchange (IDX) during
the study period (2013-2015).
 Have a negative net profit of at least two periods of
financial statements during the period of observation
(2013-2015). Negative net income is used to indicate
the company's troubled financial condition and has a
tendency to accept going concern audit opinion.
 The required data is available in full and publishes
financial statements audited by independent auditors
from 2013-2015.
 Using the period of financial statements from January
1 to 31 December and or rupiah as the reporting
currency.
IV. DATA PROCESSING TECHNIQUE
Data processing used in this research is by using SPSS
version 17. This research uses three steps in managing data that
have been obtained from respondent. The first stage begins with
editing, the purpose is to examine whether the company's
financial report to be examined is good enough as an effort to
maintain the quality of data in order to be processed further. The
second stage is the coding of the research variables. The third
stage is tabulating (tabulating), where the data have been
obtained arranged in the form of frequency distribution table.
V. DATA ANALYSIS TECHNIQUE
Hypothesis testing of the research was done by using
simple linear regression analysis in SPSS 17 program. Before
the regression analysis, the data must meet the requirements of
classical assumption test. Descriptive Statistics Analysis
According Ghozali (2012) the variables used in this study are
described by using descriptive statistics to determine the mean,
minimum, maximum, and standard deviation. Mean is the
average value of each research variable. Minimum is the lowest
value of each research variable. Maximum is the highest value
of each research variable. Standard deviation is used to
determine the amount of variation of the data used against the
average value. Classic assumption test The classical assumption
test is used to test the accuracy of the model. The classical
assumption test that will be used is:
A. Normality Test
This test aims to test whether the regression model, the
independent variable and the dependent variable are normally
distributed. Normality of data can be seen by using the normal
test kolmogorov-smirnov. The decision criterion is if sig> 0,05
then the data is normally distributed and if sig <0,05 then data
is not normally distributed (Ghozali, 2012).
B. Heteroscedasticity Test
The test aims to test whether in the regression model there
is a variance inequality of the residual one observation to
another observation. Significant correlation value> 0,05 (α =
5%) hence can be concluded not happened heteroskedastisitas
(Ghozali, 2012).
C. Autocorrelation Test
Company Indication Total
This test aims to test whether linear regression model there Companies manufacturing companies listed on the
is correlation between fault error in period t with error in period 134
Indonesia Stock Exchange period 2013-2015
t-1 (previous year). A good regression model is a regression Companies that use foreign currency in reporting
independent of autocorrelation or no autocorrelation. If d is 30
during the study period 2013-2015
smaller than dL or greater than (4-dL) then the null hypothesis Companies that do not issue complete financial
is rejected, meaning there is autocorrelation. If d lies between statements during the study period 2013-2015 24
dU and (4-dU), then the null hypothesis is accepted, meaning
The selected companies become the sample per
there is no autocorrelation. If d lies between dL and dU or
year 80
between (4-dU) and (4-dL), then it does not produce a definite
Total sample period 2013-2015
conclusion (Ghozali, 2012).
240
Hypothesis testing
Tabel .1 Total Sample period
Hypothesis test is done to know the influence between the
dependent variable (X) with independent (Y)). Data analysis Source: Data is processed based on own analysis
used in this research is time series. The model of regression
Descriptive statistical analysis is used to provide an overview or
equation in this research are description of data viewed from values including mean,
𝑮𝑪
𝑳 = 𝒂 + 𝛃𝟏𝐙 ′ + 𝛆 ………………………………H1 minimum, maximum, and standard deviations from going
𝟏−𝑮𝑪
concern audit opinion (GC), bankruptcy prediction model (Z
𝑮𝑪 'Score), and reputation auditor (RA). Descriptive statistics of the
𝑳 = 𝒂 + 𝛃𝟏𝐑𝐀 + 𝛆 ………………………….…H2
𝟏−𝑮𝑪 sample used in this study can be seen in table 2.
Information: N Mi Max Mean Std. Deviation
GC = probability of getting going concern
audit opinion n
α = constant GC 240 0 1 .12 .331
Z '= Altman's predicted bankruptcy model
AR = auditor's reputation RA 240 0 1 .36 .482
ε = error term Z 240 .49 7.11 3.1671 1.25759
Valid N 240
Hypothesis testing in this study using static test t. The
statistical test t is used to test the first hypothesis and the second (listwise)
hypothesis. According to Ghozali (2012), the statistical test t
aims to know the significance of roles partially between
independent variables to the dependent variable by assuming Based on table 2 above, it can be seen that the amount of
that the other independent is considered constant. If the data used in this study is 240 sample data. This study examines
probability significance value <0.05 means there is a significant the independent variables of the predicted model of bankruptcy
influence between independent variables partially with the measured by Z 'score and auditor reputation measured by the
dependent variable (Ghozali, 2012). The first and second classification of Public Accounting Firm (KAP) into big four
hypotheses are supported if the regression coefficient is positive and non big four, the dependent variable is going concern audit
and the significance value t is less than 5%, whereas if the opinion as measured by the presentation of audit opinion by
regression coefficient is negative or the value of t is more than Public A. Accounting Firm (KAP).
5% then the hypothesis is not supported. Based on the descriptive statistics of table 4.2, it is known that
the minimum going concern value of 240 samples is 0, the
VI. DISCUSSION maximum value is 1, the standard deviation value is 0.33, with
This research uses the population of manufacturing sector an average of 0.12. It shows that an average of 0.12 indicates
companies listed in Indonesia Stock Exchange (BEI) period that few companies accept going concern audit opinion based
2013-2015. This study uses only 80 sample manufacturing on assumptions issued by Public
companies from 134 manufacturing companies in the period B. Accounting Firm (KAP).
2013-2015. In accordance with the required sample criteria. The The standard deviation for the auditor's reputation is 0.482, with
following explanation of the sample used in the study can be a minimum value of 0, and the maximum value is 1. For an
seen in Table 1. average of 0.36 indicates that only a few companies use the
services of Public Accounting Firm (KAP) which belong to the
big four and the rest using the services of Public Accounting
Firm (KAP) are classified into non big four.
The predicted bankruptcy model measured by Z 'Score has an
average value of 3.1671, a standard deviation of 1.25759, a
minimum value of 0.49 and a maximum value of 7.11. The
Tabel .1 Total Sample period average score of Z 'Score which has a value of 3.1671 and

64
greater than 2.99 indicates that the average sample company has
a healthy financial condition and is considered able to survive
in the business market. Few companies have the potential to go
bankrupt and be in the gray area.
C. Classical Assumption Tests
Research data must first be tested classical assumption before
dilakuan simple linear regression analysis which aims to know
whether or not influence between independent variable to
dependent variable. The classical assumption test that needs to
be done is adjusted to the type of testing required in the study.
D. Normality Test
Normality test aims to test whether the regression model,
independent variables and dependent variable normal
distribution. The normality of the data can be seen by using the
ouput result from the normal kolmogorov-smirnov test. Criteria
of decision making normality test is if the value of sig> 0,05
hence normal distributed data and if value of sig <0,05 hence
data not normally distributed (Ghozali, 2012).
Based on the results of normality test data obtained from the
output of spss in table 4.3 shows that the value of kolmogrov-
smirnov amounted to 1.089 and siginifikansi data value is above
0.05 that is with the value of 0.189, so it can be concluded that
the residual data is normally distributed.
Heteroscedasticity Test
Heteroscedasticity test aims to illustrate the interference factors
that do not have the same variant for the overall observation of
the independent variables. This study uses Glejser test to meguji
whether or not heteroskedastisitas on data used by researchers.
The Glejser test is performed by regressing the absolute value
of the residual data against the independent variable. If the
significant value of correlation is greater than 0.05 (α = 5%)
then it can be concluded there is no heteroskedastisitas, so
seballiknya (Ghozali, 2012).
shows that the independent variable in the form of going
concern has a significance value of 0.129. The value indicates
that there is no heteroscedasticity because the significant value
is greater than 0.05. As for the dependent variable in the form
of auditor's reputation has a significance value of 0.442. The
value indicates that there is no heteroscedasticity because the
significant value is greater than 0.05.
Autocorrelation Test
A good regression model is a regression independent of
autocorrelation or no autocorrelation. If d is smaller than dL or
greater than (4-dL) then the zero hopotesis is rejected, meaning
there is autocorrelation. If d lies between dU and (4-dU), then
the null hypothesis is accepted, meaning there is no
autocorrelation. If d lies between dL and dU or between (4-dU)
and (4-dL), then it does not produce a definite conclusion
(Ghozali, 2012).
Based on the result of output it is found that DW value equal to
1,865, the value will be compared with significance table value
65
5%. The number of samples is 240 (n) and the number of
independent variables 2 (K = 2) = 2.72, the value of du is 1.688.
DW value of 1.865 is greater than the upper limit (du) of 1.688
and less than (4-du) 4-1,688 = 2,312 means it can be concluded
that there is no autocorrelation in the data processed by
researchers.
Hypothesis Testing
Hypothesis testing in this research is done by using simple
linear regression analysis and doing partial test (t test statistic)
processed by using SPSS vers.17. The results of the statistical
test will show how far the influence of one independent variable
individually in explaining the variation of the dependent
variable.
Hypothesis 1
The first hypothesis proposed in this study states that going
concern audit opinion has a positive effect on bankruptcy
prediction model. This hypothesis can be supported if the
significance value shows a value less than 0.05 and can not be
supported if otherwise. The result of t-significance test of the
first equation model in this research can be seen in table 4.6.
Standar
Variabel B t-hitung Sig.
Eror
Konstanta 3.354 .080 41.996 .000
GC -1.496 .226 -6.617 .000
R-Square .155
Adjusted R-
.152
Square
Sumber: Data diolah dengan SPSS 17.0
Based on the above table can be seen that the value of going
concern significance of 0.000 is smaller than 0.05 (0,000 <0.05)
and the value of t -6,617 (negative), so the hypothesis that the
opinion of going concerns positively affect the bankruptcy
prediction model can be accepted or supported. The regression
equation can be written as follows:
L GC / (1-GC) = 3,354-1,496Z ^ '
The above equation shows that there is significant influence
between the independent variable to the dependent variable.
The definition of the regression equation is a going concern
audit opinion of 3.354 will decrease and negative by -1.496 if
the variable predictions model bankruptcies fell 1 unit. The
coefficient of determination (Adjusted R2) of 0.152, it is stated
that only 15.2% dependent variable is going concern opinion
can be explained by independent variable that is bankruptcy
prediction model. While the rest (100% - 15.2% = 84.8%) other
causes outside the model.
Influence of Going Concern Audit Opinion to Prediction Model
of Bankruptcy.
Based on the results of statistical tests, H1 showed that a
significant
influence between going concern opinion on the predicted model
of bankruptcy. This suggests that the first hypothesis (H1) is
supported. These results indicate that the prediction model of
bankruptcy that use the formula Z 'Score is considered able to
predict the potential bankruptcy of a company through going
concern audit opinion issued by Public Accounting Firm (KAP).
The results of this study have the same conclusion with research
Rudyawan & Badera (2009) which states that there is a
significant positive relationship between the predicted model of
bankruptcy against the release of going concern audit opinion.
Hypothesis 2
Standar
Variabel B t-hitung Sig.
Eror
Konstanta 3.071 .101 30.297 .000
RA .266 .168 1.579 .116
R-Square .010
Adjusted R-
.006
Square
The second hypothesis proposed in this study states that going
concern audit opinion positively affects the auditor's reputation.
This hypothesis can be supported if the significance value shows
a value less than 0.05 and can not be supported otherwise. The
result of t-significance test of second equation model in this
research can be seen in table 4.7.
Sumber: Data diolah dengan SPSS 17.0
Based on the above table it can be seen that the auditor's
reputation significance of 0.116 is greater than 0.05 (0.116>
0.05) and t value 1.579 (positive), so the hypothesis that the
going concern audit opinion positively affects the auditor's
reputation is unacceptable or not supported. The regression
equation can be written as follows:
L GC / (1-GC) = 3.071 + 0.266RA
The above equation shows no significant influence between
independent variable to dependent variable. The definition of
the regression equation is a going concern audit opinion of
3,071 will be increased and positive by 0.266 if the auditor's
reputation variable rises 1 unit. The coefficient of determination
(Adjusted R2) is 0.006, it states that only 0.6% of the dependent
variable is going concern audit opinion can be explained by
independent variable that is auditor reputation. While the rest
(100% - 0.6% = 99.4%) other causes outside the model.
The Effect of Going Concern Audit Opinion on the Auditor's
Reputation
Based on the result of statistical test, H2 shows that there is no
significant influence between going concern opinion toward
auditor reputation. This suggests that the second hypothesis (H2)
is not supported. The result stated that Public Accountant Office
(KAP) affiliated with Public Accountant Office (KAP) big four
and non big four both provide good audit quality and be
independent in issuing going concern audit opinion. Public
Accounting Firm (KAP) in conducting audits of financial
statements should be based on the applicable Public Accountant
Standards (SPAP) and Financial Accounting Standards (SAK).
The results of this study support research conducted by
Rudyawan & Badera (2009) and support research conducted by
Jan & Peter (2014) regarding the influence of the auditor's
reputation on the presentation of corporate audit reports.
66
CONCLUSION
This research is conducted to analyze whether there is
influence on issuing going concern audit opinion by Public
Accounting Firm (KAP) based on prediction model kebagkrutan
and reputation auditor at manufacturing company in Indonesia.
This research performs sample test in the period of study year
2013-2015 by testing the data through spss vers.17. The results
showed that the predicted model of bankruptcy used to influence
the acceptance of going concern audit opinion on the related
companies. The auditor's reputation variable has no effect on the
acceptance of going concern audit opinion.
REFERENCES
[1] Altman, E. (1993). Corporate Financial Distress and
Bankruptcy: AComplete Guide to Predicting and Avoiding
Distress and Profiting from Bankruptcy. New York, NY: Wiley.
[2] Carcello, J. a. (2003). “Audit committee characteristics
and auditor dismissals following ‘new’ going-concern reports”.
The Accounting Review, Vol. 78 No. 1, pp. 95-118.
[3] Ghozali, I. (2006). Aplikasi Analisis Multivariate dengan
Program SPSS. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas
Diponegoro.
[4] Gilson, S. (1990). “Bankruptcy, boards, banks and
blockholders: evidence on changes in corporate ownership and
control when firms default”. Journal of Financial Economics,
Vol. 27 No. 2, pp. 355-387.
[5] Jensen, M. a. (1976). “Theory of the firm: managerial
behaviour, agency costs, and ownership structure”. Journal of
Financial Economics, Vol. 3, pp. 60-305.
[6] Jones, J. (1991). “Earnings management during import
relief investigation”. Journal of Accounting Research, Vol. 29,
pp. 193-228.
[7] Klein, A. (2002). “Audit committee, board of director
characteristics, and earnings management”. Journal of
Accounting and Economics, Vol. 33, pp. 375-400.
[8] Kwon, S. L. (2007). “Legal systems and earnings quality:
the role of auditor industry specialization”. Auditing: A Journal
of Practice and Theory, Vol. 26, pp. 25-55.
[9] Lee, S. a. (2013). “A multi-industry bankruptcy prediction
model using back-propagation neural network and multivariate
discriminant analysis". Expert Systems with Applications, Vol.
40 No. 8, pp. 2941-2946.
[10] Peter, S. a. (2014). "Lost revenues associated with going
concern modified opinions in the Swedish audit market".
Journal of Applied Accounting Research, pp. 197-214.
[11] Schwartz, K. a. (1985). “Auditor switches by failing [13] Sumodiningrat, G. (2001). Ekonometrika Pengantar.
firms". The Accounting Review No.3, pp. 1846-1853. Yogyakarta: BPFE.

[12] Sugiyono. (2006). Metode Penelitian Bisnis. Cetakan ke- [14] Van Peursem, K. a. (2002). “A New Zealand failure
9. Bandung: Alfabeta. prediction model: development and international implications”.
Advances In International Accounting Vol.15, pp. 229-247.

67
 CUSTOMER CONSENTRATION AND TAX
AGGRESSIVENESS OF NON FINANCIAL COMPANY IN
INDONESIA STOCK EXCHANGE IN 2014-2015

Abstract. This study aims to analyze empirically
about the influence of customer consentration to tax
aggressiveness. This research is motivated by the
phenomenon of tax ratio in Indonesia which is still
low in the year 2014-2015. The population in this
study are all non-financial companies in Indonesia
Stock Exchange 2014-2015. Sampling using
purposive sampling and the number of samples
obtained is 516 company annual report. Data
collection method is secondary data that is in the
form of annual report in BEI. The approach used in
this research is quantitative approach. Data were
analyzed using multiple regression analysis
technique. The result of the research shows that
customer consentration has a significant negative
effect to the tax aggressiveness of the company
occurring in non-financial companies in BEI period
2014-2015 which has been selected as research
sample.
1. Introduction
The number of tax evasion is seen from the
phenomenon of tax ratio in Indonesia is still
low. Sourced from worldbank.org accessed on
July 12, 2017, the tax revenue contribution to
the total Gross National Domestic Revenue in
Indonesia is only 11.28% in 2013, 11.83% in
2014 and 10.3% in 2016, a global average of
15%. This is seen still low tax revenue in
Indonesia [25].
The act of tax Aggressivenesss is an action
aimed at reducing taxable income or taxable
income through tax planning by using both
legal and illegal means [6]. Tax evasion can be
said legal (tax avoidence) that is by utilizing
taxation rules. While said to be illegal (tax
evasion) or violate the tax regulations in the
presence of elements of tax evasion. Although
not all of the company's actions are in violation
of the rules, but more and more gaps are used
then the company is considered more
aggressive in determining the tax.
In Indonesia has actually been established
in the tax law regarding the existence of
special sanctions for tax violations, but there
are still many companies that violate the tax
that causes the ratio of tax revenue in
Indonesia is still low. There are many modes
by companies in tax evasion. Increasing the
company's tax Aggressivenesss will make the
company save more money from the cash flow
stream, even though tax Aggressivenesss will
encourage lower transparency and higher
agency costs because tax enforcement rates
can also increase the company's tax risk. On
the value of money held, tax enforcement rates
can also make the marginal value of tax
Aggressivenesss higher or lower [24]. It can be
concluded that the marginal value of tax
Aggressivenesss depends on the risk of tax
enforcement conditions in a country.
Companies in running their business
activities have various strategies. One strategy
is to gain profit by relying on the sales of its
products to some of the major customer
(customer consentration) customers. Major
customers are customers who contribute at
least 10% of total sales of suppliers [3] [8] [12]
[17].
The purpose of the company to establish
the relationship is to increase the company's
revenue from the possibility of efficiency that
occurs from the operation and delivery of
goods. This strategy but not necessarily
directly make the company profit, but there are
risks that must be borne. In the early years
when the company has customer consentration
company's profitability level will decrease, but
when the relationship lasts long enough then

68
customer consentration will significantly affect
the profitability of the company [11]. This
happens because at the beginning of the
contract with the major customers the
company will lose a lot of money to invest.
However, after investments such as technology
investments, there is a high benefit felt by the
company at maturity due to its dependence on
the resources.
Major customer relationships with
companies in addition to having benefits also
have a higher risk associated with future cash
flow. Economic researchers have long warned
of the dangers of supplying most of the
company's output to specific customers. Major
customers threaten the company's operating
profit [15]. The problem of companies with
key customers is the recovery of the profits to
be achieved through sales efficiency. Major
customers often bargain with the company and
there is a possibility of renegotiation of the
terms of the pre-defined contract. At the
beginning of the agreement the company also
agreed on the use of resources to produce for
sales to key customers. The existence of this
customer-specific investment is a considerable
initial cost, so inevitably the company will
benefit by maintaining their relationship.
Major customers can also disrupt the
company's profitability by requiring price
agreements, extended trading credits, or other
benefits. The explanation causes the company
with customer consentration to hold more cash
in cash for several reasons. Companies with
high primary customers also have a tendency
in tax avoidance in order to increase revenue.
Building a relationship between the company
and the major customer requires a long-term
sales commitment and a special relationship
investment that will eliminate a value
(sacrifice) [22]. The customer will feel hesitant
to commit to the relationship if the supplier
company is deemed to have a bad future
prospect. Therefore, suppliers have a motive to
raise their income which is expected to
improve perceptions of better business
prospects in the future [8].
The main customer of the company, as a
large counter party also has a risk of default to
the company when the main customer in the
state of financial distress and vice versa. The
existence of the transfer of financial risk of
major customer distress to the supplier
69
company or vice versa [14]. It can be
concluded that the existence of major
customers can affect the level of financial
distress company. One company in the United
States that General Motors (GM) went
bankrupt during the financial crisis. GM's
bankruptcy in 2009 caused more than 40 major
suppliers who rely on GM as their primary
customer to seek bankruptcy protection.
Protection of these key customers to the U.S.
Treasury. led to the U.S. Treasury Department.
should provide $ 5 billion to save these
suppliers [8].
The number of tax revenue that has not
been maximized in Indonesia one of them
caused by the company go public. Sourced
from cnnindonesia.com accessed on May 15,
2017, Head of Regional Office of the
Directorate General of Taxation Special
mention in 2016 tax arrears of public
companies listed in the Office of Tax Service
Companies Entry Exchange (KPP PMB)
reached Rp94, 4 trillion. In addition, issuers
often do tax planning to reduce their tax
obligations. The Corporate Tax Service Office
of Exchange Enterprises continues to strive to
provide services as well as to supervise for
listed companies in the stock so that state
revenues from taxes can be maximized [26].
Based on the above background is the
possibility of tax evasion by the company and
also the number of violations committed by
companies including companies in BEI, then
this study will provide empirical evidence and
discuss about the influence of customer
consentration to tax Aggressivenesss with
moderation financial distress on non-financial
companies in IDX.
2. Theory and hypotheses
Please follow these instructions as carefully as
possible so all articles within a conference
have the same style to the title page. This
paragraph follows a section title so it should
not be indented.
2.1. Agency Theory
The agency theory illustrates a relationship
between principals and agents. The agency
relationship as a contract in which a person or
more (principal) involves another person
(agent) to perform some services on their
behalf involving the delegation of some
decision-making authority to the agent. In
carrying out business activities in the company
usually the owner submit to the management
causing agency relationships. This agency
relationship will cause a conflict of interest.
Company managers play a role as decision
makers in companies including in decision-
making related to fund raising and how to
utilize the funds. The decisions that are made
must be in accordance with the main objective
of the company to increase the value of the
company through an increase in the prosperity
of the company owner [13].
Decisions taken by managers tend to
protect and fulfill the manager's self-interest
rather than fulfill the interests of the owner
such as expansion to raise the status of salary
or other gains. At the time of customer
consentration the company will hold a higher
cash and the desire increase in profits that will
cause one of the alternative decisions taken by
managers is through tax Aggressivenesss. This
is done because an increase in debt or issuance
of new shares will be vulnerable to conflicts of
interest between shareholders (stockholders),
managers (manager), and creditors (creditor)
commonly called the agency conflict.
2.2. Customer Consentration and Tax
Aggressiveness
Companies with customer consentration must
maintain the company's cash condition. There
are several reasons underlying why companies
with customer consentration should hold more
cash. The first reason is that there is a higher
risk of cash flow in the future. A possible
future loss of key customers could lead to a
substantial reduction in cash [3] [5]; [12]).
This major customer loss could be due to
major customers going bankrupt or switching
to other suppliers. Risks that occur if the
company does not have enough cash is the
obstacle of fulfillment of obligations or debts
of the company and also can hamper the
company's operational activities.
Another reason companies will hold more
cash is the company's motive in maintaining
the company's financial condition in order to
demonstrate their commitment to continuing to
invest in a special relationship to key
customers [12] [23]. This happens because if
one company in a financial distress condition
70
then the related company will be reluctant to
maintain their cooperation relationship.
Major customers also tend to have high
bargaining power over the company [1] [19].
The bargaining power that a major customer
can do is to ask for a lower price, extend credit
terms and supply a smaller, more frequent
supply to a major customer. This unfavorable
deal will lead to lower profit margins and a
liquidity risk transfer that results in lower
corporate profits. Because the company can
experience losses and must consider the
company's cash flow.
This reason causes the company to
maintain the company's cash because the
company with customer consentration has a
greater risk to the company's cash. The
company will take the option to withhold a
larger amount of cash to avoid future risks.
Some ways to get cash are by issuing new
shares, reducing dividends or issuing new debt.
Companies will certainly choose a relatively
low cost in order to maximize future corporate
profits.
Tax Aggressivenesss is also expected to be
one of the alternatives that can be selected
company in order to withhold cash money. Tax
Aggressivenesss can increase cash flow due to
reduced cash outflow to finance corporate
taxes and the marginal value of tax
Aggressivenesss will increase [24]. Tax
Aggressivenesss is considered to be one
alternative that has a relatively low cost in
companies with high customer consentration.
Companies with higher customer
consentration have higher share capital costs
[5]. This is because the company with
customer consentration has a higher corporate
risk. Another alternative is to reduce
dividends, but this will signal the prospects of
unprofitable business and will make it difficult
for the company to retain key customers.
Companies need to demonstrate profitable
business prospects to maintain long-term
relationships with key customers [22]. Higher
customer consentration also increases debt
interest rates and the amount of new debt
restrictions to be made as well as possible bank
loans that may be renegotiated (Campello and
Gao, 2017). Companies with high customer
consentration will also maintain a low debt
ratio to signal to major customers that they are
not subject to financial stress [2].
 Companies with customer consentration
will also strive to create an investment strategy
in order to maintain their special relationship.
The company will keep the future prospects of
the company in order to continue to win the
trust of customers, thereby encouraging
companies to raise their revenues to make the
company's business prospects look favorable.
Firms with customer consentration are
positively correlated with the amount of
discretionary accruals and reporting that result
in large revenue increases [18]. So there is a
tendency companies use tax Aggressivenesss
to manage the increase in income.
H1: Customer consentration positively
affects tax Aggressivenesss.
3. Research methods
3.1. Sample Research
The sample used is a company listed on the
Indonesia Stock Exchange period 2014-2015,
non-financial companies because companies
engaged in finance have characteristics of
different financial statements with the financial
statements of non-financial companies,
companies that publish financial statements on
the Stock Exchange in 2014 and or or 2015,
the company does not experience negative
taxes and negative tax before taxes and the
value of tax Aggressivenesss is less than 1 as
this would be a problem in the model [20]. The
final total of the company's financial
statements that can be sampled amounted to
516.
3.2. Dependent Variables
The dependent variable of this study is tax
ggressiveness. This study uses ETR in
measuring. This ETR measurement is
considered to reflect the corporate income tax
that must be paid and paid by the company [6].
ETR is the ratio of total tax expense to profit
before tax.
3.3. Independent Variables
The independent variable of this study consists
of one independent variable, namely customer
consentration. Customer consentration is the
main customer whose value of purchase in the
company exceeds 10% of the total sales of the
company. The following are assessments used
in assessing customer consentration by [5] and
71
[8]. (2016). Measurements from key customers
are by means of variable dummy that is by
coding one if the company has at least one
major customer of the company (sales more
than 10%), and zero if it has no major
customers.
3.4. Control Variables
• Company Size (Size)
This study uses the logarithm of the total
value of the company's assets. Companies
with large sizes can finance taxation by
professional companies because large
companies have expert resources so they
can do a good tax planning. Then firm size
is thought to have an effect on tax
Aggressivenesss [21].
• Profitability
This study controls the profitability of a
company by including Return on Assets
(ROA), which is measured as operating
profit divided by total assets. Firms with
high levels of profitability have the
opportunity to position themselves in tax
avoidance that can reduce the amount of tax
burden liabilities [4].
• Leverage
Leverage is measured as long-term debt
divided by total assets. Leverage will cause
the cost of interest in the company. Higher
interest rates will affect the company's tax
burden [16].
• Property, Plant, Equipment
Fixed assets may result in differences in tax
reporting and reporting reports that are
higher or lower depending on tax
regulations and applicable regulations
regarding fixed assets. This is related to the
depreciation of assets by the company will
affect the cost of the company [4]. For this
purpose, the fixed asset ratio to total assets
of the company is used.
3.5. Regression Analysis Model
Model of analysis in this research by using
regression model. Here is the equation model
used:
 ETR = α + β1 Cus + β2 SIZE + β3 ROA an increase in the value of tax
+ β4 LEV + β5 PPE + ε Aggressivenesss. This means that the
concentration of customers in a company will
ETR = Tax Aggressiveness lead to more obedient company in paying taxes
Cus = Customer Consentration because the value of tax Aggressivenesss
SIZE = Log of company size (ETR) increased means greater the ratio of
ROA = The ratio of earnings to total assets companies in paying taxes. Tax evasion can
LEV = The ratio of total liabilities to total reduce the company's cash outflow, companies
assets with concentrated customers will have
PPE = The ratio of total fixed assets to total significant tax evasion activities [7]. But
assets apparently it is not proven in non-financial
companies in the BEI 2014-2015. This result is
4. Results and discussion not in accordance with the results of research
The proof of this hypothesis is based on the that has been done by taking samples of
results of multiple linear regression testing on companies in America [8].
the independent variables. Data in this study A company that has a major customer
before dilakuaka regression test has done the turns out in choosing a strategy in running its
normality test and the classical assumptions operational activities does not necessarily
required and all data have met the test. Here make tax evasion in order to meet the cash
are the results of the regression test: needs that occur in the presence of major
Table 1. Multiple Linear Regression customers in the company and the company's
Coefficient And Moderation Regression desire to increase profits from the decrease in
tax costs incurred. In the results found that
Variables managers as agents do not use the opportunity
B t Sig. tax Aggressivenesss in order for the main
Constants 0,125 customers to increase cash and profits due to
Cus1 0,029 2,872 0,004 the company's main customers. Companies
Size 0,003 0,842 0,400 with large major customers in the BEI in 2014-
ROA -0,180 -3,448 0,001 2015 may be utilizing funding other than tax
Lev 0,011 0,577 0,564 Aggressivenesss. The company may either
PPE 0,155 6,500 0,000 issue debt or shares in the event of a drop in
R 0,353 profits or in cash fulfillment. [12] conducting
R2 0,124 research on the needs of the firm's cash with
F Test 14,500 key customers finds out that companies with
Significan 0,000 customer consentration make money through
Hypothesis one states that customer stock issuance as opposed to debt or retained
consentration has a positive effect on tax earnings. [23] also indicates a negative
Aggressivenesss. These results can be seen in relationship between the dependence of firm
regression model 1. The results showed that relations (supplier-customer) on the payment
customer consentration has a significant of dividends. So there is the possibility of
negative effect on tax aggressiveness. It can be companies choose other alternatives such as
seen from the hypothesis test using t test, it is lower shareholder dividends. On the other
known that the tax Aggressivenesss variable hand, managers can make decisions by adding
which is evaluated using ETR gives t on cus1 debt. For the company itself the use of this
2,872 with sig equal to 0,004. The higher ETR debt can also provide corporate profits that can
value indicates that the company is getting less increase corporate profits in the form of tax
aggressive. It shows that the existence of reductions but still pay attention to the risk of
customer consentration have a significant default (finacial distress) and bankruptcy. So it
negative effect on tax Aggressivenesss. So the can be concluded the results of this study are
conclusion that can be taken is the one not in line with the results of research
hypothesis rejected. conducted by [8] which states that the
The results of this study indicate that the existence of customer consentrasion will have
existence of customer consentration will cause a positive effect on tax Aggressivenesss.

72
 In Indonesia, the self assessment taxation
system makes it easier for companies to avoid
taxes, but the regulation does not cause the
company to make tax evasion immediately.
The existence of a system of cut collection by
third parties in the taxation rules of Indonesia
caused the inevitable company will pay taxes.
The existence of the role of third party data
(customers) is very influential on the level of
tax compliance. Tax compliance can be formed
as well because the more the third party data
entered into the tax system, the tax compliance
and tax ratio higher. This is the result of the
Taxpayer who will be difficult to hide his
income because of the opponent of the
transaction. So companies that have large
major customers are more likely to be at risk
from tax audit. In Indonesia itself is also a
more supervision of companies listed on the
Stock Exchange is visible with the office of
special tax services that KPP Enter Enterprises
Exchange. There is a risk of future audits that
will cause the company to pay fines and even
large criminal sanctions in the future if proven
to have committed a tax violation. This will
cause the value of the benefits of tax evasion
not proportional to the risk to be borne by the
company in the future.
The risks that may arise as a result of a tax
violation will also cause the company's
reputation to decline and will result in loss of
trust from major customers to keep supplying
the needs of the company. This causes the
company to lose key customers. Therefore,
corporate managers tend to choose to pay taxes
in accordance with existing rules.
Companies with key customers do not
choose to increase internal funding from tax
evasion. The established capital structure also
considers the marginal profit value of the cost
source incurred. Companies with major
customers make the company more obedient to
tax payments. The manager considers the risks
that will occur when tax evasion. Tax evasion
may encourage lower transparency and lead to
higher agency costs because tax enforcement
rates can also increase the risk of corporate
taxes. On the value of money held, tax
enforcement rates can also make the marginal
value of tax Aggressivenesss higher or lower
[24]. It can be concluded that the marginal
value of tax Aggressivenesss depends on the
73
risk of tax enforcement conditions in a
country.
5. Conclusion
This study aims to analyze empirically about
the influence of customer consentration to tax
Aggressivenesss due to the phenomenon of tax
ratio in Indonesia is still low. The result of this
research is the existence of significant negative
effect of customer consentration to tax
Aggressivenesss, so that one hypothesis that
Customer consentration have positive effect on
tax Aggressivenesss is rejected. This study
proves that the higher the major customers will
reduce the tax avoidance rate which shows the
ratio of increased tax payments.
Managers as agents in the management of
the company in making funding decisions the
company does not choose tax Aggressivenesss
as a way to financing with investment
objectives in customer consentration as well as
in the presence of financial distress in the
company. This is done because managers do
not want to take risks that will lead to loss of
trust of shareholders and creditors as principals
who have given trust to agents. This proves
that managers as agents avoid the existing
agency conflict.
6. References
[1] [1] Balakrishnan, R., Linsmeier, T. J.,
dan Venkatachalam, M. (1996).
Financial Benefits from JIT Adoption:
Effects of Customer Concentration and
Cost Structure. The Accounting Review,
71(2), 183-205.
[2] Banerjee, S., Dasgupta, S., dan Kim, Y.
(2008). Buyer–supplier relationships
and the stakeholder theory of capital
structure. The Journal of Finance, 63(5),
2507-2552.
[3] Campello, M., dan Gao, J. (2017).
Customer concentration and loan
contract terms. Journal of Financial
Economics, 123(1), 108-136.
[4] Chen, S., Chen, X., Cheng, Q., dan
Shevlin, T. (2010). Are family firms
more tax aggressive than non-family
firms? Journal of Financial Economics,
95(1), 41-61.
[5] Dhaliwal, D., Judd, J. S., Serfling, M.,
dan Shaikh, S. (2016). Customer
concentration risk and the cost of equity
 capital. Journal of Accounting and
Economics, 61(1), 23-48.
[6] Frank, M. M., Lynch, L. J., dan Rego, S.
O. (2009). Tax reporting
Aggressivenesss and its relation to
aggressive financial reporting. The
Accounting Review, 84(2), 467-496.
[7] Hanlon, M., dan Heitzman, S. (2010). A
review of tax research. Journal of
Accounting and Economics, 50(2), 127-
178.
[8] Huang, H. H., Lobo, G. J., Wang, C.,
dan Xie, H. (2016). Customer
concentration and corporate tax
avoidance. Journal of Banking &
Finance, 72, 184-200.
[9] Indonesia, R. (2007). Undang-Undang
Republik Indonesia Nomor 28 Tahun
2007 Perubahan Ketiga Atas Undang-
Undang Nomor 6 Tahun 1983 Tentang
Ketentuan Umum Dan Tata Cara
Perpajakan. Jakarta.
[10] Indonesia, R. (2008). Undang-Undang
Republik Indonesia Nomor 36 Tahun
2008 Perubahan Keempat Atas Undang-
Undang Nomor 7 Tahun 1983 Tentang
Pajak Penghasilan. Jakarta.
[11] Irvine, P. J., Park, S. S., dan Yıldızhan,
Ç. (2016). Customer-Base
Concentration, Profitability, and the
Relationship Life Cycle. The Accounting
Review, 91(3), 883-906.
[12] Itzkowitz, J. (2013). Customers and
cash: How relationships affect suppliers'
cash holdings. Journal of Corporate
Finance, 19, 159-180.
[13] Jensen, M. C., dan Meckling, W. H.
(1976). Theory of the firm: Managerial
behavior, agency costs and ownership
structure. Journal of Financial
Economics, 3(4), 305-360.
[14] Lian, Y. (2017). Financial distress and
customer-supplier relationships. Journal
of Corporate Finance, 43, 397-406.
[15] Lustgarten, S. H. (1975). The Impact of
Buyer Concentration in Manufacturing
Industries. The Review of Economics
and Statistics, 57(2), 125-132.
[16] Masri, I., dan Martani, D. (2012).
Pengaruh Tax Avoidance terhadap Cost
of Debt. Simposium Nasional Akuntansi
XV, 1-28.
74
[17] Mihov, A., dan Naranjo, A. (2017).
Customer-base concentration and the
transmission of idiosyncratic volatility
along the vertical chain. Journal of
Empirical Finance, 40, 73-100.
[18] Raman, K., dan Shahrur, H. (2008).
Relationship-Specific Investments and
Earnings Management: Evidence on
Corporate Suppliers and Customers.
The Accounting Review, 83(4), 1041-
1081.
[19] Ravenscraft, D. J. (1983). Structure-
Profit Relationship at the Line of
Business and Industry Level. The
Review of Economics and Statistics,
65(1), 22-31.
[20] Richardson, G., dan Lanis, R. (2007).
Determinants of the variability in
corporate effective tax rates and tax
reform: Evidence from Australia.
Journal of Accounting and Public
Policy, 26(6), 689-704.
[21] Richardson, G., Taylor, G., dan Lanis,
R. (2015). The impact of financial
distress on corporate tax avoidance
spanning the global financial crisis:
Evidence from Australia. Economic
Modelling, 44, 44-53.
[22] Titman, S. D. (1981). The Effect Of
Capital Structure On A Firm's
Liquidation Decision. (8118448 Ph.D.),
Carnegie Mellon University, Ann Arbor.
ProQuest Dissertations & Theses Global
database.
[23] Wang, J. (2012). Do firms' relationships
with principal customers/suppliers affect
shareholders' income? Journal of
Corporate Finance, 18(4), 860-878.
[24] Wang, L. (2015). Tax enforcement,
corporate tax Aggressivenesss, and cash
holdings. China Finance Review
International, 5(4), 339-370.
[25]
https://data.worldbank.org/indicator/G
C.TAX.TOTL.GD.ZS Diakses pada 10
Juni 2017
[26]
https://www.cnnindonesia.com/ekono
mi/20161123185551-78-174834/emiten-
bursa-efek-indonesia-tunggak-pajak-
rp944-triliun/ Diakses pada 12 Maret
2017
An Analysis on Tourism Potency and the Community
Readiness in Developing Berancah as a Tourism
Village
M. Sabri 1, Diah Paramita Sari 2
1,2
English Department, State Polytechnic of Bengkalis, Bengkalis, Riau, Indonesia
Abstract—The aim of this research is to analyze the tourism
potency and the community readiness of Berancah Village in order
to know the feasibility of the village to be developed into a tourism
village. The method used for this research is a descriptive
qualitative research. The data collected through direct observation
towards the tourism objects and all the supporting facilities, and
also through several interviews with related stakeholders. To
analyze the community readiness, a Participatory Rural Appraisal
(PRA) and series of questionnaire were given to the villagers.
Based on this research, it is concluded that Berancah Village is
feasible to be developed into a tourism village with a positive
support from the community.
Keywords— potency; tourism village; community readiness
I. INTRODUCTION
Tourism Village Program is now beginning to become a
trend for local governments in improving the economy of rural
communities in an effort to reduce poverty. The concept of
village tourism makes that village known so that the village has
a market value and able to stimulate the economy of the village
community.
Desa Berancah in Bantan Sub-district, Bengkalis Regency,
Riau is a newly expanded village several years ago. Just like a
new village, the government and the people of Desa Berancah
are continuing to improve themselves to be able to compete with
other villages that have already been built.
The village which is about 30 minutes to the northeast of
Bengkalis City has begun to cooperate with various stakeholders
including educational institutions such as Bengkalis State
Polytechnic in terms of community service and research in order
to recognize, explore and optimize the potential in the village.
The village which is about 30 minutes to the northeast of
Bengkalis City has begun to cooperate with various stakeholders
including educational institutions such as Bengkalis State
Polytechnic in terms of community service and research in order
to recognize, explore and optimize the potential in the village.
Based on pre observation, the village inhabited by
approximately 756 heads of families has several potential natural
tourist attraction that can be developed such as 500 ha of
mangrove forests, rain-fed rice fields around 50 ha, and cultural
tourism potential and community wisdom such as art Reog and
Barongsai. However, to developed Desa Berancah become
tourist village, several other factors including accessibility,
75
supporting facilities and community readiness are needed to be
further analyzed.
Based on the problems above, the authors are interested to
analyze the potential of tourism objects and readiness of
Berancah Village to be developed into a tourist village. The
purpose of this study is to analyze the potential of natural and
cultural attractions, supporting facilities and readiness of
Berancah Village community and also to know its level of
feasibility to be developed into a tourist village.
II. REVIEW OF RELATED LITERATURE
A. Tourism
Directorate General of PHKA (2003) explains that the
program of sustainable natural tourism development can be done
by looking at several factors including: Development of object
location (Potential ODTWA), Object development activities
Supporting facilities, Visitors’ environment, Management and
service, and Nature tourism activities,
B. Tourism Component
According to Yoeti (1996), there are 3 components of
tourism, they are:
a) Attraction
Tourist attraction is a place of tourist destination. This
attraction can be divided into:
 Site attraction (interesting place, place with
comfortable chair, beautiful scenery and historic
place)
 Event attraction (places related to tourism, conferences,
sports events fairs, festivals and others)
b) Accessibility
Soekadijo (2003) states that accessibility is the availability
of transportation to tourist destinations and easiness in
reaching tourist destinations either in geographical distance
or speed of travel power. Accessibility in tourist destinations
is influenced by road conditions, freight rates, vehicle type,
transportation network, and travel time.
c) Facilities
Soekadijo (2000) defines the means of tourism infrastructure
as follows: "Infrastructure (infrastructure) is physical
construction, such as power plants, health facilities and ports.
The suprastructure is everything that is built by utilizing the
infrastructure ".
 d) Community Readiness  Feasibility > 66.6%: feasible to develop, with criteria of
Hartanti in Sawitri (2004) explains that humans have two a tourist area with high potential, facilities and
potentials. Physical potential is a physical being of man, infrastructure based on established parameters and
whereas human potential is anything that does not appear supported by adequate accessibility.
physically. Human potential consists of intellectual abilities
that produce something innovative as a result of education,  Feasibility level 33.3% - 66.6%: not yet feasible to
training and experience processes, as well as interaction with develop, with criteria of a tourist area that has potential,
the environment. suggestions and infrastructure that are based on
established parameters and supported by adequate
III. METHOD OF RESEARCH accessibility.
The location of the research was in Brancah Village, Bantan  Feasibility level < 33.3%: not feasible to develop, with
District, Bengkalis Regency, Provinci Riau. This research used criteria of a tourist area with low potential, facilities and
descriptive research method that attempt to describe the situation infrastructure based on established parameters and
that happened in the field. The sample selection for this research inadequate accessibility.
was done through a purposive sampling that is the sampling
method which was based on the research objectives. The Table 1. Assessment Criteria of Objects and Nature Tourism
respondents of this research consisted of the head of the village, ( Dirjen PHKA 2003)
religious figures, community figures, and people of Berancah Attraction Assessment Criteria (6 Scale)
Village, Bantan District, Bengkalis.
Element/ Value
The data were collected by primary data and secondary data. No
sub element
Primary data was obtained from the observation, interview, and 5 4 3 2 1
1. The Uniqueness of natural 30 25 20 15 10
questionnaire. While secondary data was collected through
resources:Flora,
Brancah Village Government, Bantan District, and Tourism and
Fauna,Beaches,Mangrove
Culture Office of Bengkalis Regency. Forest
A. Primary Data 2. The number of natural 30 25 20 15 10
a) Observation of Tourism object resources
prominent:River,Water,Nat
The method done was direct observation in Brancah
ural phenomena
Village and Manggrove Forest. It was continued by
interviewing the Village Head and community leaders. 3. Natural tourism activities 30 25 20 15 10
that can be done:
b) Community Readiness Analysis Enjoy the natural beauty,
The data collection used in this analysis was the a. Sight seeing for flora and
questionnaire given to the community around the village fauna,
of Brancah. It aimed to determine the readiness of the b. Trekking,
community in the development of the village of Brancah c. Research,
as a tourist village. d. Camping
4. Cleanliness of tourist 30 25 20 15 10
B. Secondary Data location:
Secondary data obtained through literature study from Industry, The crowded
various reference sources. streets
Settlements,
1) Data Analysis Technique Trash,
Analysis of Tourist Object Vandalism
The object and attractions that had been collected
were analyzed based on the assessment criteria in 5. Convenience
Clean and cool air, Far from 30 25 20 15 10
the guidelines for the Analysis of Regional Objects the strong odors,Far from
and Natural Attraction of the Director General of the crowd,
PHKA in 2003 in accordance with the values No intrusive traffic,
determined for each criterion. The sum of values Good service for visitors
for one ODTWA assessment criterion can be
calculated by the following equation:

S=NxB
Note:
S = score / value of a criterion
N = number of element values on criteria
B = weight of value

The feasibility index of an ecotourism area is as follows:

76
Table 2. Accessibility Assessment Criteria (5 Scale) Table 4. Result on Attraction
Component Object Scale* Score Total**
Element/sub Uniqueness
No Value Flora 6 10 60
element of Nature
Outstanding
River, Mangrove,
Natural 6 20 120
1. Road Rice field
Good Enough Average Bad Resources
Condition
30 25 20 15 Tourism Sightseeing,
activity can tracking, camping,
2. The <5km 5 – 10 10 – 15 6 30 180
>15 km be done canoeing, bicycling,
Distance km km bird watching
from the city 30 15
25 20 Cleanliness Far from: industries,
3. e. Travelling 1 – 2 2 – 3 3 – 4 >5 jam traffic, rubbish, 6 30 180
time from jam jam jam 15 vandalism
the city 30 25 20 Comfort Fresh and clean air,
free from disturbing
6 30 180
smell and noise,
friendly people
Table 3. Supporting Facilities and Infrastructure Assessment Score 120 720
Criteria (3 Scale) * Based on assessment criteria from Dirjen PHKA 2003 for
attraction.
Numbers ** Sum of scale and score.
Element/sub
No Tidak
element ≥4 3 2 1 2) Accessibility
ada
Accessibility is the factor that makes the visitors easier to
1. Facilities: 30 25 20 15 10
get to the destination from their original residence. Some
a. Shop important components in assessing the accessibility including
b. Banks the condition of the roads, the distance from the central city to
Markets the destination and also the travelling time needed to get to the
Souvenirs shop destination.
Restaurants
Table 5. Result on Accessibility
2. Infrastructures: 50 40 30 20 10 Component Description Scale* Score Total**
Post Office Roads
good 5 25 125
condition
Health center
Distance from
Drinking water >15km 5 15 75
central city
network Travelling
Electric network time from the 30 minutes 5 30 150
Phone network central city
Score 70 350

IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION

A. The Assessment of Natural Tourism Objects
The assessment on tourism objects in Berancah Village was
done through direct observation towards all the potential natural
tourism resources available in the village. The components
assessed including the attraction, accessibility, and supporting
facilities infrastructure available in the village.
1) Attraction
Attraction is usually the main reason why the tourists do
their visits. The attraction can include the uniqueness of the
nature, outstanding natural resources, tourism activities that can
be done, the cleanliness and the comfort.
3) Facility and Infrastructure
Facilities and infrastructure are two important factors
needed by the visitors to make their visit or stay more
comfortable. Facilities are all factors that can make the visitors
directly enjoy the tourism objects, including: stalls/stores,
restaurants, places for worship, central for souvenirs, etc.
Infrastructure including all the factors that indirectly support the
tourism activities, such as: health center, electricity, police
office, etc.
The following table is the assessment result on the facility:

77
Table 6. Result On Facilities and Infrastructure become a tourism village was done through a Participatory
Component Description Scale* Score Total** Rural Appraisal (PRA).
Facilities Through this analyses, whole community elements were
Stalls/stores,
3 30 90 involved together in series of discussions to analyze the potency
places for worship
they have and the problem they face in their planning to
Infra- Health center,
structure roads and bridges,
develop Berancah Village to become a tourism village.
electricity, Table 8. PRA Result on Community Readiness in Developing
3 50 150 Tourism Village
radio/television
and phone cell
network, etc
Score 80 240
* Based on assessment criteria from Dirjen PHKA 2003 for attraction.
1) The Overall Result on Assessment of Natural Tourism
Objects of Berancah Village
The overall assessment result on natural tourism objects in
Berancah Village can be seen in the following table:

Table 7. Overall Assessment Result on the Feasibility of

Berancah Village to be a Tourism Village

Max
Component Scale Value*
Score
Score
Index (%)
Feasibility
Besides, a set of questionnaire was also given to the villagers to
** **** see directly their perspective related to their knowledge and
***
Attraction 6 120 720 900 80.00 Feasible readiness towards the plan for the development of the village to
Accessibility 5 70 350 450 77.77 Feasible
Facilities and 3 80 240 300 80.00 Feasible become a tourism village.
Infrastructure Table 9. The result of the questionnaire from Brancah Village
79.25
*Assessment result on natural tourism objects
**Multiplication of scale and value
***Highest score for each criteria
****Feasibility Index: comparison of the score and the highest
score in percent
From the above table, it can be concluded that based on the
potency of its natural tourism objects, Berancah Village is
‘Feasible’ to be developed as a tourism village with the
percentage of 79.25 %. For both attraction and also facilities
and infrastructures aspects, Berancah Village is categorized
feasible with the score of 80.00%. For the accessibility,
Berancah Village is also feasible for the development of tourism
with the score of 77.77%.
B. The Analyses on Community Readiness in Developing
Berancah as a Tourism Village 2) Result of PRA related to Community Readiness in
Berancah Village, Bantan Subdistrict, Bengkalis Regency Developing Tourism Village
of Riau Province is located about 25 km from the central city of Participatory Rural Appraisal (PRA) is one of strategies used to
Bengkalis. With totally 2.634 population, the people of this empower the community. PRA focuses on the community
village live harmony with their tradition of respect, helping to participation in the plan to develop Berancah Village to become
one another and friendliness. a tourism village. The result of Participatory Rural Appraisal of
For this time, Berancah Village cannot be said as a tourism Berancah Village is stated in the following table:
village because, even though it has all the natural tourism
CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION
potency needed for the tourism but it has not yet managed for
the purpose of tourism. The potency will be very promising if it A. Conclusions
is managed seriously with well-organized planning. Therefore, 1. Berancah Village has potential natural tourism
the government and the community need to work together to objects which is ‘feasible’ to be developed as a tourism village
discuss about the plans to develop their village to become a with 79.25% . Furthermore, it also has some promising cultural
community based tourism village. The analyses on the tourism attractions or events to be developed.
community readiness in developing Berancah Village to

78
 2. The community of Berancah Village will be ready
to get involve together with the government in developing the
village to become a tourism village.
B. Suggestion
Beside the local (village) government and the community,
one most important stakeholder is the regional government of
Bengkalis Regency itself. Therefore, full support from the
Bengkalis Regency government is needed by Berancah Village
in their development to become a tourism village.
REFERENCES
[1] Adisasmita, Rahardjo. 2006. Pembangunan Pedesaan dan Perkotaan.
Yogyakarta: Graha Ilmu.
[2] [Dirjen PHKA] Directorate of Nature Tourism and Utilization of
Environmental Services. 2003. Pedoman Rencana Pengembangan
Pariwisata Alam Nasional di Kawasan Hutan. Bogor: Directorate
General of Forest Protection and Nature Conservation Ministry of
Forestry.
79
[3] [Dirjen PHKA] Directorate of Nature Tourism and Utilization of
Environmental Services. 2003. Pedoman Analisis Daerah Operasi Obyek
dan Daya Tarik Wisata Alam (ADO-ODTWA). Bogor: Directorate
General of Forest Protection and Nature Conservation Ministry of
Forestry.
[4] Godfrey K, Jackie C. 2000. The Tourism Development Handbook: A
PracticalApproach To Planning and Marketing. London and New York:
CASSEL.
[5] Karsudi, Soekmadi R, Kartodiharjo H. 2010. Strategi Pengembangan
Ekowisata di Kabupaten Kepulauan Yapen Provinsi Papua. Jurnal
Manajemen Hutan Tropika Vol. XVI, (3): 148-154. Retrieved on 03 April
2017.
[6] Soekadijo, R. G. 2000. Anatomi Pariwisata Memahami Pariwisata
Sebagai Systemic Link age. Jakarta: PT. Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
[7] The law of Republic of Indonesia Number 10 year 2009 about Tourism.
Jakarta: Department of Tourism, Post and Telecommunication of the
Republic of Indonesia.
[8] Tourism Department. 1990. The Law of Republic of Indonesia Number
9.Tahun 1990 about Tourism. Jakarta: Tourism Department of Republic
of Indonesia.
[9] Yoeti, Oka A. 1996. Pengantar Ilmu Pariwisata. Bandung: Angkasa.
Profil Desa Brancah. Brancah Sub District, Bengkalis Regency, 2017.
 Capability of the red seaweed G. vermiculophylla in
Producing Prostaglandins
Muhammad Ikbal Illijas1, Andriani2, Dahlia3 and Yutaka Itabashi4
1,2,3
Aquaculture Department, Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture, Pangkep, Indonesia
4
Faculty of Fisheries Sciences, Hokkaido University, Hakodate, Hokkaido 041-8611, Japan
1
muhammadikbali@yahoo.com, 2andriani_nasir@yahoo.co.id, 3Unga_dahlia@yahoo.co.id, 4yutaka@fish.hokudai.ac.jp
Abstract—The red algae G. vermiculophylla is rich in
polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFA) with 20 carbon atoms, mainly
arachidonic acid (AA) and eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA), which are
precursors of prostaglandins (PGs). The present study aimed to
elucidate the mechanism of prostaglandin production in the red
alga G. vermiculophylla using acetone powder as the crude
enzyme. Crude enzyme was prepared using cold acetone. The
crude enzyme was incubated with arachidonic acid at different
concentrations (0.1 – 4 mg) at 20ºC for 1 h in 5 mL of water. The
reaction mixtures in 5 mL of water were transferred to single test
tube for centrifugation at 3,000 rpm for 5 min. The resulting
supernatant was collected and adjusted to pH 3-4 by 1 M HCl.
Prostaglandins were extracted twice by 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The
solvent was removed at 25ºC under reduced pressure using a
rotary evaporator, and then the residue was concentrated in 10
µg/µL methanol as test solution. For confirmation of PG
composition, the test solution (5µL) was submitted to HPLC
analysis. PG contents were determined using a HPLC (Model
LaChrom D-7000 with a LaChrom model L-7455 diode array
detector, L-7100 pump and L-7610 degasser, Hitachi Ltd, Tokyo,
Japan) equipped with Mightysil column, RP-18 GP (250 mm x 4.6
mm, 5 µm). Sample analysis of PG was performed at 40 ºC with
acetonitrile/water (40:60, v/v) containing 0.02% acetic acid
(solvent A) and 100 % acetonitrile (solvent B) as a mobile phase.
The mobile phase system was as follows: 0 – 20 min (solvent A), 20
– 60 min (gradient of solvent A and B) and 60 – 80 min (solvent B).
The flow rate was 0.5 mL/min. A 5 µL volume of the methanol of
the test solution corresponding to 0.2 g wet mass of G.
vermiculophylla was injected into the HPLC. The PG peaks were
monitored by diode array detector set at 196 nm. For mass
spectrometer analysis, a HPLC system, Model SpetraSYSTEM
and SpectraSERIES Autosamplers with Mightysil column, RP-18
GP (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 µm) and connected with mass spectrometer
Finnigan LCQTM LC/MSn System (Finnigan MAT, USA) was
used. Analytical conditions in negative ion scanning modes of ESI
were as follows: capillary temperature and voltage, 170 ºC and -4
V. Results of the study showed that the released PGs from
incubation of acetone powder and AA analyzed by HPLC were
consisted of PGE2, 15-keto-PGE2, PGA2 and AA. Further
confirmation and identification of AA metabolites were carried
out using LC-MS. PG compounds found by this method were
PGF2α, PGE2, 15-keto-PGE2, 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 suggested
as PGE2 intermediate, PGA2. Capability of the red algae in
producing PGs was affected by available oxygen, aspirin, a
cyclooxygenase inhibitor and AA concentration. PG compounds
can be produce in vitro to fulfill PG demand in Pharmaceutical
practices.
Keywords—Gracilaria; Prostaglandin; Arachidonic acid;
Enzyme
80
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1)
The red algae G. vermiculophylla is rich in polyunsaturated
fatty acids (PUFA) with 20 carbon atoms, mainly arachidonic
acid (AA) and eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA), which are
precursors of prostaglandins. The algae contain a high amount
of PGE2, 15-keto-PGE2 and PGA2 [1]. The mechanism of
production of those prostaglandins is still not clear. In mammals,
transformation of AA into prostaglandins is catalyzed by the
biofunctional prostaglandin H synthase (cyclooxygenase). The
initial step of this process is a peroxidation of arachidonic acid
at carbon 11 and the subsequent formation of endoperoxide
PGG2 by the cyclooxygenase portion of prostaglandin H
synthase [2], [3]. The peroxidase activity of prostaglandin H
synthase then reduces PGG2 to PGH2 by reducing the
hydroperoxide on carbon 15 to a hydroxyl group [4]–[6]. PGH2
is then converted to a variety of compounds, including
prostaglandins and thromboxanes. In the red alga G.
vermiculophylla, the enzyme involved in the transformation of
AA into prostaglandins is still not clear as production of PGE2
is not affected by cyclooxygenase inhibitor, and PGE2 is
confirmed to be synthesized via the novel intermediate 15-
hydroperoxy-PGE2 (Nakajima et al. 1998), while in mammals,
15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 is formed from endoperoxide PGG2
when peroxidase is limited [2]. Therefore, in this study, we
attempt to elucidate the mechanism of prostaglandin production
in the red alga G. vermiculophylla using acetone powder as the
crude enzyme. Preparation of acetone powder as crude enzyme
for analysis of prostaglandin production has been demonstrated
successfully in coral [6]. The acetone powder is able to be stored
frozen for quite long time. In G. verrucosa, prostaglandin
contents are affected by storage conditions and seasons [1].
Therefore, prostaglandin analysis of this algae using acetone
powder as the crude enzyme is a method capable of eliminating
the effect of storage and seasonality.
II. MATERIALS AND METHODS
A. Chemicals
Prostaglandin (PG) E2, PGE3, PGA2, PGF2α and 15-keto-
PGE2 were obtained from Cayman Chemical Co. (Michigan,
USA). Arachidonic acid sodium salt (99 % of purity), ethyl
acetate, acetylsalicylic acid (aspirin) and HPLC-grade acetic
acid were purchased from Wako Pure Chemicals (Osaka, Japan).
Thin-layer chromatography plates, Silica gel 60 F254 (20 x 20
cm) were obtained from Merck, Darmstadt, Germany. HPLC-
grade solvents, acetonitrile and water, were purchased from
Kanto Chemicals (Tokyo, Japan).
B. Algae
G. vermiculophyla was collected from Sinori Beach,
Hakodate, Japan in June and stored under frozen at –30 ºC until
use.
C. Preparation of crude enzyme
Crude enzyme was prepared using cold acetone. Briefly, the
alga sample (1 kg of wet weight) was cut into small pieces (3-4
mm length), lyophilized for 36 h and then milled to obtain fine
powder. Lipid was removed by rinsing with cold acetone (1000
mL) at –30ºC and vortex overnight. The solution was then
filtered and the residue was dried under reduced pressure to
obtain acetone powder as the crude enzyme and stored at –30ºC
until use.
D. HPLC and MS conditions
PG contents were determined using a HPLC (Model
LaChrom D-7000 with a LaChrom model L-7455 diode array
detector, L-7100 pump and L-7610 degasser, Hitachi Ltd,
Tokyo, Japan) equipped with Mightysil column, RP-18 GP (250
mm x 4.6 mm, 5 µm). Sample analysis of PG was performed at
40 ºC with acetonitrile/water (40:60, v/v) containing 0.02%
acetic acid (solvent A) and 100 % acetonitrile (solvent B) as a
mobile phase. The mobile phase system was as follows: 0 – 20
min (solvent A), 20 – 60 min (gradient of solvent A and B) and
60 – 80 min (solvent B). The flow rate was 0.5 mL/min. A 5 µL
volume of the methanol of the test solution corresponding to 0.2
g wet mass of G. vermiculophylla was injected into the HPLC.
The PG peaks were monitored by diode array detector set at 196
nm. For mass spectrometer analysis, a HPLC system, Model
SpetraSYSTEM and SpectraSERIES Autosamplers with
Mightysil column, RP-18 GP (250 x 4.6 mm, 5 µm) and
connected with mass spectrometer Finnigan LCQTM LC/MSn
System (Finnigan MAT, USA) was used. Analytical conditions
in negative ion scanning modes of ESI were as follows:
capillary temperature and voltage, 170 ºC and -4 V.
E. Sample Preparation for PG Analysis
The crude enzyme was incubated with arachidonic acid at
different concentrations (0.1 – 4 mg) at 20ºC for 1 h in 5 mL of
water. The mixtures were submitted to the extraction procedure
as described above. The reaction mixtures in 5 mL of water
were transferred to single test tube for centrifugation at 3,000
rpm for 5 min. The resulting supernatant was collected and
adjusted to pH 3-4 by 1 M HCl. Prostaglandins were extracted
twice by 20 mL of ethyl acetate. The solvent was removed at
25ºC under reduced pressure using a rotary evaporator, and then
the residue was concentrated in 10 µg/µL methanol as test
solution. For confirmation of PG composition, the test solution
(5µL) was submitted to HPLC analysis.
F. Identification and content determination of PG
For identification of PG, the alga (10 g) mixed with 20 ml
of water was incubated for 1 h at 20 C. The reaction mixtures
were centrifuged at 3000 rpm for 5 min. Supernatant was
collected and adjusted pH to 3-4 by HCl in methanol. Extraction
of PG was carried out with ethyl acetate (30 ml x 2).
Identification of PG was conducted by comparing the HPLC
81
peak retention times and their mass spectra with those of
authentic standards. For complete identification of the PG, co-
chromatography using authentic compounds was employed.
Determination of PG contents was carried out using standard
curve. The standard curves were obtained in the range of 5 –
100 µg/mL for the all standards of PGs and arachidonic acid
(AA), except for PGE3 (5 – 25 µg/mL). The curves were plotted
by standard peak height versus standard concentration in µg.
The amount of PG in the samples was calculated from the
standard curve of PG standards as described previously.
G. Effect of Oxygen on PG Production
The reaction mixtures in 5 mL of water, which consisted of
250 mg acetone powder and 1 mg arachidonic acid, were
incubated at 20ºC for 1 h in anaerobic condition by displaced
oxygen with N2 gas. Furthermore, other reaction mixtures were
incubated in aerobic condition. All samples were extracted by
the above extraction procedure and determination of PG content
was carried out as described previously.
H. Effect of Aspirin on PG Production
Aspirin, a cyclooxygenase inhibitor at different
concentrations (1.1 mM, 5.6 mM and 10.1 mM) was added to
the reaction mixture, which consisted of 250 mg acetone
powder and 100 µg of arachidonic acid in 5 mL water. The
mixture was incubated at 20ºC for 1 h. After extraction of PG
as described above, the sample was subjected to HPLC.
I. Isolation and Reduction of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2
Isolation of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 was carried out using
TLC (silica gel 60 F254, 20 x 20cm, Merck, Darmstadt,
Germany) with solvent chloroform-ethyl acetate-ethanol-acetic
acid (20:20:4:1, v/v/v/v). A part of the TLC plate (3 cm), which
contained PG standard and the test solution bands, was cut. The
small part of the plate was sprayed with orsinol reagent and
heated at 120ºC until the bands of prostaglandin appeared. By
comparing the bands with those bands on the heated plate it was
possible to detect 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 band, which was
scrapped off from the plate with a spatula. The 15-hydroperoxy-
PGE2 was then extracted by chloroform. After removal of the
solvent, the residue was dissolved in methanol. For
confirmation of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2, the sample was
injected to HPLC.
15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 was reduced by mild and strong
reductions using SnCl2 and NaBH4. The reduction was carried
out as described by Hamberg et al. (1974)[4]. Briefly, 0.05 mg
of 15-hydroperoxide-PGE2 was treated with 25 mg of SnCl2 or
NaBH4 in 5 mL ethanol at room temperature for 2 min.
Analysis of reduction products was carried out by HPLC.
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
3.1. Identification of PG produced by AA metabolism
The released PGs from incubation of acetone powder and
AA in 5 mL of water for 1 h at 20ºC were identified by HPLC
and LC-MS. HPLC chromatograms of the sample and authentic
PG are shown in Figure 26. The retention time of peak 1
corresponded to that of the authentic PGE2, peak 2 to 15-keto-
PGE2, peak 3 to PGA2 and peak 4 to AA. Further confirmation
and identification of AA metabolites were carried out using LC-
MS. The total negative ion chromatograms are shown in Figure
27. The ion associated with peak 1 is PGF2α, which gave a
prominent ion at m/z 353 in mass spectrum (Figure 14). HPLC
peak 2 is PGE2, which has a prominent ion at m/z 351 ( Figure
15). HPLC peak 3 is 15-keto-PGE2, which has a prominent ion
at m/z 349 (Figure 16). HPLC peak 4 has a prominent ion at m/z
367 (Figure 17). This compound is suggested as a PGE2
intermediate, 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 (Nakajima et al., 1998).
HPLC peak 5 is PGA2, which has a prominent ion at m/z 333
(Figure 18). HPLC peak 6, which was not found in the 1h-
incubation frozen alga (Figure 12), has a prominent ion at m/z
331 (Figure 28). This ion is unknown compound.
3.2. Effect of oxygen and arachidonic acid on PG
production
The effect of oxygen on PG productions in crude G.
vermiculophylla enzyme and AA is shown in Figure 29.
Amounts of PGE2, 15-keto-PGE2 and 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2
were higher in aerobic condition than in anaerobic condition.
The production of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 was blocked in
anaerobic condition indicating that remaining 15-hydroperoxy-
PGE2 in the crude enzyme was almost all converted to PGE2
and 15-keto-PGE2 and no 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 production
during 1h-incubation occurred. As described earlier
cyclooxygenase is a bi-functional enzyme containing a site that
converts AA to PGG2 and also contain another site that reduces
PGG2 to PGH2. The conversion step of AA to PGG2 is
oxygenation [7]. This chemical reaction is stimulated by oxygen
[8]. The result of this study is consistent with decrease of PGE2
production under anaerobic condition in the red alga Gracilaria
gigas [9].
The effect of AA on PG production in G. vermiculophylla is
shown in Figure 30. The maximum amounts of PGE2, 15-keto-
PGE2 and 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 were found in addition of 0.25
mg of AA. Addition of AA above 0.25 mg decreased production
of PGE2, 15-keto-PGE2 and 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2, still
remaining high amounts of unmetabolized AA. The control of
treatment (only acetone powder) still produced PGs and AA
indicating that during preparation of crude enzyme, lipids were
not perfectly discarded by cool acetone. Hence, production of
AA, the precursor of PG synthesis, from enzymatic hydrolysis
of the lipids occurred during the incubation.
3.3. Effect of aspirin on prostaglandin production
To confirm cyclooxygenase involved in the prostaglandin
synthesis in G. vermiculophylla, aspirin, a cyclooxygenase
inhibitor, was added to the reaction mixtures. Addition of 1.1
mM of aspirin to the reaction mixtures showed no effect on the
content of PGE2, 15-keto-PGE2 and 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2.
However, addition of 5.6 mM and 10.1 mM aspirin significantly
decreased the contents of those prostaglandins (Figure 31). The
contents of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 decreased drastically by
adding at least 5.6 mM of aspirin indicating that cyclooxygenase
is involved in the synthesis of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2. Inhibition
of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 formation by addition of aspirin has
also been demonstrated in chick spinal cord [10].
The data presented here indicate that 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2
is the precursor of prostaglandin synthesis in the red alga G.
82
vermiculophylla. The contents of PGE2 and 15-keto-PGE2
decreased when 15-hydroperxy-PGE2 was blocked by limited
oxygen and addition of aspirin. Furthermore, 15-hydroperxy-
PGE2 conversion into PGE2, was confirmed by strong and mild
reduction of the hydroperoxide using NaBH4 and SnCl2. The
results showed that with mild and strong reduction, 15-
hydroperoxy-PGE2 was converted into PGE2 and PGF2α and
PGE2, respectively (Figure 32). Conversion of 15-hydroperoxy-
PGE2 into PGE2 and 15-keto-PGE2 in this alga might involve
hydroperoxidase, which is similar to conversion of 15-
hydroperoxy-PGE2 into PGE2 in homogenates of chick spinal
cord (Vesin, 1992).
Four types of prostaglandins, (PGF2α, PGE2, 15-keto-PGE2
and PGA2) were observed in the incubation of crude enzyme
and AA sodium salt. The major PGs are PGE2 and 15-keto-
PGE2. The mechanism of prostaglandin formation is started by
releasing AA from enzymatic hydrolysis of lipid membrane by
galactolipase. The released AA was then oxygenated by
prostaglandin H synthase (cyclooxygenase) and might generate
unstable endoperoxide PGG2 and PGH2. This reaction pathway
is similar to that of prostaglandin formation in mammals
(Hamberg et al., 1974; Smith, et al., 2996; Eling et al., 1991) and
coral (Varvas et al., 1994 & 1999). Nakajima et al. (1998) have
detected some unstable compounds formed, which were
intermediate of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 and PGE2 formations.
The endoperoxides were then converted to PGE2 and 15-
hydroperoxy-PGE2. In this study, the 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2
was attempted to convert to PGE2 and PGF2α by reduction to
confirm that 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 is the potential precursor in
PGE2 synthesis (Nakajima et al. 1998b).
Figure 1. HPLC chromatograms of authentic standard of
prostaglandins (A) and prostaglandins released by incubation of
crude enzyme prepared G. vermiculophylla from and
arachidonic acid for 1 h at 20 ºC (B). Solvent system: ACN:H2O
(40:60, v/v) containing 0.02% acetic acid (solvent A) and 100%
ACN (solvent B). 0-20 min (100% solvent A), 20-60 min
(gradient of solvent A and B), and 60-80 min (100% solvent B).
Detection: 196 nm. Peak 1: PGE2, Peak 2: 15-keto-PGE2, Peak
3: PGA2, Peak 4: AA
 150
PGE2
15-keto-PGE2
15-hydroperoxy-PGE2
AA

PG amounts (µg)
100

50

Figure 2. LC-MS chromatogram of prostaglandins released from

incubation of crude G. vermiculophylla enzyme and AA for 1 h
0
at 20 ºC. Solvent system: ACN:H2O (40:60, v/v) containing 0 1.1 5.6 10.1

0.02% acetic acid (solvent A) and 100% ACN (solvent B). 0-20 Aspirin (mM)

min (100% solvent A), 20-60 min (gradient of solvent A and B),
and 60-80 min (100% solvent B). Peak 1: PGF2α, Peak 2: PGE2, Figure 6. Effect of aspirin on prostaglandin production in G.
Peak 3: 15-keto-PGE2, Peak 4: 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2, Peak 5: vermiculophylla.
PGA2, Peak 6: Unknown.
15-hydroperoxy-PGE2
2 3 4

PGF2α
5 6
PGE2

Figure 3. Mass spectrum of HPLC peak 6.

PGE2

50

Control
Aerob + AA
PG amounts x 101 (µg)

40
Anaerob + AA

30

20 Figure 7. HPLC chromatograms of 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2 and

its reduction products. A: 15-hydroperoxy-PGE2, B: strong
10 reduction by NaBH4, C: mild reduction by SnCl2.
0
PGE2 15-keto-PGE2 15-hydroperoxy-
PGE2

Figure 4. Effect of oxygen on prostaglandin production in G.

vermiculophylla.

18 0.4
PGE2
15-keto-PGE2
15-hydroperoxy-PGE2
15 AA
0.3
PG amounts (µg) x 10

12
Remained AA (µg)

9 0.2

0.1

0 0.0
0 0.1 0.25 0.5 1 2 4
Arachidonic acid (mg)

Figure 5. Effect of arachidonic acid on prostaglandin production

in G. vermiculophylla.

83
 Characteristics of fatty acids from the Red
Alga Kappaphycus alvarezii (Doty) Doty
(Rhodophyta, Solieriaceae)
Muhammad Ikbal Illijas 1, Gwang-Woo 2, Yutaka Itabashi 3
1
Dapartment of Aquaculture, Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture, including country, South Sulawesi
1,2
Graduate School of Fisheries Science, Hokkaido University,Hakodate, Hokkaido 041-8611 Japan
1
muhammadikbali@yahoo.com, 2Gwang-Woo@hokudai.ac.jp, 3yutaka@fish.hokudai.ac.jp

Abstract- The fatty acid composition of the
marine red alga Kappaphycus alvarezii was
determined by various chromatography and
spectrometry techniques in order to establish
correctly the fatty acid components of the
seaweed. In addition to common saturated and
unsaturated fatty acids, the seaweed contained
significant amounts of characteristic cyclic and
monoenoic acids. These were identified as 11-
cyclopentylundecanoic acid (12.9% of total fatty
acids), 13-cyclopentyltridecanoic acid (5.1%) and
cis-11-hexadecenoic acid (18.9%). The alga also
contained relatively high amounts of arachidonic
acid (6.6%) and eicosapentaenoic acid (4.8%).
Therefore, the study shows properly analysis of
fatty acid compositions in order to identify all
fatty acid components of the red seaweed.
Keywords-Kappaphycusalvarezii, 11-
Cyclopentylundecanoic acid, 13-
Cyclopentyltridecanoic acid, cis-11-Hexadecenoic
acid, Arachidonic acid, Eicosapentaenoic acid.
I. INTRODUCTION
Marine algae are the outstanding source of
bioactive compounds such as polysaccharides,
polyphenols, carotenoids, essential fatty acids [1],
[2]. Seaweed contain very low amounts of lipid,
ranging from 1-5% of dry matter. However, seaweed
is rich in essential fatty acids, such as
eicosapentaenoic acid (EPA), arachidonic acid (AA)
and docosahexaenoic acid (DHA) [3]–[5]. Several
seaweed species have a unique fatty acid
composition that is different from others seaweed.
The red seaweed Gracilaria verrucosa and G.
varmiculophylla typically contain high amounts of
AA [6], [7]. Therefore, the fatty acid composition
could be one of chemotaxonomic feature for
seaweed classification.
The red algae, K. alvarezii, which is called
Euchema cottonii of commerce, is an edible
seaweed and the most useful species for the source
of kappa carrageenan. The seaweed, belonging to
1
family solieraceae, is cultured intensively in
Indonesia, Phillipines and in the tropical Asia and
Western Pasific [8]. Detailed fatty acid analyses for
five species of Solieriaceae (Agardhiella tenera,
Anatheca montagnei, Meristotheca senegalensis, E.
cottonii, E. spinosum) were performed by capillary
GC and GC-MS [9] and the data revealed the
presence of significant amounts of two cyclopentyl
fatty acids (11-cyclopentylundecanoic and 13-
cyclopentyltridecanoic acids) and two monoenoic
acids (16:1n-5 and 18:1n-5), which provides an
interesting chemotaxonomic feature of the
Solieriaceae. The data also demonstrated that E.
cottonii and E. spinosum contained almost no
polyunsaturated fatty acids, such as arachidonic
(20:4n-6) and eicosapentaenoic (20:5n-3) acids. In
addition to their report, there are several papers on
the fatty acid composition of Kappaphycus species
[3], [10], [11] but all the data showed no cyclic acids,
no n-5 monoenoic acids, and no or very low
amounts of polyenoic fatty acids. The quite different
fatty acid profiles among the Solieriaceae seaweeds
prompted us to elucidate the details of fatty acid
components of K. alvarezii.
Using capillary GC and GC-MS, we have
found that K. alvarezii from Indonesia waters
contained significant amounts of cyclopentyl, n-5
monoenoic and polyunsaturated (20:4n-6 and 20:5n-
3) fatty acids. This paper reported the structural
determination of these characteristic cyclic and n-5
monoenoic fatty acids, and the detailed fatty acid
composition of K. alvarezii. A possible biosynthesis
pathway of the cyclopentyl fatty acids in K.
alvarezii including the Solieriaceae is also discussed.
II. MATERIALS AND METHODS
2.1. Materials
Fresh sample of the red seaweed, K. alvarezii
used in this study was collected in February at Mand
alle Region, Pangkajene Kepulauan, South Sulawesi
, Indonesia. Silica Gel 60 (70-
230 mesh) for column chromatography, Silica Gel 6

84
0 F254 aluminium sheets for analytical TLC and Silic
a Gel 60 F254 plates for preparative TLC (20 x 20 cm
, 0.25-
mm thick) were obtained from Merck (Darmstadt, G
ermany). HPLC-grade solvents, CH3CN and iso-P
rOH, were obtained from Kanto Chemicals (Tok
yo, Japan). All other chemicals and solvents we
re of reagent grade or better quality and wereob
tained from Wako Pure Chemicals (Osaka, Japa
n).
2.2. Extraction of Lipids.
The alga was heated for 10 min in boiling
water to deactivate any enzymes. Approximately
100 g of the alga with ~90% moisture content was
cut finely (3-5 mm), and total lipids were extracted
according to the Bligh and Dyer [12] method. Fatty
acids were converted to fatty acid methyl esters
(FAME) by heating at 95 ºC for 1 h in 5%
HCl/MeOH. FAME were purified by silica gel
column chromatography using hexane-ether (9:1,
v/v). The resulting FAME were confirmed on silica
gel 60 F254 aluminum sheets using hexane-ether-
acetic acid (70:30:1, by vol) as the developing
solvent.
2.3. Silver Ion-TLC (Ag+-TLC)
FAME were fractionated according to the
degree of unsaturation by TLC on silica gel 60 F254-
coated glass plates immersed into 20% silver nitrate
in acetonitrile for 15 min in the dark and activated at
100 ºC for 1 h, using a mixture of hexane-ether-
acetic acid (80:20:1, by vol) as developing solvent.
After developing, the plate was sprayed with 0.2%
2′,7′-dichlorofluorescein in ethanol and viewed
under UV light. The bands corresponding to
saturates (Rf : 0.74) and monoenes (Rf : 0.63) were
separately scraped off and recovered from the silica
with ether. The solvent was evaporated under a
stream of nitrogen gas and the residue was dissolved
in hexane (1 mg/100 µL). Each fraction was
analyzed by capillary GC under the conditions
described below.
2.4. Hydrogenation
FAME was hydrogenated by the usual
procedures described elsewhere ( Schmid et al.,
2014). Briefly, FAME (5 mg) was dissolved in 2 mL
of ether and added 1 mg of platinum oxide (Adams
catalyst). The mixture was purged with hydrogen at
just above atmospheric pressure. After 1 h reaction,
the saturated FAME were separated from the
catalyst and analyzed by capillary GC as described
below.
2.5. GC analysis
Fatty acid analysis was performed on a GC-
14A gas chromatograph (Shimadzu, Kyoto, Japan)
equipped with a flame ionization detector (FID) and
an Omegawax 320 column (30 m × 0.32 mm i.d.,
85
0.25 µm film thickness, Supelco, Bellefonte, PA).
The carrier gas was helium at a flow rate of 1
mL/min and the split ratio was 1:50. The injector
and FID temperatures were 230 ºC and 240 ºC,
respectively. The column temperature was
programmed from 160 ºC to 230 ºC at 1 ºC/min.
Peaks were monitored on a Chromatopac C-R6A
integrator (Shimadzu) and they were identified by
the use of authentic standards (GLC-462, Nu-Chek
Prep., Elysian, MN), 11-hexadecenoic acid (92% cis,
8% trans, Matreya, PA, USA), equivalent chain
length (ECL) values [13] and GC-MS as described
below.
2.6. GC-MS analysis of picolinyl ester
derivatives
Picolinyl esters from the fractionated FAME
were prepared according to the method of
Destaillats and Angers (2002). Briefly, the FAME
(5 mg/mL dry dichloromethane) were reacted with a
freshly prepared mixture of 1 M potassium tert-
butoxide in tetrahydrofuran (100 µL) and 3-
pyridylcabinol (200 µL). The reaction mixture was
held at 40 ºC for 30 min in a closed vial. After
cooling to room temperature, distilled water (2 mL)
and hexane (4 mL) were added to the mixture. The
organic phase was collected, dried over anhydrous
sodium sulfate, and the effluent was evaporated to
dryness under nitrogen. The residue was dissolved
in 100 µL hexane for GC-electron impact
ionization-mass spectrometry (GC-EI/MS) analysis.
Fatty acid picolinyl ester derivatives were analyzed
by GC-EI/MS (Agilent Technologies 7890A GC
system) linked to a JEOL JMS-T 100GCv mass
spectrometer under an ionization voltage of 70 eV at
250 ºC and using a fused silica HP-5 capillary
column (30 m × 0.32 mm i.d., 0.25 µm film
thickness). The injector, in splitter, and the interface
temperatures were maintained at 230 ºC, and helium
was used as the carrier gas under constant flow of 1
mL/min. The column temperature for picolinyl
esters was programmed from 100 ºC to 200 ºC at 30
ºC/min, increased to 250 ºC at 2 ºC/min.
2.7. GC-MS analysis of 4,4-Dimethyloxazoline
(DMOX) derivatives
DMOX derivatives from the fractionated
FAME were prepared according to the method of
Fay and Richli (1991) as follows: 500 µL of 2-
amino-2-methyl-1-propanol (AMP) was added to 10
mg of the FAME and the mixture under a nitrogen
atmosphere was incubated overnight at 180 ºC. After
the reaction, the tube was cooled to room
temperature and the DMOX derivatives were
extracted with 5 mL of a mixture of hexane-ether
(1:1, v/v). The extract was washed with 5 mL of
water saturated with sodium chloride, dried over
anhydrous sodium sulfate, subsequently evaporated
under nitrogen. The residue was dissolved in 100 µL
hexane for GC-EI/MS analysis. The DMOX
derivatives were also analyzed by GC-EI/MS
(Hewlett-Packard model 6890 GC system) linked to
a JEOL JMS-700Tz mass spectrometer under an
ionization voltage of 70 eV at 230 ºC and using a
fused silica DB-23 capillary column (30 m × 0.25
mm i.d., 0.25 µm film thickness). The injector, in
split mode (50:1) and the interface temperatures
were maintained at 230 ºC, and the carrier gas was
helium at a flow rate of 1 mL/min. The temperature
programming mode was as follow: 40 ºC isothermal
for 1 min, increased to 160 ºC at 40 ºC/min, then to
230 ºC at 3.5 ºC/min.
2.8. Fourier transform infrared spectroscopy.
Infrared spectra of monounsaturated FAME
fraction were recorded on thin films cast onto KBr
plates using a JASCO FT/IR-4200 instrument
(JASCO Corporation, Tokyo, Japan). The spectra
were taken over the wave number ranging from
4,000 to 400 cm-1.
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
3.1. GC elution profiles.
Gas chromatograms of the methyl esters of
total fatty acids of K. alvarezii lipids and their
saturated fraction showed that in addition to
common saturated and unsaturated fatty acid peaks,
uncommon peaks 4, 5, and 11 were observed in the
chromatogram of total fatty acids (Figure 1A). The
peaks 5 and 11 were also appeared in the saturated
fraction obtained by Ag+-TLC from total fatty acids
(Figure 1B). Both peaks were also appeared in the
hydrogenated FAME fraction of total fatty acids
(chromatogram not shown). These results clearly
showed that the peaks 5 and 11 were saturated fatty
acids. Peak 4 was observed in the monoenoic
fraction separated from total fatty acids by Ag+-TLC
(chromatogram not shown).
3.2. Structure elucidation of 11-
Cyclopentylundecanoic and 13-
Cyclopentyltridecanoic acids.
Mass spectra of peaks 5 and 11 as picolinyl
esters show a molecular ion at m/z 345 and 373,
respectively (Fig. 2). Fatty acids with a cyclopentyl
ring have the same molecular mass as monoenes
with the same carbon atoms. It is typical that
cyclopentyl ring has prominent ions containing the
pyridine ring at m/z 92, 108, 151 (the McLafferty
ion), and 164. The ion at m/z 69 presumably shows
the cyclopentyl ring, and there is a significant
complementary ion, representing [M-69]+ at m/z 276
and 304, for a terminal cyclopentyl ring (Figure 2,
peaks 6 and 11). There is a regular series of ions 14
amu apart for fragmentations between successive
methylene groups in the chain (Christie and
Brechany, 1989).
The mass spectra of peaks 6 and 11 (Figure 3)
show a molecular ion at m/z 307 and 335 as DMOX
derivatives, respectively. Prominent ions at m/z 113
86
and 126 were invariably seen, and the former
representing cleavage between carbons 2 and 3 (the
McLafferty ion). As with picolinyl ester, the key
diagnostic ion for cyclopentyl fatty acids was seen
at m/z 238 and 266, which represent the loss of a
radical fragment of 69 amu, the terminal cyclopentyl
ring (Fay and Richli, 1991). These results show that
peak 5 and peak 11 were 11-cyclopentylundecanoic
acid and 13-cyclopentyltridecanoic acid,
respectively.
3.3. Structure elucidation of cis-11-
Hexadecenoic acid
The double-bond position of the unusual 16:1
acid of K. alvarezii (Figure 1, peak 4) was
determined by GC-EI/MS for both picolinyl esters
and DMOX derivatives, which were prepared from
the monoenoic fraction obtained by Ag+-TLC
(Figure 4). The molecular ion at m/z 345 (Figure
4A) and 307 (Figure 4B) indicated the presence of
one double bond in a C16 acid. The position of the
double bond in the C16 acid was easily recognized
by the distinctive fragmentation of its picolinyl
esters (Figure 4A). The key fragment ions with the
mass intervals of 26 amu gave intenses at m/z 262
and 288, which were formed by the cleavage
between the C11-C12 carbon atoms. Also, as with
picolinyl esters, the mass intervals of 12 amu instead
of the regular 14 amu gave intense key fragment
ions at m/z 224 and 236 (Figure 4B). The FT-IR
spectrum of the methyl esters of the monoenoic acid
fraction shows the absence of an absorption band
between 960 and 970 cm-1 (trans C-H out of plane
deformation). This indicated that the double bond of
all the monoenoic fatty acids of K. alvarezii had cis
configuration exclusively (spectrum not shown).
Thus, the present study clearly established the
structure of peak 4 as cis-11-hexadecenoic acid.
3.4. Fatty acid composition
The fatty acid composition of total lipids of K.
alvarezii contained not only saturated fatty acids but
also unsaturated fatty acids (Table 1). The fatty acid
composition was dominated by 16:0 (35.1% of total
fatty acids). Significant amounts of unsaturated fatty
acids, such as 20:4n-6 (6.6%) and 20:5n-3 (4.8%)
acids were also contained. The contents of
uncommon cy16:0, cy18:0 and 16:1n-5 acids were
12.9%, 5.1% and 18.9% of total fatty acids,
respectively. The presence of relatively high
amounts of two cyclopentyl fatty acids and 16:1n-5
in the lipids of K. alvarezii is of interest. The 16:1n-
5 acid in K. alvarezii has been found in some red,
brown and green algal species and seagrasses, but
only in very low amounts (<0.4% of total fatty acids)
[14]–[16]. A higher content of 16:1n-5 (6.4-8.5%)
was reported in brown algae belonging to the
Dictyota and Dictyopteris [17]. Furthermore, it may
be presumed that the presence of 16:1n-5 acid is a
chemotaxonomic feature of algal species of these
genera of the Dictyotaceae family.
Numerous cyclic fatty acids occur in bacterial
lipids and seed lipids of some plant family, and they
are also formed during heat treatment of seed oils,
and their structures, occurrence and biological
effects have been reviewed (Sébédio and
Grandgirard, 1989). However, very few reports
describe the presence of the cyclic fatty acids in
seaweed lipids. The first observation of the two ω-
cyclopentyl fatty acids and ω-5 monosaturated fatty
acids were done by Miralles et al. [9] who found
dihydrohydnocarpic (11-cyclopentylunde canoic
acid), dihydrochaulmoogric (13-
cyclopentyltridecanoic acid), 16:1n-5 and 18:1n-5
acids in five Gigartinales species belonging to the
Solieriaceae. However, it is completely different
from several studies, which showed that no cyclic
acid and 16:5n-1 detected from the same red alga, K.
alvarezii [3], [10], [11] (Rajasulochana et al., 2010;).
The polyenes, such as 20:4n-6 and 20:5n-3 are not
also detected by those studies and even by Miralles’
report, while our results clearly showed the polyenes
in relatively high amounts (Table 1). This different
results in analysis of fatty acid composition can be
attributed to treatment and condition of seaweed
samples. Deactivation of enzyme, such as boiling
and freezing (-80℃) of seaweed samples before
lipid extraction (Khitmchenko et al., 1991;
Boonprab et al., 2003) can be carried out to avoid
degradation of some unsaturated fatty acids,
particularly polyunsaturated fatty acids (PUFAs) by
enzymatic hydrolysis. The PUFAs, such as AA and
EPA are substrates for secondary metabolites
(oxylipin) synthesis in the seaweed by enzymatic
oxidation (Boonprab et al., 2003; Gerwick, 1994)
that occurred after physical treatments (Nakajima et
al., 1998). Conversion of AA to oxylipin (8-HETE)
in G. chilensis is not preceded by an intermediate 8-
hydroperoxide, which indicates that fast
transformation of the fatty acid to 8-HETE (Lion et
al., 2006). Therefore, preparing seaweed samples for
lipid extraction needs to deactivate enzyme in order
to elucidate entirely lipid components.
High percentages of the two unusual
cyclopentyl fatty acids (11-cyclopentylundecanoic
acid and 13-cyclopentyltridecanoic acid) and
monoenoic 16:1n-5 acid occurred together in algae
is an unique feature for living organism [9]. To our
knowledge the route of biosynthesis of ω-
cyclopentyl acids is still unknown in detail, but the
cyclopentene ring in naturally occurring
cyclopentenyl fatty acids demonstrates that
cyclopentenyl fatty acids may be synthesized in
plants from a 2-cyclopentenecarboxylic acid
(aleprolic acid) by its elongation in a manner
identical to the synthesis of straight-chain fatty acids
in bacteria, plants and animals [18]–[21]. [22]
87
showed that ω-cyclopentyl fatty acids (C16 and C18)
were formed from cyclopentanecarboxylic acid as
the precursor. The two ω-cyclopentyl fatty acids in
K. alvarezii might be also synthesized from a
cyclopentanecarboxylic acid by its elongation as
shown in Figure 5. Thus, ω-cyclopentyl fatty acids
are not found in the other alga except for the
Solieriaceae family. From this feature, K. alvarezii
examined in this study also eliminates various
environmental factors to explain the occurrence of
these unusual fatty acids and may have a
chemotaxonomic feature in the Solieriaceae family.
IV. CONCLUSIONS
The present study clearly demonstrated that the
red seaweed K. alvarezii also contained in relatively
high amounts of PUFAs, AA (6.6%) and EPA (4.8%)
besides the cyclic fatty acids and uncommon fatty
acid, 16:1n-5 but
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This work was partly supported by a Grant-in-Aid
for Scientific Research from the Japan Society for
the Promotion of Science (No. 21658074), Regional
Innovation Cluster Program (Global Type), Ministry
of Education, Culture, Sports, Science and
Technology, Japan (MEXT) and Ministry of
Research, Technology and Higher Education of the
Republic of Indonesia through collaborative
research and scientific publication grant 2015. The
authors thank Ms. Seiko Oka (Instrumental Analysis
Division, Hokkaido University) for obtaining the
GC-MS spectra and to Dr. Satoko Matsunaga
(Faculty of Fisheries Sciences, Hokkaido
University) for FT-IR measurements. The authors
also thank Dr. Masamitsu Mankura (Ikeda Toka
Industries, Hiroshima) and Prof. Hajime Yasui
(Faculty of Fisheries Sciences, Hokkaido
University) for collection and identification of the
sample seaweed, respectively.
REFERENCES HEMPRICHII *,” Mar. Pollut. Bull., vol. 24, no. I,
[1] T. Olivares-ba, R. C. Zepeda, A. G. Gutiérrez- pp. 81–84, 1985.
rodríguez, C. Juárez-portilla, and T. Olivares-, [16] K. L. Stefanov, M. Konaklieva, E. Y. Brechany, and
“Anticancer activity of seaweeds,” Drug Discov. W. W. Christie, “Fatty acid composition of some
Today, 2017. algae from the black sea,” Phytochemistry, vol. 27,
[2] D. I. Sánchez-Machado, J. López-Cervantes, J. no. 11, pp. 3495–3497, 1988.
López-Hernández, P. Paseiro-Losada, and J. Simal- [17] S. V. Khotimchenko, “Uncommon 16:1 (n-5) acid
Lozano, “Determination of the uronic acid from Dictyota dichotoma and fatty acids of some
composition of seaweed dietary fibre by HPLC,” brown algae of Dictyotaceae,” Phytochemistry, vol.
Biomed. Chromatogr., vol. 18, no. 2, pp. 90–97, 38, no. 6, pp. 1411–1415, 1995.
2004. [18] F. Spener, “Biosynthesis of Cyclopentenyl Fatty
[3] R. P. N. A.P. Muralidhar, K. Syamala, C. Prakash, C. Acids: Chain Elongation and Desaturation,” vol.
Kalidas, “Comparative Studies on Fatty Acid 167, pp. 161–167, 1975.
Composition of Three Marine Macroalgae Collected [19] U. Cramer and F. Spener, “Biosynthesis of
from Mandapam Region: South East Coast of India,” Cyclopentenyl Fatty Acids: Cyclopentenylglycine, a
pp. 958–965, 2010. non-proteinogenic amino acid as precursor of cyclic
[4] M. Schmid, F. Guihéneuf, and D. B. Stengel, “Fatty fatty acids in Flacourtiaceae,” vol. 167, pp. 161–167,
acid contents and profiles of 16 macroalgae 1975.
collected from the Irish Coast at two seasons,” pp. [20] T. Kaneda, “Stereoselective synthesis of
451–463, 2014. chaulmoogric acid and related fatty acid from 2(+)-
[5] E. Susanto, A. Suhaeli, and M. Abe, “Lipids , Fatty cyclopentenecarboxylic acid by Bacillus subtilis
Acids , and Fucoxanthin Content from Temperate (ATCC 7059),” no. 4, pp. 1226–1229, 1981.
and Tropical Brown Seaweeds,” Aquat. Procedia, [21] J. J. Volpe and P. R. Vagelos, “Saturated Fatty Acid
vol. 7, pp. 66–75, 2016. Biosynthesis and its Regulation,” Physiol. Rev., vol.
[6] V. F. P. S. V. Khotimchenko, V. E. Vaskovsky, 567, pp. 339–417, 1976.
“DISTRIBUTION OF EICOSAPENTAENOIC [22] M. De Rosa and A. Gambacorta, “SPECIFICITY
AND ARACHIDONIC ACID IN DIFFERENT EFFECTS IN THE BIOSYNTHESIS OF FATTY
SPECIES OF GRACILARIA,” vol. 30, pp. 207–209, ACIDS IN BACILLUS ACZDOCALDARIUS
1991. mixture from its lipids3 comprises a major
[7] M. Honda, T. Ishimaru, and Y. Itabashi, “Lipid proportion of unique acids , ll-cyclohexylun-,” no.
Classes , Fatty Acid Composition , and Glycerolipid 197 I, pp. 905–910, 1973.
Molecular Species of the Red Alga Gracilaria
vermiculophylla , a Prostaglandin- Producing
Seaweed,” vol. 732, no. 9, pp. 723–732, 2016.
[8] G. C. Trono, “Eucheuma and Kappaphycus:
taxonomy and cultivation,” Bull. Mar. Sci. Fish., vol.
12, no. 12, pp. 51–65, 1992.
[9] J.-M. K. J. Miralles, M. Aknin, L. Micouin, E-M.
Gaydou, “CYCLOPENTYL AND o-5
MONOUNSATURATED FATTY ACIDS FROM
RED ALGAE OF THE SOLIERIACEAE,” vol. 29,
no. 7, pp. 2161–2163, 1990.
[10] M. Fayaz et al., “Chemical Composition , Iron
Bioavailability , and Antioxidant Activity of
Kappaphycus alvarezzi ( Doty ),” pp. 792–797,
2005.
[11] P. Rajasulochana, R. Dhamotharan, and P.
Krishnamoorthy, “Primary Phytochemical Analysis
Of Kappaphycus Sp .,” vol. 5, no. 2, pp. 91–96,
2009.
[12] E. . Bligh and W. . Dyer, “Canadian Journal of
Biochemistry and Physiology,” J. Biochem. Physiol.,
vol. 37, no. 8, pp. 911–917, 1959.
[13] K. Stránský, T. Jursík, A. Vítek, and J. Skořepa, “An
improved method of characterizing fatty acids by
equivalent chain length values,” J. High Resolut.
Chromatogr., vol. 15, no. 11, pp. 730–740, 1992.
[14] P. D. Nichols, D. W. Klumpp, and R. B. Johns,
“Lipid Components of the Seagrasses Posidonia a
Ustralis and Heterozostera As Indicators of Carbon
Source *,” Phytochemistry, vol. 21, no. 7, pp. 1613–
1621, 1982.
[15] P. D. Nichols and R. B. John, “LIPIDS OF THE
TROPICAL SEAGRASS THALLASSlA

88
Table 1 Fatty acid composition (wt%) of total lipids of K. alvarezii and E. cottoniia
Fatty acid ECLc K. alvareziib E. cottonii
12:0 12.00 0.10 ± 0.0 1.5
13:0 13.00 tr +
14:0 14.00 3.03 ± 0.4 3.9
Iso 15:0 14.60 0.17 ± 0.0 +
15:0 15.00 0.27 ± 0.0 0.6
Iso 16:0 15.37 0.12 ± 0.0 +
Anteiso 16:0 15.67 0.26 ± 0.0 +
16:0 16.00 35.07 ± 1.7 41.9
Iso 17:0 16.53 0.46 ± 0.1 -
17:0 17.00 0.08 ± 0.0 +
d
cy16:0 17.44 12.94 ± 1.0 16.4
18:0 18.00 1.03 ± 0.2 1.3
e
cy18:0 19.45 5.10 ± 0.5 8.4
20:0 20.00 0.06 ± 0.0 -
ΣSaturates 58.69 ± 1.8 49.2
14:1n-5 14.27 0.20 ± 0.0 +
16:1n-9 16.20 tr +
16:1n-7 16.26 1.48 ± 0.2 0.6
16:1n-5 16.40 18.90 ± 0.7 17.6
18:1n-9 18.28 2.67 ± 0.3 2.6
18:1n-7 18.35 1.43 ± 0.3 0.8
18:1n-5 18.49 1.54 ± 0.2 1.6
20:1n-9 20.26 0.18 ± 0.0 +
ΣMonoenes 26.40 ± 1.1 23.2
16:2n-6 16.65 0.14 ± 0.0 -
16:4n-3 17.74 0.17 ± 0.0 -
18:2n-6 18.77 0.64 ± 0.1 -
18:3n-6 19.02 0.47 ± 0.0 +
20:3n-6 20.91 0.87 ± 0.1 +
20:4n-6 21.12 6.58 ± 0.5 -
20:4n-3 21.29 0.06 ± 0.0 +
20:5n-3 21.68 4.76 ± 0.4 -
ΣPolyenes 13.69 ± 0.8 +
Others 1.22 ± 0.4 1.5
a
Miralles et al.3, +: Less than 0.2%, -: Not detected.
b
The data are expressed as mean ± standard error (three replications).The column temperature was
programmed from 160 ºC to 230 ºC at 1 ºC /min. tr: Trace <0.01% of total FA.
c
Equivalent chain length at 160 ºC.
d
11-Cyclopentylundecanoic acid
e
13-Cyclopentyltridecanoic acid

89
Figure Legends

Figure 1. Fatty acid profiles of K. alvarezii on Omegawax 320. (A) total fatty acids, (B)

saturated fraction obtained by Ag+-TLC from total fatty acids. The column temperature was

programmed from 160 ºC to 230 ºC at 1 ºC/min. Peak identification: 1 = 14:0; 2 = 15:0; 3 =

16:0; 4 = 16:1n-5; 5 = 11-cyclopentylundecanoic acid; 6 = 18:0; 7 = 18:1n-9; 8 = 18:1n-7; 9

= 18:1n-5; 10 = 18:2n-6; 11 = 13-cyclopentyltridecanoic acid; 12 = 20:3n-6; 13 = 20:4n-6; 14

= 20:5n-3.

Figure 2. GC/MS profiles of the picolinyl ester derivatives of the saturated fraction of total

fatty acids from K. alvarezii. Peak 5 = 11-cyclopentylundecanoic acid, and Peak 11 = 13-

cyclopentyltridecanoic acid.

Figure 3. GC/MS profiles of the DMOX derivatives of the saturated fraction of total fatty

acids from K. alvarezii. Peak 5 = 11-cyclopentylundecanoic acid, and Peak 11 = 13-

cyclopentyltridecanoic acid.

Figure 4. GC/MS profiles of the picolinyl ester (A) and DMOX derivatives (B) of cis-11-

hexadecenoic acid (Peak 4) from K. alvarezii.

Figure 5. A possible biosynthetic pathway of cyclopentyl fatty acids in the Solieraiceae

including K. alvarezii.

90
 3 4
A 5

1
11 13
14
7
2 6 8 9 10 12

3
B 5

1
11

6
2

Figure 1

91
 O 69
100 92 108 O

Peak 5 276
N
80
164
Abundance (%)

60

151 ×5
41 55
40

69 *
276
20
262 [M-1]+
206 234 304
178 344 M+
345
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 m/z

O 69
100
92 108 O

Peak 11 304
N
80
164
Abundance (%)

60
151

55
40
41
69
*
304
20 262
206 234 290
178 [M-1]+
332 344 M+
345
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 m/z

Figure 2

92
 113
100
N 69
Peak 5
O
80
238
Abundance (%)

60

40
126

20 292
55
69 168
98 M+
140 * 264
41 82 154 196 224 238 278 307
0
100 200 3 00 m/z

113
100
N 69
Peak 11
O
80
266
Abundance (%)

60

40
126

20 320
55
69
168 M+
98 140 182 * 292
41 82 154 210 238 266 306 335
0
100 200 3 00 m/z

Figure 3

10

93
 O 288
100 92
O

A N 262
80
108

M+
Abundance (%)

60 164 345

151
40
55 302
316

20
206
41 69 234
*
178 248 288
*
262
0
50 100 150 200 250 300 350 m/z

113
100
N 236
B
O
80
126 224
Abundance (%)

60 55

40

M+
264 278
20 69 168
307
98 210 292
82 140 182 *
*
154 196 224 236
0
50 100 150 200 250 30 0 m/z

Figure 4

11

94
 O O
O
OH OH
OH
Acetic acid Cyclopentenecarboxylic acid Cyclopentanecarboxylic acid

Elongation Elongation

[CH2]n [CH2]n
O OH OH

[CH2]n OH O O
Saturated fatty acid Cyclopentenyl fatty acid Cyclopentyl fatty acid

Figure 5

12

95
 Employability Skills for Sustainable Development
and Supporting Industrial Revolution 4.0: a Study
for Polytechnic Curriculum Development
I Made Suarta
Department of Accounting
Politeknik Negeri Bali
Badung, Indonesia
madesuarta@pnb.ac.id
I G P Fajar Pranadi Sudhana
Department of Tourism
Politeknik Negeri Bali
Badung, Indonesia
fpranadi@pnb.ac.id
Abstract - Polytechnic plays an important role in preparing
the workforce to meet the needs of industrial revolution 4.0.
The 4.0 industrial revolution is characterized by the
increasing role of digital technology and automation in
business processes. This condition affects the shifting of the
workplace environment to be automatically, requires
educated workers with meta-competence and multi-skills,
capable of performing complex tasks and adapting to a
rapidly changing work environment. The purpose of this
paper is to find the employability skills attribute needed by
the workforce in the industry revolution 4.0. The study was
conducted by literature study, reviews surveys scholarly
articles and any other sources relevant to employability skills
issue, and by so doing, provides a description, summary, and
critical evaluation of employability skills in relation to
industrial revolution 4.0. Based on literature review,
employers expected graduates to have a number of generic
skills, such as: communication skill, creativity and
innovation skill, problem solving and decision making,
critical thinking, self-management, team work skill, and
ability to learn. Employers also needed graduates to have a
number of personal attributes such as: honesty, integrity,
empathy, adaptability, independence, ethics and behavior.
These attributes are very important to be embedded in the
polytechnic education curriculum. Polytechnics curriculum
needs to be developed to provide more space to develop
student employability skills.
Keywords: the fourth industrial revolution, polytechnic
education, curriculum development,
employability skills.
I. INTRODUCTION
Competence and competitiveness of Indonesian human
resources still need to be improved. The Global
Competitiveness Index Report 2017 - 2018 show that
96
I Ketut Suwintana
Department of Accounting
Politeknik Negeri Bali
Badung, Indonesia
tutswint@yahoo.com
Ni Kadek Dessy Hariyanti
Department of Bussiness Administration
Politeknik Negeri Bali
Badung, Indonesia
dessy_hariyanti@yahoo.com
competence and competitiveness of Indonesian workers
are still below Singapore, Malaysia and Thailand.
Indonesia is ranked 36, while Singapore, Malaysia and
Thailand are ranked 3rd, 23rd and 32nd respectively [1].
Meanwhile, based on the human development index
published by UNDP in 2016, Indonesia is ranked 113th.
Indonesia's ranking is still under Singapore, Brunei
Darussalam, Malaysia, and Thailand [2]. These facts
provide an overview of Indonesia's competitiveness
internationally, as well as relative to countries in
Southeast Asia, and the quality of graduates of higher
education still needs to be addressed.
The industrial revolution 4.0 eras requires well-
educated workers with meta-competence and multi-skills
capable of performing complex tasks and adapting to
rapidly changing work environments. In order to produce
graduates who can compete in the global age, it is
necessary to revitalize the curriculum of vocational
education and training according to the needs of the labor
market [3]. Revitalization is done to respond the needs
world of work on the competence of higher education
graduates. The curriculum is a systematic choice of
knowledge, skills, and attitudes viewed as the goal of
educational reform in order to produce qualified graduates
[4]. The role of higher vocational education such as
Polytechnic will be very important because it can produce
skilled workers according to industry needs.
The orientation of vocational education curriculum
needs to be changed from competency-based outcomes to
capability-based. Revitalization of higher vocational
education curriculum is intended to produce capable
graduates to perform tasks in their field of work [5]. The
capability means that in addition to having knowledge and
technical skills in a particular field, it also has a number of
employability skills that can be transferred into various
fields of work such as communication skills, complex
problem-solving skills, team-work skills, and adaptability.
The shifting orientation of higher education from
competency-based outcomes to capabilities requires
updating the curriculum platform. This paper intends to
elaborate and review the literature on important aspects in
the development and strengthening of the higher
vocational education curriculum. The objectives of this
paper are: (1) To examine the development of industrial
revolution 4.0 and its implications for the labor market;
(2) Identify the importance of employability skills
required by graduates of vocational education in entering
the world of work; and (3) Assessing the vocational
higher education curriculum platform that is able to adapt
to the needs today's world of work. The scope of the
discussion is limited to the critical aspects of current
industrial development and its implications for the world
of work, as well as to examine the various employability
skills required by graduate higher vocational education to
enter the workforce.
II. METHODOLOGY
This study reviews surveys scholarly articles and any
other sources relevant to employability skills issue, and by
so doing, provides a description, summary, and critical
evaluation of employability skills in the context of EAC
era. The study was conducted with argumentative and
integrative literature review design [6, 7, 8, and 9].
Argumentative literature review examines literature
selectively in order to support or refute an argument,
deeply imbedded assumption, or philosophical problem
already established in the literature. The purpose is to
develop a body of literature that establishes a contrarian
viewpoint. Given the value-laden nature of some social
science research, argumentative approaches to analyzing
the literature can be a legitimate and important form of
discourse. Integrative literature review considered a form
of research that reviews, critiques, and synthesizes
representative literature on a topic in an integrated way
such that new frameworks and perspectives on the topic
are generated. The body of literature includes all studies
that address related or identical hypotheses or research
problems. A well-done integrative review meets the same
standards as primary research in regard to clarity, rigor,
and replication.
The literature review conducted in four stages, namely:
(1) Problem formulation, is the stage of formulating the
topic or field being examined and the problem. In this
study, topics or fields examined are employers’ demand of
employability skills in the AEC era. (2) Literature search
is the stage of finding materials relevant to the subject
being explored. The literature search is done using the
search engine https://www.google.com/, with pdf
document type. (3) Data evaluation is the stage of
97
determining which literature makes a significant
contribution to the understanding of the topic. Document
priority is scholarly articles journal and any other sources
relevant to employability skills issue. (4) Analysis and
interpretation, is the stage for discussing the findings and
conclusions of pertinent literature. In this stage also
developed a theoretical or conceptual framework of
employability skills required ASEAN job market.
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A. Industrial Revolution and Its Implications for the
World of Work
The Fourth Industrial Revolution is a term to indicate the
development of industrial systems that integrate advanced
information technologies in the production process, first
appeared in Germany in 2011. The impact of these
industrial developments is increased production efficiency
due to use of digital technology and automation, as well as
changes in the composition of employment [10].
Characteristics of the industrial revolution include
digitalization, optimization and customization of
production, automation and adaption, human machine
interaction, value added services and businesses,
automatic data exchange and communication, and use of
internet technology [11].
The changing in the fourth industrial revolution era
had an effect on the workplace character, so that the skills
needed also changing. An article entitled "The Top 5 Jobs
Robots Will Take First", identifies a list of the top five
jobs that will be performed automatically: (1) Middle
management; (2) Commodity salespeople; (3) Report
writers, journalists, authors, and announcers; (4)
Accountants and bookkeepers; and (5) Doctors [12]. The
fourth industrial revolution requires well-educated
workers with meta-competence and multi-skills capable of
performing complex tasks and adapting to rapidly
changing work environments.
Vocational Education needs to anticipate the
development of this industrial revolution, by revitalizing
the curriculum. The curriculum and learning methods
need to adapt to an increasingly competitive business and
industry and keep pace with the development of digital
technology and automation. The workplace character in
the fourth industrial revolution era is characterized by five
skills: Associating, Questioning, Observing, Networking,
and Experimenting [13]. These five skills are seen as the
most important types of meta-competence skills adopted
in the development of a higher vocational education
curriculum.
B. The Importance of Employability Skills
The term ‘employability’ has been used for many
years in the context of debates about employment and
labor markets, and necessary for effective participation in
the workforce. Employability skills was used
interchangeably with other terms such as generic skills,
soft skills, transferable skills, non-technical skills, core
skills, key skills, essential skills, and 21st century skills
[14]. In recent years, employability skills have become an
important issue in the national, regional, and international
employment markets. Employability relates to the ability
to be in employment, the set of characteristics that
increase the chances of an individual being in work [15].
Sometimes definitions go a step further than simply
focusing on the ability to secure employment, and
specifically include the ability to sustain employment and
to progress within work too.
Many experts and researchers define employability
skills, some of which are Lankard [16], Overtoom [17],
and Yorke [18]. The definition of employability skills
provided has a common meaning, emphasizing the non-
technical skills that must be possessed by graduates as
well as workers. The changing nature of today's
employment expects the workers to operate independently
in roles that require problem-solving and decision-making
skills, improving collaboration and team works;
employers need creative, flexible workers who have a
broad range of communication and interpersonal skills.
These skills are skills that can be transferred to other areas
of work, necessary for career success at all levels of
employment and for all levels of education.
Many countries have developed conceptual
framework employability skills and have been used as a
reference by researchers. USA, Canada, Australia, and the
United Kingdom are countries that intensely review and
develop employability skills frameworks. Since 1990, two
agencies in the United States namely the American
Society for Training and Development (ASTD), and the
Secretary's Commission on Achieving Necessary Skills
(SCANS) have been pioneers in the development of
employability skills frameworks [17]. The SCANS study
found 36 skills, including the ability to use 5
competencies efficiently (resources, interpersonal skills,
information, systems, and technology) based on a 3-part
foundation of basic skills, thinking skills, and personal
qualities.
The study of employability skills in Canada was
conducted by the Conference Board of Canada (CBC) in
1996. According to the CBC document, employability
skills can also be applied and used beyond the workplace
in a range of daily activities. The employability skills
framework developed consists of three main skill groups,
namely: fundamental skills, personal management skills,
and teamwork skills. Each group is composed of a number
of skills. For example, fundamental skills consist of
communication skills, managing information, use
numbers, think and solve problems [19].
Employability skills study in Australia began in the
1980s by focusing on generic skills. In 1992, the Mayer
Committee published a report on the generic skills
98
required by industry in Australia [14]. Furthermore, the
Business Council of Australia and the Australian Chamber
of Commerce and Industry (BCA/ACCI) in 2002
conducted a comprehensive study of the skills that many
workers need in order to succeed in the career. The results
of this study are outlined in Employability skills for the
future, provides the starting point for any discussion of
employability skills in higher education in Australia. The
report identifies a number of personal attributes required
for today’s employees and eight skill groups to describe
and define employability skills. The eight skill groupings
are: communication skills, team work skills, problem-
solving skills, initiative and enterprise skills, planning and
organizing skills, self-management skills, learning skills,
and technology skills [20].
The Higher Education Academy conducts a study of
employability skills in the United Kingdom, and offers a
wide range of perspectives on the graduate’s
employability. In the Learning and Employability Series
documents, employability defined as “a set of skills,
knowledge and personal attributes that make an individual
more likely to gain employment and be successful in their
chosen occupations, which benefits themselves, the
workforce, the community and the economy” [21]. The
employability skills framework consists of personal
qualities, core skills, and process skills. Each skill groups
made up of a number of aspects.
In the ASEAN perspective, UNESCO Bangkok
conducted a study on the graduate employability of
university in selected ASEAN countries. The main
findings of the employability frameworks are refers to a
wide range of attributes and competencies that enable the
job seekers to gain and maintain employment such as, but
not limited to, the following: communication skills;
logical, analytical and problem solving skills; personality,
confidence, and integrity; flexibility and adaptability;
innovation and creativity; and team spirit [22]. Education
systems in the Asia-Pacific region have integrated “the
transversal competencies”, as generic skills are critical for
people to meet the new needs of society and compete in
the global workforce. UNESCO Bangkok’s new
publication, examines how different countries and
economies in the Asia-Pacific region define and apply
such transversal competencies in their education policies
and practices [23]. The research conducted by Education
Research Institutes Network (ERI-Net) concluded
UNESCO Framework for Transversal Competencies
consisting of five broad domains of skills, competencies,
values and/or attributes. These are: critical and innovative
thinking; inter-personal skills; intra-personal skills; global
citizenship; and media and information literacy. Each
domain of transversal competencies consists of a number
of skill attributes.
C. Higher Vocational Education Curriculum Platform
The National Standard of Higher Education (SN-DIKTI),
states that the curriculum is a set of plans and
arrangements concerning graduate learning outcomes,
study materials, processes and assessment used as
guidelines for the implementation of study programs [24].
The graduate learning outcomes include: 1) Attitudes and
Values; 2) Knowledge; 3) General Skills; and 4) Specific
Skills. As discussed in the previous section, today’s world
of work requires well-educated workers with meta-
competence and multi-skills to be able perform complex
tasks and adapt to a rapidly changing work environment.
The curriculum and learning on vocational education
needs to be revitalized from competency-based to
capability-based outcomes.
The development of graduates’ employability skills
will be a cornerstone in the face of an ever-changing work
situation. The research conducted McMurray et al. shows
the general skills demanded of graduates when entering
the workforce such as: communication skills, team
working skills, decision-making skills, organizational
skills, interpersonal skills, willingness to learn,
motivation, integrity, self-awareness, adaptability,
intellectual ability, and confidence [25]. Research
conducted by Maxwell et al. also find communication
skills and problem solving occupy the highest rankings
according to the employer and urgent to be included in
curriculum design [26].
Graduates' capabilities are reflected in attitudes and
values, as well as general skills that support the successful
execution of tasks in the workplace. Research conducted
by the author in 2017 on job advertisements published in
national newspaper concluded that employability skills
consist of generic skills and personal attributes [27].
Generic skills consist of a number of transferable skills:
(1) communication skills, (2) teamwork skills, (3)
problem solving skills, (4) creativity and innovation skills,
(5) leadership skills, (6) self-managing skills, and (7) self-
learning skills. Personal attributes are personal
characteristics related to attitudes and values, consisting
of: (1) honesty, (2) accuracy, (3) independence, (4)
appearance, (5) openness, (6) ethics and behavior, and (7)
a number of other characters. The results of this study can
be adapted in order to develop a platform of higher
vocational education curriculum oriented capability-
based.
The proposed curriculum platform is general,
uncharted by education level. Therefore, this proposed
still need to be studied further in order to produce the
basic curriculum framework for each level of higher
education vocational. This is important so that the
resulting curriculum content is not too focused on aspects
of knowledge and technical skills. There is a need to
balance with the employability skills component, because
this work skill is needed in the workplace.
99
IV. CONCLUSIONS
The industrial revolution 4.0 eras requires well-educated
workers with meta-competence and multi-skills capable of
performing complex tasks and adapting to rapidly
changing work environments. Higher vocational education
graduates require a wide range of knowledge and
technical skills, as well as a number of employability
skills attributes. Employability skills are some of the non-
technical skills required to enter the workplace and get a
job, can be transferred to other areas of work, and are
required to stay on the job and develop a career in the
workplace or for career development in a new workplace.
The employability skills framework is made up of generic
skills and personal attributes. The curriculum and learning
platform of higher vocational education needs to be
changed from competency-based to capability-based
outcomes. Through this concept, besides equipped with
knowledge and technical skills, graduates also have the
ability to perform tasks in accordance with the profession.
REFERENCES
[1] The World Economic Forum (WEF). (2017). The Global
Competitiveness Index Index 2017 – 2018. Geneva: The World
Economic Forum.
[2] The United Nations Development Programme (UNDP). (2016).
Human Development Report 2016: Human Development for
Everyone. New York: The United Nations Development
Programme.
[3] Mouzakitis, G.S. (2010). The role of vocational education and
training curricula in economic development. Procedia Social
and Behavioral Sciences, 2 (2010): 3914–3920.
[4] Stabback, P. (2016). What Makes a Quality Curriculum?
Current and Critical Issues in Curriculum and Learning.
UNESCO: International Bureau of Education.
[5] Kamdi, W. (2018). Higher Education 4.0. Kompas Daily,
Saturday 3 March 2018, page 6.
[6] Fink, A. (2005). Conducting Research Literature Reviews: From
the Internet to Paper. 2nd ed. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage
Publications.
[7] Hart, C. (1998). Doing a Literature Review: Releasing the
Social Science Research Imagination. Thousand Oaks, CA:
Sage Publications.
[8] Jesson, J. (2011). Doing Your Literature Review: Traditional
and Systematic Techniques. Los Angeles, CA: Sage
Publications.
[9] Ridley, D. (2012). The Literature Review: A Step-by-Step Guide
for Students. 2nd ed. Los Angeles, CA: Sage Publications.
[10] Samans, R., & Davis, N. (2017). Advancing Human - Centred
Economic Progress in the Fourth Industrial Revolution A
Leadership Agenda for G20 Governments. Diakses pada 5 Maret
2018 dari http://www.G20-insights.org
[11] The World Economic Forum (WEF). (2016). The Future of Jobs
Employment, Skills and Workforce Strategy for the Fourth
Industrial Revolution. Diakses pada 3 Maret 2018 dari
http://www3.weforum.org/docs/WEF_Future_of_Jobs.pdf
[12] Palmer, S. (2017). The 5 Jobs Robots Will Take First. Diakses
pada 26 February, 2018 dari
https://www.shellypalmer.com/2017/02/5jobs-robots-will-take-
first/
[13] Dyer, J., Gregersen, H., & Christensen, C.M. (2011). The
Innovator's DNA: Mastering the Five Skills of Disruptive
Innovators. Boston, Massachusetts: Harvard Business Review
Press.
[14] NCVER. (2003). Defining generic skills: At a glance. Adelaide,
Australia: National Centre for Vocational Education Research
(NCVER).
[15] Belt, V., Drake, P., & Chapman, K. (2010). Employability Skills:
A Research and Policy Briefing. Briefing Paper Series, UK
Commission for Employment and Skills. Accessed February 22,
 2018, from http://www.educationandemployers.org/wp- [23] UNESCO Bangkok Office. (2015). 2013 Asia-Pacific Education
content/uploads/2014/06/employability-skills-policy-briefing- Research Institutes Network (Eri-Net) Regional Study On
ukces.pdf Transversal Competencies in Education Policy & Practice.
[16] Lankard, B.A. (1990). Employability--The fifth basic skill. ERIC Retrieved March 12, 2016 from
Digest No. 104. Diakses 1 April 2008 dari http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0023/002319/ 231907E.pdf.
http://www.ericdigests.org/pre-9217/fifth.htm. [24] Ministry of Research, Technology and Higher Education
[17] Overtoom, C. (2000). Employability skills: An update. ERIC (Kemenristekdikti). (2015). Minister of Research, Technology
Digest No. 220. Columbus, Ohio: ERIC Clearinghouse on and Higher Education Regulation No. 44 of 2015 on National
Adult, Career, and Vocational Education. Accessed July 12, Standards of Higher Education. Jakarta: Ministry of Research,
2015, from http://www.ericdigests.org/2001-2/skills.htm. Technology and Higher Education
[18] Yorke, M. (2006). Employability in higher education: What it is [25] McMurray, S., Dutton, M. McQuaid, R.W., Richard, A. (2016).
– What it is not. York, United Kingdom: The Higher Education Employer Demands from Business Graduates. Education +
Academy. Training, 58(1) : 112-132, https://doi.org/10.1108/ET-02-2014-
[19] The Conference Board of Canada (CBC). (2000). Employability 0017
skills 2000+. Accessed July 28, 2017, from [26] Maxwell, G., Scott, B., Macfarlane, D. and Williamson, E.
http://www.conferenceboard.ca/docs/ default-source/educ- (2010). Employers as stakeholders in postgraduate
public/esp2000.pdf employability skills development. International Journal of
[20] BCA/ACCI. (2002). Employability skills for the future. A Management Education, 8(2): 1-11.
Report by the Australian Chamber of Commerce and Industry [27] Suarta, I M., Suwintana, I K., Fajar Pranadi Sudhana, I G P.,
(ACCI) and the Business Council of Australia (BCA) for the Dessy Harriyanti, N K. (2017). Development of Measurement
Department of Education, Science and Training, Canberra. Model and Employability Skills Assessment Tool for Vocational
[21] Yorke, M. & Knight, P.T. (2006). Embedding employability into Higher Education Students. Year-End Report of Social
the curriculum. York, United Kingdom: The Higher Education Research, Humanities, and Education (Unpublished). Badung:
Academy. Politeknik Negeri Bali.
[22] UNESCO Bangkok Office. (2012). Graduate Employability in
Asia. Retrieved March 21, 2013, from
http://unesdoc.unesco.org/images/0021/002157/215706E.pdf

100
 Seaweed Culture for Nutrient Abatement in
Spermonde Waters
Andriani Nasir1, Muhammad Ikbal illijas1, Muhammad Lukman2, Mirta Teichberg3
1
Department of Aquaculture, Pangkep, State Polytechnic of AgriculturePangkep, South Sulawesi, Indonesia
2
Department of Marine Science, Hasanuddin University, South Sulawesi, Indonesia
3
Leibniz Center for Tropical Marine Ecology, Bremen, Germany
Abstract— The coastal waters of the Strait of Makassar are
classified as a productive coastal area, in which there are
mangrove ecosystems, seagrass beds and Spermonde coral reefs
that play a crucial role in sustaining the economic life of coastal
communities and food security. Our previous results have
calculated the outflow of nutrient land to sea with nitrate
concentrations ranging from 0.01-0.44 mg/L and phosphate 0.04-
0.35 mg/L. This condition has caused coastal waters of
Spermonde to be eutrophicated with the occurrence of mass
death of several species of fish and the emergence of dangerous
microalgae species. This study aims to calculate the current
nutrient value in the area of seaweed cultivation as a biological
absorber. Based on the interim results, the decrease or
absorption of nutrients by seaweed ranges from 0.08-1.55 mg/L-
nitrate and 0.01-0.71 mg/L-phosphate.
Keywords—seaweed, nitrate, phosphate, Spermonde
I. INTRODUCTION
The coastal zone, especially estuaries, is the focus for
population settlements and new estimates indicate that about
40% of the global population lives within 100 km of the
coastline [1], causing these waters to receive loads of
anthropogenic material inputs from sources such as farming
activities and agriculture [2] [3] [2] [4] subsequently entered
the waters through streams and runoffs from the mainland. This
source is a source of nutrients in coastal waters [5]; [6]; [7];
[8]; [9]. It is estimated that about 450 megatons/year of organic
pollutants are derived from fertilizers, pesticides, synthetic
organic materials, chemical production and the occurrence of
oil spills dumped into the coast and sea around the world.
The above-mentioned exhausts have an impact on the
coastal and marine environment. High nutrients damage coral
reef ecosystems and biodiversity [10] [11]. Coastal and coastal
nutrient discharges lead to eutrophication [12], and thepossible
emergence of dangerous microalgae (plankton) species [13]
[14] [15]. The emergence of dangerous algal species greatly
threatens public health. In addition, eutrophication in the waters
may lead to red tides (or Harmful Alga Bloom, HAB) [9] [14].
The occurrence of algae bloom causes anoxia (oxygen
depletion) to harm marine aquaculture and can lead to mass
mortality of fish ([13] [15]. In addition, anoxia can occur due to
high extraction of organic matter from the land [16] [17] [18].
The high organic matter itself triggers the acidification of
seawater [19], which results in a decrease in coral calcification
rates [20] [21]. Increased supply of these nutrients in the long
term will result in more severe coastal ecosystem conditions.
101
Therefore, this study aimed to analyze the nutrient composition
along the coast of Spermonde waters in different seasons by
looking at changes in the ratio of NH3-/NOx-, DIN/DIP,
DSi/DIN.
II. MATERIALS AND METHODS
A. Study Area
Research sites in coastal waters of the Makassar Strait,
which directly support the health of coral reef ecosystems and
fisheries located in the Spermonde islands, one of Coral Reef's
mega-biodiversity coral reefs. Coral reefs in the Spermonde
region have been under pressure not only from the high
exploitation of reef fish but also from high levels of nutrients
(bottom-up pressures) derived from agricultural and urban
activities.
The study was conducted in three seasons, namely during
the transition-dry, dry, and rainy season. Sampling was
conducted in coastal waters of Pangkep (04o52 S, 119o30 E -
04o49 S, 119o29 E).
B. Sampling and Sample Preparation
Parameters measured in all samples were salinity, pH,
temperature, dissolved oxygen (DO), ammonia, nitrate, nitrite,
dissolved inorganic nitrogen (DIN), dissolved inorganic
phosphorus (DIP), dissolved organic silicates (DSi), NH3/NOx,
DIN/DIP, and DSi/DIN. Sampling of water for nutrients using
Nelum bottle volume of 5 liters at a depth of 1-2 meters below
the surface of the river mouth and 5 meters below sea level, for
the purpose of measuring N, P, Si nutrient. Sampling of
nutrient samples was carried out by filtering the sample water
with a GF/F (0.7 μm) filter and using a vacum pump (pressure
of 200 mm Hg). The nutrient filter results were bound to a
mercury chloride solution (400 μl/100 ml sample) and frozen in
the freezer and brought to the laboratory for further analysis.
Filtering is done an hour after sampling.
C. Analysis
1) Sample Analysis
Measurement of oceanography parameters was done in situ
which included salinity measurement using WTW Multi340i,
pH with Orion 3 Star brand pH meter, temperature and
dissolved oxygen with STD brand YSI 550A. Method and
analysis of nitrate concentration (cadmium reduction), nitrite
(sulfanilamide), ammonia (amonimum molarc), phosphate
(stanous chloride), and silicate (molybdosilicate) with UV
A1800-Shimadzu Spectrophotometer calibrated using

autoanalyzer in chemical chemistry laboratory ZMT Bremen
Germany , with sample preparation and measurement based on
the method of [22].
2) Data Analysis
To determine the spatial-temporal association of nutrient
parameter composition (N, P and Si), NO3-/NOx-, DIN/DIP
and DSi/DIN ratios, a univariate analysis was used.
III. RESULTS
A. Nitrogen Composition
Ammonia (NH3-) is the dominant form of inorganic
nitrogen and the concentration is always higher in river water,
ammonia is measured because it can provide an indication of
water quality and has an important role as an intermediary in
the organic matter cycle. However, in the determination of the
ratio, nitrite and nitrate are combined to give the oxidized total
nitrogen value, assuming that nitrite represents only a small
component of total nitrate plus nitrite in oxic conditions.
In Figure 1 the ratio of NH3-/NOx- (NOx-=NO3-+NO2-)
in each season observation of coastal stations of Pangkep
except in the rainy season the ammonia supply is large
compared tonitrate. The high supply of nitrate to the coast of
Pangkep during the dry and dry seasons indicating a supply of
aquaculture and agricultural activities that use Urea and N, P, K
fertilizer. The concentration of ammonia in each observation
season at each station is very high, so after normalization of
NOx-, the NH3-/NOx- high ratio is due to the NOx- minimum
concentration.
50
40
Rasio NH3-[NH4+]/NOx
30
20
10
0 of macroalgae and microalgae. DIN/DIP ratio in Spermonde
Transiiton Dry
Season
Fig. 1. The composition of nitrogen in the transition season, dry and rainy in the
Spermonde Coast
8
Rasio NH3-[NH4+]/NOx
6
2
0
Transiiton Dry Rainy
Season
Figure 2. The composition of nitrogen in the transition season, dry and rainy in
the area of seaweed cultivation
When compared to nitrogen concentrations in areas with no
seaweed cultivation area, the seaweed cultivation area (Figure
2) shows a very low NH3-/NOx ratio in the dry season and the
increase in the rainy season. The increase in value of this ratio
is in line with the average increase in the value of nitrogen
concentration, where during the dry season the average
minimum ammonia concentration is 0.08-0.18 ± 0.05 mg/L and
the rainy season 0.28-0.81 ± 0.18 mg/L. However, after the
average ammonia concentration is normalized by theaverage of
NOx concentrations, ie during the transition period the
average NOx- maximum concentration;0.27 mg/L than
in the rainy season of 0.11 mg/L, the composition of the
nitrogen ratio will change ie during the dry-season-drying ratio
of NH3-/NOx- minimum and in the rainy season the ratio of
NH3-/NOx- maximum.
B. Ratios N, P
The relative concentrations of N and P have been used to
estimate nutrient constraints for the growth of macroalgae and
microalgae in waters. This approach is simple and easy to use
as long as there are N and P concentration data. However, the
interpretation of results should be done by connecting the
DIN/DIP ratio. This approach is primarily used for coastal
waters, where nutrients are physically likely to limit the growth
Rainy coastal during transition 7.92; dry season 3.72; rainy season
3.08. The value of DIN/DIP ratios per observation location is
significant against the season of observation. While based on
the interaction characteristics of DIN/DIP ratios to the location
of significant observations.
IV. DISCUSSION
Freshwater flow along the watershed has brought a variety
of materials from the mainland causing the magnitude of
nutrients in the estuary to fluctuate. Changes in nutrient
concentration will affect the balance of N, P, Si [23] [24] ratios,
for example the difference in NH3-/NOx- ratios in the
Spermonde coastal waters with different sources due to the
impact of coastal activity different. Coastal Spermonde is
dominated by aquakultur and agriculture activities that use
Urea fertilizer ((NH2)2CO); N, P, K which have globally
102
increased a hundredfold in the last four decades [25]. Input
stream from this activity to the coast [5] [6] [9] adds nitrogen
and phosphorus concentrations [26] [3] [27] in the waters. It is
also reinforced that seasonal factors [28] [29] also influence the
concentration of nutrients in waters, where nutrients previously
accumulated in soils and aquifers.
In observation of the rainy season the ratio of NH3-/NOx-
is much greater than that of the dry-and-dry seasons, where this
factor accelerates the runoff to the coast. This nutrient
enrichment is also a stressor in primary production [30] [31] in
coastal ecosystems. The high concentrations of NH3- in waters
are strongly influenced by the source point [32], as occurs on
the Spermonde coast in each observation season containing
NH3- maximum concentration. This is contrary to the
statement of [28], that nitrate is an inorganic form of nitrogen
that is always far more dominant in river water.
In the coastal waters of the Spermonde, the range of NH3-
and silicate concentrations is the most dominant sequence
found. These two forms of nutrients are indispensable directly
by macroalgae and microalgae for growth, especially the
Diatoms. Diatoms are recognized as the most opportunistic
species in taking advantage of nutrient availability [33] [24].
Phosphorus concentrations are also large.
The high human activity in the basin significantly alters the
natural cycle of N/P [34] [35], ie causing excess nitrogen [36]
[37] and imbalance in the N/P ratio [23] [24]. This difference in
nutrient composition as a runoff implication of the domains
along the stream.
While in the cultivation area of grass, the minimum DIN
concentration and maximum phosphor concentration in the
rainy season that causes low DIN/DIP ratio but inversely
proportional to the increase in the ratio of DSi/DIN, except in
the rainy season the DSi/DIN ratio is low. This suggests that
seaweed as a biological filter has been exploiting the excess
nutrients on the Spermonde coast. The ratio of DIN/DIP ratio
of marine waters in the transition is greater, then the ratio
decreases with the changing seasons, where the transition is
significant with dry season and rainy season at p value 0.00 but
dry season not significant with rainy season at p value 0.49.
Based on homogenous test the average ratio of DIN/DIP during
the maximum and significant transition to dry season and rainy
season at p value 1.00 and dry season and rainy season is not
significant at p value 0.44. Conversely, the average value of the
DSi/DIN ratio during the dry season is maximum and
significant against the transition and rainy season seasons with
p value 1.00 and the mean value of the transition drought
DSi/DIN ratio is not significant with rainy season at p value
0.98.
Maximum silicate concentrations were found on the coast
at all seasons of observation, also causing an imbalance in the
DSi/DIN ratio. Thus, nitrogen as a limiting nutrient for the
growth of phytoplankton [38]. However, an increase in SiO44-
concentration was not significant in all seasons of observation
(p value 0.23) with an increase in DSi/DIN ratio. The
anthropogenic mobilization of these nutrients will lead to
consistent emissions of the environment [39] [40] and
increased nutrient loads to water bodies will further affect
human and aquatic health ecosystems [41] [42]. The effects of
103
nutrient change on ecological status, where any change in the
ratio of N, P, Si may cause changes in the phytoplankton
community composition [18] [14] and species abundance at the
bottom of the chain [29] and the resilience of ecosystems
against anthropogenic strees. An increase in the N/P ratio can
fuel eutrophication in coastal ecosystems within nitrogen
limitations. Therefore, to avoid the continuous increase of
nutrients and the disturbance of natural ratios between the two
elements, it is necessary to integrate nitrogen and phosphorus
strategies.
The interaction of the runoff type with the runoff location in
the seaweed and seasonal cultivation areas provides a different
nutrient composition that characterizes the activity around the
location of the observation. The seasonal factor also influenced
the average nutrient concentration, mean concentrations of
NH3- [NH44+]-N and NO3--N were significant in each
observation season. Where, there has been a decrease in nitrate
concentration ranging from 0.01-0.44 mg/L-nitrate and 0.04-
0.35 mg/L-phosphate. Average NO2--N concentrations in the
transition period are not significantwith rainy season and
significant in the dry season. While the average concentration
of SiO44+-Si in the dry season is not significant with the
drought-drift and significant with the rainy season. The average
PO4+-P concentration during the transition is significant with
the rainy and dry seasons.
V. CONCLUSION
The existence of this difference in runoff to the coast has
shown a difference in nutrient concentration and affects the
imbalance of NH3- / NOx-, DIN / DIP, DSi / DIN ratios. This
ratio difference also as differentiation of composition in coastal
and between coastal and cultivation area of seaweed. In
addition, seasonal factors contributed to the increase of
magnitude nutrients on the coast, especially the rainy season
will accelerate runoff from land and flushing nutrients
accumulated in the sediments.
ACKOWLEDGMENT
The author would like to thank the water quality laboratory
staff of Pangkep State Agricultural Polytechnic, South
Sulawesi Indonesia for technical assistance in sampling.
This research is supported by the "Overseas Cooperation
Project" with contract number 459/PL.22/PG/2018.
REFERENCES
[1] SEDAC, CSD coastal population indicator: data and methodology page.
Socioeconomics and data and applications center. 2011.
http://sedac.ciesin.columbia.edu/es/csdcoastal.html.
[2] W. Ludwig, E. Dumont, M.Meybeck, S. Heussner, River discharges of
water and nutrients to the Mediterranean and Black Sea: major drivers
for ecosystem changes during past and future decades? Prog Oceanogr
80, 199–217, 2009.
[3] M. Strokal, C. Kroeze, Nitrogen and phosphorus inputs to the Black Sea
in 1970–2050. Reg Environ Change 13, 179–192, 2013. DOI
10.1007/s10113-012-0328-z.
[4] A. Nasir, M. Lukman, A. Tuwo, Nurfadilah, Rasio Nutrien Terhadap
Komunitas Diatom-Dinoflagellata Di Perairan Spermonde, Sulawesi
Selatan. Jurnal Ilmu dan Teknologi Kelautan Tropis, Vol. 7, No. 2, Hlm.
587-601, 2015.
[5] J. E. Cloern, Our Evolving Conceptual Model of the Coastal
Eutrofication Problem. Marine Ecology Progress Series 210, 223–253,
2001.
[6] S. Barron, C. Weber, R. Marino, E. Davidson, G. Tomasky, R. Howarth,
Effects of Varying Salinity on Phytoplankton Growth in a Low-Salinity
Coastal Pond Under Two Nutrien Conditions, Biol. Bull. 203, 260-261,
2002.
[7] A. Lagus, J. Suomela, G. Wethoff, K. Heikkila, H. Helminen, J. Sipura,
Species-Specific Differences in Phytoplankton Responses to N and P
Enrichment and The N:P ratio in The Archipelago Sea, Northern Baltic
Sea. Journal of Plankton Research 26(7), 779-798, 2004.
[8] E. B. Ornolfsdottir, S. E. Lumsden, J. L. Pinckey, Phytoplankton
Community Growth-Rate Response to Nutrient Pulses in A Shallow
Turbid Estuary, Galveston Bay, Texas. Journal of Plankton Research
26(3), 325-339, 2004.
[9] J. H. Anderson, L. Schluter, G. Aertebjerg, Coastal Eutrophication:
Recent Developments in Definition and implication for Monitoring
Strategies, Horizon, Journal of Plankton Research 28(7), 621-628, 2006.
[10] O. S. Costa Jr., M. Nimmo, E. Cordier, Coastal nutrification in Brazil: A
review of the role of nutrien excess on coral reef demise. Journal of
South American Earth Sciences 25(2), 257-270, 2008.
[11] E. N. Edinger, J. Jompa, G. V. Limmon, W. Widjatmoko, M. J. Risk,
Reef degradation and coral biodiversity in Indonesia: Effects of land-
based pollution, destructive fishing practices and changes over time.
Marine Pollution Bulletin 36(8), 617-630, 1998.
[12] A. Nasir, M. Lukman, A. Tuwo, M.Hatta, R. Tambaru, Nurfadilah, The
Use of C/N Ratio in Assessing the Influence of Land-Based Material in
Coastal Water of South Sulawesi and Spermonde Archipelago,
Indonesia. Front. Mar. Sci. 3:266. DOI: 10.3389/fmars.2016.00266,
2016.
[13] M. L. S. Diego-McGlone, R. V. Azanza, C. L. Villanoy, G. S. Jacinto,
Eutrophic Waters, Algal Bloom and Fish Kill in Fish Farming Areas in
Bolinao, Pangasinan, Philippines. Marine Pollution Bulletin 57, 295-
301, 2008.
[14] J. Heisler, P. M. Glibert, J. M. Burkholder, D. M. Anderson, W.
Cochlan, W. C. Dennison, Q. Dortch, C. J. Gobler, C. A. Heil, E.
Humphries, A. Lewitus, R. Magnien, H. G. Marshall, K. Sellner, D. A.
Stockwell, D. K. Stoecker, M. Suddleson, Eutrophication and harmful
algal blooms: A scientific consensus. Journal Harmful Algae xxx, xxx-
xxx, 2008.
[15] Andriani, Darhamsyah, M. Kamil, Analisis Kasus Kematian Massal
Biota Perairan di Muara Sungai Pangkep, Sinergi Hijau ISSN 0853-4888
Volume 2, 33-36, Desember 2014.
[16] G. C. Pitcher, A. P. Trevor, Anoxia in southern Benguela during the
autumn of 2009 and its linkage to a bloom of the dinoflagellate Ceratium
balachii. Harmful Algae 11, 23-32, 2011.
[17] A. R. Zimmerman, E. A. Canuel, A geochemical record of
eutrophication and anoxia in Chesapeake Bay sediments: anthropogenic
influence on organic matter composition, Marine Chemistry 69, 117-
137, 2000.
[18] H. W. Paerl, Cultural eutrophication of shallow coastal waters: coupling
changing anthropogenic nutrient inputs to regional management
approaches, Limnologica 29, 249-254, 1999.
[19] T. Rixen, A. Baum, T. Pohlmann, W.Balzer, J. Samiaji, C. Jose, The
Siak, a tropical black water river in central Sumatra on the verge of
anoxia. Biogeochemistry 90, 129-140, 2008.
[20] G. De’ath, J.M. Lough, K.E. Fabricus, Declining coral calcification on
the Great Barrier Reef. Science 323, 116-119, 2009.
[21] T. F. Cooper, G. De´ath, K. E. Fabricus, J. M. Lough, Declining coral
calcification in massive Porites in two nearshore regions of the northern
Great Barrier Reef. Global Change Biology 14, 529-548, 2008.
[22] K. Grasshoff, M. Erhardt, K. Kremling, Methods of Seawater Analysis,
second, revised and extended edition, Verlag Chemie, Weinheim, 419
pp. 1983.
[23] K. Yin, P. Y. Quian, M. C. S. Wu, J. C. Chen, L. M. Huang, X. Song,
W. J. Jian, Shift from P to N limitation of phytoplankton biomass across
the Pearl River estuarine plume during summer, Marine Ecology
Progress Series 221, 17–28, 2001.
104
[24] G. Trommer, A. Aude Leynaert, C. Klein, A. Naegelen, B. Beker,
Phytoplankton phosphorus limitation in a North Atlantic coastal
ecosystem not predicted by nutrient load. Journal of Plankton Research
35(6), 1207-1219, 2013.
[25] P. M. Glibert, J. Harrison, C. Heil, S. Seitzinger, Escalating worldwide
use of urea – a global change contribution to coastal eutrophication.
Biogeochemistry 77(3), 441-463, 2006.
[26] L. Lassaletta, E. Romero, G. Billen, J. Garnier, H. Garc´ıa-G´omez, J. V.
Rovira, Spatialized N budgets in a large agricultural Mediterranean
watershed: high loading and low transfer. Biogeosciences 9, 57–70,
2012.
[27] M. P. Strokal, C. Kroeze, V. A. Kopilevych, L. V. Voytenko, Reducing
future nutrient inputs to the Black Sea. Science of the Total
Environment 466–467, 253–264, 2014.
[28] D. B. Nedwell, M Trimmer, Nitrogen Fluxes Through the Upper Estuary
of the Great Ouse, England: The Role of the Bottom Sediments. Marine
Ecology Progress Series 42, 273-286, 1996.
[29] B. Grizzetti, F. Bouraoui, A. Aaloe, Changes of nitrogen and phosphorus
loads to European Seas. Global Change Biology 18, 769–782, 2012.
[30] R.G. Wetzel, Limnology, 3 th Ed. W.B. Sounders College Company
Publishing. Philadelphia. London, 2001, 743 pp.
[31] C. E. Boyd, C. Tucker, A. Mcnevin, K. Bostick, J. Clay, Indicators of
Resource Use Efficiency and Environmental Performance in Fish and
Crustacean Aquaculture. Reviews in Fisheries Science 15, 327–360,
2007.
[32] S. Falco, L. F. Niencheski, M. Rodilla, I. Romero, J. Gonza´ lez del
Rı´o, J. P. Sierra, C. Mosso, Nutrient flux and budget in the Ebro
estuary, Estuarine, Coastal and Shelf Science 87, 92–102, 2010.
[33] G. E. Fogg, The phytoplanktonic ways of life. New Phytol 118, 191-
232, 1991.
[34] P. A. Sanchez, M. S. Swaminathan, Cutting world hunger in half.
Science 307, 357–359, 2005.
[35] L. W. Harding Jr. R. A. Batiuk, T. R. Fisher, C. L. Gallegos, T. C.
Malone, W. D. Miller, M. R. Mulholland, H. W. Paerl, E. S. Perry, P.
Tago, Scientific Bases for Numerical Chlorophyll Criteria in
Chesapeake Bay, Estuaries and Coasts, 2013. DOI 10.1007/s12237-013-
9656-6.
[36] A. F. Bouwman, A. H. W. Beusen, G. Billen, Human alteration of the
global nitrogen and phosphorus soil balances for the period 1970–2050.
Global Biogeochem Cycles 23, 2009. GB0A04.
http://dx.doi.org/10.1029/2009GB003576.
[37] G. Billen, J. Garnier, L. Lassaletta, the nitrogen cascade from
agricultural soils to the sea: modelling nitrogen transfers at regional
watershed and global scales. Philos Trans R Soc B Biol Sci, 368, 2013.
[38] J. T. Paul, N. Ramaiah, S. Sardessai, Nutrient regimes and their effect on
distribution of phytoplankton in the Bay of Bengal. Marine
Environmental Research 66, 337–344, 2008.
[39] J. N. Galloway, A. R. Townsend, J. W. Erisman, M. Bekunda, Z. Cai, J.
R. Freney, L. A. Martinelli, S. P. Seitzinger, M. A. Sutton,
Transformation of the nitrogen cycle: recent trends, questions, and
potential solution, Science 320, 889–892, 2008.
[40] W. H. Schlesinger, On the fate of anthropogenic nitrogen. Proceedings
of the National Academy of Sciences of the United States of America
106, 203–208, 2009.
[41] P. Lavelle, R. Dugdale, R. Scholes, A. A. Berhe, E. Carpenter, L.
Codispoti, A. M. Izac, J. Lemoalle, F. Luizao, M. Scholes, P. Treguer,
B. Ward, J. Etchevers, H. Tiessen, Chapter 12-Nutrien Cycling. In:
Hassan, R., Scholes, R., Ash, N., (Eds.), Millennium Ecosystems
Assessment, Vol. 1, Ecosystems and Human Well-being, 331-353,
Island Press., Washington, 2005.
[42] B. Grizzetti, F. Bouraoui, G. Billen, H. van Grinsven, A. C. Cardoso, V.
Thieu, J. Garnier, C. Curtis, R. Howarth, P. Johnes, Nitrogen as a threat
to european water quality, in: The European Nitrogen Assessment,
edited by: Sutton, M.A., Howard, C.M., Erisman, J.W., Billen, G.,
Bleeker, A., Grennfelt, P., van Grinsven, H., Grizzetti, B., Cambridge
University Press, New York, 379–404, 2011.
 Utilizing Drip Irrigation Technology
To Increase Cotton Production
S. Thamrin 1, Junaedi 2, B. Darwisah 3 and Budiman 4
1
Departement of Plantation Cultivation, Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture, South of Sulawesi, Indonesia.
2
Departemen of Agribisnis, Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture, South of Sulawesi, Indonesia.
Corresponding author’s e-mail: syahrunithamrin@gmail.com
Abstract—Cotton is a plant that needs water for its early
growth and fertilization. The condition of cotton plant in South
Sulawesi is always constrained in the fulfillment of water for plants
growth. The study was conducted in Turucinnae village, Lamuru
Sub-district, Bone District of South Sulawesi Province. The aims
to know the production of cotton plants using drip irrigation.
Model application by designing drip irrigation system and cotton
planting in the field in the form of demonstration plot. The
observations were in the germination phase and generative phase.
Result obtained: EDR value about 34,286 mm / hour. The average
number of bolls formed on cotton planting using drip irrigation
about 57.16 boll. The weight of cotton obtained with irrigated
drops about 40.9 kg greater than that of non-drip irrigation 34.7
kg.
Keywords—cotton; drip irrigation; production
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1)
Cotton is grown in areas with warm climate. China, US,
Uzbekistan, Brazil, Indonesia, and Turkey are some of the world
leading countries in producing cotton. Cotton can be grown
either as dryland (reliant on rainfall) or as irrigated cotton
(requiring supplemented water supply).
Water needs will be adjusted to the type and age of the plant.
There are types of plants that like a lot of water but there are
also those who don't like a lot of water. In young plants usually
need a small amount of water and will increase their water
requirements with increasing plant life.
Water is the most limiting factor in plant growth and
agricultural production in arid areas. The first needs cotton is
water for growth and fertilization. The need water for cotton is
relatively high especially during germination, ahead of
flowering then fruit formation. During germination, water is
needed to soften the seed shell so that the embryo can develop.
Lack of water at this time can inhibit the process of seed
germination so that the seeds do not germinate or grow. Whilst
excess water, causing spleen and dead splotch due to
waterlogged [1].
If the condition is too dry when of the plant ahead of
flowering and when the formation of fruit causes flowers and
fruit fall. This is because the flowers that fall so some fruit that
is formed, even the fruit form can fall if the drought continues.
The amount of water that is too much will also cause shortage of
results due to disruption of the pollination process, the fall of
young fruit and damaged cotton fiber ready for produce.
Insufficient soil water content due to water stress during the
sensitive growth stages, such as the peak flowering and fruit-
105
setting stages, can lead to a reduced number of fruiting
positions, boll shedding, and poorly developed bolls [2].
In irrigated rice fields, irrigation can be done through ditch
in the critical phases of cotton water. While in moor land or
rainfed lowland, usually irrigation only relies from rain alone.
Therefore, the timing of planting with observe to season is very
important. If too dry, the irrigation is done by drip irrigation,
bulk irrigation or artesian wells.
Drip irrigation is very potential to applied to dryland farming
with very limited water availability. Drip irrigation is considered
the most efficient method of irrigation because it can distribute
even water, controls the amount of water applied appropriately,
reduces evaporation and percolation, and minimizes salinity
effects [3].
Drip irrigation has an effect on each growth stage of a crop.
From early plant growth to fruit retention, each stage presents an
opportunity to optimize total yield. In a recent study evaluating
drip irrigation in Arkansas, researchers found that drip irrigation
produced 40% to 65% yield increases over dryland and furrow
irrigation [4].
The addition of irrigation water to cotton planting is intended
to supply the needs of cotton water plants. The higher level of
productivity to be increased, the more the water needs. To obtain
a productivity level of 500 kg / ha cotton requires a minimum of
500-790 mm of water and to increase a higher cotton
productivity level of 2,000 - 2,500 kg / ha, it takes 690-18178
mm of water for 140 days from planting to produce [5]
The condition of cotton planting in Indonesia, especially in
South Sulawesi is always constrained in the fulfillment of water
for the growth and development of cotton plants. Based on these
conditions this research is done.
The aim of this study to find out whether the drip irrigation
can increase the production and to know the production of cotton
plants using drip irrigation compared with those that do not use
drip irrigation. This research is expected to be useful to
overcome the problem of water shortage in cotton plants to be
able to achieve optimal production.
II. METHOD
The research was conducted from August 2017 in
Turucinnae Village, Lamuru Sub-district, Bone Regency of
South Sulawesi Province. The research was conducted
experiment in the form of field and analysis of data to know and
explain the implementation of drip irrigation.
The field trials undertaken were demonstration plots using
experiment Design. The tool used in this research is drip
irrigation system, shelter, water pump, bucket, plastic cup, stop
watch, timer, hoe, glue pipe and hacksaw. The materials used Table 1. Determination of Emitter Drop Rate and
are Kanesia cotton seedlings 10, fertilizers and insecticides. Operation Time of Drip Irrigation
The implementation of the research includes several stages,
i.e:
(a) preparation and measurement of planting media, Description Size Information
(b) preparation of tools and materials, Spacing of 60cmx100cm
(c) design of drip irrigation system, cotton
(d) installation of drip irrigation system, The distance od 0.60 m
(e) emitter testing, the emitter hole
(f) performance test of drip irrigation system on plants, The lateral 0.70 m
and distance of the
(g) data processing. emitter
Observation and data collection includes plant growth (plant Emitter 12 l/h
height and number of leaves) and crop production (number of discharge
bolls). Daily observation time to calculate water requirement Emitter drop rate 34.286 mm/h Equation 1
and crop condition and growth observation is done every 7 days, (EDR)
starting at week IV then repeated every week.
Total water 70 mm/period Equation 2
requirement
Parameters of Observation
a. Needs water of plant
Operating time 2.04 h/period Confersion
The water requirement of the crop is reflected through the
or 0.068 h/day to 4.08
water needs during the deficit period which is marked by the
minutes/day
ETR / ETM ratio <0.65. If ETR / ETM approaches one
Source: Primary Data After Processing, 2017.
means the plant uses water effectively which will ultimately
produce high production. Conversely, if ETR / ETM is less Spacing of cotton 60 cm x 100 cm (emitter hole distance (s)
than 0.65 means the plant is experiencing water shortages or = 0.60 m, lateral distance emitter = 0.70 m q emitter of field
water stress and will result in low production. calculation obtained 12 l / h. Referring to equation 1 can know
b. Plant growth the rate of droplets emitter (EDR) is 34,286 mm / hr.
Plant growth parameters were obtained from plant height
and number of leaves while production was observed by the B. Operating Time of Drip Irrigation
amount of boll, and fiber production (kg/ha) calculated at
the end of produce. Obtained base of the calculation of the amount of water
Data collection in this research is obtained through direct requirement of plants / EDR (equation 2), so that plant water
observation based on the treatment was given, then descriptive obtained per period (the initial vegetative phase), which is 70
analysis is done to give description to data and information that mm / period, so it can be known operating time = 70 / 34,286
have been obtained. to 2.04 hours / period, or 0.068 hours / day to 4.08 minutes
In designing drip irrigation it is necessary to calculate the /day.
number of droplets, the time and discharge of water required so
that the optimal plant growth. The equations for calculating C. Cotton Production
water in drip irrigation are as follows:
a. Emitter drop rate, calculated based on the quation a) Total of Bol Cotton Plants
q
EDR = .............. (1)
sxl The total of cotton bolls can be seen in Figure 1 below
EDR = emitter drop rate (mm/hour) 70.00
q = emitter debit
s = emitter hole distance 60.00
57.16
l = lateral emitter distance
Number of bolls

50.00 48.63 48.48

b. Operational time 38.68
40.00
plant water need 38.68
Operational time = 30.00 32.33
EDR

20.00 18.31
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION Drip irrigation
10.00 9.49 11.18 17.75 Non drip…
6.45
A. Design Scheme of Drip Irrigation 0.00 5.10
The design of drip irrigation can be seen in the following 51 58 65 72 79 86
table 1. age of the plant

Figure 1. Grow Rate of Total Boll Cotton Plant

106

Figure 1 shows that the formation of bolls that began at
week 8 gave higher results in the treatment of drip irrigation
(57.16 boll) than non-irrigation (48.48) boll. This means that in
the presence of drip irrigation it can encourage the flowering
and formation of more balls. Given that water regulation is
always provided at all times during growth and fruit formation
causes the form of boll be more. This is consistent with the
results of Hussein's research,[6] that the total of bolls per plant
is significant increased with the increasing application of
irrigation water rates and the reduction of the total of bolls
resulting from water stress causing a clear decline in cotton
yields.
Irrigation alleviates the detrimental impact of soil water
deficit stress on two diverse physiological processes in plants
that occur when they cannot get enough water. The most
sensitive physiological process in plants to water deficit stress
is cell growth. From root tips expanding through the soil to
fibers elongating on seed coats, the ability of individual cells
within a plant to expand is largely determined by the availability
of soil water. Along with reducing growth, soil water deficit
stress triggers hormonal changes in reproductive growth that
results in the shedding of fruiting structures (squares and bolls).
Irrigation management should be aimed at reducing stress at
critical times so the plants are provided the greatest ability to
initiate, retain, and mature bolls [7]
b) Cotton Weight
The weight of cotton obtained can be seen in Figure 2.
25
21.5
19.4
20 18.3
w 16.4
e
i 15
g [1]
h10 Drip irrigation
t use efficiency at various levels of water and N through drip irrigation
5 179.
0 Africa”, Physics and Chemistry of the Earth, vol. 29, p. 1035–1042, 2004.
Harvest 1 Harvest 2
Figure 2. The weight of cotton
Based on Figure 2 it can be seen that in the first produce the
weight of cotton on plantation with drip irrigation system gives
greater yield than that planted without drip irrigation, so also in
second produce the weight of cotton grown by using drip
irrigation system gives greater yield than without drip
irrigation. Cotton planted with drip irrigation system gives
better results on the parameters of cotton weight, this is because
with drip irrigation technology can be adjusted the use of water
107
at each phase of plant growth so that the crop needs for water
for the growth of cotton plants will be met.
A major benefit of drip is the ability to apply small amounts
of water at high frequency intervals. This provides the
opportunity to maintain the soil moisture at a specified moisture
deficit and changes the focus of irrigation scheduling away from
"irrigating at a frequency which does not adversely affect output
quantity/quality" to "irrigating on a schedule which maximises
output quality/quantity" [8]
Previous research conducted by [9] showed that the use of
drip irrigation techniques can provide better results for
vegetative growth of plants, ie plant height and number of
leaves. Similar reports have shown that adequate water supply
can increase plant height, number of bolls per plant, boll weight,
and cotton seed yield [10]).
This is in accordance with the opinion of Dewi [1] that If the
situation is too dry at the time of the plant ahead of flowering
and when the formation of fruit causes flowers and fruits. This
is because the number of flowers that fall so little fruit that is
formed, even the fruit terbentukpun can fall if the drought
continues. The amount of water that is too much will also cause
shortage of results due to disruption of the pollination process,
the fall of young fruit and damaged cotton fiber ready for
harvest. So with the existence of drip irrigation hence can be
done arrangement of water supply according to requirement of
plant.
IV. CONCLUSION
In conclusion, the production of cotton plants using drip
irrigation system is greater than those that do not use drip
irrigation.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors would like to thanks to the Ministry Ristekdikti
through Directorate of Research and Devotion to Strategic
research schemes National.
REFERENCES
E.S. Dewi, 2014. Agronomic Aspects of Cotton Plants Cultivation and
Development. Publisher: Kitchen Book, Makassar. Pp 15-37
[2] Aujla, M.S., Thind, H.S. and Buttar, G.S. (2005) Cotton yield and water
under two methods of planting. Agriculture Water Management, 71, 167-
[3] L. Karlberg, F.W.T. Penning de Vries, “Exploring potentials and
constraints of low-cost drip irrigation with saline water in sub-Saharan
[4] Robertson, W.C., F.E. Groves, R. Hagen Jr., L. Espinoza, M. Ismanov,
and R. Franks. 2007. Evaluation of drip irrigation for cotton in Arkansas.
In: Summaries of Arkansas cotton research 2006, AAES research series
552, DM Oosterhuis ed. pp 73-77.
[5] Riajaya, P., D. 2006. Distribution of Rainfall As a Basic Time
Determination Planting Cotton On Wetland After the rice in Lamongan.
Java East. Perspektif, (5)1:26-35.
[6] Hussein F, Janat M, Yakoub A (2011) Assessment of yield and water use
efficiency of drip-irrigated cotton (Gossypium hirsutum L.) as affected by
deficit irrigation. Turk J Agric For 35:611–621.
[7] Basal H, Dagdelen N, Unay A, Yilmaz E (2009) Eff ects of defi cit drip
irrigation ratios on cotton (Gossypium hirsutum L.) yield and fibre quality.
J Agron Crop Sci 195: 19-29.
[8] K.S., Bhaskar, Sawaji, V.B and Kairon, M.S. 1998. Rainwater
management for rainfed cotton productions in Vertisols. First
International Agronomy Congress on Agronomy, Environment and Food
Security for 21st Century, New Delhi, 23-27 Nov. 1998. Proceedings, PP.
13-21.
108
[9] S. Thamrin, Budiman, B. Darwisah, and Junaedi, 2017. Aplication of drip
irrigation on Cotton Plant Growth (Gossipium sp,). Agric Vol. 29. No. 2.
December 2017: 113-120.
[10] Prijono, S. 2013. Subject Materials Irrigation and Drainage Course: Drip
Irrigation. Brawijaya University. Malang. 35
foreign-language citation [6].
 Increasing Communicative Competence for New
Challenges and Opportunities of Industry 4.0
1
Perwi Darmajanti
1 Shipbuilding State Polytechnic of Surabaya, Indonesia
perwi@ppns.ac.id
Abstract— The implementation of Industry 4.0
potentially generates social changes especially on the
challenges and opportunity for the human resources
with regard to competitiveness, flexibility and
adaptability. The growing industrial context still
requires soft skills such as self-organization,
teamwork, and communication skills to increase.
Furthermore, ability to communicate in foreign
language is urgent as media of technology
development and transfer. On the other hand, lack of
foreign language proficiency may become the major
problem in developing communicative competence,
especially for Indonesian students who have large
cultural gap between native language and the target-
language which may cause bigger challenge to speak
English as a foreign language. But in this study the
influence of cultural aspects, intercultural
communicative competence, was employed to
increase learners’ communication skills. The
research finding showed that most learners indicated
their effort to transfer the message in their limitation
of communicative competence by negotiating the
meaning of words and neglecting the accuracy of the
produced sentences although there is possibly lack of
language proficiency. The chosen communication
strategy was correlated with message reduction,
fluency oriented and non-verbal communications
strategies. These become influential input to improve
teaching and learning foreign language, focusing on
developing communicative competence.
Keywords— Communication strategies, ICC, teaching
method
I. INTRODUCTION
In the era of Industry 4.0, there is not only massive
technology progress and industrial revolution, but also
challenges to the social life and economics. Regardless the
currently available jobs, new jobs may emerge which will
require competencies and skillsets in accordance with
characteristic of the jobs in the contexts of evolving
technology-enhanced work environment. Soft skills such as
self-organization, management, teamwork, and
communication skills are also likely to grow in importance
in the emerging world [1]. This is leading to developing and
increasing of communicative skills in foreign language.
Considering the language for global communication,
109
English is still regarded prominent which has been taught in
many countries for decades. Generally, the objective to
achieve in teaching and learning of English is
communicative competence which enables them to
communicate and interact with other people in the global
society [10]. Nevertheless, speaking skills are less
developed among Asian learners of English as a foreign
language [14][25]. Furthermore, complaints about lack of
speaking skill of students and graduates also happen in
many parts of the world where English is a foreign language
[2] [14].
It is common that foreign language learners encounter
various communication problems due to lack of
communicative competence and language proficiency. In a
situation where communication in foreign language cannot
be avoided, a learner will employ such strategic language
behaviors to overcome the lacks and communication
breakdowns, solving the problem of fluency in speaking
foreign language [11][23]. Parentheses, following the
example. Some components, such as multi-leveled equations,
graphics, and tables are not prescribed, although the various
table text styles are provided. The formatter will need to
create these components, incorporating the applicable criteria
that follow.
This study started the analysis from communicative
competence concept. The communicative competence is
basically defined as the capability to use a language
properly which meets the language usage requirements in
accordance with social and cultural convention and practices
of the language and its society [15]. Later it is divided
communicative competence into linguistic competence
(knowledge of linguistic forms), sociolinguistic competence
(the ability to use language appropriately in contexts),
discourse competence (coherence and cohesion), and
strategic competence (knowledge of verbal and non-verbal
communication strategies) [8]. Communication strategies
are included in strategic competence which is regarded a
promising breakthrough to compensate for breakdowns in
communication due to performance variables or to
insufficient competence’ [8]. This competence is highly
valuable in the field of second language acquisition where it
may let learners productively express meaning or deliver
messages to others [5].
There are several CS research related to EFL learning. A
study among Omani student showed that there are
considerable variations across the range of CSs use where
proficiency influences the choice of CS types [3], in which
higher proficiency learners making more use of
approximation and circumlocution, while lower proficiency point Likert scale ranging from 1 (never true of me) to 5
learners used more avoidance strategies and L1-based (always true of me). The participants are required to fulfill
strategies. Thu & Thu [31] reported their research in the questionnaires by choosing the appropriate score. Eight
Vietnam context where the use of CS was influenced by the strategies for coping with speaking problems are questioned
availability of the same CSs in learners’ mother tongue. It as follows: attempt to think in English, message reduction
was also found that compensatory strategies were favorable and alteration, accuracy oriented, fluency oriented, social
compare to avoidance strategies. oriented, non-verbal, negotiation for meaning, and message
This research included cultural variables since they abandonment.
cannot be separated from second language acquisition and The ICC is measured using an adopted questionnaire of
communication due to strong relationship between language Mirzaei & Forounzandeh [20]. The quentionnaire included
and thought which culture, as a mental program governing 24 items for assessing knowledge, skills, and attitude
patterns of thinking, feeling and potential acting that were through a five-point Likert scale ranging from strongly
learned throughout the person’s lifetime [13], is an integral disagree (1) to strongly agree (5).
part of the interaction between language and thought [5]. In The gathered data was analyzed via SPSS 20.0 package
short, the culture sets a context of cognitive and affective program for social sciences. The data is used to describe the
behavior, therefore the meaningful universe of human usage of each strategy which then resulted to ranking
existence is not a universal reality. Cultural aspect in ordinal data. After the descriptive statistics were computed
communication is inseparable when language and social for the use of each communication strategy, the association
interaction are involve together [27], which this becomes between the ICC score and the use of communication
another rational to include the aspect in the research. strategies is tested on correlation which then followed by
Learners may have lack of knowledge of the target testing the correlation of each strategy to each other.
language which, in turn, will be potentially a problem in Kendall’s tau rank correlation was employed to measure the
foreign language communication. However, foreign strength of the relationship between two variables which
language learners cannot avoid the issues of intercultural both variables are taken from the same subject or
understanding which are embedded in communication with participant. Kendall’s tau rank correlation coefficient
cultural diversity. Intercultural communication, the assesses statistical associations based on the ranks of the
communication between people of different culture [4], is data. Ranking data is carried out on the variables that are
crucial in foreign language oral communication skill separately put in order and are numbered. Correlation
development, so educational policy and researchers coefficients take the values between minus one and plus
emphasize that this competence is also a very important aim one. The positive correlation signifies that the ranks of both
of ELT [9] although the conceptualizations of intercultural the variables are increasing. On the other hand, the negative
communication competence may vary highly in their correlation signifies that as the rank of one variable is
disciplines, terminologies, and scholarly and practical increased, the rank of the other variable is decreased.
objective [28].
By combining between the study of communication
strategy and the study of intercultural communication in III. FINDING AND DISCUSSION
EFL context, this research is aimed to explore kinds of Descriptive statistics were applied to determine the rank
communication strategies used by Indonesian learners, order of any statement in the Communication Strategy
influence of intercultural communication competence to Inventory from the most preferred to the least preferred.
communication strategies use, and the impact to teaching Table 1 Description of Preferable Communication
methodology. Strategy
Communication Code Frequency Percent
II. METHOD Strategy Preferable Not Preferable Not
Preferable Preferable
The participants of this research were 58 students of Attempt to think A 34 24 58.6 41.4
in English
non-English Department of tertiary level education Message B 39 19 67.2 32.8
institution in Surabaya during the 2017-2018 academic year reduction and
who are randomly selected without considering the age, alteration
Accuracy C 18 40 31 69
gender and proficiency at preliminary stage. Their ages oriented
ranged from 18 to 27 to represent adult learners of English. Fluency oriented D 35 23 60.3 39.7
Social affective E 31 27 53.4 46.6
Different majors of participants are covered to minimized Non-Verbal F 38 20 65.5 34.5
bias of language knowledge due to academic background. Negotiation for G 41 17 70.7 29.3
None of the participants has any experience studying abroad meaning
Message H 24 34 41.4 58.6
except short visits which will give advantage to limit abandonment
influence of other cultures. Table 1 shows that negotiation for meaning strategy is
The instruments used to collect data of independent and the most preferred one among the study participants and the
dependent variables are questionnaires of communication “accuracy oriented” is the least preferred one. Regardless
strategy use and intercultural communicative competence the proficiency level of the participants, most of them
(ICC). Nakatani’s [21] questionnaires which was used to showed their effort to transfer the message in their limitation
collect communication strategy use data was adopted from of communicative competence by negotiating the meaning
Nakatani’s Oral Communication Strategy Inventory (OCSI). of words in their register to transmit the message in a
The questionnaires which are conducted in Indonesian communication event. This is done by neglecting the
consists of twenty four statements to score based on the 5-

110
accuracy of the sentences. The tendency also indicates that Sig. (2-
.000 .666 .023 .299 .002 .095 .009 . .333
tailed)
there is a lack of linguistic competence among the
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
participants. In other word, their strategic competence is CSH Correlation
-.064 .113 .100 -.184 -.208* -.038 .089 -.098 1.000
used to overcome the lack of linguistic competence in Coefficient
communication events. Sig. (2-
.505 .261 .320 .065 .037 .705 .372 .333 .
tailed)
Based on the table above, here is the rank of eight
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
communication strategies used by the participants, starting
*. Correlation is significant at the 0.05 level (2-tailed).
from the most preferred to the least preferred strategies. **. Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).
Table 2 Rank of Communication Strategies Use
Rank Communication Strategy
1st Negotiation for meaning Considering the characteristics of the data, the non-
2nd Message reduction and alteration parametric statistics Kendall tau correlation test is chosen to
3rd Non-Verbal
4th Fluency oriented analyze. As it is shown in the table above, ICC correlates
5th Attempt to think in English with message reduction and alteration communication
6th Social affective strategy and negotiation for meaning which each
7th Message abandonment
8th Accuracy oriented significance is below 0.05 level (2-tailed), so the H0 is
From the point of view of message delivery, it indicates refused. Negotiation for meaning communication strategy
that abandoning message is not preferable although the correlates with communication strategies message reduction
participants may lack of linguistic competence. They prefer and alteration, non-verbal, and fluency oriented.
reducing and altering message to keep the communication
IV. IMPACT TO TEACHING MENTHODOLOGY
flow. In contrast between accuracy oriented versus fluency
oriented, they prefer struggling for fluency to accuracy. This The result of the research showed that learners focused
is proven that communication strategy is employed to more on increasing fluency in the conversation than
maintain fluency in speaking foreign language. considering correctness of the uttered sentences. This
The correlation between learners’ ICC score and the CSs indicated that speaking skill could get high priority during
use is measured by considering that the ICC scores are in the learning foreign language. Fluency oriented strategy
nominal data and the CSs use is ordinal data. Furthermore, which is preferable may also reveal the high motivation to
the correlation test was also administered among the speak, but at the same time it reflects less attention to
communication strategies. accuracy. This seems contradictive with the stereotype of
Table 3 Correlations of ICC and Communication Asian people who put harmony, correctness, hierarchy, etc
Strategies on the top priority in their daily life [34][35], who
ICC CSA CSB CSC CSD CSE CSF CSG CSH traditionally should choose accuracy oriented strategy.
Kendall's ICC Correlation *
Regardless the traditional point of view, this fact supports
1.000 .031 .198 .063 .178 .128 .038 .343** -.064
tau_b Coefficient the implementation of communicative language teaching
Sig. (2-
. .753 .044 .518 .066 .192 .693 .000 .505 which requires active participation of learners.
tailed)
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
The correlation between negotiation for meaning
CSa Correlation
strategy and message abandonment and alteration strategy
.031 1.000 .274** .143 .007 .124 .114 .044 .113
Coefficient may inform us that learners are lack of vocabulary to
Sig. (2-
tailed)
.753 . .008 .159 .945 .228 .263 .666 .261 represent the message to transfer. This should inspire the
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
teacher to develop learners’ linguistic competence,
CSB Correlation * ** * * *
especially the vocabulary. The higher number of vocabulary
.198 .274 1.000 .160 .144 .239 .215 .234 .100
Coefficient is expected to increase communicative competence. Not
Sig. (2-
tailed)
.044 .008 . .115 .154 .020 .034 .023 .320 only developing learners’ vocabulary, but also the teacher
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
may teach strategic competence, especially the strategic
CSC Correlation competence and intercultural content. The competences, of
.063 .143 .160 1.000 .393** .301** .114 .105 -.184
Coefficient course, are expected to increase communicative
Sig. (2-
tailed)
.518 .159 .115 . .000 .003 .256 .299 .065 competence.
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
Oral communication strategies have a direct influence on
CSD Correlation ** ** * ** - fluency and play a constructive role in foreign language
.178 .007 .144 .393 1.000 .506 .248 .319
Coefficient .208* learning. EFL learners are expected to use communication
Sig. (2- strategies in a meaningful way, to motivate learners for
.066 .945 .154 .000 . .000 .013 .002 .037
tailed)
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58
initiating oral communication, to increase participation
CSE Correlation * ** ** **
during interactions as well as to solve learners’
.128 .124 .239 .301 .506 1.000 .282 .172 -.038
Coefficient communication problem.
Sig. (2-
tailed)
.192 .228 .020 .003 .000 . .006 .095 .705 This study shows that the use of message reduction and
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 alteration strategy and negotiation for meaning strategy is
CSF Correlation influenced by the ICC. This finding encourages learners to
.038 .114 .215* .114 .248* .282** 1.000 .267** .089
Coefficient increase their ICC for better fluency using communication
Sig. (2-
tailed)
.693 .263 .034 .256 .013 .006 . .009 .372 strategy. Developing ICC is expected to increase flexibility
N 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 58 and adaptability which are also important in Industry 4.0
CSG Correlation generation.
.343** .044 .234 *
.105 .319 **
.172 .267 **
1.000 -.098
Coefficient

111

ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I would like to thank the all students for their participation in
the survey who supported my work in this way and helped
me get results of better quality. I am also grateful to my
supervisor, colleagues, and deasrest family for their patience
and support in overcoming numerous obstacles I have been
facing through my research.
REFERENCES
[1] Kergroach, Sandrine. Industri 4.0: New Challenges and Opportunity
for the Labour Market. FORESIGHT AND STI GOVERNANCE
Journal Vol. 11 No. 4, 2017
[2] Kaminskiene, Ligija & Kavaliauskiene, Galina. Attitudes to
Improving Speaking Skills by Guided Individual Activities. Santalka:
filoogija/Coactivity: Philoogy, Educology eISSN 2335-7711. 2014.
[3] Al Alawi, Rahma A. Communication Strategies used by Omani EFL
students. Pyrex Journal of English and Literature Vol 2 (1) pp. 001-
011 January 2016. Retrieved from http://www.pyrexjournals.org/pjel
[4] Bennett, Milton, J. Intercultural communication: A current
perspective. In Milton J. Bennett (Ed.), Basic concepts of
intercultural communication: Selected readings. Yarmouth, ME:
Intercultural Press). 1998.
[5] Brown, H. Douglas. Principles of Languages Learning and Teaching:
Fifth Edition. White Plains: Pearson Education, Inc. 2007
[6] Bialystok, E. Communication Strategies: a Psychological Analysis of
Second – Language Use. Oxford: Blackwell. 1990.
[7] Byram, M. 1997. Teaching and Assessing Intercultural
Communicative Competence. Clevedon, UK: Multilingual Matters.
[8] Canale, M and Swain, M. Theoretical Bases of Communicative
Approaches to Second Language Teaching and Testing. Applied
Linguistics. 1980.
[9] Doyé, P. The Intercultural Dimension: Foreign Language Education
in the Primary School. Berlin, Germany: Cornelsen. 1999.
[10] Dörnyei, Z., & Scott, M. L. Communication strategies in a second
language: Definitions and taxonomies. Language Learning, 47(1),
1997, 173-210.
[11] Dörnyei, Zoltán and Thurrell, Sarah. Strategic Competence and How
to Teach It. ELT Journal Volume 45/1 January 1991 © Oxford
University Press. 1991 Retrieved from
http://www.zoltandornyei.co.uk/uploads/1991-dornyei-thurrell-
eltj.pdf .
[12] Færch, C., & Kasper, G. Plans and Strategies in Foreign Language
Communication. In C. Færch & G. Kasper (Eds.),Strategies in
Interlanguage Communication. London: Longman. 1983.
[13] Hofstede, G, Hofstede G.J & Minkov, M. Cultures and
Organizations: Software of the Mind. New York: The McGraw-Hill
Companies, Inc. 2010.
[14] Huriyah. Implementing Speech Community Strategy to Enhance
Students’ English Speaking Ability. Indonesian EFL Journal Volume
1 Issue 2 .ISSN: 2460-0938; E-ISSN: 2460-2604|. 2015.
[15] Hymes, D. on Communicative Competence. In . Pride & Holmes
(Eds.), Sociolinguistics. Harmondsworth, UK: Penguin Books. 1972.
[16] Jabeen, Shazi S. Implementation of Communicative Approach.
English Language Teaching Journal Vol. 7 No. 8, 2014, E-ISSN
1916-4750, Published by Canadian Center of Science and Education.
2014.
112
[17] Kaminskiene, Ligija & Kavaliauskiene, Galina. Attitudes to
Improving Speaking Skills by Guided Individual Activities. Santalka:
filoogija/Coactivity: Philoogy, Educology eISSN 2335-7711. 2014.
[18] Luo, Feng. Developing Adults’ Oral English Communicative
Competence in an EFL Environment: Collaborative Studies of a
Chinese EFL Teacher and Her Students. Ph.D Thesis. The University
of New Mexico. 2006.
[19] Maldonado, Maritza.R. Communication Strategies Used by Different
Level L2 English Learners in Oral Interaction. Revista Signos
estudios de Linguistica Journal. Vol 49 (90). ISSN 0718-0934. 2016.
[20] Mirzaei, Azizullah & Forouzandeh, Faranak. Relationship between
Intercultural Communicative Competence and L-2 Learning
Motivation of Iranian EFL Learners. Journal of Intercultural
Communication Research Vol. 42, No.3. Routledge. 2013.
[21] Nakatani, Yasuo. Developing an Oral Communication Strategy
Inventory, The Modern Language Journal, 90. 2006.
[22] Nizar, Nitiasih, Suarnajaya. An Analysis on Communication
strategies Employed by Indonesian English as Foreign Language
Adult Students. SHS Web of Conferences 42, 00025. GC-Tale
(2017). 2018.
[23] Paribakht, T. On the Pedagogical Relevance of Strategic Competence,
TESL Canada Journal/Revue TESL du Canada Vol.3, No.2, March
1986.
[24] Ranta, L. Measuring language exposure during study abroad.
Presentation at the University of Alberta. 2007.
[25] Rastegar, Mina & Gohari, Samira S.M. Communication Strategies,
Attitude, and Oral Output of EFL Learners: A Study of Relations.
Open Journal of Modern Linguistics 6, 401-419. ISSN Online: 2164-
2834 ISSN Print: 2164-2818. 2016. Retrieved from
http://www.scirp.org/journal/ojml
[26] Romadlon, Farid R. Communication Strategies in the Conversations
between Indonesian University Students and a Native Speaker. Jurnal
Vision Vol. 5 No. 1. April. 2016.
[27] Shumin, Kang. Factors to Consider: Developing Adult EFL Students’
Speaking Abilities. Richards & Renandya Ed. Methodology in
Language Teaching: an Anthology of Current Practice. 2002.
[28] Spitzberg, B.H. & Chagnon, G. Conceptualizing Intercultural
Competence. In D.K. Deardoff (Ed) The Sage Handbook of
Intercultural Competence. Thousand Oaks, C.A: Sage. 2009.
[29] Spurling, N. Exploring Adjustment: The Social Situation of Chinese
Students in UK Higher Education. Learning and Teaching in the
Social Sciences, 3. 2007.
[30] Teng, Huei-Chun. Communication Strategy Use of EFL College
Students. JALT 2010 Conference Proceeding. 2010.
[31] Thu, Nguyen T. & Thu, Nguyen T.K. Oral English Communication
Strategies among Vietnamese Non-majors of English at Intermediate
Level. American Journal of Educational Research Vol. 4 No. 3. 2016.
Retrieved from http://pubs.sciepub.com/education/4/3/9
[32] Xamani, Montserrat I. An Analysis of the Communication Strategies
Employed by Learners of English as a Foreign Language. Journal of
Linguistics and Literature Studies 1(2): 88-104. 2013.
[33] Yaman, Irgin & Kavasoğlu. Communication Strategies: Implications
for EFL University Students. Journal of Educational Sciences
Research Vol. 3 No.2 October 2013.
[34] Kim, Kyung Hee. Learning from Each Other: Creativity in East Asian
and American Education. Creativity Research Journal Vol. 17 No. 4,
2005.
[35] Aik-Kwang, Ng & Hor, Karen K. Teaching Attitude, Emotional
Intelligence, and Creativity of School Teacher in Singapore.
Educational Research Journal Vol. 20 No. 2, 2005.
Evaluating Area Distribution of Sharia Cooperatives
in Banjarmasin
Lusiana Handayani1, Dewi Nur Indah Sari2
1
Accounting of Islamic Financial Institution, Politeknik Negeri Banjarmasin , Banjarmasin, Indonesia
lusiana.handayani@poliban.ac.id
2
Geodetic Engineering, Politeknik Negeri Banjarmasin , Banjarmasin, Indonesia
dewi.sari@poliban.ac.id
Abstract—The growth of sharia cooperatives in
Banjarmasin seems increase in terms of quantity but it is not
followed by the quality because sharia cooperatives with
inactive status also increased. In fact sharia cooperatives have
enormous potential in improving welfare of community.
However, there are only 13 sharia cooperatives that serve
3.922.790 muslim in Banjarmasin and unfortunately the
location of cooperatives is not spread evenly throughout the
district. The aim of this study is to reveal the condition of
sharia cooperatives distribution area in Banjarmasin. This
study was conducted with quantitative approach and used
Geographically Weighted Regression (GWR) analysis. It found
that from region point of view there are two variables that
affect success of sharia cooperatives, namely area of each
district and muslim populations in each district.
Keywords—sharia cooperatives, Banjarmasin, distribution
area, Geographically Weighted Regression, welfare
I. INTRODUCTION
Indonesia is a Muslim majority country as well as a
country with the largest Muslim population in the world.
Therefore, Sharia financial institution in Indonesia has a
huge potential to grow rapidly. In 2016, the number sharia
cooperatives has reached 150.223 cooperatives and 1,5% of
it are sharia saving and financing cooperatives. There is
2.253 units of sharia cooperatives with 1,4 million
participants, 968 billion rupiah of own capital and 3,9
trillion rupiah of third-party capital with 5,2 trillion of
business volume [1].
Sharia cooperative is one of potential financial
institutions that support the improvement of community
welfare, especially for Small and Medium Enterprises
(SMEs). Moreover sharia cooperative can be an alternative
strategy of financing sources of SMEs to support the
national program of SMEs development in Indonesia [2].
According to the Central Statistics Agency (BPS),
Banjarmasin has more than 90% Muslim community or
3.922.790 people thus it has a huge potential for
development of sharia cooperatives. However, the growth of
sharia cooperatives is not followed by the level of success
[3].
In 2016, the department of cooperatives and SMEs
Banjarmasin noted that the numbers of sharia cooperatives
establishments are increasing but unfortunately it is
followed by number of inactive sharia cooperatives. There
are only 13 sharia cooperatives or 60% of sharia
cooperatives with active status while the others 40% were
not active or not identified status. It means that there are
XXX-X-XXXX-XXXX-X/XX/$XX.00 ©20XX IEEE
113
only 13 sharia cooperatives that must serve 3.922.790
people in Banjarmasin. Therefore, regional distribution of
sharia cooperatives was essential to achieve the objectives
of cooperatives roles. This study attempts to reveal the
condition of sharia cooperatives distribution area in
Banjarmasin by used Geographically Weighted Regression
(GWR).
II. LITERATURES REVIEW
A. Development of Sharia Cooperatives
Cooperatives are self-owned, established and managed
jointly by its members and aims to help improve the welfare
of its members [4]. Mutual cooperation and collectivity is a
form of uniqueness and strengths of the cooperatives. Thus,
those principles also highly affected to the success of
cooperatives. Moreover the principles are in line with the
point of view of sharia principles namely ta’awun ala birri
(mutual cooperation) and congregation (collective).
Therefore it needs internalization process to pattern of
management procedures, products and laws that should be
apply in accordance with sharia [5].
Together with conventional cooperatives, Sharia
cooperatives have a role to encourage government programs
in improving the welfare of the community. Sharia
cooperatives have great potential to encourage the growth
and development of Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs),
especially in financing activities [2]. However, in its journey,
sharia cooperatives require an improvement as in managerial
terms in order to present accountable and transparent
cooperatives [6]. Good management of sharia cooperatives
will provide trust from the community and increase the
number of participation. Furthermore, there are three factors
that affect the sharia cooperative performance, namely
member participation, member commitment and innovation
ability [7]. Therefore, the development and growth of
cooperatives is highly depends on the quality and
participation of its members [8]. Thus it can make sharia
cooperative able to portray its role as one of supporting
institutions on welfare of the community.
B. Geographically Weighted Regression (GWR)
The GWR model is a simple regression model
transformed into a weighted regression model [9]. Each
parameter will be calculated at each geographic location
point so that geographic location point has different
regression parameter values. Thus provide variations on the
value of the regression parameters in geographical regions.
If the value of regression parameters is constant in each
geographic region, then the GWR model is a global model. Best Bandwidth can be seen in output with Bandwidth
This means that each geographical region has the same title and geographic ranges. Best Bandwidth produced is
model. two which means there are two variables that have
significant spatial relationship with a region. In the Global
Common model for GWR model Regression Result, Residual sum of squares amounted to
11.438903. The smaller the Residual sum of squares, the
yi = β0 (ui,vi) + βk (ui,vi) xik + εi (1)
better the model will be. The best model selection can be
seen from residual sum of square, classic AIC, and R square
Description: values.
 yi = dependent variable in the location i (i = 1, 2,
... , n) AIC Classic value is 28.327296. The smaller the AIC
value of a model, the better the model is formed. In addition,
 xik = independent variable k in the location i (i =
the AIC also considers the simplicity of the established
1, 2, ... , n)
model. While the larger the R square value, the better the
 (ui,vi) = longitude latitude coordinate from point
model is formed. R square value of 0.655455 means that the
i pad in the geographic region
independent variables in the model can explain Y (number
 bk (ui,vi) = coefficient regression k each location of cooperatives) as a response variable of 65.54% and the
 ei = error which is assumed identical, rest is explained by other variables outside the model.
independent, and normal distribution with mean
zero and constant variant TABLE III. THE RESULT OF GLOBAL REGRESSION ANALYSIS
Parameter Std Err T Test
The GWR model in equation 1.1 can be transformed into Variable
Estimate
matrix below: Intercept 20.173125 15.328808 1.316027
y = (β x X)1 +ε (2) X1 0.001229 0.002163 0.568419
In the GWR model, it is assumed that observation data close X2 -0.000113 0.000092 -1.232131
to the first point have a major influence on the estimation of X3 -0.000028 0.000066 -0.426140
βk (ui, vi) rather than data that is farther from the i point.
According to Fotheringham, Brunsdon and Charlton, local B. GWR Model
parameters βk (ui, vi) are estimated using Weighted Least
Squared (WLS). At GWR an observation is weighted with a
TABLE IV. THE GWR (GEOGRAPHICALLY WEIGHTED REGRESSION)
value corresponding to the i-th point[9]. The weight of the RESULT
wij, for j = 1, 2, ..., n, at each location (ui, vi) is obtained as a
continuous function of the distance between the i-th and Bandwidth size: 2.631860
Residual sum of squares: 0.487949
other data points.
Number of parameters: 4
Classic AIC: 14.339256
III. METHODS AICc: -28.582798
R square: 0.985303
This study was conducted using quantitative approach. Adjusted R square: 1.061409
The data were collected from both primary and secondary
sources. The primary data were gathered through Best Bandwidth can be seen in output with Bandwidth
observation while the secondary data were obtained from title and geographic ranges. Best Bandwidth produced is
government regulation, media reports and prior studies. two which means there are two variables that have
Data collected were analyzed using GWR Model. There are significant spatial relationship with a region. In the GWR,
three independent variables, namely area (x1), population Residual sum of squares amounted to 0.487949. The smaller
(x2) and Muslim population (x3). Meanwhile the dependent the Residual sum of squares, the better the model will be.
variable used is number of cooperatives (x4). The best model selection can be seen from residual sum of
square, classic AIC, and R square values.
TABLE I. VARIABLES FROM 2016 CENSUS IN BANJARMASIN
AIC Classic value is 14.339256. The smaller the AIC
Dimension Variable Description value of a model, the better the model is formed. In addition,
the AIC also considers the simplicity of the established
Area (x1) Area each district in Banjarmasin City
model. However, the larger the R square value, the better
Population (x2) Population each district in Banjarmasin City
Muslim Muslim Population each district in Banjarmasin
the model is formed. R square value of 0.985303 means that
Population (x3) City the independent variables in the model can explain Y
(number of cooperatives) as a response variable of 98.53 %
IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION and the rest is explained by other variables outside the
model
A. Global Regression By using GWR4 software got the average estimation of
model parameters as in the following table:
TABLE II. THE RESULT OF GLOBAL REGRESSION
Residual sum of squares: 11.438903
Number of parameters: 4
Classic AIC: 28.327296
AICc: -31.672704
R square: 0.655455

114
 TABLE V. PARAMETERS MODEL IN GWR V. CONCLUSION
St. As microfinance institutions that support welfare of
Variable Min Max Range Mean
Deviasi society so that the success rate of sharia cooperatives can be
Intercept 18.1646 51.824865 33.66 33.9608 14.69689
seen from the spread of sharia cooperatives location in
X1 0.00122 0.003161 0.0019 0.00208 0.000774 Banjarmasin. Therefore, in term of region, this study proves
X2 -0.00023 -0.000111 0.0001 -0.00015 0.000055 that area each district and muslim population in each district
- are factors affecting the success rate of sharia cooperatives.
X3 0.00009
-0.00016 -0.000018 0.0001 9 0.000059 Unequal distribution makes sharia cooperatives unable to
develop properly. Thus the establishment of sharia
cooperatives should consider about area and muslim
population so that the main purpose of sharia cooperatives
The parameter estimation obtained in the above table is
can be achieved.
not generally applicable in all sub-districts in Banjarmasin
City. This is because there are values of each variable in the
district. ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The modeling of each sub-district in Banjarmasin that has We would like to thank the Indonesian Ministry of
been obtained has an average R-square value 0.985303. This Research, Technology and Higher Education
means that the predictor variable in the model is able to (Kemenristekdikti) that has provided financial support
explain 98.53% of the total variance or the diversity of the through the Hibah Penelitian Dosen Pemula scheme.
data from the response variable that is the percentage of
Sharia Cooperative seen from the spatial factors. While REFERENCES
remaining 1.47% may be explained by other predictor
[1] Kementrian Koperasi dan Usaha Kecil Menengah 2016 Laporan
variables not included in the model.
Tahunan Kementrian KUKM 2016 (Kementrian Koperasi dan
Usaha Kecil Menengah Republik Indonesia)
TABLE VI. GEOGRAPHICAL VARIABILITY TESTS OF LOCAL [2] Antonio Muhammad Syafii 2011 Islamic Microfinance Initiatives to
COEFFICIENTS Enhance Small and Medium Enterprises in Indonesia Journal of
Indonesian Islam Volume 05 Number 02
DIFF of [3] Badan Pusat Statistik Kalimantan Selatan 2015 Kalimantan Selatan
Variable F DOF for FTest
Criterion Dalam Angka 2015 (BPS Kalsel Banjarmasin)
Intercept 0.757956 0.132 0.108 -1.702505 [4] Hendra Testru 2016 Pembangunan Ekonomi Islam Dengan
X1 5.167404 0.039 0.108 -4.837292 Pengembangan Koperasi Syariah Maqdis (Jurnal Kajian
Ekonomi Islam) Volume 1 No 1 Januari – Juni 2016
X2 -0.061782 0.016 0.108 0.227687
[5] Buchori Nur S 2009 Koperasi Syariah (Sidoarjo: Mashun Kelompok
X3 1.350822 0.349 0.108 -3.636894 Masmedia Buana Pustaka)
[6] Muis Abdul 2006 Faktor-Faktor Yang Mempengaruhi Perkembangan
Koperasi Jurnal Madani Edisi II
To test whether independent variables significantly vary [7] Aji Gunawan 2011 Faktor – Faktor yang Mempengaruhi Kinerja
spatially can be seen in the Geographical variability test of Koperasi Pondok Pesantren Walisongo Volume 19 Number 1
local coefficients. The negative value of DIFF of criterion [8] Wardani, Adrianti Tri and Kirwani 2015 Analisis Faktor-Faktor Yang
indicates that the independent variables significantly have Mempengaruhi Partisipasi Anggota Dalam Pengambilan
Keputusan Pembelian Di Kopma UNESA Jurnal Mahasiswa
spatial variability or spatial heterogeneity locally. UNESA
[9] Fotheringham, Brunsdon, Charlton 2002 Geographically Weighted
Regression: The Analysis of Spatially Varying Relationships
(New York: Wiley)

115
 Optimal Stocking Density of Vannamei Shrimp
Lytopenaeus vannamei at Low Salinity Using
Spherical Tarpaulin Pond
Eulis Marlina1, Dwi Puji Hartono2 and Imelda Panjaitan3
1
Aquaculture Study Program, Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Bandar Lampung, Indonesia
eulismarlina@polinela.ac.id
2
Aquaculture Study Program, Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Bandar Lampung, Indonesia
dwiph@polinela.ac.id
3
Animal Production Study Program, Politeknik Negri Lampung, Indonesia
imelpolinela27@polinela.ac.id

Abstract— The worsening environmental conditions cause
disease attack on shrimp farming can not be avoided, the high
cost of vannamei shrimp production resulting in shrimp farming
can only be owned by certain circles. Therefore, it is necessary to
find alternative shrimp farming in order to avoid disease and
affordable cost to increase production. The farming of vannamei
shrimp (Lytopenaeus vannamei) using tarpaulin is expected to
minimize production cost, utilize narrow land and far from sea
water source, and facilitate control of shrimp health at the time
of cultivation. The aim of this research is to obtain the data of
shrimp average weight (Mean Body Weight), survival rate and
best Food Conversion Ratio for vannamei shrimp at low salinity
using container of 1 m3 tarpaulin pond with three different
densities which are : A (density of 175 tails/ m3), B (225 tails/m3)
and C (275 tails/m3) with three replications. Shrimp seeds used
were PL 11 (post larvae) which acclimatized prior to the
treatment along with the decrease of media salinity until 5-10 ppt
for 7 days, then shrimp seeds were placed on the tarpaulin pond
according to the treatment. Maintenance was performed for 60
days with Feeding Rate of 5-10% and 4 times/day feeding
frequency. Based on the result of the research, it was found that
the optimal stocking density of shrimp was shrimp cultivation
with the density of 175 tails/m3 with Mean Body Weight (MBW)
value of 10,52 + 0,2 gram, Survival Rate (SR) of 91,39 + 1,0% and
Food Conversion Ratio (FCR) of 1,6 + 0,1. Based on the Tukey
test (<0.05) showed that stocking density had an effect on shrimp
average weight and vannamei shrimp survival rate.
Keywords— tarpaulin pond, low salinity, density,
Lytopenaeus vannamei
I. INTRODUCTION
Vannamei (Litopenaeus vannamei) are shrimp from the
Pacific Coast of Latin America (South Peru and North
Mexico) which officially entered Indonesia in 2001 (Nababan
et al, 2015). The advantages of vannamei are able to live in the
water column so that it can be cultivated with high density,
faster growth, resistant to disease attacks and short
maintenance cycles between 90-100 days. Thus, it is a
commodity that has high economic value (Purnamasari I et al,
2017).
Environmental carrying capacity is currently experiencing a
setback due to pollution, improper cultivation management.
Hence, the spread of disease is difficult to avoid as a result
affecting the amount of production and decreasing survival
rates of vannamei shrimp and high losses.
Vannamei is euryhaline, so it becomes a promising
commodity to be cultivated in low salinity (Gao W et al,
2016). This provides business opportunities for coastal to land
communities, with low costs, easy to control and still
profitable. Alternative cultivation facilities can use a tarpaulin
pond. Intensive vannamei cultivation with low salinity greatly
affects growth and survival rate (Purnamasari I et al, 2017).
However, salinity is a very basic environmental factor (Gao W
at al, 2016).
Based on the information above, the stocking density of
vannamei plays a role in growth and survival. Therefore, it is
necessary to conduct optimal stocking density research on
vannamei shrimp culture with low salinity using tarpaulin
ponds.
II. OBJECTIVE
The aim of this study was to analyze the growth and
survival rate of vannamei that were cultivated in low salinity
with different stocking densities using tarpaulin ponds.
III. METHOD
3.1. Research time
The study was conducted in March-June 2018 at the Outdoor
Laboratory of Study Program of Aquaculture. Lampung State
Polytechnic.
3.2. Materials and tools
3.2.1. Materials
The test shrimp used was Post Larva (PL) aged 11 days with
an average weight of 0.005608 grams obtained from PT. Citra
Larva Kalianda. The feed used was in the form of powder with

116
a frequency of 4 times a day. Sea water obtained was from c) Survival Rate (%)
Teluk Hurun Pesawaran District, Lampung. Survival Rate (SR) is the survival of shrimp compared to the
3.2.2. Tools number of stockings and expressed by percent. Survival Rate
(SR) can be calculated by the following formula (Haliman,
The tools used were a round tarpaulin pond with a diameter of
2005):
1 meter with a height of 1 meter as many as 9 pieces and an
equipment of water quality measurement.
SR = Nt x 100%
3.3. Research methods N0
The method used was direct observation (experiment) using a Explanation:
completely randomized design (CRD), three levels of - SR = Survival rate of the shrimp (%)
treatment with three replications, with random media - Nt = The final number of shrimp (shrimp)
placement. - N0 = The initial number of shrimp
A : stocking density of 175 shrimp/m3 3.6. Data analysis
B : stocking density of 225 shrimp/m3
Data obtained from research results were presented in the
C : stocking density of 275 shirmp/m3 form of tables and graphs. Data of growth and survival of
3.4. Research procedure tested shrimp were analyzed statistically. To see the effect of
each treatment, Tukey test was conducted with a 95%
Shrimps used were acclimatized for 7 days in medium
confidence level (P <0.05).
salinity of 35 ppt, with a decrease in salinity of 2-3 ppt per day
to reach salinity of 10 ppt. Then, they were stocked into a IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
tarpaulin pond with a diameter of 100 cm according to
treatment. To reduce stress, the shrimp were firstly fastened 4.1. The growth of Vannamei Shrimp
for 1 day before being fed. Mean body weight of vannamei shrimp was measured by
Shrimps were maintained for 60 days with feeding in the sampling every 7 days by taking a sample at least 10% of each
first month with blind feeding method (Supono, 2017) and in treatment and repetition. Vannamei growth data during
the second month with demand feeding 5-10% of biomass. To maintenance with different densities are presented in the
determine the growth and survival of shrimp, sampling was following table:
performed every seven days. Water quality measurements
Table 1. The weight (gram) of vaname shrimp during the
were carried out once a week. Parameters measured were
study
temperature, salinity, pH, and ammonia. While water
management was carried out by siphoning and filtration Observation day
treatments. Treatment
30 34 44 51 59
3.5. Parameters measured A 2,41 3,61 5,02 9,54 10,5
B 1,97 2,97 7,98 8,22 9,73
a) Mean Body Weight (MBW)
Mean Body Weight (MBW) is the average weight of shrimp
C 2,03 3,12 5,11 6,41 8,5
from the sampling results. MBW can be calculated as follows
(Johannes, 2002)
MBW = Shrimp weight
Number of shrimp
Explanation :
- MBW : average weight of shrimp (gr/shrimp)
- Shrimp weight : shrimp weight (gr)
- Shrimp weight : Shrimp weight (gr)
b) Food Convertion Ratio (FCR)
Food Conversion Ratio is the amount of food given to produce
one kg of fish meat. FCR calculation used is as follow:
FCR = F
(BT+BD)-BO
Explanation:
- F = Total feed (gram) Figure 1. Graph of Mean Body Weight of Vaname
- BT = Total Final Weight (gram)
- BD = Dead fish weight (gr) The results showed that the best growth was the shrimp in
- B0 = Total initial Weight (gram) treatment A and the lowest was the shrimp in treatment C.

117
This happens because high density will cause limited space
and competition for food, living space and limited oxygen so
that the average weight gain of shrimp produced at the end of
the maintenance can not be maximized (Purnamasari I et al,
2017).
Based on Figure 1, the stocking density had a significant
effect on the growth rate of vanname. The highest growth of
10.52 grams was higher than the results obtained by Marlina
E, et al (2017) which was 10.28 grams using 150 stocking
density/m2. There are several factors affecting the growth of
shrimp in addition to internal factors, namely fathogen-free
seeds and genetics, while external factors, namely feeding
management and aquatic environment. Media salinity is one of
the fundamental environmental factors (Gao W at al, 2016)
which influences shrimp metabolism in balancing the
osmoregulation process appear from good growth in low
salinity shrimp culture.
4.2. Survival Rate
The survival rate of shrimp had a significantly different
value. The survival of shrimp in pond A was 91.39% then
shrimp in pond B was 77.18% and the lowest was shrimp in
pond C of 55.03%. According Cahyono (2009) in Pratama A
et al, (2017) factors that influence the high and low rates of
life are abiotic and biotic factors. Abiotic factors are physical
and chemical parameters of water. The physiological process
of the fish will run well if the living environment of the media
is in the range that is capable of being absorbed, so as to
maintain its life. The survival rate of shrimp in each treatment
can be seen in the graph below.
Figure 2. Survival Rate of Vaname
The survival of vanname was slightly significant. The
shrimps that were kept in tarpaulin A obtained the highest
survival rate (91.39%) and the lowest was in shrimp in pond C
(55.03%). Thus stocking density affected the survival of
shrimp. Based on the data above, the survival of vanname with
stocking density of 175 shrimp/m3 (pond A) and 225
shrimp/m3 (pond B) can still be assumed to be good due to >
70% Marlina E et al. (2017).
118
4.3. Food Convertion Ratio
Based on the results of this research, the convertion ratio of
vanname maintained in round tarpaulin pond with different
densities using low salinity media can be seen in the graph
below:
Figure 3. Graph of feed ratio to growth of vaname
The lowest FCR value was found in treatment A of 1.6,
meaning that it requires 1.6 feed to produce one kilogram of
shrimp. The resulting FCR value was still on the threshold
quite well when compared with the results of Pratama A et al,
(2017), namely the resulting FCR of 1.9. A high FCR value
was caused by a decrease in appetite, which can be caused by
several factors, namely the decrease in plankton abundance and
poor water quality. According to Efendie (2003), unoptimal
water quality will cause shrimp to experience decreased
appetite, inhibition of the moulting process and susceptibility to
disease.
V. CONCLUSION
Based on the results of the research that has been done, it
can be concluded that shrimp stocking density maintained in
low salinity tarpaulin ponds significantly affected the growth
and survival of vanname. Optimal stocking density for
maintenance of vanaamei shrimp in low salinity is 175
shrimp/m3. This is indicated by the highest growth yield of
10.25 grams, and survival rate of 91.39%.
REFERENCES
[1] Aan Pratama, Wardiyanto,Supono. 2017. Studi Performa Udang
Vaname ( Litopenaeus vannamei) Yang Dipelihara dengan Sistem Semi
Intensif Pada Kondisi Air Tambak Dengan kelimpahan Plankton Yang
Berbeda Pada Saat Penebaran. E-Jurnal Rekayasa dan Teknologi
Budidaya Perairan. Vol VI 1 Oktober 2017.p-ISSN:2302-3600,e-
ISSN:2597-5315.
[2] Briggs M, Funge-Smith S, Subasinghe R, Phillips M. 2004.
Introductions and movement of Penaeus vannamei andPenaeus
stylirostris in Asia and the Pacific. Food and Agriculture Organization
of the United Nations, Regional Office for Asia and the Pacific. RAP
Publication 2004/10, 1–12 pp.
[3] Effendi. 2004. Pengantar Akuakultur. PT Penebar Swadaya. Depok
[4] Eulis Marlina. 2017. Response of Vannamei Shrimp ( Litopenaeus
vannamei) Growth In Salinity of 10 ppt at Different Density.
Proceedings International Conference of Aquaculture Indonesia (ICAI).
October 27-28, 2017. ISSN 2356-0800.Page 19-22.
[5] Ghufran M. Kordi H. Panggulangan, K. 2010. Pakan Udang. Penerbit
Bina Adiaksara. Jakarta.
[6] Haliman, R. W., Adijaya, D. S., 2005. Udang vaname. Penerbit
Penebar Swadaya. Jakarta.
[7] Indah Purnamasari, Dewi Purnama, Maya Anggraini, Fajar Utami.
2017. Pertumbuhan Udang Vanname (Litopenaeus vannamei) Di
Tambak Intensif. Jurnal Enggano Vol 2, No. 1 April 2017. EISSN:
2527-5186.
[8] Manoppo, H. 2011. Peran Nukleotida sebagai Imunostimulan terhadap
Respon Imun Nonspesifik dan Resistensi Udang Vaname (Litopenaeus
vannamei). Bogor: IPB. Tidak dipublikasikan.
[9] Nur, A. 2011. Manajemen Pemeliharaan Udang Vaname. Pusat
Penyuluhan Kelautan Dan Perikanan: Jakarta.
[10] Solihin E. 2013. Udang Putih (Litopenaeus vannamei) Potensi
Besar,Tahan Penyakit, Pertumbuhan Cepat,Peluang Pasar Sangat
Terbuka. Antara News, Maret 2013.
[11] Supono. 2011. Optimalisasi Budidaya Udang Putih (Litopenaeus
vannamei) Melalui Peningkatan Kepadatan Penebaran di Tambak
Plastik. Agromedia,Vol.29.N0.1 maret 2011.
[12] Supono. 2017. Teknologi Produksi Udang. Plantaxia. Yogyakarta.
[13] Widigdo, Bambang.2013. Good Aquaculture Practice, Gap Penerapan
Kaedah Budidaya Secara Baik Dan Benar. Integrated Quality
Assurance Division,Pt Cp. Bahari.

119
 Fuzzy Set Approach In Gis Raster To Identify Land
Characteristic
Nurmiaty1, Miss Rahma Yassin1, Yuniarti2, Andi Ridwan1 and Samsu Arif3
1
Department of Estate Crops Cultivation, Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture, South Sulawesi, 90655, Indonesia
E-mail: nurmiatyamin@yahoo.co.id
2
Department of Agribisnis, Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture, South Sulawesi, 90655, Indonesia E-mail:
yunartiyusuf2@gmail.com
3
Geophysics, Hasanuddin University, Makassar, South Sulawesi, Indonesia Phone +62-411 586016, Fax +62-411 586588 E-mail:
samsu_arif@unhas.ac.id
Corresponding author’s e-mail: nurmiatyamin@yahoo.co.id

Abstract— The increasingly growing and detailed spatial
data onto land resources required a precise method so that the
data management can be more effective. Generally, spatial data
onto land resources is categorized by sharp boundary and role of
every land attribute to the land suitability is equated. On the
other hand, the reality of land attribute in the field varied greatly
and did not have sharp boundaries also the role of each attribute
towards land suitability was varying. It caused the detailed data
could not be presented properly so it did not reflect the actual
condition at the field. The continued approach from fuzzy set in
GIS is a method that can handle such problems. This study
examined land characteristics in Pangkep District using a
continuous fuzzy set approach from GIS raster. The research was
conducted by using exploratory method (field survey and
laboratory analysis) for the review scale. The results were then
analyzed using the Semantic Import Model (SIM) fuzzy set
method of GIS raster. The considered value of the attribute was
converted into a general membership value (0 to 1.0), according
to class limits that were determined by the Agricultural Research
and Development Agency criteria (2011) adapted from the FAO
criteria (1976) for planned land use. The results of land
characteristic analysis by continuous fuzzy set approach were
divided into three groups i.e. 1) climate characteristics: rainfall,
temperature, and dry month, 2) physical characteristics of soil:
slope, texture, surface rock, soil depth, soil drainage, erosion
hazard , and flood hazard, and 3) soil fertility characteristics:
Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC), soil acidity, organic C, and
salinity. The index value of each land characteristic varied from 0
(minimum) to 1.0 (maximum), according to the prospective of
each land characteristics for planned land use. The results are
presented in a detailed raster GIS form so it is very effective to
inform and represent the actual field conditions.
Keywords— Fuzzy Set, Land Characteristics, GIS raster
I. INTRODUCTION
There are two types of commonly used land
evaluation. First is the categorical system (CS), and the
second is based to the continuous function (CF).
According to its name, CS techniques use categorical
classes to identify the characteristics of the land and
display the obtained results. This system is also
characterized by the initial determination of 'land
mapping units' covering all land properties used as
evaluation criteria, the units then the basis of the
outcome picture of the overall analysis [1,2,3,4,5,6]; In
the category method, used criteria and spatial clustering.
For example, land suitability classes S1, S2, and S3 are
representative methods of category methods [6,7]
While the CF method, consider the spatial continuity
of the land characteristics, and the analysis results are
then expressed as the continuous value (or index) of land
suitability. Criteria and space are represented in the form
of continuous values. For example, conformity is
expressed continuously from number 0 (very bad) to
number 1.0 (very good), and DEM (Digital Elevation
Model) illustrates the height of the earth's surface
continuously. It is showed DEM that does not use a soft
boundary.
The increasingly growing and detailed spatial data
onto land resources required a precise method so that the
data management can be more effective. Generally,
spatial data onto land resources is categorized by sharp
boundary and role of every land attribute to the land
suitability is equated [6]. On the other hand, the reality
of land attribute in the field varied greatly and did not
have sharp boundaries also the role of each attribute
towards land suitability was varying. It caused the
detailed data could not be presented properly so it did
not reflect the actual condition at the field. The
continued approach from fuzzy set in GIS is a method
that can handle such problems. This study examined land
characteristics in Pangkep District using a continuous
fuzzy set approach from GIS raster.
II. METHOD
A. Study Region
The research is conducted in Pangkep Regency,
South Sulawesi Province. Pangkep is geographically

120
located on 4o 33' 20.0" to 4o 57' 5.6" Southern Latiude (a)
and 119o 22' 54.8" to 119o 48' 35.8" Eastern Longitude.
Its region area is 145,266 ha consisting of 9 sub-districts,
namely: Balocci, Bungoro, Labakkang, Mandalle,
Ma’rang, Minasatene, Pangkajene, Segeri, Tondong
Tallasa. Pangkep regency is one of the biggest producers
of rice in South Sulawesi (Figure 1). Its variability is
fairly complex, consisting of coast, low land, and high
land. Having a border with Makassar, the capital of
South Sulawesi province, the population pressure has
caused greater land function change.

(b)

Figure 1. Sulawesi Island and Location of the Study Region

B. Soil and Climate Data Bases

This study employed data bases source including: (i)
digital topography map; (ii) land map and soil characteristics;
(ii) climate data; and (iii) satellite data (SPOT image 6). A
digital topography map of the study area of 1: 50,000 scale
from the Geospatial Information Agency is used as a reference
for mapping. Digital topographic maps in GIS vector format
make it easier to build databases in standard GIS vectors, then
it was converted to raster format. All data layers are stored
using UTM (Universal Transverse Mercator) coordinate
system.
The main reference of this study for the soil data Figure 2. Land units (a) and sampling points (b)
layer was the result of the soil survey. Soil mapping 37 homogeneous mapping was obtained, and soil
units (based on to-pography, land use, and geology) were sampling was conducted in 55 locations (Figure 3). The
derived from land system maps to provide the base for characteristics of surveyed and analyzed soil and climate
field surveys (Figure 2). Soil sampling is stratified are as follows (see Table 1).
random sampling by calculating the number of samples Table 1. Land quality and land characteristics used in the
using the equation [9] analysis (base on Djaenuddin et al., 2003)
N = (Z2 x p x q) / E2 Land Qualities Land Characteristics
N = Number of samples Temperature (t) Average temperature (oC)
Water availability (w) Rainfall (mm), Number of dry months
Z = the default value for certain confidence Rooting condition (r) Texture, drainage, Soil depth (cm)
p = expected accuracy Nutrient retention (f) Clay CEC (cmol/kg), Base saturation (%),
q=1-p Toxicity (x)
pH (H2O), Organic C (%)
Salinity (dS/m)
E = confidence interval Nutrient availability (n) N, P2O5, K2O
Terrain (s) Slope (%), Surface stoniness (%), Surface
outcrops (%)

121
C. Analysis Method III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
The study was conducted using exploratory methods The results of land characteristic analysis with
(field survey and laboratory analysis) for the review Boolean FAO method and continuous fuzzy set approach
scale. The results were then analyzed using the Semantic were divided into three groups i.e. 1) climate
Import Model (SIM) fuzzy set method in GIS raster. The characteristics: rainfall, temperature, and dry moon, 2)
value of the considered attributes was converted into a physical characteristics of soil: slope, texture, surface
general membership value (0 to 1.0), according to class rock, soil depth, drainage land, erosion hazard, and flood
limits determined under by the Agricultural Research hazard, and 3) soil fertility characteristics: Cation
and Development Agency criteria [8] adapted from the Exchange Capacity (CEC), soil acidity, organic C, and
FAO (1976) criteria for planned land use. salinity.
Each soil characteristics was converted to the A. Land Characteristics of the FAO Boolean Method
continuous value (from 0 to 1,0)[11], based on the class Figure 3 shows the spatial distribution of slope land
boundary that was determined according to field characteristic based on Boolean FAO method and table 2
experiment, experimental result, or define conventional shows the extent of each category. Each category polygon is
standart [12,13,7,14,15] bounded by a sharp boundary and it has homogeneous
attributes.
Each attribute of land characteristics in every
component that is valued from 0 (minimum) to 1,0
(maximum) based on the criteria of Puslittnak (2003)
that is adapted from FAO criteria (1976) for maze land
use (see [16,17,18,7,19,20]
Values are represented as membership values ranging
from 0 to 1.0. Analytical procedures are carried out
through the following steps: (i) selecting and designing
evaluation criteria; (ii) standardizing the data set; (iii)
determining the field / climate attribute values; (iv)
selecting the appropriate scoring function and
parameters[21] (v) converting the data format between
software programs (raster to vector or vice versa)[6]
Determination of the individual rank from the land
attributes, using equations[22]:
if 0 <MF (xi) <1
MF (xi) = [1 / (1 + {(xi - b) / d} 2)] (1)

For optimum range (Model 2):

if (b1 + d1) <xi <(b2 - d2) Figure 3. Result of slope category analysis using FAO
MF (xi) = 1 (2) Boolean Method
B. Land Characteristics Continuous Method Fuzzy Set
For asymmetric left (M (Model 3):
Figure 4 shows the distribution of slopes characteristic
if xi <(b1 + d1)
categorization based on the method of continuous fuzzy set,
MF (xi) = [1 / (1 + {(xi - b1 - d1) / d1} 2)] (3)
while table 2 shows the extents of each category after
reclassing. The value of the soil attributes is converted to a
For asymmetric right (Model 4):
continuous value (ranging from 0 to 1.0)[11], according to
if xi> (b2 - d2)
class boundaries that determined by field experience,
MF (xi) = [1 / (1 + {(xi - b2 + d2) / d2} 2)] (4)
experimental result, define conventional standard
[12,13,14,15].
where MF (xi) the individual membership value for the ith soil
atribut x, d the range of transitional zone (that is, x in MF =
0.5 or otherwise mentioned as a crossover point, xi = = the ith
soil attribute (x) value, and b = the value of soil attribute x in
the ideal point.

122

Figure 4. Analysis Result of Slope class according to
continuous Fuzzy Set Method
C. Comparison of Land Characteristics of FAO and Fuzzy
Set Methods
Figure 5. The result of land category in the same land area
The land area of each slope category based on the
analysis result with the FAO bolean method approach
(Figure 3) was different from the width of each slope
category based on the analysis result of the method of
continuous fuzzy set approach. It was due to the areas
that considered homogeneous in the FAO category was
not the only categories based on the fuzzy set method. In
the S2 category of the Boolean FAO method (equivalent
to category 0,5-0,75 in the fuzzy method category) was
12,640 ha (see Figure 3) and dramatically decreased in
the category of 0.5-0.75 of fuzzy set method (see figure
4). Figure 5 shows the results of slope category analysis
on the same land area using the Boolean FAO method
123
(black box) and the continuous method of fuzzy set
(inset). The facts on the ground also show heterogeneous
conditions, therefore categorizing with continuous fuzzy
set methods more effectively represents the conditions in
the field.
IV. CONCLUSION
The index value of each land characteristic varied from 0
(minimum) to 1.0 (maximum), according to the prospective of
each land characteristics for planned land use. The results are
presented in a detailed raster GIS form so it is very effective to
inform and represent the actual field conditions.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT (HEADING 5)
The authors are deeply thankful to the DRPM DIKTI and
Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture (through the PSNI
research grand) for providing data, fund, and other supporting
facilities in this study.
REFERENCES
[1] Albaji M, Naseri AA, Papan P, Nasab SB. Qualitative evaluation of land
suitability for principal crops in the west shoush plain, Southwest Iran.
Bulg J Agric Sci. 2009;15(2):135–45.
[2] Al-Mashreki M, Akhir J, Rahim S, Desa K, Lihan T, Haider A. GIS-
based sensitivity analysis of multi-criteria weights for land suitability
evaluation of sorghum crop in the Ibb Governorate Republic of Yemen.
J basic Appl Sci Res. 2011;1(9):1102–11.
[3] Chinene VRN. Land evaluation using the FAO Framework: an example
from Zambia. Soil Use Manag. 1992;8(3):130–8.
[4] Jafarzadeh AA, Alamdari P, Neyshabouri MR, Saedi S. Land suitability
evaluation of bilverdy research station for wheat, barley, alfalfa, maize
and safflower. Soil Water Res. 2008;3:S81–8.
[5] Chandio IA, Matori AN, Lawal DU, Sabri S. GIS-based land suitability
analysis using AHP for public parks planning in Larkana City. Mod
Appl Sci. 2011;5(4):177–89.
[6] Nurmiaty, Baja S. Spatial Based Assessment of Land Suitability and
Availability for Maize ( Zea mays L .) Development in Maros Region ,
South Sulawesi , Indonesia. Open J Soil Sci.
2013;2013(September):244–51.
[7] Nurmiaty, Baja S. Using fuzzy set approaches in a raster GIS for land
suitability assessment at a regional scale: Case study in maros region,
indonesia. Mod Appl Sci. 2014;8(3):115–25.
[8] Nurmiaty, Baja S. Land Suitability Assessment for Maize Cultivation
Using a Fuzzy Set Approach in Geographic Information System (GIS).
In: Proceeding Of the 11 th international confrence the east and Southeas
Asia Federation Of Soil Sciience Societies. 2013. p. 282.
[9] Eastman LJ. Retirement revisited: Extending the work‐life of older
americans. Hum Resour Dev Q. 1993;4(4):409–14.
[10] Agricultural Research and Development Agency criteria. Petunjuk
Teknis Pedoman Penilaian Kesesuaian Lahan untuk Komoditas
Pertanian Strategis Tingkat Semi Detail Skala 1 : 50 . 000. 2016. 37 p.
[11] Zadeh L. Fuzzy sets. Inf Control [Internet]. 1965;1(4):137. Available
from:https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0019995865902
41X
[12] Galindo, José, Urrutia, A, Piattini M. Fuzzy Databases: Modeling,
Design and Implementation: Modeling, Design and Implementation.
2005.
[13] Sánchez-Moreno JF. Applicability of knowledge-based and fuzzy
theory-oriented approaches to land suitability for upland rice and rubber,
as compared to the farmers’ perception: a case study of Lao PDR. A case
study Lao PDR‟, Publ Master‟ s thesis … [Internet]. 2007;133.
Available from: http://www.mtnforum.org/sites/default/files/publication/
files/861.pdf
[14] Sediyono E, Setiawan A, Kaparang DR. Fuzzy Simple Additive
Weighting Algorithm to Determine Land Suitability for Crop in
Minahasa Tenggara. Int J Comput Appl. 2013;84(7):26–9.
[15] Sui D. A fuzzy GIS modeling approach for urban land evaluation.
Comput Environ Urban Syst [Internet]. 1992;16(JANUARY 1992):101–
15. Available from: http://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/
019897159290022J
[16] Keshavarzi A, Sarmadian F, Heidari A, Omid M. Land Suitability
Evaluation Using Fuzzy Continuous Classification (A Case Study:
Ziaran Region). Mod Appl Sci [Internet]. 2010;4(7):72–81. Available
from: www.ccsenet.org/mas
[17] Kurtener D, Torbert HA, Krueger E. Evaluation of agricultural land
suitability: Application of fuzzy indicators. Comput Sci Its Appl - Iccsa
2008, Pt 1, Proc. 2008;5072(Table 1):475–90.
[18] Mohammadrezaei N, Pazira E, Sokoti R, Ahmadi A. Comparing the
Performance of Fuzzy AHP and Parametric Method to Evaluate of land
Suitability of Wheat Production in the Southern Plain of Urmia. Int J
Agron Plant Prod. 2013;4(12):3438–43.
[19] Reshmidevi T V., Eldho TI, Jana R. A GIS-integrated fuzzy rule-based
inference system for land suitability evaluation in agricultural
watersheds. Agric Syst [Internet]. 2009;101(1–2):101–9. Available
from: http://dx.doi.org/10.1016/j.agsy.2009.04.001
[20] Sarmadian F, Keshavarzi A, Rajabpour B, Sadegh Askari. Application
of MCDM method in Fuzzy Modeling of Land Suitability Evaluation.
19th World Congr Soil Sci Soil Solut a Chang World.
2010;(August):25–8.
[21] Baja S, Chapman DM, Dragovich D. Fuzzy Modelling Of
Environmental Suitability Index For Rural Land Use Systems: An
Assessment Using A GIS. Environ Plan B Plan Des [Internet].
2001;29:3–20. Available from: http://citeseerx.ist.psu.edu/viewdoc/
summary?doi=10.1.1.163.5209
[22] Burrough, P.A. Fuzzy mathematical methods for soil survey and land
evaluation. J Soil Sci. 1989;40(3):477–92.

124
 Replacement of Fish Meal with Maggot Meal from
Bioconversion Process of Palm Kernel Cake in Diets
Formulation of Nile Tilapia (Oreochromis Niloticus)
Rietje J M Bokau1,* and Tutu Petrus Basuki2,
1
Aquaculture, Departement of Animal Husbandary
2
Agricultural Mechanization, Departemen of Agriculture Technology
Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Jln. Soekarno-Hatta No. 10 Rajabasa, Bandar Lampung, Indonesia
rietjebokau@ polinela.ac.id
Abstract— The objective of this research was to study the
effect of replacement of fish meal with maggot meal for growth
and survival rate and to determine the best percentage of
substitution maggot meal in the diets of nile tilapia (Oreochromis
niloticus) growing. Maggot used was the result of mass culture
through the rearing of Black Soldier Fly (BSF) in the cage to
produce eggs. Furthermore, the eggs harvested and spread on
the medium of palm kernel cake for bioconversion process for 10
days and harvested, dried and milled. Replacement of fish meal
with maggot meal in diets as a treatment was A (0%), B (10%),
C (20%), D (30%), and E (40%) with a feed protein content 30%.
The total of 350 nile as test fish with an average weigth 10-12g
were cultivated in 15 units of aquarium 60 l and nurtured for
49days. The experimental method used was a completely
randomized design and were analyzed by ANOVA and multiple
comparisons. Among treatment means were made with Duncan’s
multiple comparison test using the Statistical Analysis Software
Program of SPSS version 21 for Windows. all probability values
were considered statistically significant at the level of P< 0.05.
The result of this study show that replacement fish meal with
maggot meal at various percentages of dietary treatments have a
significant effect on growth, survival rate, and FCR, nevertheless
the most optimal percentage is at 30%.
Keywords— maggot meal, fish meal, bioconversion,
replacement
I. INTRODUCTION
Increased aquaculture production automatically increases
the need for fish feed. On the other hand fish meal as one of
the important protein sources in feed formulations experienced
considerable obstacles in its supply because most of it was still
imported. This condition causes the price of commercial feed
to be expensive, while the cost of feed is the largest
component in fish farming. For fish farmers, this is one of the
critical factors for successful farming. In an intensive
cultivation system, feed must always be available according to
the needs of fish both in quality and quantity. Tilapia fish are
reared intensively, require that the form of crumb size feed
pellets with protein content of not less than 30% (Suyanto,
1994). Some of the requirements for feed ingredients are
containing nutrients, relatively cheap prices, non-toxic, and
not the main consumption of humans.
125
Various studies have been carried out to find alternative
substitute feeds or feed ingredients that are more economical
that can reduce production costs in fish cultivation, especially
animal feed ingredients as a source of protein (Sukadi, 2003).
One type of material that has the potential to be developed as a
substitute or at the same time used as a fish feed ingredient is
maggot (Subamia, 2010). Insect larvae of Black Soldier Fly
(BSF) are known as decomposers because of their habit of
consuming organic materials. Its presence can be found in
almost all of the world with a larval size of about 2 cm. Hilaire
et al. (2010) stated that maggot has advantages, including: 1)
can reduce organic waste (dewatering), 2) can live in a fairly
wide pH tolerance, c) do not carry disease/agent, 3) contain
high enough protein (40- 50%), 4) life span is quite long
(around 4 weeks), and 5) Does not require high technology.
The production process is known as Bioconversion, which is a
process that converts forms from products/materials that are
less valuable into valuable products using biological agents
(living things: insect BSF). Material requirements can be used
as feed ingredients, namely: harmless to fish, available at all
times, containing nutrients according to the needs of fish, and
the material does not compete with humans. Based on these
requirements, maggot can be used as feed ingredients. This
BSF larvae can grow and develop on media that contain
nutrients that are suitable for their needs. Maggot cultivation
can be done by using media containing organic and waste-
based materials or by-products of agro-industry activities. The
transformation from vegetable protein to animal protein is
known as the bioconversion process. Bioconversion is the
process of transforming organic waste into a source of
methane energy through a fermentation process involving
living microorganisms such as bacteria, fungi and insect larvae
(Newton et al. 2005, Warburton and Hallman 2002).
Biomonversion biomass agents in the form of maggot larvae
are then used as raw material for fish feed. Insect larvae of
Hermetia illucens (Maggot) are found in organic wastes and
are not reported as agents for disease spread (Newton et al.
2005). Palm kernel cake is one of the media that is widely
used to produce maggot, especially in the area of oil palm
plantations and processing industries such as Lampung. The
potential of palm kernel cake can support the mass production
of maggot larvae as raw material for fish feed to overcome the A. Maggot production
problem of fulfilling fish meal needs.
Palm kernel cake was used as a BSF egg hatching medium
Maggots can be used as feed for various stages of fish to produce maggot larvae. The cake was mashed first and then
development, from seeds, to the enlargement stage and also to weighed and placed in a container and mixed with water and
the broodstock. In addition, the method of use can be directly probiotics (3%) (Bokau and Witoko, 2017) until the media
given to fish as fresh food, in dry form or pasta, and can be becomes moist and placed indoors and left for 2-3 days.
dried into fish meal which is one of the raw materials in the Furthermore, BSF eggs derived from the results of
preparation of fish feed formulations so that they can be used maintenance in separate enclosures were spread to the media.
as raw material for animal protein sources. To support the Eggs were stocked as much as 1gram/kg of media and closed
development of freshwater fish culture, among others, tilapia using plastic net. After 7-10 days of hatching process, Maggot
is needed the availability of sufficient feed with quality in were able to be harvested, rinsed until bleached from the rest
accordance with fish needs. Maggot meal is an alternative of the media attached and dried to dry and constant weight,
source of protein derived from insects. Nowadays the research then dried dry maggots, sifted and ready to be used as one of
on the development of alternative animal protein sources is the raw materials for tilapia feed substitution.
directed at utilizing the insects (Wardhana, 2016). This is very
B. Experimental diets
important because of the increasing demand for protein which
causes high prices of animal-based protein. Besides being able Feed ingredients other than maggot meal was used
to be mass produced, maggot contains high enough nutrients. locally based in Lampung, Indonesia. The major feed
Protein content ranges from 40-52% (Bosch et al., 2014, ingredients used were fish meal, maggot meal, soybean meal,
Bokau and Witoko, 2017), can even reach 63.99% (Hwangbao yellow maize, fine bran, tapioca, squid liver oil, vitamins,
et al., 2009 in Makinde, 2015), lipid content ranges from 23- minerals (Table 1). Substitution of maggot meal in feed
32% (Bosch et al., 2014; Makinde, 2015; Bokau and Witoko, formulation was a treatment consisting of 5 levels of
2017). The composition and amino acid content of maggot substitution, namely: feed A (substitution of 0% maggot
meal is not much different from menhaden fish meal (Bokau meal), feed B (substitution of maggot meal 10%), feed C
and Witoko, 2017). Amino acids cysteine, histidine, (substitution of maggot meal 20%), D (substitution of meal
phenilalanin, tryptophan and tyrosine are reported to be higher maggot 30%), and E (substitution of maggot meal 40%)
in maggot meal than fish meal and soy meal (Adesulu and Table 1. Composition of diet substitution maggot meal
Mustapha, 2000 in Ajani et al., 2004), besides that maggot for Nile Tilapia
meal also contains high phosphorus.
Ra w Ma teri a l Di et A Di et B Di et C Di et D Di et E
Some researchers have previously reported the results of Fi s h mea l (%) 48 39 30 21 11
using maggot meal as an additional raw material or as a Ma ggot mea l (%) 0 10 20 30 40
substitute for fish meal in feed formulations for fish and Soybea n mea l (%) 17 18 17 17 17
livestock. Dudusola et al. (2013) concluded that 75% maggot Yel l owma i ze (%) 9 9 9 9 9
meal in catfish feed gave the best performance, with a 100% Fi ne bra n (%) 11 10 9 9 9
substitution of fishmeal can improve the nutritional properties
Ta pi oca (%) 10 9 10 9 9
of meat in milking fish (Haryati et al 2012). Rachmawati et al
Squi d l ever oi l (%) 2 2 2 2 2
(2013) concluded that maggot meal can replace fish meal at a
Vi ta mi n (%) 2 2 2 2 2
level of 25% for the best growth. The administration of maggot
in catfish feed can increase survival rates compared to giving Mi nera l (%) 1 1 1 1 1
artemia (Atse et al 2014). The addition of fresh maggot as an Proxi ma te a na l ys i s (% dry ma tter)
additional feed of 40% results in optimal growth in catfish Moi s ture 3.76 4.01 5.36 5.51 5.74
breeding (Bokau and Basuki, 2017). Maggot is also used as a Protei n 34.05 33.28 32.10 31.93 30.29
feed for poultry and livestock. Rambet et al (2016) concluded Fa t 8.94 11.65 14.83 14.56 18.56
that maggot meal has the potential to replace fish meal to 100% Ca rbohydra te 33.77 32.57 32.45 29.67 28.01
level for broiler feed mixtures, for quail feed 50-75%
Coa rs e fi bre 5.41 5.87 4.49 4.92 4.69
(Widyastuti et al 2014). This study aims to determine the mass
As h 14.04 12.60 10.74 9.38 8.69
production of maggot larvae in palm kernel cake (BIS) media
as a result of bioconversion, then find out the results of the Feed A, B, C, D, and E were arranged in formulations with
utilization of maggot meal as a substitute for fishmeal to 30% protein content. The feeds were made into pellets using
growth and survival in tilapia rearing. pelletizing machines. Pellets were sun dried for 5 days to
II. MATERIAL AND METHOD reduce the moisture content and to prevent deterioration. Each
treatments feed was packed separately and stored in the air
This research was conducted during 60 days at the tight container at room temperature.
Lampung State Polytechnic, Indonesia. This activity includes
the production of maggot, drying and grinding of maggot and C. Experimental procedure
testing on fish was carried out at the Laboratory of Three hundred tilapia fish seeds (Tilapia niloticus) which
aquaculture. were relatively the same size around 16.21-17.58 g and the

126
length of 8.7-9.6cm were used as test fish in this study,
maintained in 15 aquarium units measuring (80x40) cm filled
with water up to 30cm and aerated. The test fish were stocked
as much as 20 fish per aquarium. The fish were acclimatized
for ten days in preparation for the experiment. Furthermore,
feeding was conducted using 3% of biomass and feeding
frequency used was 3 times per day. Siphon is carried out
every day before being fed to remove waste and uneaten feed,
while total water replacement was done every week when
measuring length and weight was conducted. During the study,
periodic water quality measurements were carried out in
accordance with the water parameters measured, temperature
measurements were carried out in the morning and evening,
pH, dissolved oxygen (DO), and ammoniac were measured
every week before and after changing water.
D. Data collection.
For data collection, test fish was measured every week by
harvesting in total and measuring all fish one by one for
weight and length. The parameters measured were weight and
length gain, specific growth rate, survival rate, feed
conversion ratio (FCR). While, water quality parameters
measured were Dissolved oxygen (DO), temperature,
ammonia (NH3) and pH.
E. Chemical analysis
The proximate analysis of maggot meal diet and the fish
carcass were done, using the procedure outlined by AOAC
(1990).
F. Statistical analysis
The data obtained from experiment were subjected to
analysis of variance (ANOVA) using completely randomized
design SPSS. The Tuckey’s multiple range test and Duncan’s
multiple range test were used to compare differences among
treatment means.. Treatments effect were considered
significant at P<0.05.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. Maggot production
Maggot production from mass culture was done by
spreading eggs on prepared media. Based on the results of the
use of palm kernel cake media which was fermented by giving
probiotics with different doses, the average maggot biomass
varied after 7 days of maintenance. Maggot biomass produced
from the media ranged from 696-859 grams. The treatment of
F0 (without the addition of probiotics) obtained the lowest
biomass (696gram) and the highest biomass was in F3
treatment (addition of probiotics 3%). The administration of
probiotics to water used in mixing palm kernel cake as a
Table 2. Proximate Analysis (%) of Maggot Fluor of Each Media
Proximate Test
Parameter (%) F0
Water 5.6425
Ashes 10.7092
Protein 46.8081
Fat 25.6687
Coarse Fiber 9.2239
Carbohydrate 1.9476
medium influenced the production of maggot larvae biomass.
The greater the dose, the greater the biomass produced, except
in F4 (the addition of probiotics 4%) reduced biomass (Figure
1).
The test results show that there were significant differences
in the results of maggot biomass in the medium of
fermentation with probiotics and non-fermentation. Whereas
in fermentation treatment, F1 was significantly different from
F2 and F3. The results of research from several previous
researchers who used palm kernel cake media showed that the
biomass produced from this study was much higher. Silmina et
al. (2011) at natural culture produced 25-50gram biomass;
Fahmi et al. (2010) resulted in 1kg/3kg BIS media; Hartami et
al. (2015) obtained a density of 1.21 maggot larvae/cm3 with
an average weight of 150 grams, in other media, 2kg coconut
cake, Katayane et al. (2014) produced fresh weight of maggot
93.42 grams through 0.45 grams of egg stocking.
Proximate analysis of the resulting maggot showed a
difference in the maggot protein content of each medium
(Figure 1). The higher the probiotic dose, the higher the
protein content, F0 (46,8081%), F3 (52,6082), F4 (51,9201%),
and F5 (53,1717%), respectively. The administration of
probiotics in the media was able to help the initial
decomposition of organic ingredients before being further
elaborated by the newly hatched maggot. Result of protein
analysis is indicated by N or crude protein. According to
Mangunwardoyo et.al (2011), during the bioconversion
process media, protein increases. Nitrogen is the main
component of cell proteins in which the nitrogen consumption
has direct effect on the protein synthesis in the organism or
microbe cell (Swick, 1999). Protein is a very important
nutrient in the composition of artificial fish feed formulation.
Protein produced by the fish. Treatment with 3% fermentation
(F3) and 52.61% protein content was assumed as the optimum
result used for maggot meal.
Figure 1. The average maggot biomass produced from the
process of bioconversion in palm kernel cake
Treatment Media
F3 F4 F5
6.6425 5.6425 7.0556
10.7092 10.7092 10.4828
52.6082 51.9201 53.1717
23.6687 20.6687 18.9407
9.2239 9.2239 9.6012
1.9476 1.9476 0.7481
127
B. Replacement of maggot meal and Nile Tilapia Growth
The results showed that the substitution of fish meal with
maggot meal in artificial feed gave a good response to the
growth of tilapia where the feed given had a significant effect
(P <0.05) with different results. The growth performance of
Nile Tilapia fed with different levels of maggot meal (A 0%, B
10%, C 20%, D 30%, and E 40%) to replace fish meal in
experiment showed different results (Table 3). Compared with
treatment A (0%) as a control showed that the percentage
maggot meal given significantly affected the final mean
weight (FMW), mean weight gain (MWG), specific weight
growth (SWG), specific length growth (SLG), Food
conversion ratio, and survival rate (SR), while final mean
length (FML) and mean length gain were no significant. At a
replacement level of 20% and 30% (the treatment C and D)
resulted in a high final mean weight of 32.12 ± 2.19 g and
32.68 ± 2.46 g. The highest mean weight gain was at D (30%),
which was 15.12 ± 0.51 g and in more percentage height D
(40%), MWG decreased, namely 13.09 ± 0.77 g. The highest
specific weight was D (30%) which was 1.81 ± 0.83%. Food
conversion ratio shows that 30% of fish meal with maggot
meal replacement treatment (D treatment) was significant
different (1.81 ± 0.32), while the survival rate increased
significantly with an increase in percentage replacement and
the highest was in treatment D (30%) which was 88.67 ± 2.87
%.
Table 3. Growth, survival rate and food conversion of Nile Tilapia meal
Percentage of maggot meal in diets
Parameter
A(0%) B(10%) C(20%) D(30%)
Initial mean weight 16.34±0.85 16.89±0.65 17.23±0.98 17.56±1.21 17.48±0.11
Final mean weight 26.43±1.73 31.34±1.73 32.12±2.19 32.68±2.46 30.57±2.94
Mean weight gain 10.09±1.15 14.45±0.91 14.89±0.23 15.12±0.51 13.09±0.77
Initial mean length 8.91±0.89 9.12±0.98 9.81±0.96 9.61±1.02
Final mean length 11.71±0.38 12.18±0.38 12.62±0.26 12.92±0.39 12.08±0.39
Mean length gain 2.81±1.28 3.08±0.93 2.82±0.69 3.32±0.79
SGR (W) (%) 1.31±0.17 1.61±0.28 1.61±0.34 1.81±0.83
SGR (L) (%) 0.51±0.33 0.81±0.61 0.72±0.19 0.71±0.43
FCR 2.41±0.62 2.41±0.58 2.21±0.46 1.81±0.32
SR (%) 73.31±2.8 74.05±1.53 83.33±2.89 88.33±2.88 86.67±2.87
a,b,c
letters in the same row show differences among treatments (p < 0.05)
unit length=cm, unit weigth=gram
Growth is a change in size both weight and length in a
certain period of time, where growth occurs due to the
addition of tissue from mitotic cell division and the presence
of excess energy and protein inputs sourced from feed and
used by the body for metabolism, replacing damaged cells,
reproduction and other activities. Growth is also affected by
the balance of nutrients in the feed. Overall the results of the
study showed that the addition of maggot meal to fish meal
substitution in feed formulations gave a good response in the
growth of tilapia, but long growth had no significant effect.
The level of substitution of maggot flour 30% (treatment D)
produced the highest growth (final weight, weight gain,
specific growth. At a higher substitution (40%), it could not
increase the final weight and specific growth. In previous
studies using different types of fish, the level of substitution of
maggot flour was different. Makinde (2015) provides an
optimal limit of 25-30% for Clarias gariepinus and if it is
increased will reduce growth performance. Comparison of 4: 1
wheat bran and live maggot was used for growth performance
and specific growth rate of Nile Tilapia (Ebenso and Udo,
2003 in Makinde, 2015). The final mean length was not
significantly different, however, the feed treatment for
substitution of maggot meal B, C, D, and E was higher than
control (A) which shows that the nutrients in maggot meal
affected the addition of fish length. Body length growth is
closely related to bone growth associated with the availability
of minerals (calcium and phosphorus) and amino acids.
Minerals in feed are available in small amounts and are
sourced from mineral mix, maggot and fish meal (Priyadi, et
al., 2010). Further explanation, maggot contains high
phosphorus (Dudusola and Temenu, 2013). Ajani et al. (2004)
mentions that the content of Phosphorus and Calcium was 0.5
and 0.6%, respectively.
In pangasius, the best substitution with maggot meal at a
level of 25% is slightly lower than the results of this study,
which is 30%. Whereas in other studies for tilapia, substitution
of 0, 25, 50, 75 and 100% resulted in the best substitution rate
of 50 percent of maggot meal (Ajani et al., 2004). The use of
protein in artificial feed for fish varied because it is influenced
by the type and size of fish, energy and nutritional balance.
Increased feed protein is not always followed by increasing
fish growth (Rahmawati and Istiyanto, 2013), excess protein
will be excreted in the form of ammonia where to process and
dispose of it requires energy and energy for reduced growth.
E(40%)
Food Convertion Ratio (FCR) is the ability of fish to
consume feed given, and is directly proportional to the
increase in body weight. Based on observations during the
9.41±0.35
study, the largest FCR value obtained was 2.41 (treatment A
and B), 2.21 (treatment C), 2.31 (treatment E), the smallest
2.68±0.39
1.81 (treatment D). The greater substitution of maggot meal
1.71±0.23 produced a large FCR which showed the ability of fish to use
0.63±0.11 decreased feed which was thought to be due to the content of
2.31±0.11 chitin in maggot meal which can not be digested by fish.
The survival rate at the end of the study showed that a
higher substitution affected fish SR with the highest value of
88%.
IV. CONCLUSION
The treatment of substitution of fish meal with maggot
meal (0%, 10%, 20%, 30%, and 40%) in fish-based feeds
affected the growth, growth rate, FCR, and survival rate of
tilapia. Substitution of fish meal with maggot meal in tilapia
feed formulation, is optimal at 30% level.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This studi was financially supported by the Competing
Research Grant from Directorate General of Higher Education,
Ministry of Recearch, Technology and Higher Education of
Indonesia 2016-2017. The authors are thankful to the
Laboratory of Aquaculture Politeknik Negeri Lampung, and
Center of Ornamen Fish Culture Depok, West Java, Indonesia
for providing facilities.
128
 REFERENCES
[1] Ajai, E K, L C Nwanna and B O Musa 2004 Replacement of Fishmeal
with Maggot Meal in the Diets of Nile tilapia, Oreochromis niloticus.
World Aquaculture: 52-54.
[2] Atse, B C, Ossey, Y B, Koffi, K M and Kouame, P L 2014 Effect of
Feeding by Product; Maggot Meal, Fish Meal, Bood Meal and Beef
Brain on Growth, Survival and Carcass Composition of African Catfish,
Heterobranchus Longifilis Valenciennes, 1840 Larvae under
Recirculating Conditions. International Journal of Agriculture
Innovations and Research Vol 2, Issue 4: 530-535.
[3] Bokau, R J M and P Witoko 2017 Optimalization of Bioconversion
Proses of Palm Kernel Cake for Production Maggot Hermetia illucens as
A Source of Animal Protein in Fish Farming. Jour. Of Aquacultura
Indonesiana 18 (1): 20-25.
[4] Bokau, R J M and T P Basuki 2017 Utilization of Maggot (Larva
Hermetia illucens) from The Process of Bioconversion of Palm Kernel
Cake as Additional Feed for Growth of Catfish. Proceeding of
International Conference of Aquaculture Indonesia. Solo, Indonesia,
October 27-28, 2017.
[5] Dudusola, A and A S Temenu 2013 The Use of Maggot Meal in African
Cat Fish Feeding. Advances in Aquaculture and Fisheries Management
Vol 1 (5): 49-51.
[6] Fahmi, M.R.
[7] Katayane, A F, Wolayan, F R dan Imbar, M R 2014 Produksi dan
Kandungan Protein Maggot (Hermetia illucens) dengan Menggunakan
Media Tumbuh Berbeda. Jur. Zootek 34: 27-36.
[8] Makinde, O J 2015 Maggot Meal: A Sustainable Protein Source for
Livestock Production- A Review. Advances in Life Science and
Technology Vol. 31: 35-41.
[9] Newton, L C, D C Sheppard, D W Watson, G J Burtle, C R Dove, J K
Tomberlin, and E E Thelen 2005 The Black Soldier Fly, Hermetia
illucens, as a Manure Manajement/Resource Recovery Tool. State in
Science, Animal Menure and Waste Management
[10] Priyadi, A, Zafril I A, I W Subamia dan S Hem 2009 Pemanfaatan
Maggot Sebagai Pengganti Tepung Ikan Dalam Pakan Buatan Untuk
Benih Ikan Balashark (Balanthiocheilus melanopterus Bleeker). Jurnal
Riset Akuakultur, vol 4 No. 3: 367-375.
[11] Rachmawati, D dan Istiyanto, S 2013 The Effect of Substitution of Fish
Meal with Maggot in Artificial Feed for Growth and Survival Rate of
Catfish (Pangasius pangasius). Jurnal Saintek Perikanan Vol. 9, N0.1:
62-67.
[12] Rembet V, Umboh J F, Tulung Y L R dan Kowel Y H S 2016
Kecernaan Protein dan Energi Ransum Broiler yang Menggunakan
Tepung Maggot (Hermetia illucens) Sebagai Pengganti Tepung Ikan. Jur
Zootek 36: 13-22.
[13] Silmina, D, G Edriani dan M Putri 2011 Efektifitas Berbagai Media
Budidaya Terhadap Pertumbuhan Maggot Hermetia illucens. IPB
Bogor.
[14] Wardhana, A H 2016 Black Soldier Fly (Hermetia illucens) as an
Alternative Protein Source for Animal Feed. Wartazoa Vol. 26 No. 2.

129
Characterization of in Vitro Shoots Brassica oleracea
Results of Cotyledon Explants Induction Using KIN
and NAA
Nazirwan1,*, Ari Wahyuni1, Yusanto2 and Desi Maulinda2
1
Seed Technology Study Program, Departement of Food Crop Cultivation
2
Horticulture Study Program Departement of Food Crop Cultivation
Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Bandar Lampung, Lampung, Indonesia
*
Email: nazirwan@polinela.ac.id
Abstract— Vegetative breeding that is mostly done now is
through tissue culture techniques. The objective of this research
was to obtain a description and examine the influence of the
growth regulators 6- Furfuryl amino purine (KIN) and
naphthalene acetic acid (NAA) on the formation of in vitro shoots
in this cultivar. For this reason, testing is needed to determine the
characteristics of the in vitro shoots produced which can be useful
as a tool for the formation of synthetic seeds. The ability of
cotyledon explants to form the highest shoots (70%) was in the
treatment containing 2 mg/l KIN + 0,5 mg/l NAA but this
treatment did not show a significant difference with 2-3 mg/l KIN
dan 2 mg/l KIN + 0,5 mg/l NAA. The percentage of shoot formation
correlates closely and positively with the number of culture bottles
that form shoots (r = 0.72). Based on the description data and the
result of the selection of the number of shoots selected two
treatment of shoot induction ie treatment of 2 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l
NAA which has stem shape of round and straight, and treatment
of 1 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA which also has the same stem shape.
Shoots of selected induction results can be used for the formation
of synthetic seeds.
Keywords— Broccoli, 6-Furfuryl Amino Purine, naphthalene
acetic acid, in vitro, description, characteristics, shoot formation,
cotyledon, synthetic seeds.
I. INTRODUCTION
Broccoli is a sub-tropical vegetable, in Indonesia this plant is
grown mainly in the temperate regions of the temperate climate,
such as Pengalengan, Dieng, Tanah Karo, Lembang, Cipanas
and Ciloto. Broccoli (Brassica oleracea L.) plays an important
role in the fulfillment of community nutrition. Fresh broccoli
contains many substances that are useful for the human body.
Vegetable consumption is associated with a reduced risk of
diseases such as cancer in humans. This inverse association is
greatest when considering cruciferous vegetables [1].
Sulforaphane, a naturally occurring isothiocyanate derived from
its glucosinolate precursor glucoraphanin (GFN), is found in
cruciferous vegetables such as broccoli. Sulforaphane has been
identified as one of the critical bioactive compounds associated
with the health benefits following the consumption of these
vegetables, and has been shown to play a powerful role in
tumour suppression [2]. Other nutrients contained in these
vegetables are protein, calcium, vitamin A, ascorbic acid,
thiamine, riboflavin and niacin. Efforts to develop broccoli from
year to year continue to increase. This gives an indication that
130
the potential for broccoli development is very prospective. There
are various obstacles in producing seeds naturally, for example
due to the nature of self-compatible plants. In flowering plants,
self-incompatibility (SI) is a universal mechanism for avoidance
of self-fertilization and inbreeding, thus maintaining their
genetic diversity [3]. Naturally, the obstacles to getting seeds can
be done through a crossing process but the seeds produced are
low and the success rate of hybridization cannot always be
guaranteed. Vegetative breeding is a way out to get hybrid seeds
of this plant. In this way the superior properties of plants can be
maintained. Vegetative breeding that is mostly done now is
through tissue culture techniques. This in vitro technique offers
a great opportunity to produce desired plants quickly and
basically genetically identical. Various tissues have been used
in organogenesis of Brassica crops like hypocotyls, cotyledons
and leaves [4], shoot tip [5, 6]. In vitro regeneration is influenced
by many factors such as culture environment, culture medium
composition, explant source and genotype [7]. For this reason,
testing is needed to determine the characteristics of the in vitro
shoots produced which can be useful as a tool for the formation
of synthetic seeds. This paper reports on the description and
influence of KIN alone or KIN combinations with NAA on in
vitro shoots formation from broccoli cotyledon explants.
II. MATERIALS AND METHODS
The materials tested were cotyledons from hybrid seed
sprouts broccoli F-1 Lucky (Primasid) aged 14 days as sources
of explants for shoot induction. Before sowing the seeds are
sterilized for 15 minutes in 10% solution and 20% clorox while
shaking. Then the seeds are rinsed with sterile water 3 times to
remove the remnants of clorox solution and planted on MS
basic media [8]. Basic media used for seed germination and
treatment media for shoot induction, before sterilization using
autoclaves at 121ºC, 1.03 kPa for 30 minutes the pH of the
media was adjusted to 5.7. The levels of KIN concentration
used as treatment were 1, 2 and 3 mg/l combined with NAA at
0 and 0.5 mg/l. Cotyledons aged 14 days from normal sprouts
of broccoli seeds were cut and inoculated horizontally on the
surface of MS treatment media. The explants were cultured in
220 ml jam bottles containing 30 ml of media and sealed with
aluminum foil. Culture bottles were maintained at 22ºC and 24
hours of light using cool white fluorescent lamps which gave an
intensity of 60 μmol m-² s-¹. One pair of cotyledon explants
planted for each culture bottle required five culture bottles for
each treatment arranged in a Complete Randomized Design
(CRD) with 2 replications. Data were analyzed statistically
according to the IBM SPSS 24 statistical program and if there
were significant different treatments followed by Duncan's
multiple distance test at the 5% level. To see the relationship
between percentage data on shoot formation and data on the
number of bottles of culture that form shoots, regression
correlation analysis was used using SAS program 9.1.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. Regeneration of six induction treatments using KIN
and NAA Figure 2. Multiple shoot formation from cotyledon
Based on the regeneration data, six induction explants of broccoli on different concentrations of KIN in
treatments using KIN and NAA showed that the combination with NAA. A (2 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA), B
percentage of cotyledon explants that can form shoots (1 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA) and C (3 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l
showed significantly different responses (Figure 1). NAA) after four weeks of culture with D (1 mg/l KIN), E (2
Experimental result of [9] found that, after 8 weeks of mg/l KIN) and F (2 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA) after eight
culture, the ability of cotyledon explants to form the weeks of culture.
highest shoots (70%) was in the treatment containing 2 Source: [9]
mg/l KIN + 0,5 mg/l NAA but this treatment did not show
B. Description of the six induction treatments using KIN
a significant difference with treatment of 2-3 mg/l KIN
and NAA
and 2 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA (Figures 1 and 2, F). The
Based on the description data both on induction
range of KIN concentrations used, with or without NAA,
treatment using KIN singly and on induction treatment
can influence shoot proliferation of broccoli cotyledon
using combination between KIN and NAA in this research
explants; increase in KIN concentration singly from 2
showed that in the induction treatment using KIN two
mg/l to 3 mg/l KIN or with NAA mainly from 2 mg/l KIN
induction treatment ie treatment 1 mg/l KIN and 3 mg/l
+ 0.5 mg/l NAA to 3 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA causes
KIN forming adventitious shoots other treatment ie
the shoots proliferation rate of cotyledon explants to
treatment 2 mg/l KIN forming axillary and adventitious
decrease significantly (Figure 1).
shoots. While on treatment using combination between
KIN and NAA showed that two induced treatments ie
treatment of 1 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA and 2 mg/l KIN
+ 0.5 mg/l NAA formed axillary and adventitious shoots
other treatment ie 3 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA formed
axillary shoots. Age of shoots formation parameters
indicated that all induction treatments had age of shoots
formation between 21-56 days after culture (Table 1).
Table 1. Description of the six induction
treatments using KIN and NAA
KIN NAA Shoot Age of shoots
(mg/ (mg/l) type formation
Figure 1. Effect of various KIN concentrations in l) (DAC)
combination with NAA on the percentage of broccoli 1 0 Adventitious 56
cotyledon explants that produce shoots after eight weeks of
2 0 Axillary and adventitious 35
culture. The same letter means that it is not significantly
different at 0.05 probability level according to Duncan's 3 0 Adventif 28
double distance test. 1 0.5 Axillary and adventitious 21
Source: [9]
2 0.5 Axillary and adventitious 21
3 0.5 Axillary 21

131
 Visual observations on the research were performed on
the stem color and stem shape either on induction
treatment using KIN singly or on induction treatment
using combination between KIN and NAA. Based on the
stem color observation data on induction treatment using
KIN showed that one treatment of induction treatment of
1 mg/l KIN tested had dark green stem color and two other
treatments ie 2 mg/l KIN and 3 mg/l KIN treatment having
color of stem light green. While in the treatment using a
combination of KIN and NAA showed that all of the
induction treatments tested had a light green stem color.
On observation of the stem shape both in the induction
treatment using KIN and in the induction treatment using
combination between KIN and NAA showed that two
induction treatments using KIN tested ie 1 mg/l KIN and
3 mg/l KIN treatment had straight rod shape and treatment
the other is the treatment of 2 mg/l KIN has a round shape
of the stem is straight and round shape of the stem is not
straight. Meanwhile, in the treatment using a combination
of KIN and NAA showed that all induction treatments
tested had a straight round shape (Table 2).
Table 2. Visual observation of stem color and stem
shape of plants on six induction treatments using KIN and
NAA
KIN NAA Stem Stem
(mg/l) (mg/l) color shape
1 0 Dark green Round and straight
2 0 Light green Round and not straight
3 0 Light green Round and straight
1 0.5 Light green Round and straight
2 0.5 Light green Round and straight
3 0.5 Light green Round and straight
C. Number of shoots
Based on statistical analysis showed a significant
difference between induction treatment using KIN singly
and in combination treatment between KIN and NAA
(Table 3). While based on data on the number of culture
bottles forming shoots showed that the induction
treatment of 2 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA resulted seven
culture bottles that forming shoots significantly different
than the other induction treatment (Figure 3). In the
induction treatment 2 mg/l KIN was not significantly
different from the treatment of 1 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l
NAA.
Table 3. Observation of the number of culture
bottles to formed shoots at six induction treatments
using KIN and NAA
132
KIN NAA Number of shoots
(mg/l) (mg/l) (bottles)
1 0 1a
2 0 6d
3 0 3c
1 0.5 6d
2 0.5 7e
3 0.5 2b
The same letter means that it is not significantly
different at 0.05 probability level according to Duncan's
double distance test.
Figure 3. Multiple shoot formation from cotyledon
explant of broccoli on different concentrations of KIN
in combination with NAA. A (2 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l
NAA) and B (1 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA) after eight
weeks of culture..
The difference in the number of culture bottles that
form shoots between induced treatments is due to the
interaction between KIN concentrations and the
combined treatment of KIN and NAA concentrations.
Thus the characters contained in the shoots continuously
will respond and adjust to the concentrations of growth
regulators and the proportion of consentations between
growth regulators.
D. The relationship between the percentage of shoot
formation and the number of culture bottles that form shoots
Based on data on the percentage of shoot formation
(Figure 1) and data on the number of bottles of culture that
form buds (Table 3), it can be seen the correlation
between the data of percentage percentage of shoot
formation with variable data on the number of culture
bottles that form shoots as presented in Figure 4.
Based on the results of regression analysis, the
relationship between the variable data on the percentage
of shoot formation with variable data on the number of
culture bottles that form shoots based on statistical tests ACKNOWLEDGMENT
showed that the percentage of shoot formation correlates The authors are thankful to the Department of Food Crop
closely and positively with the number of culture bottles Cultivation Politeknik Negeri Lampung, for the laboratory
that form shoots (r = 0.72). This means that the higher the facilities provided.
percentage of shoot formation, the greater the number of
REFERENCES
culture bottles that form shoots or vice versa. In Figure 4
[1] Royston K.J. & Tollefsbol T.O. 2015. The epigenetic impact of
above, it appears that the value of R2 = 0.514; It can be cruciferous vegetables on cancer prevention. Current Environmental
interpreted that the data from the percentage percentage Health Reports 1,46–51.
of broccoli shoots formation correlates closely and [2] Hsu A., Wong C.P., Yu Z., Williams D.E., Dashwood R.H. & Ho E.
2011. Promoter de-methylation of cyclin D2 by sulforaphane in prostate
positively with data from the variable number of culture cancer cells. Clinical Epigenetics 3,3.
bottles that can form shoots that is 51.4% while the rest [3] Takayama S, Isogai A. 2005. Self-incompatibility in plants. Annu Rev
can be caused by the influence of other variables not [4]
Plant Biol 56: 467-489. [Pub Med]
Javed, B., Farhatullah, S.H. Shah and I. Ali. 2012. In vitro analysis
included in this study. of callus induction in interspecifically hybridized f4-5 populations of
Brassica. Pak. J. Bot., 44(2): 787-790.
[5] Abbas, H., M. Qaiser and S.W. Khan. 2012. In vitro response of
6 Convolvulus scindicus to different growth hormones - an attempt to
Number of bottles form shoots

conserve endangered species. Pak. J. Agri. Sci., 49: 41-45.

5 [6] Asim, M. 2012. Micropropagation of lentil (Lens culinaris Medik.)
y = 0.053x - 0.1232
4 R² = 0.514 using pulse treatment of immature plumular apices. Pak. J. Agri.
Sci., 49: 149-154.
3 [7] Bano, R., M.H. Khan, R.S. Khan, H. Rashid and Z.A. Swat. 2010.
2 Development of an efficient regeneration protocol for three genotypes
of Brassica juncea. Pak.
1 [8] Murashige, T., and Skoog, F. 1962. A revised medium for rapid
0 growth and bioassay with tobacco tissue culture. Physiol. Plant., 15,
473-497.
-1 0 20 40 60 80 100
[9] Nazirwan. 2017. In vitro shoot generation from cotyledon explant of
Percentage of shoot formation
brassica oleracea using KIN and NAA. G.J.B.A.H.S., Vol.6(4):12-14

Figure 4. The relationship between the percentage

of shoot formation and the number of culture bottles
forming shoots. Value of R2 = 0.514 obtained based on
the results of regression correlation analysis using SAS
program 9.1.

E. Selected induction treatment

Based on the description data and the result of the selection
of the number of shoots selected two treatment of shoot
induction ie treatment of 2 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA which has
stem shape of round and straight and treatment of 1 mg/l KIN +
0.5 mg/l NAA which also has the same stem shape. Shoots of
selected induction results can be used for the formation of
synthetic seeds.
IV. CONCLUSION
Research result showed that, the ability of cotyledon explants
to form the highest shoots (70%) was in the treatment containing
2 mg/l KIN + 0,5 mg/l NAA but this treatment did not show a
significant difference with 2-3 mg/l KIN dan 2 mg/l KIN + 0,5
mg/l NAA. The percentage of shoot formation correlates closely
and positively with the number of culture bottles that form
shoots (r = 0.72). Based on the description data and the result of
the selection of the number of shoots selected two treatment of
shoot induction ie treatment of 2 mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA
which has stem shape of round and straight, and treatment of 1
mg/l KIN + 0.5 mg/l NAA which also has the same stem shape.
Shoots of selected induction results can be used for the formation
of synthetic seeds.

133
 Analysis of Business Development Strategy Straw
Mushroom Raw Material EFB in Lampung Province
Sarono1
1
Politeknik Negeri Lampung, Lampung, Indonesia
Abstract— In Lampung, many businesses produce
mushrooms made from empty fruit bunch (EFB) palm oil; this
has a positive impact on companies and communities around the
company. The objective of the research is to identify the
strengths, weaknesses, opportunities, and threats of the EFB
standard mushroom business and the analysis of its development
strategy in Lampung Province. The result of the research shows
that (1) the development of mushroom industry made from EFB
in Lampung Province has the strength of raw material available
in large quantities and easily obtained, while the weakness is
mushroom is a product that is easily damaged and untreated
mushroom waste. (2) the odds are that the need for food
mushrooms is still high and tends to increase, while the threat is
rising production and transportation costs and uncontrolled
extreme weather. (3) the main priority strategy for the large
business unit is the development of new mushroom processing
business and the modernization of mushroom making technology,
while for the small and beginner business unit is to encourage
business development to reach economies of scale.
Keywords— Straw Mushroom, EFB, Development Strategy
I. INTRODUCTION
In the process of processing fresh fruit bunches (FFB) of
palm oil into crude palm oil (CPO) yielded about 21.5-23.0%,
the rest in the form of by-products or waste in the form of
liquid, solid, and gas. Solid waste consists of empty fruit
bunch (EFB) (16-23%), fruit juice (11-26%), palm kernel cake
(4%), shells (4-6%), and other solid wastes (16,5%) [1]. Other
researchers mentioned the average number of EFB between
23% of total FFB [2].
The composition of EFB is 2.40-14.28% moisture content;
material evaporates 70.03-83.86%; total carbon 8.97-18.30%;
ash 1.30-13.65%; lignin 14.1-30.45%; cellulose 23.70-65.0%;
hemicellulose 20.58-33.52% [3]. From the composition, it is
seen that in fact, EFB has a high organic component, but also
has a high lignin content. Lignin is the most difficult
component to degrade. Lignin polymers are structurally
associated with cellulose and hemicellulose. To be
transformed into a simpler element, EFB must be degraded
first [4].
In Indonesia, many efforts have been made to utilize EFB
in various forms, for example as textile materials and craft
products [5], as organic fertilizers such as compost [6], as a
medium for making mushroom [7], as a sound absorption
composite amplifier [8].
134
From several efforts to utilize EFB which have been
researched and suggested, it turns out that the community
around the palm oil mills (POM) has used EFB as a medium
for making a mushroom. Even the manufacture of mushroom
from the raw material EFB has become a profitable business.
Observation results in the Province currently there are more
than six units of mushroom manufacturing made from large-
scale EFB raw materials. Also, many small-scale EFB-made
mushrooms businesses can’t survive. Therefore, it is necessary
to examine the development strategy of mushroom making
business made from EFB raw material in Lampung Province.
The purpose of the penitentiary is as follows:
1. To get an idea of the problems faced by mushroom
business made from EFB raw material in Lampung Province,
2. Identification of strengths, weaknesses, opportunities,
and threats of entrepreneurs of mushroom made from EFB raw
materials in Lampung Province,
3. Analysis of the development strategy of mushroom
made from EFB raw material in Lampung Province
II. METHODS
A. 2.1. Descriptive Analysis of Business Mushroom Raw
Material EFB
Data obtained by looking directly at the conditions of the
process in the field, direct interviews of business owners,
workers, suppliers, and buyers of products. Further data
obtained are displayed in table and photo form and narrated
descriptively. The research was conducted in Business Unit A
Raman Utara - East Lampung District, Business Unit B East
Metro - City Metro, and Business Unit C Natar - South
Lampung District. The three business units are continuously
operated for 24 months.
B. 2.2. Internal, External, and SWOT Analysis
The SWOT analysis aims to generate strategic alternatives
that can maximize strength and opportunities and minimize
weakness and threats [9]. This research phase aims to generate
internal factors (strength & weakness) and external factors
(opportunities & threats) of mushroom business made from
raw material EFB in Lampung Province. The identification of
internal and external factors is carried out using brainstorming
and Focus Group Discussion methods with experts,
stakeholders, and assessments of previous studies. The
resource persons and experts involved are from academics,
practitioners, and business actors. The data obtained are then
analyzed using IFE and EFE analysis methods, and SWOT
analysis.
C. 2.3. Strategy Analysis of Business Development
Strategy analysis is conducted to sort alternative strategies
based on the priority scale. The determination of priority scale
is done by asking questions to experts with a paired
comparison method. Determination of the weight of each
strategy used scale 1, 2, and 3, with the following assessment
criteria:
 Value 1: if the horizontal indicator is less important
than the vertical indicator.
 Value 2: if the horizontal indicator is just as
important as the vertical indicator.
 Value 3: if the horizontal indicator is more important
than the vertical indicator
The weight of each variable is obtained by determining the
value of each variable against the total number of variables
using the formula used by [9] :
Information :
ai = weight of the i-th variable; Xi = value of the i-th variable;
n = number of variables; i= 1, 2, 3, ... n
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A. Description of Research Objects
Identification of business unit of mushroom manufacture
made from EFB raw material can be seen in Table 1. Business
Unit A is located in North Raman Sub-district of East
Lampung, Business Unit B is located in Metro Sub-district
City Metro, and Business Unit C is located in Natar Sub-
district of South Lampung. All three business units
continuously produce mushroom made from raw EFB and
operate already more 24 months.
The basic ingredients of mushroom production in these
three business units are EFB, fungus seeds, clean water,
firewood, rice bran, cotton, and lime (dolomite). Main
production equipment used mushroom house (kumbung),
evaporation drum (sterilization), soaking pond. From the
process stages look, the difference is the use of cotton on
business units B and C, while business unit A does not use.
The reason for using cotton is to keep the moisture for longer.
Another difference is on the scale of production, survey results
and interviews with business owners can be seen in Table 1.

Table 1. The result of Identification of Mushroom made from EFB in Lampung Province
No Description Business Unit A Business Unit B Business Unit C
1 Owner Individual Individual Individual
2 Starting Business 2003 2012 2015
3 Legality Village permits, Village permits Village permits
SITU, SIUP
4 Number of Employees 20 - 30 8 4
(persons)
5 Human Resource Education
a) Owner: High School High School High School
Training Training Training
b) Employees : Elementary-High Elementary-High Elementary-High
School School School
6 Organizational Structure Simple Simple Simple
7 Technology Processing Simple Simple Simple
8 Number of kumbung (units) 35 - 68 12 4
9 Size of Kumbung (m) 5x6x6 5x6x6 5x6x5
10 Materials of Kumbung The bamboo The bamboo The bamboo
framework, framework, framework,
Bamboo Rack Bamboo Rack Bamboo Rack
Asbestos roof, Asbestos roof, Asbestos roof,
Ground floor Ground floor Ground floor

135
 No Description Business Unit A Business Unit B Business Unit C
11 Utilization of Waste None None None
12 Location Marketing Around the Around the Around the
factory, Metro, factory, Natar, and factory and Metro
Bandar Lampung, Bandar Lampung
Jakarta, Palembang
13 Number of Production (kg / 200 - 620 50 - 150 5 - 40
day)
14 Processed Products None None None
15 Utilization of IT SMS & WA SMS & WA SMS & WA
16 Promotion Planned None None None

In general, the three business units that become the object decayed EFB. According to [10], the content of tannins,
of research have stages of the production process is almost the cellulose, and hemicellulose is easily degraded. Stages of the
same. The process of mushroom production lasted for 20-25 mushroom production process from EFB as can be seen in
days, the end of the process is also marked by beginning its Figure 1.

Figure 1. Stages of Production Process of Mushroom from EFB

to face weakness. According to David [9], a strategic analysis

B. Internal, External, and SWOT Analysis
Table 2 shows that respondents' assessment of internal
factors (total IFE score) is 2,526. The results indicate that the
mushroom business unit of EFB raw material in Lampung
Province is in the average position in harnessing the strength
using the internal factor evaluation (IFE) matrix can be used to
summarize and evaluate the strengths and weaknesses of a
business unit. IFE matrices can also provide a basis for
identifying and evaluating the relationships of these functional

136
areas, so a good understanding of the internal factors being
included is more important than the numbers themselves.
Table 2 shows that raw materials (EFB) are available in
large quantities and are easily obtainable are the main
strengths owned by entrepreneurs mushroom in Lampung
Province. Field observations show that Lampung province has
14 units of POM spread across five districts. All POM has not
utilized EFB maximally, only limited to used boiler fuel and
mulch for plant cover. There is one factory that utilizes EFB as
compost directly. During this mushroom entrepreneurs buy
EFB from POM with the price of Rp. 50.000, - / ton. Rice
straw that had been a medium of mushroom cultivation is
expensive and difficult to obtain. These results become a
positive capital base if the government wants to encourage
partnerships between POM and entrepreneurs of mushrooms
around the palm oil mill.
Based on the IFE Matrix analysis results, it is also known
that the main weakness of mushroom commodity is easily
damaged. This is due to good nutritional content and high
water content (Gholami et al., 2017). The development of
processed mushroom products to be more durable must be
done to support the mushroom business.

Table 2. IFE Matrix of Making Mushroom from EFB in Lampung Province

Total
Defining factor Weight Rating Priority
score
Strengths
A Labor available 0.114 3.67 0.420 IV
B Raw materials (EFB) are available in large 0.132 4.00 0.529 I
quantities and are easily available
C Technology and production equipment is very 0.130 3.50 0.455 II
simple
D Investment costs are relatively small and quickly 0.113 3.75 0.425 III
obtain results
Weaknesses
E Mushroom waste has not been utilized to disturb 0.118 1.17 0.138 II
the environment
F Knowledge of fungal diseases is still low 0.141 1.50 0.211 IV
G Mushroom is a perishable product 0.118 1.17 0.138 I
H Stages of making mushroom from EFB longer 0.133 1.58 0.210 III
Amount 1 2,526

In Table 3 it can be seen that the need for food mushrooms
is still high and tend to continue to increase a very big
opportunity to be utilized by the entrepreneurs mushroom in
Lampung Province. This is supported by the opening of
market opportunities to processed mushroom products. The
opportunity is also strengthened by local governments and
entrepreneurs of POM to partner with high entrepreneurs
mushrooms. Factors that pose a major threat are increased
production and transportation costs and uncontrolled extreme
weather. Some of these constraints can be overcome by
encouraging business development to achieve economies of
scale and development of mushroom enterprises approaching
the POM.

Table 3. EFE Matrix of Making Mushroom from EFB in Lampung Province

Total
Defining factor Weight Rating Priority
score
Opportunities
A Government and POM commitment for SME 0.125 3.17 0.397 III
development is very high
B The need of mushroom is still high and tend to increase 0.140 3.33 0.465 I
C Mushroom waste made from EFB has not been utilized 0.121 2.67 0.324 IV
D Begin the opening of market opportunities of processed 0.126 3.25 0.411 II
mushroom products
Threats
E The use of EFB in other products conducted by the POM 0.121 2.33 0.282 III
F The emergence of new players that damage the price 0.121 2.58 0.312 IV

137
 regardless of production costs
G Uncontrolled extreme weather 0.111 2.50 0.277 II
H Production and transportation costs are increasing 0.135 1.83 0.247 I
Jumlah 1 2.715

After analyzing internal and external factors, we can then (Strengths-Threats), WO (Weaknesses-Opportunities) and WT
formulate strategic alternatives using the SWOT Matrix, (Weaknesses- Threats). The formulation of strategies built
which is a combination of SO (strengths-Opportunities), ST using the SWOT Matrix can be seen in Figure 2.

Strengths(S)
IFAS 1. Labor available
2. Raw materials (EFB) are
available in large quantities
and are easily available
3. Technology and production
equipment is very simple
4. Investment costs are
EFAS relatively small and quickly
obtain results
Weakness(W)
1. Mushroom waste has not
been utilized to disturb the
environment
2. Knowledge of fungal
diseases is still low
3. Mushroom is a perishable
product
4. Stages of making mushroom
from EFB longer

Opportunities (O) SO Strategy WO Strategy

1. Government and POM commitment for SO-1: Encourage the Application of preserving
SME development is very high modernization of mushroom technology
2. The need of mushroom is still high and mushroom-making
technology
tend to increase
SO-2: Development of new
3. Mushroom waste made from EFB has mushroom processing
not been utilized business
4. Begin the opening of market
opportunities of processed mushroom
products

Threats (T) ST Strategy WT Strategy

1. The use of EFB in other products ST-1: Encourage business Utilization of waste mushroom
conducted by the POM development to achieve into compost
2. The emergence of new players that economies of scale
ST-2: The mushroom
damage the price regardless of
development approaches
production costs the POM
3. Uncontrolled extreme weather
4. Production and transportation costs are
increasing
Note :
*Internal Strategic Factors Analysis Summary
**External Strategic Factors Analysis Summary
Figure 2. SWOT Matrix on the Making of Mushroom made from EFB in Lampung Province

138
 The result of research determining the strategy of
development of a business unit of the mushroom merger from
EFB raw material can be seen in Figure 3. From the picture, it
is seen that the business development strategy of mushroom
made from raw EFB depends on the scale of business.
Business units that are already operating on an economical
scale, then the strategy that becomes the main priority is the
development of new business processing mushroom, on the
contrary, the business is still small or just start trying the main
priority is the development of business to achieve economies
of scale. A business unit to survive and compete must operate
on an economic scale. Otherwise the dominant business unit
must expand business or business diversification [11].
Note :
WT = Utilization of waste mushroom into compost
WO = Application of preserving mushroom technology
ST-2 = The mushroom development approaches the POM
ST-1 = Encourage business development to achieve
economies of scale
SO-2 = Development of new mushroom processing
business
SO-1 = Encourage the modernization of mushroom-making
technology
business unit is to encourage the development of business to
achieve economies of scale.
REFERENCES
[1] W. L. Liew, M. A. Kassim, K. Muda, S. K. Loh, and A. C. Affam,
“Conventional methods and emerging wastewater polishing technologies
for palm oil mill effluent treatment: A review,” J. Environ. Manage.,
vol. 149, pp. 222–235, 2015.
[2] S. Saelor, P. Kongjan, and O. T. Sompong, “Thailand Biogas Production
from Anaerobic Co-digestion of Palm Oil Mill Effluent and Empty Fruit
Bunches,” Energy Procedia, vol. 138, pp. 717–722, 2017.
[3] S. H. Chang, “An overview of empty fruit bunch from oil palm as
feedstock for bio-oil production,” Biomass Bioenergy, vol. 62, pp. 174–
181, 2014.
[4] N. H. M. Harun, N. A. F. Samad, and S. Suriyati, “Development of
kinetics model for torrefaction of empty fruit bunch from palm oil
waste,” Energy Procedia, vol. 105, pp. 744–749, 2017.
[5] S. R. Yahaya, S. M. Khan, N. Nawawi, and W. Y. W. Ahmad,
“Innovative Uses of Empty Fruit Bunches as a Potential Weaving
Material,” J. Pengaj. Melayu, vol. 28, pp. 252–261, 2017.
[6] B. Haryawan, J. Sofjan, and H. Yetti, “Giving Composting of EFB and
N, P, K Fertilizers to Sweet Corn Growth and Production,” JOM
Faperta, vol. 2, pp. 1–15, 2015.
[7] G. Siregar, D. Novita, and S. Utami, “Utilization of Palm Waste as
Media of Mushroom in Celawan Village Community,” J. Prodikmas
Has. Pengabdi. Masy., vol. II, no. 1, pp. 53–64, 2018.
[8] M. E. Rahmasita, M. Farid, and H. Ardhyananta, “Morphological
Analysis of EFB as a Sound Absorption Composite Amplifier,” J. Eng.
ITS, vol. 7, no. 2, pp. 548–588, 2017.
[9] F. R. David, Strategic Management: Concepts and Cases, 10 th. Jakarta:
Salemba Empat, 2006.
[10] J. Thambirajah, M. D. Zulkali, and M. . Hashim, “Microbiological and
Biochemical Changes During the Composting of Oil Palm Empty-Fruit
bunches. Effect Of Nitrogen Supplementation On The Substrate,”
Bioresour. Technol., vol. 52, pp. 133–144, 1995.
[11] J. C. Tieguhong et al., “Financial status of small and medium scale
enterprises based on non-wood forest products (NWFP) in Central
Africa,” For. Policy Econ., vol. 20, pp. 112–119, 2012.

Figure 3. Priority Scale of Business Development Strategy of

Mixed Mushroom EFB Based on Business Scale

IV. CONCLUSION
The development of mushroom industry made from EFB
in Lampung Province has the strength of the raw material
(EFB) available in large quantities and easy to obtain, while
the weakness is mushroom is a product that is easily damaged
and untreated mushroom waste. The opportunity for
developing mushroom from EFB is the need of food
mushroom is still high and tends to increase, while the threat is
increasing production and transportation cost and uncontrolled
extreme weather. The main priority strategy for the large
business units is the development of new mushroom
processing business and the modernization of mushroom
making technology, the dedication for the small and beginner

139
Spawning of Snakehead Fish (Channa Striata) in The
Artificial Habitat and The Metamorphosis of Its
Larvae
Nur Rahmawaty Arma1, Irmawati2, M. Ikbal Illijas1 and Luqman Saleh1
1
Pangkep State Polytechnic of Agriculture, Pangkep, Indonesia
2
Hasanuddin University
Abstract— The snakehead fish (Channa striata) is a
potential economic commodity because of its high price after it is
known to have essential albumin and micro mineral content
essential for health. The obstacles are the production still rely on
the catch in nature because cultivation technology has not
developed, so tends to reduce the number of natural populations
even feared to be scarce. In order to overcome these obstacles
then research on artificial reproduction and larval development
needs to be done to ensure sustainable seed production. This
study aims to determine the development stage of snakehead fish
larvae metamorphosis from hatching until one month old.
Broodstock was spawned in the spawning tank in laboratory.
The spawning tanks are designed to resemble a nature spawning
ground. Plants hyacinth that has many roots was placed into the
tank as a place of spawning and hiding. Fertilized eggs are
floating, non-adhesive, clear yellow and oily. The mean egg
diameter ranged from 1.2 to 1.4 mm. The incubation period of
the embryo until it hatches about 24-28 hours at a temperature of
27.5 ° C. The percentage of hatching rate is 81.24%. The size of
the newly hatched larvae (age 0 days) ranges from 3-4 mm, the
yolk is clear, the heart is clearly pulsed, mouth and anus have not
formed. The 1-day age larvae show the eye spots on the anterior
part of the head, the mouth begins to form, melanophor is
present in the pectoral fin. The 2-day-old larva shows a pectoral
fins shaped like a pedal. The larvae move horizontally and float
on the surface of the water. At the age of 3 days, the egg yolk has
been absorbed, the larvae move very agile. The larvae undergo
metamorphosis into juveniles within 20 days after hatching. The
snakehead fish show the incubation period of embryo and organ
development is relatively short so that potential for small scale
cultivation and commercial cultivation.
Keywords— snakehead fish, artificial spawning,
metamorphosis, larval development, artificial spawning
I. INTRODUCTION
The snakehead fish (Channa striata) is a widely distributed
tropical freshwater fish among islands in Indonesia. Their
habitats are estuaries, lakes, and may inhabit dirty waters,
ditches, rice fields, and ponds. The fish is well known as a
carnivore and also a predator (Qin and Fast 1996). In nature,
snakehead fish eat small fish and frogs. This fish can survive
in the dry season by burying them selves in the mud, breathe
in anaerobic way and able to walk on dry land. Recently,
snakehead fish becomes populer due to its albumin and micro
mineral contents (Mustafa et al. 2012) which is believed as a
good food for its healing and pharmaceutical properties.
140
Health food manufacture has begun to take advantages of
snakehead fish for the production of several healthy foods such
as fish nuggets, puddings, ice cream, porridge, meat balls, jelly
candies. Consumption of these products may increase nutrients
intake to meet the body’s needs for albumin and other
nutritional substances as recommended. A hypoalbuminemia
is one of the common nutritional problems among in-hospital
problem (Kusumobroto 2002). Inclusion of snakehead extract
in hypoalbuminemia patient diets significantly increases serum
albumin levels of the patient. Administration of snakehead
extract for the hypoalbuminemia patients performed the
increasing of albumin level in the body (Suprayitno 2003).
Based on the potential of using albumin extracted from
snakehead fish to fulfill the needs of hypoalbuminemia
patients, it is important to establish the cultivation method of
this fish, since the snakehead fish has not been widely
cultivated. In Indonesia, snakehead fish production is still
depending on fishing capture due to aquaculture technology
has not been improved. One of some problem in snakehead
hatchery production is still difficult to distinguish between
male and female of broodstock. The aim of this study was to
identify the sex of snakehead broodstock based on
morphometric and meristic characters. This is important to
provide information for broodstock intended for snakehead fish
aquaculture breeding program.
II. MATERIAL AND METHOD
Broodstocks were spawned in the spawning tank in
laboratory. The spawning tanks are designed to resemble a
nature spawning ground. Plants hyacinth that has many roots
was placed into the tank as a place of spawning and hiding.
Morphological characterization including morphometrics
and meristics, as well as gonadal histology was performed to
find identification techniques to distinguish male and female
parent candidates. Gender identification was done through
morphological observation (morphometrics and meristics) and
gonadal histology which included body length and weight,
head shape, staining, performance of black spots, urogenital
shape, scales, fins, fecundity, vertebrae, gills, gonadal tissue .
The sex identification of the female broodstock was also
carried out histologically in the gonads of fish using 5%
acetoxarmine dye solution. The acetonarmine solution is
absorbed in the gonadal tissue which contains a lot of fat, so
that with this coloration the gonadal tissue structure can be
seen more clearly.
Fish larvae were fixed using formalin with a
concentration of 5% which was carried out 1 hour after
feeding. The number of larvae that were fixed was 10 larvae at
each pick up, which was in the morning at 09.00 WITA and in
the afternoon at 17.00 WITA.
To support the available data, during the maintenance
of cork fish larvae, several treatments are carried out, such as
doing penyiponan every day as much as 30% of the volume of
water in the morning and changing water 100% each week.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Snakehead fish have not cultured yet in South Sulawesi.
Its ecology and reproductive biological aspects are still
unknown. To provide information on those aspects, we have
identified its morphological, sexual and water quality
characteristics. Description of its morphometric and meristic
showed that the fish has 42-43 dorsal fin, 14-15 pectoral fin, 6
ventral fin, 25 anal fin and 13 caudal fin. This fish also has 1
pair of short antennae. Its operculum has grey color, brownies
and white. Abdomen color is mostly white in female and with
many of small black dots in male. The number of linea
lateralis is around 50–53, vertebrae is 48 – 49, and number of
gill is 4. The female fish is relatively bigger than the male
one. The body length is approximately 20 cm for male and 25
cm for female. The body weight is approximately 150 g for
male and 200 g for female fish. The morphology of fish head
showed that female’s head more flat compare to the male one.
The male fish performed equivocal in the area between eyes
and head edge. Histologic parameters of gonad showed that it
was clearly different from female gonad and male gonad. The
female gonad showed small follicles and chorion was
performed. The male gonad showed testis tissue contained
spermatogonia. Water quality parameters showed temperatur
was 25–28 °C, salinity was 4–7 ppt, pH was 3.5–7.6, dissolved
oxygen was 3–6 ppm and appearancy was 1–1.5 m. The
parameters performed values in a range of tolerant for
aquaculture fish. These parameters showed the prospect of
snakehead fish culture as economically potential commodity
for acid soils contains high organic matter and low level of
oxygen.
Fertilized eggs are floating, non-adhesive, clear yellow and
oily. The mean egg diameter ranged from 1.2 to 1.4 mm. The
incubation period of the embryo until it hatches about 24-28
hours at a temperature of 27.5 ° C. The percentage of hatching
rate is 81.24%. The size of the newly hatched larvae (age 0
days) ranges from 3-4 mm, the yolk is clear, the heart is clearly
pulsed, mouth and anus have not formed. The 1-day age larvae
show the eye spots on the anterior part of the head, the mouth
begins to form, melanophor is present in the pectoral fin. The
141
2-day-old larva shows a pectoral fins shaped like a pedal. The
larvae move horizontally and float on the surface of the water.
At the age of 3 days, the egg yolk has been absorbed, the larvae
move very agile. The larvae undergo metamorphosis into
juveniles within 20 days after hatching. The snakehead fish
show the incubation period of embryo and organ development
is relatively short so that potential for small scale cultivation
and commercial cultivation.
IV. CONCLUSION
Snakehead fish could be spawned in artificial habitat
such as fiber tank where the tanks could be designed to
resemble a nature spawning ground. The larvae of snakehead
fish undergo metamorphosis into juveniles within 20 days
after hatching.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors would like to thank The Directorate of
Higher Education of The Republic of Indonesia for the
PTUPT research grant F.Y. 2018.
REFERENCES
[1] Qin, J. and Fast AW. (1996). Size and feed dependent cannibalism with
juvenile snakehead Channa striatus, Agriculture, Vo. 144, Issue 4, pp.
313-320.
[2] McGlade, J.M. and Boulding, E. (1985). The truss: A geometric and
statistical approach to the analysis of morphometric characters in fishes.
Can. Tech. Rep. Fish. Aquacult. Sci., 147 pp.
[3] Mustafa, A., Widodo, M.A., dan Kristianto Y. (2012). Albumin and zinc
content of snakehead fish (Channa striata) extract and its role in health,
IEESE International Journal of Science and Technology (IJSTE), Vol. 1,
No. 2, pp. 1-8.
[4] Kusumobroto, H. (2002). Management of Non Alcoholic Streator
Hepatic (NASH), Surabaya. Division of Gastroentero-hepatology
Laboratory, Functional Medical Staff Interne, Medical Faculty Unair,
General Hospital Dr Soetomo Surabaya. Retrieved:17 December 2007.
[5] Suprayitno, E. (2003). Snakehead Fish (Ophocephalus striatus)
Albumin as Functional Food to Combat Nutrition Problem in the Future,
Formal Speech for Professor Legitimation in Field of Fish Biochemistry,
University of Brawijaya.
[6] Whitehouse, RNH. (1969). An application of canonical analysis to plant
breeding, Genet., Vol. 23, pp. 61-69.
 Impact of Wages to Investment Realization and
Manpower Absorption Before and After The
Tmplementation of PP no. 78 Year 2015
Nanik Lestari1
1
Politeknik Negeri Batam, Batam, Indonesia
Abstract— This study aims to analyze the differences of
realization investment and labour absorption before and after the
implementation of government regulation (PP) No.78 year 2015
about remuneration at national and multinational company in
Indonesia and measuring the impact of minimum wage to
realization investment and labour absorption in Indonesia. This
study using normality test, Wilcoxon signed rank and partial
least square test. Data analyzed of this study using quarterly data
in four year research period at two year before and after
implementation regulation to 34 province in Indonesia.
The result found the difference of realization investment of
national and multinational company and labour absorption of
multinational company before and after implementation of PP
No.78 year 2015 has each sig. value at .000 while labour
absorption for national company have no difference between
before and after the implementation regulation with sig. value at
.316. There is no significant impact minimum wage to realization
investment national, multinational company and labour
absorption multinational company showed by each t count at .986,
.139 and 1.346 smaller than t table 1.974 while there is a significant
impact of minimum wage to labour absorption national company
showed by t count at 5.765 higher than t table 1.974.
I. INTRODUCTION
The new regulation of minimum wage in Indonesia which
is Peraturan Pemerintah (PP) No.78 year 2015 has applicable
after signed by President of Republic of Indonesia on 23
October 2015, this regulation indirectly revised the prior
regulation PP no.8 year 1981 about wages protection. Minister
of Labour Republic of Indonesia response the implementation
of PP no.78 year 2015 is a mandate for UU no.13 year 2013
about manpower to accommodate and ease entrepreneur on
planning and maintain their wage policy, set a better
proportion for wage structure, rights coverage for labour and
set administrative sanctions for company that do not pay
minimum wage as standard (Tempo, 2017). The usual
phenomenon happen is the wages mismatch addressed by
labourer to demand government and investor for their welfare.
Issues happened, almost every year labourer held strike action
demand the increase of minimum wage. Investor consider that
their business plan will effected specially the operational cost
for labourer wage that will increase every year due the
implementation of this regulation, this issues has match
Keynes theory “wage level will caused the ups and downs on
investment (Anggrainy, 2013). Unfortunately the issuance of
PP No.78 year 2015 still not chase the phenomenon the
142
demand of minimum wage increment in Indonesia specially in
Batam and Batamindo Industrial Park because labourer
assume that this regulation the increment of minimum wage
does not significantly contribute to their worth living
components and just ease the investor.
Keynes theory said the increase of wage level will cause
the increment of money supply in transaction and speculation
motif thus causing the interest rate arises. The increment of
wage level will increase the interest rate in assumption the
stability of money supplied, Stonier and Haque (Anggrainy,
2013). The increment of interest can make the deposit rate and
loan credit increase and cause the ups and downs investment
in rill sector.
Competitive market theory by Mankiw (2006) said a
market is a place which many buyers and sellers exist so each
buyers or sellers has the small influence for the market price.
The actual condition that labourer sell a service to investor and
minimum wage as a determination price and economy
principle for the price offer from labourer must be agreed upon
parties and this is mean the wage amount from labourer will
negatively affect job demand.
The condition of labour minimum wage that higher than
balance level causing the downs of labourer demand from
investor and this means the work opportunity also down. The
amount supplied (quantity supplied) for labourer that can
supply to investor with a determination price for labourer, so
the supply is positively related to the price (Mankiw, 2006).
The increment of company cost to hire labourer will caused
the production cost arise or bit more expensive, this can reduce
customer interest. The company will cut cost production such
as labourer that triggered the production cost arises, the impacts
will make labour demand downs. This condition can cause the
structural unemployment and the jobs opportunity downs
(Mankiw, 2006).
II. LITERATURE
The research conducted by Malau (2012) found that
labour demand in industrial sector is very responsive to
the level of investment. Other studies by Anggrainy
(2013) and Hermawan (2011) found labour demand to
influenced by investment growth.
 The research of increase of minimum wage impact to labour absorption, another study conducted by Gorry
the labour absorption conducted by Anggrainy (2013) (2013) found that increasing minimum wages may lead
and Octivaningsih (2006) found the increment of to increase unemployment youth rate in Europe.
minimum wage has a negative significant effect on

Before the implementation of After the implementation of

PP No.78 year 2015 PP No.78 year 2015

Diff. Test
2013-2014 2016-2017
1 Investment Realiztion (RI) H1 1. Investment Realiztion. (RI)
 National company H2  National company
 Multinational Company  Multinational Company

2. Labor Absorption 2. Labor Absorption

H3  National comp.
 National comp.
H4  Multinational Company
 Multinational Company
 
Figure 1 conceptual framework hypothesis for comparison difference before and after the regulation implementation

Influence Test Investment realization National Comp. (Y1A)

H5
Wage (X) Investment realization Foreign Comp. (Y1B)
H6
H7 Labour Absorption National Comp. (Y2A)

H8 Labour Absorption Foreign Comp. (Y2B)

Figure 2 conceptual framework hypothesis for wage impact to investment realization and labour absorption

III. STUDY RESULT

1.1. Descriptive Statistics

Table 1 descriptive statistic
N Minimum Maximum Mean Std. Dev.
Province 544 1 34 17.50 9.820
Wage 544 830000 3355750 1704515.10 483154.006
IR_Nat. (Rp Mill) 544 .00 15561422.70 1.4023E6 2.57786E6
IR_MNC (US$ Thousand) 544 .00 2204960.90 217557.0426 3.51598E5
LA_Nat. 544 0 71080 3659.67 6803.464
LA_MNC 544 0 124114 7261.51 14657.212

Based on the tested results, in the range of year 2013,
2014, 2016 and 2017 for all provinces in Indonesia found
the average value of all variables are wages amount to Rp
1,704,515, Realization investment for domestic company
Rp 14.02 trillion, foreign company US $ 2.17 billion,
labour absorption of national companies of 3,659 workers
and MNC of 7.261 workers. The lowest minimum wage
found Rp 830,000 which is the minimum wage of Central
Java province in 2013 and the highest minimum wage is
Rp 3,355,750 which is the minimum wage of DKI Jakarta
province in 2017. The highest realization of investment of
national company is Rp 15.56 trillion for East Java
province in the second quarter of 2017 and the highest
realization of foreign investment of US $ 2.2 billion in
West Java province in the third quarter of 2013. The
absorption of the highest PMDN employment was 71,080
in East Java in the second quarter of 2013 and the
absorption of the highest foreign company was 124,114
workforce in West Java province fourth quarter 2016.

143
1.2. Normality Test

Tabel 2 Normality result

Unstandardized Residual Unstandardized Residual Unstandardized Residual Unstandardized Residual
Y1A Y1B Y2A Y2B
Klmgrv-SmirnovZ 6.728 5.442 5.033 6.556
Asymp.sig. (2tail) .000 .000 .000 .000
Source: Data processed with EViews 10.0
Based on the table, value of Kolmogorov-Smirnov on significant at 0.000 and on residual labour absorption value
investment realization national company or or Y1A of multinational company or Y2B is 6,556 significant at
company is 6,728 significant at 0.000 and on residual value 0.000. The significant value of these four variables is
of investment realization of multinational company or Y1B smaller than .050. This shows that data residuals has not
is 5,442 significant at 0.000. The residual value for labour normal distributed and can only be tested with non-
absorption of national company or Y2A is 5,033 parametric on the test hypothesis.

1.3. Test result of hypothesis

Tabel 3 Hypothesis test result
Hypothesis Test Value Parameter Decision

H1 Wilcoxon .000 Sig. < 0.05 Supported

H2 Wilcoxon .040 Sig. < 0.05 Supported
H3 Wilcoxon .316 Sig. < 0.05 Not Supported
H4 Wilcoxon .000 Sig. < 0.05 Supported
H5 Partial Least Square .889 tcount > .1.964 Not Supported
H6 Partial Least Square .334 tcount > .1.964 Not Supported
H7 Partial Least Square 5.765 tcount > .1.964 Supported
H8 Partial Least Square 1.346 tcount > .1.964 Not Supported
Source: Data processed with EViews 10.0 and SmartPLS3
Based on the above result, the investment realization for
1.3.1. Hypothesis 1 & 2. The significance value of the national and multinational companies in Indonesia are
investment realization for national company or Y1A is sensitive to the implementation of PP No.78 year 2015 as
lesser than .050, and the significance value for the new policy for wages it can also possibly caused by
multinational companies or Y1B is significant at .040 another factors that directly affect the investment policies
which smaller than .050, these means there are differences such as economic growth, Gross Regional Domestic
between before and after the implementation of PP No.78 Product (GDRP), inflation, politics, rising world oil prices
year 2015 to the national and multinational company in and other macroeconomic factors which is not explained in
investment realization, this indicates Hypothesis 1 & the study. During the period study the trend of investment
Hypothesis 2 supported on the research. realization can be seen from the Figure below;

Figure 3 Graph realization of investment national companies in Indonesia 2012-2017

Source: BKPM official publication per quarter IV 2017

144
 Figure 4 Graph realization of investment multinational companies in Indonesia 2012-2017
Source: BKPM official publication per quarter IV 2017

The increase of investment realization in the period after
the implementation of PP No.78 year 2015 (year 2016 to
2017) shown a consistent increase and positive upcoming
trendline compare to the period before the implementation
(year 2012 to 2014) which is not too high.
1.3.2. Hypothesis 3 & 4. The significance value for labour
absorption national company or Y2A at .316 bigger than .050,
and the significance value for multinational companies or Y2B
is significant at .000 which smaller than .050, these means
there is no differences between before and after the
implementation of PP No.78 year 2015 to the labour
absorption for national companies but there is a difference for
multinational company labour absorption that indicates
Hypothesis 3 is not supported while Hypothesis 4
supported on the research.
Differences at the test results for labour absorption national
and multinational companies during study period as shown by
data because national companies have a limited business
capital compare to the multinational companies which have
foreign capital support and more diverse and be bigger capital
structure than national companies. The trend of labour
absorption in study period showing fluctuations, which can be
seen on the figure below;

Figure 5 Employment graph for national and multinational companies in Indonesia 2012-2017
Source: BKPM official publication per quarter IV 2017

From the above figure, development of labour absorption
in Indonesia shows a sideways trend with no certain pattern of
the fluctuation which formed on the labour absorption
development every year. This also proved the result analysed
why H3 and H4 has a different result.
1.3.3. Hypothesis 5 & 6. tcount value of wage to investment
realization for national companies or Y1A shows at .889 lesser
than ttable at 1.964, for tcount value variable wage to investment
realization multinational national companies or Y1B shows at
.334 that also lesser than ttable at 1.964, these means there is no
significant impact wage to the investment realization for
national and multinational company in study period. This
indicates Hypothesis 5 and Hypothesis 6 is not supported
on the research.
It is possible that the realization of investment in Indonesia
during study period is not affected by wage because
investment need a longer time, well organized and good plan
to be executed as capital expenditure in developing its
business because it has been well planned in the previous
period. Other things that possibly happen because the
realization of investment in Indonesia are more responsive by
other variable that directly impact such as changes in
investment policy, economic conditions, politics, crisis and
other macroeconomic factors.
1.3.4. Hypothesis 7 & 8. tcount value of wage to labour
absorption for national companies or Y2A shows at 5.765
bigger than ttable at 1.964, for tcount value variable wage to
labour absorption for multinational national companies or
Y2B shows at 1.346 lesser than ttable at 1.964, these means
there is a significant impact wage to the labour absorption for
national while there is significant impact wage to the
multinational company in study period. This indicates

145
Hypothesis 7 supported while Hypothesis 8 is not [3] Hermawan, I. (2011). Analisis Dampak Kebijakan Makroekonomi
Terhadap Perkembangan Industri Tekstil Dan Produk Tekstil Indonesia.
supported on the research. Jurnal Buletin Ekonomi Moneter dan Perbankan, -.
Labour absorption is different than realization of [4] Malau, A. G. (2012, Maret). Dampak Tenaga Kerja Sektor Industri
investment because the realization of investment is the Terhadap Produk Domestik Regional Bruto, Pajak, Investasi, dan Upah
Di Kota Batam. Jurnal Organisasi dan Manajemen, 8(1), 13-21.
company's capital expenditure in conducting business
[5] Mankiw, G. (2006). Makroekonomi. Jakarta: Erlangga.
development and labour absorption is how many companies
[6] Nugroho, B. A. (2005). Strategi Jitu Memilih Metode Statistic Penelitian
can increase economic value by hiring people as labour for dengan SPSS. Yogyakarta: CV Andi Offset.
their business. Another thing considered of the different result [7] Octivaningsih, A. R. (2006). Analisis Pengaruh Nilai Upah Minimum
between national and multinational companies are the business Kabupaten terhadap Investasi, Penyerapan Tenaga Kerja, dan PDRB di
ownership that national company may have no various Kabupaten Bogor (Skripsi). Bogor: Fakultas Ekonomi dan Manajemen
Institut Pertanian Bogor.
ownership than multinational company, number of the share
[8] Republik Indonesia. (1945). Undang Undang Dasar Negara Republik
for each parties and assumption that national company more Indonesia 1945. Jakarta: Sekretariat Negara.
concern to the government regulation rather than multinational [9] Santosa, P. B., & Ashari. (2005). Analisis Statistik dengan Microsoft
company. Excel dan SPSS. Yogyakarta: Andi.
[10] Sugiyono. (1999). Metode Penelitian Bisnis. Bandung: CV Alfabeta.
IV. IMPLICATIONS
[11] Tempo. (2017, November 2). Tempo.co. Retrieved from Tempo Media
The Implementation of PP no. 78 year 2015 in Indonesia as Group © 2017: https://nasional.tempo.co/read/1030141/pp-nomor-78-
the new regulation to maintain a better wage structure has met tahun-2015-mengakomodir-upah-karyawan
pro and contra since its commencement date. Both parties
between investor and labourer has their own perspective to
look and responding this regulation especially every year of
mayday in Jakarta and some of central region with high
number of workforces in Indonesia. From the economic side
as seen by result of this study found a better outcome in
number of investment realization after this regulation
implemented indicate Indonesia’s government moving to the
right step for economic development to help investor and
labourer with a better scheme of wage structure. This study
containing implication for the opposite statement that confront
the implementation of PP No. 78 year 2015 which said it will
lead Indonesia to bad economic system to not think sceptic
due this regulation can not cover all parties interest.
As predicted by some of international organisation
including IMF which indicate Indonesia potentially become a
new global economic power by 2030 if meet some assumption
which are consistent of National Economic Growth,
Infrastructure Development and friendly economic policy for
investor, this study will help to measure how wage can
contribute to Indonesia’s development. To what extent of
future study with the same topic suggested to widen the
component, variable and increase length of research.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT (HEADING 5)
The preferred spelling of the word “acknowledgment” in
America is without an “e” after the “g”. Avoid the stilted
expression, “One of us (R. B. G.) thanks . . .” Instead, try “R.
B. G. thanks”. Put sponsor acknowledgments in the unnum-
bered footnote on the first page.
REFERENCES

[1] Anggrainy, K. (2013). Analisis Dampak Kenaikan Upah Minimum Kota

(UMK) terhadap Kesempatan Kerja dan Investasi (Studi Kasus pada
Kota Malang Periode 2001-2011). Jurnal ilmiah. Jurusan Ilmu Ekonomi,
Fakultas Ekonomi dan Bisnis,Universitas Brawijaya, Malang, 2013.
[2] Gorry, A. (2013). Minimum wages and youth unemployment. European
EconomicReview, 57-75.

146
 Design and Development Blended Learning
Approach for Student Low Achievement in
Mathematics
Parulian Silalahi
Electrical Engineering and Informatics
State Polytechnic Manufacture of Bangka Belitung
Jalan Airkantung, Sungailiat, 33211
E-mail: fransiskussil@yahoo.com
Abstract—In general, mathematics is a difficult lesson for
students. New students with low math skills will be a challenge in
following the lectures. Therefore, an effort is needed to help
overcome the problem. This research aims to design and develop
a mathematics learning with blended learning approach. The
research method used is research and development using the
ADDIE model. The ADDIE model includes five steps: (1)
analysis, (2) design, (3) development, (4) implementationand
(5)evaluation. Respondents from this research are Electronics
Engineering students semester 1 academic year 2017/2018 with
the number of 59 people. The findings show that
through learning blended learning with developed media can
help improve student learning outcomes.
Keywords—mathematical ability, blended learning, design and
development, ADDIE model, learning outcomes.
I. INTRODUCTION
The problem of the low level of mathematics ability of
students who will continue their education in universities in the
last few decades is still ongoing to this day. Sutherland and
Prozzi [1] reveal that engineering institutions in London face
challenges to newly admitted students with low math
qualifications. Furthermore, [2] states that the basic
mathematics skills of students who will enter college have
experienced a decrease in recent years, including new students
who entered in Manufacturing Polytechnic State of Bangka
Belitung. New students with low math skills will be a challenge
to a college. Rylands & Coday [3] found that college students
with low math skills often fail to follow the course in the first
year, especially at universities with backgrounds in science and
engineering [4]. It therefore improves how students learn to
make them successful [5].
To overcome the problem of the math weakness some
research has been done. Various methods and learning
resources used by researchers [6]. Researchers know that the
success of students in learning, not only determined by the
quality of educators in teaching, but other factors need to be
considered (McGuiere, 2000). In order to improve the quality
of learning, learning strategies need innovation and use a new
approach [7]. One of them is with the use of technology in
learning. Some research results show that using technology
147
can support learning mathematics and student science . In
addition, technology can also provide motivation to students to
learn math and science. With the help of technology various
learning strategies can be done. One of them is with blended
learning. Blended learning is one of the most commonly used
learning models today [8].
In recent years, the results of new students' math tests have
decreased the Bangka Belitung Manufacturing Polytechnic.
This will be a problem for students who will attend lectures
and challenges for lecturers who will teach. Such conditions if
continuously left will have a negative impact on the quality of
mathematics course learning, especially in the electronics
engineering department of Manufacturing Polytechnic State of
Bangka.
This is a serious problem that must be addressed by the
institution, especially the lecturers who will teach. One of the
above problems solving alternatives that will be attempted to
study is to develop a model of mathematics learning using
blended learning. In this research that will be produced is a
model of learning development of engineering mathematics by
using blended learning approach model.
From the main formulation of the problem, it can be
detailed into several formulations of the problem as follows:
1. How to design and development of learning
mathematical engineering based learning outcome
with blended learning approach?
2. How are the results of learning mathematical
engineering developed with blended learning
approach?
II. REVIEW OF THE RELATED LITERATURE
A. Blended Learning
The terms blended learning, hybrid, or mixed learning
modes are often interchangeable. Until now the notion of
blended learning has still been growing. Simply blended
learning can be interpreted as a learning method by using a
combination of traditional or face-to-face with e-learning based
learning. Kerres and De Witt [9] suggest that blended learning
refers to a mixture of didactical methods (expository
presentations, discovery learning, cooperative learning, etc.)
and delivery forms (personal communication, publishing,
broadcasting, etc.). Blended learning refers to a program that
combines face-to-face learning in the classroom with online
learning [10]. Blended learning is: (1) combining instructional
modalities [11]; (2) blended learning is combining instructional
methods [12]; (3) blended learning is combining online and
face-to-face [13].
Graham [14] summarizes some blended learning definitions
from several researchers and divides them into three parts: (1)
blended learning is combining instructional modalities; (2)
blended learning is combining instructional; (3) blended
learning is combining online and face-to-face instruction.
B. Mathematics Learning Through Blended Learning
In the context of mathematics learning, the main objective
is to teach students that the planned learning objectives can be
achieved. Therefore, the success criteria of the learning process
is not only measured from the extent to which the students have
mastered the subject matter, but measured from the extent to
which students have done the process of learning mathematics.
Therefore, what material should be studied and how to learn it
is not solely determined by the lecturers’ wishes, but it will pay
attention to each student’s differences. In accordance with the
characteristics of student-oriented learning, then the process of
learning mathematics can happen anywhere. Students can take
advantage of various learning resources according to the needs
and nature of the subject matter. Through learning blended
learning students are given space to be able to learn
independently through the media provided.
Currently blended learning has grown in popularity as it
proves to be an effective approach to accommodate an
increasingly diverse student population while adding value to
the learning environment through the incorporation of
resources available online [15]. The results of [16] research
suggests that learning witth blended learning supports students’
mathematical thinking and helps to overcome other obstacles in
mathematics learning. Learning by
using blended learning can improve the learning process and
students can manage learning independently [17].
III. METHODOLOGY
This study was research and development (R & D).
Respondents from this research are Electronics Engineering
students semester 1 academic year 2017/2018 with the number
of 59 people. This research use ADDIE model. The ADDIE
model is a framework commonly used by a learning designer
or training developer. This ADDIE model is a frequently used
guide for designing learning and training. This model consists
of five phases namely, Analyze, Design, Develop, Implement,
and Evaluate. Stages of the process can be seen as in Fig. 1
below:
148
Fig. 1 Stages of the ADDIE model process
IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A. Analysis
The design analysis phase focuses on assessing student
characteristics, as well as identifying learning objectives. Since
one of the goals underlying the design is to create more
consistent subject matter among all sections, the learning
objectives are developed from the existing curriculum of the
college. Student difficulties were identified through an initial
capability test analysis provided. Learning objectives are
prepared by taking into account the order and structure of the
subject matter to be provided. After the learning objectives are
made, it is continued by identifying the most difficult learning
objectives to be solved by the students. Analyzing student
attitudes is important because the design phase begins because
attitudes can help inform online and face-to-face activities that
are made.
B. Design
Determination of implementation time using blended
learning until now still no reference. Although many
institutions that implement learning by using blended learning
make the reduction of face time more drastic. Because students
still have many difficulties in mathematics, in this case face-to-
face learning is still following the schedule that has been
determined by the institution. Although the reduction of time in
the classroom is one of the aims, but improving the success of
the students is a top priority. The design phase focuses on
instructional strategies that will enhance student interaction
with the subject matter presented. The most important learning
outcomes identified were critical thinking, teamwork and
logical analysis. The educator decides that it creates.A
collaborative learning environment that allows students to work
in teams during face-to-face interaction will achieve this goal.
The most difficult concept to identify.
C. Development
After the analysis and the design is done, then the
development of learning materials will be given online and face
to face. For face-to-face learning modules developed for 12
sessions, with 2 hours each session. For online media
developed using web 2.0. This application is quite easy to
develop, and students are also easier to operate it. All
presentation materials and syllabus to be studied during 1
semester are provided on online media. To explore the lesson
material provided Learning videos and Links related to learning In addition to the results of mathematics tests, researchers
mathematics in online media developed. In addition, the tasks also ask students to provide an assessment of learning blended
that will be done by students are also provided online and the learning provided. Focus group discussion was conducted by
work of students is also displayed. inviting as many as 8 students. One of the discussion questions
with students does the media provided support their
D. Implementation mathematical learning? The results of the discussion showed
The design implementation phase begins at the beginning that in general can help the students in obtaining the subject
of the semester. Implementation of blended learning has been matter. In addition they can also more quickly browse other
used by 59 students of electronics engineering Polytechnic sources to deepen the subject matter provided.
Manufacturing Bangka Belitung starting in the first half of V. CONCLUSION
2016. Each student is required to actively use the media that
has been provided. After face-to-face learning is given, Mathematics is a discipline with abstract analytical content,
students do some of the questions given and will be displayed where students often experience difficulties especially students
on the online media provided. After completion of 1 learning with low math skills. Therefore, it is necessary to develop a
topic given, usually followed by giving quiz to the student. method or approach of learning for a subject that is difficult to
Students who score under 60 will be assigned to remedial of a learn. In this case selected approach by using blended learning.
failed topic. The stages used in developing mathematics learning by using
blended learning follow the steps of the instructional design
E. Evaluation system. Design elements seem to work synergistically; the
Evaluation is done by looking at developed online media allows lecturers to move some of the
mathematics learning outcomes for one semester. In addition, content of their lectures online and reduce the classroom mock
questionnaires were given to students to get information about time. The preliminary results of this course design show that
their perceptions of the use of the blended learning approach when technology and instructional strategies are aligned and
they did. For the learning outcomes are calculated based on the properly integrated into the learning process, an integrated
GPA obtained by the students with the assessment rules as the learning environment can facilitate students with outside
following table: classroom learning. Students have a more structured learning
TABLE I. GRADE POINT OF STUDENT ACHIEVEMENT
opportunity outside the classroom than they had before.
Providing structured and routine tasks on online media
Letters Number Category provided to students seems to help improve their learning
Special
outcomes especially in students with low math skills. The
A 4
media also allows students to work collaboratively with other
AB 3.5 Very good students. The development of learning media with blended
learning approach is still relatively new for higher education
B 3 Good especially Polytechnic. Thus, it still requires further research
BC 2.5 Pretty good and investigation in order to better understand and develop best
practices in the field. Can benefit from research on how to
C 2 Enough apply the learning strategy as described here to improve student
Less
success in learning challenging content.
D 1

E 0 Very less ACKNOWLEDGMENT

Special thank goes to all students participated in this r
esearch for their cooperation on providing information
Learning outcomes of 59 students at the end of the semester Their invaluable ontributions are very much appreciated. We ar
are as follows: e also immensely grateful to Mr. Sugeng Ariyono that support
this international joint conference.
TABEL II. MATHEMATICS ACHIEVEMENT TEST SEMESTER I
2017/2018 REFERENCES
[1] Sutherland, R. & Pozzi, S. (1995). The changing mathematical
Mark Amount Percentage
background of undergraduate engineers: A review of the issues. Report
prepared for The Engineering Council.
A 22 37.3 %
[2] Ashaari, N. S., Judi, H. M., Mohamed, H., & Wook, M. T. (2011).
AB 8 13.6 % Student’s Attitude towards Statistics Course. Procedia - Social and
Behavioral Sciences, 18, 287–294.
B 11 18.6 % http://doi.org/10.1016/j.sbspro.2011.05.041
[3] Rylands, L. & Coady, C. (2009). Performance of students with weak
BC 10 16.9 % mathematics in first-year mathematics and science. Int. J. Math. Educ.
Sci. Technol. 40(6), 741-753.
C 3 5.1 %
[4] Wilson, T., & MacGillivray, H. (2007). Counting the basics:
D 5 8.5 % mathematical skills among tertiary entrants. International Journal of
Mathematical Education in Science and Technology, 38 (1), 19-41.

149
[5] Suan, joefel S. (2014). Proceeding of the Global Summit on Education
GSE 2014 (E- ISBN 978-967-11768-5-6) 4-5 March 2014, Kuala
Lumpur, MALAYSIA. Organized by WorldConferences.net.
[6] Faridhan, Y. E., Loch, B., &Walker, L. (2013). Improving retention in
first-year mathematics using learning analytics. In H. Carter, M. Gosper
and J. Hedberg (Eds.), Electric Dreams. Proceedings ascilite 2013
Sydney. (pp.278-282)
[7] Hoic-Bozic, N., Vornar, V., & Boticki, I. (2009). A blended learning
approach to course design and implementation. IEEE Transactions on
Education, 52 (1), 19 - 30.
[8] Moskal P., Dziuban c. , &Hartman J. (2013). Blended learning: A
dangerous idea?
[9] Kerres, M and De Witt, C. (2003). A didactic framework for the design
of blended learning arrangement. Journal of Education Media, Vol. 28,
Issue 2-3, 101- 113.
[10] Dziuban, C., Hartman, J. dan Moskal, P. (2004) Blended learning.
Educause Center for Applied Research, Research Bulletin, 7.
[11] Bersin and Associates. (2003). Blended learning: What works? An
industry study of the strategy, implementation, and impact of blended
learning. Oakland, CA: Bersin & Associates.
150
[12] Driscoll, M. (2002). Blended Learning: Let’s get beyond the hype.
http://www.elearningmag.com/elearning/article/articleDetail.jsp?id=117
55. (diakses 2 Februari 2015).
[13] Rooney, J. E. (2003). Blending learning opportunities to enhance
educational programming and meetings. Association Management,
55(5), 26–32.
[14] Graham, C. R., Allen, S., & Ure, D. (2003). Blended learning
environments: A review of the research literature. Unpublished
manuscript, Brigham Young University at Provo, UT.
[15] Alammary, Ali; Carbone, Angela; and Sheard, Judy. (2014). Blended
learning in higher education: Three different design Approaches.
Australasian Journal of Educational Technology, 2014, 30(4).
[16] Kashefi, H., Zaleha Ismail., & Yudariah Mohd Yusof. (2012).
Supporting students mathematical thinking in the learning oftwo-
variable functions through blended learning. Procedia - Social and
Behavioral Sciences 46 ( 2012 ) 3689 – 3695.
[17] Fernadez P., Rodríguez-Ponceb M.C., Vega-Cruzc M., Oliveras
M.L.(2014). Didactic innovative proposal for mathematic learning at the
university by the blended model.
[18] M. Young, The Technical Writer's Handbook. Mill Valley, CA:
University Science, 1989.
 Needs Analysis of Synectics Learning
Through Developing of Augmented Reality Media
For Learning of Narative Story Writing
at Institut Pendidikan Indonesia
Deasy Aditya Damayanti1, Syihabuddin2, Munir3 and Isah Cahyani4,*
1
Indonesian Language Education, Indonesian Education Institute, Garut, Indonesia
2
Indonesian Language Education, Indonesian Education Institute, Garut, Indonesia
3
Computer Science, Indonesian Education Institute, Garut, Indonesia
4
Indonesian Language Education, Indonesian Education Institute, Garut, Indonesia
*
Email: isahcahyani@upi.edu
Abstract— Learning to write narrative stories in the
classroom tends to be just an assignment without material
reinforcement and feedback. Students do not know where the
difficulty is in making narrative stories, so they tend to spend a
long time for writing. The problem can be solved by an
integrated verbal creativity learning model that can stimulate
student ideas to write narrative stories. The research design
used was needs assessment research with quantitative
approach. The data were collected by questionnaire technique.
Data analysis technique used was descriptive statistics with
percentage technique. The results showed that the average
lecturer's understanding of the concept and position of
learning through the development of augmented reality
teaching media for learning of narrative story writing was
quite understandable and the distribution was evenly
distributed. In the needs assessment, there was a tendency that
the application of verbal creativity-oriented learning through
the development of augmented reality teaching media for
learning of narrative story writing was quite necessary and
significant. Verbal creativity-oriented learning competencies
through the development of augmented reality teaching media
for learning of narrative story writing is assumed to be
relevant in creative writing courses and motivating in
improving the quality and meaningfulness of learning.
Keywords— verbal creativity, augmented reality, writing
narrative story learning.
I. INTRODUCTION
According to the theory of active learning which is
derived from the philosophy of constructivism education,
new ideas are rooted in students’ knowledge. Therefore, the
best education is based on an analysis of the needs and
personal experiences of the students (Prawat & Floden,
1994). Students build their own knowledge while they
exploring real situations and interacting with other students
who may have different perspectives on this situation
(Jaworski, 1994; Fosnot, 1996; Steff & Gale, 1996). Many
constructivist-based learning models that can be applied in
learning the language skills today, one of which is the
synectics model. Synectics is a process by using analogies to
make something foreign to be familiar. Synectics can be
used to help students understand concepts and solve
problems. Students are taught how to develop language
skills, especially writing by making their own metaphorical
XXX-X-XXXX-XXXX-X/XX/$XX.00 ©20XX IEEE
151
connections. According to Gordon, the core of the learning
is an analogy that acts as a link between something new and
something familiar that allows students to relate facts and
experience their experiences with the facts they have just
learned.
Regarding the problems in writing narrative story,
the researchers got result of observation as follows. It was
found that students who almost could not distinguish themes
by title, did not know the formal aspects of a narrative story
in the form of dialogue, or differentiate a dialogue with
narration. When it comes to aspects such as intrinsic
elements, they confused for the facts plot, figure, and
background story. They were also confused when writing
with the first or third point of view. In addition, the use of
language style was very inadequate and the themes were
developed less relevant to the title. Judging from the
integration of elements, the proportions of plots were less
balanced, it was less systematic, the dimensions of the
characters and the background were less discussed
physiologically, psychologically, and sociologically.
Judging from the appropriateness of narrative language use,
they were too preoccupied with narratives as a result, they
ignored The Enhanced Indonesia Spelling System (EYD)
and the writing competence. Also, the language variations
did not match the dimensions of characters and
backgrounds.
The problems can be overcome by providing
integrated teaching media on verbal creativity that can help
stimulating the students to write ideas, start writing with
metaphors, organize the events, help to describe characters
and their characteristics, describe the background
physiologically, psychologically and sociologically,
narrative and coach them for various styles of narrative
language styles, The Enhanced Indonesians Spelling System
(EYD), and writing competence according to the rules.
Based on the problems above, it is necessary to
have a device designed to equip the students a learning
media that can support the teaching-learning process
becoming more focused and facilitating the understanding
of learning materials to achieve the expected competence.
The appropriate learning tool to support narrative story
writing is augmented reality. Augmented Reality is a
technology that allows computers to display virtual objects
appropriately in a real object directly (Miligram and
Kishino 1994; Miligram, Takemura et al. 1994). The
synectics model will be more meaningful if it is presented in
three dimensional form. Regarding this, the media in the
form of augmented reality was applied. The use of
augmented reality media can concrete something abstract
become real and can attract students' interest to learn.
Research using this synectics model is still rarely done.
Information on the success of this approach is still limited to
the results of the study. One of the results of the study using
this synectics model shows that the use of synectics model
can improve students’ learning outcomes.
II. RESEARCH METHOD
The research design used was needs assessment
research with quantitative approach. The data collection was
done by questionnaire technique with structured
questionnaire instrument. The data collection was
emphasized on the students' perception about: (a) the
synectics learning model in narrative story writing, (b)
needs, urgency and feasibility of augmented reality media
application in narrative story writing, and (c) needs, urgency
and augmented augmented reality for learning of narrative
story writing.
The data analysis techniques used descriptive
statistics, with percentage techniques. To see the tendency
of the result of the measurement of variables, the media was
used as a comparative norm that was divided into five
categories as follows:
TABLE I. TENDENCY CRITERIA
Tendency Criteria Category
X ≥ M +1,5 SD Very understandable / Very Necessary
M+ 0,5 SD ≤ X < M +1,5 Understandable/ Necessary
M- 0,5 SD ≤ X < M + 0,5 Sufficiently Understandable/
Sufficiently Necessary
M-1,5 SD ≤ X < M – 0,5 Less Understandable / Less Necessary
X < M – 1,5 SD Ununderstandable/ Unnecessary
The distance determination of 1.5 SD for this
category is based on the normal distribution curve which is
theoretically within 6 standard deviations (6SD) (Sutrisno,
1986). To calculate the median (M) and standard deviation
(SD), formula used are as follows:
M = ½ (highest ideal value + lowest ideal value) M = 1/2 (5
+ 1)
SD = 1/6 (highest ideal value - lowest ideal value) SD = 1/6
(5-1)
III. RESULT
The findings of the research in the needs
assessment were used as the basis for the design of the
planning, implementation and evaluation of the synectics
learning model through the development of augmented
reality media for learning of narrative story writing at
INSTITUT PENDIDIKAN INDONESIA as a form of
support to improve the learning quality and the students’
quality.
Comprehensively, this research is part of a strategic
step in achieving the quality and quality of education by
optimizing the utilization of augmented reality in the context
152
of learning of narrative story writing inside campus or
outside campus area. Questionnaires distributed in this study
in accordance with the data obtained as much as 53
respondents from the sample of students in Institut
Pendidikan Indonesia. The following is presented research
data relating to understanding the concept and position of
synoptic learning through the development of augmented
reality media for learning to write narrative stories at Institut
Pendidikan Indonesia.
A. Understanding the Concept and Position of Synectic
Learning through Development of Augmented Reality Media
in Writing Narrative Story in Institut Pendidikan Indonesia
Based on the data collected, the data about the
understanding of the concept and the position of synectics
learning through the development of augmented reality
media in writing narrative stories as follows. The lowest
score is 52 and the highest 78 with the mean of 64,51 and
the standard deviation of 5,13. To find out the tendency, the
calculation of percentage of tendency and comparative
criterion by using ideal mean score and ideal standard
deviation was used. The result of the calculation shows that
the respondent's understanding about the concept and the
position of synectics learning through the development of
augmented reality media in writing narrative story at Institut
Pendidikan Indonesia, are in very understandable category
26,4%, understandable category 69, 8%, and sufficiently
understandable category 3,8%. From the mean or average
scores, the understanding of the concept and the position of
synectics learning through the development of augmented
reality media in writing narrative story is in the category of
understandable category. More details perception percentage
of understanding can be seen in the following tables and bar
graphs.
TABLE II. VARIABLE TENDENCY OF UNDERSTANDING OF
CONCEPT AND POSITION OF SYNECTICS LEARNING THROUGH
THE DEVELOPMENT OF AUGMENTED REALITY MEDIA IN
WRITING NARRATIVE STORY IN INSTITUT PENDIDIKAN
INDONESIA
highest ideal value = 5 x 17 = 85
lowest ideal value = 1 x 17 = 17
M= ½ (highest ideal value + lowest ideal value)
= ½ ( 85 + 17 ) = ½ (102) = 51
SD= 1/6 (highest ideal value - lowest ideal value) SD
= 1/6 ( 85 – 17) = 1/6 (68) = 11,3
Tendency Criteria Category
X ≥ M +1,5 SD Very understandable /
X ≥ 51 + 1,5 (11,3) Very Necessary
X ≥ 51 + 16,95
X ≥ 67,95
M+ 0,5 SD ≤ X < M +1,5 SD Understandable/ Necessary
51 + 0,5 (11,3) ≤ X < 51 + 1,5 (11,3)
51 + 5,65 ≤ X < 67,95
56,65 ≤ X < 67,95
M- 0,5 SD ≤ X < M + 0,5 SD Sufficiently
51 - 5,65 ≤ X < 51 + 5,65 Understandable/
45,35 ≤ X < 56,65 Sufficiently Necessary
M-1,5 SD ≤ X < M – 0,5 SD Less Understandable / Less
51 - 16,95≤ X < 45,35 Necessary
34,5≤ X < 45,35
 X < M – 1,5 SD Ununderstandable/ 34,5≤ X < 45,35
X < 34,5 Unnecessary X < M – 1,5 SD Ununderstandable/
X < 34,5 Unnecessary
Score Category Frequency Percentage
67,95 and above Very understandable 14 26,64% Score Category Frequency Percentage
56,65-67,94 Understandable 37 69,8% 67,95 and above Very 14 26,64%
45,35-56,64 Sufficiently 2 3,8% Understandable
Understandable 56,65-67,94 Understandable 36 69,8%
34,5-45,34 Less Understandable 0 0,0% 45,35-56,64 Sufficiently 3 3,8%
34,4 and below Ununderstandable 0 0,0% Understandable
Total 53 100 34,5-45,34 Less Understandable 0 0,0%
34,4 and below Ununderstandable 0 0,0%
Total 53 100
B. The Need of Application of Synectics Learning through
the Development of Augmented Reality Media in Writing C. The Need, Urgency, and Application of Augmented
Narrative Story at Institut Pendidikan Indonesia Reality Media in Learning to Write Narrative Stories at
Institut Pendidikan Indonesia
Based on data collected, it is found that the need of
application of Synectics Learning through the Development Based on data collected, it is found that the needs
of Augmented Reality Media in Writing Narrative Story at of application of media application Augmented Reality in
Institut Pendidikan Indonesia as follows. The lowest score is Writing Narrative Story in Institut Pendidikan Indonesia is
47 and the highest is 82 with the average of 65,13 and the as follows. The lowest score is 56 and the highest is 94 with
standard deviation of 6,22. To find out the tendency, the the average of 74,98 and the standard deviation of 8,26 To
calculation of the percentage of tendencies and comparative find out the tendency, the calculation of the percentage of
criteria as described previously with using the ideal average tendencies and comparative criteria as described previously
score and ideal standard deviation was used. The calculation with using the ideal average score and ideal standard
results show that the need of application of Synectics deviation was used. The calculation results show that the
Learning through the Development of Augmented Reality needs of Application of Media Augmented Reality
Media in Writing Narrative Story in Institut Pendidikan Approach in Learning of Narrative Story Writing at Institut
Indonesia are classified as very necessary category 24,64%, Pendidikan Indonesia is classified into very necessary
necessary category 67.9%, and sufficiently necessary categoy 28,3%, necessary category 54,7%, and sufficiently
category 5,7%. From mean or the average scores, the necessary categoty 17,0%. From mean or the average score,
requirement of Application of Synectics Learning through the need of Application of Augmented Reality Media in
the Development of Media Augmented Reality in Writing Learning of Narrative Story Writing at Institut Pendidikan
Narrative Story at Institut Pendidikan Indonesia from Indonesia from respondents belongs to category of
respondents is quite necessary. More details of this sufficiently necessary. More details of this percentage of the
percentage of the trend can be seen in the following charts trend can be seen in the following charts and bar charts.
and bar charts.
TABLE IV. VARIABLE TENDENCY OF APPLICATION OF
AUGMENTED REALITY MEDIA IN WRITING NARRATIVE STORY
TABLE III. TENDENCY OF APPLICATION OF SYNECTICS AT INSTITUT PENDIDIKAN INDONESIA
LEARNING THROUGH THE DEVELOPMENT OF AUGMENTED
REALITY MEDIA IN WRITING NARRATIVE STORY AT INSTITUT
PENDIDIKAN INDONESIA VARIABLE
highest ideal value + lowest ideal value
highest ideal value = 5 x 20 = 100
highest ideal value = 5 x 17 = 85 lowest ideal value = 1 x 20 = 20
lowest ideal value = 1 x 17 = 17 M= ½ (highest ideal value + lowest ideal value)
M= ½ (highest ideal value + lowest ideal value) = ½ ( 100 + 20 ) = ½ (120) = 60
= ½ ( 85 + 17 ) = ½ (102) = 51 SD= 1/6 (highest ideal value - lowest ideal value) SD
SD= 1/6 (highest ideal value - lowest ideal value) SD = 1/6 ( 100 – 20) = 1/6 (80) = 13,3
= 1/6 ( 85 – 17) = 1/6 (68) = 11,3
Tendency Criteria Category
Tendency Criteria Category X ≥ M +1,5 SD Very understandable / Very
X ≥ M +1,5 SD Very understandable / Very X ≥ 60 + 1,5 (13,3) Necessary
X ≥ 51 + 1,5 (11,3) Necessary X ≥ 60 + 19,95
X ≥ 51 + 16,95 X ≥ 79,95
X ≥ 67,95 M+ 0,5 SD ≤ X < M +1,5 SD Understandable/ Necessary
M+ 0,5 SD ≤ X < M +1,5 SD Understandable/ Necessary 60 + 0,5 (13,3) ≤ X < 60 + 1,5
51 + 0,5 (11,3) ≤ X < 51 + 1,5 (13,3)
(11,3) 60 + 6,65 ≤ X < 79,95
51 + 5,65 ≤ X < 67,95 66,65 ≤ X < 79,95
56,65 ≤ X < 67,95 M- 0,5 SD ≤ X < M + 0,5 SD Sufficiently Understandable/
M- 0,5 SD ≤ X < M + 0,5 SD Sufficiently Understandable/ 60 - 6,65 ≤ X < 60 + 6,65 Sufficiently Necessary
51 - 5,65 ≤ X < 51 + 5,65 Sufficiently Necessary 53,35 ≤ X < 66,65
45,35 ≤ X < 56,65 M-1,5 SD ≤ X < M – 0,5 SD Less Understandable / Less
M-1,5 SD ≤ X < M – 0,5 SD Less Understandable / Less 60 - 19,95≤ X < 53,35 Necessary
51 - 16,95≤ X < 45,35 Necessary 40,05≤ X < 53,35

153
 X < M – 1,5 SD Ununderstandable/ REFERENCES
X < 40,05 Unnecessary
[1] C.T. Fosnot. (1996). Constructivism: Theory, Perspectives, and
Practice, College Teachers Prints. P. 234-278
Score Category Frequency Percentage
[2] B. Jaworski. (1994). Investigating Mathematics Teaching: A
79,95 and above Very Constructivist Enquiry, Bristol, P. Falmer Print.
15 28,3
Understandable
66,65-79,94 Understandable 29 54,7 [3] Prawat, R. S., & Floden, R. E. (1994). Philosophical perspectives on
constructivist views of learning. Educational psychologist, 29(1), 37-
53,35-66,64 Sufficiently
9 17,0 48.
Understandable
40,05-53,34 Less Understandable 0 0,0 [4] P. Milgram and F. Kishino. (1994). A Taxonomy of Mixed Reality
40,04 and Ununderstandable 0 0,0 Visual Displays. IEICE Transactions on Information Systems E77-
below D12, 1321– 1329.
Total 53 100,0 [5] P.Milgram, H. Takemura et.al. (1994). Augmented Reality: A Class
of Displays on the Reality-Virutality Continuum. In Proceedings of
SPIE: Telemanipulator and Telepresence Technologies 2351, 282-
ACKNOWLEDGMENT 292.
[6] L. Steff & J. Gale (Eds.) (1995). Constructivism in
Students thanks to Allah Swt, Prof. Dr. Syihabuddin, Prof. education.Hillsdale, NJ: Erlbaum. p. 459-486.
Munir, M.IT, Dr. Hj. Isah Cahyani, Dr. H. Andoyo Sastromiharjo,
Dr. Vismaia S. Damaianti, Dr. Yeti Mulyati, Dr. Sumiyadi, Dr. Hj.
Lina Siti Nurwahidah, Tina Sri Sumartini, M.Pd, Ramdanul
Barkah, S.Pd., and Irena Puji Luritawaty, M.Pd.

154
The Influence of Spiritual Intelligence, and Gender on
The Personal Financial ff Management Students
(Evidence From Batam)
Nanik Lestari1
1
Business Management, Accounting Departement
Politeknik Negeri Batam, Batam, Indonesia
Email: nanik@polibatam.ac.id
Abstract— This study aims to examine the effects of spiritual
intelligence and gender on the personal financial management of
students. This study uses primary data collected through
questionnaires. Sampling method using purposive sampling
technique and total sample used in this research was 896
respondents. Analysis method with multiple regression analysis
and t-test are used a data analysis technique. The results found
are: firstly, spiritual intelligence has a positively effects on
personal financial management. Secondly, gender have no effect
on the personal financial management of the student.
Keywords— Spiritual Intelligence, Gender, Personal Financial
Management
I. INTRODUCTION
Personal financial management is the art and science of
managing human financial resources [8]. The ability to
manage personal finances enables people to make informed
financial decisions. The individual's ability to manage finances
is influenced by several factors such as, intelligence and
demography.
Triumph and success of a person is not only determined
from intellectual intelligence, but also influenced by factors of
emotional intelligence and spiritual intelligence [9]. Emotional
intelligence relates to interpersonal and intrapersonal qualities
[4]. While spiritual intelligence is related to the innate abilities
possessed by humans, such as the ability to judge the action is
good or bad, and is usually often associated with the spiritual
state of man.
Empirical evidence related to spiritual intelligence such as
research conducted by [2] which states that emotional
intelligence has a positive effect on the understanding of
accounting but spiritual intelligence negatively affect the
understanding of accounting. Another study by [21] states that
spiritual intelligence has no effect on the management of
personal finances of students. Different results seen from the
research [10] that is, emotional intelligence and spiritual
intelligence have a positive influence on the understanding of
accounting.
In addition to spiritual intelligence and gender factors are
also influential in making decisions and actions of a person.
This is supported by research conducted by [14] which states
155
that demographic factors (gender) affect student financial
literacy. Reference [11]states that the demographic factors
(employment status) affect the financial planning of the
community.
Based on previous research results such as [20], [13], [2],
[21], [10], [14] and [11] that spiritual intelligence and gender
have an effect on financial decisions, whether in the form of
financial literacy, financial satisfaction or financial
management performance. With these assumptions the authors
argue that spiritual intelligence and gender will also affect
personal financial management, especially students. The
election of students is because students are part of a large
enough component of society and play an important role for
the change of nation (agent of change). The importance of
knowledge in managing finances, especially personal finances
of students, which can be used as a stock when students are in
the community. The difference of this research with previous
research lies in the further study about the influence of gender
on personal financial management of students at universities in
Batam City.
This study aims to examine the effects of spiritual
intelligence and gender on the personal financial management
of students. This research was expected to provide the
following benefits: Theoretical benefits, this research is
expected to be used as reference materials related to factors that
affect in managing personal finances. The practical benefits of
this study are expected to provide an understanding of the
effects of, spiritual intelligence and gender factors on personal
financial management. Furthermore this research can provide
an alternative view that intelligence can be used to predict
individual success in the future. The final results of this study
are expected to provide teaching materials or seminars about
appropriate and effective financial management to the younger
generation.
II. LITERATURE STUDY AND HYPOTHESIS DEVELOPMENT
Spiritual intelligence can lead to the nature of
independence, honesty and responsibility. Reference [22]
spiritual intelligence is the intelligence of the soul, this
intelligence can be used to deal with and solve the problem of
meaning and value. Empirical evidence of the influence of
spiritual intelligence on financial management has been
undertaken by some previous researchers however, the results
was inconsistency (positive and negative). Reference [10]
examined the effect of spiritual intelligence on accounting
comprehension by using final-level student samples at the
University of Riau, Islamic University of Riau, State Islamic
University, and Lancang Kuning University. The result of
spiritual intelligence affect the understanding of student
accounting.
Empirical study that found a negative influence was [2]
who examined the influence of spiritual intelligence on
accounting understanding of accounting students at Ganesha
University and Udayana University in Denpasar. The result of
spiritual intelligence negatively affect the level of
understanding accounting student accounting. Its means that
increase of students' spiritual intelligence does not improve the
accounting comprehension of accounting students. The study
was supported by [21] who examined the effect of spiritual
intelligence on personal financial management on SWCU
psychology faculty undergraduate students. The result of
spiritual intelligence has no effect on the management of
personal finances of students. Students who have high spiritual
intelligence may not be able to manage finances well.
Based on the empirical evidence described above spiritual
intelligence have a positive or negative impact on the financial
management of students. Positive influence means the better
one's spiritual intelligence the better also in managing its
finances. Negatively affects a person's spiritual intelligence the
better will actually lower the financial management. Based on
these arguments the authors assume that spiritual intelligence
affects the financial management. Spiritual intelligence will
make a person to think openly, able to take decisions, and can
solve problems related to finances. By using the argument the
author proposes a hypothesis:
H1: Spiritual intelligence affects students' personal
financial management
Empirical evidence that Gender can be effect to make
decision its means, the level of financial literacy of students
and the ability to manage finances. Reference [14] conducted a
study of the influence of gender on financial literacy, by
distributing 625 questionnaires to students of economic faculty
of Trisakti University. Reference [14] found that gender affects
students' financial literacy. Female students have a better level
of financial literacy compared to male students.
Research [20] states that women have high confidence in
the ability to manage finances, in the context of research on
students majoring in english in Kupang. Women are better able
to take lessons from mistakes in managing their finances.
Therefore, learning to manage finances in women is higher
than men.
Different results were found by [19] who examined the
differences in financial literacy between students and female
students of Satya Wacana Christian University's Faculty of
Economics and Business (FEB), the result was no difference
in financial literacy between men and women. So the level of
156
student financial literacy was not influenced by gender.
Fouthemore, [12] study that examined the effect of gender on
students' financial behavior at Universitas Negeri Malang, the
result of gender did not affect student's financial behavior.
This means that a person's ability to manage his personal
finances was not determined by gender. Reference [15]
examines the effect of gender on the level of personal financial
literacy, with a sample of 97 regular S1 students faculty of
economics University of Sumatra. The result found that men
have higher levels of personal financial literacy.
Based on empirical evidence that has been described the
results inconsistentcy. The authors argue that gender was effect
on managing personal finances. In this case women are more
clever in managing finances than men. By using the argument
the author proposes a hypothesis:
H2: Female students are smarter in managing finances
compared to male students
III. RESEARCH METHODE
A. Data and Sample
Respondents surveyed in this study are students who are or
have received a course of financial management or the like
related to financial management. Respondents are students
majoring in business management or faculty of economics at
universities in Batam City. Samples are determined by non-
probability or non-random by using purposive sampling
method that is selecting the sample intentionally according to
the desired sample requirement.
This study uses the primary data obtained through survey
method, was distributed by questionnaires to the respondents.
Two method distributed of questionnaires was hard copy and
Google form links. The collected data is then tabulated and
only eligible data is processed further.
In this study the author distributed 850 questionnaires
directly (hard copy), from the direct distribution of
questionnaires collected as many as 790 questionnaires, from
790 questionnaires, filled in a total of 737 questionnaires. In
this study collected 896 questionnaires, obtained with direct
dissemination to the students as much as 737 questionnaires
and 159 questionnaires through Google form.
B. Validity and Reliability
From the results of the questionnaire obtained, will be
tested the validity and reliability. Validity test was done to
measure the validity of a questionnaire. A questionnaire was
said to be valid if the statement on the questionnaire is able to
reveal something that will be measured by the questionnaire
[7]. Measurements validity can be done by correlating
between the questionnaire scores with the total score of the
variables. The questionnaire statement was to be valid if the
Pearson correlation question ≥ 0.3.
Based on the results of validity testing for private financial
management variables, there are two items of questions that
value Pearson correlation ≤ 0.3 is item number seven that
states "I often feel stressed about money issues" and item
number nine questions that states "I perceived that money Is
not a symbol of my success ", so both questions are invalid. So
there are thirteen questions that can measure personal financial
management variables.
The value of person correlation for spiritual intelligence
variables ranged from 0.394 to 0.742. Thus, all the question
items that confound the spiritual variable can be said to be
valid.
Furthermore, the reliability test is performed to measure
the consonant ability of a research instrument. Reliability is a
tool for measuring a questionnaire that was an indicator of a
variable or construct [7]. A questionnaire is said to be reliable
or reliable if one's answer to a statement is consistent or stable
over time. Test reliability is done by using statistical test
Cronbach alpha. A variable is said to be reliable if it gives a
Cronbach alpha value > 0.60 [7].
Referring to the reliability test results, it is known that
Cronbach's Alpha for private financial management variable is
0.801. Cronbach's Alpha for spiritual intelligence variables is
0.882. Based on the results of this test can be concluded that all
instruments used in measuring variables in this study can be
said to be reliable or reliable.
IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. Descriptive Statistics
Table 1 describes the descriptive statistics for variables
PFM, and SI. Based on the table it is known that the average
value of personal financial management is 49.61 (49.61 / 13
items = 3.81). A value of 3.81 means that average respondents
agree that personal finance needs to be managed / managed.
The average value of spiritual intelligence variables is 54.72
(54.72 / 14 items = 3.90). A value of 3.90 means that average
respondents understand how to control their spirituality in
managing finances

Table 1. Descriptive Statistics for Variables PFM, and SI

Descriptive Statistics
Item Mi M Mea
N Std.Dev
Question n ax n
PF 13
874 24 65 49.6 6.376
M item
SI 14 54.7
874 27 70 6.767
item 2
N 874
Source: data processed with SPSS V.17

Furthermore, in table 2 it is described descriptive statistics questionnaires collected, respondents were predominantly as
for demographic variables consisting of gender. Based on 874 for female dominated variables 76.7%.

Table 2 Descriptive Statistics for Gender

Varia Frequenc
Percent
bles y
Man 204 23,3%
GEND
Femal
ER 670 76,7%
e
TOTA
874 100,00%
L
Source: data processed with SPSS V.17

B. Result Hypothesis These results have been tested with classical assumptions.
VIF value of 2.183 indicates that the regression done there is
Hypotheses Test of Spiritual Intelligence affects the
no symptoms of multicolinearity because VIF value no more
Management of Personal Finance. Value of Adjusted R square
than 10.00 is still within tolerance limit. Glejser test value of
equal to 0.477 indicate that together spiritual intelligence and
0.0473 indicates that the regression performed there are no
gender factor able to explain personal financial management
symptoms of heteroscedaticitas because its value is above the
equal to 47.7%, while the rest 52.3% explained by other
standard value of 0.05 is still within the limits of tolerance.
variables outside this model. Spiritual intelligence and Gender
Normality test using kolmogorov-smirnov test value of 0.089
simultaneously affect the personal financial management of
indicates that the data is normally distributed. The results of
students can be accepted at the level of significance of 1%
the first hypothesis test are free of classical assumptions.
seen from the value of F-statistics.

157
 Table 3 shows that the spiritual intelligence variable has a
significant and positive influence on personal finance
management at the 99% level of significance. The positive
sign of the variable coefficient indicates that the better one's
Table 3 Results of Multiple Regression Analysis
Coefficient t-statistic
Constant 12.394 8.883
SI (H1) 0.282 8.273
Gender (H2) 0.275 0.715
Adjusted R squared
N 874
p-value(F-Statistics)
*** Significance at level 1%. ** Significance at level 5%. * Significance at level 10%.
Source: data processed with SPSS V.17
Based on the results of statistical tests that have been
described in table 3 shows that spiritual intelligence affects the
personal financial management of students. This means that
the first hypotheses are supported. This result is in accordance
with research conducted [10] that spiritual intelligence affects
the understanding of student accounting. Another study [6]
argues that spiritual intelligence is the necessary foundation
for the effective functioning of emotional intelligence. Based
on the theory of planned behavior, intelligence is one of the
personal factors that affect the attitude and behavior
individuals to a thing. Good spiritual intelligence can be seen
from divinity, belief, learning leadership, future-oriented, and
regularity. The higher the spiritual intelligence then the better
in managing finances. Students who have good spiritual
intelligence, have peace of mind, open mindedness and always
believe that something done by being balanced with prayer
will make it more confident to perform its financial
management better.
Based on table 3, that gender not significant affect the
management of personal finances, its means the second
hypothesis was not supported. These results have been tested
with classical assumptions. Free from multicolinearity because
VIF values of all variables not exceeding 10.00 are within
tolerable limits. Free from heterokedastisitas because the value
of Glejser test of all variables is above the standard value of
0.05 is still within the limits of tolerance. Data is normally
distributed because its value is 0.192 higher than 0.05. Test
results are free of classical assumptions.
The results of this study cannot prove the gender affect the
personal financial management of students. The results of this
study are consistent with previous research that is by research
conducted [12] which states that the ability of a person in
managing his personal finances is not determined by age and
gender. Reference [16] found that age, sex and residence had
no effect on student financial literacy. Another study conducted
by [14] found that student residence had no effect on student
financial literacy. Reference [11] who found that individuals
who already work have better financial management than
individuals who do not work. When viewed from the results of
respondent characteristics, as much as 76.7% female students
dominated but management personal finance between women
spiritual intelligence the better in managing personal finances.
This explains that the first hypotheses are supported.
p-value VIF Test glejser
0.000 ***
0.000 *** 2.183 0.473
0.236 1.089 0.667
0.477
0.000
and men did not show any difference. This means both men
and women alike have a concern for their personal finances.
Respondents in this study are students, of which 76.5% have
not had their own income, so cannot manage finances with
good. The results may be different if the respondents are
already married. In general, respondents in this study have not
had income and still depend on the parents, so they cannot
manage their finances properly.
V. CONCLUSIONS
Based on the results of research on the effect of spiritual
intelligence and genders on the personal financial management
of students majoring in business management or university
student faculty of economics in Batam. The author did the
distribution of questionnaires as much as 896. The number of
samples used this study is 874 respondents, which can be
processed using SPPS software. The result are the firstly,
spiritual intelligence positive affects students' personal
financial management. Positive influence is that the higher the
spiritual intelligence then the better in managing personal
finance. The secondly, gender not effect on students' personal
finance management.
This research has some limitations that can influence the
research results, among others: first, in this study only carried
out the distribution of questionnaires to six universities in the
city of Batam.Untuk further research should increase the
number of research samples, for example by using the entire
population of universities in the city of Batam. Secondly, this
research only uses two methods for distributing questionnaires
that is directly with hard copy and Google form links. Further
research is expected to add methods for the distribution of
questionnaires through the mailing list. Further research is
expected to add other demographic factors such as marital
status, student's GPA and student pocket money. Fourth, in
this study the authors measure only the spiritual intelligence
and gender on student financial management. Further research
is expected to add other variables, such as intellectual
intelligence, spending habits and financial behavior in
assessing the ability to manage finances.
158
 ACKNOWLEDGMENT [22] Zohar, D., & Marshall, I. (2007). Spiritual Capital Memberdayakan SQ
di Dunia Bisnis. (H. Mustofa, Trans.) Bandung : Mizan Pustaka.
The preferred spelling of the word “acknowledgment” in
America is without an “e” after the “g”. Avoid the stilted
expression, “One of us (R. B. G.) thanks . . .” Instead, try “R.
B. G. thanks”. Put sponsor acknowledgments in the unnum-
bered footnote on the first page.
REFERENCES
[1] Ajzen, I. (2005). Attitudes, Personality, and Behavior (Vol. Second
Edition). Milton-Keynes, England : Open University Press.
[2] Artana, M. B., Herawati, N. T., & Tungga, A. W. (2014). Pengaruh
Kecerdasan Intelektual (Iq), Kecerdasan Emosional (Eq), Kecerdasan
Spiritual (Sq), Dan Perilaku Belajar Terhadap Pemahaman Akuntansi.
Jurnal Akuntansi S1, 2 NO 1.
[3] Atmadja, A. T., & Saputra, K. A. (2014). The Effect Of Emotional
Spiritual Quotatient To Ethical Behavior In Accounting profession With
Tri Hita Karana Culture's As A Moderating Variable. Research Journal
of finance and Accounting .
[4] Ayranci, E. (2011). Effects Of Top Turkish Managers' Emotional and
Spiritual Intelegences On Their Organizations' FInancial Performance.
Business Intelligence Journal.
[5] Deany, A. S., Sukartha, I. M., & Wirama, D. G. (2016). Pengaruh Self
Esteem, Self Efficacy, Locus Of Control, Dan Emotional Stability Pada
Kinerja Pengelola Anggaran Belanja Universitas Udayana. E-Jurnal
Ekonomi dan Bisnis.
[6] Filia, R. (2010). Pengaruh Kecerdasan, Kecerdasan Spiritual dan
Perilaku Belajar Terhadap Pemahaman Akunantansi. Jurnal Pendidikan
Akuntansi.
[7] Ghozali, I. (2012). Aplikasi Analisis Multivariate dengan Program IBM
SPSS 20. Edisi 6. Semarang: Badan Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro.
[8] Gitman, L. J. (2012). Principles of Managerial Finance (Teenth ed.).
United States of america: The Prentice Hall.
[9] Goleman, D. (2015). Kecerdasan Emosional . Jakarta: Gramedia Pustaka
Utama.
[10] Herli, F., Kamaliah, & Silvi, A. (2014). Pengaruh Kecerdasan
Emosional, Kecerdasan Intelektual,. 1 NO 2.
[11] Lai, M. M., & Tan, W. K. (2009). An Empirical Analysis of Personal
Financial Planning in an Emerging Economy. European Journal of
Economics, Finance and Administrative Sciences(16).
[12] Laily, N. (2014). Pengaruh Literasi Keuangan Terhadap Perilaku
Mahasiswa Dalam Mengelola Keuangan .
[13] Lim, H., Heckman, S. J., Letkiewicz, J. C., & Montalto, C. M. (2014).
Financial Stress, Self Efficacy, and Financial Help-Seeking Behavior of
College Students. Journal of Financial Counseling and Planning, 25(2).
[14] Margaretha, F., & Pambudhi , R. A. (2015, maret). Tingkat Literasi
keuangan pada Mahasiswa S-1 Fakultas Ekonomi. Jurnal Manajemen
dan Kewirausahaan, 17 NO 1, 76-85. doi:10.9744/jmk.17.1
[15] Nababan, D., & Sadalia, I. (2012). Analisis Personal Financial Literacy
dan Financial Behavior Mahasiswa Strata 1 Fakultas Ekonomi
Universitas Sumatera Utara.
[16] Nidar, S. R., & Bestari, S. (2012). Personal Literacy Among University
Student (Case Study at Padjajaran University Student Bandung
Indonesia). World Journal Of Social Sciences.
[17] Roscue, J. T. (1975). FUndamental al Research Statistics for the
Behavioural Sciences. (Rinehart&Winston, Ed.) New York: Holt.
[18] Senduk, S. (2004). Siapa Bilang Jadi Karyawan Nggak Bisa Kaya ?
Jakarta: Elex Media Kompetindo.
[19] Septiani, N., & Rita, M. R. (2013). Melek Finansial Dan Spending
Habits Berdasarkan Jenis Kelamin (Studi Empiris Pada Mahasiswa/I Di
Feb Uksw).
[20] Sina, P. G. (2013, Mei). Financial Effecacy dan Financial Satisfaction :
Ditinjau Dari Perbedaan Gender. Jurnal Manajemen, 12 No 2 .
[21] Sina, P. G., & Noya, A. (2012, mei). Pengaruh Kecerdasan Spiritusl
terhadap Pengelolaan keuangan pribadi. Jurnal Manajemen, 11 NO 2.

159
 The Influence of E-Service Website E-Commerce
Quality to E-Customer Satisfaction
M Mayasari1,* and Audina2
1
Politeknik Negeri Batam, Batam, Indonesia
2
Politeknik Negeri Batam, Batam, Indonesia
*
Email: mega@polibatam.ac.id
Abstract— E-commerce has been thought as a very good
alternative for individual nor companies to join business in
reaching out new customer. Shopping by using e-commerce
system have to be good in service side, so that customers
satisfactions can improve and will impact to the sale of e-
commerce website. The Purpose of this paper is to examine the
effect of efficiency, system availability, fulfillment and privacy in
e-service on customer e-satisfaction is seen from the perception of
students as e-commerce users. The sample is the student with
management business major in colleges and universities in
Batam. The method of this research is a survey. The technique of
data analysis uses PLS-SEM analysis. The result that stated e-
service had a positive impact to e-satifcation customers in online
system. The conclusions are efficiency, system availabillity,
fulfillment, and privacy are very impact e-satisfation variable.
Keywords— E-satisfaction, E-services, Efficiency, Fulfillment,
Privacy, System availability
I. INTRODUCTION
Today almost business firm use technology dan all
activities are facilitated by technology. Traditional shopping
activities require coming to a shopping center to shop for our
needs, now it can be done at home. Electronic commerce that
is being widely used to carry out online business processes is
called e-commerce. Transacting using e-commerce websites, it
is very easy for customers to shop. The development of e-
commerce in Indonesia is very rapid and can be a promising
way of doing business. This is due to several factors, such as
internet users which are increasing sharply every year. Based
on the results of a survey conducted by the Indonesian Internet
Network Organizing Association (APJII) said that in 2016, it
had indicated an increase in internet users by 58.8%. APJII
found that 132.7 million people were connected to the internet
from 256.2 Indonesians, but in 2014 Indonesian internet users,
only 88 million internet users.
E-commerce is growing very rapidly and provides good
opportunities for business [1]. The company can increase sales
because the market share extends to various regions that were
previously unreachable. In addition, the company can increase
profits due to sharp increase in sales, easy transactions and
reduce the company's operating costs such as advertising
costs.E-commerce competition is very high, this can be seen
from several e-commerce websites that continue to emerge
such as Tokopedia.com, Lazada, Bukalapak, and so on. This
competition can be seen from how many people shop through
160
e-commerce websites, the more people shop, the higher the
sales level of the company. Other factors can also affect the
level of e-commerce sales such as attractive web design,
promotions carried out, services on the website, and
information quality [1].
Research related to this topic has been studied by [1], in
Nepal, using the Nepal Telecom e-commerce website. The
results of the study stated that a well-developed e-commerce
website is not only seen based on advertising from the value of
a product, but from the service factors offered and enhanced
by the company. The quality of e-commerce websites plays an
important role in the customer's intention to repurchase [2], to
achieve leadership in the online market, it is important for
companies to guarantee the quality of their e-commerce
system. Customer satisfaction must precede the quality of
service, because the quality of services that will provide
customer satisfaction factors and the behavior of the
customer's intention to repurchase [3]. The reserach had ever
been conducted in Indonesia was research from [4], result of
the reserach founded that e-service quality had influence to
customer satisfaction, customer satisfaction had influence to
customer loyalty, and e-service quality and customer
satisfaction had influence to customer loyalty.
This research is a replication of research conducted by [1].
The difference in this study with previous research are
variables used and sample selection. Previous research took
samples from Nepal Telecom e-commerce website customers
in Nepal using electronic questionnaires. Meanwhile, this study
will focus on a sample of students majoring in business
management from several universities in the Batam City,
Indonesia. The reason for using this sample is because the
average student is an e-commerce user and fills the gap in the
sample, seeing satisfaction from the student's point of view.
The author hopes that this sample can be presented by
presenting the e-service perception given to customers who
shop on e-commerce websites on e-satisfaction of these
customers. Based on the background described above. The
purpose of this study is to find out how the effect of efficiency,
system availability, fulfillment and privacy in e-service on
customer e-satisfaction is seen from the perception of students
as e-commerce users. The expected benefit of the results of this
study is to enter the company to understand how customers
want so that they can evaluate policies related to the company's
e-commerce website, so that they can continue to improve their
performance.
 II. LITERATURE REVIEW
The research conducted by [1] was aimed to know how big
the quality of online service to website e-commerce and
contribution of online service to e-business promotion quality.
The objects of the research were the customers of Nepal
Telecom. The result of the research found that information and
online service quality were main decider for customers’s
satisfaction and continuity of wbesite e-commerce. The
research conducted by [5] was aimed to describe development,
improvement, evaluation, property, and application potential
from a few items scale to measure and assess e-service quality
from sites where the customers shop. The result of the
research was all items founded in the research expressed that
the items belonged to service from website e-commerce
decided success and company quality, because it was seen
from how the quality service given to their customers.
The research conducted by [6] was aimed to identify
evaluation criteria from website e-commerce quality
considering the typicality of customers’s behavior from
Lithuania. The result of the research was founded website
quality indicator was main grade in website e-commerce, if the
grade was low, the owner of the website should pay more to
get many more attentions and efforts to analyze quality of its
website.The reserach the had ever been conducted in
Indonesia was research from [4] which was aimed to know the
influence of e-service quality to customer satisfaction and also
the impact to customer loyalty to PT Bayu Buana Travel, Tbk.
The result of the research had been founded that e-service
quality had influence to customer satisfaction, customer
satisfaction had influence to customer loyalty, and e-service
quality and customer satisfaction had influence to customer
loyalty.
2.1 Development of Hypothesis
According to [5] that the level of efficiency of an e-
commerce website can be assessed from the ease of the
customer in using the website, structured appropriately and
little information needed by the company that will be input for
the company from consumers. Efficiency can also be seen
from how companies simplify and speed up website access.
Efficiency has a strong effect in influencing the e-statistic
factor because, efficiency is a critical factor in seeing firsthand
the quality of service from the website. Based on the
description above, the research hypothesis is formulated:
H1: Efficiency in e-service quality has a positive effect
on the level of customer e-satisfaction in the online system.
Availability of systems in e-commerce websites that refer
to the problem of content contained in e-commerce websites
and include the completeness, accuracy, format and currency
aspects of information conveyed by the e-commerce market
[7]. The availability of the system in the online scope of the e-
commerce Website can be seen from a variety of perspectives,
such as how the web page does not crash, the system of the
product is fast and not jammed, the quality of service, website
system design, the quality of human-computer interaction, is
161
always available for business activities and more. Good
system quality in an e-commerce site is already seen as a
necessary measure to be said to be successful, when it can
assess and evaluate website usage [8]; [9]. It could be said if
the availability of the system is well prepared and
implemented for e-commerce websites, it can increase
customer satisfaction. Based on the above opinion, the
hypothesis can be developed as follows:
H2: System availability on e-service quality has a
positive effect on the level of e-satisfaction of customers in
an online system.
According to [10] guarantees or reliability involve an
accurate representation of the product, timely delivery and
accurate orders. Meanwhile, according to [5] the factor
referred to as customer service in this guarantee contains items
related to the company's willingness to respond to customer
needs, the company's interests in solving problems, and the
accuracy of the questions answered. This dimension, very
good as other products may be relevant for customer
assessment of service quality on the website, this needs to be
tested further. This factor contains a level of customer trust, if
the customer wants something to buy the product and has
already paid for it, the company must fulfill the customer's
desire to deliver the product accurately, timely and reliably.
Customer trust due to customer order guarantees in accordance
with customer expectations greatly affects the level of
satisfaction. According to [10], revealed that the guarantee
rating (fulfillment) is the strongest predictor of quality and
customer satisfaction, while the second predictor is the
customer's intention to buy back on an e-commerce website. A
guarantee factor that is in accordance with the customer's
wishes can increase customer satisfaction. Thus the authors
propose the following hypothesis.
H3: Fulfillment on e-service quality has a positive effect
on the level of customer e-satisfaction in the online system.
According to [11] privacy is the protection of personal
information and the security of protection from the risk of
fraud and financial losses that have been empirically proven to
have a strong impact on attitudes towards the use of online
financial services. This happens in online transactions,
therefore companies that use e-commerce websites must really
maintain the privacy of their customers, while according to [5]
the level of customer trust in how much privacy is protected is
the extent to which customers believe the site is safe from
interference and protected personal information. Maintaining
customer privacy is very important for the company by not
spreading confidential information about its customers to any
site, maintaining the security of the customer's shopping
account, maintaining the confidentiality of the customer's bank
account and shopping behavior. If a customer believes in an e-
commerce site then he will believe that the information will be
safe and will not be distributed. This is in accordance with the
wishes and expectations of customers so that customers will
be satisfied with the e-commerce website of the company
concerned, therefore, the hypothesis is proposed:
 H4: Privacy on e-service quality has a positive effect on CONSTRUCT N ITEM LOADING FACTOR
the level of e-satisfaction of customers in the online system.
E2 0,727
The following is a picture of the research model.
E3 0,785
Figure 1. the research model E4 0,813

E5 0,841

E6 0,822

E7 0,809

E8 0,784

FULFILLMENT (F) 7 F1 0,654

F2 0,677

F3 0,757

F4 0,692

F5 0,692

F6 0,717

F7 0,738

III. METHOD
3.1 Population and Sample of the Research PRIVACY (P) 3 P1 0,938

The population used in this research is students with P2 0,917

management business major in accredited colleges and P3 0,925
universities in Batam. The population of students
SYSTEM 4 S1 0,866
amounted to 5.351 students, the data are obtained from AVAILABILITY
forlab dikti site. The number of samples in this research (S) S2 0,912
uses Slovin formula. So, a minimum number of samples
S3 0,961
can be used in this research are around 98 students with
management business major S4 0,954

3.2 The Instrument of the Research & Technique of Data Based on Table 4, seems that overall indicators are
Analysis above 0,5, means that the indicatore is significant, so can
This instrument of this research is questionnaire with be concluded that overall items are stated valid.
measurement scale used in this research is Likert Scale in 5
points, questionnaire adapted from the questionnaire [5] and Convergent Validity Test
[12]. Technique of Data Analysis used to test hypothesis is The parameter of convergent validity test can be seen
PLS-SEM (Partial Least Squares-Structural Equation
Modeling) analysis. from AVE and Communality score, each of them must
be a value above 0,5. The following is the result of AVE
IV. FINDING AND DISCUSSION and Communality score for each construct
4.1 Outer Model Table 5. AVE and Communality Value Score
4.1.1 Construct Validity Test
CONSTRUCT AVE COMMUNALITY
Table 4. Loading Indicator Factor
E-SATISFACTION (ES) 0,599 0,599
CONSTRUCT N ITEM LOADING FACTOR
EFFICIENCY ( E ) 0,634 0,634
E-SATISFACTION 4 ES1 0,801
(ES) FULFILLMENT (F) 0,510 0,510
ES2 0,714
PRIVACY (P) 0,859 0,859
ES3 0,799
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY (S) 0,854 0,854
ES4 0,779
Source: Data Processing with SmartPLS
EFFICIENCY (E) 8 E1 0,782

162
 Seems in Table 5 that AVE and Communality
score have value above 0,5. So, it can be concluded that
construct has good convergent validity.
Discriminant Validity Test
This following is description about discriminant
validity which is valued based on comparation AVE root
for every construct with correlation between construct
and another construct

Table 6. Comparison of AVE Roots and Correlation of Latent Variables in Pilot Test
Correlation of Latent Variables
AVE E- EFFICI FULFILL PRIVACY (P) SYSTEM
CONSTRUCT SATISFA ENCY MENT (F) AVAILABILITY
ROOTS
CTION (E) (S)
(ES)

E-SATISFACTION (ES) 0,774 1,000

EFFICIENCY ( E ) 0,796 0,307 1,000
FULFILLMENT (F) 0,714 0,464 0,215 1,000
PRIVACY (P) 0,927 0,478 0,174 0,711 1,000
SYSTEM AVAILABILITY
0,924 0,359 0,238 0,418 0,308 1,000
(S)

Source: Data Processing with SmartPLS

Based on Table 6 can be concluded that AVE root score 4.2 Inner Model
is higher than correlation score inter construct with Table 8. Square Value
another constructs, it means that all constructs have
fulfilled criteria of descriminant validity. Score AVE in CONSTRUCT R-SQUARE
System Availability (S) variable in Table 5 is 0,854, so E-SATISFACTION (ES) 0,323
that the root score of it is 0,924. That score is higher than
corellation between System Availability (S) variable,
that is 0,359 E-satisfaction, 0,238 Efficiency, 0,680 In Table 8 shows that R-Square score from E-
fulfillment, and 0,582. satisfaction (ES) variable is about 0,323. This shows that
4.1.2 Reliability Test 32,3% can be influenced by Fulfillment (F) variable,
Efficiency (E), Privacy (P), and System availability (S),
Table 7. Cronbach’s Alpha score
and the remaining is 67,7% is influenced by other
CONSTRUCT CRONBAC COMPOSITE variable outside of researched.
H' ALPHA RELIABILITY
E-SATISFACTION (ES) 0,777 0,857 4.3 The Result of Hypothesis
EFFICIENCY ( E ) 0,917 0,933
Table 9. Result of Path Coefficient and T-statistics
FULFILLMENT (F) 0,831 0,873
CONSTRUCT T-Statistics
PRIVACY (P) 0,918 0,948
SYSTEM EFFICIENCY (E) -> E-SATISFASCTION (ES) 2,721
0,943 0,959
AVAILABILITY (S) SYSTEM AVAILABILITY (S) -> E-SATISFASCTION (ES) 1,893
FULFILLMENT (F) -> E-SATISFASCTION (ES) 1,728
Reliability test can be seen from Cronbach’ PRIVACY (P) -> E-SATISFASCTION (ES) 3,168
Alpha and Composite Reliability score. In Table 7
shows that Cronbach’s Alpha score for all constructs are
above 0,6. Composite Reliability score for all Based on Table 9, can be concluded that the first
constructs are above 0,7. This shows all constructs hypothesis is supported with T-Statistics score is 2,721
reliable above T-Table score that is 1,64. It means that
Efficiency (E) influences to E-satisfaction (ES)
positively. The second hypothesis is supported with T-

163
statistics score is 1,893 above T-table score means that
System availability (S) influences to E-satisfaction (ES)
positively. The third hypothesis is supported with T-
statistics score is 1,728 above T-Table score means that
Fulfillment (F) influences to E-Satisfaction (ES)
postively. Same with the fourth hypothesis is supported
with T-Statistics score is 3,168 above T-Table score
means that Privacy (P) influences to E-Satisfaction (ES)
positively

Table 10. Summary of Hypothesis Test Results

HYPOTHESIS T-STATISTICS RESULTS
Efficiency in E-Service Quality Positively Affect to
H1: 2,721 Supported
Customer E-Satisfaction Level in Online System.
System Availability in e-service quality positively affect to
H2: 1,893 Supported
customers e-satisfaction level in online system

Fulfillment in e-service quality positively affects to

H3: 1,728 Supported
customers e-satisfaction level in online system.

Privacy in e-service quality positively affects to customers

H4: 3,168 Supported
e-satisfaction level in online system.

Efficiency in E-Service Quality Positively Affect to Customer
E-Satisfaction Level in Online System.
Based on testing conducted in the first hypothesis (H1),
found result that the first hypothesis is supported. It means that
the first hypothesis proves that the more efficient e-service
quality, the more customer e-satisfaction level increased. e-
satisfaction website e-commerce tokopedia.com level can
increase when the efficiency used by customers can describe
how ease customers in using structured website correctly and
how the company simplify to access for the users. This causes
positive effect for satisfaction website e-commerce
tokopedia.com level and it is appropriate with [5], which was
indicated that efficiency has strong effect in affecting e-
satisfaction factor. This result is consistent with the research
results conducted by [5] and [1] stated that efficiency in e-
service quality influeces positively to customers e-satisfaction
level in online system.
System Availability in e-service quality positively affect to
customers e-satisfaction level in online system
Based on the result testing conducted in the second
hypothesis (H2), found result that the second hypothesis is
supported. It means, the second hypothesis proves that the
better system availability to e-service quality, the more
increase customers e-satisfaction level. E-satisfaction website
e-commerce tokopedia.com level can increase when System
availability which is be perceived by customers can describe
how the available content in website e-commerce is and
include its completeness, accuracy, format and currency aspect
of information which are conveyed by e-commerce market in
aacordance with statements from [7]. The System availability
in online scope from website e-commerce can be seen from
variety of perspectives, such as, how web pages do not
experience crash, system of the product quick and not bad,
service quality, the website system design, interaction from
human-computer quality, always available for business matter
and many more. This raises positive effect for e-satisfaction
website e-commerce tokopedia.com level. This result is
consistent with the research results conducted by [5] and [1]
which were stated that system availability in e-service quality
positevely affected to customers e-satisfaction level in online
system.
Fulfillment in e-service quality positively affects to
customers e-satisfaction level in online system.
Based on the result testing conducted in the third
hypothesis (H3), found result that the third hypothesis is
supported. It means, the third hypothesis proves that the better
fulfillment in e-service quality, the more increase customers e-
satisfaction level. E-satisfaction website e-commerce
tokopedia.com level can increase when fulfillment which is
perceived by customers can describe how fulfillment or
reliability involve accurate representation of product, on-time
delivery, accurate command in accordance with statements
from [10]. These factors contain customers trust level , when
customers want something to buy products and they have paid
it, the company must fulfill customers wanting in giving
products accurately, on-time and trusted. This raises positve
effect for e-satisfaction website e-commerce tokopedia.com
level. This result is consistent with the research results
conducted by [5] and [1] which were stated that fullfillment in
e-service quality positively affected to customers e-satisfaction
level in online system.
Privacy in e-service quality positively affects to customers
e-satisfaction level in online system.
Based on the result testing conducted in the fourth
hypothesis (H4), found result that the fourth hypothesis is
supported. It means, the fourth hypothesis proves that the better
privacy in e-service quality, the more increase customers e-

164
satisfaction level. E-satisfaction website e-commerce [10] Wolfinbarger, M., & and Gilly, M. C. (2003). eTailQ: dimensionalizing,
tokopedia.com level can increase when privacy which is measuring and predicting etail quality. Journal of Retailing, 16.
perceived by customers can describe how the personal [11] Weiss, M M, Glenn B. V & Dhruv G. (2003). Determinants of Online
Channel Use and Overall Satisfaction with a Relational, Multichannel
information protection is and protection securiy from risks of Service Provider. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science.
fraud and financial loss which are proven empirically have [12] Eid, M. I., & Fahd, k. (2013). Determinants Of E-Commerce Customer
strong effects in attitude to use online financial service in Satisfaction, Trust, And Loyalty In Saudi Arabia. Journal of Electronic
accordance with statements [11]. Keeping customers privacy is Commerce Research, VOL 12, NO 1, 78.
crucial thing for company with no spread secret informations
about their customers to any website, keeping shopping
accounts security of customers, keeping secrecy bank accounts
owned by customers and their shopping attitudes. These raise
positive effect for e-satisfaction website e-commerce
tokopedia.com level. This result is consistent with the research
results conducted by [5] dan [1] which were stated that privacy
in e-service quality positively affected to customers e-
satisfaction level in online system.
V. CONCLUSION
This research aim to examine the influence of e-service
website e-commerce quality to customers e-satisfaction who
shop in website e-commerce tokopedia.com, the sample of this
research is students with management business major who
study in some accredited colleges and universities in Batam.
The result of this research shows that four hypotheses
proposed, all research hypotheses are supported.Based on the
limitation and implication in this research, the writers delivers
suggestions, as follows the further research is directed to use
sample more broadly, such as students researched from all
colleges and universities in Batam. The further research can
use more than one website e-commerce, so that the further
research can can compare how e-satisfaction level in each
website e-commerce which is frequently used by customer.
REFERENCES
[1] Sharma. G. & Lijuan. W. (2013). Customer Satisfaction in Web 2.0 and
Information Technology Development. Information Technology &
People, 26 (4), 347-367.
[2] Zamzuri, N., Mohamed, N., & Hussein, R. (2008). Antecedents of
customer satisfaction in repurchase intention in the electronic commerce
environment. Proceedings of ITSim
[3] Chia, J., Hsu, J., & Hsu, C. (2008). The relationship between service
quality and customer satisfaction in a leading Chinese Web 2.0
company. Business Review, Vol. 11 No. 1 pp. 84-89.
[4] Jonathan, H. (2013). Analisis Pengaruh E-Service Quality Terhadap
Customer Satisfaction Yang Berdampak Pada Customer Loyalty Pt Bayu
Buana Travel Tbk. Journal The WINNERS, Vol. 14 No. 2, 104-112.
[5] Parasuraman, A., Zeithaml, V., & Malhotra, A. (2007). E-S-QUAL: a
multiple-item scale for assessing electronic service quality. Journal of
Service Research, Vol. 7 No. 3, pp. 213-233, 22.
[6] Vida, D., & Jonas, T. (2011). Measuring quality of e-commerce
websites: case of Lithuania. Economics and Management, Vol. 16, pp.
723-729.
[7] WIXom, B. H., & Todd, P. A. (2005). A Theoretical Integration of User
Satisfaction and Technology Acceptance. Infonnation Systems Research
Vol. 16, No.1, 85-102.
[8] Kuo, H., & Chen, C. (2011). Application of quality function deployment
to improve the quality of Internet shopping website interface design.
International Journal of Innovative Computing, Information and
Control, Vol. 7 No. 1, pp. 253-268.
[9] Laudon, K., & Traver, C. (2007). E-commerce: Business, Technology
and Society, Pearson Education International. Boston: Upper Saddle
River, N.J.

165
The Potential of Exopolysaccharide Bacterial Isolate
From The Rhizosphere of Potato as Nitrogen Fixation
Mu’minah1,*, Junyah Leli Isnaini2, Baso Darwisah3, Baharuddin4, Hazarin Subair5, Fahruddin6, Abdul Muthalib7 and
Yusuf8
1,2,3,7, 8
Department of Plantation Crop, Agriculture Polytechnic Pangkep, Pangkep 90655, Indonesia
4
Center for Biotechnology, University of Hasanuddin Makassar 90245, Indonesia
5
Department of Soil Science, Faculty of Agriculture, Hasanuddin University, Makassar 90245, Indonesia
6
Department of Biology, Faculty of MIPA, Hasanuddin University, Makassar 90245, Indonesia
*
Email: mutmainah2009@gmail.com

Abstract— This study aims to examine the potential of
exopolysaccharide (EPS) bacteria isolated from potato rizosphere
to nitrogen fixation. The soil samples were taken from three
different altitudes of 1000 m, 1300 m and 1500 m above sea level
in Malino Tinggi Moncong districts, Gowa regency, South
Sulawesi. Soil samples were cultured on ATCC No. 14 medium
to 10-8 further EPS bacteria cultured on Mac Concay medium for
grouping of gram-negative bacteria. There are 15 isolates capable
of fixing the free nitrogen cultured on Burk medium categorized
based on percentage of growth ability obtained by 4 isolates
(26.67%) have strong growth ability (+++), 6 (40%) isolates have
medium growth ability (++ ) and 5 isolates (33.33%) had weak
growth ability (+). Isolate producer of eksopolisakarida bacteria
that has the ability to grow strong with the highest percentage of
total nitrogen found in P3T63 isolates of 1.42% followed by
P3A49 of 1.15% and P3A50 of 0.92%
Keywords— Eksopolisakarida, Phosphat, Rhizosphere, Potato.
I. INTRODUCTION
Land productivity is maintained with various conservation
efforts. One effort that can be done is through microbiological
conservation efforts, namely by utilization of soil
microorganisms especially rizosbakteria. namely the use of
microorganisms in the plant rhizosphere to improve the
structure of the soil by way of aggregating the soil by
microorganisms, which are produced indegenius
exopolysaccharide bacteria [1].
The function of soil aggregating rhizosphere bacteria is
commonly known as exopolisakarida bacteria.
Exopolysaccharide bacteria interact with soil particles through
the formation of polymer bridges that play a role in the
formation of microaggregates, in particular the ability of
exopolysaccharides to stabilize the soil aggregates. The
interaction between clay and exopolysaccharide is necessary
to solidify the aggregate of the soil. [2]. [3] contend that the
number of eroded soil particles depends on the type and
population of the microorganisms being added. This opinion
was concluded from the experiment of adding a number of
bacteria (Azotobacter chroococcum and Pseudomonas sp.)
And yeast (Lypomyces starkeyi) which proved to increase the
aggregate stability of water strength.
Rhizobacteria non-symbiotic N2 blockers of the genus
Azospirillum are commonly found in the area around rooting
and have a beneficial effect on the growth and productivity of
some important crops and other plantations [4,5]. Non-
symbiotic N2 blocking bacteria such as Azospirillum,
Klebsiella and Azotobacter are known to have the ability to
increase aggregation and soil flocculation. Such capability is
strongly influenced by the dissemination and survival of these
microorganisms in the soil.
EPS products can protect against adverse conditions such as
osmotic stress, dryness, phagocytosis, toxid compounds and
bacteriophage infections [6]. However by [7] it is stated that
the protection afforded by EPS may be very limited and other
benefits of EPS for the growth or survival of bacterial cells
remain unclear. For now, the function of EPS bacteria is not
fully known [8].
II. METHOD
A. 2.1 Isolation and Purification of Exopolysaccharide
Producing Bacteria (EPS)
Isolation of exopolysaccharide-producing bacteria was
taken in several soil samples in potato rhizosphere based on
the altitude of the site from the sea level of 1000 m, 1300 m
and 1500 m above sea level. As many as one gram of soil
material was aseptically suspended in a physiological saline
solution (0.85%) and then serial dilutions were made to 10-8
with Duplo and incubated in ATCC no. 14 (per liter medium):
0.2 g KH2PO4; 0.8 g K2HPO4; 0.2 g MgSO4.7H2O; 0.1 g
CaSO4.2H2O; 2.0 mg FeCl3; Na2MoO4.2H2O (trace); 0.5 g
Yast Ekstrac; 20 g of sucrose; and 15 g of bacto that with pH
7.2 and NB media for seven days at a temperature of 28oC
[1,4] The bacteria that produced EPS were characterized by
bacterial colonies, which produced a thick mucoid (mucoid)
then elected [9] and purified by bolted within four quadrants to
obtain a single colony. Selection of potential
exopolysaccharide bacteria by determining the
exopolysaccharide dry weight produced by bacteria according
to the method proposed by [9].

166
 B. 2.2 Scerening Bacteria Manufacturer
exopolysaccharide (EPS)
Potential to produce exopolysaccharide potential by
establishing exopolysaccharide dry weight produced by
bacteria in ATCC no. 14 (per liter medium): 0.2 g KH 2PO4;
0.8 g K2HPO4; 0.2 g MgSO4.7H2O; 0.1 g CaSO4.2H2O; 2.0
mg FeCl3; Na2MoO4.2H2O (trace); 0.5 g of Yeast Extract; 20 g
of sucrose; pH 7.2 uses sucrose as the carbon source method
proposed by [10,4]. Colonies of bacteria that form thick
mucoid (mukoid) in a solid medium of 14 ATCC are grown in
50 ml ATCC no. 14 and incubated at 28 ° C for three days at
the top of the shaker machine with a rotation of 200 rpm. At
Fig 1. Exopolysaccharide production on sucrose, glucose
the end of incubation, the cells were harvested by adding 1
and mannitol carbon sources at 2% concentration with 72 hours
mM EDTA 500 mL, then shaken until homogeneous and then
incubation
centrifuged at 9000 g for 10 min. The supernatant is separated
from the deposition of the captured bacterial cell, coupled with
Table1. Characterization of isolates of exopolisakarida-
a cold acetone solution with a ratio of 1: 3. Then again with a
producing bacteria from potato rhizosphere.
centrifugation rate of 15000 g for 2 times 30 minutes. The
biomass deposition in the form of exopolysaccharide is then Nitrogen Fixation characterization bacteria
washed with distilled water and dried at 60 ° C. for 24 hours or
until dry weight. Isolate Nitrogen N Growt Diameter Growth
Kode Colony Color medium
Producti Total h pH
C. 2.3 Optimization of exopolisakarida production. Colony YDC
on (%) Colony (cm)
To study the optimization of exopolysaccharide production P1B6 + 0.61 ++ 0.65 Cloudy 5.6
+++
there are several parameters taken such as incubation period white
(1-3 days), carbon source (sucrose, glucose and mannitol) with P2B29 + 0.67 ++ 0.65 Cloudy 5.5
concentration (1, 2 and 3%). A total of 15 bacterial samples +++
white
were inoculated in 100 ml of production medium (g / l): 10 g P2B34 + 0.50 ++ 0.60 Cloudy 5.7
pepton, 3 gram Ekstrac, 5 grams NaCl and 20 g sucrose. +
white
Medium sterilized at 121 0 C for 20 min, pH adjusted to 6.5-7.
P2B37 + 0.70 + 0.65 Yellow 6.2
And incubated on a shaker at room temperature for 72 hours ish ++
[11]. white

D. 2.4 Testing Bacteria in Nitrogen Fixing P3B38 ++ 0.81 + 0.70 Yellow 6.2
ish +++
Testing the ability of bacterial isolates binding to free white
nitrogen was tested using Burk N-free media. Burk N-free P3B41 ++ 0.64 + 0.65 white ++ 5.7
media composition: 20 g of sucrose, 0.64 g K2HPO4, 0.16 g
KH2PO4, 0.20 g MgSO4.7H2O, 0.20 g NaCl, 0.05 g P3B46 + 0.61 ++ 0.95 white + 5.7
CaSO4.2H2O, Na2MoO42H2O (0.05 g %) 5.0 ml; FeSO4.7H2O P3A49 +++ 1.15 +++ 0,65 Cloudy 5.6
(0.3%) 5.0 ml and 15 g bacto agar. The pH of the media is +++
white
adjusted to pH 7.3 before the autoclave Na2MoO4.2H2O and
P3A50 ++ 0.98 +++ 1,20 white +++ 5.6
FeSO4.7H2O are filtered before the medium is sterilized [12].
Bacteria grown on Burk N-free media are indicated as bacteria P2A57 ++ 0.92 +++ 0.50 Yellow 5.7
that are able to fix nitrogen. The total nitrogen content ish +++
measurement was performed using K-jedall method. white
P2T60 ++ 0.76 ++ 0.65 white ++ 5.8
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
P3T63 +++ 1.42 +++ 0.95 white +++ 5.9
There are 15 bacterial isolates that have the potential to
produce exopolysaccharide when grown on a medium for Mac P2T67 ++ 0.98 +++ 0.50 Yellow 5.6
ish +++
Concey, which is a selective medium for capturing bacteria white
from the gram-negative group, characterized by thick mucus
and colony changes. [1]. However, after further testing there P3T69 +++ 0.87 + 0.70 white ++ 6.2
were 6 potential isolates which were tested as plant growth P3T70 +++ 0.90 +++ 0.75 White ++ 6.2
promoters.
+: less good ++: Good +++:
Very Good

167
 Based on the measurement of the dry weight of
exopolysaccharide (mg / ml) as shown in Fig1, it showed that
four potential exopolysaccharide bacteria yield each code of
P2B isolate 29, P3B (46), P3T (63) and P3A (50)
exopolysaccharide dry weight of 0,3 – 0,74 mg / ml medium.
Exopolysaccharide dry weight test results showed that P3A
code bacteria (50) produced higher dry weight than other
bacterial isolates (Fig1). The amount and composition of this
exopolysaccharide vary greatly depending on the genus and
bacterial species [9]. Bacteria desperately need energy to
produce exopolysaccharide. Therefore, the presence of carbon (a)
sources in the growth medium other than functioning as a cell-
building component can also serve as the energy source
necessary for the synthesis and excretion of
exopolysaccharides [4]. The results showed that the best
carbon source for the production of exopolysaccharides was
sucrose at a concentration of 2 wt. Of exopolysaccharide dry
weight yielding an average of 0,74 mg / ml.
Isolation of exopolysacride-producing bacteria in
potato rhizosphere is widely available in soil matrix. Where
the soil matrix is a root development, the plant roots of
production emit metabolic yields that contain many carbon
compounds and place the macro and micro growth of the soil (b)
biota. As proposed by [13] that root exudates contain several
low molecular weight organic compounds such as simple Figure 3. Nitrogen-free Fixation Testing (a) Growth of isolates
sugars and polysaccharides (arabinose, lactose, glucose, on N-free Burk medium (b) Growth of bacterial isolates on
maltose, mannose), oligosaccharides, amino acids (arginine, semi-solid free-nitrogen medium.
parangin, aspartate, cysteine, cystine), glutamine), organic IV. CONCLUSION
acids (acetate, ascorbate, benzoic acid and malate) and
phenolic compounds. Some of these compounds can promote Four isolates that had potential values to produce P2B
the growth and development of soil microorganisms. exopolysaccharide (29), P3B (46), P3T (63) and P3A (50)
The results obtained in the Fixation Tests of resulted in exopolysaccharide of dry weight of 0,74 mg / ml of
Nitrogen Exopolisakarida-producing bacteria, presented in medium compared with other isolates. Of the three carbon
Fig. 2 show that the P3T isolate code (63) showed the highest sources tested, the carbon source of sucrose produced the best
results in free nitrogen fixation of 1.42%, followed by P3A exopolysaccharide production. The P3T isolate code (63) has a
(50) of 1.24%, P3A (49) 1,15% N total. Besides, the ability of high concentration in nitrogen fixation of 1, 42% N total and
bacteria isolate producing eksopolisakarida grow on Burk the ability to grow on an excellent Burk medium (+++). The
medium showed the best growth percentage that is on isolate results of characterization test of EPS bacteria showed that the
P3T 63 (+++), P3A 49 (+++) and P3A 50 (++). EPS bacterial best isolate was bacterial isolate P3T code (63) and P3A (50).
characterization results showed that P3T (63) and P3A (50) The bacterial isolates that produce the best exopolysaccharide
bacterial isolates showed the best potential isolates from and nitrogen fixation, seen from the origin of the bacterial
colony growth testing, colony diameter, ability to grow at 33 ° samples are from the 1500 m altitude above sea level.
C and growth in YDC medium. ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This research was supported by funding from Kemenristek
Dikti sub part Directorate of Research and Community Service
Kemenristek Dikti in scheme superior basic research of higher
education with number contrac 461/PL.22/PG/2018.
REFERENCES
[1] Mu’minah, Baharuddin, Subair. H, Fahruddin. 2015. Isolation and
Screening Bacterial Exopolysaccharide (EPS) from Potato Rhizosphere
in Highland and The Potential as a Producer Indole Acetic Acid (IAA).
J. Procedia Food Science Elsevier ( 3 ) : 74 – 81
Fig.2 production nitrogen free fixationon from [2] Hayes MHB, Cheshire MV. 1990. Composition origins,
exopolysaccharide bacteria structures, and reactivities of soil polysaccharides. In de Boodt
MF. Hayes MHB, Herbillon A (eds.). Soil colloids and their
associations in aggregates. New York: Plenum Press, pp 307-336.

168
[3] Bueno SM, Garcia-cruz CH. 2006. Optimization of polysaccharides
production by bacteria isolated from soil. BrazilianJ. Microbiol. 37: 296-
301.
[4] Okon Y, Labandera-Gonzalez CA.1994. Agronomic
application of Azospirillum. An evaluation of 20 years worldwide
field inoculation. Soil Biol Biochem. 26(12): 1591-1601.
[5] Ahmad F, Ahmad I, Khan MS. 2005. Indole acetic acid production by
the indigenous isolat of Azotobacter and flourescent Pseudomonas in the
presence and absence of tryptophan. Turk J Biol. 29: 29-34.
[6] Cerning, J., Ch. Bouillanne, M. Landon, and M.J. Desmazeaud.
1990.Comparison of exocellular polysaccharide production by
thermophilic lactic acid bacteria. Sciences des Aliments, 10: 443 – 451.
[7] De Vuyst, L, De Vin, F, Vaningelgem, F and Degeest, B. 2001. Recent
development in the biosynthesis and aplications of heteropolysacharides
produced from latic acid bacteria. International Dairy Journal 11, 687-
707.
[8] Ruas-Madiedo, P, Hernandez-Barranco, A, Margolles, A.; de los Reyes-
Gavilan, C. G. 2005. A Bile Salt-Resistant Derivative of
Bifidobacterium animalis Has an Altered Fermentation Pattern When
Grown on Glucose and Maltose. Applied and Environmental
Microbiology, 71, 6564-6570.
[9] Santi. L.P, Ai Dariah, dan Goenadi DH. 2008. Peningkatan kemantapan
agregat tanah mineral oleh bakteri penghasil eksopolisakarida.J.
Plantation Tower : 76 (2), 93 – 103.
[10] Emtiazi G, Ethemadifar Z, Habibi MH. 2004. Production of
Extracellular Polymer in Azotobacter and Biosorption of Metal by
Exopolymer. African J. Biotechnol. 3(6): 330-333
[11] Sunil T. Pawar, Amarsinh A. Bhosale, Trishala B. Gawade and Tejswini
R. Nale. 2013. Isolation, Screening and optimalization of
exopolysacharide producing bacterium from saline soil.J. Microbiology
and Biotechnology Research :3 (3) : 24-31.
[12] Stella. M., Suhaimi. M. 2010 Selection of suistable growth medium
for free-living diazotrophs isolated from compost. J. Trop. Agric and
Fd, Sc 38(2):211-219.
[13] Bertin C, Yang X, Weston LA. 2003. The Role of Root Exudates and
Allelochemicals in the Rhizosphere. Plant and Soil. 256: 67–83.

169
 Impact of Products, Prices and Locations on Consumer
Purchasing Decisions in Manado's Boulevart Resto and
Café Service Entities
Shane Anneke Pangemanan1,*, Grace Ropa2 and Ivoletti Merlina Walukow3
1
Politeknik Negeri Manado, Manado, Indonesia
2
Politeknik Negeri Manado, Manado, Indonesia
3
Politeknik Negeri Manado, Manado, Indonesia
*
Email: shaneannekepangemanan@yahoo.co.id
Abstract— Companies engaged in services, will always
provide satisfaction to consumers to maintain loyalty and
corporate profits. Through product, price and location of
restaurant & café Boulevart Manado try to apply marketing
strategy in order to compete with other competitors. With the
aim of the research are: 1) Analyzing product variables, prices
and locations together have a significant influence on the
purchase decision of Boulevart Manado rest & café, 2) Analyzing
the variables of the product, price and location that have the
most significant influence on the restaurant purchase decision &
café Boulevart Manado. This study uses multiple linear
regression data analysis technique Y = b0 + b1X1 + b2X2 + b3X3
+ e. with the number of rseponden of 100 respondents taken by
chance for customers who come to the restaurant & café. The
results of multiple regression analysis research are: After
analyzing the SPSS program against the data that has been
determined in this study, the results of the calculation are as
follows. Y = 1.852 + 0.086 X1 + 0.106 X2 + 0.078 X3 + e. Which
means the product is 0.086 units per unit, the price is 0.106 units
per unit and the location is 0.078 units per unit. Thus the variable
that has the most influence is the price of 0.106 units per unit,
which means that if the addition of a financial benefit variable of
1 unit will increase the level of consumer purchasing decisions by
0.106 times with the assumption of variable products and fixed or
constant location variables. Other variables also have the
influence or weight of a large contribution to consecutive
consumer purchasing decisions of products of 0.086 units per unit
meaning that the addition of product variables by 1 unit will
increase consumer purchasing decisions by 0.086 times with the
assumption that other variables remain. Location of 0.076 units
per unit means that each addition of location variables by 1 unit
will increase the level of consumer purchasing decisions by 0.086
times with the assumption of other variables remain or constant.
Keywords— Product, Price, Location, Purchasing Decision
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1)
The purpose of the activities and activities of a company
that is engaged in both services and goods is to make a profit.
And by wanting to succeed in running its business, one of the
businesses is a marketing activity that is social in which
individuals and groups get what they need and want by
creating an offer, and freely exchanging valuable products
with other parties (Kotler 2000: 9).[1] In addition to
profitability the company also strives to provide satisfaction to
170
consumers for the products it produces, because customer
satisfaction will be part of the company's success in producing
quality products as desired by consumers.
Currently relationship based marketing is very
relevant to use, given the involvement and interaction between
consumers and service producers is so high in most service
businesses. Relational marketing emphasizes the recruitment
and maintenance of consumers through increasing corporate
relationships with their customers. Service is the foremost part
of sales activities. In the service concept, there are two points
that are considered as customer needs, namely, first, what is
commonly called practical need, which is the customer's need
for an item and service, and second is a personal need which is
a customer's need related to his identity and dignity as a
person who needs cared for and respected (Gatot Widiyanto.
1993).[2]
Service will be a major factor for consumers in
determining the choice to shop where consumers will shop by
seeing and feeling a good service for consumers. Good service
can be used as capital to attract consumers (Fandy Tjiptono,
2000: 235).[3]
Product quality will be an important factor as an option to
buy goods for consumers in the long run. According to Kotler
& Armstrong, (2001: 354) [4] product quality is a strategic
weapon that has the potential to defeat competitors.
Prices, promotions and locations will be important factors
in determining whether or not consumers will buy. The price
offered must be in accordance with the ability of consumers,
the promotion given to attract consumers so that consumers
are interested and try the offered product, the location will also
determine for consumers so that consumers can become
subscribers.
Manado is a city with a conducive and relatively safe
social environment that makes one of the livelihoods in
services and trade by absorbing workers who work in services
in the amount of 49,033 workers and in the trade sector of
47,390 workers. The comfort of this city of Manado, makes
the city fast mushrooming restaurants and cafes, especially in
Kelapa 17 Mega Mall area, supported again by beautiful beach
views.
The location of restaurants and cafes spread along bolevart
beaches, all of course introduce the products they sell, offer
the best products, reasonable prices, create promotions spread
every available restaurant and café and easy to reach locations
and compete to show the place of parking which is safe and
broad to consumers, all of that is relied on to attract
consumers.
Taking purchasing decisions requires careful thinking and
consideration, so the task of the producer is to be able to create
an atmosphere that can generate purchase motivation.
According to Kotler (2002: 3) if a consumer's needs / desires
are not fulfilled, then the consumer will look for products that
will satisfy him, so that customer satisfaction is important to
be researched because every consumer has desires that are in
line with the needs of consumers very much and everyone is
different in needs. For this reason, consumer purchasing
decisions are generally made by considering all the factors
offered.
1.2 Problem Formulation
Based on the description on the background of the
problems that have been stated above, the main problems in
this study can be formulated as follows:
1.Do the Product, Price, Promotion, and Location
variables together have a significant influence on consumer
purchasing decisions at the Coconut 17 Resto & Café
Manado?
2. Which variables of product, price, promotion and
location have the most influence on consumer purchasing
decisions at the Resto 17 Café in Manado?
1.3 Research Objectives
Based on the background of the problem and the
formulation of the problem above, the purpose of this study is:
1.Analyzing Product, Price and Location variables
together have a significant influence on consumer
purchasing decisions at the Coconut 17 Resto & Café
Manado.
2. Analyzing variables from Products, Prices and
Locations that have the most significant effect on consumer
purchasing decisions at the Coconut 17 Resto & Café Manado.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
1. Understanding Marketing
Kotler, Ang, Leong and Tan (2000: 4)[5] define marketing
as "A social and managerial process in which individuals and
groups get what they need and want through the creation,
supply, and exchange of anything of value (product of value)
with other people or groups".
While the American Marketing Association quoted from
MarkPlus on Strategy by Kartajaya Hermawan and friends
(2002: 5)[6] defining marketing as "The process of planning
171
and executing the conception, pricing, promotion, and
distribution of goods, services, and ideas to create exchanges
with the intended group, where this process can satisfy
customers and company goals.
2. Understanding Products
Umar (2003: 31) [7]states that products are something that
can be offered to the market to get attention to be bought, used
or consumed that can fulfill a desire or need.
3. Product Quality
According Tjiptono (2008: 25),[8] quality reflects all
dimensions of product offerings that generate benefits for
customers. The quality of a product in the form of goods or
services is determined through dimensions.
4. Understanding Price
According to Umar (2002: 32), [9] the notion of price is:
The amount of value that consumers exchange for the benefit
of owning or using a product or service, whose value is
determined by the buyer and seller by bargaining or set by the
seller for a single price equal to all buyers.
5. Definition of Place (Location)
According to Kotler and Armstrong (2001: 49), the
company's distribution channel decision directly affects other
marketing decisions. Management must make the distribution
channel decision carefully, by linking current needs and
possible future sales environments. The distribution channel
that is closest to the final consumer will determine the choice
of consumers for the product.
6. Purchasing Decision Theories
Kotler and Armstrong (2005: 35)[10] argued that the
consumer decision process is the introduction of problems,
information search, alternative evaluation, purchasing decisions
and behavior after purchase. Kotler (2006: 200) suggests that
there are various roles that people enter in consumer decisions,
namely: a) initiators, b) influencers, c) decider, d) buyers and e
), User (users).
III. RESEARCH METHODS
This type of research is descriptive quantitative with a
causal method with the characteristics of a causal relationship
of two or more variables (Sugiyono, 2008: 74).[11] Survey
research with data collection methods using questionnaires or
questionnaires. The population is in the form of all customers
in the existing restaurant & café with an unlimited or
unidentified number. In collecting data the researcher uses
steps, observations in the form of direct observation and
questionnaire with questions that must be answered by the
respondent. And in this study researchers took as many as 100
respondents as a sample that was considered representative
represented by a number of existing populations.
3.1 Identification of Research Variables
The research variables that can be identified are the
dependent variable Y is the purchase decision, while the
independent variables are X1 (Product), X2 (Price), and X3
(Location). The three independent variables are adapted from
Berry and Parasuraman thinking in Kotler (2002) that in order
to develop bond and customer satisfaction, the company needs Correlation coefficient
to add value to the goods or services it offers. Furthermore,
This analytical tool is used to find out how much the
after the determination of the dependent variable and the
relationship between relationship marketing consists of
independent variable, the indicators for each of these variables
financial benefits, social benefits, and use structural bonds
are determined. Complete research variables and indicators
together to customer loyalty.
can be seen in table 1 as follows:
The following formula is used (Supranto, 2004):
Table 1. Identification of Research Variables
Variabel Kode Indikator
Indikator Penelitian
Produk X1.1 Product quality Where:
(X1) R(1,2,3) = Multiple Correlation Coefficient
X1.2 Product
diversification b1,b2,b3 = Regression Line Coefficient
Y = Purchasing Decision
X1.3 Product Explaining
X1 = Product
Harga X2.4 Price corresponds X2 = Price
(X2) with purchase ability X3 = Location
X2.5 Price corresponds
Determination Coefficient (R2)
with quality
The formula used is:
X2.6 Special price
discount Determination Coefficient = R2 x 100%
Lokasi X3.7 Reachable location Where: R = Coefficient of multiple correlation
(X3) Hypothesis test
X3.8 In the track of
F Test
public transportation
To test hypothesis 1 (H1) the F test is used (Supranto,
X3.9 Safe parking area 2003). The formula is as follows:
Loyalitas Y1 Purchase repetition
Pelanggan
Y2 Tendence to use
(Y)
new products
Y3 Recommendation Where:
F = Price F line regression
3.2 Analysis Method k = Number of independent variables
The method of analysis used is Multiple Linear Regression N = Number of samples
The formula used is (Supranto, 2004):
R2 = Coefficient of multiple determination
Y = b0 + b1X1 + b2X2 + b3X3 + e
With a significant level of 5% and a level of freedom (n-k-
Where: 1), we can find the value of Ftable. Furthermore, Fcount is
Y = Purchasing Decision compared with the value of Ftable, if Fcount ≥ Ftable, product,
Α = Constants price and location have a significant effect on consumer
purchasing decisions at Kelapa café & restaurant 17. If the
b1b2b3 = Regression Coefficient
Fcount is ≤ Ftable it means that the product, price and location
X1 = Product have no significant effect on consumer purchasing decisions
X2 = Price on restaurants Coconut café & 17.
X3 = Location
t Test
e = Error
To test hypothesis 2 (H2) t test is used. This analysis is
used to determine the significance of each coefficient in the
multiple linear regression equation. To be able to obtain t

172
value first, it must be calculated standard error of estimate cronbach, s alpha X2 = 0.713; cronbach, s alpha X3 =
with the formula: 0.700 and cronbach, s alpha Y = 0.760. Based on the
value of r table = 0.254, means that all variables are
reliable because it is larger than r table.
2. Correlation coefficient

To measure the level of the relationship between the

To find out the t value of each coefficient, the following
formula is used:
The Zero Hypothesis (Ho) that will be tested is b = 0,
meaning that there is no relationship between the independent
variables tested and the size of the dependent variable. With a
significant level of 5% and a level of freedom n-k-1, it can be
searched t table so that:
H0 is accepted if -t (α / 2.dt) itung t counts ≤ t (α / 2.dt) H1
is rejected if t counts ≥ t / 2 or t counts ≤ - t / 2.
IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A. Research Results.
1. Test Validity and Reliability
Validity test shows with 5% significant level with the
number of respondents 100 people then the critical
number r table (table r product moment) obtained for
0.254 is said to be valid. The reliability level test is
seen from cronbach, s alpha for variable X1 = 0,829;
independent variable (X) against the dependent
variable (Y), in this case measuring the strength or
weakness of the product relationship, price and
location of the purchase decision. 1) shows a very
strong relationship between the independent variable
(X) and the dependent variable (Y), and the resulting
correlation number shows a positive number (+)
which means that the relationship between the two
variables is in the same direction.
3. Determination Coefficient (R2)
The coefficient of determination that measures how
much the product influences (X1), Price (X2) and
location (X3) with the purchase decision (Y) results
of the analysis shows that the R square obtained is
equal to 0.974 or 97.4%. This number means that the
purchase decision at the coconut 17 Manado
restaurant & café is affected by product (X1), price
(X2) and location (X3), while the remaining 2.6% is
influenced by other factors or variables that have not
been studied.
4. Multiple Linear Regression Analysis.
The results of multiple regression analysis can be seen in the
table below.

Table 2. Results of Data Analysis

Variabel Terikat Variabel Koefisien Regresi thitung Probabilitas
(Y) Bebas (X)
Produk 0,086 2,630 0,011
Harga 0,106 3,911 0,000
Lokasi 0,078 2,389 0,020
Konstanta : 1,852 Fhitung : 405,418
R Square : 0,974 Ftabel : 4,00
Multiple R : 0,987 ttabel : 1,671
Responden : 100
Source: Results of data processing

From the multiple regression equation Y = 1.852 + 0.086 +
0.106 + 0.078 + e it appears that mutual influence or
contribute together from the independent variables on
consumer purchasing decisions, respectively:
Product variables are 0.086 units per unit, variable prices are
0.106 per unit and location variables are 0.076 units per unit.
Thus the most influential variable is the price variable that is
equal to 0.106 units per unit which means that if the addition
of a price variable of 1 unit will increase the level of consumer
purchasing decisions by 0.106 times with the assumption of
variable products and fixed or constant location variables.
Other variables also have influence or big contribution weight
to consumer purchasing decision consecutive product variable
equal to 0,086 unit per unit mean addition of product variable
equal to 1 unit will raise decision consumer purchasing equal
to 0,086 times with assumption other variable remain.
Variable location of 0.076 units per unit means that each
addition of location variable of 1 unit will raise the purchasing
decision level by 0.076 times with the assumption that other
variables remain or constant.

173
5. Hypothesis Testing
Test F. The results of the analysis can be known
Fcount = 405.418 and Ftable = 4.00 namely Fcount>
Ftable then H0 is rejected and Ha is accepted,
meaning the product variable, price and location
significantly influence consumer purchasing
decisions at coconut restaurants & café 17 Manado.
T test. The results of the analysis showed that the
product variable (X1) = 2.630 and t table = 1.671, the
price variable (X2) thitung = 3.911 and t table =
1.671 and the location variable (X3) tcount = 2.388
and t table = 1.671, all of them showed tcount> t
table then H0 was rejected and Ha accepted.
B. Discussion
1. Effect of Price Variables. The best price variable
compared with 2 (two) other variables are product
variable and location variable seen from the analysis
of hypothesis test result t test. the results obtained are
seen from the tcount of 3.911 is greater than the other
2 (two) variables. This means that the price factor is
very decisive in increasing consumer purchasing
decisions such as pricing according to people's
purchasing power, restaurants & cafes dare to give
special discounts, and restaurants & cafes provide
prices according to the quality of food prepared for
buyers or customers.
2. Effect of variable products.
Based on the results of the analysis of the test, it was
obtained that the tcount was 2.630, enough
assessment from the restaurant or café customers to
the product variable or said to have a positive and
significant effect on consumer purchasing decisions
because in the business activity process there were
restaurants and cafes preparing and providing food
and beverage products the quality is clean and neat,
the availability of a variety of food and beverages that
are always offered to buyers and restaurant & café
employees are always ready to kindly explain about
the products available both in preparing the product
with the length of food supply and other explanations
needed by the buyer.
3. Effect of location variables.
The result of the analysis shows that the location
variable also has a positive influence which is quite
good also to the consumer buying decision of
restaurant & café. Seen clearly here from titung of
2,389, indicating that means the location of the
restaurant and café is a location that is easy to reach
by the buyer, the location is on the path of public
transport is always close to the restaurant and café
and restaurant and cafe location has a good parking
place and safe for buyers and customers coming.
174
V. CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
A. Conclusion
The results of the research that has been done, can be
concluded that there is a significant influence between product
variables, price and location on consumer purchasing
decisions. This can be seen clearly in the results of the analysis
that shows that all variables, namely product variables, price
variables and location variables influence the dependent
variable, namely the purchase decision variable of the
consumer at the coconut restaurant & café service entity 17 in
the Manado boulevard area.
B. Suggestions
Based on the conclusions, the restaurant & café in Boulevart
area will always maintain all the good that has been done by
the restaurant & café and is expected to further improve the
efforts to improve its business activities by paying attention to
the beauty of the café to always more interesting and pay
attention to marketing strategies in order to bring more
customers who are increasing gradualy.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT (HEADING 5)
The preferred spelling of the word “acknowledgment” in
America is without an “e” after the “g”. Avoid the stilted
expression, “One of us (R. B. G.) thanks . . .” Instead, try “R.
B. G. thanks”. Put sponsor acknowledgments in the unnum-
bered footnote on the first page.
REFERENCES
[1] Kotler, P. 2000. Marketing Management: Analysis, Planning,
Implementation and Control. 8th Edition. Prentice Hall. International.Inc.
New Jersey.
[2] Gatot. Widiyanto, 1993. EVA/NITAMI: Suatu Terobosan Baru Dalam
Pengukuran Kinerja Perusahaan. Manajemen Usahawan Indonesia,
Desember no 12. Tahun XXII
[3] Tjiptono, Fandy. 2001. Strategy Pemasaran. Edisi Kedua. Cetakan
Keenam. Penerbit Andi. Malang.
[4] Kotler & Amstrong. 2001. Prinsip-prinsip Pemasaran. Jilid 1.
Jakarta:Erlangga
[5] Kotler,Ang, Leong and Tan. 2003. Manajemen Perspektif Asia. Buku 3.
Edisi 1. Yogyakarta: Andi.
[6] Kartajaya. Hermawan. 2002. Hermawan Kertajaya On Marketing.
Jakarta: PT. Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
[7] Umar Husein, 2003. Riset Pemasaran dan Perilaku Konsumen. Penerbit
PT. Gramedia Pustaka Utama. Jakarta.
[8] Tjiptono, Fandy, Gregorius dan Dadi Adriana. 2008. Pemasaran
Strategik. Penerbit Andi. Yogyakarta.
[9] Umar. 2009. Metode Riset Bisnis. Jakarta:PT. Gramedia Pustaka Utama.
[10] Kotler dan Amstrong. 2008. “Kualitas Produk, Merek dan Desain
Pengatuhnya Terhadap Keputusan Pembelian Sepeda Motor Yamaha
Mio”. Jurnal EMBA. Vol. 1. No.3, Juni.
[11] Sugiyono, 2008. Metode Penelitian Bisnis. Cetakan Keduabelas.
Bandung: Alfabeta.
Democratic Patronage in Intergovernmental Financial
Transfer (The Case of East Kalimantan Province,
Indonesia)
Ahyar M. Diah1,*, La Ode Hasiara2 and Ramli3
1,2,3
Politeknik Negeri Samarinda, Samarinda, Indonesia
*
Email: ahyarmdiah@polnes.ac.id
Abstract— Intergovernmental transfers are the main
instrument to secure sufficient resources for all level of government
organization. Local government in developing countries, such as
province and district, depend heavily on their central government
transfer and become a major sources of income for helping local
communities. However, most local governments in developing
countries, such as Indonesia, fail to meet the budget objectives due
to corruption by local elites. Intergovernmental financial transfer
spending is highly influenced by democratic patronage within the
local government of East Kalimantan. Local government
bureacracy and political elites, extract different political utility from
discretionary and nondiscretionary transfers for their benefits.
Working with theories of democratic patronage derived from
Bearfield (2009), this article examines the role of a much wider
range of bureaucrats and politicians in local budgets of East
Kalimantan Province, Indonesia. The aims of the article is to
provide insight into how bureaucrats and politicians exercise their
power and influence to structure and allocate financial resources,
and to help local governments put an end to corruption. The
research utilises data derived from three main sources: in-depth
interviews with 15 higher level government officials and 9 member
of East Kalimantan Parliaments, direct observation, and
information contained in local government documents. The
research identifies democratic patronage which provides new
insights into the operation of the politics of patronage through such
means as appointment of cronies and friends in local government
bureaucracies and awarding of project funds to affiliates and
followers.
Keywords— Democratic Patronage, Corruption,
Intergovernmental Financial Transfer
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1)
One of the fundamental political changes in Indonesia
over the past decade and a half has been the implementation of
decentralisation. Implemented from early 2001,
decentralisation facilitated the transfer of government power
to the local level of government, namely province and district
or municipality. This transfer of authority was followed with
the transfer of resources to both local levels of government.
The aim of resources transfer was to facilitate local
empowerment, including local economic development,
improvement of public services and infrastructure, and
community development. Some local governments have been
able to use their new authority and resources to achieve these
aims. But most have failed to do so and have even become
175
more entrapped in corruption and misuse of authority and
budget. Taking the case of East Kalimantan Province, this
article will go below the rhetoric and examine what the
implementation of decentralisation has meant in reality,
focusing on the politics of democratic patronage which is used
by the elites in the allocation and distribution of
intergovernmental financial transfer in the region.
Decentralisation has attracted considerable attention
in debates over public-sector reform in developing countries.
Around the developing world, central governments have
pursued a process of decentralising their power related to
fiscal, political and administrative responsibilities to lower-
level governments. As used in this article, decentralisation is
understood as the formal transfer of powers from central
government to actors and institutions at lower political-
administrative and territorial levels [1]
In this article will be focusing on using one of four
categorises of political patronage described by Bearfield
namely democratic patronage. The specifically of Bearfield
theory which is used by elites for crime of corruption. The
focus on East Kalimantan will provide academics and
government with a more finely-grained understanding of the
emergence and effect of local elite interaction in the
intergovernmental financial transfer program. To date, there
has been limited investigation into how those processes and
interactions operate at the local level, and this article will
analyse how East Kalimantan bureaucrats and politicians
interact and behave, in using intergovernmental fund transfers
to sustain systems of patronage in Indonesia, and a
contribution to understanding of the problem internationally.
The article will argue that intergovernmental transfer in
East Kalimantan is controlled by buraucrats and members of
local parliaments elites linked by kinship and common interest,
operating within an inefficient local government budgeting
system which enables them to manipulate provincial politics
through their misuse and corruption of intergovernmental
financial transfers.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Intergovernmental Financial Transfers
In this article, intergovernmental financial transfer is
understood as a grant of funds from the government that raised
the funds—the state or central government—to another level
of government [2]. Local government in developing countries,
such as at the provincial and district level, depends heavily on
their central government transfer as the major source of their
income [3]. Though the purpose for the financial transfer is to
facilitate decentralisation, as [4] have found, richer elites
tend to consume more resources and avoid taxes.
At the same time, local politicians are pressured from
entrenched local interest elites and groups not to increase tax
[5], leading local government to demand more fund transfers
from central government. However, unless the transferred
funds are used efficiently for implementing decentralisation
policy, the decentralisation agenda is undermined. In the
absence of an effective and enforced regulatory framework,
local bureaucracy and politician elites tend to misuse the
budget for their own benefits. Elites often see transferred
budget as ‘easy’ money with little political cost to them [6].
This results in lack of commitment of local elites to use the
money as expected by decentralisation policy. So, even if
substantial resources are transferred to the local level, they
might not translate into actual services that would further the
decentralisation agenda [7].
One result proceeding from the above situation is that local
elites, such as bureaucrats and politicians, are able to use
intergovernmental transfer to build democratic patronage
networks in which the money is spent for their own benefit
[8]. For example, the policy of transferring revenue to sub-
national governments in Argentina not only entrenches
patronage-ridden regional enclaves, but also exploits
institutional and political opportunities to sabotage fiscal
decentralisation projects [9]. As a result, intergovernmental
transfer policy can actually function as an incentive and
opportunity for patronage and corruption at the sub-national
level [10].
To investigate the impact of East Kalimantan’s elites on
intergovernmental transfer, the article will apply theoretical
insights derived from the literature on the way patron-client
relations structure social exchange. As [11] categorised of
democratic patronage, which seeks to achieve democratic or
egalitarian goals using patronage networks.
2.2 Democratic Patronage
The use of the politics of patronage theory in the
political world is even more common [12], with political
scholars using patronage theory to examine political stability
and democracy in African countries, such as Ghana and South
Africa. For example, [13] used the theory to analyse political
party patronage in two newly democratic countries (Ghana and
South Africa), where he found that political parties have
become one of the key problems in the countries’ democracy.
He argues that political parties in both countries exploit the
state through appointment of officials across a wide range of
state institutions. [14] Contests the widespread claim that
robust party competition constrains politicians and hence
limits patronage politics.
176
Similarly, in his study, [15] argues that decentralisation in
Indonesia has had little bearing in terms of pushing forward a
governance agenda based on transparency and accountability,
due to rampant predatory networks of patronage. For example,
Indonesian government policies in the de-concentration of
forest industries resulted in a few large conglomerates, and
logging concessions became a form of democratic patronage
bestowed to secure the financial and political interests of state
elites [16].
Patronage is understood as democratic patronage when it
fulfils two conditions: (1) the public sector dwarfs the private
sector as a source of jobs and a provider of services, or a large
private sector exists but is under state regulation; and (2)
elected officials enjoy significant discretion in the
implementation of laws allocating these jobs and services [17].
The important element of democratic patronage is the power
of government-elected officials to distribute state resources to
voters based on their discretionary policy rather than based on
the implementation of state policy. An example of democratic
patronage is given by [18], who describes how in India’s
‘patronage democracy’ brokers help politicians convert state
resources into electoral support, with state resources allocated
to areas where voters give more votes to the politicians.
However, when the voting behaviour is changed by the
political fixers, such as in Gujarat’s main city Ahmedabad, the
way those politicians provide access to the state resources is
also changed [19].
Democratic patronage, in some contexts, is considered
important to ensure that resources can be distributed across the
country. For example, in a fragile country such as Timor Leste
patronage-based government is necessary if political instability
and violence are to be prevented [20]. A similar situation
applies in parts of Africa where informality, patronage and
clientelism are commonly practised in determining access to
resources and influence [21]. In this context, democratic
patronage can help patrons organise and practise collective
action for certain benefits such as to distribute resources
equally or to resist external power.
III. METHOD
To understand the role of bureaucrat and political elites in
the context of a system of democratic patronage, the research
adopted a qualitative case study approach, focusing on the
interaction of local government officials and local members of
parliament.
Central to the case study methodology was the use of
individual interviews. The interviews were tape-recorded and
transcribed, and the responses entered into Nvivo version 10.6
and analysed according to the themes that emerged. The study
also included analysis of East Kalimantan budget documents,
Medium Term Regional Development Plans/Rencana
Pembangunan Jangka Menengah (RPJMD) and other relevant
documents. These techniques were systematically employed in
order to obtain accurate research results [22] likely to be
accepted as valid and reliable by the wider East Kalimantan
community.
 This study connects to semi-structured interviews with 24 data was coded in three stages—initial, open and selective—
interviewees consisting of 15 higher local government and then analysed using NVivo to arrive at the findings.
officials and 9 members of East Kalimantan parliament. The
Figure 1. Data Analysis Process

Adapted from Strauss & Corbin (1998)

IV. FINDING AND DISCUSSION bureaucracy will block their aspirations through the way they
apply the local regulations. The conflict illustrates how elites
This section describes how local bureaucrat and politician
at local political and government institutions rarely hold
elites pursue their interests in local financial transfer via the
similar opinions. The fundamental underlying problem is that
system of democratic patronage. During the budget planning,
neither complies with regional development policies. They
the elites in East Kalimantan are part of the process, but
tend to express particular interests, motivated by the desire to
conflicts arise when they come to decisions on how and to
realise their own benefit rather than allocating budget for
which sectors the budget should be allocated. Parliamentary
development in the public interests.
members and bureaucrats elite categories often compete to
allocate the local budget to those areas that will strengthen
their patron-based ties with their various constituencies. In
Serving Client
effect, the elites frame their own interests as deserving priority
over other local development programs. A member of Democratic patronage is said to exist when government
parliament explained the process as follows: elites use their discretionary power to convert government
resources to serve their own and clients’ interests [23]. This
The main barrier in local financial allocation is
form of democratic patronage manifests as cooperation with
contested political interest among elites. Individual
the private sector under state regulations. My study has
politicians or groups have their own interests in budget
revealed instances of local leaders, such as governor, regents
allocation. The allocation has been planned from the
and mayors, applying their discretionary power to appoint
grassroots, but in the final meeting between parliament and
local department and other higher echelon bureaucrats. Such
elites of the executive, the budget draft was countered
patronage enables the elites to control local resources
again. (P3, interview, 19 May 2011)
collectively. The effect of this form of patronage has been
Even in the provincial bureaucracy, disappointment with described as follows by one participant:
ineffective budget management is also a matter of concern. A
Sometimes we are not on the right track when we
leader of the provincial planning department/Badan
implement a program because we move on to another
Perencanaan dan Pembangunan Daerah (Bappeda)
program before we finish the first program. But we agree
complained:
to finish the project later and we do eventually. We have
We had drafted for budget allocation to all districts, but the authority to manage it. We are not worried because our
the members of parliament stated blatantly that their position is protected by the law and it has been regulated
interests were not accommodated. They argued that the and written in our bureaucratic system. So we just use the
structure of budget allocation did not cover their programs. authority freely to determine how the budget should be
We [bureaucrats] do not consider that budget allocation is spent in a project. (B1, interview, 20 June 2011)
merely a parliament responsibility. It is very difficult; we
have discussed this many times but they always stand like
Collectively Breaking the Law
that. (G13, interview, 22 June 2011)
In some cases, even when their authority has been
The interviewees’ statements point to the persistent tension
regulated, elites can still manage to misuse power in local
between the bureaucracy and parliamentary members in
budget allocation. This in turn increases levels of corruption,
determining budget allocation. The parliamentary members
in that misappropriation results in the violation of the rights of
tend to ask for special allocations, but in many cases the

177
all citizens to access vital public services. A member of
parliament confided:
Sometimes I don’t like it when the local department’s
performance is not in accordance with regulations. I am
sorry, I mean some bureaucrats and people who have
personal connection with the governor personally tend to
abuse power in order to control the local budget. This is not
fair because it has a negative impact on our citizens’ lives.
I have reminded the elites of this fact in every coordination
meeting with governor, regents, and mayors. (B1,
interview, 20 June 2011)
Business to Government Patronage
Some members of East Kalimantan’s parliament are
concerned about bureaucratic elites who dominate and direct
government-financed projects for their own benefit through
cooperation with private organisations. In some cases,
politicians own their own company, which is used to cooperate
with bureaucratic elites. The cooperation seems to be practised
on an open basis, with benefits to both government members
and business, with the aim of accumulating financial benefits
for the politician and the bureaucrat. One member of the East
Kalimantan parliament who is also a business contractor
described his experience as follows:
I thank God I am a contractor as well as a member of
parliament. There is not much problem for me in directing
the flow and allocation of the local budget. Even though I
am not really active in my company now, because I have to
consider my responsibilities in parliament, I also have to
think how to direct budget to certain project such as road
projects. Look at the toll road project, who gets it? We
cooperated with a democrat leader [a political party leader]
to allocate the budget for a major road project. (B1,
interview, 20 June 2011)
The participant described how he was able to use his
influence to win the bid for the toll road project—also the
governor’s pet project—which, in fact was not really urgent.
As a result, the most urgent case, East Kalimantan’s main
road, has never received enough allocation in the city budget
to proceed, right up to the present.
The budget allocation is regulated in the regional
regulation/Peraturan Daerah (Perda) enacted by members of
parliament and the governor. The members of parliament
should by law ensure a government-financed project is
implemented in accordance with the public benefit, but in fact
they tend to control the enactment of the local budget to
benefit their own financial interests. One of the research
participants defended the situation, declaring:
We do not want companies to lose their businesses, so
we make breakthrough programs to help them. We
cooperated with the executive to create options regarding
how the budget should be allocated to the road project. We
understand the money should also be allocated to other
development projects, but we tend to focus on the
178
Balikpapan-Samarinda toll road project first. In doing this,
the law has to be engineered, so we can access this budget.
This is all about a compromise between the parliamentary
factions and the executive. Everybody get benefits in the
end. (B1, interview, 20 June 2011)
According to politicians, this type of patronage is practised
because the cost of democracy is expensive. The cost was
described by a participant as follows:
My friends in parliament spend a lot of money during
the election campaign. They have to finance their party and
their voters. How can they pay all that? They have to get a
return from the local budget. They may get it legally or
illegally, but it is very costly. (G2, interview 19 May 2011)
The participant’s assertion relates to the cost of
government-funded projects in East Kalimantan in which the
project’s prices are marked up and the local government
funding is not spent on proper development programs for the
citizens. As a result, even though East Kalimantan receives the
third largest intergovernmental financial transfer from the
central government, the poverty rate according to government
statistics is still high at 7.66% and infrastructure languishes.
Compared with other provinces which get a lower amount of
financial transfer, East Kalimantan’s development lags behind.
V. CONCLUSION
The research found local bureaucratic and political
elites within East Kalimantan province were more likely to
support financial decentralisation reforms if they could use
them to increase their own patronage resources.
The research found that an important reason why
intergovernmental financial transfer in East Kalimantan failed
to meet regional development objectives and overcome social
injustices was that governing and political elites from the
central, provincial, district and municipal spheres constitute a
durable—if at time amorphous—coalition in exercising
democratic patronage at the regional level. Bureaucrats and
political elites often monopolise the distribution of financial
resources and appointments in the public sector organisations
at regional level. The result is unfair and unequal allocation of
local financial and state-funded development projects to
citizens and areas.
REFERENCES
[1] Agrawal, A., & Ribot, J. (1999). Accountability in decentralisation: A
framework with South Asian and West African cases. Journal of
Developing Areas, 33(4), 473-502.
[2] Bahl, R., & Wallace, S. (2007). Intergovernmental transfers: The vertical
sharing dimension. In M.-V. J. & S. B. (Eds.), Fiscal equalization:
Challenges in the design of intergovernmental transfers (pp. 205-249).
Boston: Springer.
[3] Bergvall, D., Charbit, C., Kraan, D.-J., & Merk, O. (2006).
Intergovernmental transfers and decentralised public spending. OECD
Journal on Budgeting, 5(4), 36.
[4] Calabrese, S., Epple, D. N., & Romano, R. (2012). Inefficiencies from
metropolitan political and fiscal decentralisation: Failures of Tiebout
competition. Review of Economic Studies, 79(3), 1081-1111.
[5] Bahl, R., Wallace, S., & Cyan, M. (2008). The challenge of
intergovernmental fiscal relations in Pakistan: The property tax
dimension. Georgia: Andrew Young School of Policy Study.
[6] Bahl, R., Wallace, S., & Cyan, M. (2008). The challenge of
intergovernmental fiscal relations in Pakistan: The property tax
dimension. Georgia: Andrew Young School of Policy Study.
[7] Khemani, S. (2006). The political economy of equalization transfers. In
R. Bahl, J. Martinez, & R. Searle (Eds.), Fiscal Capacity Equalization
and Intergovernmental Transfers: Washington D.C.: World Bank.
[8] Gordin, J. P. (2006). The politics of intergovernmental fiscal relations in
Argentina. Barcelona: IBEI Working Paper No. 2006/2.
[9] Gordin, J. P. (2006). The politics of intergovernmental fiscal relations in
Argentina. Barcelona: IBEI Working Paper No. 2006/2.
[10] Varkkey, H. (2012). Patronage politics as a driver of economic
regionalisation: The Indonesian oil palm sector and transboundary haze.
Asia Pacific Viewpoint 53(3), 313-328.
[11] Bearfield, D. A. (2009). What is patronage? A critical reexamination.
Public Administration Review, 69(1), 64-76. doi:10.1111/j.1540-
6210.2008.01941.x
[12] Arriola, L. R. (2009). Patronage and political stability in Africa.
Comparative Political Studies, 42(10), 1339-1362.
[13] Kopecký, P. (2011). Political competition and party patronage: Public
appointments in Ghana and South Africa. Political Studies, 59 (3), 713-
731.
[14] Kopecký, P., & Mair, P. (2006). Political parties and patronage in
contemporary democracies: An introduction. Paper presented at the
Paper prepared for the workshop on Political Parties and Patronage,
ECPR Joint Sessions of Workshops, Nicosia.
[15] Hadiz, V. R. (2004). Decentralisation and democracy in Indonesia: A
critique of neo-institutionalist perspectives. Development and Change,
35(4), 697-718.
[16] Resosudarmo, I. A. P. (2004). Closer to people and trees: Will
decentralisation work for the forest and the people? European Journal of
Development Research, 16(1), 110-132.
[17] Chandra, K. (2009). Why voters in patronage democracies split their
tickets: Strategic voting for ethnic parties. Electoral Studies 28, 21–32.
[18] Berenschot, W. (2011). Lubricating a patronage democracy: Political
fixers and the rise of hindu-nationalism in Gujarat, India. Journal of
South Asian Studies, 34(3), 382-401.
[19] Berenschot, W. (2014). Political fixers in India’s patronage democracy
In A. Piliavsky (Ed.), Patronage as Politics in South Asia (pp. 196-216).
Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
[20] Hodder, R. (2015). What’s wrong with patronage? Society, 52 (2), 166-
173.
[21] Chabal, P. X. (1999). Africa works : Disorder as political instrument.
Oxford: International African Institute.
[22] Cresswell, J. W. (2009). Research design: Qualitative, quantitative, and
mixed methods approaches (3rd ed.). Los Angeles: Sage Publications.
[23] Chandra, K. (2009). Why voters in patronage democracies split their
tickets: Strategic voting for ethnic parties. Electoral Studies 28, 21–32.

179
 Developing The Tourism Students “Speaking
Skills” Through Multiplication Method
A Lumettu 1, T L. Runtuwene 2
1
Tourism Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Manado, Indonesia. aguslumettu@gmail.com
2
Accounting Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Manado, Indonesia. trees.runtuwene@gmail.com
Abstract —Lack of time for speaking in English among
students or between teachers and students has resulted in
inability to speak English even after learning it as a subject
for many years. In fact, the students strongly need this skill
for many purposes during their study and after they
graduate. The formal class teaching has produced only
very few graduates who can speak fluently, not more than
10% of the graduates each year. The aim of this research
was to multiply the number of active speakers of English
among the students and the graduates. The research
method used was qualitative method and the data were
analyzed using qualitative descriptive method supported
with quantitative data. The results show that by applying
Multiplication method, the students had enough time for
speaking practice and had opportunities for individual
treatment which are the keys for mastering a foreign
language actively and the number of active speakers
significantly increased. The data analysis show that this
training program has brought significant progress with a
correlation of 0.69 or rounded to 0.70 that is categorized as
strong correlation meaning that the application of
multiplication method has a good correlation with the
students’ speaking ability..
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1)
Language is not an unreal object that can only be learnt but
it is a real thing since it is used by human beings every day. It
plays an important role in human life since it is a means of
communication among people. As a main means of
communication in this globalization era, English should be
mastered actively both in writing and speaking. As one of the
most important world languages, English is not only for the
academic needs of the students, lecturers or researchers but also
for the jobseekers, workers, business people, entrepreneurs,
government officials and society members as well. As a part of
Manado State Polytechnic internal stakeholders, the students of
Tourism Department hope to master English not only for the
sake of good grades in English subject but also for having
dependable communication skills in order to get good jobs both
in domestic and foreign scales. In this case, the graduates of
Manado State Polytechnic are facing competition with those of
other universities who are also looking for jobs. The
researchers’ long teaching experience shows that every year
only 4 to 6 Tourism Department’s graduates who can fluently
speak English. Of the 24 to 30 students in a class this number is
only about 1 or 2 percent. This is mainly caused by inadequate
time for individual speaking practice since the time scheduled
180
or allocated for English subject is only 4 – 6 hours / weekly for
the 24 to 30 students. This lack of time for speaking practice
makes the students hesitant to communicate in English with
their friends or other people around them, especially foreigners.
This is a serious problem for Tourism Department’s graduates
considering that their jobs will involve a lot of English skills.
To solve this problem, the researchers applied multiplication
method to increase the number of active speakers among the
graduates of Tourism Department every graduation. By using
this method, the researchers trained 12 students for 5 months to
be trainers for their friends or juniors where each of the young
trainers trained 3 students under the guidance of the
researchers.
A. Language Teaching and Learning.
In the teaching of English as a means of communication,
the teacher has a central role. He or She provides the students
not only with verbal explanation and a set of patterns for the
students to understand but also with practice for the students to
experience using the language. Sugandi (2000:4) States that,
learning is a change in behavior resulting from experience. So,
learning is not only a matter of understanding but also about
being able to practice what is learnt. In line with this, Slameto
(2003:2) defines learning as the process of efforts made by
someone in order to attain the overall new changes in behavior
resulting from his or her own experience in his or her
interaction with the surroundings. In language teaching and
learning process, the teaching and learning activities should
provide the learners not only with the explanation of
grammatical rules or topics on language functions only to be
memorized but also with the practical exercises in which the
students can practice using the language skills , in this case
listening, speaking, reading and writing.
It is clear that the teaching of English as a means of
communication is meant to teach the students to understand
and interact one another both in the spoken form and in the
written form. Teaching and learning process is said to be
successful when it provides the students with both
understanding about the language and the ability to use the
language in real situation as also mentioned by the Collins
English Dictionary that language skill is the ability to use the
language (http//:m.facebook.com© 2018), to help the learners
develop efficient communication. Zainal Arifin (2012) call it
as a set of activities of instruction which is delivered to the
students for them to receive, respond, master and develop.
Similarly, Tyson and Carol in Syah (2010:181) describe it as a
way working with students which is a process of interaction in
which the teacher does something to the students and the
students do something in return. Thus, teaching and learning is
a mutual way and process between the teacher and the student
who are both active in doing the activities to achieve the
teaching and learning objectives to provide the students with
knowledge and skills as planned.
B. Speaking Skill Development.
Of the four major language skills, speaking is the most
basic one. Being able to speak a language is identical to
knowing the language itself because speaking is the most basic
way of human communication ( Ukessays. com ). It is, of
course, always related to listening and both these skills occur
earlier than reading and writing as happen to the first language
learning. According to Kayi, speaking is the process of
building and sharing meaning through the use of verbal and
non-verbal symbols in a variety of contexts. Speaking is a
crucial part of second learning and teaching. For many years
speaking teaching has been undervalued and the English
teachers have only taught spontaneous and natural speaking
skills. Teaching speaking as Kayi suggests should include:
Produce the English speech sound and sound pattern, use word
and sentence stress intonation patterns and rhythm of the
second language, select appropriate words and sentences
according to the proper social setting, audience, situation and
subject matter, organize their thought in a meaningful and
logical sequence, use language as a means of expressing
values and judgments and use the language quickly and
confidently with few unnatural pauses, which is called as
fluency.
To achieve the objective of teaching and learning speaking
communicatively and effectively, Kayi suggest the following
activities to promote speaking :
1. Discussion. After learning a topic, discussions are
good to conduct for various reasons such as making
conclusion, sharing ideas or finding solution to a
problem, etc.
2. Role play. Roleplaying is an effective way of making
students speak. They are assigned to perform various
social contexts and have a variety of social roles.
3. Simulations. In doing this activity, the students are
given roles like in role plays, but in simulation, the
students’ roles are more elaborate and they have
freedom to bring items to create a realistic
environment.
4. Information gap. This is an activity where students
are assigned to work in pairs. One student will have
information that the other partner does not have and
they will share their information.
5. Brainstorming. In dealing with a topic, students are
expected to produce ideas in a limited time. The
students are not criticized for their ideas.
6. Story telling. Students are assigned to make brief
summary of a tale or story they heard from someone
181
or they can also make their own stories to tell their
classmates.
7. Interviews. Students are asked to conduct interviews
on selected topics with different people. It is a good
idea for the teacher to provide a rubric for students so
that they know what type of questions to ask, but they
should prepare their own questions.
8. Story completion. This is a very interesting, whole
class, free speaking activity. The students sit in a
circle and teacher begins the activity by starting to
tell a story, but after some sentences, the teacher
stops and asks each student to add their own
sentences from 4 to 10 sentences. Students are free to
add new characters, events, descriptions, and so on.
9. Reporting. Before attending the class, the students are
assigned to read a newspaper or magazine, and in
class they report to their friends about it.
10. Playing cards. In doing this game, the students play
in groups of four. Each suit will represent a topic. For
instance :
 Diamond : Earning money
 Hearts and relationship
 Spades : An unforgettable memory
 Clubs : Best teacher
11. Picture narrating. This kind of speaking activity is
based on a set sequential pictures. Students are asked
to tell the story taking place in the sequential pictures.
12. Picture describing. Another creative way of teaching
speaking is using pictures. The students are given
only one picture and asked to describe about it.
Students discuss the picture with their groups then a
spokesperson for each group describes the picture to
the whole class.
13. Find the difference. In doing this activity, students
can work in pairs and each couple is given two
different pictures, for example, a picture of boys
playing football and another picture of girls playing
tennis. Students working in pairs discuss the
similarities and / or differences in the picture.
All the activities described above are the combination
of the language input and communication input as
suggested by Bahrani T and Solfani R ( Journal of
Education and Practice. Volume 3 No. 2, 2012).
To develop a speaking skills, it is important to remember
that learning a language is not the same as teaching a
language. Learning a language means being able to use it,
understand, communicate and think like that we do in our
first language. Teaching a language means guiding the
learners in their journey to understanding, communicating
and thinking in other languages (Teaching World
Language: A practical guide, 2015:204).
Kusumayanthy S, studied about Language Learning
Strategies to Develop Speaking Skills employed by
different levels of students namely: High middle and low
achieving students concludes that high achiever students
 speaking skills was better than those of the middle and
low achievers.
C. Multiplication
Multiplication is defined by Cobuild C English Language
Dictionary (1992:948) as “ a large increase in the number or
amount of something”. In this research, multiplication is used
as a method to increase the number of students who can
communicate fluently and actively in English. The process of
multiplication is divided into two phases. In the first phase, the
researchers communicate regularly with the 12 students every
day individually for 30 minutes per group of four. These
trained students are called English Group I. Every group was
scheduled to meet every day (from Monday to Friday); The
first group was from 7.15am to 7.45 am ( before the first
subject starts), the second group was from 10.15 – to 10.45 (
during the first break time) and the third group was from 12.25
to 12.55 (during the second break) or after the last subject.
This process was done in 100 days or about 5 months. Later,
these 12 students were assigned to train 36 students chosen
from their classmates or their juniors where the researchers
guided and monitored all the small groups in different days.
This process is expected to continue to multiply the number of
active speakers in Tourism Department and finally and
English speaking community is formed.
The following is the research road map.
Figure 1. Research Roadmap.
In 2000, the researcher conducted an independent
research entitled: Using games and songs in teaching English
at Sekolah Pembantu Penilik Hygiene (SPPH) Manado, with a
conclusion that the students were very highly motivated in
learning English when using games and songs for developing
speaking skills.
Experiments for speaking skills development were also
done in 2013, 2014 and 2015 with some students by direct
private conversation face to face or by telephone calls by the
researchers and the results were very significant in terms of
quality. The students who became the objects of experiments
were successful in English debates, job training in Singapore
and Malaysia, proposal seminars in English, final examination
in English, short courses in some American Universities as a
part of polytechnic’s cooperation with foreign countries in the
field of education. But in terms of quantity, the results
182
achieved by this way were still so small due to some
limitations such as time and fund needed in the learning
process.
D. The Importance of English Language Skills in The
Tourism Sector
The tourism industry is one of the biggest and most
importance in the world and English is the main language of
International communication (https://alison com> learning
path). Therefore English skills are very important for those
operating tourism sector considering that tourism involves
people from many different countries with many different
languages and thus English becomes the main tool of
communication. Bobanovic and Grzinic
(https://almatourism.Unibo.it) mention that good oral written
communication skills are the top skills needed by hospitality
practitioners at different position levels. Good English
communication during the city will add value to student
education. It is clear that tourism operation requires English
skills and on the contrary, English skills are also improved
when practiced in tourism sector. Saadi (2015) mentions the
need of language skills in tourism organizations relate to the
ability: (1) to increase customers’ satisfaction,(2) to enhance
and maintain language competency of tourism,(3) to motivate
international tourists, on demand(4) to understand, (5) to
understand culture and (6) to create internal and external
communication.
II. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The method used in this research is qualitative method.
According to Moleong (2004:6), qualitative research is a
research which is meant to understand the phenomena of what
is experienced by the subject of research, for instance:
behavior, perception, motivation or holistic actions by
describing in words in natural special contexts using various
scientific method.
The method used in this research is qualitative method.
According to Moleong (2004:6), qualitative research is a
research which is meant to understand the phenomena of what
is experienced by the subject of research, for instance:
behavior, perception, motivation or holistic actions by
describing in words in natural special contexts using various
scientific method.
2.1. Aims of Research.
2.1.1.General Aim.
Based on the formulation of problem as stated in
chapter 1, the general aim of this research is to design a
teaching English method which is more applicable
according to the students’ need.
2.1.2 Specific Aims.
1. To know what method to be developed for helping
the students to have active speaking abilities.
2. To know how can the method be applied in
developing the students’ speaking ability.
2.2 . Benefit of Research.
2.2.1 Academic benefit
Theoretically, the application of the results
of this research is expected to enable the students to
 ask, answer, discuss, present topics and even explain
about information accessed from various media using
English and they are expected to adapt themselves
with the advances of science and technology.
2.2.2 . Practical benefit
1. For the society: The results of this research are
expected to produce a more applicable and more
effective English teaching method in training the
students to speak English actively. Later, this trained
students will help their friends to speak English with
the materials provided by the researchers under their
supervision.
2. For Polytechnic: The results of this research are
expected to support the English teaching in formal
class according to the existing curriculum in order to
produce more graduates with English speaking skills
who can complete in both national and international
markets.
2.3 Location of Research
Location of research is purposively chosen based on
certain considerations and the location chosen for this research
is Tourism Department of Manado State Polytechnic.
2.4 Type and Sources of Data
2.4.1 Type of data used in research.
1. Qualitative data
Not numerical data which gives information that can
be concluded like the socio – cultural potentials of the
students at Tourism Department of Manado State
Polytechnic.
2. Quantitative data
Numeric data that can give conclusions such as the
number of all students of Tourism Department, the
number of English lecturers and many others.
2.4.2 Sources of Data.
1. Primary Data
Data which are directly obtained from the
respondents, in this case, the students who joined the
“100 days in English “ students of Tourism
Department, English lecturer, lecturer of other
subject, administrative staff of Tourism Department,
and all people involved in this research.
2. Secondary Data
Data obtained from other parties, not from the first
hand sources from the reference books and teaching
materials, journals, newspaper and magazine.
2.5 Sampling Techniques
The sampling techniques used is purposive sampling, that
is samples are chosen based on certain criteria : students who
wanted to participate in this research considering discipline
and the length of time needed. Academic achievement was
proved by the test results of pre- research. Nasution (1988:22)
states that in qualitative research the sample is chosen due to
their ability to give information. Samples can be things,
events, humans and situations. A researcher collects data
183
based on natural observation of situations. Lofland and
Lofland in Moleong (2014:157) state that the main sources of
data in qualitative research are actions, words and additional
things such as documents and others.
2.6 Techniques of Collecting Data.
In this research, the techniques used for collecting the
data were free guided interview ( a combination of free
interview and guided interview, observation ( observation of
each activity related to the data required in the research and
documentation ( collecting various printed data related to the
research).
2.7 Instrument of Research.
This instruments used in this research were interview
using interview guide, systematic observation using media for
observing the activities considered related to the data
collection, questionnaire , a set of questions for the people
who were competent in this research and documentation
containing data from the previous works.
2.8 Method of Data Analysis
The analysis used in this research is descriptive
qualitative analysis that gives interpretation of data and
information obtained to make them more interesting in their
presentation. To test the effectiveness of speaking skills
development through multiplication method, anova test was
used.
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION.
3.1 RESULTS OF FIELD RESEARCH.
Manado State Polytechnic consists of some departments
namely : Civil Engineering Department,
Mechanical Engineering Department, Electrical
Engineering Department, Accounting Department, Business
Administration Department, and Tourism Department.
Tourism Department has 4 study programs, ie: D-IV
Hotel Management (Applied S1 Hotel Management),D-III
Underwater Ecotourism, D-III Tourism and D-III Tour and
Travel Business. Of these 4 study programs, D-IV Hotel
management study program was chosen for the experiment
because it has more students and longer study time.
Due to various adjustments of research activities schedule,
the treatment schedule was changed from January 2017 to
march 2017. And therefore there was also change of object of
research from the initially planned object : Semester II and
semester IV to other object : semester V and semester VII.
This was done to adjust with the classroom locations of the
students who participated in this program with those of the
researchers considering that Tourism students’ classrooms are
in some buildings so while the practice with these groups were
done is very tightly scheduled time : 30 minutes before the
first class began, during the first break and during the second
break or sometimes after the last class.
3.2 DISCUSSION.
From the results of the pre-test and post-test of the
experience group, it is known that the speaking skills of the
students joining the program using Multiplication method
significantly increased as can be seen from the following table
Table : 1. Pre-Test and Post –Test Result of The Experimental
Combined Groups.
From the table above, we can see that after
participating in this program, the students made significant
progress in speaking English as proved by their results of the
post test.
From the calculation of correlation, it is shown that there
is a correlation as great as 0.69 rounded to 0,70 which means
that English training using Multiplication method very well
correlates with the participants’ progress in speaking English.
In other words, there is a strong correlation between the
students’ speaking ability and using multiplication method in
speaking practice. For the comparison, the following is the
pre-test and post test result of the control group.
Table 2. Pre-Test And Post Test Result Of The Control
Group.
184
IV. CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION
Based off the previous chapters, the following conclusion can
be drawn:
4.1. Conclusions.
1. Two key factors of leaning speaking English successfully
are ample time for continuous practice (daily practice) and
individual treatment for every participant to be involved in the
speaking practice.
2. Multiplication method is very effective in developing the
students’ speaking ability and in transferring the skills from
students to students that ultimately result in the multiplication
of the number of English speakers in Tourism Department that
makes it possible to establish a speaking English community
in the department.
3. There is a strong correlation between variable X
(Multiplication Method Application) and variable Y
(Development of Student Speaking Ability). The data analysis
shows that there is a correlation of 0.69 (rounded to 0,70 )
which falls into the category of strong correlation.
4.2. Suggestions.
Based on the conclusions above, suggestions can then be
given:
1. In teaching speaking, there should be ample time for
practicing English speaking every day. In addition,
English teachers should be creative in planning,
managing and handling the class using creative
methods, techniques and media.
2. It is good for speaking class to practice Multiplication
method by training some strong students to be the
trainers for their friends of the same level or their
juniors.
3. There is a strong correlation between variable X
(Multiplication Method Application) and variable Y
(Development of Student Speaking Ability). So,
multiplication method is recommended to be applied
in English teaching especially speaking development.
4.3. Acknowledgements
The authors highly appreciate the Ministry of Research,
Technology and Higher Education especially Directorate of
Research and Community Service for funding this research.
Special thanks are also rendered to the Director of Manado
State Polytechnic, Ir Evert N. Slat,MT and the Head Of
Research and Community Service Centre of Manado State
Polytechnic, Dr. Tineke Saroinsong,SST.M.Eng.Sc for giving
them the opportunity to do research.
References
[1] Achmad Sugandi 2000 Teori Pembelajaran Bandung.
PT Rosdakarya.
[2] Slameto 2003 Belajar dan Faktor – Faktor yang
Mempengaruhinya. Jakarta. Rineka Cipta
[3] Zainal Arifin Penelitian Pendidikan – Metode dan
Paradigma Baru Bandung. PT Remaja Rosdakarya
[4] Syah Muhibin Psikologi Pendidikan dengan
Pendekatan baru Bandung. PT Remaja Rosdakarya.
[5] http://www.ukessays.com/Essays/English-
Language/published on Monday, 5 june 2017
Internet TESL Journal, Vol XII, No 11. November
2006.
[7] Taher Bahrani & Rahmatollah Solfani, 2012. Jurnal Of
Education Practice.Vol 2.No.2
[8] http://studylib.net/doc/18347435/teaching world -
languges--a-practical guide#
[9] John Sinclair et al, 1992. Collins Cobuild English
Language Dictionary,Harper Collins
[10]Moleong.J.Lexy,2009.Metodologi Penelitian
Kualitatif, Bandung :PT Remaja Rosdakarya.
[11] Nasution 2004 Metode Research : Penelitian
Ilmiah.Jakarta. Bumiaksara.
[12] Susy Kusumayanthy,2012.Jurnal UPI No.2. Agustus
2012
[13] Nawar Al Saadi, 2015 Importance Of English
Language in Development Tourism Management
World of research Publication,Ac.J.Acco.Eco.Res
Vol.4.2015/ISSN:2 33
[14] https://alisan com > learning path > English Language
Skills
[15] https:// almatourism.Unibo.it Moira Kostic Bobanovic
and Jasmine Grzinic. Copyright © 2011/ ISSN : 2 03.

185
 Design of Tourism Development Area in Manado Gulf
Based On Community Participation
Felly Ferol Warouw 1, Treesje Katrina Londa 2, Shirly Susanne Lumeno3, Viktory Nicodemus Joufree Rotty 4,Herry
Sumual 5, Piet Hein Pusung 6
1
Fakultas Teknik,Univeritas Negeri Manado,Tondano, Indonesia. ferolwarouw@unima.ac.id
2
Fakultas MIPA, Univeritas Negeri Manado, Tondano, Indonesia. treesjelonda@unima.ac.id
3
Fakultas Teknik, Univeritas Negeri Manado, Tondano, Indonesia. shirlylumeno@unima.ac.id
4
Fakultas Bahasa dan Seni, Univeritas Negeri Manado, Tondano, Indonesia. viktoryrotty@unima.ac.id
5
Fakultas Teknik, Univeritas Negeri Manado, Tondano, Indonesia. herrysumual@unima.ac.id
6
Fakultas Manajemen Pemerintahan, Institut Pemerintahan Dalam Negeri, Tampusu, Indonesia. phpusung@ipdn.ac.id

Abstract— Tourism is one of the pillars of sustainable
development that has contributed significantly. Tourism
development must conform to sustainable design criteria.
The sustainability of the development of tourist areas is
largely determined by the role of community participation.
Community empowerment through increased development
in the tourism sector becomes one of alternative solutions
to maintain tourism sustainability. This study aims to
identify the design of tourism development areas based on
community participation. The location of the study was
conducted on the coast of Manado bay. 3 tourist sites in
Manado bay bay were studied (Malalayang, Reclamation
Area and Bunaken). The findings of public participation in
tourism development become the basis of tourism area
design. The findings of the study indicate a growing
sequence of community participation, namely:
Information Phase, Consultation, Cooperation, Control
and Adaptation. The results of community participation
identification that fulfill the five criteria are then
developed into the design of tourism development. Design
results are described as a policy that must be done dalah
every stage of development of tourism area. This design
scenario provides insight into the development steps of
new tourism design findings. Finally, this design scenario
can be the transfer of knowledge to local communities,
empowering them to take advantage of their participation
role for continuous improvement and sustainable
development.
Keywords—community participation, tourism
development, sustainable tourism
I. INTRODUCTION
Manado city with a long coast line of more than 17 km of
coastal tourism potential and attractive coral reefs. Not to
mention the beautiful sunset views overlooking towards the
Pacific ocean in every afternoon to make the coastal city of
Manado as a potential area for the development of tourism.
This potential is supported by ditelorkannya vision "Manado
City Ecotourism Model" by the government of the city of
Manado. In addition there is the type of coastal water
ecosystems are important in the ecosystem Manado City is
famous for it’s coral reef dive spots that can be found within
close together and easily accessible. Bunaken marine park
which is part of the administrative area and right in front of
the city of Manado is a marine park that was named the most
beautiful marine park in the world. This marine park store
with a collection rich biodiversity of coral species is among
the most complete in the world and are at the core of the
world's coral triangle. This condition is supported by the
potential of offshore fisheries are also promising to be
developed as part of sport fishing. Besides the local
community also has a variety of cultural allure of interest
include diverse culinary potential. Referring to the above
potential, of the development of tourism in the city of Manado
has a very prospective future. This activity directly if managed
with the right strategies will improve the welfare of the
surrounding community as well will be a part of the
preservation of natural resources and the environment which is
the strategic issues of global development .
One of the key factors in the development of tourism is
community involvement in tourism development process
itself. Community participation is voluntary and should take
place continuously. Participation in question is the
participation of the public view as the subject of any rule of
construction rather than as objects of development. The
involvement of the community as a whole is done through the
development of a mindset that sees society as the subject of
regulation by the diversity of behavior. Through the process of
engaging public participation from the planning stage,
utilization, and control of the utilization of space will appear a
system of evaluation of development activities that have been
carried out development and become an input for further
development process.
The participatory approach is expected to create
agreements and rules in society in order to realize social
justice in a program that is tailored to their aspirations. It also
increases the sense of community (sense of belonging) to
development programs in line with their aspirations in the
accommodation of the development program, which in turn
can manifest the development of efficient and effective [1]..
Participation in the development of system development is
needed [2] because: (1) at the planning stage, most people

186
know what they need, thereby directing the product plan
optimal spatial and proportional to a variety of activities, so as
to avoid speculation and excessive distribution for space
allocation certain activities, (2) the utilization stage, people
will keep the utilization of space in accordance with the time
allotment and allocation as well as planned , so as to avoid
conflict of space utilization, (3) the control phase, people feel
they have and be responsible for maintaining the quality of
space comfortable and harmonious as well as useful for future
development [3].
II. METHOD
The research method used is through the method of
approach to Regulatory Impact Analysis and Survey
(Quantitative) with typology community participation [4,5].
Determination of the participation level category based
on the table above, can be calculated as follows: There are 1
question variable with the choice of answer questions there
are 8 choices with their respective scores ranging from 1 to
8. The order of the scores is based on 8 steps of community
participation level from Sherry Arnstein. So that the
minimum score obtained for each individual (1 x 1) is 1, the
maximum score obtained for each individual (1 x 8) is 8, so
if the number of samples is 62, the minimum score for the
level of community participation (62 x 1) can be known is 62
and the maximum score (62 x 8) is 496.By knowing the
minimum and maximum scores, the interval interval is also
known, namely (496 - 62) / 8 = 54.25. So if the typology of
Arnstein is used, it can be seen that the level of community
participation is:
Table 1: Level Of Participation
Level Score
Manipulation 62.00 - 116.25
Therapy 116.25 - 170.50
Informing 170.50 - 224.75
Consultation 224.75 - 279.00
Placation 279.00 - 333.25
Partnership 333.25 - 387.50
Delegated Power 387.50 - 441.75
Citizen Control 441.75 - 496.00
III. ANALYSE AND INTERPRETATION
Manado Bay is located in front of the city of Manado is the
capital of Sulawesi, North, Bay of Manado ecoregion is an
area which includes the 3 counties and cities within the
scope of Bunaken National Marine Park. Manado Bay is the
location of the conservation of Bunaken National Marine
Park is set in 2010 in the central region segita three coral
(Coral Triangle Initiative)[6].
187
Figure 1. Map of Research Location
(Source: Manado City Spatial Plan 2011 - 2031)
The use of land in Manado City depicts a mixture of urban
and land use functions of the coastal sea and the island in front
of the city with views of the mountains including several
volcanoes such as Mount Lokon and Mount Klabat. As a city
located in the Ring of Fire area of the sea and the gulf coast of
Manado It really a rich biodiversity. On the one hand there is
an industrial and trading activities while writhing on the
economic side, on the other hand there is the sea, as the
frontier town itself. Mixing two contrasting land use
characteristics can be potential for the development of the city
of Manado is based on ecotourism management [7]. Manado
bay coast is a haven for coral reef and became a well-known
dive sites in various parts of the world [8]. The tourism
industry has a high multiplier effect, potentially attracting
investment, and prospective development in North Sulawesi
[9].
Manado city is the centre of the tourism industry on the
island of Sulawesi [10]. The tourism industry has been
growing for a long time since the potential Bunaken marine
park that is a favorite location for divers. Along with the
development of the global environment with the main issues
of global warming, coral reefs are the main potential Bunaken
marine park turned out to be one of the potential that is able to
cope with climate change. The potential is then used as the
basis for implementing sustainable development by keeping a
coral reef in Bunaken marine national park from being
damaged and sustainable. In Manado City location potentially
ubiquitous tourist area can be developed to prevent
environmental degradation can be utilized as a tourist
attraction, one of the locations are located in coastal areas and
reclamation of the object of study.
The results of the analysis of the level of participation in
tourism development on the coast of Manado City. To
measure the participation of the community at the stage of
program implementation, a rating scale refers to Sherry
Arnstein's Community Participation Ladder which consists
of 8 stairs as illustrated in table 18. below. Based on the
level of participation in the implementation phase, most of
the respondents attended active discussions in the
implementation of the program, as many as 14 people participation in accordance with the coastal region of Manado
(22.58%), then followed by respondents participating in Bay are illustrated below:
program implementation for the benefit of the community as
many as 13 people (20.97%) , the respondent participates in Table 2. Results of Participation Analysis in 3 Research Areas
the implementation of the plan and gives effect to the Variabel Bunaken Reklamasi Malalayang
implementation of the program as many as 9 people Area Area Area
Conclusion Infomasion, Infomasion, Information,
(14.52%), and followed by respondents who participated in level Consultation, Consultation, Consultation,
the implementation of the program but for the government participation Cooperation, Cooperation Cooperation
only 8 people and did not participate in the implementation in 3 Region Kontrol Control
of the program. each (12.90%), then participated in the
implementation of the program and shared responsibility The Highest Control Cooperation Control
with the government as many as 6 people (9.68%) and the Level
Participation
rest with the same value. Participating in the implementation
Dominate Consultation Infomasion Cooperation
of the program and having the authority to make dominant Level
decisions overall implementation of the plan and Participation
participating in the implementation of the program and Source: Data processed from the results of research, 2017
having the power to plan, implement and supervise the
implementation of the program. 2 people each (3.23%).

IV. MODEL DESIGN

Table 2. Results of Community Participation Analysis The model for the development of sustainable
Scale Participation N % B NXB tourism based on community participation was concluded
Participate in the 8 12,90 2 16 based on the input from the research analysis (table 2)
implementation of the
program but for described as follows:
government purposes 1 The results of the evaluation and analysis of tourism
only. development policies are two indicators that are still a
Participate in the 13 20,97 3 39
implementation of the weakness, namely: community capacity and participation
program for the as a process mechanism and understanding of the region's
benefit of the
community only. development regions are often ignored.
Participate in active 14 22,58 4 56 2 The results of the analysis of regionism show the linkage
discussions in of community participation in accordance with the coastal
program region of the bay in the process of tourism development.
implementation.
Participate in the 9 14,52 5 45 3 Results of analysis of understanding and attitude, which
implementation of the shows the role of the community in the development of
plan and give some tourism.
influence on the 4 The results of an analysis of the community's
implementation of the
program. environmental wisdom indicate the existence of a
Participate in program 6 9,68 6 36 mechanism of participation process that is able to
implementation and preserve the environment of the Manado bay coast.
share responsibility 5 The comparative results of the development model show
with the government.
Participate in program 2 3,23 7 14
that there is no sustainable community-based
implementation and development model that becomes the standard for the
have the authority to direction of the process of sustainable tourism
make dominant development.
decisions throughout
the implementation of
the plan. This model is then made with the tourism development
Participate in the 2 3,23 8 16 approach in the bay coast in this case the Manado bay coast.
implementation of the As is known that the coast of Manado bay is a tourism
program and have the
power to plan,
development center located in the center of the world's coral
implement, and triangle. This model is used as a standard for the mechanism
supervise the of the process of sustainable tourism development on the
implementation of the following characteristics:
program.
1. Region of tourism that is developing to improve the
Total 62 100 230
quality of life of the community without neglecting
Source: Data processed from the results of research, 2017
environmental sustainability.
Overall the findings of the participation stage that 2. Having a community that actively participates in the
developed as a result of the analysis of the mechanism of tourism development process.

188
3. Having a growing environmental wisdom and who still
adhere to customs, and norms that apply to the
community.
The purpose of the design of the formulation of the model
for the development of sustainable tourism based on
community participation that was examined in the coast of
Manado Bay is intended as follows:
1 Direct the mechanism of the tourism development
process;
2 Maintaining environmental quality;
3 Improving community welfare;
4 Keeping the existence of tourism areas sustainable and
sustainable;
5 Protect tourism areas in order to provide benefits for
community welfare and environmental sustainability.
and local wisdom according to the conditions of the
coastal coastal region to find the core of participation as a
process.
 Anabolism which is a reaction to assemble the results of
the process of community-based participation into a
model of sustainable tourism metabolism with the
sequence of stages of stages of Information Consultation
stages, and stages Collaboration Control stages and
Adaptation stages ..
Sustainable tourism mechanism is formulated into a model of
sustainable tourism metabolism with stages, namely:
information stage, consultation phase, cooperation stage,
control phase and adaptation stage, which are sorted as
follows:

The model compiled contains the principles of sustainable

community-based tourism development that are examined in
the coastal bay of Manado as follows:
1 The policy of developing tourism areas is carried out
synergistically at the national, provincial, district / city
levels in a spatial plan in accordance with the region's
development region.
2 Participation formulated through understanding, attitudes
and environmental wisdom is an instrument in tourism
development that is being applied in the development
area.
3 This model provides space for the community to play a
role in its cultural life, as well as to better understand and
love the process born of its culture. The community will
Figure 2. Model Design Level OF Sustainable Tourism
leverage the inclusiveness of the process.
4 This model is part of community empowerment. The
community has a very important role as the main subject
in the management of tourism areas both in the planning,
implementation and supervision processes.
5 The role of all stakeholders is needed in supporting V. CONCLUSION
tourism metabolism carried out by the community. The Thus if the total score obtained from the analysis is 230,
government provides support in the form of policies and then the level of community participation is included in the
programs, cooperation with the private sector can be done level of Consultation. At the consultation level (consultation)
and most importantly, the community is the main subject can be interpreted:
in the metabolic process of sustainable tourism  That the government invites public opinion after being
development. given information to the public. Evidenced by the
involvement of community representatives in the
The mechanism of the process of community participation preparation of general plans for tourism development in
is concluded as tourism metabolism. Metabolism has the this case, it becomes the basis that the community is
meaning "change" comes from the Greek "metabole", meaning ready to consult in the development of tourism.
that living things get, process and convert a substance through  There has been a two-way dialogue between the
a chemical process to maintain its life. Tourism metabolism, is government and the people involved and the community
an activity to process and change tourism through a process of provides input and active discussion through a two-way
participation so that the environment can be accepted in a dialogue.
sustainable manner.
 Although there has been a two-way dialogue, this method
has a low success rate because there is no guarantee that
Tourism metabolism as a metabolism generally has a two-
community concerns and ideas will be considered.
way metabolic pathway, namely:
 Catabolism which is a decomposition of community-  The results of the idenfication of 3 tourism sites in the
based tourism activities through attitudes, understanding researched manado bay (Malalayang, Reclamation and
Bunaken Area) found 2 locations that had met the

189
 criteria for participation-based tourism development,
namely the Malalayang and Bunaken beach areas. The
findings are expected to facilitate policy makers to
provide interventions for the development of sustainable
community-based tourism.
Acknowledgment
The results of research regarding the level of community
participation in tourism development in coastal areas
Manado Bay. The authors would like to thank the
community and the coastal communities in North Sulawesi
young intellectuals who had agreed to be the respondents in
this study include FGD involved in order to formulate the
results of the research and its implications for the three
pillars of sustainable development, namely social, economic
and environmental.
References
[1] Kimpraswil 2002 Pelibatan Masyarakat dalam
Penataan Ruang. Makalah dalam Pelatihan
Penyusunan Rencana Tata Ruang Propinsi se-
Sumbagsel di Palembang 30 September 2002.
Available from http: //www.kimpraswil.go.id;
INTERNET.
[2] Tosun, C. 2000. Limits to community participation in
the tourism development process in developing
countries. Tourism management, 21(6), 613-633.
[3] Ibrahim, Syahrul 2004. Paradigma Baru Peran serta
Masyarakat dalam Penataan Ruang. Available
from http://www.bktrn.org; INTERNET.
190
[4] Arnstein, S. R. 1969. A ladder of citizen
participation. Journal of the American Institute of
planners, 35(4), 216-224.
[5] Tritter, J. Q., & McCallum, A. 2006. The snakes and
ladders of user involvement: moving beyond
Arnstein. Health policy, 76(2), 156-168.
[6] Newman, C., & LeDrew, E. 2005. Towards
community-and scientific-based information
integration in marine resource management in
Indonesia: Bunaken National Park case
study. Environments: a journal of interdisciplinary
studies, 33(1).
[7] Ross, S., & Wall, G. 1999. Evaluating ecotourism: the
case of North Sulawesi, Indonesia. Tourism
management, 20(6), 673-682.
[8] KUSEN, J. D., & TIOHO, H. 2009. The present status
of coral reef condition in Bunaken National Park
and Manado Bay, North Sulawesi,
Indonesia. Galaxea, Journal of Coral Reef
Studies, 11(2), 219-222.
[9] Erdmann, M., Merrill, P., Arsyad, I., & Mongdong, M.
2003, September. Developing a diversified portfolio
of sustainable financing options for Bunaken
National Marine Park. In Presentation at the Vth
IUCN World Parks Congress, Durban, South
Africa.
[10] Cater, C., & Cater, E. 2007. The economic impacts of
marine wildlife tourism. Marine wildlife and
tourism management: Insights from the natural and
social sciences, 145-162.
[11] Alder, J., Sloan, N. A., & Uktolseya, H. 1994. A
comparison of management planning and
implementation in three Indonesian marine
protected areas. Ocean & coastal
management, 24(3), 179-198.
 Study Creative Industry Sector Design , Fashion,
Publishing And Printing In Jakarta And Bandung
Purnomo Ananto1
1
Publishing Department, State Polytechnic of Creative Media, Indonesia. purnomo.ananto@polimedia.ac.id
Abstract— The creative industry is an industry that grows at the
micro, small and medium scale stage with its distinctiveness
emphasizing creativity in creating a product or service. The
limitations of the creative industry in general are the problems of
capital, marketing and supporting infrastructure. Given the
many industry sectors that are relevant, in this study, researchers
will limit the sectors of Design, Fashion, Publishing and Printing.
The purpose of this research is to: (1) map the creative industries
in the fields of Design, Fashion, cracking and publishing; and (2)
To get an overview of students' understanding of the creative
industry. This study uses quantitative methods supported by
qualitative methods, but researchers also refer to the testing of
paradigmatic logical inference (Quantitative Logic Inference).
While the data is analyzed by regression techniques. The subjects
of this study were students from 7 public and private high
schools, as well as students from three state and private
universities in Bandung and Jakarta. While from the business
world as many as 15 research subjects engaged in Graphic
Design and Printing, Fashion / fashion, convection and trade
services, as well as secondary data obtained from local
governments in Jakarta and Bandung. The results of this study
are: (1) The description of the development of creative industries
in Jakarta and Bandung is relatively the same, there are only a
few sub-sectors of the creative industry that are special
characteristics of each city, as in Bandung it is more prominent in
fashion and textiles while in Jakarta it is more prominent in the
field of software development and animation, as well as fashion;
(2) The fashion creative industry subsector is still the most sought
after business by creative industry players. This data is also
supported by the fact that the number of fashion-related sub-
sectors is far more than the other creative industry sub-sectors;
and (3) The understanding of students in the field of creative
industries still shows unsatisfactory results, because only 42%
really understand what the creative industry is. The government,
especially in Bandung and Jakarta, has to improve the
infrastructure that can support the development of the creative
industry, while also facilitating the credit process for business
capital for actors and potential creative industry players.
Furthermore, to get a more comprehensive picture of the results
of this study, further research needs to be done with broader
variables and research objectives.
191
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1)
Indonesia's economic growth in 2016 reached 5.02
percent. This figure is higher than 2015 which was corrected
by 4.88 percent. Similarly, the realization of this growth was
also higher than in 2014 which amounted to 5.01 percent,
although it was still lower than 2013 which was at 5.56
percent. In 2016 China rose slightly from 6.7 percent to 6.8
percent. Whereas the United States despite being a bit rowdy
with its new leader, the economy strengthened from 1.7
percent to 1.9 percent and Singapore rose from 1.1 percent to
1.8 percent.
(https://www.liputan6.com/bisnis/read/2847881/bps-ekonomi-
ri-tumbuh-502-persen-di-2016).
The Creative Industry Sector in 2016 grew by around 7
percent. Whereas in the period of 2014 - 2015, the added value
of the creative industry sector was estimated to reach Rp.
111.1 trillion. The highest contributors to value added include
the fashion, culinary and handicraft sub-sectors. The highest
growth was achieved by the handicraft subsector with an
export growth rate of 11.81 percent, followed by fashion with
growth of 7.12 percent, advertising of 6.02 percent and
architecture of 5.59 percent, (http://www.kemenperin.go.id /
article / 12797 / Minister of Industry: -Industry-Creative-
Grow-7-Per-Year). With these results, the central government
and local government as well as the public must remain
consistent in maintaining and carrying out development
because of the severe global challenges.
Considering the many industry sectors that are relevant,
in this study, researchers will limit the sectors of Design,
Fashion, Publishing and Printing, especially in Jakarta and
Bandung. Based on the background of the problem, it turns out
that the creative industry as part of the creative economy has
not become a serious concern from the local government,
various problems that can be identified by researchers include;
government equipment, especially in areas that are not ready
to anticipate the development of creative industries, human
resources are still very limited, infra-structure is minimal and
also capital limitations of creative industry players, of the
many problems that can be identified by researchers, the
problems raised in this study are will be limited to how the
actual mapping of creative industries in Jakarta and Bandung,
and how far the students' understanding as a source of the
development of educated human resources towards the
creative industry. In the context of the problem, the researcher
focused on mapping the creative industry, especially in the
fields / sub-sectors of design, fashion, publishing and printing
in Jakarta and Bandung. In general, the problems in this study
can be identified as problems related to the understanding of
students and the government, especially local governments,
the development of creative industries in Bandung and Jakarta.
In this paper the focus of the problem is on how far the
level of understanding of students in the creative industry and
how creative industry to operatation run their businesses.
More specifically, there are two focus issues in this study,
namely: (1) Mapping creative industries in the fields of
Design, Fashion, cracking and publishing. In Jakarta and
Bandung; and (2) To get an overview of students'
understanding of the creative industry.
To give more direction to this research, the focus of the
problem is described in the form of the following research
questions : how do you map the creative industries in Jakarta
and Bandung and how is the general understanding of students
(students and students) about the creative industry.
II. RESEARCH METHODS
This research method uses quantitative methods
supported by qualitative data, but researchers also refer to the
testing of paradigmatic logical inference (Quantitative Logic
Inference). While the data is analyzed by regression
techniques. The subjects of this study were students from 7
public and private High Schools (SMA) in Bandung and
Jakarta, as well as students from three public and private
universities in Bandung and Jakarta. While from the business
world as many as 15 research subjects consisting of companies
operating in the creative industry sector consisting of 5
Graphic Design and Printing sub-sectors, only 3 printing
companies, and 7 fashion companies (fashion development,
convection and trading services) . In addition, researchers also
used secondary data obtained from the Office of Cooperatives,
Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs), and Trade Industry,
City of Bandung and the Office of Cooperatives, Small and
Medium Enterprises and Trade, Special Capital Region of
Jakarta (DKI) Jakarta.
A. Maintaining the Integrity of the Specifications
The template is used to format your paper and style the text.
 Industri Kreatif mengandung unsur Seni, Budaya, Teknologi dan Bisnis.
All margins, column widths, line spaces, and text fonts are
prescribed; please do not alter them. You may note
peculiarities. For example, the head margin in this template
measures proportionately more than is customary. This
measurement and others are deliberate, using specifications that
anticipate your paper as one part of the entire proceedings, and
not as an independent document. Please do not revise any of
the current designations.
192
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Creative industry is its own industry with an
appearance on the excellence of creativity in producing
creative designs that are attached to the goods / services
produced. Creative industry is a collection of industrial
sectors that prioritize creativity as the main capital in
producing goods and services. The design industry in
this case can be seen as a core component of a creative
industry, where implementation can occur in various
sectors. Industry was developed to support product value
added in developing existing industrial clusters. Creative
industry is an industry that can be used as a mainstay
industry. According to [1] the characteristics of the
creative industry can be expressed as follows:
a. Industries whose main elements are creativity,
expertise and talents that have the potential to
improve welfare through the offering of
intellectual creations.
b. The creative industry consists of providing
creative products directly to customers and
supporting creative value creation in other sectors
that indirectly relate to customers.
c. Products from the creative industry have
characteristics of short life cycles, high margins,
high diversity, high competition, and easy
replication.
In the creative industry component, the main
capital of the creative industry is intellectual, and the
creative industry contains elements of art, technology
and business culture. For more details, here is Figure 1
regarding the components of the creative industry.
Komponen Industri Kreatif
TEKNOLOGI SENI
Industri Kreatif:
Modal Intelektual
BISNIS BUDAYA
 Modal utama Industri Kreatif adalah Intelektual.
The description of the development of creative industries
in Jakarta and Bandung is relatively the same, there are only a
few sub-sectors of the creative industry that are special
characteristics in each city, as in Bandung it is more prominent
in fashion and textiles while in Jakarta it is more prominent in
the field of software and animation development, as well as
fashion.

The creative industry subsector of Graphic Design,
Fashion, Publishing and Printing as a group of micro and
small businesses both in Jakarta and Bandung in terms of
turnover earned every month is relatively different, meaning
that in terms of monthly sales turnover of between Rp. 10
million to Rp. IDR 60 million with a permanent workforce of
between 2 and 6 people. As for the creative industry sub-
sector with a higher turnover, between Rp500 million and
Rp950 million, all of them are engaged in fashion.
The fashion creative industry subsector is still the most
sought after business by creative industry players that has been
running today as well as by students who are prospective
creative industry players in the future. This is also supported
by the data that the fashion-related sub-sector is far more than
the other creative industry sub-sectors. The understanding of
students in the field of creative industries still shows
unsatisfactory results, because only 42% really understand
what the creative industry is, the rest of the students
understand the creative industry as a manufacturing industry
and an industry that is only skill-based.
The implementation of the Tri Dharma Perguruan
Tinggi is implementing Education, Research and Community
Service, lecturers and students, has produced a lot of research,
not to mention other research institutions both government and
community / private. But the extent to which the results of this
research can be adopted by the user market is still a big
question mark for all of us. Apart from this there still seems to
be innovation that can be expected from scholars or academics
to be able to do much in taking a strategic role, so as to
improve the welfare of the nation's dignity. One of the real
forms of this innovation is the creativity of Indonesian human
resources to process the resources they possess and the natural
resources of Indonesia at this time continuously and
responsibly, among others in the form of Creative Industries.
The development opportunities of the Creative Industry
in Indonesia which adopted the Triple Helix pattern
(Academics / Scholars, Business / Industry and Government)
synergized together to advance creativity. Creative industries
are defined as industries that focus on the creation and
exploitation of intellectual property works. There are 16
Creative Industries sub-sectors, namely: performing arts, fine
arts, television and radio, game applications, architecture,
interior design, visual communication design, advertising,
music, publishing, photography, product design, fashion,
animation and video films, craft and culinary. This creative
industry comes from ideas, art and technology that are
managed to create prosperity. the excess of the creative
industry is not too related to the world crisis. Because the
creative industry uses raw materials that are widely available,
then with creative human creation and design can produce
attractive products, this does not seem to be too affected by the
global crisis.
193
The challenges of the creative industry today are,
among others, relatively new and not significant in driving the
wheels of development, creative industry activities are still
fragmented and there is no complete value chain study starting
from the activities of creation, production and distribution,
then the development of human resources in universities high
also not much empower the creative industry.
The concept and direction of fostering the creative
industry in Indonesia does not yet have an understanding or a
single model of coaching specifically. coaching the creative
industry can be understood very differently according to the
perspective of people as well as the institutional, political and
socio-cultural context. In this case [2] stated as follows:
"Understanding the development of the creative
industry as a process of developing, building, self-
supporting and strengthening the bargaining
position of the lower layers of society against the
pressure forces in all fields and sectors of life.
There is also another side that emphasizes that
creative industry coaching is the process of
facilitating youth as part of the community together
on a common interest or affairs that collectively can
identify targets, gather resources, mobilize an action
campaign and therefore help reconstitute strength in
the community ".
The development of creative industries among youth is
a process to create independent human resources. The ability
of a country to compete in industry depends on the level of
creativity. In the era of creative industry if a nation wants to
advance, it must complete its technological capabilities (hi-
tech) in order to be able to achieve high concept and high
touch levels. High concept is the ability to create artistic and
emotional beauty, recognize patterns and opportunities to
create beautiful narratives that produce findings that others
have not realized / found. High touch is the ability to
empathize, understand the essence of human interaction, and
find meaning (Phink, Daniel H. 2008).
IV. CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTIONS
4.1 CONCLUSION
The conclusions of this paper is that the development
of creative industries in Jakarta and Bandung is relatively the
same, there are only a few sub-sectors of the creative industry
that are special characteristics in each city, such as in Bandung
more prominent in fashion and textiles while in Jakarta it is
more prominent in the field of software and animation
development, as well as fashion, other than that other
conclusions are:
 1. The fashion creative industry subsector is still the most
sought after business by creative industry players. This
data is also supported by the fact that the number of
REFERENCES
fashion-related sub-sectors is far more than the other
creative industry sub-sectors; and (3) The [1] Febrian Rio W. (2011), Development of Creative Industries Cross Culture
on SMEs Among Indonesian and Malaysian Youth. Literature and
understanding of students in the field of creative Social Sciences, Sociology of Anthropology, Universiti Malaya
industries still shows unsatisfactory results, because Kuala Lumpur.
only 42% really understand what the creative industry
is. [2] Ramli, Rizal. (2009). Renewal and Empowerment. Problems, Criticism,
and Ideas for a Future Indonesia. Jakarta: UI Press.
2. The creative industry sub-sector of Graphic Design,
[3] Phink, Daniel H. (2005). A Whole New Mind, Riverhead Books, New
Fashion, Publishing and Printing as a group of micro York
and small businesses both in Jakarta and Bandung, in
terms of turnover obtained every month is relatively Article
different, meaning that in terms of monthly sales
http://waspada.co.id/index.php?option=com_ content & view = article & id =
turnover of an average of between Rp10 million up to 260581: economic growth-ri-rank-2 world & catid = 18: business &
IDR 60 million with a permanent workforce of between Itemid = 95 (October 12, 2016)
2 and 6 people. As for the creative industry sub-sector
with a higher turnover, between Rp500 million and http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Kewirausahaan/. (November 3, 2016)
Rp950 million, all of them are engaged in fashion. Official News No. Statistics 16/02 / Th. XVII, 5 February 2014. http: // www.
bps. go.id/brs_file/pdb_05feb14.pdf (12 October 2016)
3. The fashion creative industry subsector is still the most
sought after business sector by creative industry players Zulaikha, Ellya, (2008). The transformation of IKM Traditional Crafts into
that are currently running as well as by students who Creative Industries, Presented at the International Seminar on Tradition-Based
are prospective creative industry players in the future. Creative Industry Development, at ISI Solo December 17, 2008.
This is also supported by the data that the fashion-
related sub-sector is far more than the other creative
industry sub-sectors.

4.2 Suggestions
1. The government and the education sector must
further socialize a more structured and massive
creative industry especially the creative industry
sub-sector outside fashion so that the creative
industry can develop well.
2. The Bandung City Government and DKI Jakarta
Province must improve the infrastructure that can
support the development of the creative industry,
while also facilitating the credit process for
business capital for actors and potential creative
industry players who are increasingly interested in
the year.
3. The world of education, especially higher
education and secondary education (vocational)
must begin to pay attention to the creative industry
sub-sector by starting to organize an appropriate
curriculum and formed a kind of "idea center" in
every educational institution so that the
development of the creative industry is getting
better and supported with human resources which
is in accordance with the needs of the creative
industries in their respective regions. To get a
more comprehensive picture of the results of this
study, further research is needed with broader
variables and research objectives.

194
 Human Existence (Study Of Existentialsm
Philosophy In “Merahnya Merah” Novel By Iwan
Simatupang)
Viktory Nicodemus Joufree Rotty1 Donal Matheos Ratu2 Treesje Katrina Londa3 Ferol Felly Warouw4
1
Universitas Negeri Manado, Tondano, 95618, Sulawesi Utara, Indonesia. viktoryrotty@unima.ac.id
Abstract— This research is aimed in general to gain a
thorough understanding of the structure of the novel image and
the values of human existence in the novel work of Iwan
Simatupang redness of red. The specific objectives of this study,
to obtain a picture of human existence from the intrinsic
structure of the novel Red redness of the work of Iwan
Simatupang, to obtain a picture of human existence Iwan
Simatupang of social background, and to obtain a picture of
human existence from the world view Iwan Simatupang. The
focus of this study, matching is guided by a qualitative
descriptive method. The research process begins with a literature
review, data analysis, and discussion. (1) The conclusions of this
study is the picture can be revealed the existence of intrinsic
elements of the novel his Red Red is the theme, characterizations,
plot, setting, and style. (2) confirms the main themes of human
existence will have a meaning or meaningful if it is in relationship
with others, the environment and God. (3) characterizations in
the novel is without a leader, carrying a container, without the
personal character, a character that is free. (4) The flow of the
novel was not planned, the story runs without a program,
sometime it will happen just about anything, relative, relative,
not unexpectedly, the story is only concerned with the idea. (5)
Background material is a vagrant neighborhoods, social
background is the activity of the homeless, and the rest is the
background of ideas. (6) Style Iwan Simatupang more to his style
in expressing ideas in the character of our hero's brilliant. (7)
Social Background Iwan Simatupang appears in his biography
and some of the existence of life appear in the character of our
leaders. (8) The world view Iwan Simatupang grow and be
influenced by the philosophy of existentialism. (9) includes the
description of human existence: human presence, choice, the
meaning of life, responsibility, resignation, death, freedom,
religious kesadarn, and guilt. Based on the results of the study
authors to recommend (1) Novel Red redness of the work of Iwan
Simatupang has a character different from other novels. The
theme is simple but requires knowledge and intellect to
understand the meaning. (2) Teaching language and literature of
Indonesia (teachers and lecturers) in order to use a novel source
of literary appreciation of his Red Red Iwan Simatupang works
as teaching materials in order to learn more about the work that
195
has weight and aesthetic level of difficulty. (3) the general reader
should make his Red Red novel as a work of Iwan Simatupang
materials useful to sharpen the critical spirit and philosophical
contemplation that leads to wise attitudes. (4) This study cannot
be said to be less comprehensive in-depth. Further research needs
to be revealed all the secrets that are wrapped by Iwan
Simatupang novel Red redness.
Keywords—community participation, tourism development,
sustainable tourism
I. INTRODUCTION
Basically literary work is a copyrighted work
that reveals the observation and experience of the author
about interesting events in life (Darma, 1984: 51-52).
These events are real or may only occur in the imaginary
world of the author. Literature has its own world, a life
that does not have to be identical with reality.
Literature continues to develop throughout the ages.
Starting from the shape and the contents. Literature
undergoes unique changes and emerges unexpectedly.
To explain all this, literary theory is needed. For
example, writers as writers can examine their personal
(autobiographical) notes and biographies so that they can
be understood in terms of what is contained in their
work.
Novel is a form of literary work that describes the
events of human life. The novel refers to higher reality
and deep psychology (Wellek & Warren, 1989: 28). The
novel is also a form of literary work that can express
things freely, present something more and involve more
complex life problems.
 Novel is a construction consisting of two structures
that are interconnected with each other. Both of these
dominant elements are intrinsic and extrinsic. Intrinsic as
a builder of literary works, namely, theme,
characterization, plot, point of view, and style. Extrinsic
is an element that contains things outside of literature,
namely author relations with himself and with the
environment that can influence the way of creativity in
creating his work. (Djojosuroto, 2006:8-9)
In revealing the values of human existence
contained in the novel Merahnya Merah by Iwan
Simatupang, it can be studied using the study of
existentialism. The basis of existentialism is the idea of
human existence. Existentialism does not attach a special
style of language that reflects a particular flow, but
emphasizes the author's view of human existence.
Human existence in the novel Merahnya Merah is
written and implied behind words, sentences and or
events, both played by certain characters and interpreted
as the theme of the story, plot, setting and style, all of
which are called intrinsic elements. To know the
extrinsic elements, intrinsic elements need to be known
first. Therefore, intrinsic and extrinsic are unity that
cannot be separated.
This research was carried out by researchers
because they wanted to know how the Red Red novel
discussed humanitarian issues in terms of literature.
Every research is our effort to understand humanity's
understanding. Red Red tells the story of humanity and
is also a novel dubbed the novel "new awareness
stream". The characteristic of this novel is that its
character is anonymous, the theme is physical vagabond,
the flow at any time follows the movement of figures
who are scattered following and cutting through the
grooves, the idea is called anti-groove, a full symbolic
style that Iwan Simatupang mentioned in his letter to HB
Jassin. "Face east of Zues"
This study also has implications for the Department
of Indonesian Language and Literature Education, FBS
UNIMA namely that the novel Merahnya Merah is
worthy of being one of the literary learning materials.
The existence of the novel Merahnya Merah study can
encourage students to be able to appreciate any literary
work with an in-depth study, not just to the surface of
the text. Based on the background of the problem, then
in this study problems can be formulated as follows:
How is human existence in the novel Merahnya Merah
by Iwan Simatupang? The purpose of this study is to
describe a deep understanding of human existence in the
novel Merahnya Merah by Iwan Simatupang.
The results of this study are expected to provide
theoretical and practical benefits. Theoretical Benefits:
196
a) Can contribute to theory, history, appreciation and
criticism of Indonesian literature, as well as literary
learning in schools and even colleges. In addition to
enriching textual methodology in the field of literary
criticism, it also adds to efforts to understand works that
are considered difficult to appreciate, b) can be a source
of scientific information for future researchers. Practical
Benefits: a) Can be prepared as material for the purposes
of literary learning material for students in order to
understand the picture of human existence in general in
Indonesian novels, b) can be used as a reflection for the
community through the moral value of human existence,
c) As literature review and reading material for further
research.
Existence is there-in-world (in-der-welt-sein).
Humans do not live alone and are in themselves, but are
in their world. Humans exist in the world. Existence is
"private property". There are no two identical
individuals. There is no identical experience. Personal
property signifies human individuality, man is first an
individual, then society.
The following is an excerpt of the themes of
existentialism philosophy (Abidin, 2002: 10-20). About
death (nothing), about anxiety, about free will, about
time, about space, about the body, about yourself, and
about guilt. Another fact of existentialism is guilt that
pervades humans.
From the viewpoint of existentialism, humans
experience three stages of development towards their
existence in the world authentically. These three stages
are first, humans experience an aesthetic stage.
Secondly, if humans are able to escape from the confines
of life, they will certainly enter the level of ethical
human existence. Ethical humans are more rational in
facing the reality of life. Third, the highest existence is
the religious stage. This stage can be passed by humans
if all their actions are guided by a sense of faith in God.
II. METHOD
The The problems raised in this study were guided by
qualitative descriptive research methods. This method is
an assessment that is not designed with statistical
procedures. The purpose of this study is to describe what
conditions exist in a context. Qualitative methods are
research procedures that produce descriptive data in the
form of written or oral words of observable behavior
(Moleong, 2002: 3). Descriptive research means that the
data is broken down in the form of words or pictures not
in the form of numbers.
This study uses an inductive content analysis
technique for the Merahnya Merah novel by Iwan
Simatupang. This research process begins with literature
review, data analysis, and discussion. The steps are as
follows: 1) Conduct an assessment of relevant theories.
2) Assessment of what human existence really is. 3)
Data or data analysis unit obtained in this study is a
description. 4) Discussion of the results of the analysis.
At this stage researchers have undergone a process of
analysis and interpretation. 5) Researchers conclude and
submit constructive suggestions as a contribution to
positive thinking. 6) Research report writing stage.
(Siswantoro, 2005)
Data in the form of red-red novel intrinsic element
descriptions and extrinsic element abstractions were
analyzed and interpreted through qualitative content
analysis steps. Content analysis is used in this study in
order to uncover, understand, and capture the messages
of Iwan Simatupang in his novel entitled Red and Red in
the form of human existence values.
The content analysis approach is also useful for
discovering and utilizing existentialism ideas that are
sparked by existentialists. And to find the relationship
between the structure of the novel Merahnya Merah by
Iwan Simatupang with the social background and world
view of Iwan Simatupang contained in the novel Rednya
Merah text. (Jatman, 1985)
The validity and interpretation of data is done by
selecting and determining data sources. The main data
source of this research is the novel Merahnya Merah by
Iwan Simatupang. First, limiting the focus of research on
the intrinsic elements of the novel: theme,
characterization, plot, setting, and style. Second,
extrinsic elements are sought in the text about human
existence. Third, the extent of meaning needed in
interpreting the data through the persistence of reviewing
the placement of data and categories. Fourth, the insight
process from literary experts, the author's biographical
aspects, world view, and triangulation with colleagues to
obtain intersubjective responses in the truth test. Fifth,
examine and determine the relevant theories in analyzing
the novel Merahnya Merah as a comparison that can
ensure the results of this study are called scientific
research. Sixth, as the final process of this research is
report writing. (Endraswara, 2003)
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
The theoretical foundation listed previously did not
intend to dissect the novel Merahnya Merah by Iwan
Simatupang but in order to control or compare the
author's conceptions of humans played by characters in
the novel. The search results show that Iwan Simatupang
did not mention human existence at all from the
197
standpoint of scientific theory in the novel text. Iwan
placed more messages on his protagonist in the form of a
philosophical description of human existence. Thus, the
discussion of human existence is limited to the
viewpoint of existentialism philosophy. With the
intention to put humanitarian problems and their
existence in the novel Merahnya Merah which is the
object of this research.
The Merahnya Merah novel has the theme of
homelessness. This understanding of homelessness is not
the same as the understanding of homelessness in
general. Iwan puts the status of homelessness in our
character is a car, has no place to stay (fixed). Existence
as a guest (at the hotel). Humans leave, humans who
accept equality of life. The subordinate theme is a love
triangle between our characters and Maria and Fifi. Fifi
disappeared and then sought our character. Our character
disappeared and then Maria also disappeared. This keos
condition makes it clear that Pak Centeng is secretly
involved in love with Maria. Mr. Centeng is a rival of
our characters who dragged the story tragically. Our
figure was beheaded by Mr. Centeng. Mr. Centeng
collapsed hit by hot lead by the police.
The main character in the novel Merahnya Merah is
our character. Our hero has a past as a former human
being, a former combatant, a former company
commander, a former candidate for a monk, a former
executioner and "he" an anonymous character shows
anyone, anytime more universal. The protagonist figure
Our character, can anyone who is important human, a
term that Iwan fought for in his search, regardless of
whether or not in the literary position of Indonesian
literature. The antagonistic characters have their own
name, Maria, Fifi, Cicih as human flesh blood for the
reason of the motive of the protagonist in his encounter
on the physical foundation. A homeless village becomes
a setting for the characters of the characters in the
Merahnya Merah novel.
The Red Red novel uses a stack of grooves between
the introduction of our Figure, our encounter with the
antagonist is interspersed with reflection on the conflict
between characters, between himself and himself
(psychological). Then it ended with a tragic event. Our
figure was beheaded, Mr. Centeng was shot by police
officers. The story is finished as a closing groove.
The setting or setting is the foundation of the story
characters. Hudson in Dami N. Toda called the setting as
the whole milieu of a story such as procedures, habits,
way of life, background, nature and the surrounding
environment that includes material social and
background settings.
In the novel Merahnya Merah, called the material
setting, is a homeless village in a city. His social
background is the homeless or the figures who inhabit
the homeless village. The setting of the place Iwan once
disclosed in his personal letter to H.B. Jassin dated
7/9/1968 and the next letter dated 7/10/1968 he called
"the eastern face of suez", the face of Asia, developing
countries and Indonesia.
From this description it is reasonably suspected that
the background of the novel Merahnya Merah by Iwan
Simatupang is found in Indonesia at the time the
revolution was not finished. There is almost an
atmosphere as described by Iwan in this novel, it is
typical of the atmosphere after the Indonesian state
escaped from the colonialism or oppression of the Dutch
and Japanese. The setting described by Iwan as Red's
redundant platform is the capital city of Jakarta with all
its poverty, its slums are like a homeless town. But in
such a severe atmosphere, an activity that was a little
strange occurred when our character was given money
by Maria to see a doctor because her ulcers were not
healed. The scene is actually a reversal of tradition
among the homeless. But there was an awareness of
Maria that our figure was not just any vagrant. He is a
former great human who chose to live as a vagrant. Free
man.
All styles that grow in the authorship of Iwan
Simatupang arise from two factors. First, the factors
within him. Iwan is an agitated human. Second, external
factors are the atmosphere of life of the author's
environment (State, nation, humanity). (Khayam, 1955)
In analyzing the extrinsic aspects of the novel
Merahnya Merah researchers involve no fewer than five
existentialist philosophers. The five philosophers
intended are Soren Aabye Kiekegaard, Friedrich
Nietszche, Nicolas Berdyaev, Karl Jasper, Jean Paul
Sartre. Existentialism thoughts that characterize them
differ. But basically they agreed that human existence
preceded the essence. According to Sartre, the extreme
difference between them was Sartre's aesthetic revelation
that "God is dead". God's death is an opportunity for
humans to show strength in the fight against essence.
(Kaelan, 2009:131)
The thought of human existence agreed upon by all
philosophers that existence precedes the essence. Spread
on 11 (eleven) pages as described in the previous
section. Fluctuations in the topic of thinking about the
existence of human creativity of the author. It is
characteristic of Iwan's authorship that the novel is not
programmatic. The characters are allowed to develop on
their own but in fact the main character is the author
himself.
198
The thought of death as the final limit of human
existence was expressed by Kierkegaard, Nietszche, also
by Heidger and Koestenbaum. Seen as mystery or
absurd. That absurdity gave rise to the view that there
were ordinary deaths and deaths due to rebellion against
death itself or suicide. There are three death scenes in the
novel, pages 18, 22 and 31 as described in the previous
section. Ordinary death or death as a rebellion in the
form of rejecting the cessation of human existence or
vice versa because of fear of life. Fear of dying and fear
of life is an escape from reality. The reality of life is
rejected by suicide because it is not able to solve various
problems of life. On the contrary, fear of death is tricked
into drinking all the pleasures of life. (Milner, 1980)
About the meaning of life is part of existentialism
thinking. The search for the meaning of life is contained
in 8 (eight) scenes that are scattered pages in the novel as
illustrated in the previous section. The meaning of life in
question is how humans live by understanding their
personal life, how humans realize that they are and how
humans do for their survival. How do humans realize
that life is not alone but there are other humans who
while living together and together. And the meaning of
human life is related to nature and the environment.
Therefore, human life must be meaningful for
themselves, for others and for the world.
Religious awareness is contained in pages 38 and
39 as illustrated in the previous section. In human
philosophy, human development starts from aesthetics
towards ethical human beings and ends in religious
people. Aesthetic humans are only oriented in the
pleasures of life. Ethical people are the change of human
orientation from the choice of pleasure to the search for
universal human values. The stage of religious humans
is pursued by humans in achieving the authenticity of
life. The authenticity of life when merging in the reality
of God.
Regarding responsibility is reflected in 4 (four)
quotes in the novel as illustrated in the previous section.
According to Nietzsche religion must be responsible for
the lack of human responsibility for this world, because
religion teaches people to reject and leave the world. It is
as if religion suggests that humans give up responsibility
for this world. Responsibility is associated with death.
According to Nietzsche human responsibility for this
world will end when humans are in death beds.
Regarding choice and freedom there are 12 (twelve)
scenes in the novel as illustrated in the previous section.
Life starts with the letter B (birth: born) and ends with
the letter D (dead: dead) between the letters B and D
with the letter C (choice: choice). So, human life starts
from its birth and ends in death, but in living that life
humans must always determine the choice of life to
achieve life's goals. Sometimes the choice has good
results, but sometimes the choices are bad. Each choice
has consequences.
Concerning guilt and submission is found in 8
(eight) statements on 8 pages in the novel. Guilt as
another fact of existentialism does not always affect
humans. Because humans often feel guilty because of
their actions both related to themselves and their
relationships with others. In addition, guilt arises as a
sign of a break in the relationship between the object and
subject, both communication problems and love
problems.
IV. CONCLUSION
In the analysis and results of the discussion of the novel
Merahnya Merah by Iwan Simatupang, researchers can
draw the conclusion that human existence in the novel
Merahnya Merah by Iwan Simatupang can be revealed
from intrinsic elements (theme, characterization, plot,
setting, and style) and extrinsic elements (Iwan
Simatupang's social and world view) namely human
existence, choice, meaning of life, responsibility,
resignation, death, freedom, religious awareness, and
guilt.
Based on the analysis and the results of the
discussion on the novel Merahnya Merah by Iwan
Simatupang, researchers can provide advice to all
parties.
1. Teachers of Indonesian language and literature
(teachers and lecturers) to use literary
appreciation sources of the novel Merahnya
Merah by Iwan Simatupang as teaching material
to better recognize works that have aesthetic
weight and level of difficulty.
2. The general reader should make the novel
Merahnya Merah by Iwan Simatupang as a
useful material to sharpen critical souls and
philosophical reflections that lead to wise
attitudes.
This research cannot be said to be perfect. Further
research needs to be done to uncover all the secrets
wrapped by Iwan Simatupang through the novel
Merahnya Merah.
V. SYNOPSIS
In a big city, during the revolution, there lived a group of
homeless people. Their lives are quite peaceful with the
various problems they face. The homeless people
199
formally acknowledge Mr. Centeng and Maria as people
they respect and express. Maria and Pak Centeng have a
special and intimate relationship.
One day, our character entered the life of the homeless.
It turned out that his presence received attention from
residents. He is good at adapting to the homeless people
so quickly our character is loved and respected by the
homeless people. Just let Maria turn her attention and
love from Mr. Centeng to our Figures. Because of that,
Mr. Centeng secretly put a sense of dislike towards our
character. Relationships Our people and Maria are
getting closer and Maria is increasingly loving our
character. So that anyone who is close to our character
causes Mary's jealousy.
Our hero meets a young prostitute, 14 years old, fifi. Fifi
is an orphan girl and has no place to live. Live in the
midst of a mob. Because he could not stand the poverty
and violence, Fifi finally became a prostitute. Fifi met
and was brought by our figures to the homeless village
and joined them. Relationships Our people with fifi are
getting more and more intimate. That made Maria
jealous blind. Maria feels Fifi has taken our character
from her life. Plus, since the first time our hero was
brought in, Maria feels dislike for Fifi. Only because of
his respect and love for our People, so that Maria could
accept Fifi's presence. Since then the life in the homeless
village is not as comfortable and peaceful as before the
presence of Fifi. Especially for Maria.
One day Fifi disappeared without a trace. All residents
and the village homeless forces were mobilized to find
Fifi. But their efforts are in vain. Fifi was not found and
made people desperate. With that event, sir, you feel
embarrassed. So far there has never been a failed pack
business. But looking for Fifi, Mr. Check doesn't work.
He felt insulted by the situation. His pride felt lost in
front of citizens and other hordes who had respected
him.
Not long after Fifi disappeared, now the turn of our
character is lost, he disappeared without a trace. And the
most shocking residents, Maria also disappeared. All
citizens and forces were mobilized to find our Figures
and Maria. The police were involved in the search. Their
efforts are in vain. Our characters and Maria were not
found, the people were desperate. Again this incident
made Pak Centeng ashamed and insulted. Again his
efforts failed to find missing people.
For a long time the three characters have disappeared. [2]
The homeless village returned to a normal life and
almost forgot the three characters. But suddenly our [3]
character appeared in the homeless village. This makes
people shocked and happy, also suspicious. Wherever
our characters and now appear without Maria, he comes
[4]
alone. Residents also asked for clarification and
accountability for the existence of Fifi and Maria. [5]
Finally our figure explained that Fifi had long since died,
was killed by Maria because of her jealousy. Then Mary [6]
became a monastery citizen to redeem her sin. He wants
to be free from the burden of sin and worship God. He [7]
repented and returned to the right path. [8]
For other people, the explanation of our characters makes
them happy. But it is different for the pack. This explanation [9]
makes him angry. Anger and hatred of pak centeng to our
long-held figure actually throws up at that time. Without [10]
thinking long. Sir, he pulled out his machete and slashed it
into our character. I was so angry that Mr. Cent ignored the [11]
police's right warning when he arrived. The police while
pointing a gun, asked Mr. Centeng to drop and hand over his [12]
machete, but Mr. Centeng did not care. Finally, at the same
time the policeman fired a bullet at the head of pak Centeng. [13]
The head of our figure rolled away from his body due to the
slash of a Pak Centeng machete, the body of Pak Centeng [14]
collapsed due to a bullet that lodged in his head. The two
figures died, and in the end the two figures were buried [15]
militarily and attended by State officials
[16]
References
[1] Abidin, Zaenal. 2002. Analisis Eksistensial untuk Psikologi dan [17]
Psikiatri. Jakarta: Rafika.
200
Darma, Budi. 1984. Solilukoi Kumpulan Esei Sastra. Jakarta:
Gramedia.
Departemen Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia. 2003.
Undang-undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 20 Tahun 2003
Tentang Sistem Pendidikan Nasional. Jakarta: Biro Hukum dan
Organisasi Sekretariat Jenderal Departemen Pendidikan
Nasional.
Djojosuroto, Kinayati. 2006. Filsafat Bahasa. Yogyakarta: Penerbit
Pustaka.
Endraswara, Suwardi. 2003. Metodologi Penelitian Sastra.
Yogyakarta: Pustaka Widyatama.
Hadiwijono, Harun. 1980. Sari Sejarah Filsafat Barat 2. Yogyakarta:
Penerbit Kanisius.
Hasan, Fuad. 2005. Perkenalan dengan Filsafat Eksistensialisme.
Jakarta: Pustaka Jaya.
Jassin, H.B. 1985. Kesusastraan Indonesia Modern dalam Kritik dan
Esai. Jakarta: Gramedia.
Jatman, Darmanto. 1985. Sastra, Psikologi dan Masyarakat.
Bandung: Alumni.
Kaelan. 2009. Filsafat Bahasa Semiotika dan Hermeneutika.
Yogyakarta: Paradigma.
Khayam, Umar. 1955. Pengaruh Psikologi dalam Kesusastraan.
Sanggahan Prasaran dalam simposium sastra dalam budaya V/2-
3, Februari-Maret Jakarta.
Milner, Max. 1980. Freud dan Interpretasi Sastra. Jakarta:
Intermasa.
Minderop, A. 2005. Metode Karakterisasi Telaah Fiksi. Jakarta:
Yayasan Obor Indonesia.
Moleong, Lexy. 2002. Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif. Bandung:
Remaja Rosdakarya.
Pusat Bahasa Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. 2005. Kamus Besar
Bahasa Indonesia. Jakarta: Balai Pustaka.
Siswantoro. 2005. Metode Penelitian Sastra: Analisis Psikologi.
Surakarta: Muhammadiyah Universitas Press.
Wellek, R dan Warren, A.1989. Teori Kesusastraan. New York: A,
Harwest Book Harcourst, Brace dan World, Inc.
 Existing Local Ecolinguistic Study For Exposure
of Exotic Fish Type on Tourism Point in Bunaken
Island The Province of North Sulawesi
Mirjam Tenda
Politeknik Negeri Manado, Indonesia

Abstract— Bunaken National Marine Park was designated as
a National Park in 1991 by the Minister of for the purpose of
preserving it toward the disastrous and irresponsible act of
human being. Prior to this, a group of divers in 1975, had
discovered this beautiful undersea garden and had started to
invite guests and tourists to come and visit it. Recently, the
growing number of tourist’s arrival to the park in the last five
years have provided significant impacts to the local economy.
Charter flights from China with a 200 seats available have
created new markets for this park. However, this positive growth
is also accompanied by the negative impacts of tourism to the
environment, the local culture and the language of the
community. The latest development in the local language, for
example, has been critical. Due to the increase use of foreign
language, the local language has almost lost its significance. The
gradual decline in the use of local language will threaten the
existence of the language. The local community is entitled to pass
the language through oral and written expression and the
decrease use of the local language in the current communication
is significant. The research with eco linguistic approach was
conducted in Bunaken National Park aimed at providing exotic
and appealing fish inventory for tourists. A qualitative and
quantitative research are employed to collect data using a set of
closed and open questions to potential tourists in Bunaken
National Marine Park. The answers are analyzed using tabular
form.
Keywords: Eco linguistic, Local Language, Exotic Fish, Marine
Park.
Bunaken National Park covers an area of 89,065 Ha. And
located along the southern coast of Bunaken Island (0 ° 35`
00" LU), along the western coast of Manado Tua (124 59` 00
") and along beach east of Nain Island (124 50` 00 "east.
According to the data from North Sulawesi Provincial
BPS (2016), foreign tourist arrivals to North Sulawesi has
reached its peak in August with the number of foreign
tourists as many as 7,904 visitors, of which 19.46 percent are
foreign tourists. The second highest arrivals is in July with the
number of tourists of 7,677 of which 18, 90 percent are
foreign tourists. 81.64 percent of total foreign tourists are
coming from China. The increase number of charter flights
from China has greatly contributed to large share of Chinese’
tourists to the number of total tourists. The increase intensity
of contacts between local people and foreign tourist have
significantly decrease the likely use of local language in the
communication. The following figure shows the increase of
tourist arrival in Manado
North Sulawesi Statistic number of tourist arrival:
2013 = 19.917
2014 = 17.279
2015 = 19.465
2016 = 40.624
2017 = 79.377

I. INTRODUCTION
Languages and environment are two inseparable parts and
interconnected linked to each other. Through language, a
certain environment is displayed. The Sapir states (1912) that
language refers to the physical and social environment which
includes the sound and the meaning of the word. Sapir
specifically explains that language and environment are
displayed in the vocabulary. Haugen (1972) and Peter
(1996:57) perceives language ecology as a relation between
language and environment. Fill (1993: 126) in Lindo &
Bundsgaard (eds.) (2000) emphasize the significance eco
linguistics as an interaction between language and its
environment.
Bunaken National Park as an environment has its own
Figure 1: The growth of Tourist in the Last Five Years
Bunaken national Marine Park has been heavily visited by
language. As a national marine park, Bunaken was designated
the great number of foreign tourist. This fact exposes a critical
as conservation area through the decision of the Ministry of
threat to the continuation of the local language. There is a
Forestry no. 730 / KPTS-11/1991 On October 15, 1991.

201
danger that the local community might lose its language III. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
fabrics. The presence of tour guide, divers, and operators are
A. Data Collection Design and Techniques
increasingly higher and the use of English as a means of
communication has been intense. Without conscious effort to The study was conducted in Bunaken Island, which has 17
prevent this destructive environment, local language will dive sites on the coral reef ecosystem. Representation of data
gradually diminish from the social fabric of the local collection is determined based on the high frequency and
community. The common fact can be seen is in the lack of the number of tourist visits on the tourism attractions. The target
local language knowledge in the communication context. The of data collection is observation of various exotic biota that
language chosen to be researched deals with exotic fishes. attract tourists on coral reef ecosystem in Bunaken Island. This
preliminary observation was conducted by visualizing the
The purpose of this study: existence of interesting marine biota available in Bunaken
Island using direct survey of underwater area with the
- To provide inventories of exotic and interesting
assistance facilitated by scientific identification Veron (2000).
fishes for tourists at diving spots on Bunaken
As the complimentary references, the following authors and
Island.
books are also included such as Myers (1991), Coleman
- To identify the local language for exotic fish
(1991), Randall et al (1996), Allen (2000), Lieske and Myers
species that appeal to tourists on Bunaken Island
(2001) and other complementary books.
The benefits of this research are: Preliminary data retrieval is done through direct interviews
of 100 respondents, especially divers and recreational tourists
- Provide information on the name of certain exotic
in the Island of Bunaken. This interview was focused on
fishes that are mostly attracted to tourist and their
identifying any biota (international naming - popular name and
relevant local language.
scientific naming - Latin name) that are attractive to the
- To ensure the preservation and sustainability of the
respondents and are available at dive sites.
local language in naming the fishes of the local
Based on the initial stages, the data is tabulated and packaged
environment.
in the form of images in print (laminating) for the purposes of
- To ensure the development of local language and
further data collection. The second data collection is
promote the sense of ownership in the local
interviewing and confirming at least 100 respondents from
language
local residents in Bunaken Island to trace the use and
knowledge of the respondent's local language concerning the
relevant biota
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
A. Eco-linguistic
The language ecology according to Haugen, is the
Language Ecology may be defined as the study of
interactions between any given language and its
environment (Haugen, 1972, in Peter, 1996: 57). Ecology
Language can be defined as the study of inter-language
interaction with the environment.
Eco linguistics theory explains the naming of
things in relation to its eco linguistics environment. There
are several ways on naming ‘things’. Pated (1996) has
alphabetically listed 25 kinds of meanings. Leech (1976)
distinguishes seven types of meaning: (1) conceptual
meaning, (2) connotative meaning, (3) stylistic meaning
(4) affective meaning, (5) reflective meaning, (6)
colloquial meaning and (7) thematic meanings. While
lexical is an elective form that is derived from the
nominal form lexicon (vocabulary, vocabulary,
vocabulary). Thus the unit of the lexicon is the lexeme,
meaning the meaningful unit of language from the
meaningful unit that the writer will form an exotic and
interesting fish lexicon of its naming at the dive spots in
the Bunaken national park which is the focus of the
author's research.

202
Figure 1. Map of Research Locations and 17 Diving Points on Based on the results of interviews, the data analysis is done
Bunaken Island descriptively through drawings, graphs and tables to determine
the composition of the naming of exotic and interesting fish
species with naming theory and generative theory of words in
B. Data Analysis scientific (Latin) and local languages.
Reef fish is a kind of fish whose habitat living around coral
or stay in the coral. Coral fish has the nature of silence in the
reef and surrounding reefs. Coral fish consume algae that is
surround the coral or polyps that live in the coral. There is also
predator that eat little fish. Based on the results of the
interviews, the data analysis was done through descriptive and
figurative visual such as drawings, graphs and tables to
determine the compositional naming of interesting biota with
linguistic popular (English), scientific (Latin) and local
languages.
Research is conducted with survey methods and
interviews. Data is derived from differentiation of 2 (two)
major sections of primary and secondary data. The primary
data is data taken directly at the location of research. Whereas
the data collected from the writings, the results of the research
or the publications relating to the research are carried out. The
procedure for collecting data in the research can be explained Figure 2: Chart of exotic fish percentage preferred by tourists
as follows. Secondary data retrieval: a study using an auxiliary
tool such as a tape recorder, altogether has been composed in
the list of questions / questionnaires for respondents. The
questionnaires used for their properties and their materials
relate to the research object of the intended purpose in which
the respondents are free to answer according to their
knowledge.

C. Methods and Data Analysis

Based on the preliminary stages the data is tabulated and
packaged in the form of laminated images for further data
storage purposes. The second data collection is by
interviewing and confirming at least 100 respondents from the
local population on Bunaken Island to track the use and
knowledge of the respondent's local language about the
interesting biota or fish that became the focus of researchers Figure 3: chart of local people knowledge of local fish names

203
 The result shows that there are around 20 (twenty) fish
species that are attracted to tourist and of which Clown Fish is
at the top, followed by Butterfly Fish, Damsel Fish. In
addition to this, only 30.02 percent of local people know the
local name of those fishes..

References
[1] Adriana Sri Nastititi dkk (2017) Pengelolaan Taman Nasional Laut
Bunaken sebagai Destinasi Wisata Laut Dunia. Aswaja Pressindo
[2] Allen, G.R. (2000) Marine Fishes of South-east Asia. Periplus (HK)
Ltd. 292p.
[3] Chaer Abdul. “pengantar semantik bahasa indonesia”. Jakarta, PT
Rineka cipta,2009.
[4] Divers lifestyle magazine. Vol.02 No 016// june 2011.
[5] Lieske E and R Myers (2001). Reef Fishes of the World. Periplus –
resived edition.
Singapore. 400p
[6] Koapaha, Joutje Ariel . “Deskripsi dan komporasi bahasa : bantik,
mongondow, ratahan, sangir dan talaud”MANADO : penerbit
Universitas sam ratulangi, 2017.
[7] Malonda, Benny Ferdy.”metode riset kualitatif dalam antropologi”.
Manado : UNSRAT PRESS, 2017.
[8] Khairunnisa,Waode “ Evaluasi pengelolaan lanskap wisata bahari
taman Nasional Bunaken Sulawesi Utara “ skripsi, Institut
Pertanian Bogor, 2011.

[9] Koapaha, Joutse Ariee, Deskripsi dan Komposisi bahasa : bantik,

Mongondou, Ratahan, Sangir dan Talaut” Manado : Penerbit
Universitas Sam Ratulangi, 2017.
[10] Myers RF (1991) Micronesian Reef Fishes. A Guide to the
identification of Troipcal Central and Wester Pasific. 2nd Edition.
A cora; Graphics Production. 298 hal.
[11] Tangian, Diane.”Pengelolaan wisata berbasis ekowisata (studi kasus
pulau pulau kecil di taman Nasional Bunaken). “Disertasi ,
institut pertanian Bogor,2014.
[12] Warokka,Djery.” Kamus bahasa daerah Manado – Minahasa”.
Manado : Alfa Indah – Jakarta.

204
 Maximizing of Local Community Empowerment
Based on Social Capital Coordination Action In
Tourism Development, A Case in Bunaken Island
Jufrina Mandulangi
Manado State Polytechnic,Business Administration Department,Manado, Indonesia. Email: jufrinam@gmail.com
Abstract— The development of the tourism industry on
Bunaken Island has opened up employment opportunities
which lead to improved welfare of local communities. In the
framework of social-based community empowerment, it is
necessary to examine constructively the social capital contained
in the people on the island. How are the parties involved in
community empowerment action-based coordination activities.
But in observing the researchers the empowerment of local
communities is not optimal in the implementation of Bunakan
Island. The purpose of this study was to examine the
empowerment of local communities based on social capital
action coordination in tourism development on Bunaken
Island. Case study methods carried out were observation,
interviews and documentation directly in the field. Data
sources were informants selected in a snowball model. The
data obtained were reduced, displayed and verified. The data
were tested using triangulation methods (source, technique,
and time) and check of member. Empirical findings show that
community empowerment has developed such as knowledge,
skills, attitudinal abilities, and capacity, as well as social capital
action coordination in supporting tourism potential on
Bunaken Island. Even though there are still obstacles, but
because empowerment is an ongoing process, it is hoped that
these obstacles will be overcome.
Keywords—local community empowerment, social capital
coordination action, tourism development
I. INTRODUCTION
Currently the empowerment of local communities in
developing countries is still lacking, because the pattern of
emphasis is still more focused on natural capital and
economy such as technology and management. A lot of local
wisdom that is owned by the community is generally
marginalized, in that it is a social capital as the basis of the
building whose name is society. The Indonesian nation
which has ± 250 ethnic groups spread across the archipelago,
also has a lot of local wisdom that is inherent and even well
maintained. An Example of grounded local wisdom in
Indonesia is mutual cooperation. This culture is almost the
same in all ethnic groups in Indonesia, although the language
aspect is different, but the soul is the same.
Empowerment of local communities should be built
based on or in accordance with a pattern of empowerment
that is populated or just, where the role of social capital
becomes very important to be considered in order to achieve
the expected goals in empowering the community itself.
Under certain conditions many community empowerment .
The current government has determined that Indonesia's
development starts from the outermost region or territorial
waters, including various large and small islands that belong
to the territory of the Republic of Indonesia. So far the outer
islands seem to have never been touched by equitable
development, and starting in the past three years the
205
government has been very concerned about building and
prospering coastal and island communities. Linked to
tourism, tourism is currently the leading sector designated as
the top priority where other fields must provide support for
tourism development. Programs fail in the field due to
ineffective and innovative approaches, and because the
territory of Indonesia is ¾ an ocean that controls land, then
the priority of tourism development must be marine tourism.
One community empowerment program that needs to be
promoted is a local community empowerment program based
on social capital that supports tourism potential in certain
regions. The essence of this activity is how the existing and
owned social capital of the community is empowered to
support the development of regional tourism potential that
can enhance the strengthening of the economy with
productive business capital, which comes from the
community in the form of social capital education, health,
religion, environment, marine resources, fisheries,
settlements and infrastructure.
North Sulawesi Province has considerable tourism
potential, especially marine tourism. One of the most famous
tourist destinations in the world is diving, which is in the
Bunaken National Park. The development of the tourism
industry in the region has opened job opportunities which
certainly lead to the improvement of the welfare of local
communities. In the context of social-based community
empowerment, it is necessary to constructively examine the
social capital contained in the community on Bunaken Island
as a center for the development of the tourism industry. How
are the parties involved in empowerment and development
activities that have been carried out, the type of
empowerment of local communities and the importance of
coordination between the parties involved in empowering the
community on Bunaken Island.
In the observations of researchers, one aspect of
empowering local communities, which often runs not
maximally in the community on Bunekan Island is the
empowerment of social capital action coordination. Indeed,
this aspect has been done, but it is not optimal so it needs to
be improved. For example, there are several empowerment
factors that require coordination with the city government,
such as clean sea activities; namely the collection of garbage
from the sea and the coast, the entry of tourists to the area,
and the sale of less active handicrafts. It is necessary to
coordinate action among the various parties who are
stakeholders of tourism in Bunaken Island. Coordination
between sectors involved in community empowerment is
weak. The purpose of this study was to examine the
empowerment of local communities based on social capital
action coordination in tourism development.
 II. LITERATURE STUDY
Empowerment
Conceptually empowerment or empowerment comes
from the word "power" (power or empowerment). The main
idea of empowerment is closely related to power, and power
is often associated with the ability to make other people do
what we want. Empowerment is a process where people will
be strong enough to participate in various sales, various
controls and influence events and institutions that influence
their lives.
Empowerment emphasizes that people will acquire
sufficient skills, knowledge and power to influence the lives
and lives of others of concern, [1]. Meanwhile, community
empowerment is a concept of economic development that
summarizes social values. The concept reflects a new
paradigm of development that is "people centered,
participatory, empowering and sustainable", [2].
Whereas according to [3] empowerment is basically to
give strength to those who are lacking or powerless, so that
they can have the power that is the basic capital of self-
actualization. Self-actualization is one of the basic needs of
humans, so empowerment is not only directed at individuals
but also collectively.
More clearly, as [4], states that there is a main goal in
empowering the potential of a society that is to help clients
obtain the power to make decisions and determine the
actions they will take, which are related to themselves,
including reducing the effects of barriers personal and social
in taking action. That community empowerment is part of the
problem of how individuals, groups or communities try to
control their own lives and strive to shape the future
according to their desires with various efforts carried out
both in groups and individuals so that together in groups,
they maintain life from various challenges faced.
Based on some of the above theories, it can be concluded
that empowerment must actually involve the participation of
the community or society to become the most profitable
choice in the future. This is based on the various potentials of
the community so that the problems they face are more
profound so that the community has better ability to provide
solutions to each of the more fundamental problems.
Community Empowerment Based on Social Capital
Etymologically social capital has an understanding of
capital owned by the community in empowering the
community. This capital is a combination of something that
is mataerial and non-material. Material has the meaning of
ownership related to financial assets owned, while non-
material capital is in the form of mutual trust (trust) and
gathering system (community system) in a society. [5].
Furthermore, it is said that social capital is mainly
related to the values of a social network that binds certain
people (who usually have certain similarities, such as the
similarity of work, place of residence, ethnicity, religion and
so on) and bridging ) between different people, with a
reciprocity exchange norm.
Social capital emphasizes the potential of groups and
patterns between individuals in a group and between groups
with room for attention to social networks, norms, values
and beliefs to those born to group members and become
group norms. The essence of social capital is how the ability
206
of people in an ethnic or group to work together to build a
network to achieve the expected goals together by forming a
unified whole and interconnected with one another, can
provide influence both individually and in groups in the
community itself.
Coordination Actions
Coordination can be explained as a coordination or a
situation that is coordinated; a position or relation of a
condition that is coordinated; a harmonious adjustment or
matching or harmonious action [6]. So coordination actions
are actions that are coordinated into something harmonious.
According to [7] coordination is the activity of directing,
integrating and coordinating elements of management and
the work of subordinates in achieving organizational goals.
While [8] coordination is the process of integrating goals and
activities in separate units (departments or functional fields)
in an organization to achieve goals efficiently and
effectively.
So it can be concluded that coordination can be defined
as an activity objective by directing each department or
functional field to achieve organizational goals efficiently
and effectively.
Local Community
Local communities are a group of people who carry out
daily life based on habits that have been accepted as
generally accepted values but not entirely dependent on
certain coastal and small island resources. [9] concerning
Management of Coastal Areas and Small Islands).
Whereas [9] mentioned that the local community is a
unity of human life in a particular area that interacts
according to certain customs systems which are continuous
and bound by a sense of shared identity. The community
lives together in a community, who keeps walking together
for a long time, lives in a certain area, has the same culture,
customs, traditions, attitudes and feelings that are relatively
the same, and does some of the activities in the group /
collection of humans.
So in short it can be concluded that the local community
is a human unit that has lived a long time in a particular area,
and has the same feeling, has formed the same habits and
culture in the rules that are bound together.
Tourism
According to [10] tourism is a temporary journey from
one place to another which is carried out by individuals or
groups as an effort to seek balance and happiness in the
environment in the social, cultural, natural and scientific
dimensions. Furthermore [11] states that tourism is a
temporary movement of people to an area outside their place
of residence and workplace, the activities carried out
guarantee them during their stay in the destination and
facilities made to meet their needs. [12] states that tourism is
a combination of symptoms and relationships that arise from
the interaction of tourists, business, government, host and
community in an interesting process and serve tourists and
other visitors.
Tourism can be concluded as the effort to bring tourists or
visitors to a particular tourist destination in a certain time by
offering a variety of services and comfort.
 III. METHOD
This research is a qualitative research, a research with a
naturalistic research paradigm that uses a case study method.
Data were collected through observation, interviews, and
documentation techniques. The instrument in this study is
myself, and as a research instrument, the researcher must do
self-validation, namely how far the researcher is ready before
the process to the research field. As a human instrument,
researchers set the focus of research, choosing informants as
a data source, namely in the form of leaders in related
agencies and non-governmental organizations. Researchers
carry out data analysis procedures based on interactive
modes, which are carried out continuously which includes
three stages: (1) data reduction; (2) data display and (3)
conclusion drawing. In this study, data security checks were
carried out by triangulation. Triangulation in testing the
degree of trust is checking data from various sources in
various ways and at various times. In this case the
triangulation of sources is examining the degree of
trustworthiness of the data by checking the data obtained
from a number of communities, NGO organizations and
several related government officials. While time
triangulation, the researcher tests the data confidence level
by checking interviews and observations made at different
times.
IV FINDING AND DISCUSSION
The main data in this study are words and actions, the
rest of the observations are additional things such as
documents and others. The target in this study is the
informants who can provide information in accordance with
the focus of this study. The confidentiality of the informants
is guarded by identity, and the full name is recorded in the
archive. The results of interviews with informants are further
elaborated. Based on the results of the study obtained
information about the local community empowerment
process based on social coordination in the development of
tourism potential on the island of Bunaken which has been
reduced and verified as follows:
Findings of Coordination Actions
According to informants, the government made a
socialization program such as, counseling and training to
carry out coordination actions in the framework of
Community Empowerment, both for individual business
activities, groups implemented by PNPM. Coordination
actions for business groups by facilitating discussion, sharing
or exchanging opinions among fellow members and
conducting training on business coordination to the
organization, and assisting business organizations through
supervision, with close supervision in the form of assistance
by the village or village government. Coordination actions
are intended to ensure that the activities carried out run
smoothly. Safely, orderly, impactfully and beneficially. For
example, through skills training, it is expected that the
emergence of community members who have the ability to
produce handicrafts and also want to work and /or open their
own handycraft business.
According to the informant, the empowerment carried out
by the Government in developing coordination actions is in
the form of socialization and training by facilitating
discussion, sharing or exchanging opinions among fellow
members, and conducting business coordination training to
business organizations, and assisting business organizations
207
through supervision, with inherent supervision. in the form
of assistance by the village government or village.
Empowerment by the government to develop coordination
actions is in the form of socialization and training by
facilitating discussion, sharing or exchanging opinions
among fellow members, and conducting business
coordination training to business organizations, and assisting
business organizations through supervision, with inherent
supervision in the form of mentoring by village or village
government.
According to the Informant, the coordinated action process is
the whole process of coordination actions, for example
coordinating actions on the implementation of Coastal
Sweep / Clean-up activities with a series of processes as
follows: 1) Initiative; Activities initiated by the government
through the Service Work Program of Manado City Tourism
and Culture. 2) Notify / inform: Manado City Tourism and
Culture Office corresponds to the local government on
Bunaken Island regarding the implementation of Sea Sweep
activities; here also involves telephone / cellular telephone
communication networks as well as text messages as
supporting information. 3) Contact / invite; The Tourism
Office calls and or invites for example the Mayor of Manado
with a letter of request to attend and open the event. Also
invited related agencies to attend and take part in these
activities. 4) Preparing, Manado City Tourism and Culture
Office in coordination with the Sanitation Department
prepares garbage transportation equipment and motorboats to
Manado then with a garbage truck fleet below to the landfill.
5) Carry out; The Manado City Tourism and Culture Office
coordinates with the local government and the community on
the day of the implementation of the Sea Sweep Beach
Cleaning activity.
According to Informants, there are several activities that
support coordinated action: 1) Manado City Tourism and
Culture Office initiates the implementation of certain
obligations to the community, for example carrying out Sea
Sweep activities. 2) The local government provides the
support and assistance needed for the implementation of Sea
Sweep activities. 3) Relevant agencies also take an active
role in Sweep activities. 4) Communities and community
organizations participate actively / take part in the
implementation of the Sea Sweep activities. 5) Waste
Disposal from Bunaken Island to Garbage Dump (TPA).
According to the informants, the follow-up of
coordinated actions is more focused on monitoring and
evaluation, communication and coordinating actions in the
implementation of obligations and to strengthen trust in
realizing effective network conditions that are beneficial to
the progress of the community on Bunaken Island.
According to Informants, the Government empowers
Local Communities in the Development of Tourism Potential
on Bunaken Island through coordination actions that appear
from negative attitudes on several joint activities that must be
carried out. For example, there are groups who want to
participate in the Sea Sweep activity, arguing that the
activities are not paid.
According to Informants, the obstacles faced are, among
others, 1) Weather and sea conditions that do not allow the
implementation of activities as planned. 2) Natural
conditions of Manado bay with a stream that always drags
Bunaken Island into a number of rubbish that the cleaning
staff cannot afford. Especially at the time of the rain the
rivers spew out a lot of garbage to Manado. 3) Not all
garbage scattered in the width of Manado bay can be lifted,
which in the end the Islands in Manado Region "get" some
garbage. Empowerment by the government regarding
coordination actions has an impact on: a) smoothness,
orderliness, regularity of implementation of activities b)
Increased cooperation and togetherness among many parties
c) Increased mutual concern on environmental hygiene /
conservation; d) Increased quality of tourism objects e)
Increased public trust. f) Increased information network, g)
Increased network and coordination, h) Increased
compliance and compliance with rules i) Increased social life
of the community and economic progress of the community.
The aforementioned impact arises because of coordinated
actions, bringing together many parties involved and doing
something in the interest of community progress on Bunaken
Island
According to the informants, the results of Local Community
Empowerment in the Development of Tourism Potential on
Bunaken Island in terms of coordination actions are that both
individuals and groups have knowledge of how to work in a
coordinated manner to produce effective and efficient work
knowing how to work in groups. Communities also become
skilled at coordinative work, both for fisheries,
transportation, food and souvenir sales, diving or snorkeling
services, as well as in terms of social responsibility, such as
maintaining cleanliness on land and at sea. The community
has experienced a better change in attitude, namely being
more accommodating to other groups, being more
cooperative with the government and NGOs. Communities
are also developing in terms of their capacity, where mutual
cooperation is actually a universal behavior of every ethnic
group, because they are empowered to be more able to do it.
Discussion
Discussion of research findings based on capital-based
local community empowerment social coordination actions:
In an empowerment perspective, with the government-
based social coordination actions capital empowering local
communities in the Development of Tourism Potential on
Bunaken Island by conducting discussions, sharing or
exchanging opinions among members, and conducting
business coordination training to business organizations, and
assisting business organizations through supervision , with
close supervision in the form of assistance by the village
government.
Social capital-based community empowerment on elements
of coordination actions is carried out by the government by
coordinating relevant agencies and NGOs to coordinate in
order to realize empowerment programs including tourism
activities.
Various programs were launched and several related
agencies and NGOs were involved in these programs so that
the community could be involved in the empowerment
process to the fullest. The involvement of various agencies
and NGOs related to carrying out coordination actions
becomes an effective way or approach to mobilize the
community in empowerment programs. In this approach, the
meaning of coordination actions becomes relevant in the
empowerment process where coordination actions become
one element of social capital. This is in accordance with the
208
meaning of coordination actions, namely for actions to be
appropriate and respectful. The objectives and activities can
be achieved effectively and efficiently.
In the human capital perspective, the people of Bunaken
Island know how to carry out tasks or activities in a
coordinated manner. The results of socialization, counseling,
coordination actions skills training, also show that they
become skilled at carrying out coordinative actions in
carrying out obligations. The existence of a positive change
in community attitudes towards work or responsibility that
requires collaboration requires the community to behave
more coordinative.
In prospective social capital, the coordination actions are
very important to mobilize various programs launched by the
government concerning agriculture, livestock, fisheries,
marine and land and sea transportation.
In the tourism perspective, coordination actions are
needed to mobilize various tourism development programs
and activities. Related agencies and NGOs that have been
involved with the government carry out coordination
activities for tourism development. In developing the
economic aspects of the community, the coordination actions
are needed to coordinate the efforts and results of operations
of the community or business group. Coordination actions
will result in smooth sales of business products. In addition,
coordination actions have taught the community to work
coordinatively, both by the government and by the NGOs
involved. So empowerment by coordinating actions is very
important and must be a pattern of empowerment of the local
community of Bunaken Island.
IV. CONCLUSION
The empowerment of the local community of Bunaken
Island is a government effort to realize empowerment
programs for coastal / island communities with low
economic status, and closely related to efforts to develop
tourism potential on the island. This empowerment has a
dual purpose, namely improving the economic level and
developing tourism potential.
The government empowers the local community of
Bunaken Island with a social coordination action capital
showing an example to the community working in a
coordinated manner. The community has learned to work in
coordinative community and business activities. Work or
activities that may be carried out jointly, integratively
carried out in good coordination by the government, NGOs
or business organizations. However, it still needs to be
improved.
The result of this empowerment is the development of
human capital in terms of knowledge, skills, attitudinal
abilities, and capacity. Likewise social capital in terms of
developing coordination actions. Tourism potential is also
developing, even the economy of the community is
developing. Even though there are still obstacles, because
empowerment is an ongoing process, it is hoped that it will
overcome the obstacles that occur.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, The author highly appreciate
to the State Polytechnic of Manado which funded this
research.
 References
[1]Parsons, Ruth dan James D. Jorgensons, Santos H.
Hernandez. The Integration of Sosial Work Practice.
Wadsworth, Inc.,California:1994.
[2]Chamber, Robert Poverty and Livelihoods: Whose
Reality Counts, Uner Kirdar and Leonard Silk (eds.), 1995:
From Impoversihment to Empowerment. New York
University Press, 1995 Discussion Paper 347.
[3]Hikmat R. Stategi Pemberdayaan Masyarakat.
(Banding:Humaniora Utama Press, 2001)
[4Rukminto Adi, Isbandi Pemikiran - Pemikiran dalam
Pembangunan Kesejahteraan Sosial Jilid 1. Terjemahan
(Jakarta:Penerbit Erlangga, 1985)
[5] Bessette, Joseph M. dan Derek Gold et.al.International
Encyclopae of Government and Social Politics. (Singapore:
Toppan Company PTE LTD, 1957).
[6] Neufeldt, Victoria (editor in chief). Webster’s New
World Dictionary, (New York: Webster’s New World:
1988).
[7] Hasibuan, Malayu S.P. Manajemen, Dasar, Pengertian
dan Masalah. (Jakarta: Penerbit Bumi Aksara, 2006).
[8] Handoko, T.Hani . Manajemen. (Yogyakarta: PT.BPFE.
2003)
[9] Abidin, S. Handa, http:// www. user/ Documents defenisi
masyarakat lokal penelitian hukum2012. Diunduh tgl 05Mei
2018
[10] Spillane, James J.. Ekonomi Pariwsata. Sejarah dan
Prospeknya. (Jakarta: Kanisius. 1987)
[11] Alister Mathieson and Geoffrey Wall. Tourism:
Economic, Physical and Social Impact. New York.
Longman Scientific and Technical. 1982.
[12] Pendit, N. S. Ilmu Pariwisata, Sebuah Pengantar
Perdana. (Jakarta: PT Pradnya Paramita. 2002).

209
 The Contribution of Sport Massage on Subjective
Physiological Complaint in Semester IV Students
Faculty of Sport Science
F W Langitan 1, B J Podung 2
1
Universitas Negeri Manado, Tondano, 95618, Sulawesi Utara, Indonesia. fentjelangitan@unima.ac.id
Abstract-The fact of field observation both physical education
teachers and coaches do not understand the importance of the
implementation of massage as a dynamic replacement for warming
up and cooling down dynamically, in one activity or sport and
exercise activities at that time. More than that, athletes who doing
massage at rest to go on set or the next round there massage very
useful role for the recovery and physical condition, injury
prevention. This formulation of the research problem is whether a
contribution of sport massage had on the lack of physiological
complaints to the four semester student FIK UNIMA. The method
in this study is a quasi experimental design with one group pre text
post text only design. Data analysis techniques used for the purpose
of testing the hypothesis in this study in the use statistic Wilcoxon
signed rank text. Based on data collection and data processing, it
can be concluded that the sport massage can contribute to the
decline of subjective physiological complaints of the four semester
student of FIK UNIMA.
I. INTRODUCTION
Sports massage is one of the most effective ways to assist in
the athlete coaching process. Sports massage is a massage
activity with hands on the surface of the body to help facilitate
the circulation of blood and fluids [1-4]. Its implementation is
by the form of massage, polishing, anxiety and beating on
blood surface of skin and muscle correctly. But, massage can
cause excitement in the nerve ducts located in the entire body
tissue to cause a reaction, resulting in muscle and joint
movement, and help the process of metabolism in the body.
More than that massage is useful for the maintenance of the
body and reduce fatigue simply and naturally in sports.
Massage is an effort that is used as an active break during
exercise in volleyball, basketball and other sports [5-10]. Even
sports massage is done with the aim of stimulating the body to
heat naturally needed for athletes who do not warm up enough
in avoiding injury. In the implementation of the massage needs
to be considered in particular areas as a massage area so that
massage is done really effective and bring a positive effect for
the body [11]. Sport massage is only performed on certain
body parts such as a javelin thrower that allows the thrower
210
not to continue his work due to illness. So sport massage
should only be done in times of need [12]. According to [13]
that for the prevention of injury can be done by either
massaging the hands of an electric appliance, the strength of
water sprays or by the manipulation that is in the massage".
The benefits of sports massage for body tissue consist of five
parts are: first, the benefits of massage to the neural network;
second, the benefits of massage to skin tissue; third, the
benefits of massage to muscle tissue, and finally, the benefits
of massage to the circulatory system [14].
Furthermore, according to [15] massage may be used for:
a) hygienic massage, b) therapeutic massage (c) massage in
joint injury, and massage in the treatment of muscle and
tendon injury. Through observations in the reality of both
physical education teachers and trainers still do not understand
the importance of the implementation of massage as a
substitute for dynamic warning and dynamic calling down, in
one activity or sport or exercise activities at that time. More
than that at an athlete who is playing a game or a race.
Trainers do not perform massage while at rest to enter in the
next set or round their role; role is very useful for the recovery
of the condition and physical, injury prevention [16]. Based on
the above facts, researchers feel interested to examine the
contribution of sports massage to the lack of subjective
physiological complaints in the fourth semester students FIK
UNIMA academic year 2017-2018.
This problem is as follows: is there a contribution of sports
massage to the lack of subjective physiological complaints on
the fourth semester students FIK UNIMA. So the purpose of
the study is to find out whether there is a contribution of sports
massage to the lack of physiological complaints in the fourth
semester students FIK UNIMA academic year 2017-2018.
 II. METHODS
The method used in this research is quasi experimental by
highlighting the effect of the implementation of sports
massage to the lack of subjective physiological complaints
with the design of one group pre test post test only design. The
implementation of research in FIK UNIMA and the
implementation time is done for 2 months. The population in
this study is students of the fourth semester and the third
department of FIK UNIMA, while the sample of this study
amounted to 15 people taken by random of the existing
population.
The experimental method is activities planned and
carried out by researchers to collect data that is related to the
hypothesis. For a more specific experimental research design
(table 1), the authors used a randomized pre-test and post-test
control group research model [17, 18].
Information:
T1 :The experimental group is given treatment
T2 :Control group that is not given treatment
01ex :Initial test of the experimental group given treatment
01c :Final test of the control group that was not given
treatment
X :Treat the experimental group
02ex :Final test of the experimental group given treatment
02c :Final test of the control group that is not given
treatment
The instrument in this study was carried out with
questionnaire entries or using Nordic Body Map questionnaire
[19].
With the implementation as follows: a person is
given a 12-minute running treatment on the track, and then
data on complaints of muscle aches are collected using Nordic
Body Map. After 3 days, the person was told to run for 12
minutes and given a massage and fill in complaints about
muscle aches.
Data analysis techniques in this study, namely
before being analyzed is a prerequisite test that is by testing
normality and homogeneity, using t test based on observations
with a significance level  = 0.05 single group pattern in
equation (1).
(1)
211
Information:
: The average experimental group
: Average control group
Sd : Combined standard deviation value
n1 : Number of sample experimental groups
n2 : Number of sample control groups
According to [20] to test homogeneity the F test used equation
(2).
F= (2)
The test statistic used is the Liliefors test by calculating the Zi,
F (zi), and deviation F (zi) -S (zi) values. Where is the value:
Zi: Liliefors test; X: Subjective physiological complaints; :
Average value; and Sd : Standard deviation.
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
The hypothesis tested to the truth in this research is the
contribution of sports massage to subjective physiological
complaints on the fourth semester students FIK UNIMA
Academic Year 2017-2018.
As the acceptance and rejection criteria of the above
hypothesis are as follows:
- Accept H0 if T ≥ Tα
- Reject H0 if T < Tα
The test is done with a significant level of 0.01 with
degrees of free n: 15, so that the critical value is obtained = 20.
The critical value is used as a comparison tool to the value of
T, the comparison between T and Tα (critical value) indicates
that the observational value of T is smaller of T table is 0 <20
then H0 is rejected and HA is accepted. It means that there is
contribution of massage physiological sympathy to students in
semester IV FIK Unima Academic Year 2017-2018.
The measurement results on the subjective
physiological complaint experiment group of Tsuki Chudan in
the sport of karate in FIK Unima students can be seen in table
2.
 The results of the analysis of the normality of
the data using the liliefors test statistic showed that the
∑ Pre-test (O1) = 473; = 47,3 Sd = 4,4733; ∑ Post-test (O2) samples drawn from both groups, both the experimental
group and the control group came from the population
= 559; = 55,9 Sd = 4,5570. with normal distribution (table 4). Likewise in the
homogeneity test where the two sample groups showed
Furthermore, the results of subjective physiological
homogeneous or equal variance, this means that the two
complaints in the control group are showed in table 3.
sample groups before receiving different treatments have
the same initial ability so that if there is or occurs a
change solely because of the treatment factor in this case
is the treatment with the contribution of sport massage.
Based on the results of the data presentation, it can be
seen that the conditions before or pre-test and post-test
conditions of the two groups showed differences in the
numbers obtained in the complaints of objective
physiology in FIK Unima students (table 5). These
results show that the conditions before or pre-test of the
two groups did not show significant differences, but the
conditions after or post-test the two groups showed a
significant difference, where for the post-test scores the
experimental group gained more than the acquisition of
numbers in the control group [21]. This shows that the
sports massage contribution given for two months with a
frequency of three times week training can have a
∑ Pre-test (O1) = 464; = 46,4 Sd = 3,4384; ∑ Post-test (O2) significant effect, especially for increasing subjective
physiological complaints on FIK Unima students.
= 492; = 49,2 Sd = 3,5213.

Furthermore, the results of subjective physiological

complaints difference both in the pre-test and post-test
experimental groups and the difference in subjective
physiological complaints both in the pre-test and post-test
control groups are showed in table 4.

212
 IV. CONCLUSION
Based on the results of research that has been proven
by the contribution and testing of data based on the
Information : variables measured, it can be concluded that there is an
n: Number of Samples influence of the contribution of sport massage to
∑X: Total Value in Both Groups subjective physiological complaints on FIK Unima
: Average value students.
Sd: Standard Deviation
Sd2: Nature Standard Deviation (variance) REFERENCES
[1] Delaxtrat A, Calleja-González J, Hippocrate A and Clarke N D 2013
Liliefors test is one of the normality tests used to test whether J. Sports Sci. 31 1 11-19
the sample comes from a population that is normally [2] Cheatham S W and Kolber M J 2018 Hum. Kinetics J. 27 2 165-169
distributed (tables 6 and 7). [3] Kargarfard M, Lam E T C, Shariat A, Shaw I, Shaw B S and Tamrin
S B M 2016 J. Sports Sci. 34 10 959-965
[4] Joseph L H, Hancharoenkul B, Sitilertpisan P, Pirunsan U and
Paungmali A 2018 Asian J. Sports Med. In Press
[5] Subbiah S 2018 Inter. J. Curr Trends Sci Tech. 8 1 20386-20389
[6] Zadkhosh S M, Ariaee E and Zandi H G 2018 J. Phy. Edu. Health
Sport 5 1 6-13
[7] Więcek M, Szymura J, Maciejczyk M, Szyguła Z, Cempla J and
Borkowski M 2018 Int. J.Occup. Med. Environ. Health 31 5 1-8
[8] Moran R N, Hauth J M and Rabena R 2018 30 1-5
[9] Giovanelli
N, Vaccari F, Floreani M, Rejc E, Copetti J, Garra M, Biasutti L
and Lazzer S 2018 Hum. Kinetics J. 0 0 1-23
[10] Taskin M, Budak H, Taskin M, Bozoglu, Mustafa S and Taskin H
2018 Ovid. Univ. Annals, Ser. Phy. Edu. Sport Sci. Mov. Health
18 2 160-165
[11] Shmeleva S V, Yunusov F A, Morozov Y U S, Seselkin A I and
Zavalishina S Y U 2018 Prensa Med Argent 104 2 doi:
10.4172/0032-745X.1000281
The all of results are showed that strengthened by [12] Telew A 2014 Makalah perkuliahan sport massage FIK Unima
Tondano
the results of the calculation of the t-test statistical analysis,
where the results of tob = 7.17> ttab = 2.110 so that Ho is [13] Hardianto W 1993 Cedera Olahraga. Penerbit Buku Kedokteran
Jakarta
rejected and accepts Ha which states that the average
[14] Jung C H 2000 Masase olahraga untuk masyarakat umum Penerbit
subjective physiological complaints on FIK Unima students in Universitas Negeri Malang
the experimental group were given by contribution sport [15] Rahim A S 1988 Masase olahraga: Teori metode dan praktek Jakarta
massage has a greater increase than the average subjective
physiological complaints of FIK Unima students in the control [16] Waters-Banker C, Dupont-Versteegden E E, Kitzman P H and
Butterfield T A 2014 J. Athl. Train. 49 2 266-273
group [22].
This study shows that there is an effect of the contribution [17] Wijaya I R 2000 Statistika non parametrik Penerbit Alfabeta

of sport massage to subjective physiological complaints on Bandung

FIK Unima students. [18] Notoadmodjo S 2002 Metodologi Penelitian Kesehatan Jakarta
Rineka Cipta

213
[19] Mautang T 2002 Efektifitas dan efisiensi kinerja serta keluhan
subyektif pegawai Negeri Sipil Kantor Bupati Minahasa FIK
UNIMA.
[20] Sudjana 1986 Metode statistik Bandung Tarsito
[21] Leier C H, Schultz H P and Wang L P 2018 Patent No.: US
9,968,505 B2
[22] Mohamadyari S, Shojaedin S S and Barati A H 2018 J. Gorgan Univ.
Med. Sci. 20 1 Pe77-Pe81

Acknowledgments
The authors wish to thanks for DRPM, Ministry of Research, Technology, and
Higher Education of the Republic of Indonesia which had finance all of the
research activities.

214
 Analysis Of E-Service Quality On Website E-
Commerce On E-Customer Satisfaction
R Hidayat1,N Suri Anasis2
1
rahmat@polibatam.ac.id
2nilamsurianasis.nsa@gmail.com
Abstract—E-commerce has been positively accepted by the
community in business to reach customers Easily. E-commerce
system must meet all criteria that the community needed to
improve the service quality in order to increase of customer
satisfaction in online shopping, and at the end it will be affected to
an e-commerce website sales. The level of satisfaction is necessarily
to be measured to find out how far the quality of services could
create customers satisfaction. The purpose of the research is to
give empirical contribution about the effect of e-service quality
through an e-commerce system to customer e-satisfaction. The
sample of the research was the student majoring in business
management all varsities in Batam with a survey method. This
research used PLS-SEM (Partial Least Square-Structural
Equation Model). The result is consistent with previous research
stated that e-service quality has a positive effect on customer e-
satisfaction in the online system. The conclusion of the research is
information quality, e-service quality, usefulness and e-trust have
effect on e-satisfaction variable.
Keywords—E-satisfaction, E-service Quality, Information Quality,
Usefulness, E-trust, E-commerce.
I. INTRODUCTION
The era of globalization, as now, the technology is
closely associated with the Internet. The development of
technology over the years seemed to participate and
support development of the Internet, one in Indonesia,
internet users in Indonesia has increased every year. This
is due to the ease of accessing the internet that can be done
anytime, anywhere and by anyone. In fact, this technology
can be enjoyed by almost all elements of society without
any restrictions and difficulties. The existence of the
internet today, anything could be done, including the
development of business knowledge that usually people
do business must meet or face to face, but this time has
been facilitated by the Internet is e-commerce or
commonly referred to as electronic commerce. E-
commerce is the spread of purchasing, sales, marketing
goods and services over electronic systems such as the
Internet, television, and other computer networks. E-
commerce can involve electronic funds transfer,
electronic data interchange, automated inventory
management systems, and automated data collection
systems. Doing business online, the seller needs to
215
provide quality service to customers. The definition of
service quality is the extent to which the difference
between expectations and reality of the customer for the
services they receive.
Quality of service can be determined by comparing
the customer perception of the service they receive.
Therefore, providing a good service to the customers is an
online business site efforts in creating customer
satisfaction. When provided with good service, customers
will be satisfied and will generate buying interest back.
Measuring the level of satisfaction is necessary to know
how far the quality of services provided are able to create
customer satisfaction. The traditional model SERVQUAL
[1] successfully developed five main dimensions of
quality of service, into seven dimensions SERVQUAL
covering efficiency, reliability, assurance, privacy,
responsiveness, compensation and contacts. SERVQUAL
has been one of the most widely used scale to measure the
quality of service.
This template, modified in MS Word 2003 and saved as
“Word 97-2003 & 6.0/95 – RTF” for the PC, provides authors
with most of the formatting specifications needed for preparing
electronic versions of their papers. All standard paper
components have been specified for three reasons: (1) ease of
use when formatting individual papers, (2) automatic
compliance to electronic requirements that facilitate the
concurrent or later production of electronic products, and (3)
conformity of style throughout a conference proceedings.
Margins, column widths, line spacing, and type styles are built-
in; examples of the type styles are provided throughout this
document and are identified in italic type, within parentheses,
following the example. Some components, such as multi-leveled
equations, graphics, and tables are not prescribed, although the
various table text styles are provided. The formatter will need to
create these components, incorporating the applicable criteria
that follow.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 critical Theory
According [2], this study used critical theory (critical
theory). This theory is used as a school of thought that
emphasizes reflective judgments and criticism of society and
culture by applying knowledge of social sciences and
humanities or the study of how to create a more humane and
cultured man. So, with the critical theory is to find out how the
emphasis reflective assessment and critique student / i highly
influential in determining the benefits of e-commerce,
especially students who have been buying or selling online.
2.2 E-service Quality
According to [3], and [4], the quality of website services
defined by consumer feelings about our service levels while
browsing on the web site, place an order, make a payment or
interact with the online store. The quality of service provided to
consumers can influence the buying interest back to the
customers. If the quality of services provided to customers well,
then customers will be satisfied and the purchase will increase,
and if the customer is satisfied with the services provided, the
customer will provide information to relatives of mouth, this
can increase the purchase regularly and the information will
continue to spread to all walks of society.
2.3 Information Quality
The quality of online information from an e-commerce
website can be viewed from several perspectives, such as
product quality, product system, the quality of service
providers, the quality of software products, system design, the
quality of human interaction with computers and so on. When
assessing and evaluating the use of the website, the website is
viewed as a measure of the quality required for success [5].
When the quality of the information given very clearly, it can
be easy for customers to judge whether a website is trustworthy
or not, and of the quality of the information we can also see
whether the goods sold is appropriate or not for our use.
2.4 Usefulness
According [2], the operator of the e-commerce website
should not only focus on the pricing strategy of
competitiveness. It is more important to maintain the level of
quality and usefulness. Quality includes website addresses that
are relatively easy to remember, well-organized, structured, and
catalogs are easy to follow, site navigation, and content and
concise terms so that the condition is easily understood. The
usefulness of e-commerce is very helpful in terms of finding
stuff online. Customers see that the content provided to them
will make customers feel the ease to get information clearly. It
can also make customers feel comfortable to use the website e-
comerce.
2.5 E-trust
Trust is the basis for forging a relationship satisfaction and
maintain long-term e-commerce [6]. If consumers feel that the
risks to the security, privacy, fraud, or the reliability is low, then
their perception of the benefits that are expected to increase,
thus increasing their desire to buy back from the web site of e-
commerce that provide customer satisfaction[7]. If the trust is
established, people would rather buy or repeat purchases of the
e-commerce website.The importance of building confidence to
the customers in order to cultivate loyalty. In connection with
the level of customer confidence in e-commerce website as
216
collateral goods reach the hands of customers, the security of
users' personal information. Shopee e-commerce website using
a system or procedure in which the money will not be liquid if
the user does not press the "goods received". It makes Shopee
can be trusted by customers.
2.6 Customer satisfaction
According to [8], quality of service is a picture of
customers' perception of service received by the customer at
any given time. Quality of service is very important for the
company as a good service to the customers can produce good
customer satisfaction as well.
According to [9], customer satisfaction is the level of
perception of one's feelings after comparing the expectations
with the results obtained, he also stated that customer behavior
shows a direct action in getting the receipt, consumption and
use of the product. Thus, customer satisfaction is a very
important thing in business, the increasing number of customers
are satisfied with the services provided by the company, the
more loyal customers to the company anyway.
[9], also stressed that customer satisfaction lies in the
attitude shown by the customer after the transaction with the
company, then the customer will respond with pleasure or
feeling disappointed, if the customer is happy then considered
satisfied customers. Customers will be satisfied if the products
and services purchased by him in accordance with the
expectations and the reality. Factors customer service is also
very influential on customer satisfaction, customer satisfaction
can be a reflection of customer service. The explanation can be
seen that companies that provide good service will make
customers feel satisfied, it should be maintained so that the level
of customer satisfaction can increase sales and will positively
affect the interest to buy back.
2.7 Development of Hypothesis
H1 : Information quality have had a positive impact on the
level of e-satisfaction customers in the online system
H2 : E-service quality have had a positive impact on the
level of e-satisfaction customers in the online system
H3 : usefulness of e-commerce website have had a positive
impact on the level of e-satisfaction customers in the online
system
H4 : E-trust have had a positive impact on the level of e-
satisfaction customers in the online system
Based on the formulation hypothesis that mentioned above,
then model research can be described in research is as
follows :
 III. METHOD
3.1 Types of data and research samples
The method used in this study is a quantitative approach.
The data used is ordinal data, because it uses a categorization of
answers by using numbers. Sources of data in this study using
primary data obtained through questionnaires distributed to
respondents based on the location and objects that have been
defined in this study is to some students / i departments / study
programs within the scope of business management in the city
of Batam. Student population totaled 5,474 students, the data
obtained from the site forlab Higher Education. The number of
samples in this study using a slovin formula according [10].
Research using Slovin formula to determine the sample is:

Thus, the minimum number of samples that can be used in

this study was about 98 majors / study business management.

3.2 Data analysis technique

The data analysis technique used to test the hypothesis is
the analysis of PLS-SEM (Partial Least Squares-Structural Based on Table 1, it appears that the overall indicator is
Equation Modeling). above 0.5. which means a significant indicator so can be
concluded that overall items are stated valid
IV. FINDING AND DISCUSSION
4.1 Outer Model 4.1.2 Convergent Validity Test
4.1.1 Construct Validity Test Convergent validity test parameters can be seen from
the score value AVE and Communality, each of which must be
a value above 0.5. Here is the score value AVE and
Communality for each construct.

Table 2. Score AVE value and Communality

CONSTRUCT AVE Communality
E-SATISFACTION 0,809 0,809
E-SERVICE QUALITY 0,512 0,512
E-TRUST 0,678 0,678
QUALITY INFORMATION 0,757 0,757
USEFULNESS 0,798 0,798

Source: Data processing by Smart PLS

Can be seen in Table 2 that score AVE and Communality

have a value above 0.5. Thus, it can be concluded that the
construct has good convergent validity.

4.1.3 Discriminant Validity Test

The following is an overview of the test discriminant
validity were assessed based on a comparison roots AVE for
each construct to the correlation between the construct with
other constructs.

217
 Table 3. Comparison of Root AVE Latent Variables and
Correlation Table 5 shows the results of that R-square value of
variable E-satisfaction (ES) is equal to 0,445. It shows that 44%
can be affected by variables E-Service Quality (ESQ), E-trust
(TR), Information Quality (IQ), and Usefulness (US) while the
remaining 56% is influenced by other variables outside studied.

4.3 Hypothesis Testing Results

The basis used to test the hypothesis is the value of T-
Statistics.
Table 6. Results Coefficient Line and T-statistics

Source: Data processing by Smart PLS

Based on table 3 it can be concluded that the value of the Information T-statistics
root of AVE is higher than the value of the correlation between QUALITY SATISFACTION
1,973
the construct with other constructs, this means that all INFORMATION (IQ) -> (ST)
E-SERVICE QUALITY SATISFACTION
constructs had met the criteria discriminant validity. Usefulness 2,080
(ESQ) -> (ST)
AVE value of the variable (US) in Table 6 was 0.798 so the SATISFACTION
value of its roots 0.893. This value is higher than the correlation 1,901
USEFULNESS (US) -> (ST)
between variables Usefulness (US) is E-satisfaction at 0.533, E- SATISFACTION
service Quality 0.567, 0.590 E-trust and Information Quality 3,034
E-TRUST (TR) -> (ST)
0,556. The model is good, as well as other root AVE. Source: Data processing by Smart PLS

4.1.4 Reliability Test Based on table 6, it can be concluded that the first
Reliability test can be seen from the value of Cronbach hypothesis is supported by the value of T-Statistics is 1,973
'Alpha and the value of Composite Reliability. Value Cronbach above the value of the T-Table by 1,64. Meaning Information
'Alpha and the value of Composite Reliability. Quality (IQ) positively affect the E-satisfaction (ST). A second
hypothesis is supported by the value of T-Statistics is 2,080
Table 4. Comparison of Cronbach 'Alpha and Composite above the value of the T-Table which means E-Service Quality
Reliability (ESQ) positively affect the E-satisfaction (ST). The third
hypothesis is supported by T-Statistics value amounted to 1,901
Cronbach' COMPOSITE on top of the value of the T-Table which means Usefulness (US)
CONSTRUCT
s alpha RELIABILITY positively affect the E-satisfaction (ST). And the fourth
E-SATISFACTION 0,921 0,944 hypothesis is supported by the value of T-Statistics is 3,034
E-SERVICE above the value of the T-Table, which means E-trust(TR),
0,954 0,958
QUALITY positively affect the E-satisfaction (ST).
E-TRUST 0,881 0,913
QUALITY
0,919 0,939
INFORMATION
USEFULNESS 0,916 0,940

Source: Data processing by Smart PLS

4.2 Inner Model Source: Self Processed Data

4.3.1 R Square Information Quality positive effect on e-satisfaction level of
customers in the online system.
Table 5. Rated R Square Based on the results of hypothesis testing is done on the
first hypothesis (H1), showed that H1 is supported. This means
CONSTRUCT R-SQUARE
that the better prove H1 Quality Information provided to the
E-SATISFACTION (ST) 0,445 customer on the quality of e-services, the level of e-increasing
customer satisfaction. E-satisfaction level e-commerce website
Shopee can be increased when the information perceived by the
Source: Data processing by Smart PLS customer can demonstrate how the information provided in
accordance with what is available on the website such as
product quality, price, and service provided by the website to

218
users. If the quality of information provided by the website is
accurate, then the trust and customer satisfaction can be
increased in accordance with the opinion of [11]. This has led
to a positive effect on e-satisfaction level e-commerce website
Shopee. These results are consistent with the results of research
conducted by [8] and [12] which states that the Information
Quality in e-service quality has a positive effect on the level of
customer e-satisfaction in the online system.
E-service Quality positive effect on e-satisfaction level of
customers in the online system.
Based on the results of hypothesis testing is done on the
second hypothesis (H2), showed that H2 is supported. This
means more efficient H2 proves that the quality of e-services
provided by the company, the level of e-increasing customer
satisfaction. E-satisfaction level on e-commerce website
Shopee can be increased when the quality of service provided
to the customer company can be felt and can describe how the
customer convenience in using the website appropriately and
how the website is accessible to users. This has led to a positive
effect on e-satisfaction level e-commerce website Shopee,
according to [8] which indicates that e-service quality has a
strong effect in influencing factor of e-satisfaction. These
results are consistent with the results of research conducted by
[8] and [12] which states that the e-service quality on the quality
of e-service has a positive effect on the level of customer e-
satisfaction in the online system.
Usefulness positive effect on e-satisfaction level of customers
in the system online
Based on the results of tests performed on the third
hypothesis (H3), showed that H3 supported. That is, H3 proved
that the better the usability of the website on the quality of e-
services, the level of customer e-satisfaction will increase. The
level of e-satisfaction ecommerce website Shopee can be
increased when the website usability perceived by customers to
describe how the ease of use and can lead to ease of use of e-
commerce website and can lead to customer satisfaction and
subsequently affect the behavior of customer satisfaction with
e-commerce website in accordance the opinions [11]. This
factor contains high levels of customer satisfaction, if
customers want something to buy the product and on its use can
be done easily. This has led to a positive effect on e-satisfaction
level e-commerce website Shopee. These results are consistent
with the results of research conducted by [8] and [12] which
states that the usefulness (utility) on the quality of e-service has
a positive effect on the level of customer e-satisfaction in the
online system.
E-trust positive effect on e-satisfaction level of customers in
the online system.
Based on the results of tests performed in the fourth
hypothesis (H4), showed that the H4 is supported. That is, prove
that the better H4 credence given to the customers on the quality
of e-services, the level of customer e-satisfaction will increase.
E-satisfaction level e-commerce website can be increased when
the trust Shopee perceived by the customer can show how the
collateral goods and the information passed on to customers is
219
accurate and reliable, and can be well received in accordance
with the opinion [13]. This factor implies a degree of confidence
the customer, if the customer wants a product and paid it to the
company, the company must meet the wishes of customers by
providing products accurately, This has led to a positive effect
on e-satisfaction level e-commerce website Shopee. These
results are consistent with the results of research conducted by
[8] and [12] which states that E-trust in e-service quality has a
positive effect on the level of customer e-satisfaction in the
online system.
CONCLUSION
This study aims to provide evidence of how big influence
on the quality of e-service e-commerce website to e-satisfaction
of customers who shopped at the e-commerce website Shopee.
Samples from this study is the student / i departments / study
programs within the scope of business management from
various colleges and universities in the city of Batam. Results
from this study showed that of the fourth hypothesis, all the
research hypothesis is supported. This study showed that the
quality of information that is perceived by customers shopping
at an e-commerce website Shopee have a positive impact on e-
satisfaction level of the customers in the online system. The
quality of service perceived by customers shopping at an e-
commerce website Shopee have a positive impact on e-
satisfaction level of the customers in the online system. The
perceived usefulness of the customers shopping at an e-
commerce website Shopee have a positive impact on e-
satisfaction level of the customers in the online system.
confidence felt by customers shopping at an e-commerce
website Shopee have a positive impact on e-satisfaction level of
the customers in the online system.
REFERENCES
[1] Zaeithaml, V., Parasuraman, A., & Berry, L. (1985). A Conceptual
Model of Service Quality and Its Implications for Future Research.
Journal of Marketing.
[2] Lijuan, GS (2015). The Effect of Online Service Quality of E-
commerce Website on User Satisfaction. The Electronic Library, 33
(3).
[3] Lin, H.-F. (2007). The Impact of Website Quality Dimensions on
Customer Satisfaction in the B2C e-commerce Context. Total Quality
Management of & Business Excellence, 18, 363-378.
[4] Vida, D., & Jonas, T. (2011). Measuring Quality of E-Commerce
Websites: Case of Lithuania. Economics and Management, 16, 723-
729.
[5] Kuo, H., & Chen, C. (2011). Application of quality function
deployment to improve the quality of the Internet shopping website
interface design. International Journal of Innovative Computing,
Information and Control, 7, pp. 253-268.
[6] Walczuch, R., & Lundgren, H. (2004). Psychological antecedents of
Institution-based Consumer Trust in E-retailing. Information &
Management, 159-177.
[7] Yang, Z., & Peterson, RT (2004). Customer Perceived Value,
Satisfaction, and Loyalty: the role of Switching Costs. Psychology &
Marketing, 21, 799-822.
[8] Parasuraman, A. (2005). ES-QUAL: A Multiple-Item Scale for
assesing Electronic Service Quality. Journal of Service Research, 7,
213-233.
[9] Kotler & Keller. (2007). Marketing Management, Issue 12, Volume 1.
Jakarta: PT.Indeks.
[10] Sugiyono. (2011). Educational Research Methods: Approaches
Luantitatif, Qualitative and R & D. Bandung: Alfabeta.
[11] Eid, MI, and Fahd, k. (2013). Determinants of E-Commerce Customer
Satisfaction, Trust, and Loyalty In Saudi Arabia. Journal of Electronic
Commerce Resesarch, 12, 78.
[12] Lijuan, GS (2013). Customer Satisfaction in Web 2.0 and Information
Technology Development. Information Technology & People, 26 (4),
347-367.
[13] Wolfinbarger, M., & Gilly, M. (2003). eTailQ: Dimensionalizing,
Measuring and Predicting etail Quality. Journal of Retailing, 16.

220
221
[14] Yang, Z., & Peterson, RT (2004). Customer Perceived Value, [16] Kotler & Keller. (2007). Marketing Management, Issue 12, Volume 1.
Satisfaction, and Loyalty: the role of Switching Costs. Psychology & [17] Sugiyono. (2011). Educational Research Methods: Approaches
Marketing, 21, 799-822. Luantitatif, Qualitative and R & D. Bandung: Alfabeta..
[15] Parasuraman, A. (2005). ES-QUAL: A Multiple-Item Scale for [18] Eid, MI, and Fahd, k. (2013). Determinants of E-Commerce Customer
assesing Electronic Service Quality. Journal of Service Research, 7, Satisfaction, Trust, and Loyalty In Saudi Arabia. Journal of Electronic
213-233. [19]
[20]
[21] Commerce Resesarch, 12, 78.
[22] Lijuan, GS (2013). Customer Satisfaction in Web 2.0 and
Information Technology Development. Information Technology &
People, 26 (4), 347-367.
[23] Wolfinbarger, M., & Gilly, M. (2003). eTailQ: Dimensionalizing,
Measuring and Predicting etail Quality. Journal of Retailing, 16.

222
 Differences in Public Service Quality on the City
Government and the Authority of Batam
A N Barkah1, Dwi Kartikasari2
1
Email: dwi@polibatam.ac.id, PoliteknikNegeriBatam
Abstract—As a free trade zone, Batam is special in the sense
of its dualism in the bureaucratic process that sometimes
overlapped between two government agencies that is the city
government of Batam and the Free Trade Zone Authority of
Batam. This dualism may lead to poor public perceptions of
quality services. Thus, this study is to prove: 1) whether the
public really perceives a poor quality of public services of the
city government of Batam and the Free Trade Zone Authority
of Batam, and 2) if there is a significant difference on how the
public perceives the quality of public services of the city
government of Batam and that of the Free Trade Zone
Authority of Batam. This research is a comparative study. The
research was conducted in the city of Batam and the population
in this study is the community scattered in 12 districts in the city
of Batam. As many as 120 respondents were chosen using quota
sampling. The author found out that: 1) the public perception
over the variables of quality of service to the City Government
and the Authority of Batam is generally good, neither poor nor
great, and 2) there is a significant difference in the perception of
the public on the variable quality of service on the Batam City
Government and the Authority of Batam where the public
perceives that the Authority of Batam delivers better services
than the Batam City Government.
I. INTRODUCTION
Public services have a key role even vital to the
economic and political life. But the quality of public
services in Indonesia until now generally been good, not
great. As such, the government is constantly working to
simplify the bureaucratic process in Indonesia by
cutting the bureaucratic process and also improving the
quality of service both by the central government and
the local government. It is seen as an attempt to foster
public confidence in the government that lately has been
declining.
As a result of the government efforts to improve the
bureaucracy in the economic sector, the World Bank
has released Ease of Doing Business (EODB) index in
Indonesia rose from rank 91 in 2017 to rank 72 in 2018.
That is, EODB in Indonesia rose 19 ratings. Indonesia's
rank is above several developing countries such as
South Africa (82), India (100), Philippines (113), and
Brazil (125). The World Bank based this ranking on
several indicators including the achievement of the
223
public sectors (governments) in improving business
regulation and investment in their respective countries
[1].
As we all know, the government's main function is
to serve the community. Thus, the government should
continue to improve service quality. This is in line with
the National Medium Term Development Plan
(NMTDP) from 2015 to 2019 pursuant to Presidential
Decree Number 2 of 2015, which demanded the Central
Government and Local Government to comply with
Law Number 25 of 2009 on Public Service. Public
services are services which produce public goods such
as roads, bridges, and markets, as well as public services
that process licensing, identity card processing, and
other administration needs.
The quality of services provided by the government
to the public can be reflected in the many comments and
complaints that are often found in mass media such as
social media, television and newspapers. Most people
concern about procedures and working mechanisms of
service that looks like “beating around the bush”, not
transparent, less informative, less accommodating,
inconsistent, as well as insufficient service and
infrastructure facilities [2].
The poor quality of public services leads to a crisis
of confidence in society towards the public bureaucracy
[3]. This crisis of public confidence occurred not only
to the central government but also the local government.
Although Indonesia has experienced a significant
rise in the rankings, Indonesia is still trying to catch up
EODB index with other countries in Southeast Asia by
improving investment areas like that in Batam [4].
Batam is a city with 329 islands located between the
Straits of Malacca and Singapore thus is located very
strategically when compared to other cities in
Indonesia. In recent years, Batam is set up as a Free
Trade Zone along with Bintan and Karimun referring to
Law Number 36 of the Free Trade Zone and Free Port
and then changed several times through PERPU, thus
enacted into Law Number 44 of 2007 [5].
 Batam has approximately 1647.83 square kilometre
of sea and 612.53 83 square kilometre of land [5]. To
guarantee that Batam has everything it needs to grow,
the central government establish two government
agencies namely the City Government of Batam and the
Free Trade Zone Authority of Batam (BP Batam).
Batam City Government takes care of all the
administrative needs and civil registration for the
population. While the Authority of Batam takes care of
the governance of land and investments in Batam.
Batam City Government received a yellow predicate
from Ombudsman of the Republic of Indonesia, related
to conformity to the standards of public services. Batam
gets an average value of 71.03. This figure is still below
the Tanjungpinang (77.07) and the Riau Islands
Province (74.83), although both the later ones are in the
same the yellow zone considered as medium level of
public service quality. No cities or regencies in Riau
Islands reach green zone [4].
The dualism between the Batam City Government
and the Authority of Batam may result in a burdensome
bureaucratic process because some procedures should
be pursued through both institutions. This unique
procedure may hurt the image of both institutions. Thus,
the authors are interested in analyzing 1) whether the
public perceives poor quality of public services of the
city government of Batam and the Free Trade Zone
Authority of Batam, and 2) if there is a significant
difference on how the public perceives the quality of
public services of the city government of Batam and
that of the Free Trade Zone Authority of Batam. This
study is expected to benefit the municipal government
and the Authority of Batam to improve public trust.
This template, modified in MS Word 2003 and saved as
“Word 97-2003 & 6.0/95 – RTF” for the PC, provides authors
with most of the formatting specifications needed for
preparing electronic versions of their papers. All standard
paper components have been specified for three reasons: (1)
ease of use when formatting individual papers, (2) automatic
compliance to electronic requirements that facilitate the
concurrent or later production of electronic products, and (3)
conformity of style throughout a conference proceedings.
Margins, column widths, line spacing, and type styles are
built-in; examples of the type styles are provided throughout
this document and are identified in italic type, within
parentheses, following the example. Some components, such
as multi-leveled equations, graphics, and tables are not
prescribed, although the various table text styles are provided.
The formatter will need to create these components,
incorporating the applicable criteria that follow.
224
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Perception
Perception is the process used by the individual to
select, organize, and interpret input information to
create a picture of the world that has meaning [6].
Humans catch the objects of perception around them
through their senses [7]. Perception occurs when they
receive external stimuli which then enter the brain in
which there is a process of thinking that eventually
materialized into an understanding. From the definition
above, it can be concluded that the perception is
individual responses that are captured by means of his
senses and could lead to an understanding of the
observed object. The process of perception as follows:
Object creates a stimulus, and the stimulus is received
by the senses and then forwarded by the sensory nerves
to the brain. After that there was the process the brain
as the center of awareness so that people realize what is
seen, what is heard, or what touched [8].
2.2 Public Service
Ministry of State Apparatus Empowerment
(Menpan) Decree Number 63 of 2003 defines public
service as any service undertaken by public service
providers in an effort to meet the needs of service
recipients according to implementation of the
provisions of the legislation. The public service is the
fulfillment of desires and needs of the community by
state officials [8].
2.3 Quality of Service
The quality of public services provided by the
government must pay attention to the satisfaction of the
recipient of the service. Simply put, the quality of
service can be interpreted as a measure of how good a
given service is able to correspond with customer
expectations [9]. Quality of service can also be defined
as a comparison between the expectations of customers
to the company in fulfilling the needs and with the
customers' perception of the performance of the
services [10]. There are five dimensions of service
quality that are important to customer service [11],
namely:
a) Tangibility, the aspect of the physical facilities or
equipment, as well as the appearance of pesonal
service provider that influence the quality of service
b) Reliability, a measure of how reliable, accurate and
consistent in doing the service in accordance with
the customer desires. Reliability reflects the ability
to deliver what an organization promises
c) Responsiveness, the ability to help customers by
providing fast and responsive service.
d) Assurance, the ability to provide something that can
be believed (safe and guaranteed reliability) by the
customer.
e) Empathy, the level of care and individual attention
given to customers.

2.4 Hypothesis
The hypothesis used in this study is a comparative
hypothesis [12] that is formulated as follows. Quality
of service can be determined by comparing the
perceptions of customers for the services they actually
receive [13]. Quality of service can also be seen by
comparing the customer expectations with customer
perception of performance of the services received.
H0 : There is no significant differences in the public
perception on the service quality variables between that
of the City Government of Batam and that of the
Authority of Batam.
H1 : There is a significant differences in the public
perception on the service quality variables between that
of the City Government of Batam and that of the
Authority of Batam.
III. METHOD

3.1 Types of Research

This study uses a quantitative approach. This study
analyzes public perception on the variables of quality of
service with dimensions of tangibility, reliability,
responsiveness, assurance and empathy of the Batam
City Government and the Authority of Batam. Then, the
authors analyze whether there is any significant
difference in the public perception of both these
institutions. This research uses primary data that are
provided by the questionnaire which sent directly to the
respondents.
3.2 Population and Sample
The target samples are those of the Batam’s
population to ever receive public services or dealing
with service units provided in the area of Batam. The
sampling technique used in this study is quota sampling.
In this study, the authors identified 120 respondents
representing each districts in a balanced gender
distribution as follows:
The authors use the 5 Likert scale from 1 representing
negative response to 5 representing positive response. The
Likert scale is an ordinal scale that is successively processed
as interval scale and thus analyzed [14]. It can be seen from
figure 1 to 4 above that the respondents are mostly employees
of private sectors, age between 21-30 years, and have dealt
with both Batam city government and Batam authority more
than twice in their lifetime.
3.3 Validity Test
The authors use Corrected Item-Total Correlation by
means of correlating each item score with a total score. The
results are then compared with the r table with α = 5% thus r
table = 0.179. If r count > r table then declared invalid. A
summary of the validity of the test results can be seen in the
following table:

225
 While the average value of the Authority of Batam in
tangible dimension is 3.28 (very good), the reliability
dimension is 2.87 (good), responsivess dimensions is 2.95
(good), the assurance dimension 3.14 (good) and empathy
dimensions is 2.90 (good). The Authority of Batam should
give more attention to the dimension of reliability.
The above table shows that generally, respondents
perceive that public services delivered by the Authority of
Batam is better in all dimensions than those by Batam City
Government.
Table 5.t-Test Results

Items Value Conclusion

t -4.968 Significantly
sig. (2-tailed) 0.000 different

3.4 Reliability Test

The instruments is called reliable when the value
Crohbach.Alpha (α)> 0.600.
Because t value < t table (-4.968 <-1.980) and
significance level of 5% (0.05) obtained sig. (2-tailed) was
0.000. Sig. (2-tailed) <0.05then H0 is rejected. It can be
concluded that there is a significant difference in the public
perceptions on quality variables of the Batam City
Government and the Authority of Batam.

It can be concluded from the above table that the two
variables of the study are reliable.
IV. DATA ANALYSIS
4.1 Descriptive Analysis
The average value of the City Government of
Batam in tangible dimension is 3.09 (good), the
dimensions of reliability is 2.73 (good), responsivess
dimensions is 2.84 (good), assurance dimension is 3.01
(good) and the empathy dimension is 2.78 (good).
Batam City Government should give more attention to
the dimension of reliability and empathy.
CONCLUSIONS AND SUGGESTIONS
1.1. Conclusions
Based on the discussion of the results, it could be
concluded as follows:
1. The public perception on the variable quality of service
to the City Government and the Authority of Batam
Batam is generally good.
2. There is a significant difference in the public perception
on the variable quality of service of the Batam City
Government and the Authority of Batam.
3. The people of Batam generally perceive that public
services delivered by the Authority of Batam are better
in all dimensions than those by Batam City Government.

1.2. Suggestions
This study suggests as follows:
1. Batam City Government and the Authority of Batam is
expected to improve the quality of service in each unit of
services especially on those items statement that has
votes unsatisfactory such as those of reliability
dimensions.
2. Further research may investigate the effect of dualism of
power to the quality of public services.

While the average value of the Authority of Batam in REFERENCES

tangible dimension is 3.28 (very good), the reliability [1] The World Bank 2018 Doing Bussiness.
dimension is 2.87 (good), responsivess dimensions is 2.95 http://www.doingbusiness.org/rankings
(good), the assurance dimension 3.14 (good) and empathy [2] Ombudsman Republik Indonesia 2018 Kabar Perwakilan. Retrieved
dimensions is 2.90 (good). The Authority of Batam should on March 2nd.
give more attention to the dimension of reliability. [3] The World Bank 2018 Doing Bussiness.

226
 http://www.doingbusiness.org/rankings
[4] Ombudsman Republik Indonesia 2018 Kabar
Perwakilan. Retrieved on March 2nd.
http://www.ombudsman.go.id/perwakilan/news/r/
pwk-- Pengaduan-Ke-Ombudsman
[5] Silalahi U 2011 Kepercayaan Publik Kepada
Pemerintah Daerah Pasca Orde Baru Jurnal Ilmu
Administrasi Negara 11 (2) pp 167-79
[6] Data Ombudsman Republik Indonesia Cabang
Kepulauan Riau 2017. Ringkasan Eksekutif
[7] BPS Kota Batam 2016 Penduduk Kota Batam
Menurut Kecamatan dan Jenis Kelamin, 2011-
2016 Retrieved on November 20th.
https://batamkota.bps.go.id/linkTableDinamis/vie
w/id/23
[8] Kotler P and Keller K L 2009 Manajemen
Pemasaran ed 12 (Jakarta: Indeks)
[9] Duwit B S, Kumurur V A and Moniaga I L 2015.
Persepsi Pedagang Kaki LimaTerhadap Area
Berjualan Sepanjang Jalan Pasar Pinasungkulan
Karombasan Manado. Sabua 7(2) pp 419– 27
[10] Rusnani S 2013 Persepsi Masyarakat Tentang
Pelayanan Publik di Kantor Kelurahan Handil
Bakti Kecamatan Palaran Kota Samarinda.
Ejournal Administrasi
[11] Tjiptono F 2008 Service Manajemen Mewujudkan
Layanan Prima (Yogyakarta: Andi)
[12] Sukmawati I and Massie J D D 2015 Pengaruh
Kualitas Pelayanan Dimediasi Kepuasan
Pelanggan dan Kepercayaan Pelanggan Terhadap
Loyalitas Pelanggan Pada PT Air Manado. Jurnal
EMBA 3 (3) pp 729-42.
[13] Windasuri H & Susanti H 2017 Excellent Service :
The Secret Of Building A Service Organization
(Jakarta: Gramedia Pustaka Utama)
[14] Sugiyono 2017 Statistika Untuk Penelitian
(Bandung: Alfabeta)
[15] Guspul A 2014 Pengaruh Kualitas Pelayanan dan
Kepercayaan Terhadap Kepuasan Nasabah.
Jurnal PPKM Unsiq I pp 40-54
[16] Sugiyono 2014 Metodologi penelitian kuantitatif,
kualitatif dan R&D (Bandung: Alfabeta)

227
The Development of Instructional Materials as Media
to Deliver Web Programming Materials
H K Manggopa1, C T P Manoppo2, P V Togas, and J R Batmetan3
1
Universitas Negeri Manado, Tondano 95618, Sulawesi Utara, Indonesia.
*Corresponding author: hiskiamanggopa@unima.ac.id
Abstract—This study aims to produce appropriate instructional
material products as a medium to deliver web programming
subject matter for students of the Education and Information
Technology Education study program at the Manado State
University Technical Faculty. This is a Research and Development
type of research with reference to the model developed by Borg
and Gall (1983). The resulting product was validated by the
subject lecturer, instructional material expert and media expert
before the trial was conducted to students. The subjects of this
research trial are one lecturer, one media expert, one instructional
material expert. Four students were observed during individual
trial, 12 students during small group trial, and 30 students during
the field trials. The data were analyzed using descriptive
qualitative and descriptive statistical analysis.
Based on the results of the assessment from subject lecturer,
instructional material expert, media expert, and students, it can be
said that the products of teaching and learning results from
development are categorized as good and suitable to use.
Furthermore, from the results of summative evaluation that has
been carried out, it can be said that teaching materials that are
developed effectively can improve the quality of learning outcomes
in Web Programming courses.
INTRODUCTION
Higher education as the main element in preparing human
resources becomes increasingly important in the effort to face
the wave of changes brought about by the industrial revolution
and the information revolution. Meanwhile, [1] suggested that
service in the context of student satisfaction is one very
important aspect, special attention should be given, because the
existence and success of higher education is determined by
satisfaction with the services provided to students. Thus the
development of learning is very important to be developed in
order to serve the needs of students. In addition to facilitating the
lecturers to carry out learning, while also facilitating students in
learning, it is necessary to have reference of learning resources
in the form of teaching materials to answer or solve learning
problems. Teaching materials are one component of the learning
system that plays an important role in helping students achieve
Basic Competency and Competency Standards or predetermined
learning goals [2]. In line with that, [3] stated "textbooks are
books that are prepared for the benefit of the learning process
both derived from research results or the results of a thought
about a particular field study which is then formulated into
learning material". While [4] states "textbooks as textbooks in
certain fields of study compiled by experts in their fields and
228
used to support learning". "Textbooks are textbooks that are used
as standard references in certain subject matter" [5]. According
to [6] "textbooks are textbooks in certain fields of study which
are standard books, compiled by experts in their fields with
instructional aims and objectives, equipped with learning
facilities that are harmonious and easily understood by school
users school and college so that it can support a learning
program.
Based on the technology used, teaching materials can be
grouped into four categories, namely printed materials such as
handouts, books, modules, student worksheets, brochures,
leaflets, photos / drawings, models / models. Hearing teaching
materials such as cassettes, radio, LPs and compact disc audio.
Audience teaching materials such as video compact disks, films.
Interactive multimedia teaching materials such as Computer
Assisted Instruction (CIA), compact disk (CD) interactive
multimedia learning, and web-based learning materials (web
based learning materials [7]. In line with this, [8] argues that
"development textbooks are lecture materials that are
systematically arranged that are used by lecturers and students
in the lecture process. "The results of the research by [9] state
that" textbooks can attract reading and motivate students to learn
independently ".
In fact some educational institutions have not utilized
teaching materials to improve the quality of learning. One way
to improve the quality of learning through the application of
learning technology. The focus of the application of learning
technology is on the development area. [10] states that
"Development is an educational effort both formal and non-
formal which is carried out consciously, planning, directed,
organized and responsible in order to introduce, grow, guide,
develop a basic personality that is balanced, complete, aligned,
knowledge , the skills are in accordance with the talents, desires
and abilities, as a provision for their own initiative to add,
improve, develop themselves towards the achievement of
dignity, quality and optimal human abilities and independent
individuals ". Whereas according to [11]; [12] "the main concern
of development activities is not only analyzing various needs,
analyzing the beginning and end, but also analyzing various
things related to contextual". Products found in field tests are the
goal of development. In connection with learning activities, the
products produced can be textbooks.
The problem of quality of learning is one of the main points
experienced by students and is very urgent to find ways to
overcome them. Based on observations, experiences and
observations at PTIK Study Program Fatek Unima, the learning
process and results are not in accordance with what is expected.
There are complaints from some teaching staff regarding the low
absorption capacity of students. One of them is Web
Programming courses. The process is not yet optimal and the
results of learning Web Programming are : a) Learning has not
fully integrated the learning system and tends to be in the form
of lecturing, presentation, practice and practice questions and it
still less implement interactive learning, b) learning tends to be
teacher-centered so students respond and enjoy learning
activities less, c) there is limited teaching materials enabling
teachers to deliver material and make it easier for students to
learn challenging, independent, varied and fun. d) the lack of
relevant teaching materials and the limited use of instructional
media.
The problems faced by these students need to be overcome
so that learning becomes more effective. If students get learning
convenience, it will increase motivation to learn.
Correspondingly, [13] stated that "if learning motivation is
increased, then all learning activities will be responded well,
giving rise to students' curiosity, all learning activities will be
directed towards exploring learning materials with the aim of
getting high learning outcomes".
Observing the conditions of the implementation of Web
Programming learning that seems routine and as it is, it requires
a study that aims to produce an effective learning system in order
to achieve student competence. The main problems can be
formulated as follows: how to develop textbooks to teach course
material on Web Programming, whether development textbooks
are suitable to be used to teach subject matter Web
Programming, whether textbooks are the results of effective
development on improving learning outcomes of Web
Programming courses
In this development research, the development products
produced are in the form of an eye programming web learning
package, equipped with components: Competency Map, Course
Review, instructions for using instructional materials, content
framework, basic competencies, indicators, material
descriptions and supporting sources. Products produced in this
development have certain characteristics or features. Teaching
materials produced in this development will provide challenges
for students to learn and not just receive information. Teaching
materials guide students to be active in learning through the
provision of materials accompanied by examples of programs
that are closely related to student life, independent tasks that can
be done in groups or individually.
Textbooks are learning materials that are arranged
systematically used by teachers and students in the learning
process [14]. Textbooks have a systematic structure and
sequence, explain instructional objectives to be achieved,
motivate students to learn, anticipate student learning difficulties
in the form of providing guidance for students to study the book,
provide a lot of practice for students, provide a summary, and
generally oriented to students individually. The steps in
preparing textbooks are as follows:
1. Analysis of Teaching Material Needs
2. Analysis of Learning Resources
229
The reference source according to [15] includes: accuracy,
clarity, empirical, up-to-date, relevance, organization, and
convincing. Learning resources according to [16] are intended
"to ease students to choose books or journals that are in
accordance to the topics discussed. Further explained that
adjustments to specific subjects for a meeting can be carried out
by students independently ". The final result of the analysis of
learning resources is in the form of a list of learning resources
available and can be used for learning purposes. To achieve this
purpose, [17] presents the following steps: (1) Select the
classification of learning resources (2) Use this classification to
identify available learning resources in the environment where
learning will be carried out (3) Analysis of the quality and
quantity of learning resources. Quality analysis is carried out
based on the learning objectives to be achieved and the
characteristics of the field of study students will study. Quality
analysis is intended to determine the level of accuracy of the
media to convey content, special abilities that can be displayed
by a media, as well as motivational influences that can be
displayed. (4) Create a list of learning resources that are ready to
be used. This list only contains learning resources that will really
be used as a medium to convey the content of learning.
3. Selection and Determination of Teaching Materials
a. Preparation of Teaching Material Maps. b. Structure of
Teaching Materials, c. Preparation of Teaching Materials
4. Evaluation and Revision
I. RESEARCH METHOD
This study uses a conceptual model research and
development model adapted from the Borg and Gall
development research model. According to [18], education
development research is a process used to develop and validate
educational products. According to [19], research and
development is a process for developing a new product or
perfecting an existing product, which can be accounted for.
In summary, the steps of R & D research by Borg and Gall
are described as follows.
1. Research and Information Collection 2. Planning. 3.Develop
Preliminary form of Product. 4. Preliminary Field Testing. 5,
Play Product Revision. 6. Main Field Testing. 7. International
Product Revision. 8. Operational Field Testing. 9. Final Product
Revision 10. Dissemination and Implementation.
In this research and development textbooks will be
developed for Web Programming Courses. The steps of
research and development proposed by Borg & Gall (1983),
include the following stages: needs analysis, learning design,
product development, and product evaluation consisting of
formative evaluation and summative evaluation. Formative
evaluation consists of individual evaluations, small group
evaluations, and field evaluations. Summative evaluation is
done after the program has been evaluated formatively and
revised in accordance with the standards used by the developer.
The model is used because it is simple, complete, and tested.
The initial stage of development research is defining the
problem or preliminary evaluation of the problem, reviewing
the curriculum and SK-KD, assessing the potential of the
development location, reviewing the characteristics of the
lecturer, reviewing student characteristics, initial abilities and
student activities and components and procedures for
developing learning materials. In this initial investigation
phase, researchers also conducted observations to obtain
information relating to the use of learning materials in the form
of textbooks conducted at the Faculty of Engineering Unima
PTIK Study Program. Starting from the purpose of observation,
the activities carried out are:
The first stage, examines the problems regarding the
preparation and procedure of students attending lectures on
Web Programming, class schedules, number of participants in
the course, study guidelines, curriculum, potentials, lecture
processes, study results documents, use of learning media,
availability of computer labs , lecture halls, practicum rooms,
readiness of lecturers and students who will participate in this
research and evaluations that are applied. Next, examine what
components must be included in the teaching book that can
illustrate the mechanism of achieving the standard of
competence needed in learning Web Programming. The next
step is to design alternative solutions to be a complete and
integrated system. Realization is carried out by compiling the
stages of implementation, expert validation, evaluation and
revision and full implementation
The second stage is the development of learning design. In
the development stage of the learning design, a learning
syllabus is developed as a basis for developing textbooks. The
development of this syllabus consists of eight steps, namely: (1)
determining competency standards, (2) determining basic
competencies, (3) conducting learning analysis, (4) formulating
indicators, (5) developing evaluation instruments, (6)
developing learning materials , (7) developing learning
strategies, and (8) designing evaluations.
The third stage, producing media in the form of textbooks.
Based on the types of media available, in developing this
learning media tutorial format is used, because it presents the
material as a whole to students through the concept of complete
learning and interaction between the media and students.
The fourth stage, formative evaluation consisting of
validation, trial and product revision. The textbook was
validated by material experts include content eligibility,
presentation and contextual feasibility. Validation by media
expert includes graphic and language aspects. The trial was
carried out through individual trials, small group trials, field
trials followed by data analysis, and product revisions based on
the results of the trials.
The fifth stage, summative evaluation, to find out the
effectiveness or function of the final product or program in
improving the quality of learning in the form of increasing the
achievement of learning outcomes, summative evaluation is
carried out. Summative evaluation is done after the instructional
material is evaluated formatively and revised in accordance
with the standards used by the developer.
Product testing is one way to obtain data that will be used
for the benefit of revisions to the product in order to achieve
effectiveness and attractiveness of textbook products. Tests are
carried out through the following stages:
230
2.1. Expert Evaluation
Expert evaluation is intended to obtain the similarity of the
experts' opinions regarding the design of the development
model of textbooks, guidelines and indicators of research
instruments developed. Validation of expert material aims to
obtain data in the form of suggestions, opinions and evaluations
of the entire material contained in the draft textbook covering
aspects of feasibility of content. , presentation feasibility, and
contextual. Validation of media experts aims to obtain advice,
opinions and evaluation of media suitability, programs created
or used textbooks include graphics and language. Review
lecturer courses, aiming to get evaluations and comments and
suggestions on material and media from textbooks.
2.1. Product Trial
Individual trials, aiming to identify errors contained in
textbooks such as typos, language errors and terms and correct
them. In addition, small group trial is useful to re-check errors
that may still be left behind by individual trials. Next, it is also
intended to look back at the changes that have been made from
the results of individual trials. Limited field trials were
conducted by asking for responses and responses to teaching
materials developed from students.
Wider field trials and feasibility were carried out on students
of information and communication technology education
program at the engineering faculty of Manado State University.
In the trial of this textbook the trial subjects were used as
follows:
1. Expert Evaluation
At the validation stage, the textbook involved one
material expert, one media expert and one lecturer in the
course.
2. Limited Field / Product Trial
In the individual trial phase, the trial subjects consisted
of 4 people. Small group trials, trial subjects consisted
of 12 people, and field trials were 30 students
Data obtained from trials in the form of qualitative and
qualitative data. Qualitative data in the form of suggestions and
input from media experts, material experts, subject lecturers and
students are used to improve products in the form of textbook.
Quantitative data on the quality of textbooks obtained through
questionnaires with Likert scales were analyzed with
descriptive statistics.
Assessment of the quality of textbooks is based on the
results of a four-scale value conversion calculation, [20].
FINDING AND DISCUSSION
3.1. Finding
The validation phase is done so that the development
result textbooks can be known for their feasibility based on the
evaluation of material expert and media expert. Validation of
textbooks involves: competent material experts in the field of
Web Programming; Competent media experts in the field of
Web Programming. The textbook products that have been
validated are then revised according to suggestions and input
from the validators.
 After the textbooks were revised, continued to the trial to
the lecturers of the courses and trials to students in the form of
individual trials, small group trials, and limited field trials to
determine the response of lecturers and students to the
developed textbooks. The testing phase was carried out at
Faculty of information and Techology Unima (University of
manado) of PTIK study program. Tests are carried out by using
textbooks in classroom learning by lecturers and students.
During the use of textbooks the researcher conducted
observations on the use of textbooks. After testing for its use,
lecturers and students are asked to respond to the textbooks that
have been developed. Based on the responses from lecturers and
students, the textbooks were revised to get the final results of
the research that produced products in the form of textbooks to
teach Web Programming to students.
The data from the feasibility evaluation of textbooks and
evaluation results data are described as follows:
a. Validation of Textbooks by Material Expert and Subject
Lecturer
Validation of material experts and subject lecturer was
carried out before the trial, aiming to obtain data in the form of
suggestions, opinions and evaluations of the entire material
contained in the textbooks developed to be a good and
appropriate textbook from the aspects of content, presentation,
and context. The results of the evaluation of Subjects and
subject Lecturer on the quality of textbook products in terms
of content include the suitability of the material with the
standards of competence, accuracy and materiality and
encouraging curiosity to show the mean score of material
experts at 3.88, and the lecturer at 3.25. While the evaluation
of the aspect of presentation includes techniques and supporting
the presentation of learning, as well as coherence and the flow
of thought reflecting the average value of the material expert at
3.69, and the lecturer of the course at 3.54. Furthermore, the
evaluation of contextual aspects shows the mean value of the
material expert at 3.33, and the lecturer of the course is 3.67.
The complete data can be seen on Table 1 as follows:
b. Validation of Textbooks by Media Experts and Subject
Lecturers
The results of the evaluation of Media Experts and subject
Lecturers on the quality of the product of the Web Programming
Basic textbooks in terms of the Integrity aspect showed that the
average score of media experts was 3.50 while the Language
aspect was 3.33. Moreover, the lecturers of courses from the
graphic aspect are 3.40 and aspects of language are 3.25. The
complete data can be seen on Table 2 as follows:
231
Furthermore, evaluation of textbook products in
individual trials shows that the Presentation aspect score was
3.31 while the Teaching Material Design aspect was 3.44. The
results of the evaluation in the small group trial showed that for
the Presentation aspect score was 3.34 and the aspect of
Teaching Material Design was 3.22.
The evaluation results in the field trial showed that for the
Presentation aspect score was 3.38 while the aspect of
Teaching Material Design was 3.41. The complete data can be
seen on Table 3 as follows:
3.2. Discussion
Beginning with the preparation of the Teaching Material
Map, it has been revealed on how many teaching materials that
must be prepared, the number of teaching materials to be
written, what order of teaching materials to determine the
writing priorities. Next, collect material that is relevant to the
learning objectives, and change the material into the type of
form that has been determined in the structure of instructional
materials, followed by integrating all the materials prepared to
form textbooks that are ready to be tested and suitable for use
in Web Programming. To help students be provided with
instructions to learn the material in the textbook. Also provided
an explanation of the Course Review which contains a brief
description of the course, competence and subject matter.
The layout of the content in the form of images and text is
arranged in an innovative manner so as to provide comfort to
students as users. Likewise, the use of color and letters is
arranged and arranged by asking for input from lecturers and
students so that it displays the atmosphere of textbooks as
desired together.
The questions given in the textbook can train the ability to
understand and apply concepts related to the material in
learning activities. There are key answers to practice questions
at the end of each learning activity. Glossary contains important
terms in the text with an explanation of the meaning of the term,
and is written alphabetically. Summary is a key concept of the
relevant learning activities expressed in a concise and clear
sentence, making it easier for students to understand the overall
contents of learning activities.
The development textbooks can be directly used according
to RPS. Materials in textbooks can be taught and developed and
can be used by other lecturers who build Web Programming
courses. In addition, it is easier for students to study
independently, can help complete tasks easily, become a
handbook and greatly assist students in attending lectures.
Based on the results of the effectiveness of the textbook
test, 83.4% of students who took part in learning successfully
achieved a minimum graduation standard of 2.0. This means
that textbook products are effective and can be used in Web
Programming learning.
Selection of the right learning media will improve student
learning outcomes. Therefore, lecturers are required to be able
to choose and apply appropriate textbooks so that learning
objectives can be achieved optimally. Learning to use textbooks
is one alternative learning media that is suitable for use and has
proven effective in improving learning outcomes. However, the
results of further research reveal that students who learn to use
web learning are learn more effective than students who learn
to use textbooks
Suggestions and improvements submitted by material
experts include improving the editor so that it is more clear on
the item number 13 expert evaluation sheet which says "Images,
in everyday life" are changed to "Use of images, according to
daily life?". While the lecturer of the course includes the steps
of the program on page 3, don't just text but preferably
accompany the picture, install the program should also be
equipped with images. Additional references are put at the end
of each chapter.
Suggestions and improvements submitted by media
experts include changing "the appearance of layout elements on
the cover of the face, back and back harmoniously with rhythm
and unity and consistent", while the suggestions from the
lecturers of the course include "paragraph restrictions must be
clear", "margin must be adjusted to the rules of textbook writing
"," Design cover is less varied ".
The suggestions and improvements made by the students
during the trial are "picture 1.3 page 3 is too small & the text is
unreadable", "figure 2.3. page 17 is too small and there is an
error writing the list of fruit pests, even though the correct list
of names is fruit "," the space between image and text, between
subtitles and the first text is too tight "," how to create databases
and tables in PHPMyAdmin should be accompanied by images
", "Poor 75 page and 76 page prints", "addition of web
development support application tutorials"
a. Content Quality
Through textbook products, lecturers and students will be
helped in facilitating the teaching-learning process. The
development textbooks becomes compulsory reference books
as it contains Web Programming material in order to improve
the quality of learning. Textbooks are text books that are used
as standard references in certain subject matter [21]. The
contents of the development textbooks are prepared based on
the analysis of the needs of students and lecturers at the time of
observation of needs analysis and input in the form of
suggestions when conducting the trial. Therefore, the contents
of the textbook are adjusted to the needs of students, the
material presented is accompanied by learning activities that
have been compiled
b. Presentation Quality
232
Systematic presentation of each learning activity in the textbook
adheres to the principle of covering: introduction, material,
training, closing consisting of summaries, formative tests and
follow-up, and the last part is referral.
c. Media Quality
Times New Roman is used as the letter type. Times New Roman
was chosen to be the type of text for the material because it has
a level of visual clarity in the projection and print material. The
size of the writing of the material title is made thick,
deliberately distinguished from the contents of the mater so that
it looks more striking. The line spacing used is 1.5. The writing
color has a high contrast color. Because the basic color of the
web is white, the color of the selected text is black and blue.
a. Language
The sentence used in the development textbooks represents the
content of the message and continues to follow the Indonesian
sentence, simple and straightforward. The term used is in
accordance to KBBI (Big Indonesian Dictionary). Presentation
of textbook material is delivered in an interesting and common
language in Indonesian written communication.
CONCLUSIONS AND SUGGESTION
4.1. Conclusions
First, the procedure for developing textbooks to teach Web
Programming to students is carried out through five stages:
needs analysis, developing learning design, producing
multimedia learning, conducting formative evaluation, and
conducting summative evaluation. All stages have been
completed to produce learning media products in the form of
textbooks. The Basic Competency component developed
through the material in textbooks covers: 1) describes the
HTML Concept, practices and applies elements of HTML 2)
explains the basic concepts of CSS and uses CSS elements. 3)
explains basic concepts, practice and practice the use of Java
Script elements. 4) explains the basic concepts of PHP, and
apply the use of PHP elements. 5) explains the Concept of
Database on the Web, and implement the use of databases in
MySQL. 6) explains the concept of Content Management
System elements, types, modules and can build web using CMS
Second, development-based textbooks are suitable for
teaching Web Programming to students. This is in accordance
with the results of the analysis of the feasibility of textbooks
from material experts, media experts, lecturers of student
courses and trials where the mean scores are included in the
good category.
Third, textbooks are the results of effective development
on improving learning outcomes of Web Programming.
4.2. Suggestions
a. For lecturers who will use textbooks, they should
prepare supporting facilities and student needs
b. Establising an implementation team of Web
Programming learning by involving media expert
lecturers and Web Programming.
c. The developmental teaching materials can be used as a
reference for teaching Web Programming.
 d. Using instructions on how to study teaching materials [10] Iskandar Wiryokusumo. 2011. Dasar-dasar Pengembangan Kurikulum.
Jakarta: Bumi Aksara.
prepared as learning companions
[11] Tessmer, M., & Richey, R. C. 1997. The role of context in learning and
instructional design. Educational technology research and development,
45(2): 85-115
[12] Sumarno, A. 2012. Penelitian Kausalitas Komparatif. Surabaya: e-
REFERENCES Learning Unesa.
[1] Suhaylide, I. S. 2017. Pengaruh Mutu Layanan Akademik dan Biaya [13] Syarif, I. 2012. Pengaruh model blended learning terhadap motivasi dan
Pendidikan terhadap Kepuasan Mahasiswa. Jurnal Administrasi prestasi belajar siswa SMK. Jurnal Pendidikan Vokasi, 2(2).
Pendidikan, 21(2): 1-11.
[14] Pannen, P. dan Purwanto. 2001. Penulisan Buku Ajar. Jakarta: Pusat Antar
[2] Suparmin, & Pujiastuti, D. 2010. Pengembangan Bahan Ajar. Jambi: Universitas, Pusat Pengembangan Aktivitas Akademik Universitas
Program Magister Teknologi Pendidikan Pascasarjana Universitas Jambi. Terbuka
[3] Sugiarto. 2011. Landasan Pengembangan Bahan Ajar. Materi Workshop [15] Tuckman, Bruce, W. 1978. Conducting Educational Research. Harcourt
Penyusunan Buku Ajar Bagi Dosen Politeknik Kesehatan Kemenkes Brace Jovanivich, Inc, New York.
Semarang.
[16] Degeng, I Nyoman Sudana, (1989). Kerangka Perkuliahan dan Bahan
[4] Tarigan, D & Tarigan. 1986. Teknik Pengajaran Keterampilan Berbahasa. Pengajaran. Jakarta, Departemen Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan, Dirjen
Bandung: Angkasa. Dikti, P2LPTK.
[5] Akbar, S. 2011. Pengembangan Kurikulum dan Pembelajaran Ilmu [17] Degeng, I Nyoman Sudana, (1993). Buku Pegangan Teknologi
Pengetahuan Sosial. Yogyakarta: Cipta Media. Pendidikan. Terapan Teori Kognitif DALAM DISAIN
[6] Komalasari, K. 2010. Pembelajaran Kontekstual: Konsep dan Aplikasi. PEMBELAJARAN. Jakarta, Departemen Pendidikan dan Kebudayaan,
Bandung: Refika Aditama. Dirjen Dikti, P3FBAU/IUC.
[7] Departemen Pendidikan Nasional. Direktorat Jenderal Manajemen [18] Borg, W. R., & Gall, M. D. 1983. Educational Research. An Introduction
Pendidikan dasar dan Menengeh. Direktoraqt Pembinaan Sekolah Dasar. (4th ed.) New York: Longman.
2008. Panduan Pengembangan Bahan Ajar. [19] Nana Syaodih sukmadinata 2006. Metode Penelitian Pendidikan.
[8] Suhardjono. 2008. Menyusun Bahan Ajar Agar Tujuan Perkuliahan Bandung: Remaja Rosda Karya
TercapaiLebih Menyenangkan. Malang: Jurusan Sipil Fakultas Teknik [20] Sukardjo. 2010. Evaluasi Pembelajaran. Buku Pegangan Kuliah: PPs
Universitas Brawijaya. Universitas Negeri Yogyakarta
[9] Aisyi, Fauziyah Kariem., (2013), Pengembangan Bahan Ajar TIK SMP
Mengacu Pada Pembelajaran Berbasis Proyek, Jurnal Pendidikan Teknik
Elektro IX : 117-128

233
Government Policy as a Moderation on The Effect of
Innovation toward Business Performance on Small
and Medium Enterprises
Sidik Ismanu1, Anik Kusmintarti2
1
sidik.ismanu@polinema.ac.id , Accounting Department State Polytechnic of Malang, Malang, Indonesia
2
anik.kusmintarti@polinema.ac.id, Accounting Department State Polytechnic of Malang Malang, Indonesia
Abstract - The era of free economy that takes place today, making
the competition between companies getting tighter. Innovation as
a strategy to produce superior products that can compete and
improve business performance. Government policy as an
innovation strengthening factor undertaken by Small and Medium
Enterprises (SMEs) to improve business performance. This study
aims to find out moderation as a moderating variable on the
relationship between innovation variable and business
performance variable. Data were collected by questionnaire to the
owner or manager of handmade batik SMEs in East Java,
Indonesia. Data analysis using multiple regression. Hypothesis test
using structural equation modeling with data from 84 owners or
managers of handmade batik SMEs. The research findings show
that policy as a result of a positive and significant effort of
handmade batik SMEs in East Java, Indonesia.
Keywords—Innovation, Government Policy, Business
Performance, SMEs, Indonesia
I. INTRODUCTION
SMEs handmade batik is a small business that makes batik
cloth, and sell clothing products with materials of batik cloth.
Batik is a pictorial fabric that is specially made by writing or
putting the night on the cloth, then processing is processed in a
certain way that has a peculiarity. Batik Indonesia, as a whole
of technology, technology, and related motive and cultural
development, by UNESCO has been designated as
Masterpieces of the Oral and Intangible Heritage of Humanity
since October 2, 2009. At this time handmade batik SMEs need
a strategy to face the competition. Innovation strategy for
business has competitive advantage and able to have strong
competitiveness. Innovation that generates high value and is
done on an ongoing basis will be decisive to enter the market
and become a market leader. In addition, innovation is done as
a new way to get out of the saturation of a product, so
consumers increasingly have many options to use products that
are practical and according to their needs. Cho and Pucik (2005)
innovation is one of the major factors for the company's success
and survival. Innovation is also a major factor to gain a
sustainable competitive advantage in the free market. The
importance of innovation is also expressed by Gaynor (2002),
innovation enhances organizational growth, controls future
success, and is the driving force of business to sustain
organizational survival in the global economy. Reality shows
234
that most SMEs have innovated. This is in accordance with the
statement Afuah (1988) that innovation is more often
implemented by SMEs than large companies. SMEs as business
entities that are in a dynamic environment, then innovation is a
must. Innovation is a key aspect that leads to competitive
advantage. Griffin (2004) describes a possible form of
innovation for SMEs, that is, product innovation is a change in
the characteristics or performance of an existing product or
service or the creation of an entirely new product or service, and
process innovation is a change in the way products and services
created, created, distributed. Organization for Economic Co-
Operation and Development (OECD) 2005, product innovation
is the introduction of new or significantly developed goods and
services with respect to the characteristics or usefulness of
goods or services, and process innovation is the implementation
of new and improved production and delivery methods
significant, which includes significant changes in engineering,
equipment and / or software. Bessant and Tidd, (2007) product
innovation changes in the things (products / services) offered
by an organization. In this research, product innovation is the
development and change of characteristic which can increase
the added value in the product / service which is made to fulfill
the consumer need. Francis and Bessant (2005) define process
innovation as changes in the way products or services are
created and delivered. Another definition is stated by Cooper
(1998) that process innovation describes changes in the way
organizations produce products and end services of a company.
In general, the establishment of a business has a goal to earn
a profit. One measure of business performance is profitability.
Achrol and Etzel (2003) stated that the level of goal
achievement describes the performance of the company.
Another definition of Lin et.al., (2008) states that business
performance is the result achieved in meeting the internal and
external objectives of the company. Darroch (2002) business
performance can be measured by financial and non financial
measures. The majority of companies prefer to use financial
indicators to measure their performance. However, financial
indicators are not the only measure of business performance .
Kargar and Parnell (1996) non-financial indicators are needed
to adapt to changes in the company internal and external
environment. Innovation is the key to the success of companies
competing in the market. The synergy of various types of
innovation in the management of an SME activity is important
to improve business performance. Several previous studies have
examined the relationship of innovation with performance.
Han, et al., (1998) states that innovation and business
performance have a positive relationship; Salavou (2002) states
that product innovation is a significant determinant of business
performance; Marsili and Salter in Neira, et. al. (2009) states
that product innovation, process innovation and marketing
innovation affect the ability to profit in different ways. This
means higher profits depending on the level and / or type of
changes being implemented. Najib and Kiminami (2011) argue
that there is a significant relationship between innovation
(product innovation and process innovation) and enterprise
business performance, meaning using innovative practices will
lead to competitive advantage and drive business performance
better. Other studies were also expressed by Neira, et al., 2009;
Hall, et.al., 2009; Murat and Birdogan (2011) that product
innovation and process innovation undertaken in SMEs
improve business performance. Then Camisón and Ana (2010)
state that the flexibility in producing should be by developing
the ability of innovation to gain organizational performance. If
the production flexibility helps improve the business
performance, managers should use this flexibility to evoke
organizational capabilities based on product innovation,
process innovation and organizational innovation that will
create competitive advantage. This finding strengthened Atalay,
et al. (2013) that technological innovation (product innovation
and process innovation) is needed to strengthening the
competitiveness of SMEs in the face of increasingly fierce
competition Neira, et.al., (2009) enhancing product innovation
and process innovation the higher the business performance
achieved Ar and Birdogan (2011) increasing product innovation
power, higher process innovation business performance s
achieved, Najib and Akira (2011) both products innovations
and processes innovations as a mediating variable of internal
corporate cooperation, cooperation with government,
cooperation with research institutions and business
performance (as measured by sales volume, profitability and
market share), Rahab (2012) learning orientation reinforces the
effect of market orientation on innovation, Atalay, et.al., (2013)
the higher the power of product innovation and, the process
innovation will be higher performance achievement, Rosli and
Syamsuriana (2013) product innovation and process innovation
have influence on business performance , Atalay, et.al., (2013)
product innovation, and process innovation have an influence
on business performance . Similarly, Ismanu et al. (2017) stated
that product innovation and innovation affect the financial
performance of small ceramics industry in Malang, Indonesia.
The role of innovation seen from the standpoint of human
resource management emphasizes the importance of production
factors in the form of labor to be able to develop and produce
products or services that have high competitiveness, thus
required further research to investigate the effect of innovation
on performance on SMEs. Innovation is meant in this research
is innovation with product innovation indicator and process
innovation and which is meant by performance in this research
is financial performance of company showing financial
235
development of company which measured by growth of
production, marketing, and growth of business profit.
The role of government policy on improving business
performance such as research conducted by Antonio, Isabel and
Reguel (2003) found that training has a significant impact on
business performance improvement. Thurik and Wennekers
(2004) in their study concluded that government policy in
controlling the economy by involving technology and consumer
stability will improve business performance. Rasiah (2002)
mentions that the autonomous government is proactive in
supporting the development of SMEs by providing education
and training, and market information. Stuart (2000) mentions
that technology cooperation between large and small companies
to attract customers, in turn can increase sales and product
innovation. Samsir (2013) the role of government is needed to
realize the innovative behavior of small businesses, especially
in the form of assistance such as training, technology, market
information and funds. Therefore, further research is needed to
explain the causal relationship between innovation and business
performance, and try to develop an empirical model of research
involving government policy as a moderating variable between
innovation and performance of handmade batik business in East
Java. Government policy as a moderating variable theoretically
aims to realize innovative creativity and behavior that should be
assisted and supported by the government in the form of quality
human resources such as in training, support facilities, and
information because most small industries have weaknesses in
the lack of resources including financial resources, training and
human resource development.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Innovation
Rogers (2003) views innovation as a process that begins
with the creation of new elements, with the creation that directs
the idea of practical development on an element for commercial
use. Furthermore, Rogers (2003) defines innovation as an idea,
practice, or object considered new by individuals or other
adoption units. Gaynor (2002) states that innovation begins
with an idea that is converted into a concept. Innovation is a
new combination of what already exists and can be
implemented for multiple purposes. Another notion of
innovation is the implementation of new products or
significantly upgraded products, processes, new marketing
methods, or new organizational methods in business practices,
workplace organizations or external relations (OECD, 2005).
So the requirement is said innovation is product, process,
method of marketing and organization method must be new or
significantly enhanced for company. Then Robbins and Judge
(2013) define innovation as: a specialized kind of change
whereby a new idea is applied to initiating or improving a
product, process, or service. The statement can be interpreted as
innovation is kind of a special change with new ideas applied to
start or to improve a product, process or service. Thus
innovation indirectly states change, although not all changes
require the introduction of new ideas, innovation can start from
small incremental improvements. This study defines innovation
by referring to OECD (2005), namely: implementation of new
products or significantly improved products, new marketing
processes, methods, or new organizational methods in business
practices, workplace organizations.
2.2. Business Performance
Business performance is an illustration of the financial and
non-financial conditions of SMEs that are analyzed by means
of non financial financial analysis, so it can be known about
either the poor financial condition of a company that reflects the
performance of work within a certain period. Assessment of
corporate performance is one way that can be done by the
management in order to fulfill its obligations to the funders and
also to achieve the goals set by the company. Business
performance is an indicator of both the poor management
decisions in decision making. Management can interact with
both external and external environments through information.
The information is further poured or summarized in the firm
financial statements. Business performance by Lee and Tsang
(2001) is measured by sales growth, asset growth, and business
profit growth. Jaugh and Glueck, 1998 business performance
measurement company can be measured by the level of sales,
profit levels, payback, turnover rate, and market share achieved.
Several studies have examined the performance of SMEs.
Camison, et al., (2005) measures business performance by
referring to three aspects, namely profitability, productivity,
and market. While Lee and Tsang (2001) assess business
performance through venture growth consisting of sales growth,
asset growth and business profit growth. Measures of relavan
business performance in this study at the level of production,
market share and profit rate.
2.3. Government Policy
The development of SMEs is one of the priorities in
national economic development in Indonesia. This is because in
addition to business as the backbone of the democratic
economic system, it not only intends to reduce the problem of
disparity between income groups and companies, or poverty
alleviation and employment. In addition, this development is
able to expand its economic base and can contribute
significantly to accelerate structural changes that enhance
regional economies and national economic resilience. These
conditions and facts are in line with the results of empirical
research conducted by Rasiah (2002) comparing the success of
SMEs in the machine tool industry conducted in two cities of
Penang and Kelang Valley showing results proving that Penang
has succeeded in developing small and medium industries while
not in the Valley Kelang. Kelang Valley City has a different
governmental status with the city of Penang. Penang
Government Autonomy has been proactive in supporting the
development of small and medium-sized industries in the form
of public training and providing market information. Samsir
(2013) revealed that government policy has an important role to
improve business performance in SMEs.
236
III. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The population of objects in this study were handmade batik
SMEs located in East Java, Indonesia. The subject population
is the owner or manager of the handmade batik SMEs. The
sampling technique uses purposive sampling. Consideration
uses a sampling technique with purposive sampling because the
population of handmade batik SMEs that are scattered in East
Java cannot be determined with certainty (Sekaran, 2013). In
this study the number of samples chosen was 84 SMEs. The
criteria used in sample selection are based on the following
considerations: 1) SMEs activities that produce batik cloth and
products made of batik cloth, 2) the running business has been
operating for at least 2 years. Data collection methods used in
research with questionnaires. The results of the validity test that
the data used in the analysis are declared valid. The results of
the question item test as a questionnaire measuring instrument
are declared reliable. The analysis technique used in research
with multiple regression, and hypothesis testing with Structural
Equation Model (SEM) which is operated through the Smart
Partial Least Square (SmartPLS) program. Equation system that
shows the relationship between latent variables (inner models).
The relationship between innovation (X) as a independent
variable, Business Performance (Y) as a dependen variable, and
Government Policy (M) as a moderating variable. The
structural equation model is as follows: Y = β0 + β1X + β2X *
M + β3M + ε.
IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Innovation on business performance has coefficient
with positive direction. Table 1 show that calculation
results show that the coefficient of the path of 0.251 (p
<0.05) produces decisions that have a significant effect on
business performance. The level of corporate innovation
can be measured from products and processes. High
innovation within the company will improve business
performance. The interaction of innovation and approach
to performance has coefficients with a positive direction.
The calculation result that the path coefficient of 0.185
(ρ>0.05). The significant interaction coefficient explains
that government policies are proven to moderate the
innovation relationship to business performance.
In the increasingly fierce business competition, all
entrepreneurs who jumped in the field of business, both
products and services competing each other to be the best in
order to produce products in accordance with consumer
demand. Then, every time new competitors with new business
and product models keep emerging. Entrepreneurs must be able
to respond and innovate so that their business has a competitive
advantage and can survive. Innovations undertaken by SMEs
produce high value and are done on an ongoing basis will be
decisive in entering the market and becoming the market leader.
In addition, innovation is done as an appropriate solution to get
out of the saturation of a product, so that consumers
increasingly have many options to use products that are
practical and as needed. Consumers are willing to pay a higher
price for an innovation and will increase the profit of SMEs.
Innovation is the most important way for companies to
create new value for customers and to be a competitive
advantage and innovation will have an impact on the success of
the company. Innovation is an important function in
management, because innovation is related to business
performance. The results of analysis on the effect of innovation
on the performance of the company shows that innovation has
a positive role in improving the performance of the company
where the higher the power of innovation will be the higher
business performance of handmade batik SMEs of East Java.
Further test results in the interpretation that the owner of
handmade batik SME East Java is able to develop the power of
creativity by realizing innovations, especially on product
innovation and process innovation. Innovation as a corporate
mechanism to adapt to a dynamic environment, there is a
demand to be able to create new thoughts, new ideas by offering
innovative products and improved service that can satisfy
customers. Two innovation concepts he proposes are innovation
and innovation capacity. Innovation is the idea of openness to
new ideas as aspects of corporate culture, while the capacity to
innovate is the company's ability to use or apply new ideas,
processes / new products successfully.
The emergence of product innovation is basically to meet
market demand, so that product innovation is one that can be
used as a competitive advantage for the company. Product
innovation positively and significantly affects business
performance, but product innovation can also serve as a
mediator that strengthens the relationship between market
orientation and business performance. Business performance
basically depends on the harmony of product innovation and
process innovation. Product innovation and process innovation
relate to basic work activities that can directly affect products
and processes. In general in East Java batik batik measurement
innovation can be reviewed in product innovation and process
innovation. On the other hand, product innovation as a process
of using new technology into a product so that the product has
added value. Innovation can be done on goods, services, or
ideas received by someone as something new, so maybe an idea
has emerged in the past, but can be considered innovative for
new-found customers.
The increasing number of goods offered to consumers and
supported by the flow of information about the products that are
easily obtained, causing them to be more selective in buying an
item, both in quality, design style, color and price. Product
innovation aims to maintain the viability of the company, as
existing products are vulnerable to changing consumer needs
and tastes, technology, shorter product life cycles, and
237
increased domestic and foreign competition. Product
innovation must be done through the results of market research,
so as to produce products in accordance with consumer tastes.
Although the company is concerned with quality, but if the
company does not pay attention to the tastes of consumers, it
will cause the product is not interested, even consumers will
switch to other products, so sales will fall. Product innovation
will add value compared to similar products (product
excellence), so it will increase sales. The competitive advantage
of a product is one of the determinants of the success of a new
product, so that an innovation product must have an advantage
over other similar products. This is also in line with Cooper
(1998) opinion that the superiority of new products is critical in
a highly competitive global market environment. These
advantages can not be separated from the development of
product innovation is produced so that will have an advantage
in the market which will then win in the competition. Product
innovation can produce a new or distinctive product, it is
expressed by Li (2006), believes that the uniqueness of a
product is defined as an important attribute of the superiority of
the product, which is influenced by innovative power and high
technology, so that the product can be produced according to
taste consumer. The success of the firm business will be
achieved if the company can quickly react to new market
conditions and customer needs. In addition the company can
continuously seek creative solutions as well as continuous
improvement in producing the products.
The findings in this study of government policy as
moderation to strengthen the effect of innovation on the
performance of SMEs. Government policies consisting of the
ease of obtaining funding loans to increase capital, facilities for
education and training, and cooperation with travel and tourism
bureaus are external factors when interacting with the power of
innovation consisting of the development of innovation ideas,
awards for innovation ideas, and the implementation of
innovative ideas will improve the performance of handmade
batik business. Government policies that directly affect
business performance are interesting findings from this study.
This phenomenon can be interpreted that the role of government
through education and training programs, assistance to obtain
capital, and cooperation with travel and tourism agency, is a
very important factor in improving the performance of batik
business. From these two relationships, it is clearly concluded
that the influence of government policy is stronger than the
interaction of innovation and government policy on business
performance, so that government policy can act as an
independent variable on business performance.
CONCLUSION AND IMPLICATION
Innovating as the implementation of new ideas and ideas,
especially on product innovation and process innovation is the
most important way for handmade batik SMEs. Inonation can
create new value for customers, and become a competitive
advantage, and innovation will have an impact on increasing
sales. Innovation is an important function in management,
because innovation is related to the performance of SMEs. The
result of analysis of innovation strategy conducted by
 handmade batik SMEs by producing motifs and patterns and
other products such as bags, shoes, place of tissue made from
batik cloth, and increasing efficiency of production process can
increase profit. It shows that innovation has a very important
role in the management of a business to improve business
performance. Government politically as the state's exposure to
make the society prosperous led. The welfare of the community
can be achieved, if the policy concerning the economic field
becomes a priority. Appropriate government policies for the
development of handmade batik SMEs can have a real impact
on business performance.
Based on the results of this study, for the next researcher
who still focus on handmade batik SMEs in East Java, it is
recommended that the factors that have been studied, it is also
important to include external factors as variables that affect
business performance. Improvement of human resource
management by giving rewards to people who always
proactively change the environment by thinking creative and
innovative behavior by looking for new ideas.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors of the work express their gratitude to
Polytechnic of Malang for funding support in this research.
REFERENCES
[1] Achrol, R.S. and Etze, J. E. 2003). The Structure of
Reseller Goals and Performance in Marketing
Channels. Ravi S. Achrol and Michael J. Etzel.
Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science
[2] Afuah, A. (1998), Innovation Management:
Strategies, Implementation and Profits, Oxford
University Press, New York, NY
[3] Antonio, I. and Reguel (2003). Effetc of Training on
Business Result. The International Journal of Human
Resource Management. Vol. 14, No. 6
[4] Ar, I. M. and Baki, B., 2011. Antecedents and
performance impacts of product versus process
innovation Empirical evidence from SMEs located in
Turkish science and technology parks. European
Journal of Innovation Management Vol. 14 No. 2.
[5] Atalay, M., Anafarta, N., and Sarvan, F. 2013. The
relationship between innovation and firm
performance: An empirical evidence from Turkish
automotive supplier industry. Procedia-Social and
Behavioral Sciences, 75 (2013), pp. 226–35
[6] Bessant, J. and Tidd, J. (2007), Innovation and
Entrepreneurship, Wiley, Chichester.
[7] Camiso´n, C. and Ana, V.L., 2010. An examination
of the relationship between manufacturing flexibility
and firm performance The mediating role of
innovation, International Journal of Operations &
Production Management Vol. 30 No. 8.
238
[8] Cheng, J. H. and Chun, J. L. 2005. Exploration for
the relationship between innovation, IT and
performance, Journal of Intellectual Capital, Vol. 6.
No. 2, pp. 237 – 252.
[9] Cho, H. and Pucik, V., 2005, Relationship between
innovativeness, quality, growth, profitability, and
market value. Strategic Management Journal.
[10] Cooper, J.t R. , 1998. A multidimensional approach
to the adoption of innovation, Management
Decision, Vol. 36
[11] Darroch, J. and Rod, M., 2002. Examining the Ling
Between Knowledge Management Practices and
Types of Innovations. Journal of Intelectual Capital,
Vol 3..
[12] Francis, D. and Bessant, J. 2005, “Targeting
innovation and implications for capability
development”, Technovation, Vol. 25.
[13] Gaynor, G.H. 2002, Innovation by Design: What it
Takes to Keep Your Company on The Cutting Edge,
AMACOM American management association, New
York, NY.
[14] Griffin, R. W. 2004. Manajemen , Edisi Ketujuh,
Jilid 2, Gina G., Erlangga, Jakarta.
[15] Hall, B. H., Lotti, F. and Mairesse, J. 2009.
Innovation and productivity in SMEs: empirical
evidence for Italy. Small Bus Econ. 33(1), pp. 13-33
[16] Han,J.K.,N.Kim, and R.K.Srivastava, 1998, Market
Orientation and Organizational Performance: is
Innovation the Missing Link?, Journal of Marketing,
Vol 624.
[17] Ismanu, S., Salim, U., Moeljadi, Siti, A. (2017). The
Effect Of Innovation Strategy On Financial
Performance Small And Medium Enterprises In
Indonesia. International Journal of Applied Business
and Economic Research. ISSN : 0972-7302 Serials
Publications Pvt. Ltd. Volume 15, Number 22.
[18] Jauch, L.R., and Glueck, W.F. 1988. Business Policy
and Strategic Management. McGraw-Hill: New
York.
[19] Kargar Javad and John A. Parnell. Strategic Planning
Emphasis And Planning Satisfaction In Small Firms:
An Empirical Investigation. Published in Journal of
Business Strategies 13, No. 1
[20] Lee D.Y and Tsang E.W.K, 2001. The Effect
Entrepreneurial Personality, Backround and
Network Activities on Venture Growth. Journal
Management Studies.
[21] Li, Y., Zhao, Y. and Liu, Y. 2006. The
Relationship Between HRM, Technology
Innovation and Performance in China.
International Journal of Manpower. Vol. 27
[22] Lin, P., Peng, C. and Kao, D. 2008. The (Evidences from Riau Songket Weaving Small
Innovativeness Effect of Marketing Orientation Industry in Riau Province). IOSR Journal of
and Learning Orientation on Business Business and Management (IOSR-JBM). Volume
Performance. International Journal of 10, Issue 5, PP 23-31
Manpower. Vol. 28. No. 8. [34] Sekaran, U. 2013. Research Methods For Business,
[23] Murat,I.A., and Birdogan, B., 2011. Antecedents and A Skill Building Approach, Seventh Edition, John
performance impacts of product versus process Willey & Sons, Ltd, The Atrium, Southern Gate,
innovation Empirical evidence from SMEs located in Chichester, West Sussex, PO19 8SQ, United
Turkish science and technology parks. European Kingdom.
Journal of Innovation Management Vol. 14 No. 2 [35] Stuart, T.E. (2000). Interorganizational alliances and
[24] Najib, M. and Kiminami, A., 2011. Innovation, the performance of firms: a study of growth and
cooperation and business performance Some innovation rates in a high‐technology industry.
evidence from Indonesian small food processing Strategic Management. Vol 21, Issue 8, pp. 791-811
cluster. Journal of Agribusiness in Developing and [36] Thurik, R. and Wennekers, S. (2004).
Emerging Economies Vol. 1 No. 1. Entrepreneurship, Small Business and Economic
[25] Neira, C.O., Lindman, M.T., Ferna´ndez, M.J. 2008. Growt. Journal os Small Business and Enteprise
Innovation and performance in SME furniture Development. Vol. 11, No. 1, pp.140-149.
industries An international comparative case study,
Marketing Intelligence & Planning, 27(2), pp. 216-
223
[26] Organisation For Economic Co-Operation And
Development (OECD), 2005. Oslo Manual
Guidelines For Collecting And Interpreting
Innovation Data. Third Edition. A Joint Publication
Of Oecd And Eurostat
[27] Pinayides, P., 2006. Enhancing innovation
capability through relationship management and
implications for performance. European Journal of
Innovation Management. Vol. 9. No. 4. Pp. 466 - 483
[28] Rahab, 2012. Innovativeness Model Of Small And
Medium Enterprises Based On Market Orientation
and Learning Orientation: Testing Moderating Effect
Of Business Operation Mode. Procedia Economics
and Finance 4
[29] Rasiah (2002). Government-Business Coordination
and Small Enterprise Performance in the Machine
Tools Sector in Malaysia. Small Business
Economics. Vol. 18, pp. 177–195
[30] Rogers, E.M. 2003. Diffusion of Innovations 5th
edition, Free Press. New York, pp.12-31
[31] Rosli M.M., and Sidek,S. 2013. The Impact of
Innovation on the Performance of Small and medium
Manufacturing Enterprises: Evidence from
Malaysia. Journal of Innovation Management in
Small & Medium Enterprise, 2013(2013), pp.1-16
[32] Salavou, H. and Avlonitis, G. , 2008. Product
innovativeness and performance: a focus on SMEs.
Management Decision Vol. 46 No. 7, 2008 pp. 969-
985
[33] Samsir, H.D., Thoyib, A., Surachman. (2013). The
Effects of Industrial Environment, Innovation, and
Government Policy on Business Performance

239
 [1] G. Eason, B. Noble, and I. N. Sneddon, “On certain integrals of Lipschitz-
Hankel type involving products of Bessel functions,” Phil. Trans. Roy.
Soc. London, vol. A247, pp. 529–551, April 1955. (references)
[2] J. Clerk Maxwell, A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism, 3rd ed., vol.
2. Oxford: Clarendon, 1892, pp.68–73.
[3] I. S. Jacobs and C. P. Bean, “Fine particles, thin films and exchange
anisotropy,” in Magnetism, vol. III, G. T. Rado and H. Suhl, Eds. New
York: Academic, 1963, pp. 271–350.
[4] K. Elissa, “Title of paper if known,” unpublished.
[5] R. Nicole, “Title of paper with only first word capitalized,” J. Name Stand.
Abbrev., in press.
[6] Y. Yorozu, M. Hirano, K. Oka, and Y. Tagawa, “Electron spectroscopy
studies on magneto-optical media and plastic substrate interface,” IEEE
Transl. J. Magn. Japan, vol. 2, pp. 740–741, August 1987 [Digests 9th
Annual Conf. Magnetics Japan, p. 301, 1982].
[7] M. Young, The Technical Writer's Handbook. Mill Valley, CA:
University Science, 1989.

240
 Financial Independence of Regencies and Cities in
East Kalimantan Province Indonesia
Indah Martati1, Besse Asniwaty2, Suminto3
1
Administration Department, Politeknik Negeri Samarinda
2
Jl. Dr. Ciptomangunkusumo, Kampus Gunung Panjang, Samarinda, Indonesia, 75131
Abstract—The purpose of the study was to analyze the level of
financial independence and dependency as well as patterns of
relations in regencies and cities in East Kalimantan as recipients
of transfer funds from the Central Government in 2011-2016
period. The sample was set in 5 regions, from the largest transfer
fund recipient to the smallest. This research was a descriptive
qualitative research that was by analyzing the level of financial
independence and regional financial capacity and the pattern of its
relationship with the central government. The study result found
that the five sample regions had very low average independence
ratio because of less than 25% except for Balikpapan City 40.61%.
The average of Kukar District was 6.5%, Samarinda was 22.43%,
PPU was 10.77% and Bontang was 13.08%. The level of
dependence with the Central Government is very high at more
than 75%. The majority of regions have a pattern of relations with
the Central Government in the form of an instructive relationship
pattern except for Balikpapan City which was consultative. The
results showed that the essence of regional autonomy has not been
as successful as expected.
Keywords— financial independence, transfer fund, relationship
patterns, financial dependence
I. INTRODUCTION
Regional autonomy in Indonesia has been regulated since
1999 with the intention to distribute and hand over some of the
centralized power to decentralization. The purpose of these
changes is to run the government fairly by submitting some of
the functions that were previously handled by the central
government to regional governments except law, foreign affairs,
religion, defences and higher education. This is intended to
reduce the level of dependence of local governments on the
Central Government. Decentralization is expected to accelerate
regional economic growth by competing positively. Regional
autonomy in Indonesia is also a public demand for power-
sharing, income distribution, and regional financial management
independence. Furthermore (Ratang, 2016) said that fiscal
decentralization provides greater autonomy to local
governments in managing regional finance oriented to the
interests of society. Regional autonomy is also an instrument to
prevent national disintegration because by doing so the
management of government finances can be more effective and
efficient so that public welfare and services can increase
(Gousario & Dharmastuti, 2015). Regional Autonomy without
being accompanied by the authority of financial management
and looseness in exploring the sources of regional income will
not succeed maximally. By giving authority and encouragement
to the regions to explore local potential in generating income and
241
coupled with proportional supervision will encourage regions to
increase Regional Original Revenue (PAD). The basic principle
of regional autonomy is the granting of authority to regions to
manage their regions so that they are able to be independent.
Regencies and cities in the territory of Kalimantan Province
obtained status as autonomous regions since the enactment of
Law No. 22 of 1999 concerning Regional Government. This
status has implications for the transfer of financial management
authority, which was previously centrally transferred to regions
in the form of balance funds or transfer funds from the center to
the regions. Thus, the regions have the freedom to manage these
funds to improve the welfare of their regional communities.
With the passage of regional autonomy which has been almost
seventeen years, the essence of autonomy has not yet been seen.
Especially after the decline in oil and coal prices which had
implications for the drastic fall in the fund balance, which
affected the Regional Budget and Expenditure in the regencies
and cities in the region which in turn reduced the people's
income. This is because the districts and cities in East
Kalimantan still rely on their income from mining. This kind of
mindset cannot be maintained for a long time, because mining is
a resource that cannot be renewed. Therefore, the local
government must look for other sources of income that can
sustain its Budget and Regional Revenue with its locally-
generated Revenue (PAD) which is based on the potential of the
region and its people. With the hope that the region can be more
independent in financing its activities in providing public
services and improving its welfare. In reality, the community has
already been spoiled by the existence of large amounts of
transfer funds as producers of natural resources. Local
governments and communities have not been able to optimize
the management of transfer funds to encourage the growth of
regional income sources derived from PAD. This is evidenced
when the world market price for oil and coal has affected the
Budget and Regional Revenue deficit in the districts and cities
in East Kalimantan. This is not only happening in the regencies
and cities in East Kalimantan but also in East Java Province the
level of independence in the area was also still low (Sebastian &
Cahyo, 2016), as well as for regencies and cities in central Java
the level of independence was also low as revealed by (Fafurida
& Pratiwi, 2017). The higher the level of regional financial
independence, illustrating that the local government has been
able to improve financial capacity that comes from the local area
and reduce dependence on central government funding transfer.
To be capable of being independent, it is necessary to
recognize the source of regional revenue, first from locally-
generated revenue. Increasing regional independence is closely were analyzed using the formula of financial independence (FI)
related to the ability of regions to manage locally-generated according to Halim (2008).
revenue. The higher the ability of the region to produce PAD,
the greater the ability of the region to use the PAD according to
the aspirations, needs, and priorities of regional development. FI = Locally- Generated Revenue X 100%
PAD is the source of regional revenue that is obtained and used
in accordance with the potential of the area that is owned. PAD Central Government Transfer +Province+
aims to give authority to local governments to fund the Regional Loan
implementation of regional autonomy in accordance with the
regional potential as a manifestation of decentralization. Second, With indicators of Financial Capability, Independence and
the Balancing Fund is a fund sourced from revenues from the Relationship Pattern as listed in Table 1.
State Budget (APBN) allocated to regions to fund regional needs
in the context of implementing decentralization aimed at Table 1. Indicators of Financial Independence and
reducing the fiscal gap between the government and regional
Relationship Pattern
governments and among regional governments. Balancing
Funds are Regional funding sourced from APBN consisting of
Revenue Sharing Funds (DBH), General Allocation Funds Financial Level of Regional Relationship
(DAU), and Special Allocation Funds (DAK). The Balancing Capability Financial Independence Pattern
Fund is expected to increase regional fiscal capacity and reduce Very low 0 -25% Instructive
fiscal disparities. The Balancing Fund is substituted for PAD. low >25% - 50% Consultative
Acceptance of the Balancing Fund varies depending on the
acceptance of the regional PAD. Third, Other legal income Medium >50% - 75% Participatory
consists of grant income and Emergency Fund income. Grant high >75% - 100% Delegative
income is non-binding assistance. Grants to regions originating
from abroad are carried out through the government. Emergency Source: Halim (2008)
funds are allocated by the government where funds come from
the state budget for urgent needs caused by national disasters or Explanation:
extraordinary events that cannot be overcome by the regions o The pattern of instructive relationships means that the
using APBD sources (Bhaskoro, 2013). In the era of regional role of the Central Government is more dominant than
autonomy, total income is expected to be used to finance the independence of a region.
regional needs. An autonomous region is a legal community unit o The pattern of consultative relations means that the
that has certain regional boundaries authorized to regulate and intervention of the Central Government has begun to
take care of the interests of the local community according to diminish because the Region has been deemed capable
their own initiative based on the aspirations of the people in the of carrying out autonomy.
ties of the Republic of Indonesia Unitary State according to
o The pattern of participatory relations shows that the
Wijaya (2014). Regional autonomy means the right, authority
role of the central government is diminishing because
and obligation of the autonomous region to regulate and manage
their own affairs and the interests of the local community in the regions concerned are close to being able to
accordance with the laws and regulations. According to the Law implement regional autonomy.
(2004) the objectives of regional autonomy are 1) to improve the o The pattern of delegative relations means that the
welfare of people in the regions of authority, 2) improve public government intervention has not existed because the
services in their regions, 3) improve regional competitiveness is regions have been truly independent in implementing
also the goal of regional autonomy. regional autonomy.

II. RESEARCH METHOD

The research data used are secondary data in the form of III. FINDING AND DISCUSSION
APBD Allocation and Realization for the period 2011-2016
Regional independence is one of the important aspects of the
from the five regencies and cities as the sample of this study
implementation of the regional authority in financing the
namely Kukar Regency (Kukar), Balikpapan City (BPN),
implementation of government and development activities
Samarinda City (SMD), Panajam Paser Utara Regency (PPU),
through increasing regional revenue (Enceng, Liestyodo, &
and Bontang City (BTNG). Determination of the sample is based
Purwaningdyah, 2012). Based on secondary data obtained from
on the consideration of the recipient area for the transfer of funds
the Ministry of Finance's Director General of Regional Financial
in large quantities from the Central / Provincial Government and
Balance related to revenue realization data for the 2011-2016
the recipient area of the transfer funds in small amounts from the
period in the 5 regencies and cities designated as samples as
Central Government.
shown in Table 2.
The Data were analyzed descriptively qualitatively to
explain the level of regional financial independence and ability
and the pattern of relations with the central government. To
determine the level of regional financial independence, the data

242
 Table 2. Realization of Regional Revenue and Expenditure
Budget of Regencies and Cities in East Kalimantan Province
2011-2016 (000.000 Rupiah)
The total income of the five regions in the 2011-2016 period
fluctuated from year to year, but in 2014-2016 it tended to
decline in almost all districts and cities. The income profile
reflects the APBD owned by five regencies and cities. Table 2
showed the APBD for 2011-2016, namely the APBD of Kukar
Regency with an average annual value of 5.56 trillion rupiahs,
while other regions, namely Balikpapan, average APBD per year
only amounted to 2.19 trillion rupiahs, Samarinda averaged 2.58
trillion rupiah, Panajam Paser Utara averaged 1.33 trillion
rupiah, and Bontang averaged 1.35 trillion rupiah. Kukar
Regency Regional Budget was 2.55 times of Balikpapan City ,
2.17 times of Samarinda City, 4.19 times of PPU Regency, and
4.08 times of Bontang City.
The APBD ratio of Kukar Regency to other regencies /cities
can be seen in Figure 1. The total income of the five regions in
the 2011-2016 period fluctuated from year to year, but in 2014-
2016 it tends to decrease in almost all districts and cities. The
income profile reflects the APBD owned by five regencies and
cities. Table 2 showed the APBD for 2011-2016, namely the
APBD of Kukar Regency with an average annual value of 5.56
trillion rupiahs, while other regions, namely Balikpapan,
average APBD per year, only amounted to 2.19 trillion rupiahs,
Samarinda averaged 2.58 trillion rupiah, Paser Panajam Utara
averaged 1.33 trillion rupiah, and Bontang averaged 1.35 trillion
rupiah. Kukar Regency Regional Budget is 2.55 times the
Balikpapan City APBD, 2.17 times the Samarinda City APBD,
4.19 times the PPU Regency APBD, and 4.08 times the Bontang
City APBD. The APBD ratio of Kukar Regency to other
districts/cities can be seen in Figure 1.
Figure 1. Income ratio Kukar Regency to the other
Regencies and Cities 2011 - 2011 Period
The main regional income generally comes from the
transfer funds from the central/provincial government and not
from the original regional income (PAD). Kukar Regency,
which had the largest APBD compared to other districts and
cities in East Kalimantan, was inversely proportional to the
243
small amount of PAD produced. This means that the availability
of a large budget is a challenge for each region to manage its
finances effectively in order to stimulate economic growth. The
ability of regions to produce the PAD as an indicator of whether
or not financial management is effective. This is in accordance
with the spirit of regional autonomy, so gradually the regions
must release their dependence from the Central Government.
One of its efforts is to explore the potential of the local economy
to gradually increase PAD towards financial independence. It
was found the fact that regions with large APBD did not
guarantee to have the ability to use their money to explore the
potential of the local economy in order to generate local
revenue. Judging from the original regional revenue generated
by each region, Kukar Regency was ranked third after
Samarinda City and Balikpapan City. Profile of PAD
percentage of total income from each region as shown in Table
3.
Table 3. Percentage of Local Revenue of Regencies and Cities
to Total income in Each Regency and Cities 2011-2016
Table 3 shows that during the period of 2011-2016, the
regions with the highest PAD were Balikpapan with an average
percentage of PAD of 22% of the Total Income. The second
most was Samarinda with an average PAD of 13% of the Total
Income. The third sequence was Bontang City with an average
percentage of 10%, followed by PPU Regency with an average
percentage of 6%. While the smallest percentage of PAD was
Kukar, it was 5 %. This percentage shows that there is no
guarantee that regions with large total revenues are able to
generate economic growth that can increase high local revenue.
Small PAD indicates low regional financial capacity and has an
impact on low levels of independence and high dependence on
the central government. Overall from the five regions, the
average percentage of PAD to Total Revenue is relatively low at
11%. This means that the source of regional income derived
from the internal capability of the region is only 11% and the
remaining 89% comes from other sources.
A description of the percentage of regional revenue sources
derived from the Central Government's transfer funds to the 5
regions as reflected in Table 4. Starting in 2011-2016 Kukar
obtained the largest transfer funds compared to other regions.
 Table 4. Percentage of Funds Transfer to Total Income in
Each Regency and City
The main source of income for the majority of regencies and
cities in East Kalimantan has so far relied on transfer funds from
the Central Government. There have not been any regional
efforts to release dependence on revenue-sharing funds
obtained from non-renewable natural resources. This is evident
from the regional financial management that is still focused on
routine government activities and personnel expenditure. So
that a lot of local economic potential has not been empowered
to improve the economic growth of the community which has
an impact on the increase in PAD. This shows that there is a
political budget that has not taken sides with the welfare of
society in general. Paying attention to the profile of total
income, PAD, transfer funds in each district and city, it can be
analyzed by the level of regional financial independence as
shown in Table 5. The level of independence owned by each
region in each year has different quality values. This is related
to the ability of regions to manage their regional finances.
Table 5. Level of Financial Independence Period 2011-2016
Overall the regencies and cities with the highest
average level of independence were Balikpapan City
40.61% followed by Samarinda City (22.43%), Bontang
City (13.08%), Panajam Paser Utara Regency (10.77% ),
and the lowest was Kukar Regency (6.50%). The average
value of the independence ratio of 40.61% which was
owned by Balikpapan City, it was in the category of low
financial ability and seen the pattern of relations with the
central government was consultative. This means that the
intervention of the central government has begun to
diminish because the Region has been deemed capable of
carrying out autonomy. Whereas for the four other regions
because the independence ratio was still below 25%, then
the financial ability was very low. So that the pattern of
relations with the central government was an instructive
relationship pattern. This means that the role of the
244
Central Government is more dominant than the
independence of a region. So most districts and cities in
East Kalimantan have more than 75% of high financial
dependence with the central government. Areas with a
low level of independence affect low economic growth.
In other words, a high level of dependence has a negative
effect on economic growth. This is consistent with the
results of previous studies (Suci & Asmara, 2014).
Research shows that autonomy that has been running
up to now has not been as expected as the goal of
autonomy itself. The development of regional autonomy
for 17 years since it was implemented was still very low.
Because almost all regions have a high dependency on
transfer funds from the Central Government. This is
allegedly due to three factors, namely:
1) The absence of a standard time for regional
financial independence determined by the Central
Government
2) Lack of tight supervision by the Central /
Provincial Government on the priority of the use
of regional transfer funds
3) The existence of budgetary political interests that
are not in favor of improving the welfare of the
community.
Based on the results of previous research Suci &
Asmara (2014) stated that fiscal decentralization aims to
increase regional financial independence and reduce fiscal
dependence on the central government. But in its
implementation, there are still many regions that depend on
central funding for regional development. There is no clarity in
the standard time for the regions to gradually become
independent. This is reflected in the rules on regional autonomy
which are set forth therein not yet to contain the measurement
of achievement and the standard of time to achieve it as outlined
in the form of measurable indicators with a certain time limit.
There should be a five-year achievement target by using certain
criteria for financial independence. For example, the first five
years since the implementation of regional autonomy in 2001
with the target of achieving independence is 0-25%. The second
five years of achievement of independence targets are > 25% -
50%. The third five-year achievement target of independence is
> 50% -75%, and the fourth five-year achievement target of
independence is > 75% -100%. Thus supervision is easier to see
from the achievements of each region. An indicator of
achievement of clear and measurable financial independence.
The more independent an area shows a balanced proportion
between PAD and balancing funds and regional loans.
In the mechanism of preparing the APBD at the regencies
and city level, facilitation is carried out by the Provincial
Government as an extension of the central government.
Facilitation is a form of supervision but has not touched on the
details of the proposed financial management from districts and
cities. This shows the existence of budgetary political interests
that are not in favour of improving the welfare of the community.
This is reflected in the more allocated budget allocation for
personnel expenditure with a tendency to increase from year to of the research team Dr. Indah Martati, SE, MM
year in the five districts and cities. The proportion of employee (chairman), Dr. Besse Asniwaty, SE, M.Sc., and Drs.
expenditure on average each year ranges from 30.61% - 40.02% Suminto, M.Hum, M.Pd.B.I. The research team is a
of the total budget. The percentage of personnel expenditure
allocation is almost the same as the average capital expenditure permanent lecturer at the Department of Business
which ranges from 29.94% -37.90%. Administration of Samarinda State Polytechnic
(POLNES) with the title of research "Effectiveness of
Budget allocations that were less oriented to efforts to
encourage economic growth of the people indicate that there is
Funds Transfer Management from the Central
no optimal regional financial management. This has an impact Government to Provincial and Regencies / Cities
on the region's low ability to be independent. Governments in East Kalimantan".
Our thanks go to DRPM Ristekdikti and to Polnes who
CONCLUSION have given us the opportunity to conduct research in 2018
The level of regional financial independence and dependency in accordance with the field of competence. This
level and Pattern of Relationship with the Central Government international conference that we participate in is one of
from the five regencies and cities of the research sample are as the research outputs that we have targeted.
follows:
1.Kukar Regency with a very low level of independence, Abbreviation
which was an average of 6.5% and a very high dependency
rate of 93.5% and has an instructive relationship pattern;
2. Balikpapan City with a low level of independence that was APBD : Regional budget
an average of 40.61% and a high level of dependency, APBN : State budget
namely 59.39% and has a pattern of consultative relations BPN : Balikpapan City
with the Central Government; BTNG : Bontang City
3. Samarinda City with a very low level of independence, DAK : Special Allocation Fund
namely an average of 22.43% and a very high dependency DAU : General Allocation Fund
rate of 77.57% and has an instructive relationship pattern DRPM : Directorate General of
with the Central Government; Research and Development
4. PPU Regency with a very low level of independence Strengthening
namely an average of 10.77% and a very high dependency
FI : Financial Independence
level of 89.23% and has an instructive relationship
PPU : Penajam Pasir Utara Regency
pattern with the Central Government;
Polnes : State Polytechnic of Samarinda
5. Bontang city with a very low level of independence
Kukar : Kutai Kartanegara Regency
that is an average of 13.8% and very high
Polnes : Politeknik Negeri Samarinda
dependency rate of 86.2% and has an instructive
PAD : Locally - Generated Revenue
relationship pattern with the Central Government;
SMD : Samarinda City
The results of this study prove that in general, the
financial capability of the regencies and cities in East
Kalimantan was still very low, namely under 25% of the REFERENCES
level of independence. The pattern of relations with the [1] Bhaskoro, W. N. (2013, 8). Financial and Fund Transfer Analysis From
Central Government is in the form of an instructive Central and Regional. Jakarta, Indonesia
[2] Enceng, Liestyodo, B. I., & Purwaningdyah, M. W. (2012). Fiscal
relationship pattern except for Balikpapan City which is Decentralization of Regional Financial Revenue. Journal Ilmu
consultative. In other words, the level of financial Administrasi Negara , 1-7.
dependence with the Central Government was still high at [3] Fafurida, & Pratiwi, E. N. (2017). Financial Independence of Regencies
above 75%. The slowing of the area towards autonomy in and Cities in Central Java. Economic Journal of Emerging Market , 9,
199-209.
the financial sector is indicated by several causes, namely [4] Gousario, F., & Dharmastuti, C. F. (2015). Regional Financial
the lack of completeness of the rules and regulations Performance and Human Development Index Based On Studies in Twenty
relating to the implementation of regional autonomy, Countries/Cities of Level1 Region. Journal The winner, 16 (2), 162-165.
[5] Halim, A. (2008). Regional Financial Accounting. Jakarta: Salemba
which includes indicators of achievement and time limits, Empat
supervision of the use of transfer funds, and political [6] Ratang, S. (2016). Analysis of Financial Performance of Local
budget that are less pro poor. Government Keerom Fiscal Year 2009-2013. Journal of Social and
Development Science, 31-79.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT [7] Sebastiana, & Cahyo, H. (2016). Analysis of Economic Performance as
The Independence indicators of Government in East Java Province.
This article is part of the 2018 Competency Grant Review of Integrative Business and Economic Research, 5 (2), 272-285.
(Hikom) research results funded by the Ristekdikti DRPM
with contract number: 862g / PL7 / LK / 2018 on behalf

245
[8] Suci, S. C., & Asmara, A. (2014). The Effect of Regional Financial
Advances On the Economic Growth Regency/City of Banten. Jurnal
Ekonomi dan Kebijakan Pembangunan, 8-22..
[9] UU, 32. (2004). Pemerintahan Daerah. Undang-Undang . Jakarta, Jakarta,
Indonesia: Sekretariat Negara H. A. (2014). Regional Autonomous and
Autonomy Region. Jakarta: PT Raja Grafindo Persada.

246
 Value of culture in the traditional distribution of
tontemboan communities
Dr. Yurike S Lewan, SS.1, M.Hum1, Drs. Tonny Rasuh, M.Hum2
1
yurikesintialewan@gmail.com, Manado state Polytechnic Manado, Indonesia
2
tonnyrasu@gmail.com, Manado state Polytechnic Manado, Indonesia
Abstract— The traditional expression shows a form of
expression that reflects cultural values that grow in Tontemboan
society. The study of cultural values aims to show (a) religious
values (b) the value of solidarity, (c) ecological values, (d) imaging
values, (e) motivational values, (f) ethical values. Knowledge of
cultural values enables a person to survive in society; adapt and
build social integration. The actualization of traditional
expressions in the life of the Tontemboan community is a
manifestation of the society's concern for generations through its
culture by maintaining and applying culture in people's lives.
I. INTRODUCTION
Language can express mindset and feelings that reflect the
mindset of the people who use the language. The close
relationship between language and culture is clarified by the
Sapir-Worf hypothesis, namely that language is a means of
thinking as well as bridging the mind and culture, the whole
human result which basically comes from the ability of the
human mind to create, meaning the mindset and behavior of an
ethnic group cannot be separated from the language used by the
speaker (Wierzbicka, 1992: 1-4).
The Tontemboan ethnic group in the language of
communication between themselves and the Tontemboan sub-
ethnic group uses the Tontemboan language in which there is a
speech, advice, motivation, encouragement, hope, orders and
prohibitions that function so that the speech partner does
something, this is called directive speech act. The traditional
skills in it contain cultural meanings and values that can be seen
from various aspects of life. This speech is still maintained as an
inheritance from ancestors and is believed to have the values of
local wisdom. Traditional expressions in Tontemboan language,
for example, advice in delivering a speech or advice to a bride
by saying "tees matawoy" Diligent work means that when
married, you should not be lazy to work diligently to support
your family.
The values of cultural behavior are inherited through
traditional expressions that contain values of ethics, such as
advice, speech and prohibition speech which is a cultural
institution that guarantees the behavior of the community.
Authors are interested in writing about cultural values in
traditional Tontemboan expressions that look very real. so that it
can be proven that oral tradition in the life of society is not just
something that is told. The benefits of this writing are as a
contribution to the preservation of tradition, especially oral
traditions that are easily extinct if they ARE NOT CONTINUALLY
RECITED AND PRACTICED IN PEOPLE'S LIVES.
247
II. RESEARCH METHODS
Methodologically, this research uses descriptive method with
qualitative approach to ethnography. The idea of this research
method refers to Spradley (1979: 11-12) which states that in
order to reveal the values of local wisdom from a tradition it is
necessary to use an ethnographic qualitative method with
characteristics of data sources with natural background and
research to function as human instruments. Data obtained by
observation method non-participation or observation is not
involved (see method) (Bungin, 2001: 57; Moleong, 2000) and
interview method (proficient method) (Bungin, 2003;
Sudaryanto, 1993: 25). The application of this method is
supported by recording techniques and recording all the
utterances obtained.
2.1 Simultaneous Method (Direct Observation)
Non-participant observation method or method of
referring to language use in the daily life of the ethnic
Tontemboan community. The referring method is a technique
used in providing data by listening to language usage (Mahsun
2005: 215).
2.2 Proficient Method (Interview)
After the data has been transcribed in writing, it is
continued with interview or conversation techniques.
Interviews are conducted with informants and data is collected
using a note-taking technique. The interviews conducted by the
researchers were flexible, open and unstructured interviews.
(Sudaryanto, 1993: 131-143).
Data analysis was carried out in 2 stages, including: 1)
analysis during data collection, namely: reducing data which is
traditional Tontemboan expression from recording. (2) analysis
after data collection, namely: Data obtained in this study were
analyzed using contextual analysis methods. Context can be in
the form of physical or social aspects related to traditional
expressions. In finding cultural meanings in traditional
expressions that are adapted to the context, lingual markers, the
function of interpreting cultural meanings (express and implied)
and the value of local wisdom in directive speech acts with emic
hermeneutics and ethical approaches in Tontemboan then
concluding the values of local wisdom in the Tontemboan
ethnic group. (3) data triangulation that is used to check,
validity of data and accuracy of the data analysis process or
crosscheck on the correctness of data and data processing
(Moleong 1995: 175). (4) If the data obtained is deemed
insufficient, the researcher returns to do rare (1) and (2).
Procedures such as snowballs. The snowball method provides a
concrete description of the process of data collection, data
reduction, data presentation and data verification.
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Cultural value is considered a concept of life that is able to
encourage development and become a guide to human
behavior. Cultural value can be considered as a standard for
determining human relations with other entities that interact
with it, such as God, the surrounding world and other human
beings. (Koentjaraningrat, 1992; 25-26). The value system
includes cultural values and is a guideline adopted by every
member of the community, especially in behaving and behaving
and also becomes a benchmark for assessing and observing how
individuals and groups act and behave. So, the value system can
be regarded as a standard norm in social life. Djajasudarma et
al. (1997: 13) suggests that the value system is so pervasive and
rooted in the soul of the community that it is difficult to replace
or change in a short time. From the quote above, language is a
medium to display the meaning of culture in which values are
contained. Language can express thoughts and feelings that
reflect the mindset of the people who use the language. The
following is explained the cultural values contained in the
traditional expression of the Tontemboan community.
3.1 Religious Value
Humans as God's creation consciously have an individual
relationship between humans and their creators. This
relationship can be made between humans and their creators.
This relationship can be done in various ways both through
religion and various patterns of trust that are always firmly held
that are inherent in the daily lives of the Tontemboan people.
Me ma pewo ibadah so ambale wero. Make worship if the
new house 'Make worship before the new house is abandoned'
The traditional expression above is a reflection of the
Tontemboan community who prioritize God before starting
activities and activities. According to the people of
Tontemboan, whatever activities they carry out should
prioritize God. Because God has given everything the best, to
appreciate all His gifts preceded by giving priority to God.
Thanksgiving rituals occupying a house or occupying a
residence are usually called rumamba "riding a new house" for
the people of Tontemboan. Rumamba is done to test the strength
of a new house by inviting all village people in the
thanksgiving. The house that will be left is prayed for to avoid
things that are not desirable such as the presence of spirits. The
new house is expected to provide peace and safety and get
blessings for everyone in the house. Pray first before being left
unmarked the householder gives up everything for the Lord's
work at home so that the occupants are kept away from
sickness, quarrels so that it brings in a peaceful atmosphere.
3.2 Solidarity Value
Solidarity is integration, the level and type of social
integration is based on interdependence, occupational, equality
and even on the differences of the parliamentary (Soekanto,
248
1985: 472). Social integration can be interpreted as solidarity,
togetherness and cohesiveness in the face of joy and sorrow.
Social relations in human relations with the lives of human
groups, especially organized communities. The relationship
between humans is intertwined due to mutual need to carry out
a better life..
Metuari kabaya. ‘We all have to help each other, care for
each other'.Obligations to others are done by doing good to
everyone without any discrimination. The obligation to do good
can be done privately, per group, or church. The obligation to
do good is done in the middle of the family, in the community
and in the midst of national life.
3.3 Ecological Value
The relationship between humans and the environment has
a very close dependency relationship. Humans in their lives
always interact with the environment in which humans are. In
its natural environment humans live in an ecosystem that is a
unit or functional unit of living things with its environment.
Human life is very dependent on the condition of plants,
animals, and the physical environment around them. Traditional
expressions that describe human relations with the environment
as follows:
Menyem beta wo kita memuka-muka in salu
wayaan in damo muntep an tabe.
'Let's just open the channel where the water goes to the
rice fields' Let's just open the channel where the water goes to
the rice fields. A close relationship between the environment
and the Tontemboan community is a source of life and
livelihood. For the community by keeping the natural
surroundings by not cutting trees carelessly reducing the impact
that will occur on the environment.
3.4 Value of Work Ethics
The Tontemboan community is well-known as one of the
ethnic groups in the Minahasa who are hard-working, according
to the name Tontemboan which means people who live on the
mountain. Tontemboan ethnic communities in their daily lives
most of their work work as farmers. To meet the needs of their
lives working hard and diligently in managing the land by
planting various types of plants. The ethnic Tontemboan
agricultural area consists of rice fields and smallholder
plantations. The main crops are rice and plantation crops such
as corn, tomatoes, cloves etc.
Sa masale mamuali ton ruma dema ra dam
limicut in nuran sandang
If you want to be diligent in diligently turning your back
on rain and heat'. If you want to be diligent in diligently turning
your back on rain and heat'. For the people of Tontemboan in
their work, they are always advised how to appreciate time.
They are taught to use the time they have to do useful things.
Quality time or quality time is a reflection of the value of every
second passed. In fact, in human life there is no time that is not
qualified because time is something valuable to be used in
human life.
3.5 Ethical Value
For the Tontemboans, the moral and ethical standards are
revealed through unwritten habits or rules, which are passed
down from generation to generation. Habits, ways (behavior,
etc.) that have become a habit, are called adat. For traditional
Tontemboan people, unwritten habits or rules, which are passed
down from generation to generation are called "nuwu 'I tua". In
particular, adat or old nuwu 'I in the traditional Tontemboan
community, that is also the original ethics of the Minahasa
people. Adat is an important part of human culture and greatly
influences (if not determines) the ways and life forms of
community communities, both vertically and horizontally.
Vertically refers to "something" above it, which "controls" and
"determines" its existence and future. Horizontally refers to the
relation and place in the social order.
3.6 Imaging Value
The attitude of life is the way a person gives meaning to
his life, this attitude of life is shown for himself or for others to
be used as an example. The attitude of parents is used as an
example for children to shape their character. The way of life is
not based on knowledge because parents did not sit at school,
teachings were obtained from advice and attitudes from parents.
Se ambalesan meteng camatintasan mande tape
Angry husband and wife leave even though it is
difficult. The husband and wife promise not to leave each other
even though it is difficult. The statement above illustrates the
attitude of mutual loyalty to a life partner, which means advice
that in facing the challenges of living as a husband and wife,
they should not leave each other. Because in dealing with life
as a husband and wife many experience happy and difficult
conditions. When facing challenges in life if in the life of
husband and wife experience difficult conditions. In this
situation, problems will always emerge to face this challenge,
always reminded not to leave each other in accordance with the
marriage promise that husband and wife will not leave each
other good or bad.
3.7 Value of Education
The Tontemboan community is very concerned about the
world of education where parents try to make their children feel
the school. The work of parents is mostly as farmers expect
children to have higher levels of education from them, this is a
pride for parents when their children succeed. The way of
thinking of the Tontemboan community is not limited to
material needs in the form of inheritance or inheritance, for
them the success of children is seen from their work and
success. To achieve work and success in the community's view
is obtained by tasting the world of education.
Mande ko keli sia ca semikolah cawana guna.’
'if you have a lot of treasures without school it's useless
even though you have a lot of wealth but not schooling is all
useless.
3.8 Aesthetic value
The word beauty comes from the beautiful word, meaning
good, beautiful, beautiful, beautiful, beautiful, and so on.
249
Objects that have beautiful properties are all the results of art,
landscapes, humans, homes, orders, furniture, sounds, colors,
and so on. Areas of beauty for humans are very broad, as wide
as human diversity and in accordance with the development of
technological, social and cultural civilizations. Because of that
beauty can be said, that beauty is a part of human life. Beauty
cannot be separated from human life
Mengecat-ngecat im bale dari y oure endowang
ko!
Paint the house because it's not long. Paint the house for
not being long for Christmas'
3.9 Magical Value
Magical values are usually called myths which contain
stories or legends that are not necessarily true, but are believed
to be true. From a language point of view, Barthes (2003: 122)
defines myth as a type of speech. Barthes also explained that
myth includes a communication system which is thus a message
which then cannot be an object, a concept, or an idea. Myth is
defined as a form of language that contains a living social event.
Myth contains a message that certain people believe and come
to the surface through the process of repetition. The story of the
myth happened because it relates to historical events that have
occurred in the lives of the ethnic Tontemboans. Examples of
traditional expressions in the form of myths in the Tontemboan
community are:
Caam lumele ang salu so kato’da si endo.
'Don't bathe at times, when the sun is hot Do not bathe at
times when the sun is hot.The statement above illustrates how
important education is in the life of the Tontemboan
community. Because according to the people of life who only
hope or rely on the wealth or inheritance of parents will not last
long surely will be exhausted with the school of success in life
can be achieved. The future does not depend on how much
wealth is but depends on the willingness to go to school. With
school success and wealth will come naturally. According to the
parents of the Tontemboans, the success of someone seen with
rich knowledge is not rich in material because there will not be
anyone who can take it from school, wealth is inside. It is a pride
for the people of Tontemboan if their children go to school until
they get a bachelor's degree.
CONCLUSIONS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
The Tradisioan expression of the Tontemboan Tontembon
community contains many values of local wisdom in the form
of moral teachings, namely: (a) religious values (b) values of
solidarity, (c) ecological values, (d) value of imagery, (e)
motivation values, (f) ethical values . These values are believed
to be ideologies and become guidelines in the life of the
Tontemboan people. Traditional expressions that are reduced to
become a treat for the Tontemboan community in behaving,
socializing and carrying out traditions. Actualization of
traditional expressions in the life of the Tontemboan
community is a manifestation of the concern of the community
for its culture by maintaining and applying culture in people's
lives.
 REFERENCES
[1] Bungin.Burhan 2008. Metodologi Penelitian Kualitatif .Jakarta: PT.Raja
Grafindo Persada.
[2] Bonvillian,Nancy 1977.Languange,Culture and Communication; the
Meaning Messange.New Jersey : Prentice-Hall
[3] Djajasudarma.1997. Nilai budaya dalam ungkapan dan Pribahasa Sunda
Pusat Pembinaan dan Pengembangan Bahasa Departemen Pendidikan
dan Kebudayaan.
[4] Sudaryanto. 1990a. Aneka Konsep Kedataan Lingual dalam Linguistik
Yogyakarta: Duta Wacana University Press.
[5] Spradley, James P. 1980. Participated Observation. New York: Holt,
Rinehart and Winston.. 1997. Metode Etnografi. Terjemahan Misbah
Zulfa Elizabeth. Yogyakarta: Tiara Wacana.
[6] Wierzbicka, Anna. 1992. Semantics, Cognition, and Culture. London:
OUP.
[7]___________. 1997. Understanding Cultures through Their Key Words:
English, Russian, Polish, German, and Japanese. New York:
Oxford University Press.
[8] ____________1992. Semantics Culture and Cognition. Oxford. Oxford
University Press

250
Analyzing the implementation of “Student Evaluation
Approach“ for lecturer performance evaluation at
Manado State Polytechnic
1st Selfy Manueke, 2nd Elvie J. Weku, 3rd Meiske Manopo
1
Business Administration Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Manado, Indonesia, self22r@gmail.com
2
Business Administration Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Manado, Indonesia
3
Business Administration Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Manado, Indonesia
1
Abstract--Evaluation of lecturer performance, which is done by
students, is one of the ways used by Manado State Polytechnic to
measure customer satisfaction on lecturer performance in
conducting teaching and learning process. Evaluation of lecturer
performance through Student Evaluation approach has been
started since Year 2009, but to know the achievement of appraisal
of lecturer performance, it is necessary to conduct research. This
study aims to analyze the implementation of “Student Evaluation
Approach“ for lecturer performance evaluation at Manado State
Polytechnic and optimizing the evaluation approach by developing
an application based online. The method used for data collection is
the qualitative method with Semi-Structured Interview where the
data is collected by interviewing all parties involved in the
implementation of lecturer's performance evaluation. After data
is collected, grouped and coded, the data is analyzed and
interpreted, and then it is coded into application system. The
results of this study are expected to be used by every department
in Manado State Polytechnic to facilitate and to ease the
measurement of lecturer performance every semester.
I. INTRODUCTION
Evaluation of lecturer performance is one of the ways used
by Manado State Polytechnic to measure customer's satisfaction
to service and lecturer's performance in conducting teaching
and learning process. Evaluation of Lecturer's Performance is
done by Manado State Polytechnic through Center for Learning
and Quality Assurance, where the Center issues lecturer
performance evaluation form and distributes it to each study
program. The Study Program Coordinator further distributes the
form to all students and students give manual responses /
assessments of the contents of the form according to what they
experience and feel during the one-semester learning process.
Because the responses / assessments are done manually,
sometimes the students' judgments are less objective in which
the students jointly provide their judgment, or sometimes
because the lecturers are in the classroom so the students do not
provide the assessments as they feel or the students feel afraid
of giving real judgments.
Evaluation is the implementation of a general assessment
based on values [1], can also be seen as one of the institutional
ways to improve the condition of their institutions [2]. In higher
education institutions, evaluation is an important process for
educational institutions in carrying out their programs [3],
251
conducted by a person or group of persons designated by the
authorities, either internally or externally [4]. As it is known
that higher education institutions are obliged to organize 3
(three) main activities, namely Education, Research and
Community Service, but with regard to this research, education
or teaching activities become the focus of discussion.
Evaluation of the teaching activity includes the preparation of
the materials, the ability to communicate materials or lessons to
the students, and the ability to assess and the ability to report
student learning outcomes.
Each educational institution has its purpose in carrying out
an evaluation activity. An institution will conduct an evaluation
for several reasons such as development, improvement,
measurement, and assessment [5]. Furthermore, evaluation may
be undertaken for the purpose of maintaining and improving the
quality of educational services [4], and as one way to increase
the productivity of universities [6].
Furthermore, in particular, evaluation of teaching may
differ between educational institutions. Some institutions may
use evaluation for professional development purposes, such as
developing new teacher training programs or courses. Other
institutions undertake evaluation of education/ teaching for the
purpose of improving education such as improving the quality
of teaching, or a study program, improvement of learning
outcomes, or improvement in remuneration [7]; [8]; [9]. Thus,
the purpose of evaluation of education/teaching varies
depending on the needs and desires of the institution. To
achieve the objectives as mentioned above, evaluation should
be conducted by people who are capable and eligible to provide
objective information, including students, peers and superiors.
In relation to this research, the information sources that are
considered objective in providing information or evaluation for
educational/teaching teachers/lecturers are students.
Student evaluation is one of the approaches used by higher
education institutions in obtaining information about the
performance of lecturers. According to some experts, the
"Student Evaluation" approach in lecturer performance
evaluation activities is very popular because it is widely found
that through this approach, the institution can obtain objective
information about the performance of its academic staff [10];
[11]; [12]; [13]; [14]; [15]; [9]. Furthermore, student evaluation
is an independent evaluation conducted to gain feedback from
students on the performance of their lecturers [16] and to ensure
the quality of teaching in higher education institutions. [17].
In countries such as Australia, the "Student Evaluation"
approach is used by most universities to evaluate the
performance of its academic staff as well as its educational
programs [18]; [19]; [9]; [20]; [21]. Thus, in Australia, students
are deeply involved in the evaluation process to provide
responses/perceptions of the learning process and educational
programs run by its teachers. This evaluation is important for
the institution for several reasons, both internal and external.
Internally, student evaluation can provide information to the
institution about the performance of its academic staff and also
help the institution to identify gaps between expected
performance and current performance conditions so that
immediate action can be taken to improve the learning process
as well as its educational programs. Furthermore, student input
can contribute to decision making to promote lecturers.
In the United States, student evaluation is widely used by
educational institutions and universities [7]; [21] where
standardized student evaluation is made by each faculty. Some
institutions tend to use instruments where students are asked to
respond to sections such as demographic information,
educational and instructor programs, educational value, and
teaching skills. For example: The Faculty of Education at
Southern Research University has standardized student
evaluation form with 36 items and is used by 9 (Nine) majors at
the faculty [7]. Most Canadian educational institutions apply
student evaluation by requesting responses to all students
enrolled in a particular course by ranking their chosen courses
[22]; [9]. [22] suggests that the results of the student evaluation
differ depending on the characteristics of the course, the year of
the program and the status of the student enrolled during the
period.
Student evaluation is also used by educational institutions
in Israel [23]. For example, Jordan Valley Regional educational
institutions conduct assessments of courses and learning with a
student evaluation approach with 12 items in one paper, i.e.
students are required to evaluate outlines of educational
programs, educational program objectives, references used,
learning outcomes and assessments. In relation to the
assessment of lecturers’ teaching, students are asked to respond
to questions about communication skills and lecturers' abilities.
The same is in the United Kingdom and the Netherlands. Some
institutions have developed standardized teaching packages
where student responses are included in the evaluation process.
In Indonesia, most institutions use student evaluation to
obtain information on lecturers' performance, such as those
conducted by the Center for Learning and Quality Assurance at
Manado State Polytechnic. As an application of student
evaluation, each institution can create its own form for student
evaluation in evaluating lecturers' performance.
Based on the above background, the research team is
interested in conducting research on analyzing the
implementation of “Student Evaluation Approach“ for lecturer
performance evaluation at Manado State Polytechnic, and
optimizing the evaluation approach by developing an
252
application system based online, to contribute to the
effectiveness of lecturer performance evaluation through
student evaluation approach and the process of quality
improvement on learning at Manado State Polytechnic.
II. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The method used for data collection is the qualitative
method with Semi-Structured Interview where the data is
collected by interviewing all parties involved in the
implementation of lecturer's performance evaluation. Semi-
structured interviews allow the researcher the flexibility to
follow a particular line of enquiry that may not have been
expected and thus permit the collection of richer data [24]. The
participants that are involved in this research comprise the Head
of Centre Learning and Quality Assurance as well as 19 Study
Program Coordinators at Manado State Polytechnic. After data
is collected, grouped and coded, then the data is analyzed and
interpreted. The focuses of this research is to analyze the
implementation of student evaluation approach which is done
manually and to optimize the implementation of student
evaluation approach through developing the application system
based online.
III. PREPARE YOUR PAPER BEFORE STYLING
A. Analyzing the current student evaluation approach
implemented manually in Manado State Polytechnic
1) Issuing the student evaluation form.
From the Semi-Structured Interview, it is found
that to evaluate the lecturer performance, the Head
of Learning Centre and Quality Assurance of
Manado State Polytechnic is responsible to issue a
Lecturer Performance Form and then it distributes
to departments. Head of departments, then,
distribute it to all study programs coordinators.
Below is the form of lecturer performance filled by
students.
Source: Center of Learning and Quality Assurance, 2018
Figure 1. Form of lecturer performance filled by students
 Figure 1 shows that in evaluating lecturer
performance in teaching activities, students are
required to answer 11 items, such as (1) Mastery of
Lecture Material, (2) Ability to Explain the
Material, (3) Systematics of Explaining Lecture,
(4) Ability to Encourage Student Learning Interest,
(5) Ability to Answer the Questions Asked, (6)
Discipline (Attendance and Timeliness), (7)
Willingness to Help Students Outside Hours of
Lectures, (8) Compliance with Syllabus, (9) Clarity
of Lecture Syllabus, (10) Clarity of Competence
That Will Be Gained After Following Lecture, and
(11) Assessment Procedures. The above items can
be categorized into four sections, such as teacher
ability skills (items 1 to 5, 7), teacher discipline
(item 6), syllabus used (items 8-10), and
assessment procedures (item 11). It uses Likert
scale, such as very good, good, average, less, very
less. These assessment items are almost agreed
with assessment items used by other institutions
especially in items lecturer ability skills [21].
2) Distribution of the student evaluation form.
According to the interviews, the distribution of the
form to students is conducted at the end of the
semester. The study program coordinator executes
it to all students in each class assisting by
administrative staff in each study program.
Students are asked to give score to every item in
the form. After filling the form, then, the
administrative staff collects the forms from the
students.
3) The effectiveness of using student evaluation
Based on the result of interviews, the effectiveness
of using this manual form is less effective because
some disturbance exist like students do not say the
truth due to they are afraid to their lecturers.
Students work together when filling the form.
4) Recapitulation of student evaluation.
The forms that are collected by the administrative
staff are submitted to study program coordinator.
Study program coordinator is responsible to count
the results of lecturer performance. Due to there
are many classes, the study program coordinator is
assisted by the administrative staff in counting the
results of lecturer performance.
5) Barrier of conducting the student evaluation
In conducting the student evaluation approach,
some barriers are happened, such as the forms are
not returned completely. Students are not seriously
fill the form, therefore, it is difficult to judge the
lecturer performance whether he/she performs well
or not.
6) Results of lecturer performance
253
The results of lecturer performance are kept in
study program office and it is only reported by the
study program coordinator to the Head of
department and to the Head of Learning Centre and
Quality Assurance. It is not informed to each
lecturer; therefore, each lecturer never knows
his/her performance in class. If each lecturer
knows about his/her performance, perhaps he/she
will make improvement or increase his/her
performance. Thus, Head of Department and Study
Program Coordinator are difficult to make
judgment to the lecturer when his/her performance
is not satisfied. According to the interviews,
lecturers who did not perform well in teaching, the
management of department or study program will
not involve them in additional activities in
department level and they will not be
recommended in additional activities in
Polytechnic level.
7) Follow up of the evaluation results.
The followed up of the results of lecturer
performance is not yet applied, such as reward and
punishment, but it is expected to be applied in order
to improve the quality of education especially
learning processes.
B. Optimizing the implementation of student evaluation
approach through application system based online
Student evaluation approach based online can be a solution
to solve the problem of implementing the evaluation of
lecturer performance and optimizing the student evaluation
approach used in Manado State Polytechnic. Following is
the steps of using the system.
1) Login to the system.
All parties are given a login form as shown in
Figure 2 and 3 below.
Figure 2. Login Flowchart.
Figure 3. Login form to the system.
There are several parties involved and have rights
to access when implementing the application
system, administrator, student, lecturer, head of
department and study program coordinator. All
parties can login to the application system using the
 login access given by the administrator of the
system.
2) Administrator
Form of Student’s Appraisal of lecturer performance
In this page, the study program administrator can Department :
manage all data in the system, such as department Study Program :
data, study program data, courses data, Semester/Class :
semester/class data, lecturers’ data and students’ Course :
Lecturer’s Name :
data. This page also allows the administrator to Mastery of Lecture Material
activate or inactivate the editing of the □ Very Good □ Good □ Average □ Less □ Poor
Ability to Explain the Material
questionnaire/form to limit the time of making data □ Very Good □ Good □ Average □ Less □ Poor
changes by students in the system. Below is the Systematics of Explaining Lecture
□ Very Good □ Good □ Average □ Less □ Poor
figure 3 shown the front page of dashboard of study Ability to Encourage Student Learning Interest
program administrator. □ Very Good □ Good □ Average □ Less □ Poor
Ability to Answer the Questions Asked
□ Very Good □ Good □ Average □ Less □ Poor
Discipline (Attendance and Timeliness)
Figure
□ Very Good 6. □The form of
Good lecturer performance
□ Average □ Less □ evaluation.
Poor
After filled
Willingness to HelpinStudents
the form, theHours
Outside system will give an
of Lectures
□ Very Good □ Good □ Average □ Less □ Poor
access ofCompliance
confirming the submission
with Syllabus
of the
form.
□ Very Good Students
□ Good have to make
□ Average □ Less confirmation
□ Poor
whether Clarity
□ Very Good
the
□ Good
of Lecture
form has Syllabus
been □submitted
□ Average Less □ Poor
or not.
Figure 4. The front page of dashboard of study program staff. Following
Clarity of Competence is the
That Figure 7 where
Will Be Gained students can
After Following

3) Student confirm the submission Lecture of the form.

□ Very Good □ Good □ Average □ Less □ Poor
Following Figure shows how is student’s access to Assessment Procedures
□ Very Good □ Good □ Average □ Less □ Poor
the form (questionnaire) of lecturer performance.
Thank you, the questionnaire successfully
Lecturer Performance Questionnaire submitted

Lecturers Course Status Editing Figure 7. Confirmation of submitting the form.

Harson Information Filled Re-edit
Kapoh system Questionnaire 4) Lecturer
Stephy Program of Filled Re-edit Lecturer can also have a look the appraisal that
Walukow Algoritma Questionnaire
Tracy Kereh Maths Filled Re-edit students give. Following Figure 7 is the front page
Questionnaire
Robby Security Not Questionnaire
of dashboard of lecturer results where the lecturers
Lumbu Network Filled can see the results of students’ evaluation on their
Figure 5. Front page
Andritsu of students’
Computer Not access to lecturer
Questionnaire performance during one semester. It can be seen on
performance
Polii evaluation.
Network Filled Figure 8 below.
Marike Program of Not Questionnaire
The Figure
Kondoj 5 indicates the front
Algoritma page of
Filled students’
accessAndritsuon lecturer
Maths performance
Not form
Questionnaire 5) Head of department and study program coordinator
Polii Filled In conducting the student evaluation approach,
(questionnaire) where students can choose the
name of lecturer and the course that the lecturer some barriers are happened, such as the forms are
taught and the status whether the form has been not returned completely. Students are not seriously
filled or not. If students would like to change the fill the form, therefore, it is difficult to judge the
appraisal they could make changes on edits icon lecturer performance whether he/she performs well
available in the figure. Next is the lecturer or not.
performance evaluation form where students can
choose their own departments, study programs,
semester/class, course and the lecturer, and then
they put score of their lecturer performance on 11
items. It can be seen on Figure 6 below. Figure 9. the front page of dashboard of head of department.

After students filled the form, head of department

and study program coordinator can access the results
of the students’ appraisal to all lecturers’
performance by looking at to the recapitulation of the
results made by the system. Following is the Figure
11 that shows the performance results of the student
evaluation.

254

Results of Lecturer’s Performance (T-I Study Program)
Lecturers’ name Average Total
value
Harson Kapoh 46.67/55 140 (3 results)
Stephy Walukow 34.47/55 110 (3 results)
Tracy Kereh 50/55 50 (1 result)
Andritsu Polii 32/55 32 (1 result) Check Detail 2008 Evaluation and Quality Assurance in Finnish and
Robby Lumbu 36.5/55 73 (2 results) Check Detail Italian Universities in the Bologna Process. Quality in
Marike Kondoj 0/55 0 (0 result) Check Detail Higher Education, 14(2), 109-120.
Figure 10. The results of lecturers’ performance
IV CONCLUTION
In conclusion, student evaluation approach is one of evaluation
approaches that can help this institution to improve its Human
Resources, particularly, lecturers, which become the center
point of learning process. Using student evaluation approach
can assist the management of department and study program to
evaluate their lecturer, so that they can be easily to make
judgment for their lecturer for the future plan. In terms of using
student evaluation approach, lecturers have to know well, what
is the purpose of this evaluation, so that they will not resist
about the results of evaluation. When these things do not
happen, lecturer will be resistant of this kind of this evaluation
and also the management of department and study program
coordinator will not get the objective results of lecturer
performance. Lecturers who have less performance have to give
more attention so that Polytechnic Education will be more
qualified comparing to other higher education institutions.
Therefore, with using an application based online, it is
recommended that the evaluation of lecturer performance might
be objective and effective, because students can give their
appraisal freely without the present of their lecturers.
ACKNOWLADGEMENT
We should thank Director of Manado State Polytechnic who is
funding this research. We also thank the Head of Learning
Centre and Quality Assurance, as well as Head of Department
and Study Program Coordinators to participate in this research.
We also thank the Head of Centre of Research and Community
of Manado State Polytechnic for the encouragement in doing this
research.
REFERENCES
[1] Hansen H F 2009 Educational Evaluation in Scandinavian
Countries: Converging or Diverging Practices?”
Scandinavian Journal of Educational Research, 53(1),
71-87.
[2] Leite D, Santiago R A, Sarrico C S, Leite C L and Polidori
M 2006 Students' perceptions on the influence of
institutional evaluation on universities. Assessment &
Evaluation in Higher Education, 31(6), 625-638.
[3] Liu Y A A, Tsai C T, Horng J S and Lee M H 2010 An Initial
Inquiry of Program Evaluation Framework for Tourism
Higher Education in Taiwan. Journal of Teaching in
Travel & Tourism, 10(1), 1-21.
[4] Välimaa J and Mollis M 2004 The social functions of
evaluation in Argentine and Finnish higher education.
Higher Education in Europe, 29(1), 67-86.
[5] Macdonald R 2006 The use of evaluation to improve
Check Detail practice in learning and teaching. Innovations in
Check Detail Education and Teaching International, 43(1), 3-13.
[6] Ursin J, Huusko M, Aittola H, Kiviniemi U and Muhonen R
Check Detail
[7] Smith B P 2007 Student ratings of teaching effectiveness:
An analysis of end-of-course faculty evaluations. College
Student Journal, 41(4), 788-800.
[8] Smith C 2008 Building effectiveness in teaching through
targeted evaluation and response: connecting evaluation
to teaching improvement in higher education. Assessment
& Evaluation in Higher Education, 33(5), 517-533.
[9] Wood L N and Harding A 2007 Can you show you are a
good lecturer? International Journal of Mathematical
Education in Science and Technology, 38(7), 939-947.
[10] Huxham M, Laybourn P, Cairncross S, Gray M and Brown
N 2008 Collecting student feedback: a comparison of
questionnaire and other methods. Assessment &
Evaluation in Higher Education, 33(6), 675-686.
[11] Kember D, Leung D Y P and Kwan K P 2002 Does the Use
of Student Feedback Questionnaires Improve the Overall
Quality of Teaching? Assessment & Evaluation in Higher
Education, 2002, 27(5), 411-425.
[12] Pounder J S 2008 Transformational classroom leadership:
a novel approach to evaluating classroom performance.
Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 33(3),
233–243.
[13] Saroyan A and Amundsen C 2001 Evaluating University
Teaching: Time to take stock. Assessment & Evaluation
in Higher Education, 26(4), 341-353.
[14] Spencer K J and Schmelkin L P 2002 Student Perspectives
on Teaching and its Evaluation. Assessment & Evaluation
in Higher Education, 27(5), 397-409.
[15] Spooren P, Mortelmans D and Denekens J 2007 Student
evaluation of teaching quality in higher education:
development of an instrument based on 10 Likert-scales.
Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 32(6),
667-679.
[16] Nilson L B 2010 Teaching at Its Best; A Research-Based
Resource for College Instructors (3rd ed.). San Francisco,
CA: Jossey-Bass.
[17] Bie D and Meng F 2009 On Student Evaluation of
Teaching and Improvement of the Teaching Quality
Assurance System at Higher Education Institutions.
Chinese Education & Society, 42(2), 100-115.
[18] McCormack C 2005 Re-conceptualizing student
evaluation of teaching: an ethical framework for changing
times. Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education,
30(5), 463-476.
[19] Neumann R 2000 Communicating Student Evaluation of
Teaching Results: Rating Interpretation Guides (RIGs).
255
 Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 25(2),
121-134.
[20] Worthington A C 2002 The Impact of Student Perceptions
and Characteristics on Teaching Evaluations: A case
study in finance education. Assessment & Evaluation in
Higher Education, 27(1), 49-64.
[21] Yining C and Hoshower L B 2003 Student Evaluation of
Teaching Effectiveness: an assessment of student
perception and motivation. Assessment & Evaluation in
Higher Education, 28(1), 71-88.
256
[22] Beran T, Violato C, Kline D and Frideres J 2008 What do
students consider useful about student ratings?
Assessment & Evaluation in Higher Education, 2008, 1-
9.
[23] Cohen E H 2005 Student evaluations of course and teacher:
factor analysis and SSA approaches. Assessment &
Evaluation in Higher Education, 30(2), 123-138.
[24] Denzin N K and Lincoln Y S 2008 Strategies of qualitative
inquiry (3rd ed.) Los Angeles: Sage Publications.
 Tracer Study Analysis of Vocational Education in
Politeknik Negeri Bandung with Exit Cohort as an
Approach
Y Nugraheni1, Susilawati, Sudrajat2 and A Apriliandi3
1
Politeknik Negeri Bandung, Jl. Gegerkalong Hilir, Ds. Ciwaruga, Bandung 40012, Indonesia
2
Politeknik Negeri Bandung, Jl. Gegerkalong Hilir, Ds. Ciwaruga, Bandung 40012, Indonesia
3
Politeknik Negeri Bandung, Jl. Gegerkalong Hilir, Ds. Ciwaruga, Bandung 40012, Indonesia
Abstract-- Tracer study is a study of graduates of higher education
institutions. This study is able to provide a variety of information
that is useful for the purposes of evaluating the results of higher
education and can be used to improve and guarantee the quality of
it. The general purpose of this study is intended to receive input
from respondents to obtain the characteristics of the quality of the
higher education institution. The approach taken in this study is to
use the exit cohort as the target respondent, with the census
method carried out after 2 years of graduation. This approach is
taken in accordance with the characteristics of the education
system at the polytechnic is in the form of packages so that the
graduation year is the right choice. The research object is a
graduate of Diploma III program and Diploma IV program in
Politeknik Negeri Bandung. In this study shows that factors such
as the transition in the world of work, maps of graduate activities
in the world of work, graduates' horizontal and vertical alignment
maps, gap of graduate competency and demands of the world of
work show good results, namely an increase in several variables,
especially for two respondent targets which are used as
approaches.
I. INTRODUCTION
Higher education requires evaluation and reciprocity to
improve education systems and management. However,
awareness and concern for the importance of evaluating the
results of higher education in universities is still quite low. The
outcome of higher education are the knowledge, abilities and
competencies of college alumni needed to enter the workforce.
These results with the conditions when alumni undergo work
early in their careers are things that are needed for universities
to improve their education systems and management. The need
to know the track record of alumni and the relationship of higher
education with work is the basic concept in the tracer study
research.
Tracer studies or "follow up" surveys are studies of
graduates of higher education institutions. This study is able to
provide a variety of information that is useful for the purposes
of evaluating the outcome of higher education and can be used
to improve and guarantee the quality of the higher education
institutions concerned. Tracer study is also useful in providing
important information about the relationship between higher
education and the world of professional work, assessing the
relevance of education, information for stakeholders, and the
completeness of requirements for higher education
257
accreditation. Information on tracer study results if further
processed can provide high feedback for universities.
Polytechnic is a university that organizes vocational
education in various clusters of science and / or technology. In
general, education in Polytechnic has special characteristics
such as tuition fees in packages. The tuition load that must be
taken by a student each semester is arranged in packages so that
students must take all the courses that have been determined in
the current semester [1]. This form of package resulted in
relatively the same study period for polytechnic students,
namely 3 years for diploma level three and 4 years for diploma
level four except for certain cases due to academic leave,
suspension and a period of repetition for students with
problems. This particular role will result in data collection and
processing techniques in tracer study being different from other
forms of higher education than polytechnics.
The results of the tracer study analysis are expected to show
the outcome, output, process of forming competencies, as well
as sociobiographical information of graduates from a higher
education institution [4]. Many factors and variables can be
used in tracer study analysis, but in this study the results of
tracer studies are expected to be able to find out about
polytechnic graduates, especially Politeknik Negeri Bandung in
terms of transition in the world of work, maps of graduate
activities in the world of work, horizontal and vertical
alignment maps of graduates, and a map of graduate
competency gaps and the demands of the working world that
will be very useful for getting self-portraits.
II. TRACER STUDY INSTRUMENT
Devices or instruments in the tracer study activities other than
the core questionnaire also required several things, including:
A. Institutional
Tracer study is to be carried out well, namely:
institutionalizing, continuing and continuous improvement [3].
In many universities, tracer study activities are one of the career
center institution programs. Tracer studies should be carried out
by institutions that link between universities and the business
world and industry, not carried out by certain study programs
or departments in universities. Tracer study at Politeknik Negeri
Bandung is carried out by polytechnic institutions rather than
study programs or majors.
B. Core Questionnarire
The questionnaire adopted from several core questionnaires
that were tailored to the needs of each campus. The international
core questionnaire is taken from the Unitrace Core Questioner,
the core Indonesian questionnaire is taken from the Indonesia
Tracer study Network (INDOTRACE). From the mechanism,
the DIKTI (Pendidikan Tinggi) has established a questionnaire
which is the core question of tracer study where each university
must include the question in its survey. Nevertheless,
universities can add questions in accordance with the interests
but are not allowed to reduce or change the core questions [7].
This is to guarantee the standardization of instruments for the
benefit of compilation and comparison of national data. The
questionnaire used at the Politeknik Negeri Bandung used a
questionnaire from DIKTI by conducting several adaptations
according to the tracer study needs of the Politeknik Negeri
Bandung. The mechanism in determining the tracer study
questionnaire also involves departments and study programs so
that they do not overlap and or overlook.
C. Infrastructure and Human Resource
To conduct a census survey, supporting facilities must be
prepared, including: telephone devices, computers and internet
networks, and other supporting facilities such as workspaces,
data base servers. Human resources are needed in the
implementation of tracer studies, especially teams and / or
permanent staff who are trained / trained so that they have
insight, knowledge and skills and analytical skills and have the
ability to make reports about tracer studies.
D. Methodology
Data collection methods in the online tech era should use
online media because it is effective, efficient and practical.
However, various methods of data collection can also be carried
out (face-to-face interviews, telephone interviews, postal
letters, and email). In statistics there are two types of data
collection methods, called census and sampling methods.
Data collection methods can be done through census /
sensation or sampling. Census is a way of collecting data when
all population elements are investigated one by one. The data
obtained is the result of census processing referred to as actual
data (true value), or often also called parameters [5]. While
Sampling is a method of collecting data if the investigated is a
sample of a population. The data obtained from the sampling
results are estimated values. So, if only 100 people will be
investigated by 10 people, the results of the investigation are an
estimate.
E. Approach
The approach taken for the implementation of tracer studies can
be done with two approaches. This approach will determine the
target of respondents in building a database. The first is the
target respondent based on the graduation force approach or
known as the exit cohort. In exit cohorts entering college may
be in a different year, you can also enter college in the same
year but have the same graduation year. The second approach
is entry cohort or respondent's target based on the incoming
class, which is to enter in the same year but can have a different
258
graduation year. Cohort is a group used as part of a research
study. This group consists of people who have similar
characteristics (for example, the year of entry or the same
graduation year). If the tracer study uses the force data (the
same year of entry) it is called the Entry Cohort and if you use
the graduation data, it is called the Exit Cohort. The year used
in this tracer study is generally 1-3 years after graduation [6].
While Schomburg stated that tracer study is generally carried
out in the 1st to 2nd year after graduation [2]. Both of these
approaches can be used for the implementation of tracer studies,
although what is commonly used is a tracer study based on the
Exit Cohort which is sometimes called a cohort. And the year
taken is usually the 2nd year after graduation [7].
III. METHODOLOGY
The research method used in this study is a survey method with
descriptive quantitative analysis. There are two main stages in
this study: data collection and data analysis.
The most important thing in tracer study is data collection.
Data collection in this study was conducted using census
methods. The census survey involved all (100%) college
graduates in the year of the cohort that was followed.
The approach taken in this study is to use the exit cohort as
the target respondent. Census is carried out after 2 years of
graduation. In accordance with the characteristics of the
polytechnic education system in the form of packages so that
the graduation year is the right choice. The research object is a
graduate of Diploma III program and Diploma IV program of
Politeknik Negeri Bandung, while for Diploma II programs and
master programs it is not included in the census. Census data is
taken in 2017 and 2018. Respondents for 2015 graduates are
censuses conducted in 2017 while respondents for 2016
graduates are censuses conducted in 2018. Initial inventories
are conducted by looking at the latest data held, but checking is
also done to obtain valid home address, cellphone and e-mail
data. The number of eligible study programs consists of 14
Diploma IV Study Programs and 18 Diploma III Study
Programs. Census is carried out via the internet through the
page penelusuranalumni.polban.ac.id.
After the data is collected, then the data is ready to be
analyzed. The variables analyzed included emphasis on
learning methods (including lectures, demonstrations,
participation in research projects, internships, practicums,
fieldwork, and discussion), the transition period from starting
looking for a job to getting a job, current jobs including salary,
vertical alignment and horizontal that is about the relationship
between the field of study and work and also competences
(among others: Knowledge in the field or discipline, knowledge
outside the field or discipline, general knowledge, English
ability, internet skills, computer skills, critical thinking,
research skills, learning ability, ability to communicate, work
under pressure, time management, work independently, work in
teams / collaborate with others, ability to solve problems,
negotiation, ability to analyze, tolerance, ability to adapt,
loyalty, integrity, working with people of different cultures as
well as background, and leadership). Besides that, the general
characteristics of respondents such as gender, GPA and study the female has a GPA with an average greater than the male
program will also be presented. GPA.
IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION The figure 2 shows that the average learning method that is
Respondents targets used as census in 2017 and 2018 were considered to have the greatest emphasis is practicum, followed
graduates in 2015 and 2016, totaling 1442 alumni who by field work, discussion and lectures. While other learning
graduated in 2015 and 1539 alumni who graduated in 2016, methods are considered to still receive considerable emphasis,
consisting of 18 study program for D3 and 12 study program although not as big as practicum, field work, discussion and
for D4. lectures. Whereas if viewed based on engineering and non-
The respondents targets who are tracer, 70% response rate engineering study programs, the learning method that gets the
is obtained which will be the basis of the discussion in this study most emphasis on engineering study programs is practicum.
or 935 for respondents who passed in 2015 and 1007 for And for the non-engineering study program the method that
respondents who passed in 2016. Variables and factors obtained gets the most emphasis is lectures.
when tracer studies amounted to more than 50 variables, but Respondents made various efforts to get their first job.
only a few will be discussed in this research. The pre-work Many of these businesses began before graduation. Based on
factors seen in this study is gender, GPA and study program. tracking results, the majority of respondents of more than 50%
The condition of alumni seen from gender that gender is did from one month before graduation, then as much as more
dominated by male gender, both for 2015 graduates and 2016 than 40% one month after graduation, the rest did not seek work
graduates for D3 and D4 programs with an average difference on the grounds of continuing education and marriage.
of 120 people. In order to get a job, respondents chose the internet to get
Graduates achievements can be known through the GPA job info. Considering the large number of graduates who are
(Grade Point Average). The figure 1 shows that graduates in looking for work, other alternatives or other methods are taken,
2015 and graduates in 2016 have the highest population GPA such as searching for information from career development
between 3 and 3.5 for all programs, both D3 programs and D4 offices, applying without vacancies, brochures and others as
programs. 49% of D3 programs and 58% for D4 programs that shown in the graph below. Another interesting thing besides the
passed in 2015 had a GPA of internet, is a career center which can be used as a place to find
information on job openings quickly. The career center in this
study (Politeknik Negeri Bandung) is called JPAC (Job
Average GPA Based on Gender Placement Assessment Center) which is the main breaker for
many graduates in the business world. Besides that, it turns out
that the way to find a job by utilizing relationships still has
3.3 positive results.
3.2 The average time to get first job before graduating is
Male
3.1 more than 1 month, with a maximum of one year before
3 Female graduation, this is partly because of working as an
2.9
entrepreneur and an intern. While the time to get the first
D III D IV D III D IV
job after graduation is a maximum of 20 months for
2015 2016 respondents who graduated in 2016 and 36 months for
respondents who graduated in 2015. On average to get the
Figure 1. Average GPA Based on Gender first job after graduation is more than three months. The
table 1 shows the time needed to get the first job.
Learning Methods
Table 1. The Time Needed to Get the First Job
The time AFTER graduating
4.00
3.00 needed to get BEFORE graduating (month)
2.00 the first job (month)
1.00
0.00 Graduated Graduated Graduated Graduated
in 2016 in 2015 in 2016 in 2015
Max 9 12 20 36
Min 1 0 0 0
2015 2016 Average 1.73 1.67 3.73 3.08
Modus 1 1 1 1
Figure 2. Learning Methods
between 3 and 3.5, while in 2016 they were 49% for D3
programs and 53% for D4 programs. When viewed by gender, The condition of the respondent when conducting a tracer
study, the majority of respondents graduated in 2015 said they

259
were working (76%), while the rest (24%) did not work for Modus 3000000 3000000 3000000 5000000 3000000 5000000
several reasons. Compared to 2015 respondents who graduated
Median 4200000 3500000 4800000 4250000 3800000 4800000
in 2016 the percentage who stated work experienced a 5%
increase of 81%, while those who did not work were 19%. [1] Government agencies
Respondents who did not work explained the reasons as (a) (including BUMN)
shown in figure 3 (a) and (b): respondents said they were still
studying / continuing their professional or postgraduate studies, [2] Non-profit organizations /
non-governmental
were looking for work, married, busy with family and children, 6%4% organizations
26%
etc., such as being sick and having just finished education. [3] Private companies
The type of work or agency where the respondent works is 0%
[4] Self-employed / own
(a) 64% company
6% Continuing Study
[5] Other
Married
25%
Busy with family
54% and children (b) [1] Government agencies
3% (including BUMN)
Looking for work
12% [2] Non-profit organizations /
Other non-governmental
5% 22%
6% organizations
[3] Private companies
1%
(b) 66% [4] Self-employed / own
company
Continuing Study
[5] Other
9% Married Figure 3. Type of Company (a) 2015 (b) 2016

Busy with family

29% 51% and children
Looking for work If income compared with GPA and gender, the results are
3% interesting, that the highest GPA is obtained by female and the
8% Other average GPA of female is greater than male but not with
income. Male income is greater than female although when
viewed from the average GPA, from the table 3 shown that male
Figure 4. Reason for Not Working (a) 2015 (b) 2016 GPA are lower than female GPA.
currently categorized into 3 choices, namely government
agencies (including BUMN/Badan Usaha Milik Negara), Table 3. GPA of Respondents
private companies, and entrepreneurs both self-employed and Respondents Respondents
own companies. Figure 4 (a) and (b) shown most respondents Graduated 2015 Graduated 2016
worked in private companies as many as 64% for respondents Mal
graduated in 2015, and 67% for respondents in 2016. While as All Female Male All Female e
many as 26% for respondents in 2015 and 22% for respondents Max 3.95 3.95 3.86 3.92 3.92 3.87
in 2016 who worked in government agencies. As for those who
Min 2.2 2.27 2.2 2.13 2.28 2.13
choose entrepreneurship there are 6% of respondents.
Based on income they have different income. The highest Average 3.13 3.23 3.04 3.92 3.18 3.11
and lowest income works as an entrepreneur or company. Most Modus 3.2 3.2 3.1 3.92 3.11 3.37
respondents write income of Rp. 3 million. Based on the gender Median 3.12 3.23 3.04 3.92 3.19 3.11
of the respondents income can be seen as the table 2. From the
Alignment between study fields and respondent's work is
table 2 male income is greater than female income.
seen in the figur 5 (a). The percentage which states very closely
able 2. Income Respondents is 30% (respondents passed 2015) and 27% (respondents passed
Respondents Graduated 20162016). Not much different from the respondents who stated
Respondents Graduated 2015
closely and quite closely. The 15% of respondents in 2015
Income All Female Male All Female Male
stated less closely and 7% said they were not close at all. While
Max 40000000 20000000 40000000 20000000 10000000 20000000 respondents in 2016 stated that 16% were less tight and 9% said
Min 500000 500000 500000 880000 600000
they were not close at all.
1000000
The figur 5 (b) illustrates the percentage of alignment of
Average 4469296 3916482 4959257 4546911 3993726 5011862
education levels with the work of respondents graduating in

260
2015 is now in line with the education level of 59% for program figure 6. The three highest reasons are because the work
D3 and 74% for program D4. Whereas respondents who
graduated in 2016, 58% for program D3 and 67% for program Figure 7. Average Mastery of Competencies
D4 stated in accordance with their education. So that the obtained has good career prospects, the current job is more
graduates of the program D3 study program work in accordance
with the work for program D3 graduates and the program D4
study program respondent work in accordance with the work for
Reasons for Taking the Current Job
program D4 graduates.
As many as 34% for program D3 and 10% for program D4 Other
respondents passed in 2015 stating if the respondents worked at
My work is now in…
a higher level. This stated that if the graduates of the D3 study
program then the work carried out is at the D4 level and In this job I got good career…
graduates of the D4 study program, the work carried out is at My current job is more…
the level of S2. As for as much as 2% for D3 program and 9% I haven't got a more suitable…
for program D4 respondents graduating in 2015 stated their At the beginning of this…
jobs were of a lower level. While respondents passed in My current job allows me to…
2016 at 2% for program D3 and 13% for program D4 My current job is closer to…
My current job is safer / secure
(a) I can get a higher income in…
Very Close My current job can better…
9%
I prefer to work in work…
7% Close
30% I was promoted to a position…
16%15% 27%
Close
Enough
Less Closely 2016 2015

26% Not At All

25%
25% 20% Figure 5. Reason for Taking the Current Job

The Average Mastery of Competencies

(b)
1%20%
% 10%
13% 2% 12%
2%% Two Higher Competency Mastery
1%
1%
3% 2%
1%
1%
5%3% Levels Level
Higher Level
23% 34%
35%
The same level
Knowledge…
Lower Level The ability…
Ability to…4.2 Knowledge…
General…
58% Ability to… 4.0 English Ability
59% 67%
No Need for Project /… 3.8 Internet skills
Higher Education Initiative 3.6 Computer skills
74% Ability to… 3.4 Critical…
3.2
Leadership 3.0 Research skills
Figure 6. Suitability (a) Fields of Study and Work (b) Suitability of Working… Learning…
Education Level Integrity Communicat…
Loyalty Work under…
stated their jobs were of a lower level. Respondents Adaptability Time…
Tolerance Work…
who stated that they did not need higher education Analytical… Work in…
Negotiation Ability to…
because the respondents did not work needed special
skills or respondents were entrepreneurs.

Regarding the harmony between the education and

work of the respondent, there are several reasons why the
respondent took the job even though it was not in
accordance with his education. Some reasons include the
attractive and due to not getting the right job. When the results
were further reviewed, 65% of the engineering program and
35% of the non-engineering programs for the respondents
passed in 2015 while the respondents passed in 2016 at 42% of

261
non-engineering and 58% of the engineering stated that they did
not get the right job.
Based on competence, tracing the study was carried out by
comparing the mastery of respondents competencies mastered
at the time of graduation with the competencies needed in the
work in accordance with the contribution of universities. Based
on this, the average respondent's mastery and what is needed in
the job are considered sufficient. Mastery that is considered the
highest by respondent is the mastery of the ability to continue
lifelong learning, the ability to hold responsibilities, work with
people of different cultures and backgrounds, integrity, loyalty,
adaptability, tolerance, working in teams / cooperating with
others and internet skills. While the lowest assessed mastery is
the ability of knowledge outside the field or discipline, general
knowledge and English ability. Respondents considered that the
most needed competencies when working were competencies
regarding working in teams / working with others with an
average of 4.1. Following other competencies that are badly
needed is working under pressure and ability to hold
responsibility.
The Average Mastery of Competencies of Respondents
Who Are Mastered When Passed with Competencies Required
in Employment in Accordance with Higher Education
Contribution can be seen from figure 7.
V. CONCLUTION
Based on data from the tracer study by using exit cohort in the
2015 and 2016 graduating years with the Politeknik Negeri
Bandung case study, it shows that many things can be explored,
among others in terms of transition in the world of work, maps
of graduate activities in the world of work, horizontal and
vertical alignment maps of graduates and map the gap in
graduate competencies and the demands of the workforce.
Transition to enter the workforce is indicated by several
variables, including GPA, gender and competence. Based on
the results of the tracer study data, it was shown that there was
an increase in the number of response rates and the average
GPA of graduates. Likewise the map of graduate activities in
262
the world of work compared to respondents in 2015 there was
an increase of 5% in the number of employed respondents who
passed in 2016 from 76% to 81%. Salaries obtained by
respondents also increased on average compared to the previous
year (2015). Likewise, the alignment between the field of study
and work, from the results of the study shows respondents with
the 2016 graduating year get more jobs that are in accordance
with the subject of study.
Whereas the alignment of education level with the work of
the respondents graduating in 2016 was a difference compared
to the previous year (2015), especially for the D4 program,
namely experiencing a decrease in the percentage for the same
level of education. For the reason why the respondent does not
get a job that is not in accordance with his field at most, that is
not getting a more suitable job and the current job has good
career prospects. To map the gap in graduate competencies and
the demands of the work world, the average difference is only
0.1, so that the competencies acquired during college can be
said to be in accordance with the competencies of the demands
of the workforce.
REFRENCE
[1] Politeknik Negeri Bandung (2012). Peraturan Akademik Politeknik
Negeri Bandung
[2] Schomburg Kassel, Harald, (2003). Handbook For Tracer Studies,
International Center For Higher Education (INCHER-Kassel)
Univ Kassel German
[3] Budi, B.S., Dinan, A. (2015): Report Tracer Study ITB 2017, ITB
Career Centre. Bandung
[4] Tim redaksi Kopertis V, Warta Kopertis edisi Desember 2014, Tracer
study sebagai cermin diri institusi perguruan tinggi, Yogyakarta.
[5] J, Supranto (2000) Statistik Teori dan Aplikasi, Jl. 1 Ed 7 Jakarta :
Erlangga
[6] Sailah, Ilah, 2011, “ Perlunya Tracer Study untuk Pendidikan Tinggi”
Dirjen Belmawa Dikti, Jakarta
[7] http://pkts.belmawa.ristekdikti.go.id
 Model of archival system arrangement in improving
accreditation of study programs in Manado State
Polytechnic
Iyam Ldua and1 dan Martine Lapod2
1
Business Administration Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Manado, Indonesia
2
Business Administration Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Manado, Indonesia
Abstract. In obtaining and improving study program
accreditation is seriously needed of a reliable archival system model
in accordance with the standards set by the National Accreditation
Board. The main problem in accreditation is the weakness of the
archival system in managing the data needed for both study program
and institutional accreditation that provide organized and systematic
documents and information. This study aims to design an archival
system arrangement model in improving accreditation in Department
of Business Administration, because the archive arrangement system
is currently not well organized. This methodology research is
qualitative research using the Case Study method at the Manado
State Polytechnic Study Program. Data collection methods:
observation, interviews and documentation. Based on the study, the
archive arrangement system has not been effective and efficient and
there is no archive mapping model that is in accordance with
accreditation standards. Therefore, the effort taken is to implement
the Archival System Arrangement Model in accordance with the
standards of the Higher Education National Accreditation Board,
namely by adding a file cabinet to organize documents, preparing the
availability of standard documents, providing knowledge to
employees about filing, and disseminating information to lecturers,
staff, students and graduates about the importance of
archivingKeywords—component; formatting; style; styling; insert
(key words)
I. INTRODUCTION
The process of academic activities cannot be separated from
the availability of a number of documents that meet the existing
standards to be prepared by education providers either in the
Department or in the Study Program. These documents are the
center of memory in every activity or process of activities
carried out by the department or study program so that when
needed is complete and systematic.
Based on this, the need for an archive order which is a
collection of documents that is arranged systematically so that
when needed it can be easily recovered, especially in the
process of academic activities and management of
accreditation. The availability and arrangement of good
archives is certainly supported by the leader's attention to the
availability of archival support in the form of equipment and
supplies, the system used in arranging documents or archives,
as well as special officers (archivists) who handle documents or
archives in the Department, especially study programs, and
socialization to lecturers and employees, especially document
collection and document arrangement with Filling 103 points
263
fulfilled in improving accreditation. [1] BAN PT, Buku 2
Standar dan Prosedur Akreditasi Program Diploma 2010.
In increasing accreditation in the Department of Business
Administration, especially study programs are faced with the
lack of availability of complete documents both manually and
electronically. A number of documents / archives prepared are
not well organized and systematic because of the lack of
equipment and supporting equipment that support the
placement of documents / archives, both in the Department and
in the Study Program. In addition, in the Department of
Business Administration there is no officer specifically
handling document / archive management so that if the files are
needed, the search is very difficult to find, besides that there is
no officer who is responsible for the documents so that it takes
a long time and the documents have not been systematically
arranged. This has an impact on the processing of documents,
especially filling in data in accreditation forms, many data and
documents that are not available and even lost, so that it takes
time to fulfill the availability of data and documents. Employees
in the Business Administration Department are important in
archiving so that the availability of documents is needed to
support the study program accreditation.
In accordance with the existing data that since the Manado
State Polytechnic was established ± 30 years there were 19
Study Programs spread over 6 (six) departments, but no one was
accredited A either at Institutional or Study Program level, even
there were only 68% of B accredited study programs and other
study programs still have the accreditation C value of 31%, even
the Institution is still accredited C. With this research is
expected to help increasing the value of accreditation, through
the availability of documents.
Based on the above problems, it is hoped that this research
will help in implementing an effective and efficient archival
system model in improving accreditation both at the
Institutional level and study program level.
A. Focus and Research Sub-Focus
Based on the problems outlined above, the focus of the research
is on how to apply the archival system arrangement model in
improving study program accreditation at Manado State
Polytechnic. While the Sub focus of the study is the proper
archival arrangement system, identifying equipment and
equipment that support archival arrangement, the availability of
7 documents accreditation standards according to BAN PT
guidelines, presenting officers (archivists) who specifically deal
with archival systems, and the need to socialize archives to
lecturers, employees, students and graduates.
II. LITERATURE RIVIEW
Understanding of archives is a record of activities or sources
of information with various forms made by institutions,
organizations, and individuals in the framework of
implementing activities. Archives can be in the form of letters,
letters, certificates, charter, books and so on, which can be used
as valid evidence for actions and decisions. With the
development of archive technology can be in the form of audio,
video, and digital. According to [2] Sugiarto and Wahyono
(2005:67) that records in Indonesian are referred to as "scripts"
namely: every written record in the form of images or chart that
contains information about a subject (subject matter) or events
that people make to help people's memory. In the opinion of the
archive is a document that is stored systematically because it
has a purpose so that whenever it is needed it can be quickly
rediscovered [3] (Gie, 2000). According to the Office
Administration Dictionary [4] (Sugiarto and Wahyono) 2015:
6; archive is a collection of scripts that are kept regularly and
planned because it has a purpose so that every time it is needed
it can be quickly rediscovered. So, understanding of archival is
the management of records of activities or sources of
information that have usefulness values with regular and
planned, both the archives are created or received, so that they
can be easily found if needed. An archival system that is held
optimally will facilitate the activities and objectives of
institutions, organizations, bodies and individuals. The scope of
archival activities includes:
 Creation. receipt, collection of archives.
 Control and maintenance of archives.
 Storage and destruction of archives
According to [5] Sayuti (2013: 153), archival or filling is an
activity of placing important documents (documents) in a good
storage place and based on certain rules, so that if needed it can
be found easily and quickly.
A. Storage System
The storage system is a system that is used in storing
documents so that the ease of storage activity can be created
and the discovery of the stored documents can be done quickly
when the document is needed at any time. The storage system
in principle is to store based on the catched word (caption) of
the stored documents in the form of letters and numbers that
are arranged in a certain order (Sugiarto and Wahyono: 2015:
45).There are several storage systems as follows:
1. Alphabetical System.
The alphabetical system is a document storage system
based on the alphabetical order of the caption word (name)
of the document in question. The name can consist of two
types, namely the name of the person and the name of the
body. The name of the person (individual name) consists of
full name and single name, while the name of the body
consists of the name of the government agency and the
name of the private body and the name of the organization.
264
2.. Geographic System.
Geographic system is a system of storing documents based
on groupings of place names. This system is often called the
location system or place name system.
3. System Subject.
The subject system is a document storage system based on
the contents of the document. Document content is often
also referred to as subject matter, main problem, problem,
content of letter, or subject.
4. Number System.
The number system is the system for storing documents
based on the number code in lieu of the name of the person
or the name of the body.
5. Chronological System.
A chronological storage system is a storage system based on
the time sequence, which is defined as the date of the year,
decade, or alphabet. In terms of laying and storing the
system it is easy to do because it is only based on the order
of the date, month and year.
B. Archival Equipment and Supported equipment
To be able to organize the archive at high speed and a little
error is needed archival equipment and supported
equipment that is capable of carrying out the functions of
each system and method as well as possible. The success of
archival management activities is also directly affected by
equipment used to store archives and the efficiency of
equipment usage.
1. Storage Equipment Type.
a. Upright storage device (vertical file):
b. Sideways storage tool (lateral file)
c. Heavy storage device (power file)
2. Storage Equipment (Filling Supported equipment).
In addition to the main equipment for storing archives, it is also
necessary to provide equipment in archive storage.
a. Baffle
b. Folder (Folder)
c. Instructions (Guide)
d. Capture words
e. Other equipment
C. Archivist
Archivist is someone who has competence in the field of
archives obtained through formal education and/or archival
education and training and is able to have functions, duties and
responsibilities in carrying out archival activities.
D. Accreditation
Accreditation is the process of evaluating and evaluating the
quality of institutions or study programs carried out by a peer
expert team (assessor team) based on the quality standards that
have been established. Accreditation also means a government
effort to standardize and guarantee the quality of higher
education graduates so that the quality of graduates among
higher education is not too varied and according to work needs.
E. Socialization
System Setup Model Archives in
The definition of socialization is the process of humans learning Improving Study Program
the procedures of life in society (ways of life in society), to Accreditation at Manado
obtain personality and build their capacity so that they can StatePolytechnic
function properly as individuals and as members of a group [6]
(Bruce J. Cohen).
III. PREPARE YOUR PAPER BEFORE STYLING
A. Research purposes
In carrying out this research, there are several objectives: F Equip SSanda
Archiv ment & Ar F
1. Describe and explain the appropriate archival arrangement e rt Socializa
al Archi
system to improve the accreditation of study programs at e Com Accredi tion O
system pleteness tation vist r
Manado State Polytechnic. d
2. Describe and explain equipment and supported equipment B
B
that support archival arrangement system to improve a A
C
accreditation of study programs at Manado State c
k
Polytechnic. k
3. Describe and explain the availability of documents for 7
(seven) standards in filling out accreditation forms to Accreditation
increase the accreditation grade of study programs at the Data Model
Manado State Polytechnic
4. Describe and explain the importance of the presence of Archi
archival officers (archivists) to increase the accreditation of val
study programs at the Manado State Polytechnic. syste
m Increasing the
5. Describe and explain the importance of archival Valvue of Study
socialization to improve the accreditation of study programs Program
at the Manado State Polytechnic. Accreditation

B. Research location
This research was conducted at the Department of Business
Administration consisting of three study programs namely the
DIII Business Administration study program, the business
management DIV study program, and the marketing
management DIII study program at the Manado State
Polytechnic.
C. Research methods and procedures
In this study first made a case study qualitative research design,
then, collected data by observing, interviewing, and
documenting data from informants as a data source. Next, the
data is compiling, analyzing it and interpreting the meaning of
the data collected, then making or compiling the reports.
Based on the research method used, the researcher chooses
and determines in depth the object of the research because the
researcher intends to learn about the application of archival
system arrangement model, namely by building a flow of
thought as shown in Figure 1 as follows:
Figure 1. Model of Archival System Arrangement
Figure 1 indicates the model of archival system arrangement,
such as the archival system, Equipment and supported
equipment, accreditation, archivist and archival socialization
D. Types and methods of research: Types of qualitative
research with case study methods related to the application of
archival arrangement models in improving study program
accreditation
E. Research subjects: Leaders, educators and education
personnel are referred to as informants. According to [7]
Sugiyono (2015: 364), the sample in qualitative research is not
called a respondent, but as a resource person, participants,
informants, friends, and teachers in the research.
F. Data and data sources: The data of this study are taken from
data sources: 1) staff of permanent and honorary lecturers who
have documents / archives needed in the study program, 2)
Administrative Staff, 3) Study program coordinators, 4) Head
of departments and secretaries of department of business
Administration.
G Data collection techniques: Data collection techniques in
research are Triangulation techniques: data collection
techniques that are combined from various data collection
techniques and data sources or different data collection
techniques to obtain data from the same source.

265
H. Data analysis techniques and data validity
The data analysis technique used in this study is qualitative data
analysis, following the concepts given by Miles and Huberman
and Spradley.Miles and Huberman in [7] Sugiyono (2015: 92):
Data Reduction, Data Display), and Conclusion Drawing. Data
validity includes, 1) credibility, 2) triangulation, 3)
transferbility, 4) dependability and 5) confirmation.
IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
A. Organizing archives
Organizing archives means arranging, compiling
archives with classification codes that have been made
according to an effective and efficient storage system.
The archive storage system is generally applied by an
agency or office. There are 5 (five) systems, namely the
alphabetical system, subject system, number system,
chronological system and geographic system. Each office
has the authority to adjust which storage system is
suitable for application of archival system.
This is in accordance with the opinion of the
informants that they want the archival arrangement both
in the department and in the study program is arranged
using the subject (problem) and numeric (code) systems.
By using this combination system, the department of
business administration and study programs is considered
able to realize the ease and smoothness of the daily work
of staff so that they can meet the needs of information and
are in accordance with the existing theories. Subject
(problem) system is one of the documents structuring
system based on activities related to problems related in
departments and study programs that use this system.
These problems are grouped into one subject, for example
problems related to each standard are grouped into one main
problem. Archive arrangement preparation based on problems
by compiling a list of indexes and paying attention to the
archive equipment used.
Based on the results of data collection through
documentation or by utilizing available records about the
archive storage system used in the departments, for example
department of Business Administration, namely:
1. Active archive: This archive is stored and maintained
in the processing unit at study program, namely the
form of student attendance lists, study results cards,
student trusteeship, lecture schedules, learning
evaluation results, competency matrices, etc.
The methods for storing active records are as follows:
a. Study program employees store archives according to
problems (subjects) that have a classification code
sequence.
b. Archives are arranged in the folder or folder according
to the classification order.
2. The archive in active: The active archive is also stored
and maintained in the processing unit, namely the
study program
266
a. Storage collects files in folders according to the
classification order.
b. Inserting the folder into the active archive file and
arranged vertically.
c. The active file box is placed in the storage archive
rack.
In addition to paying attention to the active archives
and archives in active above, it is necessary to arrange
archival classification patterns. Archive classification
patterns are arranged in 3 stages, such as: Main Subject
(Primary), Sub subject (Secondary), Sub-sub subject
(Tertiary)
These three groups have a logical, chronological and
systematic relationship with each other. For example:
Staffing groups must contain issues regarding staffing,
such as:
Staffing (Primary)
Procurement (Secondary)
Application (Tertiary)
Testing (Tertiary)
Appointment (Tertiary) etc.
[8] (Sedarmayanti 2001:188)
In addition to the hierarchical archival classification
pattern, it is necessary to use the archive code. The archive code
is the identification/problem of the archive classification. Use
archive code:
- To distinguish one problem from another / problem in various
levels of archive classification.
- Is a means of filing archives and determining storage
locations, and rediscovering them.
Requirements for providing archive code:
- Simple
- Easy to remember
- Easy to write
The archive code has 2 elements, namely: letter code, and
numeric code. The archive code element applied in the
department and study programs is more compatible with the
numeric code combined with the subject system. This is
because the documents that will be arranged relate to
accreditation forms which consist of standard 1 to standard 7
(given numeric codes 1-7) then combined using the subject
system which is given guidance on each standard. To solve the
problem of archival arrangement, the archive is collected and
sorted before numbering and labelling is given based on the
subject. In connection with the above statement, the department
and study program for archiving arrangement in the preparation
of accreditation forms are arranged based on archive
classification using numerical systems combined with subject
systems (problems) starting from standard 1 to standard 7 with
103 items. Archive arrangement in departments and study
programs uses a combination of numerical systems and subject
systems. Collected archives are classified, labelled and then are
entered into folders based on the sequence number and item
number contained in the 7 standard s, after which they are
entered into a file box that says standard 1 up to standard 7 and
arranged vertically in a filing cabinet. Its storage is centralized
and decentralized.
The application of archive code that is used in the
department and study program includes standard writing in the
file box; each file box contains the folder according to the serial
number and item number in the form. The arrangement is sorted
according to the standard containing the files in the folder
arranged vertically to make it easier to retrieve the required
files. The numeric system used is combined with the subject.
The results of the arrangement are shown in the following Figure 4. Folder is arranged in a file cabinet containing files in large
figure: numbers of sheets

D. Prepare Archive Officer (archivist)

The importance of department and study program to appoint a
staff that is to be an archivist who has specialization in handling
archives in order to help leaders in managing documents. In the
assignment as an archivist, it is very difficult because when
looking staff who actually understands the archival system is
not easy because every day there is an addition of archives and
frequency of borrowing of archives and use of archives that are
so high. Therefore it requires a staff who are truly patient,
responsible for the work, as seen in the following picture:

Figure 2. Archives arranged according to standards

B. Archival equipment and supported equipment

The success and smoothness of archival activities is influenced
by equipment and supported equipment used to store archives.
In terms of the number of equipment and supported equipment,
there are several tools that need to be added, considering the
addition of archives every day. The equipment and supported
equipment used consists of file cabinets, file racks and filling
cabinets. One example of a file cabinet used to organize
documents as shown in the picture below. Figure 5. Archivists handling documents

E. Archival Socialization to Lecturers, Staff, Students,

and Graduates
This archival socialization aims to equalize the perception of
archives arrangement of lecturer, staff, and student and graduate
so that they understand the importance of the archive, as well as
the backbone of the leadership in accountability of the activities
for the advancement of departments and study programs. The
importance of the socialization is carried out by the head of the
department and the coordinator of the study program in the
Figure 3 File cabinet used in arranging documents
context of the availability of information in meeting the needs
of the administrative process, especially in filling accreditation
C. Availability of documents of 7 (seven) accreditation forms forms, so that lecturers, staff, students and graduates have
Study programs are required to maintain quality assurance documents in the department and in each study program.
through the accreditation process. Accreditation is an Socialization activities as shown in the following picture:
assessment activity to ensure the feasibility of a study program
based on criteria that refers to the National Standard of Higher
Education (SNPT). In submitting this accreditation, of course
study programs must prepare a number of documents contained
in the accreditation forms consisting of 7 (seven) standards.
Each standard contains documents that must be prepared and
filled into folders that have been given an archive code. If the
number of archives is large, it will be filled in several boxes as
Figure 6. Socialization of handling archives
shown in the following figure:

267
 The socialization was carried out by gathering participants
to be given knowledge of the importance of archives collected
and documented as information material in fulfilling the
accreditation forms.
V. CONCLUTION
The Model of Archival System Arrangement in the
departments and study programs is not yet systematized and
organized in applying the archival model of archival system and
subject system, which is compiled based on accreditation
standards. Archival equipment and supported equipment needed
at the Department and Study Program. The lack of equipment
and equipment to document is not well organized and it is
difficult to find back on the equipment needed for that archival
equipment and supported equipment needed both at the study
program and department level so that the standard 7 (seven)
documents are available and make it easier to complete
accreditation forms.
Every study program should have an archivist who handles
archives by providing archival training in departments and study
programs concerning 7 (seven) standards. The system that needs
to be applied is a numeric archival system that is combined with
the subject system, in order to facilitate the search and retrieval
of documents. The application of the archival system must be
consistent and sustainability. 7 standard data is always
268
maintained and up to date if needed. The socialization
of the importance of archiving is always carried out to lecturers,
staff, students and graduates. It is recommended that documents
/ files in the department and study program must have records
(books) of borrowing archives to keep no documents / files that
are not returned or even lost. It is suggested that departments and
study programs make an archive retention schedule if the archive
is no longer used so that there is no accumulation of archives.
REFRENCE
[1] BAN PT 2010 Buku 2 Standar dan Prosedur Akreditasi Program Diploma
[2] Sugiarto A T 2005 Wahyono, Manajemen Kearsipan Modern, Gava Media
Jogjakarta
[3] Gie T L 2000 Administrasi Perkantoran Modern , Edisi ketujuh, Liberty,
Offset Jogyakarta
[4] Sugiarto A T Wahyono 2015 Manajemen Kearsipan Modern 2015, (Dari
Konvensional ke Basis Komputer Penerbit Gava Media Jogjakarta
[5] Sayuti J A 2013 Manajemen Kantor Praktis, Penerbit Alfa Beta, Bandung
[6] Bruce J. Cohen
http://www.sumberpengertian.co/pengertian-sosialisasi-lengkap 23
februari 2018
[7] Sugiyono 2015 Memahami Penelitian Kualitatif Bandung, CV Alfa Beta,
Bandung
[8] Sedarmayanti 2001 Dasar-dasar Pengetahuan Tentang Manajemen
Perkantoran, Penerbit Mandar Maju, Bandung
[1] M. Young, The Technical Writer's Handbook. Mill Valley, CA:
University Science, 1989.
The Factors Influencing Managerial Performance And
Their Effect On Financial Accountability
Cecilia Lelly Kewo1, Roos M.S Tuerah2, Ventje Senduk3
1
Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Negeri Manado, Indonesia
2
Fakultas Ilmu Pendidikan Universitas Negeri Manado, Indonesia
3
Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Negeri Manado, Indonesia

Abstract--: This study aims to examine and analyze the factors and the absence of an institutionalized internal control system
that influence managerial performance and their implications for (SPIP).
financial accountability. By using an explanatory research
method, this type of research is descriptive verification. Using Figure 1.Composition Internal System Weaknesses local
primary data through surveys by providing research instruments
Government Financial Reports 2015
to SKPD at the district and city level in North Sulawesi. The
collected data is then tested using the Structural Equation Model
(SEM) method with Partial Least Square (PLS) approach.
weakness of internal control
Simultaneous results of participatory budgeting, clarity of budget
structure
targets and internal control have a positive effect on managerial
performance. Likewise managerial performance has a positive 22%
effect on financial accountability. 40%
weakness of control system
Keywords: Participatory budgeting, Budget goal clarity, 38% implementation budget
Internal control, Managerial performance, Financial revenue and expenditure
accountability
I. INTRODUCTION
The low performance of the government has been in the weakness of control
accounting system and
spotlight, especially in planning both of provinces, districts and
reporting
cities. It can be seen from the local government budget usage
that mostly spent on employee salaries, namely as much as 92%
Source: Indonesian Supreme Audit , 2016
of the provincial, district and city budgets are used for state
apparatus costs, whereas ideally a budget should be used most
Public sector budgeting has always been a warm
for infrastructure development expenditure (1)
The management of state financial resources still colored by conversation, because the public sector budget is used to serve
deviations from planning, budgeting, implementation till three objectives, namely tools of accountability, tools of
accountability report. Determination amount of the budget has management, instrument of economic policy (4).
Previous research found that there was a positive
not been based on needs of the community, it shows that
relationship between participatory budgeting and managerial
aspirations of the community have not been fulfilled which
performance (5), (6), (7)
should be conveyed through musrenbang (2). It means that
participation still needed in the budget preparation process, and
the budget set by the agency tool unit must be based on the need II. LITERATURE REVIEW
A. Participative Budgeting
to provide services to the community.
Participation in the budget making process is acclaimed by
The development of financial accountability reflected in
many as a pariacea for meeting the esteem and self actualization
local government financial reports (LKPD) has not been as
needs of organizational members (11).Participation in the
expected, this can be seen from the LKPD opinions provided by
the Republic of Indonesia Supreme Audit Board (BPK). budget preparation process is recognized by many people to
Indonesian Budget Center Researchers (IBC) assessing, the fulfill the self-esteem and self-actualization needs of members
of the organization. Participative budgeting is a budget system
budget preparation process is not optimal. This can be seen from
in which all budget holder are given the opportunity to
the large number of budget brokers such as cases of alleged
participate in setting their own budgets (12). Participatory
bribery in a number of cases in government departments, and
budgeting also helps promote transparency, which has the
alleged practices of budget brokers in the case of adjustments
to regional infrastructure. (3) potential to reduce government inefficiencies and corruption
The reason why the BPK still gives disclaimer opinions on (13).
Participatory budgeting in government organizations is the
the financial statements of local governments is partly due to
extent to which the role of the apparatus is to be involved and
inadequate implementation of local government internal control
have influence in the budget making process. Successful

269
participation must involve the community, stakeholders and
government officials (8). Involved in the budget preparation
process the apparatus will feel valued and will feel responsible
for their work, so they will strive and commit to achieving the
established budget (9). The opportunity to participate in
planning and setting budget goals results in an increase in
feelings of ego involvement, a sense of control and trust, which
in turn causes commitment to budget goals (10). Budgeting to
government agencies is related to the process of determining the
amount of funds allocated for each program or activities to
support the implementation of development (11).
B. Budget Goal Clarity
Budget goal clarity in government organizations is the
elaboration of goals, which is something that will be achieved
or produced within an annual, semester, or quarterly period.
Budget targets are attempted in quantitative form so that they
can be measured. Budget targets must describe what you want
to achieve through actions that will be taken to achieve the
goals. The budget target provides a focus on preparing activities
so that they are specific, detailed, measurable and achievable
(14)
The goal is what the employee wants to achieve. So the
clarity of budget targets will encourage managers to be more
effective and do their best compared to unclear targets. This will
encourage employees or staff to do the best for the ignition of
the desired goals so that it has implications for improved
performance (15).
Other research that has been carried out shows that with a
clear and measurable definition, in determining performance
achievement, through practices of measuring organizational
performance can improve organizational performance and have
implications for improving regional economic performance
(16). This research is in line with showing that there is an
influence of budget characteristics / budget targets on
performance, but the budget characteristics have no relationship
with the size and type of company (17).
C. Internal Control
Internal control is design and affected by an entity’s board
of directors, management, and other personnel, designed to
provide reasonable assurance about the achievement of entity’s
objectivities in the following categories: (1) Realibility of
finacial reporting, (2) Effectiveness and efficiency of
operations, and (3) Compliance with applicable laws and
regulations (18).
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (COSO, 2013) mendefinisikan pengendalian
internal sebagai “a process, effected by an entity’s board of
directors, management, and other personnel, designed to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the achievement of
objectives relating to operations, reporting, and compliance”.
(18)
In the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations framework
(2013), internal control consists of five interrelated component
indicators, namely 1).Control Environment. 2).Risk
270
Assessment 3).Control Activities. 4). Information and
communication. 5).Monitoring
From some research results, the internal control system used
by the organization significantly influences the improvement of
organizational managerial performance (19), (20). Internal
control system has a positive effect on managerial performance
in government organizations (21).
D.Managerial Performance
Performance is the work that can be achieved by a person
or group of people in an organization, in accordance with the
authority and responsibility of each (22). Performance
description oflevel of achievement of the implementation of an
activity / program / policy in realizing the goals, objectives,
mission and organizational vision contained in an organization's
planning strategy (23).
Managerial performance is a measure of how effectively
and efficiently managers have worked to achieve organizational
goals (11). Managerial performance is defined as the level
competence of managers in carrying out management activities.
Managerial performance is the extent to which public
institutions manage the organization effectively and efficiently
as a form of public institution accountability (24).
E Financial Acountability
A system of accountability is required by any government.
So that it acts in ways which are broadly approved by the
community. Accountability is fundamental to any society with
pretensions to being democratic (25). Basically, financial
accountability is the provision of information and disclosure of
financial activities and performance to interested parties (26).
Govermental Accounting Standards Board /GASB n the
concept statement No.1 concerning Objectives of Financial
Reporting stated...accountability requires governments to
answer to the citizenry to justify the raising of public resources
and the purposes for which they are used. Governmental
accountability is based on the belief that the citizenry has a
“right to know, right to receive openly declared fact that may
lead to public debate by the citizen and their elected
representatives. Financial reporting plays a major role in
fulfilling government’s duty to be publicly accountable in a
democratic society (par.56)(2)
Definition of financial accountability is the provision of
information and disclosure of activities and financial
performance to all stakeholders so that the rights of the public
are right to be informed and the right to be heard and to be
listened can be fulfilled (28). Financial accountability
emphasizes the size of funds and becomes very important
because the management of public finance will be the main
concern of the community (24).
Managerial performance is closely related to financial
accountability. Managerial skills such as in budget planning,
achieving budget targets, organizing, assigning staff, examining
work results, monitoring and controlling budget and resource
use, will increase financial accountability or financial
accountability. Good managerial performance will increase
financial accountability, achievement of programs and
activities, timely reporting and minimize differences in budget Table of Test Result
realization (13). Ho
Measurement of leadership performance can increase Path
Tcount Ttable
financial accountability, namely in the financial statements or Coefficient
annual reports. Disclosure of financial reports to external
Effect of Participatory Budgeting on Managerial
parties / stakeholders will move towards better public
Performance
accountability (29). In developing countries, budget
management in local governments is usually assessed on 0,336 2,390 1,65 Rejected
government performance. In the context of governance, the
process of public participation and the participation of Effect of Budget Target Clarity on Managerial
apparatus to create transparency in budget management that is Performance
efficient, effective, and professional can encourage Rejecte
performance improvement and financial accountability (30). 0,243 2,243 1,65
d

III. HYPOTHESIS Effect of Implementation of Internal Control on

Based on the existing theoretical basis, the results of
previous research and thinking framework, the research
hypothesis is participatory budgeting, clarity of budget
objectives and managerial performance partially influencing
managerial performance and managerial performance affecting
financial accountability.
IV. METHODOLOGY
Research method is a method used by researchers during an
investigation to solve problems (31). Judging from the type of
study, this type of research is verificative and explanatory
research or causal study, because this study aims to find out
what and how far the predicted factors affect a variable with the
aim of testing the hypothesis.
Population is the entire group of people, events, or things of
interest that researchers wish to investigate (32). The population
is agency all unit tool (SKPD) located in 15 Regencies and
Cities in North Sulawesi. Sample technique uses simple random
sampling. Data processing has fulfilled the requirements
because the sample size is taken using power analysis. With a
significance level of 5%, the number of direction of the most
arrows pointing towards the construct is 3 and R2 is 0.25.
Data analysis in this study was carried out with Structural
Equation Model (SEM) with Partial Least Square (PLS)
approach. Data analysis was carried out using Structural
Equation method based on covariance model, namely Partial
Least Square (PLS), because in the variable it has indicators that
are formative and reflective (33)
V. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Based on the results of the first order of confirmatory factor
analysis can be seen the value of the factor weight for each
indicator is greater than 0.50. This means that all indicators are
valid as a measuring tool for their respective dimensions. Then
the composite reliability (CR) value of each dimension greater
than 0.70 indicates that the indicators have consistency in
measuring their dimensions. Then the results of hypothesis
testing show that all hypotheses are accepted because the t count
is greater than t table as in the table below.
Managerial Performance
Rejecte
0,347 2,664 1,65
d
Effect of Managerial Performance Against Financial
Accountability
Rejecte
0,668 7,120 1,65
d
The results showed that the coefficient of determination (R-
square) found that participatory budgeting, clarity of budget
targets and implementation of internal control together had an
effect of 66.4% on managerial performance. Then managerial
performance has an effect of 44.6% on financial accountability.
Further hypothesis testing is conducted to prove whether there is
a positive influence on each variable of participatory budgeting,
clarity of budget targets and implementation of internal control
on managerial performance and its impact on financial
accountability.
Judging from the direct influence, the variable
implementation of internal control provides the greatest direct
influence on managerial performance, namely 12%. The
participatory budgeting variable is 11.3% and the budget clarity
variable is 5.9%. Then from the total influence, the variables of
participatory budgeting and the implementation of internal
control gave the same total effect on the managerial performance
of government agencies in district-city areas in North Sulawesi,
namely 25.1%.
VI. CONCLUSION.
Based on the formulation of the problem, the formulation of the
hypothesis and the results of the study, the conclusions of this
study are as follows:
1. Participatory budgeting has a positive effect on the
managerial performance of district-city regional government
agencies in North Sulawesi, the higher participation in
budgeting makes the performance of government agencies
better. In other words, it can be interpreted that managerial
performance can be improved if government agencies or SKPD
improve participatory budgeting by increasing the involvement
of apparatus in the budgeting process.

271
2. Clarity of budget targets have a positive effect on managerial
performance in the scope of district-city SKPD in North
Sulawesi province where the clearer or better the budget targets
will improve managerial performance. It can be interpreted that
with the stipulation of the SKPD work plan clearly, the
objectives of the program and activities are clear, the budget
objectives that are more specific and understandable and the
budget targets are communicated to the apparatus will improve
the performance of the SKPD.
3. The implementation of good internal control has a positive
effect on the managerial performance of SKPD in North
Sulawesi. Overall, the implementation of internal control in
SKPD in the regency-city is good, but there are some things that
still need to be improved, among others in HR policies and
practices, namely leadership example, and promotion that has
not been based on performance appraisal. Likewise for physical
control of assets in which asset management or management is
still not good.
4. Managerial performance has a positive effect on financial
accountability. The better the managerial performance, the
higher the financial accountability or the more accountable.
This can be interpreted that managerial performance or
managerial abilities such as in budget planning, achievement of
budget targets, organizing, assignment to staff, examination of
work results, supervision in the use of budget and resources,
will increase financial accountability or financial accountability
VII. REFERENCES
[1] Tjahjo Kumolo. 2105. “92% kota di Indonesia pakai APBD Cuma
untuk gaji PNS”. Melalui http://www.gatra.com/nusantara-
1/nasional-1/ [23/22/2015]
[2] Indonesia Budget Center (IBC).2011. ”Penyusunan anggaran di DPR
buruk.” Melalui http://politik.news.viva.co.id /news/read/226417
[34/07/2015]
[3] Yuddy Crisnandi. 2014. “Penetapan Anggaran Masih Berdasarkan
Bagi-Bagi Kue”. Melalui < http://www.beritasatu.com/nasional>
[23/08/2015]
[4] Awio, G. and Northcott, D. (2001). Decentralization and budgeting:
the Uganda health sector experience. The International Journal of
Public Sector Management, Vol. 14 No. 1, pp. 75-88.
[5] Brownell, P, & Mc Innes, M.1986. Budgetary Participation,
Motivation, and Managerial Performance. The Accounting Review,
61(4), 587-612.IBIMA Publishing Vol. 2013, Article ID 201920, 12
pages.DOI: 10.5171/ 2013. 201920
[6] Lukka, K. 1988. Budgetary Biasing in Organization : Theoritical
Framework and Empirical Evidence. Accounting, Organization and
Society. Vol 13, pp 281-301
[7] Yusfaningrum Kusnasriyati dan Ghozali Imam. 2005. Analisis
Pengaruh Partisipasi Anggaran Terhadap Kinerja Manajerial Melalui
Komitmen Tujuan Anggaran dan Job Relevant Information Sebagai
Variabel Intervening. Materi Seminar Nasional Akuntansi. Solo, 15-
16 September 2005 hal 656-666
[8] Miller Gerald. 2012. Government Budgeting and Financial
Management in Practice:Logics to Make Sense of Ambiguity.CRC
Press Taylor & Francis Group
[9] Kong, Dongsung. 2005. Performance-Based Budgeting : The US
Experience Public Organization Review : A Global Journal. Pp 91-107
[10] Chong Vincent K. and Johnson Darren M. (2007), Testing a model
of the antecedents and consequences of budgetary participation on job
272
performance. Accounting and business research, vol 37, No.1, pp. 3-
19, 2007
[11] Bastian, Indra. 2006, Sistem Perencanaan dan Penganggaran
Pemerintah Daerah di Indonesia, Salemba Empat, Jakarta
[12] Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) 2006
Retrieved October 29, 2014, from Chartered Institute of Management
Accountants Web site: http://www.cimaglobal.com/
[13] Shah, Anwar. 2007. Public Sector Governance and Accountability
series. Participatory Budgeting. The International Bank For
Reconstruction and Development / World Bank. Washington DC
[14] Emilia Rahmi Nur dan Abdullah W. 2013. Pengaruh Partisipasi Dalam
Anggaran dan Kejelasan Dalam Anggaran Serta Peran Manajerial
Pengelolaan Keuangan Terhadap Kinerja Pemerintah Daerah. Jurnal
Fairness Volume 3, Nomor 3, 42- 53
[15] Locke, E.A and Latham, G. 1990. A Theory of Goal Setting and Task
Performance. Englewood, Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall
[16] Verbeeten, Frank H.M. (2008), “Performance management practices
in public sector organizations: impact on performance”, Accounting,
Auditing & Accountability Journal, Vol.21 No.3, pp.427-454.
[17] Anjarwati Mei. 2012. Pengaruh Kejelasan Sasaran Anggaran,
Pengendalian Akuntansi Dan Sistem Pelaporan Terhadap
Akuntabilitas Kinerja Instansi Pemerintah. Accounting Analysis
Journal 1(2).
[18] COSO. 2013. Internal Control Integrated Framework executive
Summary.
[19] Fisher, J.G. 1998. Contingency Theory, Management Control Systems and
Firm Outcomes: Past Results and Future Directions. Behavioral
Research in Accounting, 10(Supplement): 47- 64.
[20] Mia, L and Chenhall, R.H. 1994. The Usefulness of Management
Accounting Systems, Functional Differentiation and Managerial.
Accounting Organization and Society. Vol. 19, pp 1-13
[21] Miah, N.Z., and Mia, L. 1996. Decentralization, Accounting Controls
and Performance of Government Organization: A New Zaeland
Empirical Study. Financial Accoutability and Management journal.
August 1996. Vol.12, No 1, pp 173-189
[22] Otley, D. 1999. Performance Management: A Framework For
Management Control Systems Research. Management Accounting
Research, 10(4): 363-382
[23] Mahsun. 2006. Pengukuran Kinerja Sektor Publik. BPFE. Yogyakarta
[24] Mahmudi.2010.Manajemen Kinerja Sektor Publik. Edisi Kedua.
Penerbit UPP STIM YKPN Yogyakarta
[25] Owen E.Hughes (1994). Public Management and Administration. ST.
Martin Press, Inc. New York.
[26] Schiavo-Campo, S., and Tomasi, D., 1999: Managing Government
Expenditure, Asia Development Bank, Manila
[27] Governmental Accounting Standards Boards (GASB). 1999. Concepts
Statement No. 1: Objectives of Financial Reporting in Governmental
Accounting Standards Boards Series Statement No. 34: Basic Financial
Statement and Management Discussion and Analysis for State and
Local Government. Norwalk.
[28] Mardiasmo. 2004. Otonomi dan Manajemen Keuangan Daerah. Andi
Yogyakarta
[29] D.Coy, Mary Fischer and Teresa Gordon. 2002. Public Accounting:
A New Paradigm for Collage and University. Annual Report; Critical
Perspectives on Accounting, 12: 1-31.
[30] Shah Anwar and Shen, Hunly. 2007. A Primer on Performance
Budgeting. Dalam Shah Anwar (ed) Budgeting and Budgetary
Institution, pp 137-176: The World Bank. Washington D.C
[31] Kothari, R.C 2004. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques.
New Delhi: New Age Publisher
[32] Sekaran, Uma & Roger Bougie. 2013. Research Methods For
Business; A Skill Building Approach sixth edition. UK: John Wiley &
Sons
[33] Hair, J.F., Black, W.C., Babin, B.J., and Anderson. R.E. 2014.
Multivariate Data Analysis A Global Perspective. Seven Edition.
Singapore: Pearson Prentice-Hall.
 THE EFFECT OF PERCEPTION OF UTILIZATION,
PERCEPTION OF EASY OF USE AND TAXPAYER
SATISFACTION ON E-FILING USE BY TAX PAYER
ELY KARTIKANINGDYAH1) NURUL MAHMUDAH2)
1
Managerial Accounting Department, Politeknik Negeri Batam, Jl. Ahmad Yani, Batam Centre, Batam 29461, Indonesia
2Managerial Accounting Department, Politeknik Negeri Batam, Jl. Ahmad Yani, Batam Centre, Batam 29461, Indonesia
Abstract.--This study aims to determine whether or not the
influence of perceptions of usefulness, convenience
perceptions, and user satisfaction with the use of e-filing.
The data of this study were obtained from the questionnaire
(Primer) distributed to taxpayers in Batam, especially in the
Telecommunications Company with a sample of 50
respondents. The results showed that (1) the perception of
usefulness had positive effect on the use of e-filing. This is
evidenced by a simple linear regression analysis obtained
from the sig value. 0.003 which can be interpreted that the
result value sig. <0,05 which means there is influence
between usability perception toward usage of e-filing. (2)
the perception of ease of use has a positive effect on the use
of e-filing. This is proved by simple linear regression
analysis obtained by sig value. 0,023 which can be
interpreted that result of sig value. <0.05 which means there
is an influence between the perception of ease of use towards
the use of e-filing. (3) user satisfaction has no effect on the
use of e-filing. This is proved by simple linear regression
analysis obtained by sig value. 0,761 which can be
interpreted that result of sig value. > 0.05 which means there
is no influence between user satisfaction with the use of e-
filing. (4) perceptions of usability, perceptions of ease of use
and user satisfaction together influential. This is evidenced
by simple linear regression analysis obtained by sig. 0.018.
From these results can be concluded that the perception of
usability, perceived ease of use affect the use of e-filing while
user satisfaction does not affect the use of e-filing. This
research still has limitation that sampling only focuses on
Telecommunication Company only, it is recommended for
further research in order to add variable and sample to be
studied.
Keywords: Participatory budgeting, Budget goal clarity,
Internal control, Managerial performance, Financial
accountability
I. INTRODUCTION
Tax online system has received great attention globally
through the development of information technology which
affect the tax administration system. The rise of tax
administrators information technology is to improve the tax
administration system by creating awareness about their tax
structure because most taxpayers have limited knowledge of tax
administration system [1]. Information technology makes
simple services offered to citizens [8]. The use of information
273
technology has provided a new perspective for the development
and integration of tax administration system.
Modern administration by utilizing information technology
was introduced as an answer to the complaints against tax
administration which is considered to be a weakness and
irregularities in the field of taxation. To provide better service
and supervision required adequate information technology, Tax
Information System (SIP) used since 1994 is not sufficient to
serve and oversee taxpayers throughout Indonesia. In 2002, SIP
was developed into an Integrated Tax Administration System
(SPAT) based on organizational structure based on function,
because there is still a weakness in the taxpayer reporting
system (WP) that is still using manual reporting, then the fiscal
party requires double work by doing the recording is prone to
human error (human error) and requires human resources that
are not small, by reason of the Directorate General of Taxes
developed several programs aimed at improving services to
taxpayers in the form of e-filing.
E-filing is a way of delivering the annual income tax returns
electronically are done online and in real time via the internet
on the page (website) DGT Online
(https://djponline.pajak.go.id) or electronic tax return service
provider home page. E-Filing is one of the important
government services in developing countries, as it allows
taxpayers to make it easier to pay their taxes. E-filing offers
comfort for the taxpayer that is the time to ask, where filings,
ease of use, search for information and transactions online. E-
filing also offers the flexibility of time and minimize errors in
the calculation of tax.
This study took a sample of the individual taxpayer in the
Telecommunication Company in Batam, because Taxpayers
who use e-Filing in the company is still relatively small. In the
Telecommunication Company in Batam on average only half of
the employees who use the e-filing system. Socialization of
the e-filing is also still very low for these
companies. Furthermore, to find e-filing policy in the reporting
of the company's Annual SPT Telecom.
The purpose of this study were (1) to know there is or not
the influence the perception of the usefulness of the use of e-
Filing by the taxpayer (2) To know there is or not the influence
the perceived ease of the use of e-Filing by the taxpayer (3) To
know there is or the influence user satisfaction towards the
use of e-Filing by the taxpayer (4) To determine whether or not
there is a perception influences usefulness, perceived ease of
use and satisfaction of taxpayer jointly on the use of e-Filing by System (research conducted in Malaysia)" discusses the tax
taxpayers. service quality and perceived ease of use of online tax
system. The result of this study is that there is a positive
II. LITERATURE REVIEW relationship between the quality of tax service and the
perception of ease of use, there is a positive relationship
Analysis of the quality of services or Service Quality is a
between the ease of use perspective and the use of online tax
descriptive method to describe the level of customer
system, there is a positive relationship between the quality of
satisfaction. This method was developed by [17] Service
tax services and the use of online tax system, there is a
Quality (quality of service) is a measure of how well a service
significant mediation effect Perceived ease of use between the
encounter compatibility with customer
use of online tax systems and the quality of tax services. The
expectations. Conducting service quality means compromising
result of the whole states the whole hypothesis is significant.
with customer expectations in a consistent manner.
The equation of this study lies in the perceived ease of use
Customer satisfaction theory. According to [25] in [24]
of online tax system. The difference lies in the variables used
customer satisfaction is a customer response to a perceptual
are the quality of tax service and online tax system, whereas in
evaluation of the difference between initial expectations before
this study the variables used are the usability, user satisfaction,
purchase (or other performance standards) and the actual
and system usage.
performance of the product as perceived after consuming or
Research [21] entitled "Perception Relations Usefulness,
consuming the product. Customer satisfaction is not an absolute
Perceived Ease, Perception Satisfaction, Perceived Ease, Risk
concept, but rather relative to what customers
Perception Individual Taxpayers with use of E-Filing (Survey
expect. Operationalization of customer satisfaction
on Bank employees in Yogyakarta). Results from this study is
measurement can use a number of factors, such as expectations,
the perception of the usefulness of having a positive
level (importance), performance, and ideal factor [24]. E-
relationship with the use of e-filing. The perception of the ease
filing is a way of delivering tax return or delivery of SPT
of having a positive relationship with the use of e-
Annual Renewal Notice electronically conducted online real
filing. Perception of satisfaction has a positive relationship with
time via the website of the Directorate General of Taxes
the use of e-filing. Perception complexity has a negative
(www.pajak.go.id) or Application Service Provider
correlation with the use of e-filing. Perception of risk has a
or Application Service Provider (ASP).
negative correlation with the use of e-filing. Research [14]
In general, the submission of tax return or delivery
entitled "Adoption of e-government services: an empirical
Renewal Annual Tax Return electronically through E-filing is
Study of the Online Tax Filing System in Taiwan (survey on
regulated through DGT Regulation number PER-48 /PJ/2011
Internet users who qualify as taxpayer)" The results of this study
regarding the Second Amendment DGT Regulation number.
is self-efficacy has a significant influence on the perceived
PER-19/PJ/2009 on Procedures Acceptance and Processing
attributes of relative advantage, compatibility and
Notice of Annual December 30, 2011. in particular, the
complexity. Social norms have a significant effect
submission of tax return or delivery Renewal Annual Tax
on trialability (possibly attempted) and observability (possibly
Return electronically through E-filing on the site Directorate
observed). Self efficacy had no significant effect on the
General of Taxation is regulated through DGT Regulation
intention of use. The perceived attributes of relative advantage,
number PER-39/PJ/2011 on Procedures Submission of the
compatibility, and complexity have a significant effect on the
Annual Tax For Individual Taxpayer Using the Form 1770s or
intent of use. Perceived attributes
1770SS In E-filing Through Website Directorate General of
of trialability and observability no significant effect on the
Taxes (www.pajak.go.id) dated December 23, 2011.
intention of use. Social norms have a significant effect on usage
The Directorate General of Taxation has issued a regulation
intent.
on e-filing is that the Regulation Directorate General of
Taxation Number PER47/PJ/2008 on Procedures for Delivery
Notification and Delivery Notification Extension Annual Tax A. Hypothesis
Return in Electronic (e-filing) through an Application Service Perception of usefulness is a level where a person believes that
Provider (ASP). Taxpayers no longer need to come to the Tax the use of a system will be able to improve performance,
Office if you already use e-filing facility so that the delivery of increase the level of productivity and effectiveness. In the
SPT to more easily and quickly. This is because the SPT data organizational context, this perception of usefulness is linked to
transmission can be done anywhere and anytime, and sent improvements in individual performance that impact on
directly to the database of the Directorate General of Taxation opportunities to gain both material and non-material benefits. In
with internet facilities are routed through one or more enterprise the context of the use of e-filing can be interpreted that the use
Application Service Provider appointed by the Directorate of e-filing can improve performance for taxpayers who use
General of Taxation. E-filing facilitate the delivery of SPT and them. Someone will use e-filing if the person believes
provide assurance to taxpayers that it is perfectly acceptable that eFiling can provide benefits in carrying out his
SPT Directorate General of Taxation and security is much more duties. Research [2] level of perception affect the usefulness
secure. of e-filing taxpayers to use the e-filing. Based on the results of
Research by [15], entitled "Tax Service Quality: The the research above this research takes the hypothesis:
mediating Effect of Perceived Ease of Use of the Online Tax

274
H1: There is a positive influence on the perception of usefulness
in the use of e-filing
Ease of meaning without difficulty or freedom from
difficulty or unnecessary effort. Thus, the perception of ease of
use refers to the belief that the system is not troublesome or does
not require a great effort at the time of use. Perceived ease of
use on e-filing means that the taxpayer does not require great
effort to be able to understand how to do reporting via e-
filing tax returns for the service is easy to understand and
use.Perceived ease of use will reduce the effort of the taxpayer
in learning the intricacies report via e-filing tax returns. [3] if a
person feels that the existibng system is easy to use, it will use
it, so the ease of use of e-filing will affect the attitude of
taxpayers to use e-filing. A system used indicates that the
system is better known, easier to operate and easier to use by its
users.
H2: there is positive the influence of perceived ease of use to
the use of e-filing
User satisfaction (user satisfaction) has a significant
relationship to the intensity of use. User satisfaction will affect
the use of e-filing system. If users feel satisfied with the e-
filing system, the use of the system by the user will be
achieved. [5] If the use of the system has the capability to meet
the needs of users, the use of the system will potentially be done
continuously so that the intensity of use of e-filing system can
be increased.
H3: There is a positive influence user satisfaction towards the
use of e-filing
Perception of the usefulness of the use of e-filing will affect
the use of e-filing. The more benefits perceived by the taxpayer
from the use of e-filing, the level of use of e-filing will
increase. Perceived ease of use will also affect the rate of use
of e-filing. The easier it is operated e-filing will affect more
frequent e-filing services are used by the taxpayer. User
satisfaction will affect the use of e-filing. If the user is satisfied
on the e-filing system, the use of the system will potentially be
done continuously so that the intensity of use of e-filing system
can be increased.
H4: there is a positive influences perception usefulness,
perceived ease of use and user satisfaction together against the
use of e-filing.
III. RESEARC METHODS
3.1. Variables in this study
a. Independent Variable
1. Perception of usefulness (X1), is the extent to which a
person believes that using a system will improve its
performance [4]. In this study the indicators used include
developing performance, system benefits, increasing
productivity and enhancing effectiveness.
2. Perception of ease of use (X2), is a level where a person
believes that technology is easy to understand. [4] reveals
perceived ease is the degree to which a person believes
that the use of a particular system can make the person free
275
from effort. Free from the intended business is that when
someone uses the system, he only needs a little time to
study the system because the system is simple,
uncomplicated, and easy to understand. So the indicators
used are flexibility, easy to understand, easy to use and
easy to interact.
3. User satisfaction (X3) is a feeling of being clean from
happy or unhappy in accepting the information system
from the overall benefits expected by a person where these
feelings result from interactions with information systems
(Seddon and Kiew, 1994). There are indicators used to
measure user satisfaction, namely system efficiency,
system effectiveness, satisfaction and pride in using the
system.
b. Dependent Variables
The use of e-filing (Y) is a process whereby taxpayers use the
e-filing system to report SPT online. E-filing was created with
the aim of providing benefits and convenience for the
Directorate General of Taxes and taxpayers in the SPT
reporting.
The variable in this study is the perception of taxpayers in
giving opinions about the online tax system. Respondents were
asked to rate each item in the questionnaire according to the
context of this study with 5 of the Likert scales (1 strongly
disagree to 5 strongly agree). The questions are grouped into
independent, mediator and dependent variables with a total of
35 questions to the Individual Taxpayer as the respondent of
this study. The first part of the questionnaire is the respondent's
demographic profile, which will be used to measure
respondents' opinions about the online tax system which
includes (name, age, gender, length of work). In addition to that
the use of e-filing, perceptions of usefulness, perceived ease of
use, user satisfaction integrated into this study are observed
variables for online tax systems
The research instrument from this study uses a questionnaire
adapted from previous research namely [11] which uses e-filing
and [12] usage variables that use perception variables for ease
of use of online tax systems.The research location for
questionnaires is employees who work in the
Telecommunications company in Batam, namely 45 people
from Mitra Telkomsel, 25 people from Indosat Partners, and 30
people from XL Partners, so the population is 100 people.The
sample used in this study uses the Slovin formula and obtained
50 samples. The sampling technique uses the Random
Sampling Technique to overcome the clear objectives stated in
the questionnaire given. Random Sampling technique is a
sampling method where each element that forms a population
is given the same opportunity to be selected as a sample. Using
a random sampling technique researchers can minimize by
choosing the right sampling design [23].
3.2 Data Collection Technique
Trials were conducted to improve the validity and reliability of
the questions in the questionnaire before the final
administration. Data collection techniques used are primary
data by distributing questionnaires distributed to employees
who work in Telecommunication companies in Batam using
questions which are then filled by the respondent. The questions between perceptions of usefulness on the use of e-filing. Based
available in the questionnaire are based on the variables you on table 2, it is known that the coefficient of determination is
want to study. Data processing techniques in this study use the 0.412. This shows that the practice of human resources in the
SPSS program which is used for data testing and processing form of perceptions of usefulness can explain the use of e-filing
by 41% while the remaining 59% is explained by other
3.3 Results and Discussion variables outside the model.
Based on the data from Table 1 it can be seen that the
respondents are male sex as many as 20 people, while women 3.3.2 Hypothesis 2
as many as 30. With the percentage of women as many as 30 Based on table 2 above linear regression results obtained by
people shows that most of the respondents in this study were regression equation for hypothesis 2:
women. PE = 4,802 + 0,102 PU
Based on the result of linear regression equation above is known
Table 1. Characteristics of Respondents by Gender and Age constant value equal to 4,802. This states that if there is no
Frequency Percentage perceptual value of ease of use then the value of e-filing usage
Gender Male 20 40% of 4.802. Value of ease of use perception perception coefficient
Female 30 60% equal to 0,102. It states that each addition of one perceptual
value of ease of use then the value of the use of e-filing
Age 16-25 years 31 62%
increased by 0.102.
26-35 years 18 36% The result of t test for perception variable of ease of use is
36-45 years 1 2% obtained t arithmetic equal to 2,355 with significance value
> 45 years 0 0% 0,023. The value of significance is below 0.05 so it can be
concluded that H2 is influential and significant. This means that
Based on the data in Table 1, it can be seen that the respondents there is an influence between the perception of ease of use
aged 16 to 25 years in this study as many as 31 people who towards the use of e-filing. Based on table 2, it is known that
dominate in this study, because most of the young age more the coefficient of determination is 0.322. This shows that the
accustomed in using e-filing services. practice of human resources in the form of perceived ease of use
Table 2. Linear Regression Result can explain the use of e-filing by 32% while the remaining 68%
Unstandard Standardi is explained by other variables outside the model.
R
ized zed
Model Squa t Sig.
Coefficient Coefficie
re 3.3.3 Hypothesis 3
s nt
B Std Error Beta Based on table 2 above linear regression results obtained
regression equation for hypothesis 3:
(Constant) 6,191 1,102 5,616 0,000 PE = 8,529 + 0,023 TP
Perception of Based on the result of linear regression equation above known
0,41
usefulness 0,073 0,023 3,135 0,003
(PB)
2 constant value equal to 8,529. It states that if there is no value
of user satisfaction then the value of e-filing usage is 8,529. The
(Constant) 4,802 2,056 2,336 0,024
value of ease of user regression coefficient is 0,023. It states that
Perception of
ease of use 0,102 0,043
0,32
2,335 0,023
each addition of one user satisfaction score then the value of e-
2 filing usage increases by 0,023.
(PU)
(Constant) 8,529 3,638 2,345 0,023 Result of t test for user satisfaction variable obtained t
Tax payer
arithmetic equal to 0,306 with significance value 0,761. The
0,04 value of significance is above 0.05 so it can be concluded that
satisfaction 0,023 0,074 0,306 0,761
4
(TP) H3 has no effect. This means there is no effect between user
1. Source: Data processed by SPSS satisfaction with e-filing usage. Based on table 2, note that the
value of determination coefficient is equal to 0.044. This
3.3.1 Hypothesis 1 indicates that HR practices in the form of user satisfaction can
Based on table 2 result of linear regression above obtained explain the use of e-filing by 44% while the remaining 56% is
regression equation for hypothesis 1: explained by other variables outside the model.
PE = 6,191 + 0,073 PB
This states that if there is no perceptual value of usage then the 3.3.4 Hypothesis 4
value of the use of e-filing is 6.191. Value of regression Based on the result of linear regression equation above is
coefficient of perception of utilization equal to 0,073. It states known sig value b y 0,018. The value of significance is below
that each addition of one perceptual value of usefulness then the 0.05 so it can be concluded that H1, H2, H3 there influence
value of the use of e-filing increased by 0.073. together. This means that there is an influence between
Result of t test for perception variable of usefulness obtained t perceptions of usability, perceptions of ease of use and user
count equal to 3,135 with value signifikansi 0,003. The value of satisfaction with the use of e-filing.
significance is below 0.05 so it can be concluded that H1 is
influential and significant.This means that there is an influence

276
 Table 3. Summary of the Results of the Hypothesis
Hypothesis Sig. Information
H1: There is a positive
influence on perceptions of
0,003 Supported
usefulness against the use of
e-filing
H2: There is a positive
influence on perceived ease 0,023 Supported
use of e-filing use
H3: There is a positive
influence on user satisfaction 0,761 Not Supported
against the use of e-filing
H4: There is a positive
influence on perceptions of
usefulness, perception of 0,018 Supported
ease of use and satisfaction
users of the use of e-filing
Source: Data processed by SPSS
3.4 Discussion of The Results of Variable Analysis
3.4.1 Effect of Perceived Usefulness Of The use of E-filing
Based on the regression test results have shown no positive
influence perceptions of the usefulness of the use of e-filing had
significant results, meaning that the higher the perception of the
usefulness of the higher use of e-filing by the taxpayer. From
the data obtained on the respondent's answers to the perception
of usefulness also shows alignment with the magnitude of the
correlation coefficient is dominated by the selection of a
positive response, which means that the majority of taxpayers
using e-filing felt that the use of e-filing in the SPT provides
benefits. Usefulness in question is the extent to which taxpayers
believe that the use of e-filing will improve its performance
This shows that taxpayers believe and feel the benefits of
using e-filing at the time of filing tax returns online. The
benefits that make taxpayers wishing to use e-filing in the future
or the period of the next tax year. The results support the
research results [21] which states that there is a positive and
significant influence between perceptions of the usefulness of
the use of e-filing. This means that the usefulness of decisive
interest of taxpayers to use e-filing in the process of delivering
the SPT.
3.4.2 Effect of Perceived Ease of Use Against Use of E-filing
From the results of the analysis carried out showed a positive
and significant influence of variables perceived ease of the use
of e-filing, meaning that the higher the higher the level ease of
use of e-filing by the taxpayer. Ease is meant is that the taxpayer
does not find it difficult to use the e-filing at the time of
submission of tax returns. Ease of perceived taxpayer in
using e-filing because taxpayers are already accustomed to
using information systems and technologies while working and
it became one of the factors supporting the implementation of e-
filing. The results are consistent with research conducted by
[15] which states that the ease of use significantly affect the use
of e-filing. This shows that ease of use is one reason taxpayers
want to use e-filing on an ongoing basis.
277
3.4.3.Effect of User Satisfaction Against Use of E-filing
Based on the data analysis showed no significant effect between
user satisfaction towards the use of e-filing, meaning that the
higher the satisfaction of the taxpayer, the level of use of e-
filing by the taxpayer has no effect, because taxpayers using e-
filing is not used for prolonged periods regularly and only used
at the end of the year of SPT reporting. From this it can be seen
that if the taxpayer is satisfied on the use of e-filing in
submitting tax returns taxpayer is not necessarily frequent use
of e-filing. The satisfaction arising from the taxpayers feel no
benefit in using the e-filing, so that it can be said that the
benefits can lead to complacency. The results are consistent
with research conducted by [16] which states that there is no
significant effect between user satisfaction variable to variable
use of e-filing. That is, the satisfaction felt by the taxpayer does
not affect the use of e-filing, so that it can be concluded if the
taxpayer is satisfied then they will not necessarily use the e-
filing.
3.4.4 Effect of Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use and
User Satisfaction Against Use of E-filing
Based on the data analysis showed no significant effect jointly
between perceived usefulness, perceived ease of use and user
satisfaction on the use of e-filing. From this it can be seen that
if the taxpayer does not often use e-filing which results in
overall hypothesis insignificant together. The results of this
study are in line with research conducted by [14] which states
that there is an influence between the advantages,
compatibility and complexity of the online tax system. It can
be concluded if taxpayers find it useful, feel the ease and
satisfied will use the e-filing their tax return to report the
following year.
IV. CONCLUTION
Based on the result of hypothesis testing about "Effect of
Perception of Utilization, Perception of Ease of Use and
Satisfaction of Taxpayer to Use of e-filing by Taxpayer" hence
can be drawn conclusion as follows:
a. There is a positive influence on the perception of the use of
e-filing. This means the perception of usability affects the
level of e-filing usage. The higher level of perception of
usefulness, then the taxpayer willmore often use e-filing.
b. There is a positive perception of ease of e-filing. This means
the perception of ease of affecting the rate of use of e-
filing. The higher level of perceived ease, then the
taxpayer will more often use e-filing.
c. No effect of user satisfaction on the use of e-filing. This
means that user satisfaction does not affect the level of e-
filing usage. The higher the level of user satisfaction, so
taxpayers will not necessarily befrequent use of e-filing.
d. There is an influence between perceptions of usability, ease
of perception and user satisfaction with the use of e-filing
simultaneously. This means user's ease, ease and
satisfaction affect the level of e-filing usage.
Suggestions : Based on the results of the discussion of research
and conclusion above it can be given suggestions for further
researchers are: a) Can add other variables that can provide a
broader picture regarding the use of e-filing. b) The number of
population used in this study is only one company. Subsequent
research is expected to increase the number of samples to be
used, so it will be closer to the picture of the results more closely
to the actual conditions. c) It is expected in subsequent research
to use other types of companies as research objects.
VII. REFERENCES
[1] Adeyemi, A. (2013). Assesing the Effects of Taxation on Nigerian
Economic Growth. In Proceedings of 2013 International Conference on
Poverty Alleviation Income Redistribution & Rural Development in
Developing Countries , 185.
[2] Chin, W.C. dan Todd, P.A. 1995.On the Use, Usefulness and Ease of Use
of Structural Equation Modelling in MIS Research: A Note of Caution.
MIS Quarterly, Vol. 19 No. 2, pp. 237-46.
[3] Davis, F. d. (2000). A Theoretical Extention of The Technology Acceptance
Model: Four Longitudinal Field Studies. Management Science , 186-204.
[4] Davis, F. (1989). Perceived Usefulness, Perceived Ease of Use, and User
Acceptance of Information Technology. MIS Quarterly, 319-340.
[5] DeLone & McLean, E. (2003). The DeLone and McLean Model of
Information System Success: A Ten Year Update. Journal of MIS , 9-30.
[6] Edwards Dowe, D. (2008). E-Filing and E-Payment The Way Forward .
[7] E-Filing, C. P. (n.d.). http://djponline.pajak.go.id. Retrieved Maret 2017,
from http://djponline. pajak.go.id.
[8] Egowan, R. (2011). Assesing e Services From a User Perspective: A Study
of The Swedish Electronic Tax Declaration .
[9] Ghozali, I. (2013). Aplikasi Analisis Multivariate Dengan Program IBM
SPSS Edisi 7. Semarang: Penerbit Universitas Diponegoro.
[10] Hamid, K. A. (2012). Perceived Risk and the Adoption of Tax E-Filing.
World Applied Sciences Journal, 532-539.
[11] Ibrahim, I. (2013). Electronic Filing of Personal Income Tax Returns in
Malaysia: Determinants and Compliance Costs .
[12] Jonathan, S. (2006). Metode Penelitian Kuantitatif dan Kualitatif.
278
Yogyakarta: Graha Ilmu.
[13] Kirana, G. G. (2010). Analisis Perilaku Penerimaan Wajib Pajak Terhadap
Penggunaan E-Filing
[14] Liang, H. P. (2012). Adoption of E-Government Services: An Empirical
Study of The Online Tax System in Taiwan .
[15] Mustapha, B. (2014). The Influence of Technology Characteristics
Towards an Online Tax System Usage: The Case of Nigerian Self
Employed Taxpayer. International Journal of Computer Applications , 30-
36.
[16] Noviandhini, N. (2012). Persepsi Kemudahan Penggunaan Sistem Online
Pajak .
[17] Parasuraman, A. (1985). A Conceptual Model of Service Quality and It's
Implication for Future Research. Journal of Marketing , 49.
[18] PER-39/PJ/2011, P. D. (2011, Desember 23). http://www.pajak.go.id.
Retrieved Desember 23, 2011, from http://www.pajak.go.id.
[19] PER-47/PJ/2011, P. D. (2011, Desember 29). http://www.pajak.go.id.
Retrieved Desember 29, 2011, from http://www.pajak.go.id.
[20] PER-48/PJ/2011, P. D. (2011, Desember 30). http://www.pajak.go.id.
Retrieved Desember 30, 2011, from http://www.pajak.go.id.
[21] Situmorang, R. (2016). Hubungan Persepsi Kebermanfaatan, Persepsi
Kemudahan Penggunaan Terhadap Penggunaan E-Filing .
[22] Sugiyono. (2010). Metode Penelitian Kuantitatif dan Kualitatif . Bandung :
Alfabeta.
[23] Sugiyono. (2013). Statistika Untuk Penelitian. Bandung: Alfabeta.
[24] Tjiptono, G. C. (2007). Service Quality Satisfaction. Yogyakarta.
[25] Tse, W. d. (1988). Kepuasan Pelanggan. Klaten: Gramedia.
[26] Valerie, H. M. (2003). User Developed Applications and Information
System Success: A Test of DeLone and McLean Model. Information
Resource Management Journal , 24.
[27] Wibowo, A. (2006). Kajian Tentang Perilaku Pengguna Sistem Informasi
dengan Pendekatan Technology Acceptence Model (TAM). Retrieved from
http://peneliti.budiluhur.ac.id/ wpcontent/
uploads/2008/.../arif+wibowo.pdf
 The Development of Teaching Aids for Academic
Writing by Using Communicative Approach Web
Based
1
Bayu Dwi Nurwicaksono, 2Diah Amelia
1 The State Polytechnic of Creative Media, Jakarta
2The State Polytechnic of Creative Media, Jakarta
Abstract.--The purpose of this research is to describes the
development process of teaching aids for academic writing that is
material spelling, diction, sentence, and paragraph by using
communicative approach web based. The research methodology
used in developing the teaching aids is 4D model. They are define,
design, develop, and dissemination. The data collection technic is
validation, observation, test, and questionnaire. The data analysis
of this research teaching aid advisability, research instrument
validity, teaching-learning process, the result of teaching, activity
and students response.
I. INTRODUCTION
Conditions in the field that is in the Publishing Study
Program, State Polytechnic of Creative Media Jakarta, students
have not understood the spelling, diction, sentence, and
paragraphs in scientific articles. Pre-test is done to 90 first year
students on the second semester in 2017. The result is known
that 93% of students are still confused to apply spelling writing
in Indonesian like writing "di" as affix and "di" as the
foreground. In addition, students are still often wrong in using
interconnected words, each sentences, and correlative.
Actually in the Publishing Studies Program has ever
made learning tools consisting of syllabus and Indonesian
module. However, the learning tool uses a grammatical
approach as its main approach. The use of this approach makes
it difficult for students to write academic because they have to
learn a lot about grammar. Therefore, through this research
scheme will be developed learning tools of academic writing of
spelling, diction, sentence, and paragraph in scientific writing
with communicative approach.
According to Abidin (2012: 25) communicative
approach is a learning approach that emphasizes language
learning to be directed at the formation of communicative
competencies of students who are realized through four
language skills (listening, reading, speaking, and writing). The
main characteristic of communicative approach is the existence
of two activities that are closely related, namely the existence
of functional communicative activities and activities of a nature
of social interaction.
With the development of learning tools with
communicative approach assumed student learning outcomes
will increase. This study is limited to the development of
learning devices only on spelling, diction, sentence, and
paragraph material. The purpose of this research is to develop
learning tools for academic writing of spelling, diction,
279
sentence, and paragraph with communicative approach.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Literature of the paper consist of communicative approach,
teaching aids, academic writing, web based learning media.
2.1 Theory of Communicative Approach
According Ghazali (2010: 15) based on the discussion in his
book entitled "Learning Skills Speaking with Communicative
and Interactive Approach" mentioned there are seven principles
of class with communication-based perspective, as follows.
First, emphasize the use of functional languages in different
social settings. Second, organize classroom activities that
connect language forms with language functions and provide
functional practice in various social situations. Third, using
interesting materials, stimulating intellectuals, and challenging
students. Fourth, combine language tasks that involve collecting
information, collaborations, and interactions that have a specific
purpose. Fifth, focuse on students as a whole-their cognitive,
physical, and affective qualities. Sixth, provide opportunities for
students to exchange and explore their attitudes, feelings, and
opinions. Seventh, provide opportunities for students to integrate
different language skills to accomplish language tasks.
2.2 Theory of Teaching Aids
According to Hobri (2009), learning tools are a set of
learning resources that enable educators and learners to carry
out learning activities. Learning tools can include Learning
Implementation Plan (RPP), Student Worksheet (LKS), student
book (module), teacher and student activity instrument, learning
result test, and instructional media.
1.3 Theory of Academic Writing
Research on the design of Indonesian language teaching
materials for academic purposes has been done Widjono (2008:
38). In the study it was stated that the less trained students
interpret the scientific discourse he reads. Careful, polite,
straightforward, critical, creative, and academic attitudes are
part of the learning process in college. Simultaneously, the
ability of language to communicate the ideas developed. The
developed model is expected to improve writing skills for
academic purposes that are characterized by: (1) the ability to
write using the language variety effectively, (2) critical reading
skills that enable students to think and write objectively, (3)
clearly and focused on the issues discussed (4) the ability to
process writing through the development of creative ideas,
organizing ideas, and drafting, (5) the ability to consider the
needs of the reader objectively, (6) the ability to include
references based on the requirements of the text conventions,
(7) the ability to write based on strategies appropriate to the
needs of the students; (8) the skill of correcting manuscripts and
editing self-written scientific papers.
1.4 Web Based Learning Media
A website is a collection of web pages that run from one domain
web address. Websites can be used to display text information,
still or moving images, sounds, animations, or a combination of
them all. Website is believed to be an effective alternative
learning media for students because it is easily accessible from
various devices connected to the internet. By its nature, the
website can be divided into two, namely static and dynamic
websites. Static websites are types of websites whose pages are
static and unchanged. Static websites are typically used for
personal or organizational web profiles. Dynamic websites are
types of websites that are often changed or added content.
2.5 Previous Relevant Research
The results of research by Kurniawan (2002: 305) in the Journal
of Education showed that learning Indonesian language with
communicative approach can be used as a reference by teachers
in improving the writing skills of junior high school students.
Meanwhile, Pasmiati (2011: 2) succeeded in improving the
ability to write scientific papers with the help of Student
Worksheet. In pre-circle, the mean score of 68.96 students
increased to 74.87 in cycle I and increased again in cycle II to
83.34.
Previously, based on the results of student needs
analysis, he found some barriers of students of class XI SMAN
1 Ungaran in writing scientific papers, namely students
difficulty in developing paragraphs and students less mastering
the use of spelling, punctuation, standard words, and
systematics writing scientific papers.
Furthermore, Cahyani (2010: 175) in the Journal
Sosiohumanika proposed the results of his research on students
who take the general course of Indonesian language proves the
effectiveness of the use of research-based learning model in
improving the ability to write papers. In the study, the learning
plan was designed to involve students in a study independently.
Thus, the ability to write student papers increased from the first
cycle of the average of 1.95 to 3.07 in the second cycle and
increased again to 3.87 in the third cycle.
Then, Sumarwati (2014: 103) in the Litera Journal
reveals that the main problem facing teachers is in teaching
grammar by integrating all language skills. Therefore, material
preparation, strategy selection, and assessment are needed of
the learning tool. The successful learning model in this research
is the focus on form which stages include instructional process,
interactive feedback, improvement of text understanding, task-
based learning, collaborative task, and discourse-based
approach.
280
III. RESEARC METHOD
This research is development research and the type is
descriptive. Learning tools to be developed are academic
teaching learning tools that mainstream four competencies
namely grammatical, sociolinguistic, discourse, and strategic
competence on spelling, diction, sentence and paragraph
material using communicative approach. The subject of the
study is the learning device of academic writing of spelling,
diction, sentence, and paragraph material.
In this study, the trial will be conducted on 15 students of
2nd semester of the State Polytechnic of Creative Media in
Publishing Study Program who acts as a lecturer is a researcher
himself. The design of this research tool development adapted
4D model made by Thiagarajan (1974). Device development
model consists of four stages, namely the definition, define,
design, development, and disseminate. The types of data
obtained in this study are the validation of learning tools at the
define and design stage which include: (a) Learning
Implementation Plan (RPP), (b) Student Worksheet, (c) Module
Book, (d) Media learning (powerpoint slide), (f) Instrument of
observation of lecturer and student activity related to the
implementation of RPP, and (g) Instrument assessment of
student learning outcomes and student responses to learning
activities. Meanwhile, the type of data obtained during the field
trial in the develop stage of the observation activities of lecturers
and students related to the implementation of RPP and
student assessment results and student responses to learning
activities.
Analysis of validation data of RPP components, student
worksheet, module books, observation instruments, assessment
instruments, and learning media were conducted by averaging
value of each component. This validation is performed by a
competent validator in the field. Average value results are
described as follows:
 ≤ SV ≤ 1.5 means invalid, unusable and still require
consultation.
 1.6 ≤ SV ≤ 2.5 means less valid, can be used with many
revisions.
 2.6 ≤ SV ≤ 3.5 means valid, can be used with a few revisions.
 3.6 ≤ SV ≤ 4.0 means very valid, can be used without
revision.
Description:
SV = Score Validation Slightly revised if the subcomponent
of the learning device per component must be revised at most
25% of the total number of subcomponents.
Many revisions if the device feasibility subcomponents
should be revised more than 25% of the total number of
subcomponents.
Implementation of learning by analyzed by percentage and
using the following formula:
Σ𝐴
𝑅= 𝑥 100% (1)
ΣB
Description:
R = Average score
ΣA = Total score obtained in 1 meeting for one particular
type of activity
ΣB = Total score Observations of student activities are
analyzed descriptively and for each RPP will be determined
the percentage (P) with the equation:

𝐴𝑣𝑒𝑟𝑎𝑔𝑒 𝑏𝑜𝑡ℎ 𝑂𝑏𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑒𝑟
P = 𝑥 100% (2)
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝑂𝑏𝑠𝑒𝑟𝑣𝑎𝑡𝑖𝑜𝑛
Student responses are analysed descriptively quantitatively
by percentage. The percentage scale can be obtained by the
formula:
Σ𝐾
P = 𝑥 100% (3)
Σ𝑁
Description:
P = percentage
ΣK = Number of response responses
ΣN = Number of responses.
IV. RESULT AND REVIEW
Development of Learning Implementation Plans, module book,
student worksheet, media learning, instrument observation, and
instrument assessment is carried out with the following
procedures:
 Identification of learning problems in class through
literature review, classroom observation, and review
of documents related to existing RPP and used by
lecturers in the field.
 Curriculum analysis by analyzing the learning outcomes
of study programs and learning achievement of
courses, study materials, and assessment indicators.
 Draft a plan for implementing learning based on the
theoretical foundation and standard of the process of
higher education.
 Validation of experts to determine the suitability of the
draft implementation plan of learning with the
theoretical foundation of the preparation of learning
implementation plans using validation instruments.
Validation tests were conducted by learning experts as
experts, lecturers as users, and students as audiences.
Validation results by experts indicate that there is a
match between RPP and theory with percentage
validity criteria of 70.01% - 85.00% or with a validity
level that is quite valid or can be used but needs minor
revision. Validation results by the lecturer show the
level of implementation of the implementation plan of
learning in the classroom with the validity criteria
percentage of 85.01% - 100.00% or with a validity
level that is very valid or can be used without revision.
Validation results by students showed the
effectiveness level of learning implementation plan
was associated with the achievement of learning
objectives with the validity criteria percentage of
85.01% - 100.00% or with a validity level that was
very valid or could be used without revision.
 Revision of the draft implementation plan of learning
based on expert validation so as to produce a draft plan
for the implementation of learning that is better and in
accordance with the theory of communicative
approaches.
Only activities that show actual communication are
encouraging for students to learn. In principle communication
activities occur because of a vacuum. Language activities that
aim to do meaningful tasks encourage students to learn. The
281
material from the communicative syllabus is prepared after an
analysis of language needs is held. The emphasis in the
communicative approach is on students and what is expected of
language learning. The role of the teacher is as an instructor,
learning needs analyzer, and group manager. The role of
instructional material in the communicative approach is to
actively support student communication. The instructional
material consists of three types, namely: material based on text,
material based on assignments, material based on authentic
material (reality).
The model developed is expected to improve writing
skills for academic purposes characterized by:
 the ability to write using a variety of scientific languages
effectively;
 critical reading skills that enable students to think and
write objectively, clearly, and focus on the issues
discussed;
 the ability to write scientifically by practicing research
papers and research papers;
 the ability to process writing through the development of
creative ideas, organizing ideas, and drafting drafts;
 the ability to objectively consider the needs of readers;
 the ability to include references based on requirements
of the text convention;
 the ability to write based on strategies that are
appropriate to the needs of students;
 the skill of correcting manuscripts and editing scientific
papers written by themselves.
Therefore, linguistic problems, especially writing
spelling, diction, word formation, effective sentences,
paragraphs, making scientific topics, and writing scientific
scripts must be enhanced. Indonesian language learning for
academic purposes is also expected to improve the ability to
apply various scientific languages without being tainted by
various other languages. As a means of academic scientific
communication in the form of scientific texts, discourse must
meet seven textuality standards, namely cohesion, coherence,
intentionality, acceptability, informativity, situationality, and
interactivity.
V. CONCLUTION
Learning tools for writing academic material for spelling,
diction, sentences, and paragraphs can be applied to students of
the publishing study program with a validity score of 3.6 ≤ SV
berarti 4.0 which means it is very valid or can be tested without
revision.
REFERENCES
[1] Cahyani, Isah. 2010. Increased Writing Ability through Research-Based
Learning Models in General Indonesian Language Courses in Volume 3,
Number 2 Sosiohumanika Journal.
[2] Ghazali, Abdul Shukur. 2013. Language Skills Learning with an Interactive
Communicative Approach. Bandung: PT Refika Aditama.
[3] Hobri. 2009. Development Research Methods. Jember: University of
Jember.
[4] Kurniawan, Khaerudin. 2002. Indonesian Language Learning Strategy
Based on Communicative Approach in the Journal of Educational Sciences
Volume 9, November 2002, Number 4.
[5] Pasmiati. 2011. Enhancing Skills in Writing Scientific Writing Through [8] Thiagarajan, S., Semmel, D.S., Semmel, M.I. 1974. Instruction
Problem-Based Learning Models Assisted by Student Worksheets in Development for Training Teachers of Exceptional Children. Indiana:
Students of SMA 1 Ungaran. Thesis Department of Indonesian Language Indiana University Bloomington.
and Literature Education, Faculty of Language and Arts Semarang State [9] Widjono. 2008. Designing Indonesian Language Teaching Materials for
University. Not published. Academic Purposes in Lingua Cultura Journal Volume 2, Number 1, May
[6] Government Regulation of the Republic of Indonesia Number 4 of 2014 2008.
concerning Implementation of Higher Education and Higher Education
Management.
[7] Sumarwati. 2014. Learning Indonesian Language Rules and Integrated
Language Skills with Focus on Form Approach for Junior High School
Students in Litera Journal Volume 13, Number 1, April 2014.

282
 Coastal carrying capacity for mangrove ecotourism
development, case study in Budo Village, North
Minahasa Regency
Benny Irwan Towoliu 1st, Agustinus Lumettu 2nd , Treesje Runtuwene 3th, Maryke Alelo, 4th, Dimas Ero Permana
5th,Fonny Sangari 6th
1
Tourism Department, Manado State Polytechnic,Manado, Indonesia
2
Tourism Department, Manado State Polytechnic,Manado, Indonesia
3
Tourism Department, Manado State Polytechnic,Manado, Indonesia
4
Tourism Department, Manado State Polytechnic,Manado, Indonesia
5
Tourism Department, Manado State Polytechnic,Manado, Indonesia
6
Tourism Department, Manado State Polytechnic,Manado, Indonesia

Abstract--Exploitation of new tourism site development
happened in almost all places in indonesia. Without a deep
study of the environmental balance, the new tourist attraction
is exposed through information technology network that
resulted in the enslaving of visitors coming to the place. The
decline in the quality of the natural environment and the
disruption of socio-cultural life is an indication to the
unpreparedness of unexpected tourist locations through an
appropriate plan. The purpose of this research is to analyze the
carrying capacity of mangrove coastal area that will be used as
ecotourism attraction, by taking case study at Budo Village,
Wori Sub-district, North Minahasa Regency, which is also
included in Bunaken National Park area. However, there has
not been a study on the readiness of the carrying capacity of
coastal areas as an ecotourism attraction. The Method of
instrument used is the analysis of coastal environmental
carrying capacity. The results of this study will be used by
policy makers in planning the development of ecotourism and
the determination of various tourist attractions that match the
condition of the natural environment and social culture of local
communities.
Key words: coastal carrying capacity, mangrove ecotourism
development
I. INTRODUCTION
Mangrove ecosystem area or known as mangrove forest
is one of the ecosystems that are typical of the tropics and a
small part in the sub-tropics. Unlike the general forest, the
mangrove ecosystem forest is very small, where currently
the mangrove ecosystem in the world is estimated to be 16
million ha remaining, and the largest in the world is in
Indonesia with the highest biodiversity, and also has a
coastline of 95.181 km2; Indonesia has a mangrove area of
3,489,140.68 ha (in 2015). This amount is equivalent to
23% of the world's mangrove ecosystem, from a total area
of 16,530,000ha. Of the mangrove area in Indonesia, it is
known that an area of 1,671,140.75 Ha is in good condition,
while the remaining area of 1,817,999.93 ha is in damaged
condition [1].
Even though the area of mangrove is small compared to
the forest area in general, because it is only in the transition
area between land and sea which makes it a buffer zone, but
the mangrove ecosystem has a very complex function. The
functions of mangrove ecosystems include: as a damper for
ocean waves and storms, coastal protection from abrasion
and erosion processes, sludge and sediment trapping,
detritus producer, as a shelter and foraging for various
species of brackish marine biota. Besides, it is a habitat for
various wildlife such as birds, crocodiles, monkeys and
snakes as well as biofilter for pollution and for preventing
salt intrusion into terrestrial areas. In addition, mangroves
are also a source of food and also as a medicinal plant as
well [2]
Another function of the mangrove ecosystem is as a
place of recreation or commonly referred to as a tourist
attraction. In many places such as Java and Bali, mangrove
ecosystems or mangrove forest areas have been used as
tourist attractions such as: Pantai Indah Kapuk (Jakarta),
Jungle Mangrove Wonorejo (Surabaya), Maron Mangrove
Edupark (Semarang) and Mangrove Forest Objects
Denpasar (Bali) and many other places on the islands of
Java and Bali.
North Sulawesi saves a lot of coastal and ocean areas
that are overgrown with mangroves, and there are even
mangrove islands but have not been empowered as a tourist
attraction. The location of mangrove forest areas such as
that of in the Bunaken National Park area with a location of
± 68,000 Ha, with the five main islands, among others:
Bunaken Island, Siladen Island, Manado Tua Island, Nain
Island and Mentehage Island are islands that are overgrown
with mangrove forests. Even about Mentehage Island, some
forestry researchers, call it as the island that collects the
most complete mangrove plantations, it's just very limited
due to development as a tourist attraction in the national
park area because the island is included in the jungle zone of
the national park and is not allowed to be exploited as a
tourist object and attraction.
North Minahasa Regency as one of the areas that is very
close to the center of the capital city Manado, has a lot of
potential for mangrove forest ecosystems, for example in
Budo Village. This village has the closest access both to the
entrance to the national park area, namely Bunaken Island
and the Capital of Manado Province which is only 30km
away. This village has extraordinary natural water potential,
such as: (1) the existence of mangrove ecosystems,

283
seagrasses and coral reefs, (2) the naturalness and
authenticity of the area and, (3) the attraction and beauty of
the underwater, where there are 3 diving spots (point diving)
with the coast facing the national park area.
In 2015, the North Minahasa Regency Government
approved the Medium-Term Village Development Plan
(Rencana Pembangunan Jangka Menengah Desa
RPJMDES), in which part of the mangrove forest area with
a total area of ± 62 Ha was planned to be arranged and
managed as a tourist attraction. Indeed, the local community
had built before an infrastructure in the form of a bridge
where tracking was done by visitors who wanted to enjoy
the panorama of the beach and mangrove forest, but it has
been damaged due to abrasion of sea water, and not
managed properly. There are no visitor arrangements, even
though the bridge that crosses the mangrove is built on
community self-help. The form of self-help from the
community to build a living area as a tourist village is a
strong social capital in the process of empowering local
communities. Research purposes to analyze the carrying
capacity of coastal mangrove forests for ecotourism needs
II. LITERATURE
A. Ecotourism
Ecotourism is a travel activity to visit the area of
natural relatively undisturbed natural area , with the
intention of really objectively see, learn, admire the face of
natural beauty, flora and fauna including cultural aspects in
both the past and the present that may be present in the
region. [3], [4]. Meanwhile [5] mentions: Ecotourism is a
form of tourism that fosters learning experiences and
appreciation of the natural environment, or some component
there of, within its associated cultural context. It has the
appearance (in concert with best practice) of being
environmentally and socio-culturally sustainable, preferably
in a way that enhances the natural and cultural resource base
of the destination and promotes the viability of the
operation. [6] compile three more basic concepts towards
ecotourism operations, namely: (1) outdoor and natural
areas that do not cause environmental damage, (2) this
tourism prioritizes the use of transportation facilities that are
created and managed by tourist area communities and (3)
this tour takes great care of the natural environment and
local culture. From these various opinions it can be
concluded that ecotourism is a trip to tourist attraction, with
no damage but tends to maintain and improve the tourist
environment.
B. Carrying Capacity in Ecotourism
The carrying capacity of the environment is the ability of the
environment to support human life and other creatures.
Carrying capacity is a basic concept that is developed for the
management of a natural and sustainable environment,
through a measure of its ability. This concept was
developed, especially for preventing damage or degradation
from a natural and environmental resource. So that the
existence, sustainability and function can be realized and at
the same time and space, the user or community that uses
the resource remains in good condition and / or not harmed
284
[7]. In tourism, environmental carrying capacity is stated in
number of tourists per unit area per unit time. But the
breadth and time, generally cannot be averaged because the
spread of tourists in space and time is not evenly distributed
[6]. Recreational carrying capacity is the ability of a
recreational area naturally, physically and socially to
support the use of recreational activities and can provide the
desired quality of leisure experience [8]. So the carrying
capacity of tourism is the carrying capacity of bio-geophysic
and socio-economic and cultural aspects of a location and /
or tourism site in support tourism activities without causing
a decline in environmental quality and satisfaction of
tourists in enjoying the location and or tourist sites. The
research that will be analyzed is supporting mangrove
forests for tourism needs. The carrying capacity of
mangrove forests is the ability of mangrove forest resources
to maintain functions and quality without reducing the
ability to provide service facilities in the form of natural
recreation and desired natural tourist [9]et al. (1997)
III. METHODE
Carrying Capacity Analysis, an analysis intended for
the development of marine tourism by utilizing the potential
of coastal, coastal and island resources in a sustainable
manner. The method used in calculating the carrying
capacity of natural ecotourism development with the
concept of Area Carrying Capacity (Daya Dukung
Kawasan/DDK). Carrying capacity is the maximum number
of visitors who can physically be accommodated in the area
provided for certain invoices without causing disturbance to
nature and humans. The formula for calculating the area
carrying capacity (DDK) as follows. [10].
DDK = k x LP x Wt
Lt Wp
Where:
DDK = Area Carrying Capacity (person / day)
K = Ecological potential of visitors per unit area
(people)
Lp = Length of area that can be utilized (m)
Lt = Unit area for certain categories
Wt = Time provided by the area for activities
tours in one day (hours / day)
Wp = Time spent by visitors for each
certain activities (hours / days)
Tabel 1. Ecological potential visitors (K) and The area of
activity (Lt)
Type of Visitor Unit Explanation
Activity (K) of area
Mangrove 1 50m The track length is
touriam calculated,each person is
50 m
Source: Yulianda, 2007
The time for visiting activities (Wp) is calculated based on
the length of time spent by visitors to carry out tourism
activities. Visitor time is calculated with the time provided
for the area (Wt). Time of the area is the length of time the
area is opened in one day, and the average working time is
around 8 hours.

Tabel 2. Prediction time needed for mangrove tour
No Activities time required (Wp) Total time 1
(hours/daya day
1 Mangorve 2 8
tourism
Source: Yulianda, 2007
IV FINDING & DISCUSSION
Budo Village is a village located in Wori sub-district,
North Minahasa regency, North Sulawesi province. This
village is one of 20 villages in Wori sub-district which is 30
km from the district capital, and 4 km from the sub-district
capital, 21 km from Manado which is the center of the North
Sulawesi provincial capital. Wori Subdistrict itself is one of
the sub-districts in the North Minahasa regency which
belongs to the poor sub-district category. Topographically,
the location of Budo village is hilly, with an altitude of 0-
400 meters above sea level with 70% air humidity and a
minimum temperature of 29ºC and a maximum temperature
of 35ºC, an average temperature of 33º C, and average
rainfall 400-600 mm.
Most of the land is used by the community as an
agricultural and plantation area so that the average
livelihood of the village community is farming and planting.
The following are the potential of some of the potential of
Budo village, among which are: (1) Natural resources,
extensive agricultural land / land, water resources, (2)
human resources, a considerable population with productive
age, ( 3) existing infrastructure facilities such as village
roads, school buildings and posyandu, (4) production of
agriculture / plantations, copra, cloves, nutmeg and home
industry facilities such as furniture business, charcoal,
souvenirs from wood and coconut fruits, (5) strategic
geographical location, close to Bunaken National Park with
the potential of mangrove forests and the smallest marine
biota which is very suitable for the development of cottage
or resorts, and (6) has the resources of the village
government apparatus, PKK, Village Development Cadre,
Posyandu Cadre , Health Cadres, Youth Organization and
(7) has a social culture such as high community cooperation.
Specifically for tourism potential, Budo village has an area
of ± 45 ha of mangrove forest, where there are fresh water
sources in the location of mangrove forests, in addition to
the location of marine parks and also around the waters
there are beautiful coral reefs and rare marine biota . In the
mangrove forest area there are several mangrove vegetations
that grow, including families Rhizophoraceae,
Avicenniaceae, Sonneratiaceae, Avicennia marina,
Bruguiera ghymnorhirza, Rhizophora apiculata, Rhizophora
stylosa, Rhizophora mucronata, Ceriops tagal, Sonneratia
alba, and Xylocarpus granatum. The condition of mangrove
vegetation on the coast of Budo Village is relatively good,
this is indicated by the number of mangrove species and
densities that are quite high, as well as environmental
factors that influence and support the mangrove community.
Currently, Budo village is visited by many local and foreign
tourists. In general, they are interested in visiting because in
the coastal area there are bridges that lead to the sea, which
are built with the results of local community self-help. Many
285
school children also visited by using the bus. They generally
do activities such as swimming and snorkeling, while
foreign tourists usually do diving. There are currently three
diving spots. Budo village government has built facilities for
trekking / around the mangrove forest area, by seeing the
increasing number of visitors coming to the area to keep the
area safe and not damaged, it is necessary to calculate the
value of visitor capacity to enter the mangrove forest area.
The plan is that there will be four trajectories to be built
with the following trajectory conditions border one along (1)
the water and three (3) other trails along the land. Specially
going through the coastal will use boats provided by local
residents.
The following results of the calculation of carrying capacity
for each track.
Tabel 3. Value of area carrying capacity
No Location Tracking Area Total
Purposes Carrying person per
Capacity day
1 Coastal 1 102 102
2 29
2 Mainland 3 25 82
4 28
Source: processed data.
Ecotourism activities in Budo Village, must pay
attention to the carrying capacity of the area. There is one
track that is carried out through the coastal with a total of
102 visitors per day. The time provided for activities on this
track is 4 hours a day, taking into account the average length
of sea tide. This track can be traversed using transportation
equipment such as rowing, canno or small boats. Other
facilities that must be considered are buoys for the safety of
passengers / visitors. This track also requires a small dock as
a place to lean on the boat, but now in the village of Budo
there is a dock that is usually used by fishermen, so it has
made it easier for the village to develop this attraction.
Other activities that can be carried out on this track besides
enjoying the beauty of mangroves, there can also be carried
out activities such as fishing, photography, water sports
(rowing or canno) and bird watching.
Special track land that runs along the mainland enjoys
mangrove ecosystems. The number of visitors who can
enjoy this land track activity is 82 people with a visit time of
8 hours per day, this activity is not influenced by tidal
conditions, with consideration of the boardwalk adjusted to
the conditions of tides. The facilities and infrastructure
needed in this activity 8, the boardwalk. This activity will
provide experience to visitors such as: walking in the middle
of a mangrove forest, observing the types of mangrove
species, birds and other endemic fauna that live in mangrove
forests. By considering the value of this carrying capacity, it
will affect the sustainability of the mangrove forest area in
Budo village, and also determine the sustainability of an
ecotourism activity. The carrying capacity of each region is
different from one region to another and is related to the
type of tourism activities that will be developed. Therefore,
the carrying capacity of mangrove ecosystems needs to be
considered in the development of an ecotourism area.
 V. CONCLUTION
From the discussion, it can be concluded that to preserve the
ecotourism and mangrove forest tourism objects, the village
government through ecotourism management must take into
account the carrying capacity of the ecotourism area. The
carrying capacity of ecotourism can still be adjusted to track
changes that will be made by the manager. In addition to
measuring the carrying capacity, it is also necessary to
assess the feasibility of a site as an attraction for ecotourism
by measuring real potential and visitor ratings, so that the
development of ecotourism projects can succeed, [11], [12].
In the future, the village government needs to build a shared
commitment to safeguard the mangrove forest ecosystem,
the development of various other attractions must always
pay attention to the carrying capacity of the area. To add
other activities such as swimming, boating, picnics and
camping in an ecotourism area requires the calculation of its
own carrying capacity, so that further research is needed.

ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS
The authors are highly grateful to the State Polytechnic of
Manado for funding this research.

REFRENCE
[1]Miliki 23% Ekosistem Mangrove Dunia, Indonesia Tuan Rumah
Konferensi Internasional Mangrove
2017http://ppid.menlhk.go.id/berita_foto/browse/592, diunduh
Maret 2018.
[2]Ghufron H. Kordi, K.M.. Ekosistem Mangrove:potensi, fungsi dan
pengelolaan. Jakarta: Rineka Cipta. 2012.
[3] Lascurian. Tourism Ecotourism and Protected Areas. Based on Papers
at the Tourism Workshops held the IV World Congress on National Park
and Protected Areas, Caracas Venuzuela. 1996.
[4] Linberg, Donald E, Stavenga. Krishnamoorthy. Ekonomi Pariwisata.
Jakarta; PT. Gramedia Putaka Utama. 1995.
[5] Weaver, D. B. The evolving concept of ecotourism and its potential
impacts. International Journal of Sustainable Development, 5(3), 251-
264. 2002.
[6] Damanik J. dan Helmut F. Weiber. Perencanaan Ekowisata: dari Teori
ke Aplikasi: Yogyakarta. Andi Offset. 2006.
[7] Clivaz C, Y Hausser and Michelet J. Tourism Monitoring System Based
On The Concept of Carrying Capacity: The Case of The Regional. 2004.
[8] Manning R. Research to Estimate And Manage Carrying Capacity of
Tourism Atraction: A Study of Alcatraz Island. Journal Of
SustainableTourism Vol. 10, No 5. 2002.
[9] Brown K, Hameed RKTH and Bateman I. Environmental Carrying
Capacity and Tourism Development International Maldives and Nepal.
Journal Environmental Conservation 24 (4) pp. 316-324. 1997.
[10] Yulianda, F. Ekowisata bahari sebagai alternative pemanfaatan sumber
daya pesisir berbasis konservasi. Makalah seminar sains 21
Februari 2007. Departemen Manajemen Sumber daya
Perairan, FPIK.IPB. 2007.
[11] Towoliu, Benny Irwan, et al. "Ecotourism Village
Feasibility Assessment Analysis: The Case of Bahoi
Village, in North Minahasa Regency,
Indonesia." Almatourism-Journal of Tourism, Culture and
Territorial Development 9.17 (2018): 137-152.
[12] Towoliu, Benny Irwan, and Mita Erdiaty
Takaendengan. "Perception of Tourist towards the
Potential Development of Tumpa Mountain Area as
Integrated Ecotourism, Manado, North Sulawesi
Province." Journal of Indonesian Tourism and
Development Studies 3.1 (2015): 1-10.

286
 Environment Quality of Air and Water at Coal
Mining Areas
M. Fikri Hernandi12, Yosef Ruslim1, Wawan Kustiawan1, and Marlon I. Aipassa1
1
Faculty of Forestry, Mulawarman University, Samarinda, East Kalimantan, Indonesia.
2
Forest Products Technology Department, Samarinda State of Agriculture Polytechnic, Samarinda, East
Kalimantan, Indonesia.
Abstract---This research aims to determine the environment
quality of air and water at coal mining area of PT IBP in Kutai
Kartanegara Regency and Samarinda City. The monitoring data
were collected in the period of 2014 - 2017. The monitoring data
were analyzed for the quality of air and water, standard of air
pollutant index and status of water quality regulated by the
Indonesian government (Ministry of Environment). Air quality
index (AQI) is regulated by European Union and water quality
index (WQI) is regulated by Indonesian government (i.e. ministry
of environment). The environmental quality was analyzed by using
environment index (EQI) in addition to AQI and WQI. Air quality
(SO2, NO2, CO, O3, Pb, total suspended particulate) and Index of
Air Pollution Standards (SO2, NO2, O3) were good. Meanwhile,
Jatah River was detected having poor condition for total
suspended solid (TSS) and biochemical oxygen demand (BOD).
Simpang Pasir and Separi rivers were also detected having poor
condition for TSS. The results showed that the status of water
quality of Tani Bakti and Bayur Rivers was good. Meanwhile,
Jatah and Simpang Pasir Rivers were lightly polluted. Separi
River was moderately polluted. Based on the index, it was
concluded that the AQI was categorized very good (99,085), WQI
was categorized bad (55,582), and EQI was categorized good
(77,334).
I. INTRODUCTION
East Kalimantan is the richest province with abundant
mineral resources. Coal production reaches ± 234.7 million
tons. Coal mining, until the early of 2014, reached 5.2 million
hectares [22]. The mining area consists of IUP exploration
which covers an area of 2,897,150.85 ha, IUP Production of
500,765.85 ha and PKP2B exploitation which covers an area of
673,193.76 ha [21].
An open pit system has an impact on the environment and
surrounding communities. The main issues of degradation of
natural and environmental resources due to mining are the low
quality of river water, decreasing air quality and damaged land.
The air quality index in East Kalimantan in 2011–2017 was as
follow: 87.45 (2011), 83.94 (2012), 84.79 (2013), 83.96 (2014),
96.20 (2015), 80.20 (2016), 88.87 (2017), shows a fluctuating
value and has not shown significant changes (good quality
trend, rate of increase 0.29/year). The water quality index for
2011-2017 was as follow: 50.88 (2011) 51.39 (2012), 48.67
(2013), 54.80 (2014), 77.90 (2015), 79.77 (2016), 57, 79
(2017), shows a fluctuating value and has not shown significant
changes (trend of poor quality, rate of increase of 3.81/year) [8]
Environmental quality index criteria are environmental
indicators that must be able to represent the environmental
287
conditions or pressure on the environment and public response,
sensitivity to environmental changes, and changes in human
activities related to environmental changes, that are simple and
easy to interpret, able to show trends over time by using a
trusted scientific basis and for international comparisons,
having a threshold/reference value to the comparison, based on
high-quality data, policy-relevant, and politically acceptable
[9][17]
The purpose of this study was to determine the quality of
the air and water environment in the coal mining area, so as to
obtain an overview of coal mining area that has undergone
improvements and that needs to be managed.
II. MATERIAL AND METHODE
2,1, Research Location and Data
The coal mining areas of PT IBPs are located Kutai
Kartanegara Regency and Samarinda City, East Kalimantan
Province. The data were sourced from the results of
environmental measurements and monitoring in the period of
2014 - 2017.
2,2, Data analysis
Descriptive data processing and analysis through
environmental quality assessment were based on the
followings:
 The concentration of an ambient air parameter was
compared to the national ambient air quality standard:
Government Regulation No. 41 of 1999 concerning Air
Pollution Control [3]
 Calculation of Index of Air Pollution Standards : Decree
of the State Minister of Environment Number: KEP
45/MENLH/1997 Concerning the Standard for Air
Pollutants [1] and the Decision of KABAPEDAL No.107
of 1997 concerning Technical Guidelines for Calculating
and Reporting and Standard Index Information on Air
Pollutants [2].
 The concentration of a water parameter was compared to
the water quality standard in the water source for a
particular designation: East Kalimantan Provincial
Regulation Number 02 of 2011 concerning Management of
Water Quality and Water Pollution Control [6] and
Government Regulation of the Republic of Indonesia No.
82 of 2001 concerning Management of Water Quality and
Water Pollution Control. (Indonesian) [4]
 Determination of the status of water quality by the
Pollution Index method and the water quality index (WQI):
Decree of the State Minister of Environment No. 115 of
2003 concerning Guidelines for Determining the Status of
Water Quality [5]
 Calculation of air quality index (AQI) by comparing the
average annual value of the European Union (EU) standard
[7]
 Calculation of the Environmental Quality Index was the
sum of AQI and WQI and was then assessed according to
the range of Environmental Quality Index (EQI)
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
3.1. Ambient Air Quality
Ambient air quality environmental conditions at the
location of the activity have been measured and sampled at 16
location points which include mining areas, ports/stockpiles and
settlements. The results of the analysis of ambient air quality in
the coal mining area are listed in Table 1.
Table 1. Measurement of Ambient Air Quality in 2014 - 2017 in the PT
IBPs Mining Area
Ambient
Parameter Unit air quality
standard
Sulphur dioxide (SO2) µm/Nm3 900
Nitrogen dioxide (NO2) µm/Nm3 400
Carbon monoxide (CO) µm/Nm3 30.000
Oxidant (O3) µm/Nm3 230
Total Suspended Particulate (dust) µm/Nm3 230
Plumbum (Pb) µm/Nm3 2 nd of periodic
Information: nd = not detected
The measurement results for ambient air quality in the coal
mining area when compared with the National ambient air
quality standards in accordance with Government Regulation
No. 41 of 1999 concerning Control of Air Pollution show that
it still meets the required quality standards. Some parameters
include below the device detection limit. The results of
measurements of air quality parameters in the coal mining area
in the range 2014 - 2917 show the followings:
 Carbon monoxide comes from the incomplete fossil fuel
combustion process, such as motorized vehicles [20]. CO
concentration ranges from 536 µg / Nm3 - 1523,692 µg /
Nm3. Compared to CO quality standards, according to
Government Regulation No. 41 of 1999 amounted to
30,000 µg / Nm3, the quality of CO in the mining area does
not exceed quality standards, so it does not endanger public
health. The measured CO concentration shows a very large
range. This is shown by the results of monitoring on the
considerable fluctuations in CO concentration, however,
because the measured value is still far below the quality
standard, it can generally be stated in normal limit.
 Nitrogen oxides (NOx) consist of nitrogen monoxide (NO),
nitrogen dioxide (NO2), and other nitrogen oxide
compounds. The greatest contribution comes from NO and
NO2 compounds. NOx can come from natural sources,
such as lightning and anthropogenic sources, such as
combustion processes at high temperatures. The higher the
combustion temperature, the greater the nitrogen oxides
formed [13][20]. NO2 concentrations ranged from 0.634
µg / Nm3 - 17.436 µg / Nm3. The results of monitoring
showed that NOz concentration did not exceed quality
standards, but was fluctuating and could increase locally,
especially due to motor vehicle activities by the
surrounding community and coal mining activities.
 Sulfur dioxide gas in ambient air can be resulted from
anthropogenic activities, such as fossil fuel combustion
that contains sulfur compounds and gasoline and diesel
fueled vehicles. Source of emissions in the study area can
come from transportation activities, and heavy vehicles for
mining activities [20]. SO2 concentrations ranged from
undetectable to 9,747 µg / Nm3. The quality standards that
apply according to Government Regulation No. 41 of 1999
is 900 µg/Nm3/1h. The periodic monitoring results show
that the concentration is below the quality standard.
The source of dust (TSP) in mining area comes from coal
mining activities and the operation of heavy and motorized
vehicles. Dust that comes from transportation not only
Year comes Year
from fuel Year
combustion, Yearbut also from the re-
2014 suspension
2015of dust2016
on the road 2017
surface due to the speed of
vehicle mobilization [20]. Dust that has a relatively large
nd 0,558 0,459 9,747
diameter or 100 microns can still be filtered by the
0,889 0,634 5,570 17,436
respiratory system, if it is inhaled, over the concentration
1121,571 536,000 1523,692 1437,353
1,026of dust1,371
particles (Total
10,983Suspended
16,161Particulate / TSP) in the
range of
123,167 128,889 92,284 µg /
92,284Nm3 -128,889
110,146 µg/Nm3. The results
0,030TSP monitoring
nd show nd that they are below the
quality standard
 Ozone is one of the dominant oxidant compounds and is a
secondary air pollutant, because it is not emitted directly by
a source, but is formed in the atmosphere by primary
pollutants. Primary pollutants in the form of NOx,
hydrocarbons and CO will form ozone molecules due to the
occurrence of photochemical reactions by the influence of
sunlight. Because the formation process depends on solar
radiation, ozone generally has an elevated cycle pattern
during the day when solar radiation is maximum and
decreases at night. Once ozone is formed, the residence
time in the atmosphere is generally around 2-5 days [20].
Ozone concentration (O3) ranges from 1,026 µg / Nm³ to
16,161 µg / Nm³. Ozone concentration is strongly
influenced by the concentration of precursors, namely
NOx, HC, CO, and climate factors, especially for solar
radiation, air temperature, and air humidity. Therefore, the
observation of the tendency of increasing ozone
concentration needs to be carried out continuously. The
results of ozone concentration monitoring showed quite
fluctuating values, but not exceeding the applicable quality
standards.
 Pb is mainly resulted from the gasoline fuel combustion.
The monitoring of lead (Pb) concentrations in 2014, 2016
and 2017 had similar results of not detected or below the
detection limit of the method used, but in 2015, the
288
 concentration was measured 0.03 µg / Nm³ but not 4 Color Pt.co 180 6,000 35,125 14,16
exceeding the applicable quality standard 7
The impact on human health, aesthetic values and other 5 pH ` 6-9 6,786 6,452 7,126
living things are the basis for determining Index of Air Pollution 6 Free mg/l - 0,088 0,131 0,155
Standards. The determination of the Index of Air Pollution amonia
Standards value by changing the measured levels of air (NH3-N)
pollutants becomes dimensionless number that describes the 7 Nitrat mg/l 10 0,368 0,372 0,229
condition of ambient air quality in a location. Based on the (NO3-N)
annual average data of the measurement results, the calculation 8 BOD mg/l 3 2,415 3,190 2,709
of the Standard Air Pollutant Index value was conducted. The 9 COD mg/l 25 16,42 12,433 17,31
complete result of Index of Air Pollution Standards calculation 8 3
for each parameter can be seen in Table 2. 10 Ferri (Fe) mg/l - 0,478 1,146 0,421
Table 2. Results of Calculation of Index of Air Pollution Standards in the 11 Mangan mg/l - 0,505 0,528 0,707
period of 2014 - 2017 (Mn)
Parameter Year Year Year Year 12 Oil and fat mg/l 1000 0,009 17,926 0,009
2014 2015 2016 2017 13 Coli form MP 5000 2515, 800,375 4006,
Sulphur dioxide nd 0,194 0,159 3,384 bacteria N/10 333 667
(SO2) 0ml
Nitrogen dioxide 0,157 0,112 0,993 1,949
(NO2) In general, based on the results of measurements of river
Carbon monoxide -*) -*) -*) -*) water quality in coal mining, it shows that it still meets the water
(CO) quality standards in water sources based on the Provincial
Oxidant (O3) 0,428 0,571 4,576 3,225 Regulation of East Kalimantan No. 02 of 2011, unless there are
Information: * = ambient value is too high, nd=not detected several water quality parameters that exceed environmental
quality standards, namely total Suspended Solids (TSS) in
Based on the data in Table 2, it can be seen that the Jatah, Simpang Pasir and Separi Rivers, BOD in Jatah River and
pollution category of SO2, NO and O3 parameters in the last 4 COD in Separi river. The water quality parameters that exceed
years at the coal mining location shows good air pollution index quality standards indicate natural sources, agricultural activities
in the range of 0 - 50 which shows the level of air quality that or domestic activities as the influencing factors; TSS
does not have an effect on human or animal health and on concentration exceeds quality standards caused by erosion due
plants, buildings or aesthetic values. to land clearing as soil erosion can also increase Fe
concentration by increasing iron content, and high BOD and
3.2.River water quality COD concentrations can be caused by domestic and agricultural
The results of measurements of river water quality in the waste. PT IBP's mining activities also have the potential to
study area were compared to the quality based on the Provincial cause pollution as a result of extensive land clearing in the
Regulation of East Kalimantan No. 02 of 2011 and specifically mining area allowing land to be carried in surface runoff,
for the Fecal Coliform and Total Coliform parameters using resulting in high TSS concentrations, and materials contained
Government Regulation No. 82 of 2001 concerning in the soil can be lifted and carried by surface flow, including
Management of Water Quality and Water Pollution Control. metals, such as Fe and Mn [10][11][12][14] The waste resulted
The results of measurements of river water quality in the PT from the operation of mining facilities and infrastructures and
IBPs mine area are presented in Table 3. domestic activities of PT IBP has the potential to increase the
content of BOD, COD and E. Coli bacteria [18]
Table 3. Results of Measurement of River Water Quality In order to determine the level of pollution related to the
permitted water quality parameters, the pollution index (IP)
Simpa
method Taniused.Sepa
was The status of water quality indicates the level
N EQS Bayur Jatah ng
Parameter Unit of water Bakti
quality ri
conditions, whether it is in polluted or good
o. Class II river river Pasir
river
condition, by river the predetermined quality standards. If
comparing
river
1 Water °C Deviasi 3 28,03 29,135 the IP value
28,68 27,90is less than 1.0, the water sample meets the intended
28,500
temperatur 3 3quality standard,
6 whereas if it is greater than 1.0, the sample is
e declared not to meet the quality standard [16]. The calculation
2 Total mg/l 50 33,40 87,700 of quality
80,91 44,14status806,667
with this Pollution Index method is based on
suspension 0 7the Decree6 of Minister of Environment No. 115 of 2003. The
solid (TSS) results of the pollutant index calculation are presented in table
3 Total solute mg/l 1000 183,0 80,600 4.
405,7 67,83 381,333
(TDS) 67 50 3

289
Table 4. Results of Calculation of Water Pollution Index
River Pollutant index Status of quality Environmental quality in the
Sampling value water
Quality standard mining area
y = -6.0742x + 114.27
class II 120 R² = 0.7693
104.986 104.533 100.857
Bayur river 0,706 Good
Jatah river 1,491 Lightly Polluted 100 85.964
79.993 83.932
Simpang Pasir 1,519 Lightly Polluted 75.429
80
river y = -3.8536x + 86.968
69.982
Tani Bakti 0,780 Good 60 R² = 0.6857
river 54
Separi river 5,513 Moderately 40 55 63.33
50
Polluted y = -1.633x + 59.665
20
R² = 0.1418
Based on the Decree of Minister of Environment No.115 0
of 2003 concerning guidelines for Determination of Water Year 2014 Year 2015 Year 2016 Year 2017
Quality Status, the pollution index value should categorized as
follows; in compliance to quality standards or in good condition AQI WQI
if 0 ≤ PIj ≤ 1.0; Lightly Polluted if 1.0 <PIj ≤ 5.0; Moderately EQI Linear (AQI)
Polluted if 5.0 <PIj ≤ 10.0; heavily polluted if PIj> 10.0 [5][7].
Then, Jatah and Simpang Pasir Rivers are categorized as lightly Linear (WQI) Linear (EQI)
polluted, Tani Bakti and Bayur rivers are categorized good, and Figure 1. The AQI, WQI, and EQI Values in the Period of 2014 – 2017
Separi River categorized Moderately Polluted. The Lightly- and
Moderately-Polluted status indicate that the condition of river Figure 1 shows that the AQI, WQI, and EQI values had a
water quality is related to land use and the activities conducted decreasing trend compared to the previous year. It shows that
by surrounding community. environmental management in the PT IBP coal mining area is
experiencing greater pressure from the utilization of
3.3. Environmental Quality Index environmental resources compared to efforts to improve the
Environmental Quality Index (EQI) is a preliminary quality of the environment.
description or indication that provides a quick conclusion of an However, air quality environmental management efforts
environmental condition in a certain scope and period, namely show a very good IKU value despite experiencing a decreasing
providing information about environmental conditions as an trend. Based on the results of periodic monitoring conducted by
evaluation of sustainable and environmentally sound PT IBP, it can be concluded that the air quality management
development policies. AQI calculation is 100% by division. The performance is quite good, especially for the parameters of gas
weighting includes: Water Pollution Index with a weight of pollutants where all parameters in all monitoring locations are
50% and Air Pollution Index 50%. The results of the calculation not exceeding the quality standard. While the performance of
of the environmental quality index in the period of 2014 - 2017 dust / particulate management needs to be improved so that air
are presented completely in Table 5. quality does not exceed quality standards because the
measurement results show 50% approaching the required
Table 5. Results of calculating environmental quality index values
quality standards. There are some management activities that
Years AQI WQI EQI Classification have been carried out by PT IBP to maintain air quality, they
EQI are; watering the dusty road on the settlement path that is passed
2014 104,986 55,000 79,993 Good by equipment mobilization activities, setting the vehicle speed
2015 104,533 63,330 83,932 Very good up to <40 km/hour, planting vegetation from the right of the
2016 100,857 50,000 75,429 Good coal haul road, doing preventive maintenance on equipment
2017 85,964 54,000 69,982 Fairly Good used for mobilization, and using Personal Protective Equipment
Average 99,085 55,582 77,334 Good (PPE). [8]
The performance of water quality management is not good
enough, so that it needs to be improved to keep the water quality
not exceeding quality standards because the measurement
results show the TSS and BOD parameters have exceeded the
required quality standards. The management performance that
has been carried out by PT IBP to maintain water quality
includes optimizing wastewater treatment in pond sediments,
especially for those near to the public channel, and following
up with lime at monitoring points which have a pH below the
quality standard. If the quality of wastewater does not meet the

290
quality standards of waste water for mining, then treatment is
done before the water is disposed off in the form of general
liquid. The processing carried out is by adding Al 2SO4 (alum)
as a coagulant that helps the formation of floc, so that the TSS
produced is below the waste water quality standard. After the
addition of alum and / or pyrite oxidation, the remaining sulfate
will be produced which will affect the pH quality of the water.
Therefore, before being released into public waters, the
neutralization should be done firstly, by adding lime (CaCO3)
[8][15][19]
VI. CONCLUSION.
Air quality (i.e. SO2, NO2, CO, O3, Pb, total suspended
particulate) and Index of Air Pollution Standards (SO2, NO2,
O3) were good. The Jatah River was detected poor condition
for total suspended solid (TSS) and biochemical oxygen
demand (BOD). Simpang Pasir and Separi rivers were also poor
condition for TSS and COD in Separi river. The result found
that the status of water quality of Tani Bakti River and Bayur
River was good. Meanwhile, Jatah River, and Simpang Pasir
River were lightly polluted. Separi River was medium polluted.
The index was concluded that AQI was very good (point
99,085), WQI was not good (point 55,582), and EQI was good
(77,334).
VII. REFERENCES
[1] [1] ____, 1997. Decree of the Minister of Environment Number: KEP
45/MENLH/1997 Concerning the Standard Index of Air Pollutants.
(Indonesian)
[2] ____, 1997. Decision of KABAPEDAL No.107 of 1997 concerning
Technical Guidelines for Calculation and Reporting and Standard Index
Information on Air Pollutants. (Indonesian)
[3] ____, 1999. Government Regulation Number 41 of 1999 concerning
Guidelines for Air Pollution Control. (Indonesian)
[4] ____, 2001. Government Regulation of the Republic of Indonesia No.
82 of 2001 concerning Management of Water Quality and Water
Pollution Control. (Indonesian)
[5] ____, 2013. Decree of the Minister of Environment No. 115 of 2003
concerning Guidelines for Determining the Status of Water Quality.
(Indonesian)
[6] ____, 2011. East Kalimantan Provincial Regulation Number 02 of 2011
concerning Management of Water Quality and Water Pollution Control.
(Indonesian)
291
[7] ____, 2011-2017. National Environmental quality index, Ministry of
Environment and Forestry
[8] ____, 2014 – 2017. report on the implementation of PT IBP's
environmental management and monitoring
[9] M. (OECD) Linster, “OECD E n v i r o n m e n t a l I n d i c a t o r s :
development, measurement and use,” SNUC - Sist. Nac. Unidades
Conserv., vol. 25, no. 0, p. 37, 2003.
[10] Djoharam, V., Etty R., Mohamad Y .. 2018. Water Quality Analysis and
Capability of Pesanggrahan River Pollution Load in the Jakarta Province
Region. Journal of Natural Resources and Environmental Management
Vol. 8 No. 1 (April 2018): 127-133. (Indonesian)
[11] Fachlevi T.A., Eka I.K.P, Sahat M.H. Simanjuntak. 2015. Impact and
Evaluation of Coal Mining Policies in Mereubo District. Minutes of
Agricultural and Environmental Policy. Vol. 2 No. 2, August 2015: 171-
180. ISSN: 2355-6226. E-ISSN: 2477-0299. (Indonesian)
[12] Fatmawati, Budiman, Letizia D ... Environmental Impact of Coal Mining
Excavation PT. Kaltim Prima Coal for Community Health in North
Sangatta District, East Kutai Regency. (Indonesian)
[13] Gilbert N.L, Woodhouseb, S., David M., Stieb, and Jeffrey R.Br. 2003.
Ambient nitrogen dioxide and distance from a major highway. The
Science of the Total Environment. 312: 43–46.
[14] Mahyudin, Soemarno, Tri B.P. 2015 Water Quality Analysis and
Strategy for Controlling Metro River Water Pollution in Kepanjen City,
Malang Regency. J-PAL, Vol. 6, No. 2, 2015. (Indonesian)
[15] Marganingrum, D and Rhazista N .. 2010. Pollution of Water and Soil
in Coal Mining Areas at Pt. Berau Coal, East Kalimantan. Geological
Research and Mining Vol. 20 No. 1 (2010), 11-20. (Indonesian)
[16] Piranti, U.S., Diana R.R., Gentur W. 2018. Evaluation of the Status of
Water Quality of Rawapening Lake. Journal of Natural Resources and
Environmental Management Vol. 8 No. 2 (August 2018): 151-160.
(Indonesian)
[17] Rita, Rina A. and Ridwan F .. Calculating the Air Quality Index in
Jakarta using various quality standards. Ecolab Vol. 12 No. January 1,
2018: 1 – 52. (Indonesian)
[18] Sayoga, R. G. 2007. Mine Water Management: Important Aspects in
Mining with Environmental Insights. Scientific Speech, Assembly of
ITB Professors. ITB Department of Mining Engineering. (Indonesian)
[19] Subardja, A et al. 2007. Recovery of Environmental Quality of Coal
Mining: Characterization and Control of Mine Acid Water in Berau.
Technical Report, DIPA Project for Research Center for Geotechnology
- LIPI FY 2007. (Indonesian)
[20] Wardana, A., and Wisnu. 2001. Impact of Environmental Pollution.
Yogyakarta. (Indonesian)
[21] Mining and Energy Office of East Kalimantan Province. 2014. East
Kalimantan IUP. http://pertambangan.kaltimprov.go.id/iup Kalimantan
Timur. Downloaded March 16, 2016
[22] Sardjono, M. A. 2014. Dynamics of the Forestry Sector in East
Kalimantan; Review of the 2009-2013 and Perpsective Periods. Material
Presented in Focus Group Discussion "Study of the Role of Forestry in
Regional and National Development". Organized by Bappenas in
Samarinda, September 9, 2014
 Bioactivities of Forest Medicinal Plants on Kutai
Ethnic (Indonesia) of Tapak Leman (Hippobroma
longiflora (L) G. Don)
Abdul Rasyid Zarta1,2, Farida Aryani1, Wiwin Suwinarti2, Irawan Wijaya Kusuma2 and Enos Tangke Arung2
1 Forest Product Technology Department, Samarinda State Agriculture Polytechnic, Samarinda, East Kalimantan, Indonesia
2Faculty of Forestry, University of Mulawarman, Samarinda, East Kalimantan
Abstract--: Indonesian forests are one of the richest
ecosystems in the world. Secondary metabolites with molecular
structures and various biological activities of medicinal plant
extracts have excellent potential to be developed into medicines of
various diseases. Phenolic compounds found in plants have many
biological effects including antioxidants and antimicrobials.
Secondary metabolite compounds play a protective role against
damage caused by disease. Traditional medicine and treatment
among the people of Kutai Kartanegara is very diverse and has
been widely used. Type of Tapak Leman (Hippobroma longiflora
(L) G. Don) is one type of forest plants have been used as a
medicinal plant by Ethnic Kutai with the efficacy of treatment of
kidney stones and increase of stamina or vitality. The aim of study
is to investigate the biological activity of Tapak Leman forest type
that had been used as medicine. The leaves of the plant samples
were extracted using ethanol and then extracts tested
phytochemical content, toxicity, biological activity of antioxidant
and antimicrobial. Testing of antioxidant activity by
spectrophotometric method using DPPH (1,1-diphenyl-2-
picrylhydrazyl), the level of toxicity using by BSLT (Brine Shrimp
Lethality Test), and antimicrobials by diffusion method. The
results showed is Tapak Leman type has a phytochemical content
of alkaloids, flavonoids, tannins, saponis and steroids. Type of
Tapak Leman properties is toxic, has strong antioxidant and
strong on fungi.
I. INTRODUCTION
Forests in Indonesia are one of the ecosystems that have
the largest species richness in the world. Indonesian forests
contain more than 400 species of trees of high economic value
and approximately 25,000 species of flowering plants [1].
The development of new types of diseases has increased
from year to year, and many drugs currently circulating are no
longer able to cope with these new diseases. Therefore the
search for new types of drugs still continues at any time [2].
Plant ingredients contain various forms of antioxidants.
Phenolic compounds are found in plants, have many biological
effects. Flavonoids and other phenolics play a protective role
292
against damage caused by disease [3][4]. Secondary
metabolites with diverse molecular structures and biological
activities derived from medicinal plant forest extracts have
excellent potential to be developed into various diseases.
However, the level of herbal production in general is still
limited, mainly due to the lack of scientific information about
the efficacy of a plant species. In order to support aspects of the
use of traditional medicines that have developed in the
community, scientific proof is needed so that the herbal
medicine industry in Indonesia is growing [5].
Traditional medicine and medicine among the people of
Kutai Kartanegara are very diverse. Various kinds of drugs and
treatments can be classified into two types, namely drugs and
traditional treatments for internal and external illness or disease.
In addition to traditional medicine and medicine, the Kutai
people also know various kinds of traditional healers and
medical experts [6].
The purpose of this study was to identify the bioactivity of
medicinal plants from forest plants that have been traditionally
used by the Kutai people by looking at phytochemical content,
toxicity, antioxidant antimicrobial activity.
II. MATERIAL AND METHOD
1.1. Reagent
Ethanol; acetone; dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO); 1,1-
diphenyl-2-picrylhydrazyl radical (DPPH); ascorbic acid;
reactants for Dragendorff’s test, Liebermann-Burchard test, and
Molisch test; potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O7); Nutrient Broth
medium (NB); and the antibiotic ChloramphenicolEthanol;
acetone; dimethyl sulfoxide (DMSO); 1,1-diphenyl-2-
picrylhydrazyl radical (DPPH); ascorbic acid; reactants for
Dragendorff’s test, Liebermann-Burchard test, and Molisch
test; potassium dichromate (K2Cr2O7); Nutrient Broth medium
(NB); and the antibiotic Chloramphenicol
1.2. Plant material extraction
 Plant materials in the form of leaves of Nek Kara III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
(Hippobroma longiflora (L) G. Don) were collected from
3.1 Traditional medicine of the Kutai Ethnic community
Sebulu Modern Village, Kutai Kartanegara regency, in East
Among the Kutai ethnic community of Desa Sebulu
Kalimantan province, Indonesia. The plant materials were dried
Modern, in Kutai Kartanegara Regency of East Kalimantan,
at room temperature and ground into a powder [7]. The dried
there is traditional knowledge of medical treatments based on
plants material were extracted in ethanol at room temperature
medicinal herbs growing in their forest vegetation. This
for 48 hours. Then the extracts were filtered, and the
knowledge has been inherited from their ancestors and has been
concentrates were prepared by using a rotary vacuum
preserved from generation to generation. However, not
evaporator at a temperature of 30-40oC.
everyone is expert in the types of forest plants that can be used
1.3. Phytochemical analysis as herbal medicines. Only certain people have this kind of
Phytochemical analyses were performed for detection of ability and such persons are usually acknowledged for their
alkaloids, flavonoids, and tannins [8], as well as for steroids, expertise in concocting medicinal cures.
saponins, and triterpenoids [9]. Based on information and discussions with such
1.4. Toxicity testing traditional healers in the Kutai ethnic communities, each
generation attempts to develop the knowledge gained from their
Toxicity testing of the plant extracts used the Brine
ancestors. This includes knowledge about the forest vegetation
Shrimp Lethality Test (BSLT) described by Meyer [10]. The
in general, but also of methods used in concocting medicines by
BSLT method is widely used to obtain an approximate measure
way of mashing, dissolving and boiling specific herbs. Such
of bio-activity of plant materials with suspected medicinal
methods sometimes make people reluctant to consume herbal
application. These methods are easy to perform, are
medicines because the aromas are often pungent and the tastes
inexpensive, fast, and able to be used with small amounts of
bitter.
plant extract [10]. The BSLT method is also widely used for
The types of medical conditions that are treated with
screening new potential anticancer compounds derived from
herbal medicines from the forests range from mild ailments
plants. The results of toxicity tests using this method have
such as flu, colds, cough, headaches, and stomach pain through
demonstrated a correlation with cytotoxic anti-cancer activity.
to serious disease conditions such as cancer, strokes, heart
LC50 is defined as the concentration of a compound that is
attacks, hypertension, constriction of blood vessels, stomach
expected to kill 50% of a test population within a given time
injuries, kidney stones, and others.
interval [11]. Determination of the level of toxicity used the
The results of identification and description of
aquatic toxicity criteria defined by Wagner [12].
Hippobroma longiflora (L) G. Don plant species utilized by the
1.5. Analysis of antioxidant activity Kutai community in Desa Sebulu Modern for such traditional
The investigation of antioxidant activity was carried out medical purposes are summarized in Table 1.
using the method of Arung [13]. A spectrophotometer was used
at temperature room (250C) and 514 NM wavelength. DPPH Table 1. Identification, Utilization and Description of Hippobroma
longiflora (L) G. Don Type.
solution (1,1-diphenyl-1-picrylhydrazyl radical), as well as
ascorbic acid (Vitamin C), were used as positive controls. The Local name/ Plant
Traditional Plant
concentration of the sample extract needed to achieve inhibition Scientific name/ part
utilization description
of 50% was expressed as the IC50 value for the extract. There Family used
were three replicate analyses per extract and the results were Tapak Leman/ Lea Treatment Bush plants
averaged. Determination of the antioxidant activity of the Hippobroma f of kidney on wet areas.
extracts using the DPPH method was carried out according to longiflora (L) stones and Has a long
Jun [14]. G. Don/ increase of flower stalk.
1.6. Anti-bacterial testing Campanulaceae stamina or The crown is
vitality star-shaped.
The antimicrobial test was performed by the diffusion
The plants of Tapak Leman can be seen in Figure 1 below.
method described by Cappucino and Sherman [15], with some
modification. In this test, 20 ml of Nutrient Broth medium (NB)
was poured into a sterilized petri dish. After that, the media was
hardened and flattened using a cotton swab, in an aseptic state
(using laminar flow). The media were allowed to dry for
approximately 30 minutes. Hole wells were made using a cork
borer applied to the media. The wells contained 20 μL with
different amounts of extract: 25 μg / well, 50 μg / well, 100 μg
/ well and 200 μg / well. Chloramphenicol was used as a
positive control. Bacterial incubation was performed for 24
hours, and then the inhibition zone was measured around the
wells in each petri dish Figure 1. Plants of Tapak Leman (Hippobroma longiflora (L) G. Don).

293
3.2 Extraction result and phytochemical content
The preliminary extraction method for bioactivity testing
used in this research is cold maceration method using ethanol
solvent at room temperature. The use of this solvent aims to
attract the active components contained in the raw material of
the medicinal plant.
The plant leaves powder was soaked for 2 x 24 hours, then
filtered and concentrated until a crude extract was obtained. The
yield calculation is done to find out how many parts can be
extracted from the sample to be tested. The factors such as water
content, sample size, solvent and extraction techniques greatly
influence the extract yield value obtained from the extraction
results in a test sample [9]. This percentage of yield will affect
the amount of extracted weight from a number of raw materials
used. The higher the yield obtained, indicates that the weight of
the extract produced is increasing.
Phytochemical testing of plant materials is used to identify
secondary metabolite compounds. Such compounds while not a
requirement for normal body function, are often found on
evaluation to have positive effects on human health and can
play an active role in prevention and treatment of disease. The
plant extracts prepared from Tapak Leman type, secondary
metabolite compounds included alkaloids, flavonoids, tannins,
saponins, steroids. The presence of these phytochemical
compounds in the plant materials suggests the potential
medicinal value of their extracts in the prevention and/or cure
of specific diseases.
The specific results of extract and phytochemical analyses,
listed in Table 2
Tabel 2. Medicinal Plant Extracts Yield of Hippobroma longiflora (L) G.
Don with Ethanol Solvents and Phytochemical Content.
Powder Extract
Yield Phytochemical
weight weight
(%) contents
OD (g) (g)
26,02 0,99 3,83 Alkaloids, Flavonoids,
Tannins, Saponis,
Steroid
Flavonoids were found in the medicinal plant species
tested. In general, flavonoids can function as antioxidants which
inhibit possible metabolic damage by free radicals [16]. All these
potential medicinal plants showed antioxidant activity (see the
next Section). The presence of flavonoids and tannins in plants
has been found to play a role in binding free radicals. Flavonoids
and tannins are phenolic compounds, and phenolics, in general,
are a group of compounds that act as primary antioxidants in
binding free radicals in plant metabolic pathways [17].
In biological systems, flavonoids have antioxidant
activity; inhibiting free radicals, and in some cases having anti-
allergic effects with reduction in inflammation and platelet
aggregation. There are also reports of anti-microbial effects,
and inhibition of ulcers, tumors, and hepatoxicity [18]. In
general, phytochemical analysis of plants with suspected
medicinal benefits is a fruitful area of research for identifying
physiologically active compounds with the ability to protect the
human body from the effects of various kinds of metabolic
damage arising from both internal and external factors [19].
294
3.3 Toxicity
The toxicity testing of the plant samples aimed at finding
out whether the samples contain a toxin or not. The brine shrimp
Artemia nauplii has been suggested to be used as a model
species in some evaluations of the pharmacological activity of
ecotoxins and large complex compounds [20][21]. In our
toxicity testing, we used the related shrimp species Artemia
salina, Linnaeus. Initial tests were carried out with the extracts
to see if at concentration of 1000 ppm the extracts would kill
the shrimp larvae. In this preliminary test, these sample extracts
at that concentration resulted in a shrimp larvae mortality of
50% or more.
According to Meyer [10], a plant extract is considered to
have toxic activity if it is able to kill more than 50% Artemia
larvae at a concentration of 1000 ppm. Therefore we went on to
test in more detail the toxic activity of three plant extracts. We
evaluated their toxic effect at lower concentrations i.e. at 500
ppm, 250 ppm, 100 ppm and 10 ppm. The results are displayed
in Table 3.
Table 3. Evaluation of the toxicity of Hippobroma longiflora (L) G. Don
extracts.
Concentratio Average of % LC50
ns mortality Mortality (ppm) Remark
(ppm)
1000 6.0 60 423 Toxic
500 5.7 57
250 3.3 33
100 2.3 23
10 1.0 10
The higher concentrations of the extracts in solution, the
higher was the percentage mortality in the test larvae. The
trends in percent increase in mortality (%) in response to
increase in extract concentration (ppm) were analyzed by liner
regression to obtain estimates of the LC50 for the sample
extracts. The results of the calculation of LC50 values indicate
that samples extracted from Tapak Leman type was assessed to
be toxic. These findings are of significance because if
concoctions extracted from these species are being used in
traditional medicines by the Kutai communities, then it needs
to be determined whether it is safe for human consumption
irrespective of potential benefits such as antioxidant activity of
their phytochemical compounds. No complaints have so far
been voiced against use of these materials as ingredients in the
Kutai traditional medicine. Based on this fact, it is suspected
that the toxic effects of the extracts on Artemia shrimps
possibility do not extend to harmful effects on humans. It can
be explained that toxicity testing using the BSLT method using
Artemia salina Leach shrimp seed. is a method in addition to
knowing the level of toxicity of a particular substance also
provides an illustration that a type of plant that is toxic means
that it has the potential of activity as an anticancer and is not
necessarily toxic to humans. According to the provisions set
forth by McLaughin [22] which conveyed LC50 values <30
ppm extract potentially as anticancer.
3.4 Antioxidant activity Table 5. The Results of Antibacterial dan Antifungi Testing from
Hippobroma longiflora (L) G. Don
Natural resources, especially plants, are an important part
of the search for new sources of raw materials as natural Average of Inhibiton
antioxidant agents. In our investigation of the antioxidant Bacterial/ Diameteer (mm)
activity of extracts from Tapak Leman plants, the free radical Fungi Control 25 50 100 200
scavenging effect of the fractions at different concentrations + (µg) (µg) (µg) (µg)
was measured by DPHH assay using a spectrophotometric Streptococcus
determination of absorbance at a wavelength of 517 nm 35,56 14,45 15,78 17,56 19,45
mutans
[14][23][24][25]. Streptococcus
The IC50 value (the concentration required to obtain a 50% 37,67 13,34 16,46 18,44 20,44
sobrinus
inhibition) was employed as the parameter to express the Escherichia
relative antioxidant capacity of the different plant extracts. The 31,00 15,78 17,89 19,44 20,67
coli
antioxidant effectiveness of a plant extract is judged to be strong Propionibacte
if it has a value of IC50 <50 ppm. Estimates of the IC50 values, 32,67 10,00 14,55 17,78 18,89
rium acne
shown in Table 4, were obtained by linear regression analysis Candida
of the trend in% inhibition in response to increasing 27,00 3,33 14,11 15,22 16,78
albicans
concentration of the extracts.
Tabel 4. The Results of Antioxydant Testing of Hippobroma longiflora (L)
G. Don.
The extent of the bacterial inhibition zone for each of plants
extract was greater at higher concentrations of the extract. A
Concentration Inhibition Regression IC50 classification of strong inhibitory activity is given if the width of
Remark
(ppm) (%) Equation (ppm) the zone of inhibition exceeds 6 mm, a classification of moderate
1,562 8,75 Y= 8 Strong inhibitory activity if the zone is 3-6 mm, and of weak inhibitory
3,125 34,39 4.8471x + activity if the zone is 0-3 mm in extent [26]. The results of
6,250 45,33 10.815 antibacterial and antifungal activity testing showed that in
12,50 68,39 R2=0.8963 general plant extracts were able to provide obstacles to the
25,00 74,75 development of bacteria and fungi, namely strong and very
50,00 51,69 strong. Weak inhibition is only shown in the Candida albicans
fungus which is 3.3 mm at a concentration of 25 µg.
The results of the study indicate that the antioxidant The results suggest that leaf extracts Hippobroma
inhibition of free radicals by the tested samples increased with longiflora (L) G. Don have antibacterial potential presumably
increasing concentration of the relevant extract in the samples. because of the phytochemically active compounds they contain.
The results showed that in general, the plant extracts had It is suspected that the antibacterial activity of the leaf extracts
significant antioxidant activity with IC50 values of less than 50 is due to the presence of secondary metabolite components such
ppm. The results suggest the plant species used by the Kutai as terpenoids, steroids, saponins, tannins, and flavonoids [27].
community for medicinal purposes have significant antioxidant The extent of the antibacterial effect may vary with the way the
activity, a property which may be part of the explanation for the particular extraction method influences the stability and
reputed curative efficacy of plant extracts from these species.
effectiveness of these active compounds.
Medicinal plant species traditionally used by the Kutai
3.5 Antioxidant activity
Ethnic in East Kalimantan (Indonesia) have been identified as
Many traditional medicines derived from plants are
containing bio-active compounds that are potentially beneficial
identified as having anti-microbial activity. One standard
in treating various diseases afflicting humans. The presence of
method for preliminary testing of such antibiotic activity is to
phytochemicals compounds such as alkaloids, flavonoids,
determine whether extracts of the medicinal plant can inhibit
tannins, saponins, and steroids was detected in most extracts
the growth of bacterial and fungi.
from the species. Samples were shown to have significant
In this research, The plants extract were tested at four
antioxidant activity and the results of the toxicity assay showed
different concentrations for their efficacy in inhibiting the
that samples were toxic. The antibacterial and antifungi testing
growth of bacterial (Streptococcus mutans, Streptococcus
generally showed the medicinal plants have a strong and very
sobrinus, Escherichia coli, Propionibacterium acne) and fungi
strong inhibitory effect on the growth of bacterium and fungi
(Candida albicans) cultured on a Nutrient Broth medium in
colonies.
petri dishes. The results of the assay are summarized in Table
5.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This paper reports a small part of the results of research
funded by the Program for Doctoral Dissertation Grants, of the
Directorate of Research and Community (DP2M), Directorate
General of Higher Education; Ministry of Research,
Technology and Higher Education, contract number –
058/SP2H/LT/ DPRM/IV/2017, 25 April 2017. The authors

295
wish to convey sincere thanks for the funding support given.
We also thank colleagues and all those who supported this
research.
REFERENCES
[1] Bioresearcher, 2013. Indonesian Biodiversity Potential. Posted on March
23, 2013. http://.com/2013/03/23. Accessed biologyma wordpress, Agustus
31th 2017. (Indonesian)
[2] Wahyuono S, 2012. Bioactive Evaluation of Medical Plants Colleted From
Central Kalimantan. Bagian Biology Pharmacy Department, Faculty of
Pharmacy, University of Gadjah mada, Yogyakarta.(Indonesian)
[3] Kähkönen MP, Hopia AI, Vuorela HJ, Rauha JP, Pihlaja K, Kujala TS,
Heinonen M. 1999. Antioxidant activity of plant extracts containing
phenolic compounds. J Agric Food Chem 47 (10): 3954-3962.
[4] Mammadov R, Ili P, Ertem-Vaizogullar H. 2011. Antioxidant activity and
total phenolic content of Gagea fibrosa and Romulea ramiflora. Iran J
Chem Chem Eng 30 (3): 57-62.
[5] Sampurno. 2007. Policy of Indonesian natural medicine development. 13th
National Seminar on Indonesian Medicinal Plants. Pancasila University,
Jakarta. [Indonesian]
[6] Achmad H. 1990. Traditional treatment of rural communities in East
Kalimantan. Project Inventory and Cultural Values Development. Project
Final Report. Directorate of History and Traditional Values, Directorate
General of Culture, Ministry of Education and Culture, Jakarta
[Indonesian]
[7] Arunkumar S, Muthuselvam M. 2009. Analysis of phytochemical
constituents and antimicrobial activities of Aloe vera L. against clinical
pathogens. World J Agric Sci 5 (5): 572-576.
[8] Kokate CK. 2001. Pharmacognosy. 16th ed. Nirali Prakasham, Mumbai,
India.
[9] Harborne JB. 2006. Phytochemical Methods, A Guide to Modern
Techniques of Plant Analysis. Springer, Netherlands.
[10] Meyer BN, Ferrigni NR, Putman JE, Jacobson LB, Nichols DE,
McLaughlin JL.1982. Brine shrimp: a convenient general bioassay for
active plant constituents. Planta Medica 45 (5): 31-34.
[11] Boyd CE. 2005. LC50 calculations help predict toxicity. Global Aquacult
Advoc Feb-2005: 84-87
[12] Wagner SL. 1993. Quarterly Report ofEPA Grant #CR-821022-01, .luly l,
1993 September. 30, 1993. National Pesticide Medical Monitoring
Program. Oregon State University, Corvallis.
[13] Arung ET, Muladi S, Sukaton E, Shimizu K, Kondo R. 2008. Artocarpin,
a promising compound as whitening agent and anti-skin cancer. J Trop
Wood Sci Technol 6: 33-36.
296
[14] Jun M, Fu HY, Hong J, Wan X, Yang CS, Ho CT. 2003. Comparison of
antioxidant activities of isoflavones from kudzu root (Pueraria lobata
Ohwi). J Food Sci 68 (6): 2117-2122.
[15] Cappucino, J.G. and Sherman, N. 2001. Microbiology: A Laboratory
Manual. 2nd Edition. The Benjamin Cummings Publishing Company.
Rockland Community College, State University of New York, New York.
[16] Hanani E, Mun’im A, Sekarini R. 2005. Identifikasi senyawa antioksidan
dalam spons Callyspongia sp. dari Kepulauan Seribu. Majalah Ilmu
Kefarmasian 2 (3): 127-133. [Indonesian]
[17] Evans WC. 2009. Trease and Evans' Pharmacognosy. 16th ed., Saunders
Ltd., Edinburgh, UK.
[18] Okwu DE, Ndu CU. 2006. Evaluation of the phytonutrients, mineral and
vitamin contents of some varieties of yam. Intl J Mol Med Adv Sci 12 (2):
199-203.
[19] Igwenyi IO, Offor CE, Ajah DA, Nwankwo OC, Ukaomah JI, Aja PM.
2011. Chemical composition of Ipomoea aquatica (green kangkong). Intl J
Pharm Biol Sci 2 (4): 593-598.
[20] McLaughlin JL, Chang CJ, Smith DL. 1993. Simple bench-top bioassays
(brine shrimp and potato disk) for the discovery of plant antitumor
compounds - Review of recent progress. In: Kinghorn AD, Baladrin MF.
(eds). Human Medicinal Agents from Plants, Symposium Series No. 534,
American Chemical Society, New York.
[21] Dvorak P, Benova K, Žd’arsky M, Sklenar Z, Havelkova A. 2010. Use of
the crustacean Artemia franciscana for alternative biotests. Acta Vet Brno
79 (Suppl. 9): 47–53.
[22] McLaughlin, 1991. A Blind Coparison of Simple Bench – top Bioassay
and Human Tumour Cel Citotoxicities as Antitumor Prescreens, Natural
Product Chemistry, Elsivier, Amsterdam, 1
[23] Cefarelli G, Abrosca BD, Fiorentino A, Izzo A, Mastellone C, Pacifica S,
Piscopo V. 2006. Free-radical scavenging and antioxidant activities of
secondary metabolites from reddened cv. Annurca apple fruits. J Agric
Food Chem 54 (3): 803-809.
[24] Ebrahimzadeh MA, Nabavi SF, Nabavi SM. 2009. Essential oil
composition and antioxidant activity of Pterocarya fraxinifolia. Pak J Biol
Sci 12: 957-963.
[25] Saeed N, Khan MR, Shabbir M. 2012. Antioxidant activity, total phenolic
and total flavonoid contents of whole plant extract Torilis leptophylla L.
BMC Compl Altern Med 12: 221.
[26] Pan X, Chen F, Wu T, Tang H, Zhao Z. 2009. The acid, bile tolerance and
antimicrobial property of Lactobacillus acidophilus NIT. Food Control 20
(6): 598-602.
[27] Sulastrianah, Imran, Fitria ES. 2014. Inhibitory test of leaf extracts
(Annona muricata L.) and sirih (Piper betle L.) against the growth of
Escherichia coli bacteria. Medula 1 (2). [Indonesian]
 Risks Identification of Pontianak Oranges Farming in
Sambas Regency West Kalimantan
Erik Darmansyah1, Andiyono2, Radian3, Tatang Abdurrahman4
1
Politeknik Negeri Sambas, 79462 Sambas, West Kalimantan, Indonesia
2
Politeknik Negeri Sambas, 79462 Sambas, West Kalimantan, Indonesia
3
Universitas Tanjungpura, 78124 Pontianak, West Kalimantan, Indonesia
4
Universitas Tanjungpura, 78124 Pontianak, West Kalimantan, Indonesia
Abstract--: Farmers always faced agricultural risks. The objectives
of this study were to identify agricultural risks and risks scores at
farm households based on the perception of Pontianak Oranges
farmers. The study was conducted on 2018 in Sambas Regency.
The analysis methods used in this study were qualitative
descriptive. The results showed that based on farmers'
perceptions, the agricultural risks included production risks,
market risks, human risks, institutional risks and financial risks.
The highest impact of the risks on farm was the production risk,
mainly influenced by pests and diseases. Risk management
strategies implemented by farmers were through the use of inputs.
Meanwhile, if there was a failure that interfered with family
income and the sustainability of farming, farmers would choose to
use the income from off-farm work, or to borrow from other
parties as a manifestation of risk management strategies.
I. INTRODUCTION
The agricultural sector plays an important role in the world
especially in developing countries. More than 65 percent of the
population of developing countries to live permanently, even
hereditary, in rural areas, while the population of developed
countries who live in villages less than 27 percent. Similarly,
labour force, about 58 percent of the workforce in third world
countries earn their living in agriculture, while developed
countries only 5 percent[1].
In Indonesia, the agricultural sector in general is a leading
sector. Recorded more than 50% of Indonesia's population
dependent on this sector, not only provides food alone but also
the agricultural sector provides substantial employment. The
agricultural sector is also known to have provided 48 million
jobs, providing the raw materials industry as well as providers
of raw material exports of both raw and processed.
The agricultural sector has a large role in food supply in order
to realize food security. For horticultural crops, Indonesia has
323 horticultural commodities, consisting of fruits, vegetables,
biopharmaceuticals and ornamental plants. Based on the
General Guidelines for the Implementation of Horticultural
Agribusiness Development, the Director General of
Horticulture 2007 stated that the Policy for the Development of
Leading Commodities for fruit crops consisted of bananas,
mangoes, mangos teen, oranges, durians; Vegetable plants
consist of potatoes, red chili, shallots; Ornamental plants consist
297
of orchids and biopharmaca plants consisting of rhizomes.
Besides national leading commodities, regional superior
commodities are also developed adjusted to regional and
national market demand.
Oranges are one of the leading horticultural commodities that
have long been cultivated in Indonesia. Citrus commodities
grow and develop in several regions and each has its own
according to differences in climate and environmental factors.
In Indonesia there are several types of oranges such as
Pontianak Oranges, Medan Oranges, and Malang Oranges.
Each group has an advantage that is difficult to compare which
is superior.
West Kalimantan Province or more precisely Sambas Regency
is one of the centers of oranges production in Indonesia. The
orange that was developed was Pontianak Oranges (Citrus
nobillis var. Microcarpa).
The development of Pontianak oranges planting area often
experienced ups and downs, Pontianak oranges had experienced
a peak in 1993 with a planting area of 19,481 hectares,
harvested area of 13,762 hectares, and total production reached
196,019 tons. In 1994 total production decreased to 185,687
tons due to a decrease in planting area. Drastic decline in
production in 1997 was 26,578 tons or down 85.68% compared
to 1994. The decline of Pontianak Oranges production is due to
a monopoly system in marketing which results in falling prices
or selling values so that farmers pay less attention to their
oranges plants. As a result, oranges plants are attacked by
various diseases, such as Fusarium, Diplodia and other diseases.
Besides that, it is suspected that there is CVPD which attacks
farmers' oranges plants, especially in Sambas Regency [2].
As happened to all agricultural commodities, especially those
cultivated by farmers, the main problem is the problem of
production and marketing [3]. Production risk includes the nature
of farming which is always dependent on nature supported by
risk factors because the use of input factors (such as chemical
fertilizers that are not according to recommendations) and pest
and disease attacks, leads to high opportunities for production
failure, thus accumulating in the risk of low income received by
farmer.
The current condition of Pontianak oranges plants in Sambas and other magnitudes in magazines and newspapers [8]. With
Regency has a very large risk, especially Pontianak oranges descriptive statistics, collection of data obtained will be
farmers in Sambas Regency generally have narrow land and presented with a concise and tidy and can provide the core
limited capital. Limitations in land area and capital constraints information from existing data set. The data that have been
have caused the use of production inputs such as fertilizers and obtained in this study, both primary and secondary treated
other inputs to be incompatible with the needs of citrus plants. descriptively in the form of frequencies, percentages, scores,
In the end it affects the development of harvest area, production and cross tabulation as at tool for evaluating the performance of
and productivity of oranges. farmers with a simple analytical tool and is quite good, effective
and efficient in separating the major problems faced by farmers.
Given the many risks of farming, Pontianak oranges farming
should receive special attention to minimize risk. In addition to III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
known ways of proper management of risks in the farming in 1.1. Characteristic of Respondents
Pontianak oranges farming, it is necessary from the current
Based on the table can be viewed in general, about 88% of the
study to identify the risks of farming, looking for approaches in
total number of respondents selected were males, but also there
anticipation of the risks.
are 12% of the respondents were women. 18 women become
II. METHOD farmer because her husband had died and some are caused by
divorce, but all of these female respondents are members of
This study was a case study on Pontianak Oranges
farmer groups.
commodity in Sambas Regency of West Kalimantan province.
Location selection is done purposively, that is based on the Table 1. Characteristic of Pontianak Oranges Farmers in Sambas Regency
consideration of the limited study, especially the funding and
time constraints, and the location is one of the centers of Percentage
Category Respondent
oranges production in Indonesia. This study was a descriptive (%)
qualitative research to describe the risks of Pontianak oranges Male 132 88.00
farming that was conducted in 2018. Sex
Female 18 12.00
In analysing and discussing the issues in this study requires data 31-40 21 14.00
that consists of primary data and secondary data. Primary data
Age (years 41-50 49 32.67
obtained directly from the field. To obtain these data using
observations and direct interviews with questionnaires to 150 of old) 51-60 34 22.67
Pontianak oranges farmers in 5 Sub district in Sambas Regency. >60 46 30.67
Secondary data are obtained by searching literary study of Not have
literature, documents, journals and research reports, and formal 34 22.67
magazines and scientific papers related to research problems education
and also through internet media. SD/MI
In this research, agriculture is an economic activity in high-risk Education
(aged 6- 67 44.67
businesses and highly uncertain. Agriculture sector is 12)
vulnerable to various risks that may impact on the fluctuation SMP (age
21 14.00
of the income of farmers [4]. Risks in agricultural enterprises 13-15)
divided as a business risk and financial risk [5]. Risk SMA (age
28 18.67
management means identifying the risks and options, and then 16-18)
evaluate, select and implement the measures. Business risk <0,5 ha 95 63.33
management means "knowing the business," and do so in a way
Land area 0,5 - 1,0 37 24.67
that skilled. Which include the business risk is the risk of
production, price risk or market risk, institutional, and human >1,0 ha 18 12.00
or personal risk. <5 years 31 20.67
Descriptive analysis is used to describe the results of research Farming 5 - 10
52 34.67
that includes the number of farmers, the results of the experiences years
respondents' questionnaires are related to the risks of Pontianak >10 years 67 44.67
oranges in Sambas District, West Kalimantan. As for data
processing using Microsoft Excel for Windows 2007 software. Average age of farmer respondents were over 30 years old.
Descriptive statistics is a statistical method used to depict or This indicates that agriculture in Indonesia, especially in Sambas
describe data that has been collected into an information [6]. Regency tend not enthused by the youth. The notion that the
Descriptive statistics that describe or depict data already farmer or the farm was identical to the work of cultivation and
collected as it is without any intention to make inferences that poverty. This causes the youth are more likely to find non
apply to public or generalization [7]. Some examples of agriculture work.
descriptive statistics that often arise are tables, charts, graphs,

298
 Education levels are still relatively low, does not
necessarily mean lack of knowledge. However, formal
education can be a real role in the ability to analyse various
situations, insightful thinking and utilization of latest
technology.
1.2. Farmers Perception on Risks of Pontianak Oranges
Farming
Based on interviews with a number of farmers in Sambas
Regency. We obtained the perception of farmers about the risks
of Pontianak oranges as follows:
Figure 1. Risk scores in Pontianak oranges farmers’ perception - Mean scores
on a 5-point scale from very important (5) to not important (1).
The picture above shows how the perception of farmers
based on the relative importance of various risks. Production
risk is the most influential risk of all, followed by marketing risk,
financial risk, human risk and the social and legal risks. The risks
most often faced by farmers is the production risk mainly from
pests and diseases and the climate or weather such as rain and
drought. Marketing risk is also a dominant risk primarily due to
frequently changes in product prices and the expensive
distribution of commodities because of transportation costs are
expensive due to inadequate infrastructure and also often
monopolized by large employers. Financial risk is dominated by
weak capital of farmers and farmers' lack of access to capital
itself.
A decrease in agricultural production is the main issues that
experienced by farmers. The decrease in production was caused
mainly by pests and diseases attacks. Pests and diseases is one of
the main limiting factor of agricultural production increase.
Pests and diseases attacks causing loss and decline in the quality
and quantity of agricultural production. Pest and disease usually
attack during the rainy season.
Decline in production growth is also caused by other
important factors such as global climate change. Various forms of
climatic anomalies such as high rainfall during the rainy season
299
and long droughts during the dry season. Natural disasters also
often occur as floods and droughts and even fire.
In addition to the price of Pontianak oranges that are often
changed, especially during harvest, so output prices will more
lowly. The existence of the long market chain lead the
agricultural product prices far below market prices.
Infrastructure is still low, is another reason the distribution
of agricultural commodities become more longer . The
unavailability of farm roads causing transport costs to market the
oranges production even greater. This is exploited by
entrepreneurs who have big capital to purchase agricultural
products at farmers' level with low prices and sell with a high
price in the market with the aim of gaining a big profit.
While the farmers not knowing the details of the effect of
changes in the national economy to their farm. However,
farmers felt the impact of the rising of fuel prices followed by
the rising prices of production inputs and transport.
The main financial risks identified by the farmers is the
capital. Farmers’ capital is very limited, it is seen from the
ability of farmers to finance their farming. The difficulties of
capital experienced by farmers will affect the space of farmers’
activities on farm.
Another important financial risk is land ownership. Small
land ownership and the occurrence of conversion of land for
industrial development and settlement of the land. Small
ownership of land, the average farmer seek land under <0.5 ha
and the area tends to shrink due to the process of land
fragmentation as a result of the system/pattern of inheritance.
Human risk can be seen from the labour which is the
important factor of production activities of the agricultural
sector. In general, the workforce in the agricultural sector has a
low education level, relying on the limited skills, working on their
own farms or others.
Although the amount of labour in the agricultural sector
were more than the amount of labour in other sectors. But there
is a downward trend from previous years. It can be seen simply
from the characteristics of farmers. Downward trend is due to
the paradigm of thinking with the work that farmers is identical
with farming, this traditional way of thinking make young people are
not interested working in agriculture. With the trend of decrease
in the number of farmers are making labour wage in agriculture
is increasing.
Seeing the conditions of the age of the farmers, mostly farmers has over 50
years old. This factor make the decreases of farmers' health, this will reduce the
concentration of working which ultimately can lead to accidents at work. This
condition is further aggravated by the absence of adequate health insurance and
farmers cannot afford to buy any insurance.
In terms of social and legal risks, some of farmers thought that
government policy is not very pro-agriculture, it is seen that the
agricultural support infrastructure such as inadequate roads etc.
On the other hand, because most farmers have low education
levels, so the ability to make a deal is still lacking. However, if
there is an agreement between farmers/farmer groups with major
employers, the bargaining power of farmers are always in
adverse conditions.
1.3. Strategies at Farm Households
Management strategies at farm level are more focused on
reducing production risk and financial risk. It can be seen in
Figure 2 below.
Figure 2. Importance scores of risk management strategies for Pontianak
oranges farmers - Mean scores from very important (5) to not important (1).
Risk management at farm level is more emphasis on the
technical approach in the handling of agricultural risks. To
reduce the risk of production or a decrease in the production due
to the influence of pests and diseases, farmers are more likely to
monitor and to identify the advance of pests and diseases.
Control is performed in general by the farmers using pesticides
or spraying with insecticides. Changes in the weather causes the
perceived limitations of water is greatly reduced, especially
during the dry season coupled with the lack of infrastructure,
causing farmers have to taking direct of water sources.
One characteristic of the agricultural in developing countries
are lack of management and limited capital. The farmers’ needs of
cash (capital) to finance the farming activities are very prominent
in the purchase of fertilizers and pesticides.
Financial problems are one of the major problems for
farmers. Capital possession was found to be the starting point
for farmers’ decision-making in relation to credit use. As long
as farmers had their own capital, they tended to avoid using
credit, perceiving that credit from any source was risky. Farmers
preferred to apply for government credit, rather than from
private sources, because it had lower interest rates, a more
suitable repayment schedule, and was considered less risky.
Farmers cannot be separated from the burden of debt for
everyday life and for the cost of production. The main thing that
made the farmers to overcome the financial risk is to keep the
debt low, and then try to manage the capital spending. If the cost
for daily use and production costs are still lacking, while the
capital to meet these needs are limited, farmers will take the
loan. Borrowed money that is made for farming or for everyday
300
purposes are usually addressed to the close friend, neighbour
and in general to money lenders (tengkulak). Most of the farmer
borrow the money to money lenders and pay it at harvest time,
which is the money lenders who will buy these products,
certainly at a low price.
Risk marketing especially product prices is one major
problem. Farmers cannot afford or do not have the power to
determine the price. To overcome these farmers generally
follow the price information of agricultural products in general.
To compensate for farmers' income if they are not getting
adequate results or prices, the farmers will diversify their
farming. To increase farmers' income and maintain selling
prices, some farmers and farmer groups followed the business
agreements with employers.
Day by day agricultural land become narrow and not
sufficient for households concerned. To obtain sufficient
income for farmers’ family. Farmers’ family generally do
additional work outside the farm (off farm).
VI. CONCLUSION.
The agricultural risks in Pontianak oranges farming
included production risks, market risks, human risks,
institutional risks and financial risks. The highest impact of the
risks on farm was the production risk, mainly influenced by
pests and diseases. Risk management strategies implemented by
farmers were through the use of inputs. Meanwhile, if there was
a failure that interfered with family income and the
sustainability of farming, farmers would choose to use the
income from off-farm work, or to borrow from other parties as
a manifestation of risk management strategies. Jobs outside the
agricultural sector, such as jobs in the industry of small
household, are well known in rural areas. The existence of
employment outside the agricultural sector is important for farm
households. This relates to the nature of agricultural activities
in the field. In general, farm households need jobs outside the
farm to supplement their incomes.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This research is funded by Direktorat Riset dan
Pengabdian Masyarakat (DRPM) Direktorat Penguatan Riset
dan Pengembangan Kementerian Riset, Teknologi, dan
Pendidikan Tinggi through Grants Penelitian Kerjasama antar
Perguruan Tinggi (PKPT) with contract number
0219/PL37/KL/2018, therefore, the authors would like to thank
Ministry of Research, Technology and Higher Education
(Kementerian Riset, Teknologi, dan Pendidikan Tinggi) for
funding support of this research. Our sincere thanks go to Senior
Researchers of Universitas Tanjungpura (Untan) Pontianak and
also the Chairman of Pusat Peneltian dan Pengabdian pada
Masyarakat (P3M) Politeknik Negeri Sambas who has
facilitated and coordinated well during the preparation,
execution and reporting of this research.
 REFERENCES [5] Hardaker J B, Huirne R B M and Anderson J R 1997 Coping with Risk
[1] Todaro M P 2000 Economic Development in third World (Jakarta: in Agriculture (New York: CAB International)
Erlangga) [6] Sugiyono 2004 Nonparametric Statistics for Research (Bandung:
[2] Food Crops Department of West Kalimantan Province 2003 Pontianak Alfabeta)
Orange Agribusiness: Information and Opportunities (Pontianak: Food [7] Suharyadi and Purwanto 2008 Statistics for Modern Economy and
Crops Department of West Kalimantan Province Report) Finance (Jakarta: Salemba Empat)
[3] Kurniati D 2012 Production Risk Analysis and Influencing Factors on [8] Walpole R E 1993 Introduction to Statistics (Jakarta: Gramedia Pustaka
Corn Farming (Zea mays L.) in Mempawah Hulu District, Landak Utama)
Regency J. Social Economic of Agriculture 1 60-68
[4] Djunedi P 2016 Analysis of Agricultural Insurance in Indonesia:
Concepts, Challenges and Prospects J. Borneo Administrator 12 9-27

301
 Analysis of lecturer performance and student
satisfaction, and the impact on student loyalty in
Department of Business Administration Manado State
Polytechnic
1
Meiske W Manopo and 2Rolyke Tulangow
1
Business Administration Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Jl. Raya Politeknik, Ds. Buha, Manado Indonesia
2
Business Administration Department, Manado State Polytechnic, Jl. Raya Politeknik, Ds. Buha, Manado Indonesia

Abstract-- Higher education institution that always prioritizes
the quality and quantity of graduates cannot be separated from
the performance of lecturers and qualifications in their fields of
expertise. Similarly, the Manado State Polytechnic in particular
the Business 6Administration department faces these challenges
that must pay attention to the quality and quantity of the Three
Main Activities of Higher Education in an effort to equip students
with a set of knowledge. The knowledge and skills will become the
competence of every student who is declared pass and ready to
work in their field. The purpose of this study is 1) to identify
lecturer performance with student loyalty. 2) To identify student
satisfaction with student loyalty. 3) To analyze the effect of lecturer
performance and student satisfaction on student loyalty. The
research method used in this study is quantitative research
methods by distributing questionnaire to students (150 students at
Business Administration) regarding three variables (lecturer
performance, student satisfaction and student loyalty). The results
of this study indicate that lecturer performance and student
satisfaction have significant impact on student loyalty, meaning
that students are loyal when lecturer performance is satisfied
them. When students are satisfied, therefore, student loyalty is
significantly increased. These findings can be benefit to the head
of department on how he can improve the lecturer performance in
the future.
I. INTRODUCTION
The world of education is a means to improve the quality
of human resources in order to have reasonable competitiveness
according to their academic ability or professionalism.
Countries that have competent human resources will dominate
the world economically such as Japan, South Korea, the United
States, Singapore compared to the economy in Indonesia.
Implications for tertiary education in Indonesia, especially for
the performance of lecturers are to do professionalism on the
performance attached to him, namely the Three Main Activities
of Higher Education (Teaching, Research and Community
Service). With lecturers who have high professionalism, their
quality can be improved.
A good quality of education will improve the higher
education market and the nation's competitiveness through
mastering science and technology. To be able to guarantee the
mastery of science and technology in the future, the
performance of lecturers must be improved. The requirements
for professionalism that need to be possessed by lecturers must
have a strong knowledge base, based on individual
competencies, have a selection and certification system and
have healthy cooperation and competition among fellow
lecturers. In addition, there is a high level of professionalism, a
code of ethics, and a professional sanction system.
Professionalism is still not enough if it is not based on creative,
innovative, disciplined, responsible and honest culture.
Higher education in Indonesia, especially the Manado
State Polytechnic has to look at student loyalty and the
rationale, such as services provided by higher education can be
directly felt by these students. On the one hand students are
positioned as students who must be served in such a way that
satisfaction is created because of the services provided. But on
the other hand creating satisfaction for students is inseparable
from the norms of education. This shows that we must be able
to place the position of students as customers in the business
world (especially services). Whatever we are as a service
provider must be solely to satisfy customers. With the
recognition of a higher education in the community because of
its ability to provide good service for its students and also
because of its achievement / quality, it can increase the loyalty
of positive students from higher education.
Higher Education cannot automatically place students as
true customers, but there must be a parameter of boundaries that
we must pay attention to. These parameters are the norms in
education services that must be adhered to by education service
providers. Therefore the position of students other than as
customers, but also as partners (partners) for education service
providers. Lecturers must also motivate students, involve in
research and community service.
Based on observations on the performance of lecturers,
especially in the Department of Business Administration,
Manado State Polytechnic has not been maximized, where in
providing education and teaching there are several lecturers
who do not pay attention to the duties of students also in
mastering the teaching methodology and the lack of lecturers
doing research and community service. Also in the research the
lecturer does not involve the students as well as in serving the
community the lecturers also in the preparation of the plan do
not involve students. For this reason, the research team was
interested in analyzing the influence of lecturer performance

302
and student satisfaction on student loyalty. With this research to experience related to a particular product or service that is
the performance of lecturers can be improved so that student triggered by a cognitive evaluation process that compares
satisfaction and loyalty can be maintained. perceptions or beliefs about objects, actions or certain
conditions with values (or needs desire and desire) individually.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Meanwhile, Cadotte et al in [4] states customer
2.1. Performance
satisfaction as a feeling arises as a result of evaluating the
The term performance is derived from the word job
experience of using a product or service. Whereas Tse and
performance or actual performance (work performance or
Wilton in [4] define customer satisfaction / uncertainty in
actual achievement achieved by a person), namely the quality
response to disconfirmation perceived between initial
and quantity of work achieved by a lecturer in carrying out his
expectations before purchase (other performance norms) and
duties in accordance with the responsibilities assigned to him.
actual product performance perceived after use or consumption
According to [1] the factors that affect a person's performance
of the product concerned. The same thing was expressed by [5]
are:
that customer satisfaction is the level of satisfaction of a person
1. The ability factor: in general this ability factor is divided into
after comparing the performance (or outcome) he felt compared
2, namely the ability of potential (IQ) and the ability of reality
to his expectations.
(knowledge and skills). A lecturer should have both of these
According to Oliver in [4] customer satisfaction is
abilities so that he can complete a formal education level of at
formulated as a post-sale evaluation where the perception of
least master level and have the ability to teach in his ability
alternative performance of the selected product / service meets
courses.
or exceeds expectations before purchase. Customer satisfaction
2. Motivation factors: Motivations are formed from the attitude
by [6] is a feeling of pleasure or disappointment that arises after
of employees in dealing with work situations. Motivation for
comparing the performance (results) of the product that is
work is very important to achieve the vision and mission of
considered to the expected performance (or results).
educational institutions. Being a lecturer should be a motivation
From the definitions above, it shows that customer
that is formed from the beginning (by plan), not because of
satisfaction is a fulfillment of expectations. Customers can be
compulsion or by accident.
said to be satisfied with the product or service provided if the
Furthermore [2] define performance is basically what is
customer's expectation of the product or service provided is
done or not done by employees. General employee performance
appropriate and even exceeds their expectations.
for most jobs includes the following elements:
1. Quantity of results 2.3. Customer loyalty
2. Quality of results Literally loyalty means loyal. This loyalty arises without
3. Timeliness of results coercion. According to Oliver in [4] customer loyalty is a strong
4. Attendance commitment from customers to re-subscribe or repurchase
5. Ability to work together products or services that are consistently preferred in the future,
[3] defines performance as real behavior displayed by even though the influence of the situation and marketing efforts
each person as work performance produced by employees in has the potential to cause behavior to move.
accordance with the role in the organization. Also by [7] loyalty is defined as a commitment held
Based on several opinions above, it can be stated that the firmly to buy or subscribe to a particular product or service in
performance of the lecturer is the work achieved by the lecturer the future. Customer loyalty will be the key to success, not only
within a certain period of time in accordance with the authority in the short term but the competitive advantage in a sustainable
and responsibility as academic educators. manner, even though there are influences of marketing
situations and efforts that have the potential to cause behavior
2.2 Customer satisfaction
change.
Customer satisfaction has become a central concept and has
Meanwhile [4] states that customer loyalty is often associated
become one of the main goals for business activities.
with repurchase behavior. In the context of a brand, for
According to Forenell (1992) & Kotler (2000) in [4]
example, loyalty reflects a psychological commitment to a
customer satisfaction has been seen as one of the best indicators
particular brand, while repurchase behavior is solely related to
for future earnings because attracting new customers is far more
the purchase of certain brands in the same manner repeatedly (it
expensive than retaining current customers.
can be due to the fact that the only brand available, the cheapest
Although there is no agreement in defining satisfaction,
brand and so on).
but word etymology, satisfaction or satisfaction comes from the
Loyalty according to [8] that loyalty is more shown to a
Latin "satis" which means quite good, adequate, and "fasio"
routine purchasing behavior based on decision-making units.
which means doing or making. The combination of the two
That is to say, students who have high loyalty to be able to
Latin words satisfaction (satisfaction) can be interpreted as an
provide mouth-to-mouth information about higher education
effort to fulfill something or make something adequate.
institutions that have raised them (educating them).
Furthermore, there is some literature, mentioned that
From the above definition states that have become real customer
customer satisfaction is the customer's perception that their
satisfaction is no longer the key to the success of the company
expectations have been met or exceeded. Westbrook & Reilly
but customer loyalty is the dominant key to the success of a
in [4] argues that customer satisfaction is an emotional response
business company.

303
The concept of loyalty is more directed towards behavior than
attitude and a loyal customer because it adheres to buying
behavior which can be interpreted as a regular and longtime
buying pattern.
Customer loyalty is also interpreted as someone's loyalty
to a product, whether certain goods or services. In addition,
customers who have a high commitment to loyalty will not be
affected by the forms of marketing of products or services
provided by other companies and will continue to choose the
products and services they selected before. Customer loyalty
will be the key to success, not only in the short term, but
sustainable competitive advantage.
2.4. Framework
Higher education institutions like other service industries if they
want to continue to exist must pay attention to the performance
of lecturers in their management. This means that higher
education institutions must be managed in such a way that they
are able to produce higher education services in accordance
with customer needs. To establish a good image of the
institution, in order to improve lecturer performance and
student satisfaction, higher education institutions continue to
develop various efforts in improving education and teaching, as
well as research and community service.
The explanation above can be described as follows:
Lecturer
Performance:
Education and
Teaching
Research
Student
Community Loyalty
service
Student
Satisfaction:
Tangible
Reliability
Responsiveness
Competent
Courtesy
Credibility
Figure 1 Research Framework
2.5 Hypotheses
1. It is suspected that the performance of lecturers has a
significant effect on the loyalty of students in the
Department of Business Administration, Manado State
Polytechnic.
2. It is suspected that student satisfaction has a significant
effect on the loyalty of students in the Department of
Business Administration, Manado State Polytechnic.
3. It is suspected that lecturer performance and student
satisfaction simultaneously have a significant effect on the
loyalty of students in the Department of Business
Administration, Manado State Polytechnic.
304
III. RESEARCH METODOLOGY
This research was carried out in the Department of
Business Administration, Manado State Polytechnic with the
object of research are students of Business Administration
Department who took classes in the Even Semester 2015/2016
Academic Year. This study uses quantitative research methods,
namely an objective approach, including the collection and
analysis of quantitative data and statistical testing methods.
According to [9], quantitative methods are used to evaluate
current situations, evaluate relationships and examine causal
phenomena. In connection with this research, quantitative
research methods are used to measure the relationship between
lecturer performance and student satisfaction on student loyalty
in the Department of Business Administration.
Population is an entire object or item that is limited by
certain criteria [10], while the sample is a collection of part of
the population formed by sampling. The population determined
in this study is students of the Business Administration
Department with limitations in taking samples are students who
took classes in the Even Semester 2015/2016 of Academic Year
which numbered approximately 500 students. The number of
respondents taken as a sample is 30% of the number of students
in the semester, namely 150 students.
Data collection uses questionnaires distributed to research
objects, namely students majoring in Business Administration,
but before distributing to students, the questionnaires were
tested to several students using reliability tests (Cronbachs’
Alpha > 0.6) [11], in order to identify whether the instruments
or questionnaires were reliable or not. After the questionnaires
were collected, it is tabulated and analyzed through multiple
linear regressions to identify the relationship between (lecturer
performance and student satisfaction), and student loyalty.
V. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
4.1 Results of analysis
4.1.1 Reliability test results.
Reliability test results indicated that all variables, both
variable X (Lecturer Performance and Student Satisfaction) and
variable Y (Student Loyalty) have Cronbach’s Alpha greater
than 0.6 (Sugiono, 2016), which means that the instrument or
questionnaire used in this study has reliable and can be used
repeatedly.
Table 1 show that the reliability of lecturer performance
(variable X1) reaches the value of Cronbach’s Alpha 0.639.
This indicates that the instruments used for measuring the
lecturer performance are reliable and it can be used for this
research and it can also be used repeatedly.
Table 1. Reliability of Lecturer Performance
Cronbach' Cronbach's Alpha Based on N of Items
s Alpha Standardized Items
.639 .674 11
 Table 2 appear that the reliability of student satisfaction
(variable X2) has value of Cronbach’s Alpha = 0.696. This
means that instruments used to measure student satisfaction is
reliable and therefore it can be used to measure this variable and
also can be used repeatedly.
Table 2. Reliability of Student Satisfaction
Cronbach's Cronbach's Alpha Based N of Items
Alpha on Standardized Items
.696 .696
Tables 3 indicate that the reliability of student loyalty
(variable Y) achieves the Cronbach’s Alpha of student royalty
is 0.829. This means that the instrument of student royalty is
reliable and then it can be used again.
Table 3. Reliability of Student Loyalty
Cronbach's Cronbach's Alpha Based N
onof Items
Alpha Standardized Items
.829 .799
independent variables that have a significant effect and have the
largest standardized B coefficient, namely the performance of
lecturers (1.010).
The R value shows a correlation that explains the
closeness of the relationship between variable X and variable
Y, which is equal to 0.630, which means the performance of the
lecturer and student satisfaction have a positive and significant
relationship with student loyalty. R2 value is the correlation
coefficient of determination which essentially measures how far
the ability of the regression model in explaining the dependent
11 variable (Y), which is equal to 0.397, which means that the
regression model obtained can explain 39.7% diversity of
student loyalty variables in the Department of Business
Administration.
11

4.1.2 Results of correlation analysis.

Table 4 shows the correlation analysis between variable X
(Lecturer Performance and Student Satisfaction) and variable Y
(Student Loyalty). Pearson Correlation analysis indicates that 4.2 Discussion
lecturer performance has strong and positive correlation with 4.2.1 Identify the relationship between lecturer performance
student loyalty with value 0.510 at the significant at p < 0.05 and student loyalty.
that is 0.000. Similarly, the results indicate that student Based on the results on Table 4, it is identified that between
satisfaction has correlation with student loyalty, although the lecturer performance and student loyalty has strong and positive
correlation is small (0.191), but it is still significant with p value correlation and strongly significant (p=0.000). This means that
0.01. between lecturer performance and student loyalty has closeness
Table 4. Correlations relationship. In other words, student can be loyal when the
Student Lecturer Student lecturer performance is credible. So, when lecturer performs
Loyalty Perform satisfacti well in their tasks, such as teaching performance, research
ance on performance and community service performance, then student
Pearson Student Loyalty 1.000 .510 .191 will be loyal to institution, especially to the Department of
Correlati Lecturer Performance .510 1.000 .804 Business Administration. In this case, student might have good
on Student satisfaction .191 .804 1.000 voice to prospective students who intend to study in Business
Sig. (1- Student Loyalty . .000 .010 Administration Department.
tailed) Lecturer Performance .000 . .000 4.2.2 Identify the relationship between student satisfaction and
Student satisfaction .010 .000 . student loyalty.
Student Loyalty 150 150 150 According to the results show in Table 4, it is identified that
N Lecturer Performance 150 150 150 student satisfaction and student loyalty have correlation. This
Student satisfaction 150 150 150 indicates that student satisfaction has significant relationship
with student loyalty. This also means that student will be loyal
4.1.3 Results of Multiple Linear Regression Analysis. when student satisfy. In this sense, when student satisfy with
Table 5 below shows the results of multiple linear regression the service of lecturer in teaching, then student will be loyal.
analysis between independent variables (Lecturer Performance The student will be loyal on many things, such as the
X1 and Student Satisfaction X2) and independent variables student can promote from mouth to mouth about the excellence
(Student Loyalty Y). of the program in Business Administration Department of
Table 5 below indicates that the independent variables, namely Manado State Polytechnic. In other words, students who have
lecturer performance (X1) and student satisfaction (X2) have high loyalty to be able to provide mouth-to-mouth information
significant values with student loyalty (Y), namely with a very about higher education institutions that have educated them.
small p-value, 0.000. The independent variables that most
influence the dependent variable (student loyalty) are

305
4.2.3 Analyze the effect of lecturer performance and student
satisfaction toward student loyalty.
Based on the results of multiple regression model, it indicates
that to analyze the effect of lecturer performance and student
satisfaction toward student loyalty, it is used multiple
regression linier. The results show that variable independent,
lecturer performance and student satisfaction (X1,X2) has
relationship with variable dependent, student loyalty (Y). This
indicates that when lecturer performance and student
satisfaction increase 1.183 X1 and -0.676X2, then the student
loyalty will be increased.
The relationship between lecturer performance and
student satisfaction towards student loyalty, which is equal to
0.630 (R value) or 63% meaning that in Business
Administration Department, the performance of the lecturer and
student satisfaction have a positive and significant relationship
with student loyalty.
The results showed that the coefficient of determination (R-
square) found that participatory budgeting, clarity of budget
targets and implementation of internal control together had an
effect of 66.4% on managerial performance. Then managerial
performance has an effect of 44.6% on financial accountability.
Further hypothesis testing is conducted to prove whether there is
a positive influence on each variable of participatory budgeting,
clarity of budget targets and implementation of internal control
on managerial performance and its impact on financial
accountability.
Judging from the direct influence, the variable
implementation of internal control provides the greatest direct
influence on managerial performance, namely 12%. The
participatory budgeting variable is 11.3% and the budget clarity
variable is 5.9%. Then from the total influence, the variables of
participatory budgeting and the implementation of internal
control gave the same total effect on the managerial performance
306
of government agencies in district-city areas in North Sulawesi,
namely 25.1%.
VI. CONCLUSION.
Based on the results of the analysis and discussion it can be
concluded that Lecturer Performance and Student Satisfaction
affect Student Loyalty. This can be seen through multiple linear
regression analysis where there is a close relationship between
lecturer performance and student satisfaction at R value of
0.630 with a high level of significance with the p-value of below
0.05, (p = 0.000). These results indicate that if the performance
of the lecturer is good, students become satisfied and thus
students will have good loyalty.
REFERENCES
[1] Mangkunegara A A A 2000 Manajemen Sumberdaya Manusia
Perusahaan. Penerbit: Remaja Rosdakarya.
[2] Mathis R L and Jackson J H 2005 Using Human Resources, Advisor On
the Web.
[3] Rivai V 2009 Manajemen Sumberdaya Manusia untuk Perusahaan. 2009.
Penerbit: Rajawali Pers.
[4] Tjiptono F 2005 Pemasaran Jasa, Edisi Pertama, Cetakan Pertama,
Penerbit Bayumedia Publishing, Malang
[5] Kotler P 2000 Marketing, Penerjemah: Herujati Purwoko, Jilid 1, Cetakan
Ke-3, Erlangga, Jakarta.
[6] Kotler P 2008 Manajemen Pemasaran, Edisi ke-12 Jilid 2, PT Indeks,
Jakarta.
[7] Kotler P and Keller K L 2008 Manajemen Pemasaran, edisi ke-12 Jilid 1,
PT Indeks, Jakarta.
[8] Griffin. 2003 Customer Loyalty,.John Willey and Sons, Incorporated.
[9] Gay L R, Mills G E and Airasian P 2006 Educational research:
competencies for analysis and applications (8th ed.). 2006, New Jersey:
Pearson Education, Inc.
[10] Hakim A and Kumadji S 1997 Pengantar statistika, Surabaya: CV. Citra
Media.
[11] Sugiyono 2012 Metode Penelitian Bisnis, Cetakan Ke-16, Alfabeta,
Bandung.
 Method of Problem Based Learning of learning in
Course Theory on Soft Skills competence of students
Cecilia Lelly Kewo1, Roos M.S Tuerah2, Ventje Senduk3
1
Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Negeri Manado, Indonesia
2
Fakultas Ilmu Pendidikan Universitas Negeri Manado, Indonesia
3
Fakultas Ekonomi Universitas Negeri Manado, Indonesia
Abstract--: In dealing with the global era with rapid
acceleration, it is necessary for workers who not only have the
ability to work in their fields (hard competencies), but also very
important to master the ability to face change and to use soft
competence. Increased skills and skills for prospective workers are
the responsibility of the world of education, both formal and non-
formal education. Problem Based Learning (PBL) is one of the
learning methods that are currently being introduced to be applied
in vocational higher education learning systems that are expected
to contribute to the achievement of competencies set in theoretical
subjects. Research objective consist of 1) to determine the
effectiveness of learning methods that are taught to be applied to
theoretical subjects. 2) To find out the benefits of the problem
based learning method in improving soft skills competence. 3) To
determine the impact of problem based learning of learning
methods on students' problem solving abilities. This research can
be used extensively for theoretical subjects in the Department of
Business Administration, Manado State Polytechnic and at the
same time provide experience for students who will follow the Field
Work Practice program in managing the problems faced in the
world of work.
I. INTRODUCTION
The new world order, including the order of the
Indonesian economy is changing towards free trade and the
global era. But on the other hand, these changes have resulted
in increasingly fierce competition in terms of goods, services,
capital and labor / human resources. To be able to take part in
this era required Human Resources (HR) who have
competitiveness openly, adaptive and anticipatory, able to work
in teams and ethically, all of which are soft competence (soft
skills). Competence can be interpreted in all forms of motives,
attitudes, skills, knowledge, behavior or other personal
characteristics, components of competencies are: Knowledge,
Skill, Self Concept, and Traits Motives.
The above description is clear that the role of education
in the future is to prepare human resources in the global era that
have hard competencies and soft competencies in an integrated
manner to be able to think, behave and act creatively. Manado
State Polytechnic as one of the higher education institutions has
global competence with quality education services. Problem
Based Learning (PBL) is one of the learning methods
introduced to be applied in vocational higher education learning
systems which are expected to be able to contribute to the
achievement of competencies set in theoretical courses. It is
assumed that PBL learning strategies are integrated as active
307
and constructive learning significantly and can improve the
quality of innovation and independent learning.
Based on the above background, the research objectives are
to determine the effectiveness of the learning method in the
Import Export course. For the benefits of Problem Based
Learning Methods in improving the ability of student case
analysis in the Department of Business Administration,
knowing the achievement of objectives through the Problem
Based Learning method of student problem solving skills in the
Department of Business Administration. Meanwhile, the
benefits of research is able to think critically and solve
problems, creativity and innovation, willingness to continue
learning, hard work to achieve success and thinking strategies,
also provide experience for students who will follow the Field
Work Practice program in managing problems faced in the
world of work.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
2.1 Understanding of High-level Thinking of Soft skills
Soft skills are a new way to explain a number of abilities or
talents that are seen when a person works at work James and
James cited in [1]. In this era of the 21st century, a paradigm
shift emerged that strictly the workforce must master more soft
skills than hard skills (Ganzel cited in [1]). Also learn certain
ways that are different from those mastered, learn techniques of
thinking to analyze problems, solve problems.[2]. High-level
thinking skills developed in integrated PBL learning are: critical
thinking and problem solving skills, creativity and innovation
skills, willingness to continue learning, hard effort to achieve
success, thinking strategy. 10 competencies (soft skills) that
must be owned by a Leader: Initiative, Leadership, Orientation
on Excellent Work Quality, Ability to Solve Problems, Work
Planning, Cooperation, Negotiation Skills, Learning Skills,
Mentoring and Developing Others, Communication Skills.
2.2 Problem Based Learning
Research in various parts of the world has shown the
effectiveness of using PBL approaches in this regard are:
promoting higher-order thinking, knowledge construction,
collaborative learning, and independent learning. Similarly
PBL can develop generic skills and attitudes: teamwork,
chairing a group, listening, recording, and respect for
colleagues' views, rhythm evaluation of literature, self-directed
learning and use of resorts, presentation skills. PBL stages as
stated by [3] are presented as follows:
 Debate professionally using various information,
literature, or experience of experts, and concluding learning
outcomes are related to problems and practical needs.
2.3 Learning Integrated PBL.
Integrated PBL learning is based on the idea that with an
integration pattern it allows subjects to learn to build knowledge
holistically through integrated skills where students learn how
to analyze the situation, analyze problems, find solutions to
solutions and solve problems. With integrated PBL allows
students to be able to effectively use knowledge, facts or data
to solve problems. With this way allows students to find facts,
prove problems, find ideas and solutions and make activity
plans. The results of the research show increasing student
performance and the emergence of soft skills values examines
the effects of problem based learning on soft skills [4]. The
integration of soft skills through project-based learning is
examined. [5] examines the integration of soft skills through
active learning finding that active learning has fostered soft
skills and other skills needed to improve work performance in
this 21st century era.
realization (13).
Measurement of leadership performance can increase
financial accountability, namely in the financial statements or
annual reports. Disclosure of financial reports to external
parties / stakeholders will move towards better public
accountability (29). In developing countries, budget
management in local governments is usually assessed on
government performance. In the context of governance, the
process of public participation and the participation of
apparatus to create transparency in budget management that is
efficient, effective, and professional can encourage
performance improvement and financial accountability (30).
III. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
The student population is 150 people, a sample of 25 people,
using simple random sampling, and descriptive analytical
research methods. Where the data obtained from observations,
interviews, and documentation analysis and field notes is not in
the form of numbers. Research is done by multiplying
information, looking for relationships to various sources and
then comparing and finding results on the basis of actual data.
This application is inseparable from the nature of the research
carried out namely descriptive research that is explorative [6].
Analysis that is understood in the form of table analysis is then
described in accordance with the purpose of this study.
IV. RESEARCH RESULT AND DISCUSSION
4.1 Research Results
Problem based learning of learning model was obtained from
action research with the Export Import course in the study the
researcher used two cycles.
4.1.1 Report of Cycle I.
The Problem Based Learning (PBL) of Learning Method is
carried out with the Import Import-Export Procedure. Steps of
cycle I: Planning phase in cycle 1 learning scenarios and
learning preparation al. making the Semester Implementation
308
Plan (RPS), subject matter, and posttest, preparing research
instruments such as observation sheets and questionnaires.
4.1.1.1 Implementation of action and observation.
The implementation of actions based on the RPS is prepared at
the planning stage. In cycle I, the implementation of actions can
be described as follows: Initial Activity, the researcher wishes
to greet the audience to recognize the presence of the student.
Delivering material, goals, and the benefits of competencies
that will be studied, as well as learning lessons that will be
carried out during the learning process provide motivation to
students about the benefits of studying import and export.
4.1.1.2 Core Activities.
Before starting to explain the learning material researchers
divided students into four groups. In three groups consisted of
6 people, one group of 7 people. The group division is based on
the level of student ability.
4.1.1.3 Final Activity.
Researchers evaluate and conclude learning outcomes, provide
posttest questions as a measure of students' understanding.
Motivational learning questionnaire to determine the level of
student motivation in following the learning process using the
problem based learning method.
4.1.1.4 Reflection.
After the action in the form of Problem Based Learning (PBL)
method was carried out, reflection was carried out by observing
the results of cycle observations and observing the posttest
scores of students, for the implementation of cycle II, striving
to increase scores for aspects of learning motivation of Import
Export which did not meet the criteria of at least 75% of
tenacious aspects face difficulties, enjoy working
independently, perseverance on routine tasks, and happy to find
and solve problems of problems. Reflections on the second
cycle are: The importance of cooperation when doing group
assignments. Lecturers involve themselves more to help
students achieve maximum results, students are able to do group
and individual tasks, conducive learning atmosphere, foster a
sense of ability to enjoy learning, give awards to the best
individuals and groups in doing the tests given by the lecturer
in order to increase students' interest in getting the best score.
So that students become motivated in following the learning
process.
The results of the data obtained in learning using the
problem based learning method in the first cycle are: There are
indicators that have not reached the minimum specified criteria,
namely tenacious indicators facing difficulties (71.25%), happy
working independently (69.37%), perseverance on routine tasks
(74.37%), and happy to find and solve problem problems
(71.75%). From this data will then be used as one of the reflex
material.
4.1.2 Report of Cycle II.
Steps of research carried out in cycle II are to prepare a
Semester Learning Plan learning of Export Import course.
Prepare observation sheets and questionnaires to determine the
success of problem based learning models in cycle II, compile
and prepare questions that measure abilities.
4.1.2.1 Implementation of the Action.
The first cycle action is carried out for two meetings; the first
was held on Monday, June 4, 2018 and continued on June 11,
2018.
4.1.2.2 Initial Activities.
Researchers conduct opening greetings, pray, absent student
attendance, make commitments when lessons are taking place,
make the learning atmosphere conducive. so that students feel
comfortable in the learning process to convince every student
that they are able to do the assignments given and are able to
make the best results. Give gifts to individuals and groups who
get the best values and attitudes.
4.1.2.3 Core Activities.
Researchers explained again about the chronology of Problem
Based Learning of learning to provide mtivation, evaluate the
results of investigations. Each group leader takes a lottery topic
they will discuss based on the draw they get. Each group gets
material about Free Alongside Ship (FAS), Free on board
(FOB) and other groups discussing Cost, Insurance and Freight.
4.1.2.4 The Final Activity.
Researchers evaluate and conclude the learning outcomes, give
the second session for 45 minutes. Then give a questionnaire.
After the students complete the questionnaire the researcher
announces the best groups and students in cycle I and II. After
that the researcher closed the lesson and gave greetings.
4.1.2.5 Reflection.
The results of action research in the first cycle showed an
increase in learning achievement and motivation of students.
Increased motivation when the learning process has an impact
on learning outcomes, 100% of students get scores more than
before. Motivation data and student learning achievement in
cycle II can be seen as follows:
Observation Data, Observations using the prepared observation
guidelines. Scores on each indicator Motivation to learn Export
import reaches minimum criteria of 75%. Overall score of
Learning Motivation Export import exceeds the minimum score
of 85.19%.
4.2 Discussion
Students' Export Import Learning Motivation, Research
includes planning, implementing, observing and reflecting. The
observation phase shows students' export import learning
motivation during Problem Based Learning (PBL) of learning.
Cycle l and cycle II show activities that reflect an increase in
Student Motivation for Export import course. Based on data of
increasing scores in learning motivation for Export Import cycle
1 to cycle II, it shows that by applying the Cooperative Learning
Method type Problem Based Learning has increased by 9.8%.
Table 1. Comparison of Learning Motivation Scores for
Import Exports Based on Observations in Cycle I and
Cycle II.
N Indicator Score Enhanc
o Cycle I Cycle 2 ement
. to provide positive changes to the classroom atmosphere that is
1 Diligently facing
76,25% 87,49% 11,24%
the task
2 Resilient facing
71,75% 84,52% 12,77%
difficulty
309
3 Interest in 81,25% 86,90% 5,64%
learning
4 Prefer to work 69,37% 83,33% 13,96%
independently
5 Persistence on 74,37% 83,33% 8,96%
routine tasks
6 Maintaining 79,37% 85,11% 5,74%
opinion
7 Not easy to 78,12% 85,11% 6,99%
release what is
believed
8 Prefer to find and 71,75% 85,71% 13,96%
solve problems
Average Score 75,39% 85,19% 9,8%
The overall conclusion of the Learning Motivation for Import
Export course and the indications that cover it consists of:
4.2.1 The indicator of diligently facing the task.
There was an increase in cycle I to cycle II of 11.24%. Improved
Learning Motivation scores student import exports were also
shown from questionnaire data where there was an increase of
8.42% from the second cycle. In the questionnaire data it
increases the score of diligent indicators of facing the task are
equally improved and has reached minimum criteria of 75%. In
learning using the Problem Based Learning Method, the class
becomes more conditioned for students to want to work on the
questions given by the lecturer thoroughly.
4.2.2 The indicator of resilient facing difficulties.
The score in cycle I show that the resilient indicator faces
difficulties of only 71.75%, this indicates that the tenacious
indicator facing difficulties is still relatively low. Whereas in
cycle II indicators faced difficulties increased to 84.52%, this
indicates there was an increase of 8.63%. In addition, data from
the questionnaire shows that in the first cycle the tenacious
indicator faced difficulties of 71.56% and in the second cycle it
increased by 7.6% to 79.16%. Based on observations made
during the learning process from the cycle I and cycle II, it can
be seen that in the cycle, some students did not ask the lecturer
when experiencing difficulties. Students prefer to ask friends
rather than lecturers. This is because students find it easier to
understand the material with the language used by their friends
when explaining. This is also due to the fact that in the first
cycle, the material provided was mostly theoretical and source
that students had also covered the material being taught, so that
students felt there was no need to ask questions about the
material.
4.2.3 The indicator of interest in learning.
There was an increase in scores on this indicator by 5.64% from
the first cycle to the second cycle. Meanwhile in the
questionnaire there was an increase in score of 4.08%. With the
implementation of Problem Based Learning of learning is able
built. In this learning process there is a group discussion that
can create interesting, meaningful and challenging learning so
that students have an interest in learning.
4.2.4 The indicator of prefer to work independently.
On the motivation score that the observer made to the indicator
of students prefers to work independently were still quite low,
namely only 69.37% in the cycle I, but an increase of 13.96%
to 83.33% in the cycle II. The questionnaire data also showed
the same thing, namely that in the first cycle the score of student
motivation was only 70.41% not much different from
observations made by observers, and increased by 6.17% in
cycle II to 76.58%. This happens because students feel unable
to work on their own tasks given by the lecturer to the group so
that they only expect their group friends to work, but in cycle II
students feel the need to do group work in solving problems in
each question given by the lecturer to the group, because the
questions are not only in the form of a theory but in the form of
a case so that students feel the need to exchange opinions with
their group friends so that their work can be easily completed.
4.2.5 The indicator of persistence on routine tasks.
An increase of 8.9% occurred from the cycle I to cycle II on the
motivation score data conducted by observers. In the cycle I,
students have not felt accustomed to doing tasks with a new
learning model. However, in cycle II, there was an increase
where students felt happy with the learning process carried out
in the classroom so that students were more active in carrying
out tasks given by the lecturer. This is because the situation and
conditions in the classroom are more conducive because all
students are more comfortable with the conditions of the
teaching and learning process so that they are not easily
saturated. From data, it was also found that most students began
to pursue problem based learning methods because they were
considered more pleasant. In the questionnaire data there was
an increase of 3.98% from cycle I to cycle II. In this data the
motivation score had reached the minimum set criteria of 75%.
This is because students feel comfortable with group learning
situations and exchange ideas.
4.2.6 The indicator of maintaining opinions.
There was an increase in scores from the cycle I of 5.74% to
cycle II. Judging from the questionnaire data there was also an
increase in score of 7.53%. Both data have exceeded the
predetermined minimum criteria of 75%. Based on the data
obtained during the learning process, it can be seen that
basically students have greater confidence in their abilities. This
can be seen from the efforts made by students in defending their
opinions when exchanging ideas in doing assignments from
lecturers. From here, it shows the level of student confidence in
maintaining his opinion.
4.2.7 The indicator of not easy to release what is believed.
A score increase of 6.99% was obtained from cycle I to cycle
II. The increase of the questionnaire data was shown by 2.38%
of the cycle to cycle II. The results on the data that have been
obtained indicate that the score obtained has exceeded the
minimum criteria that have been determined that is equal to
75%. This is because students feel confident about what they
present when there are other groups who argue about the
answers made by the group. The existence of a process of
mutual objection is when the presentation process is carried out.
When the group considers it right while the other groups
consider the answer is not correct. In this process the lecturer
becomes a liaison between students so that there is a pleasant
310
atmosphere of discussion, the lecturer does not limit what must
be answered by students but lecturers giving students the
freedom to express their opinions when students feel that what
they believe is true. When students feel that they think that their
opinions are the right one, this is where the lecturer assigns the
right answers so that there is no difference in understanding
between students. So that students remain interested in carrying
out the learning process carried out.
4.2.8 The indicator of prefer to find and solve problems.
There was a score increase of 13.96% from cycle I to cycle II.
In the cycle I students are still no interest in doing assignments
given by lecturers, students tend to postpone their work and
prefer to chat with their friends, but in the cycle II there is an
increase in the enthusiasm of students in doing assignments
given by lecturers because students feel that they enjoy the
learning process that uses the method cooperative learning type
problem based learning. So, those students feel like solving
more difficult problems when they are able to work on easy
questions. In the observation data, questionnaire data also
showed an increase in score of 13.12%.
From the discussion of the results of research on Learning
Motivation Import export through observation and
questionnaire can be concluded that both have increased in each
indicator although there are still some who have not met the
minimum criteria score that has been determined, especially in
cycle I and the difference in scores on both. This is because each
student has different opinions so that they cannot force students
to choose the answers so that students sometimes choose
different answers to what they have done. It is different from
observations where researchers together with observers
themselves make observations when learning takes place so that
the results obtained are more in line with the predetermined
indicators. In addition, the time of observation and filling out
different questionnaires also influenced the assessment of
several indicators of student motivation.
VI. CONCLUSION.
5.1 Conclusion
Based on the results and discussion above, it can be concluded
that:
1. To improve student learning motivation in the Export
Import subject by giving an explanation of learning
objectives, giving maximum attention to students during
the learning process, and giving praise to students and
groups who get the best grades, this is obtained through
observation with a score of 75, 39%
2. To improve student learning achievement is done by giving
encouragement or motive for achievement, creating
conducive learning atmosphere, providing material
explanation in an easy-to-understand way, directing
students' attention while the lesson is taking place.
5.2 Recommendation
Lecturers should use a variety of learning methods so as to
increase student motivation and learning achievement. It is
better to give a greater opportunity to express their opinions to
students to take an active role in a learning process.
 VII. REFERENCES
[1] Mitchel W G 2008 Essential Soft Skill for Success in the twenty first
century work force as perceived by business education.
[2] Gagne M R 1977 The Conditions of Learning. New York: Holt Rinehart
and Winston.
[3] Williams L and Barrett W T 2010 Introduction to Enquiry and Problem-
based Learning (T. Barrett and D. Cashman, Eds.). Dublin: UCD Teaching
and Learning, Wood view House, University College Dublin.
[4] Walters R C and Sirotiak T 2011 Assessing the effect of project based
learning on leadership abilities and communication skills, 47th ASC
311
Annual International Conference Proceedings, by the Associated
Schools of Construction, Diversified Construction Services Ames,
Iowa
[5] Nealy C 2005 Integrating Soft Skills Through Active Learning In The
Management Classroom. Journal of Collage teaching & learning. Vol 2
number 4. April 2005.
[6] Hakim A and Kumadji S 1997 Pengantar statistika, Surabaya: CV. Citra
Media.
 RECLAMATION OF COAL MINING MINEON
GROWTH AND QUALITY
KENAF FIBER (Hibiscus cannabinus L)
Roby1, Yuanita2, F.Silvi Dwi Mentari3
1
Prodi Budidaya Tanaman Perkebunan, Politeknik Pertanian Negeri Samarinda
2
Prodi Budidaya Tanaman Perkebunan, Politeknik Pertanian Negeri Samarinda
3
Prodi Budidaya Tanaman Perkebunan, Politeknik Pertanian Negeri Samarinda
Abstract--: One of the critical land that has the potential to
be converted into plantation land is coal mining land,
because generally this land has a high density and less fertile
The purpose of this research is to know the growth of kenaf
plants and quality of kenaf fiber in the former coal mine in
Tanah Datar Village, Muara Badak Subdistrict, Kutai
kartanegara, East Kalimantan Cultivation Province, held in
2017 to 2018, with biochar and mucuna planting, The
results showed that on the former land of coal mining is able
to cultivate kenaf plants and have good fiber quality seen
from the observation of growth and quality test fiber
endurance that is produced.
Keywords: post coal mine land, kenaf growth, fiber quality
I. INTRODUCTION
Coal mining is generally arranged in reverse from the
original arrangement. Top soil soil is under the soil layer (sub
soil). Generally these materials are stacked on productive soils
that can inhibit plant growth and decrease soil productivity.
Generally, this area of coal deposits in the first few years
difficult to grow vegetation due to various constraints.
Some of the physical constraints faced in the reclamation
of former coal mining areas are: too dense soil, unstable soil
structure, aeration and poor soil drainage, and slowly absorb
water. Additionally, chemical constraints such as very acidic
pH, high salinity, and low soil fertility are the major barriers to
reclaimed landfill areas. Consequently, relatively large inputs
(eg, artificial fertilizers and organic fertilizers, various chemical
compounds to control pests and diseases, facilities and
infrastructure to ensure water availability for plants) to improve
the quality or health of the soil ecosystem in order to support
the growth and development of plants Margarettha, 2010).
One of the efforts of land utilization after coal mining
activities in Tanah Datar village, Muara Badak Subdistrict, East
Kalimantan Province, is to develop the kenaf plant (Hibiscus
cannabinus L.) on reclaimed coal mine land which has been
reclaimed by planting Mucuna sp and given biochar soil
enhancer
The selection of these species is caused by the plant kenaf
(Hibiscus cannabinus L.) is a plant fiber-producing stem from
the family Malvaceae, which is currently getting attention from
312
the industry, because all parts of the plant can be used as raw
materials of high-value commercial industries. The results of
kenaf fiber processing, among others, are used as raw material
for the manufacture of fiber board, fiber drain, geo-textile, pulp
base material, and paper (Purwati, 2009).
In addition, it is necessary to analyze the quality test and
fiber resilience of kenaf plant development on post-coal mining
land in Tanah Datar Village Muara Badak Subdistrict so that
the result of the experiment can be an indication that vacant land
of ex-coal mine can be utilized again for the development of
quality kenaf fiber plant and has a high commercial value.
II. MATERIAL AND METHODS
The tool used is a basin for testing the viability of kenaf
seeds, tugal to plant kenaf seed, gembor for watering,
microcaliper and meter to measure the diameter and height of
kenaf plants and drill soil to take samples of soil to be analyzed
in the laboratory of Tanah and Air Politani Samarinda .. The
material used in this research is kenaf seed (Hibiscus
cannabinus L) KR 11 variety (Karang Ploso) from Balai
Penelitian Tanaman Serat Malang, and provides 4 plots
measuring 2 mx 3 m where 2 plots have been planted Mucuna
sp with spacing 30 cm x 30 cm and 40 cm x 40 cm, and 2 other
plot combination Mucuna sp spacing 30 cm x 30 cm with
Biochar 100 kg / plot and combination Mucuna sp spacing 40
cm x 40 cm with Biochar 100 kg / plot.
Before planting, the seed viability test is done to find out
how big the growth rate of the seed, then planting done by tugal
as much as 3 seeds per hole with spacing of 35 cm x 35 cm.
Thinning is done to leave 1 (one) plant per planting hole, done
on plants aged 10 days after planting. And performed
maintenance includes watering and weeding as well as
occasionally releasing coil from Mucuna sp. Watering is done
every day at the time of the afternoon if there is no rain,
watering done until the soil in a state of space capacity or crop
water requirement is fulfilled, weeding done depends on the
number of at least weeds.
Data collection with diameter and height parameters of
kenaf plant at age 90 days after planting and then calculated the
average value and made a graph that compares the growth of
kenaf plants diameter and height measurement results are
planted in research plots with different land reclamation model Table 1. Analysis of Elements Contained in Plots of Combination Examples of
Biochar Giving As many as 100 kg and LCC planting type Mucuna sp 30x30
of coal mine.
cm
Kenaf of the four plots were harvested and weighed wet
Preliminary Final Land
weight, dry weight in the laboratory of Pilot Garden of
No. Elemen Land Analysis Analysis
Samarinda Politico and the resulting fiber taken to the
1 P Total (%) 0.0056 0,2560
laboratory of Chemical Production of Polani Samarinda Wood
for the analysis of quality test and fiber resilience to be able to 2 K Total (%) 0,6697 0,73151
determine the quality of fiber produced. In addition, soil
analysis was carried out by taking the initial soil samples and
the end of the research to analyze the elements contained in the 3 N Total (%) 0,0524 0,289
soil comprising the elements of Total P (%), Total K (%), N C Organik (%) 2,949
4 0.0026
Total (%), Organic C (%), Mg Total (%), Fe Total (ppm), Al
5 Mg Total (%) 0,4597 0,4675
Total (ppm), KTK (me / 100gr) and pH in the Soil and Water
Laboratory of Politani Samarinda. 6 Fe Total (ppm) 27800,0 21083
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION 7 Al Total (ppm) 17826,0 736
The development of kenaf plant in the former coal mine of KTK 12.3
Tanah Datar Village Muara Badak Subdistrict Kutai 8 (me/100gr) 6,50
Kertanegara Regency East Kalimantan Province is an effort of pH 7.16
land utilization in reclamation phase so that it is expected to be 9 6,50
feasible to be utilized in various fields with economic and
ecological value.Biochar application into the soil has an effect Based on the results of elemental analysis contained in the
on soil fertility. This is possible because porous biochar is a site plot of a combination of biochar as much as 100 kg and planting
for the development of soil organisms that are useful for LCC type Mucuna sp 30x30 cm seen that the treatment of soil
recycling organic materials in the soil, and the high endurance enhancers can increase soil macro nutrients, increase soil
of biochar in the soil that can reach 1000 years to decompose organic C, as well as increase the value of cation exchange
(Laird, 2008). capacity and soil pH . On the contrary, the provision of this soil
Mucuna sp. is a legume cover crop crop commonly used enhancer treatment is also able to reduce the heavy metal
in the implementation of land rehabilitation research and content of Fe and Al in soil so as to be able to develop the kenaf
application in the field. Mucuna sp. in addition to rapid growth, plant which is expected to have good quality kenaf fiber.
also produces a lot of organic material, especially on the leaves. The results of the development and harvesting of kenaf
Organic matter is a major source of soil nitrogen and plays a plants on the land around the former coal mining in Tanah Datar
significant role in the process of improving the physical, village can be seen in Figure 2 and the increase in diameter and
chemical, and biological properties of the soil. The plant height of the kenaf can be seen in the graphs of Figures 3 and 4.
residual organic material is added to the soil and undergoes
several times the phase of the reshuffle by soil organisms to
become humus or soil organic matter. The integrated
management of organic materials from crop residues is a means
of soil management to improve fertilizer efficiency, soil
productivity and ensures high and sustainable production
stability (Juarsah, 2015).
Thus the effort of giving biochar and planting LCC
Mucuna sp type in the stage before planting kenaf can increase
soil fertility and is one of the reclamation that is considered
appropriate so that the former coal mine can be used for kenaf
cultivation. The results of biochar feeding and LCC planting of
Mucuna sp species which are thought to have provided better
growth for the development of kenaf plants in post-coal mining
areas (a combination of 100 kg biochar and planting LCC type
Mucuna sp with a distance of 30 cm x 30 cm) can be seen in
Figure 1 and Table 1 below.

Figure 2. Developed Kenaf Plant and Kenaf Harvest Results

Figure 1. Soil sample combination of 100 kg biochar and planting LCC type
Mucuna sp with distance 30 cm x 30 cm

313
 Figure 3. Graph of Mean Plant Growth Diameter of Kenaf

The average diameter of the kenaf plant diameter on the 90th

day after planting showed that the best growth was in the plots
given 100% Biochar soil enhancer / plot combined with LCC
planting of Mucuna sp species with spacing of 30 cm x 30 cm.
The selection of biochar soil enhancers has been tried
beforehand, based on the DMRT test between controls, 25 kg /
plot, 50 kg / plot, 25 kg plot and 100 kg / plot biochar soil giving
biochar soil 100 kg / plot gave the most results both against the
growth of kenaf.

Figure 4. The Average Growth Chart of Kenaf Plant

High Growth
In the average graph of high growth of kenaf plants it is
seen that on the 90th day after planting the best growth is in the
plot given 100% Biochar soil enhancer / plot combined with
LCC planting type Mucuna sp with spacing of 30 cm x 30 cm
Plant height and stem diameter are properties that affect
fiber production. Production relations with length and diameter
of rootstock are positively correlated. Plant height is a reflection
of the length of fiber to be produced. The higher the plant, the
longer the fiber is produced. Figure 5. Weighing Wet and Kenaf Weight as well as Laboratory Analysis of
The result of the experiment development of kenaf Fiber Quality and Resistance Test
cultivation on the former land of coal mining in Tanah Datar
village can be quite good. It can be seen from the physical
appearance of kenaf plant and the growth of diameter and height
of kenaf plant, for further weighing wet and dried kenaf as well
as laboratory analysis in an effort to know quality and resistance
of kenaf fiber produced, can be seen in Figure 5, 6 and 7 .

314
 Based on the whole series of ground improvement research,
the planting of Legume Cover Crop, the development of kenaf
plant, soil analysis, wet weight and dry weight measurement,
Biochar 100 kg 4.3 and the analysis of kenaf fiber strength produced indicate that
Mucuna… 37
post-mining land of coal is able to be cultivated by means of
land handling right.
Biochar 25 kg 2.9
Dry Weight
Mucuna… 31
(kg) VI. CONCLUSION.
Biochar 100 kg A Kenaf plant is able to grow well on post-mining land of
4.6 Wet Weight
39 coal which previously has been given biochar and planted a type
Mucuna… (kg)
of Mucuna spice soil fertilizer plants, this effort is an optional
Biochar 25 kg 2.7 alternative because it is easy, cheap and effective.
Mucuna… 29 Analysis of quality test and resistance of kenaf fiber
produced from kenaf development on post-mining land of
0 20 40 Tanah Datar Village Muara Badak Sub-district, Kutai
Kertanegara Regency, East Kalimantan Province, shows that
the fiber produced has good quality.
Figure 6. Graph of Wet Weight, Dry Weight and from Kenaf Fiber Results of
Developmein Post Coal Mine Land Tanah Datar Village. VII. REFERENCES
From the graph above, the wet weight and dry weight of [1] Tjahjo Kumolo. 2105. “92% kota di Indonesia pakai APBD Cuma
kenaf fiber after weighing in the Laboratory of Pilot Garden of untuk gaji PNS”. Melalui http://www.gatra.com/nusantara-
Samarinda politic shows that the highest wet weight and dry 1/nasional-1/ [23/22/2015]
weight is found in kenaf fiber produced from kenaf plant on plot [2] Indonesia Budget Center (IBC).2011. ”Penyusunan anggaran di DPR
buruk.” Melalui http://politik.news.viva.co.id /news/read/226417
given combination treatment of Biochar soil enhancer of 100 kg [34/07/2015]
and planting Mucuna sp with a spacing of 30 x 30 cm. [3] Yuddy Crisnandi. 2014. “Penetapan Anggaran Masih Berdasarkan
Bagi-Bagi Kue”. Melalui < http://www.beritasatu.com/nasional>
[23/08/2015]
[4] Awio, G. and Northcott, D. (2001). Decentralization and budgeting:
the Uganda health sector experience. The International Journal of
Biochar 100 Public Sector Management, Vol. 14 No. 1, pp. 75-88.
kg Mucuna… [5] Brownell, P, & Mc Innes, M.1986. Budgetary Participation,
Motivation, and Managerial Performance. The Accounting Review,
Biochar 25 kg 61(4), 587-612.IBIMA Publishing Vol. 2013, Article ID 201920, 12
Mucuna… The Strength of pages.DOI: 10.5171/ 2013. 201920
Tensile Fiber [6] Lukka, K. 1988. Budgetary Biasing in Organization : Theoritical
Biochar 100
(Kgf) Framework and Empirical Evidence. Accounting, Organization and
kg Mucuna… Society. Vol 13, pp 281-301
[7] Yusfaningrum Kusnasriyati dan Ghozali Imam. 2005. Analisis
Biochar 25 kg Pengaruh Partisipasi Anggaran Terhadap Kinerja Manajerial Melalui
Mucuna… Komitmen Tujuan Anggaran dan Job Relevant Information Sebagai
Variabel Intervening. Materi Seminar Nasional Akuntansi. Solo, 15-
0 100 200 16 September 2005 hal 656-666
[8] Miller Gerald. 2012. Government Budgeting and Financial
Management in Practice:Logics to Make Sense of Ambiguity.CRC
Figure 7. Graph of Quality Based on Value Uii Pull from Fiber Press Taylor & Francis Group
[9] Kong, Dongsung. 2005. Performance-Based Budgeting : The US
Kenaf Results of Development in Post Coal Mine Land Tanah Experience Public Organization Review : A Global Journal. Pp 91-107
Datar Village [10] Chong Vincent K. and Johnson Darren M. (2007), Testing a model
From the graph above, the strength of the fibers of kenaf of the antecedents and consequences of budgetary participation on job
fiber after the tensile test in the laboratory of Chemical performance. Accounting and business research, vol 37, No.1, pp. 3-
19, 2007
Production of Wood Politani Samarinda shows that the highest [11] Bastian, Indra. 2006, Sistem Perencanaan dan Penganggaran
fiber strength is found in kenaf fiber produced from kenaf plant Pemerintah Daerah di Indonesia, Salemba Empat, Jakarta
on plot given the combination treatment of Biochar soil [12] Chartered Institute of Management Accountants (CIMA) 2006
enhancer of 100 kg and Mucuna planting sp with spacing of 30 Retrieved October 29, 2014, from Chartered Institute of Management
Accountants Web site: http://www.cimaglobal.com/
x 30 cm. [13] Shah, Anwar. 2007. Public Sector Governance and Accountability
The main function of the fiber is the main bearer of the series. Participatory Budgeting. The International Bank For
composite load, so generally the toughness of the composite Reconstruction and Development / World Bank. Washington DC
impact increases with the addition of the volume fraction. The [14] Emilia Rahmi Nur dan Abdullah W. 2013. Pengaruh Partisipasi Dalam
Anggaran dan Kejelasan Dalam Anggaran Serta Peran Manajerial
increase in toughness of the composite impact is due to the Pengelolaan Keuangan Terhadap Kinerja Pemerintah Daerah. Jurnal
increasingly increasing composition of the kenaf fiber (Daroini Fairness Volume 3, Nomor 3, 42- 53
et al., 2009). [15] Locke, E.A and Latham, G. 1990. A Theory of Goal Setting and Task
Performance. Englewood, Cliffs, NJ: Prentice Hall

315
[16] Verbeeten, Frank H.M. (2008), “Performance management practices
in public sector organizations: impact on performance”, Accounting,
Auditing & Accountability Journal, Vol.21 No.3, pp.427-454.
[17] Anjarwati Mei. 2012. Pengaruh Kejelasan Sasaran Anggaran,
Pengendalian Akuntansi Dan Sistem Pelaporan Terhadap
Akuntabilitas Kinerja Instansi Pemerintah. Accounting Analysis
Journal 1(2).
[18] COSO. 2013. Internal Control Integrated Framework executive
Summary.
[19] Fisher, J.G. 1998. Contingency Theory, Management Control Systems and
Firm Outcomes: Past Results and Future Directions. Behavioral
Research in Accounting, 10(Supplement): 47- 64.
[20] Mia, L and Chenhall, R.H. 1994. The Usefulness of Management
Accounting Systems, Functional Differentiation and Managerial.
Accounting Organization and Society. Vol. 19, pp 1-13
[21] Miah, N.Z., and Mia, L. 1996. Decentralization, Accounting Controls
and Performance of Government Organization: A New Zaeland
Empirical Study. Financial Accoutability and Management journal.
August 1996. Vol.12, No 1, pp 173-189
[22] Otley, D. 1999. Performance Management: A Framework For
Management Control Systems Research. Management Accounting
Research, 10(4): 363-382
[23] Mahsun. 2006. Pengukuran Kinerja Sektor Publik. BPFE. Yogyakarta
[24] Mahmudi.2010.Manajemen Kinerja Sektor Publik. Edisi Kedua.
Penerbit UPP STIM YKPN Yogyakarta
316
[25] Owen E.Hughes (1994). Public Management and Administration. ST.
Martin Press, Inc. New York.
[26] Schiavo-Campo, S., and Tomasi, D., 1999: Managing Government
Expenditure, Asia Development Bank, Manila
[27] Governmental Accounting Standards Boards (GASB). 1999. Concepts
Statement No. 1: Objectives of Financial Reporting in Governmental
Accounting Standards Boards Series Statement No. 34: Basic Financial
Statement and Management Discussion and Analysis for State and
Local Government. Norwalk.
[28] Mardiasmo. 2004. Otonomi dan Manajemen Keuangan Daerah. Andi
Yogyakarta
[29] D.Coy, Mary Fischer and Teresa Gordon. 2002. Public Accounting:
A New Paradigm for Collage and University. Annual Report; Critical
Perspectives on Accounting, 12: 1-31.
[30] Shah Anwar and Shen, Hunly. 2007. A Primer on Performance
Budgeting. Dalam Shah Anwar (ed) Budgeting and Budgetary
Institution, pp 137-176: The World Bank. Washington D.C
[31] Kothari, R.C 2004. Research Methodology: Methods and Techniques.
New Delhi: New Age Publisher
[32] Sekaran, Uma & Roger Bougie. 2013. Research Methods For
Business; A Skill Building Approach sixth edition. UK: John Wiley &
Sons
[33] Hair, J.F., Black, W.C., Babin, B.J., and Anderson. R.E. 2014.
Multivariate Data Analysis A Global Perspective. Seven Edition.
Singapore: Pearson Prentice-Hall.
 Effect of Gender in Internal Factors and External
Factors on the Implementation of Impulsive Purchase
Behavior
1
Arief Kumaat and 2Cysca Langi
Marketing Study Program, Department of Business Administration, Manado State Polytechnic, Manado, Indonesia
Abstract--: Impulsive purchases are purchases that occur suddenly
and without prior planning. Impulsive buying has become a
phenomenon in modern life. It is estimated that more than 50% of
the money used in shopping activities in supermarkets is in the
form of unplanned purchases or impulsive purchases. Researches
on impulsive buying behaviour have found several important
factors that cause these impulsive purchases. These factors include
internal factors that come from within the consumer in the form
of sensations, emotions and psychological conditions; external
factors that come from situations outside the consumer are in the
form of product conditions, in-store conditions and industrial
influences; and demographic factors in the form of gender, age,
income level, level of education, employment, and other factors. In
this study, one of the demographic factors, namely gender, will be
combined with internal factors and external factors that lead to
impulsive buying behaviour.
I. INTRODUCTION
Almost everyone engages in impulsive behaviors from time
to time, such as when we drink that additional glass of wine, or
buy that piece of clothing we cannot really afford.
Unfortunately, impulsive behaviors can sometimes contribute to
negative consequences, such as eating disorders, drug and
alcohol addiction, until excessive spending. The focus of this
thesis is impulsive behavior with potentially consequences for a
range of domains: impulse buying.
Impulse buying occurs when “a consumer experiences a
sudden, often powerful and persistent urge to buy something
immediately” [4]. The main elements that differentiate impulse
buying from non-impulse buying is impulse buying are typically
made unplanned and without recognized buying intention before
entering the store.
Impulse buying is a pervasive phenomenon in the modern
lifestyle. It has been estimated that 50% of the money spent at
supermarkets is unplanned. In addition, many retailers now view
the impulse buying as important additions to their business and
actively create retail environments to encourage this type of
buying behavior. Unfortunately, impulse buying can result in
detrimental consequences. Buying on impulse may lead to
negative outcomes such as product disappointment, feelings of
guilt, and social disapproval. Clearly, research into its causes is
very important.
Since the economic condition in Manado has growing
rapidly in recent decade, and the purchasing power of society is
high, so that impulsive consumers buying behavior is widely
317
recognized phenomenon in Manado. Technologies such as
television shopping channels and the internet has already
expanded the consumers’ impulse purchasing opportunities,
increasing the accessibility to products and services which
impulse purchases can be made.
II. THEORITICAL FRAME WORK
An understanding of consumer behavior is very important in
marketing. Consumer behavior is the process and activity when
a person deals with the search, selection, purchase, use, and
evaluation of goods and services to meet their needs and desires.
Through an understanding of consumer behavior, marketers are
aware of an impulsive behavior from consumers with a huge
impact on everyday life, namely impulsive buying behavior. The
main element that distinguishes impulsive purchases from non-
impulsive purchases is that impulsive purchases occur suddenly
and unplanned, with no intention or intent or purpose of the
buyer before the buyer enters the store or place of sale.
Researches on impulsive buying behavior have helped marketers
in creating and building marketing strategies that can be used to
help businesses sell goods or products. Marketers will make a
marketing strategy based on the assumption that consumers have
a tendency to make purchases impulsively, and the marketing
strategies that are made will support it.
The pioneer of earlier research of impulse buying is a
research on Brick-and-Mortal stores in 1962 by Stern with a
journal named “The Significant of Impulse Buying Today” and
it already became literature review of every next research of
impulse buying. From this research, Stern divided factors that
influence of impulse buying into three categories: product-
oriented factors, store-oriented factors, and industry-oriented
factors [6]. Based on Stern’s research in 1962, Hodge in 2004
made a research about factors influencing impulse buying during
an online purchase transaction by transferred the factors on
Stern’s research into the online retail environment [2].
Gasiorowska [1] research about gender as moderator of
temperamental background of impulse buying tendency, shows
that there are differences tendency on creating impulse buying
between male and female. This research also explains about
some of temperamental background of impulse buying
tendency, while study about impulse buying can be divided into
specific target of research based on emotional and psychological
factors until lifestyle as main factor of impulse buying tendency.
This research found that there are differences results between
temperamental backgrounds of impulse buying tendency for
every different research target.
Research from Virvilaite et al. [7] about the impact of
external and internal stimuli on impulsive purchasing became
one of the basics in this study, where in this study, researchers
also used the same variables in finding factors that were
considered to have an influence on the occurrence of impulsive
buying behavior, namely: external factors and internal factors.
In the current study, researchers will combine external factors
and internal factors that are the cause of impulsive buying
behavior, with one of the demographic factors that are
considered to have a strong influence on the occurrence of
impulsive purchases, namely gender, which is based on
Gasiorowska's research.
By realizing that there are fundamental differences from the
background that encourage the occurrence of impulsive buying
behavior in men and women, then in this study, gender factors
(men and women) will be tested by combining internal factors
and external factors with models as shown in Figure 1 below:
Figure 1. Research conceptual framework.
This study uses indicators taken from internal factors and
external factors, namely sensation search, emotional control and
other psychological conditions as internal factors that cause
impulsive purchases, and product orientation, orientation in the
store, and orientation to industry as external factors causing
impulsive purchases. For each indicator of internal factors will
be combined with the gender of men and women, as well as
every indicator of external factors done the same thing, so this
study produced four variables, namely:
1. Internal Factors in Men
2. External Factors in Men
3. Internal Factors in Women
4. External Factors in Women
III. RESEARCHMETHOD
This type of research is seen based on the level of explanation is
a type of associative-comparative research, because this study
has independent variables and dependent variable, and the
results are presented in the form of comparison. The research
location was determined in the Manado region with
consideration in the form of convenience for researchers to
obtain access to information and data needed in this study. In the
Manado area, the location of data collection was focused on the
most crowded shopping center in Manado, shopping center
located on Piere Tendean Street, City of Manado, where there
were several shopping centers crowded with people, especially
shopping centers for retail products spread almost along the
Piere Tendean Street, including the Megamas Manado Area,
Manado Town Square Area, and the Transmart Bahu Area.
318
The population in this study is every consumer who has
made an impulsive purchase, especially for consumers who buy
impulsively retail business products in shopping centers located
on Piere Tendean Street, Manado City. This study uses primary
data sources, where data is taken directly to consumers as the
object of research. This study collected data by taking
questionnaires from consumers who were sampled in the study.
The research sample was divided into two groups based on
gender in accordance with the concept of this study, namely the
sample group of men and the sample group of women, with the
same number of samples.
The questionnaire used in this study will use a Likert scale,
which is a statement that has a value of 1 to 5, where the value
of 1 means "strongly disagree" while the value of 5 means
"strongly agree". The sample will be asked to give the value of
each statement, and from the existing values will be processed
with a statistical process which will give results in the form of
knowing the quantitative values of each variable used. The data
collected in this study will be analyzed using statistics to test the
models and hypotheses that have been proposed. The method
that will be used is the Multiple Regression method by looking
for the correlation and significance of each variable in this study.
After that a comparison was made between the results of the
male sample and the results from the sample of women.
IV. RESULT
4.1. Correlations
From the Table 1 below, it can be seen that “the validity for each
variable is good where the values are above minimum level of
0.30” [5]. It means that all independent variables in are above
the minimum level. By comparing correlation index in Pearson
Product Moment with significance level of 5%, it can be seen
valid or not a research instrument. If probability of correlation is
less than 0.05 (5%) then the research instrument is stated as
valid.
Based on the results seen as in the table above, it is known
that in men, external factors have a very strong influence (.889)
on the occurrence of impulsive buying behavior, and internal
factors have sufficient influence (.604) on impulsive buying.
Meanwhile, the results found in women show a reversal, where
in women internal factors have a very strong influence (.887) on
the occurrence of impulsive buying behavior, plus external
factors that also have a strong influence (.759) on impulsive
buying.
Table 1. Correlation test results using SPSS Software
Correlation results
Gender based Sig (2-
group Factors Respondents Pearson tailed)
1. Man Internal 100 .604 .000
2. Man External 100 .889 .000
3. Women Internal 100 .887 .000
4. Women External 100 .759 .000
4.2. Coefficient of Determination (R2)
The coefficient of determination (R2) measures how far the
ability of a model in explaining variation of dependent variable.
The value of coefficient of determination is between 0 and 1.
The coefficient of determination (R2) of man is 0.800 shows that
the linear relationship in this model is able to explain the
impulsive purchase behavior for 80% while the rest 20% is
explained by other factors not discussed in this research.
Meanwhile, the coefficient of determination (R2) of woman is
0.815 shows that the linear relationship in this model is able to
explain the impulsive purchase behavior for 81.5% while the
rest 18.5% is explained by other factors not discussed in this
research.
Table 2. Coefficient of determination results
Gender based group R Square
Men .800
Women .815
4.3. F-Test Result
F test is used to determine the whole effect of all independent
variables to dependent variable. This test is done by comparing
the Fcount with Ftable. By using the level of significant of 0.05 (α =
0.05), the Ftable from F distribution table is 3.090 for both men
and women, while Fcount is 193.514 for man and 213.744 for
woman. The result is Fcount > Ftable. Since the Fcount is greater than
Ftable, it obviously shows that there is linear relationship in this
multiple regression model. It is absolutely describe that the
independent variables (internal factors and external factors)
simultaneously influences the dependent variable (impulse
buying).
Table 3. F-Test results
Gender based group F-table F-count
Men 3.090 193.514
Women 3.090 213.744
4.4. T-Test Result
T-Test is used to determine the partial effect of each independent
variable to dependent variable. T-test value is obtained by
comparing value of Tcount with Ttable. By using the level of
significant of 0.05 (α = 0.05), the Ttable from T distribution table
is 1.984 for both men and women, while Tcount of the first
variable is 2.081 for man in internal factors, second is 14.515 for
man in external factors, third is 11.200 for woman in internal
factors, and the last is 3.837 for woman in external factors. The
result is Tcount > Ttable in all variables. Since the Tcount is greater
than Ttable, it can be said that each independent variables have a
significant effect to dependent variables.
319
Table 4. T-Test results
Variables T- T-count
table
Internal factors in men 1.984 2.081
External factors in men 1.984 14.515
Internal factors in 1.984 11.200
women
External factors in 1.984 3.837
women
4.5. Discussion
The results of this study are in line with the results obtained
previously by Gasiorowska [1]. In women, impulsive purchases
occur because of the stimulative character, which has a
relationship with the feelings or emotions of the woman when
starting the shopping process to feelings or emotions when
having a new item. Impulsive purchases in women are
associated with high stimulation of desire, materialism, and also
through aspects of money use behavior. Whereas in men,
impulsive purchases occur because of instrumental characters.
Men generally want to find what they need with minimal effort
and get it done quickly. So, impulsive purchases in men occur as
a result of quick decisions without much thought, and also the
fastest way to consume the items purchased.
Lifestyle of the people in Manado was influenced by
modernization where technologies has become part of the
lifestyle. Technologies such as television shopping channels and
the internet has already expanded the consumers’ impulse
purchasing opportunities, increasing the accessibility to products
and services which impulse purchases can be made. For many
people, to purchase something, they will choose what they want
but most of all are not their needs. When someone want to
purchase something, he or she will follow what in his or her
mind using the knowledge about the product especially if the
product are available everywhere.
Impulse buying behavior has become phenomena in
human lifestyle. People with their own lifestyle also had been
influenced by these impulsive behaviors. With their own
lifestyle they have their needs and wants, and after compare it
with the situation and condition for shopping in Manado, this
research has found what factors of impulse buying behavior that
influence the consumers buying decision and the significant of
each factor and then the explanation about the result of this
research.
Impulse buying behavior should be seen as profitable
behavior to increase sales of products. To increase, develop and
stimulate this kind of impulsive behavior can be fixed by analyze
each oriented factors one by one. Good advertising strategy is
one of the most important factors that influencing impulse
buying. Good advertising with strong and right purpose can
build strong image in consumers mind especially for young
people where they always act based on what they think right. If
advertising can influence the mind-set, then it will be the strong
tools in order to persuade impulse buying behavior. After that,
the other important thing is how the product will persuade
impulse buying when the product has been seen by consumers.
Low price and making the product available in many locations
as possible will increase the accessibility to creating the impulse
buying tendency. Business should be caring about store oriented
factors where condition inside the store enables to create impulse
buying. Increasing self-service strategy and apply it on all
modern shopping center in Manado especially for product that
many people willing for, can persuade impulse buying.
VI. CONCLUSION.
The theory underlying this research is consumer behavior
that is the study of when, why, how, and where people do or do
not buy product. It blends elements from psychology, sociology,
social anthropology and economics. It attempts to understand the
buyer decision making process, both individually and in groups.
It studies characteristics of individual consumers such as
demographics and behavioral variables in an attempt to
understand people's wants. It also tries to assess influences on
the consumer from groups such as family, friends, reference
groups, and society in general [3]. Through an understanding of
consumer behavior, marketers are aware of an impulsive
behavior from consumers with a huge impact on everyday life,
namely impulsive buying behavior. Researches on impulsive
buying behavior have helped marketers in creating and building
marketing strategies that can be used to help businesses sell
goods or products.
This study illustrates the development of hypotheses in the
theoretical framework that is built to determine the influence of
gender in internal factors and external factors on the occurrence
of impulsive buying behavior and to find out which factors have
a significant influence on the occurrence of impulsive buying
behavior for each gender. As for the hypotheses that are
accepted, namely:
1. Internal factors in men have a significant effect on the
occurrence of impulsive buying behavior. The results
show sufficient influence.
2. External factors in men have a significant effect on the
occurrence of impulsive buying behavior. The results
show a very strong influence.
3. Internal factors in women have a significant effect on
the occurrence of impulsive buying behavior. The
results show a very strong influence.
320
4. External factors in women have a significant effect on
the occurrence of impulsive buying behavior. The
results show a strong influence.
This research is only limited to the respondents who are
considered to represent the people in the city of Manado, a small
town that is densely populated and has economic activities that
are large enough for its size, whose people are known to be very
consumptive. Therefore, if this research is carried out in a
different place, with different characteristics of society, the
results to be obtained will likely be different, so that it is
recommended for studies with the same topic to be carried out
in the future, so as to always try all possibilities and
combinations of every factor that can be considered as the cause
of impulsive buying behavior, to be studied and applied to all
types of society.
VII. REFERENCES
[1] Gasiorowska, A. 2005. Gender as Moderator of
Temperamental Background of Impulse Buying Tendency.
Wroclaw University of Technology, Poland.
[1] Hodge, R. 2004. Factors Influencing Impulse Buying
During an Online Purchase Transaction. A thesis presented
to University of Waterloo, Ontario, Canada.
[2] Kioumarsi, H. 2009. Consumer Behavior. Asian Science
Citation Index.
[3] Rook, D. W. 1987. The buying impulse. Journal of
Consumer Research, 189-199.
[4] Sekaran, U. (2003). Research methods for business: A skill-
building approach, 4th edition. New York: John Wiley &
Sons, Inc
[5] Stern, H. 1962. The Significance of Impulse Buying Today.
Journal of Marketing, 26(2), 59-62.
[6] Virvilaite, R., Saladiene, V., & Zvinklyte, J. 2011. The
Impact of External and Internal Stimuli on Impulsive
Purchasing. Kaunas University of Technology, Lithuania.
 Identification and Analysis of Strengths and
Weaknesses as Internal Factors for Coconut Furniture
SMEs in Tomohon City, North Celebes, Indonesia
1
Ivoletti Merlina Walukow, 2Maryke Alelo, 3Roosje Awuy, 4Shane Anneke Pangemanan
1Politeknik Negeri Manado, Manado, Indonesia,
2Politeknik Negeri Manado, Manado, Indonesia,
3Politeknik Negeri Manado, Manado, Indonesia,
Abstract--North Sulawesi, one of the provinces in northern
part of Indonesia has an abundant coconut plantation which
covers the area of more than 2.5 hundred thousand hectares. In
this region, the coconut timber has a hard and high density and
people opine that it is the best among its kind throughout
Indonesia. The coconut lumber is known as a material for building
construction and furniture. The small and medium enterprises in
Tomohon have been attracted to produce high quality coconut
furnitures. The technology emphasizes the industry ability to
compete in the domestic market. The research methods employs a
combination of observation, interview and questionnaire,
documentation and analysis using the finding shows that internal
strength factor consists of 7 variables, while the weakness factor
consists of 6 variables. Each factor has its own ratingKeywords:
Participatory budgeting, Budget goal clarity, Internal control,
Managerial performance, Financial accountability.
Keywords : Small and medium enterprise, coconut furniture,
internal factor, external factor
I. INTRODUCTION
The Kaaten Village, is renowned as a SMEs pioneer which
concentrates in production of coconut timber based furniture for
domestic and foreign markets. Since 1987, they have been
producing several kinds of home furnitures, for example,
buffets, chairs, doors, tables, and other interior furnitures. It
enjoyed a profitable growth and increased market share in
between 1980s and 1990s. In 2014, it reaches areas outside
Sulawesi Island such as Kalimantan and Java. The coconut
furniture has a huge contribution in improving local economy
by providing employment, income and productions which is
critical to the growth of Tomohon City. From supply
perspective, coconut furniture has been abundantly surrounded
with high quality coconut timber which is easily accessible for
production. The furniture industry in North Sulawesi has grown
to 7.26 % in 2013 from 5.56 in 2012 and this can not be
separated from coconut furniture contribution to the whole
economy (Gema Industri-industri Kecil. 2007)[1]. Seen from
the development of SMEs, coconut furniture is forced to
increase competition in generating innovation, developing
product differentiation and enhancing entrepreneurship. The
competitors’ products that is made of synthetic rattan, carved
wood furniture from Java Island and synthetic wooden furniture
such as plywood are considered better in some aspects. All
321
things considered, the current trend in furniture industry has
slowed down the sales growth of coconut furniture products and
this needs to be seriously addressed to prevent more decline in
the production and sales.
1.1 Research Objective
The research objective is to identify and analyze
strengths and weaknesses as internal factors for coconut
furniture SMEs in Tomohon City, North Celebes, Indonesia.
II. RESEARC METHOD
2.1 Data Collection
This research employs a qualitative approach to the respondents
in their natural environment condition. The research was
conducted in one year in through 2018 in the village of Kaaten
where the center for furniture is developed. Data were collected
with observation, interview, questionnaires and documentation.
By the scope of the problems, 39 respondents were interviewed
in order to gain a whole insight of the research.
2.2 Data Analysis
The following analytical tools are employed in this research. 1)
Qualitative analysis. This analysis is used to identify and
analyze the problems faced by coconut Furniture. 2) IFE and
EFE matrix where the former identifies and analyze internal
factors of strengths and weaknesses and the latter identifies and
analyses the external factors of opportunities and threats faced
by coconut furniture.
III. RESULT
3.1 Internal and External Factor Analysis
Based on the SWOT analysis, we found some internal and
external factors consisting several variables with specific
rating on each variable, explained as follows:
1. Internal strength factor. This consists of 7 variables, such
as:
a) Product quality 3.50
b) Good design 3.47
c) Raw material quality 3.43
d) Mastery of production technology 3,36
e) Simple ordering process 3.31
f) Strategic location 3.35
g) Human capital 3.44
2. Weakness factor, consists of 6 variables, such as:
a) Foundation owned capital -2.69
 b) Expensive products -2.6
c) High labor costs -2.55
d) Monotonous promotion - 2.80,
e) Monotonicity of the products -2.69
f) Market expansion -2.64.
3. Opportunity factor, consists of 6 variables, such as:
a) Available bank loans 2,29
b) Availability of adequate raw materials 1.77
c) Business strategy 3.03
d) Development of information technology 2.55
e) Availability of markets in the ASEAN region 2.45
f) Community lifestyles of 2.70
4. Threat factor, consists of 5 variables, such as:
a) Low public buying power -3.63
b) The availability of competitive products -3.17
c) The presence of copy cat competitors -3.33
d) Competitors dominate and control SMEs markets -
3.22
e) Increase in production cost by -3.21.
3.2 SWOT Analysis and Strategy Implementation
Based on the analysis of internal and external factors, eight
alternative strategies with their corresponding programs are
designed for coconut furniture:
1) Market expansion.
Orienting on government’s interest, the companies is
expected to synergize with government’s effort to compete
the prevailing markets by penetrating the potential markets.
2) Taking proactive measure and continuous improvement.
The company is encouraged to have a major involvement
in understanding its own markets and other potential
markets by gathering information and continuously
following the market trends to allow itself develop needed
products. Instead of taking a passive stance, it is expected
to aggressively create demands on its products.
3) Strategy to raise capital
The company needs to raise its capital by lending from
traditional lenders such as banks that offers small business
loans with surprisingly great terms and favorable interest
rates.
4) Strategy to increase promotional efforts
In order to ease the promotional efforts expenditure, an
active collaboration with government must be held. The
government has plenty of programs covering and providing
chances for local products to grow. Coconut furniture
SMEs could centralize the effort on this opportunity by
aggressively involving its own products.
5) Strategy to sustain products quality
Customer’s perception on quality is majorly influented in
the combination of subjective and objective assessment,
322
and in some cases might extremely different from
company’s own perception. The company needs to broaden
its scope beyond manufacturing and product based quality
to meet the quality requirement from the customers by
understanding customer’s preferences in selecting the raw
materials, production, delivery and maintenance of after
sales relations
6) Strategy for product innovation
The company needs to have a reformation on the traditional
an monotonous design to tune up with the changing market
trends .
7) Strategy for cost control
The company needs to endeavor a common process of
investigative, diagnostic, corrective procedure to assess
and improve its financial management in order to optimize
profit. Continuous control during the production is critical
to minimize unnecessary expenditure. As the labor cost can
be demanding, it needs to be addressed seriously.
8) Strategy for marketing
Coconut Furniture needs to create a close forward linkages
with relevant companies and organizations such as
furniture retailers, restaurants, hotels, government offices
to be recognized by customers. It should venture beyond its
passive promotion way to help improve its market.
VI. CONCLUSION.
Internal strength factor consists of 7 variables, while the
weakness factor consists of 6 variables. It needs to adopt the
following strategy not only for survival but also to increase
margin of profits. Those are expanding the markets, improving
business strategies, increasing business capital, increasing
promotion and product width and depth, maintaining quality
(David, F.R : 2004)[6], price control and improving marketing
techniques.
REFERENCES
[1] Gema Industri Industri Kecil. 2007. Industri Mebel Kayu Leilem
Minahasa Menanti Dewa penyelamat. Edisi XVIII/Juni 2007
[2] Harian Umum Pelita. Industri Mebel Kayu Leilem Terancam
Bangkrut. Edisi Jumat 8 Januari 2010
[3] Rangkuti, F. 2006. Analisis SWOT Teknik Membedah Kasus Bisnis.:
Gramedia. Jakarta
[4] Riduwan. 2004. Metode & Teknik Menyusun Tesis. Alfabeta.
Bandung
[5] Sugiyono. 2008. Metode Penelitian Pendidikan Pendekatan
Kuantitatif, Kualitatif, dan R&D. Alfabeta, Bandung
[6] David, F.R. 2004. Manajemen Strategis Konsep-Konsep. Francis
Marion University. Prentice Hall, Upper Saddle River, New Jersey
07458.
Good university governance and its implication on managerial
performance

Rita Martini1, Kartika Rachma Sari1, Rulyanti Susi Wardhani2, Choiruddin

Choiruddin1
1
State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya
2
Bangka Belitung University

martinirita65@gmail.com

Abstract. This study aims to identify
and analyse: 1) the influence of internal control
effectiveness (EPI), organizational commitment
partially or simultaneously on the implementation
of good university governance (GUG); and 2) the
effect of EPI, organizational commitment, and
GUG implementation on managerial performance.
This study uses descriptive method and explanatory
survey with sample size of 220 respondents. Unit of
analysis are the structural leadership of 7 public
universities in Southern Sumatra. The data analysis
method used is SEM. The results show that: 1) EPI
has significant effect on the application of GUG, 2)
Organizational commitment has significant effect
on GUG implementation; 3) EPI and organizational
commitment simultaneously have a significant
effect on the application of GUG of 68%, partially,
EPI is more dominant in influencing the application
of GUG; 4) EPI has significant effect on
managerial performance; 5) Organizational
commitment has a significant effect on managerial
performance; 6) The implementation of GUG has
significant effect on managerial performance; and
7) Simultaneously, EPI, organizational
commitment, and application of GUG have a
significant effect on managerial performance of
85%, partially, EPI becomes the dominant factor
affecting managerial performance. The
implementation of GUG can be optimal, if the
monitoring elements of internal control are
implemented effectively and the leaders have
strong normative commitment. Managerial
performance, especially from a financial
perspective, can be further enhanced if the GUG is
implemented optimally by establishing a good
governance structure consisting of determining the
composition of governance structures, assigning
tasks and responsibilities, with clear lines of
reporting, monitoring elements of control internal
enhanced effectiveness, and supported by leaders
who committed a strong normative.
Keywords: good university
governance, managerial performance
1. Introduction
The effort of public university in Southern
Sumatra in improving the managerial
performance has not been reach its potential,
only 2 universities that have been accredited A
(per 31 December 2017) [28]. Only 10.87% of
study program in university in Southern
Sumatra that have been accredited with A,
while, 63.04% and 22.83% are accredited with
B and C, respectively. This indicates the lack
of managerial performance in the
implementation of study program which may

323
be cause by the lack of good university
governance. Implementing internal control is
the main activity to ensure the goal of
organisation is achieve and to eliminate the
unwanted risks [6]. In reality, the
establishment of internal audit unit (SPI) is not
based on the need for the role of the SPI, but
rather the administrative complement of the
organizational structure.
Many SPI teams in various universities,
especially those that are not categorized as
Public Service Bodies cannot function properly
because the SPI is formed inadequately in
terms of the amount of human resources
allocated, the qualifications to be met by the
chairman and members of the SPI, as well as
funding the program activities and internal
activities audit [2]. Irregularities are shown in
the BAKN DPR's analysis report on audits of
the State Audit Board of 16 state universities
and 3 Directorate General in the Ministry of
Education and Culture [15]. State colleges are
classified into irregularities in governance,
four of which are in Southern Sumatra. The
findings indicate the weakness of university
governance in state universities in Southern
Sumatra.
This indicates that public universities in
Southern Sumatra have to improve their
performance. This condition can be obtained
from the performance of the leaders (optimum
managerial). The manager is the figurehead of
corporate activities in order to achieve the
planned target [7]. Managerial performance is
very influential in the organization and
managers who are most understand on the
aspects of the organization. [10] refer a
structural official of a college as a manager.
The effectiveness of the management ranks in
managing risk, control, and governance will
drive success in the management of
universities. Organizational commitment is one
component that can support the achievement of
a college goal. [25] proves organizational
commitment has a positive and significant
324
relationship with the performance of
universities. Research on the influence of
commitment to performance is also done by
[1], which show that commitment has a
significant effect on performance. However,
[23] study pointed out that commitment has no
significant effect on performance.
This study refers to [21]; [22]; [26]; [3];
[20]; and [27]. The difference is that
intervening variable is the application of good
university governance. This study examines
the influence of effectiveness of internal
control referring to Government Regulation
number 60 of 2008 on Government Internal
Control System. Managerial performance is
measured by a balanced scorecard (BSC)
approach.
2. The Concept of Good University
Governance and Managerial Performance
2.1. Good University Governance
Good university governance can be viewed as
the application of the principles in the concept
of good governance in the system and the
process of governance in institution of higher
learning. College need key mechanism for
holding governance which use arrangement
institution’s governing board and management
team senior. Representation of institution
institution’s governing board and about their
authority, how them in charge, and interact
will have the effect on institution performance
[24].
The concept of Higher Education in
Indonesia based on Government Regulation
number 4 of 2014 about Higher Education
Management gives autonomy for university as
the tridharma of university center
management. State and private universities
have autonomy in management. The autonomy
of management in the areas: 1) Academic
autonomy, comprising norm and operational
policies setting and management of teaching
and learning, research and public service; 2)
Nonacademic autonomy, comprising norm and
operational policies setting and management of
organization, finance, student affairs and
facilities. Nonacademic autonomy is for
increasing the quality of education under good
university governance [9].
Some principle in good university
governance includes: 1) governing board, 2)
autonomy, 3) accountability, 4) leadership, and
5) transparency. The purpose of policy good
corporate governance in college is for the
parties had played a role in run management
understand and run function and role of the in
accordance the authority and responsibility.
2.2. The Effectiveness of Internal Control.
The Committee of Sponsoring Organization’s
of the Treadway Commission/COSO [6],
defines internal control: .....a process, effected
by an entity’s board of directors, management
and other personnel, designed to provide
reasonable assurance regarding the
achievement of objectives in the following
categories: 1) effectiveness and efficiency of
operations, 2) reliability of financial reporting,
3) compliance with applicable laws and
regulations.
Definition internal control which was
formulated COSO, adopted the government of
Indonesia in the form of Government
Regulation Number 60 of 2008 about the
government's internal control system. The core
of COSO’s report consisting of five
components are: 1) The Control Environment;
2) Risk Assesment; 3) Control Activities; 4)
Information and Communication; and 5)
Monitoring.
2.3. Organizational Commitment
[18] in [20], expressing “The relative strength
of individual’s identification with and
involvement in a particular organization.” The
components commitment organization are:
325
(1) Commitment affective lead to the
employee’s emotional attachment to
identification with, and involvement in
the organization.
(2) Commitment continuans relation with an
awareness of the costs associated with
leaving the organization.
Commitment normatif reflection of a feeling of
obligation to continue employment.
2.4. Managerial Performance
Performance management provides a
mechanism to systematically improve
organisational performance by linking and
aligning individual, team and organisational
objectives and results [13]. It also provides a
means to recognize and reward good
performance and to manage any identified
under performance.
Balanced scorecard (BSC) is: one set size
that allows senior managers acquire business
fast but thorough including size financial
containing outcomes of the program that have
been undertaken to furnish size financial and
size operational about customer satisfaction, an
internal process and innovation and the
operation of activity improvement organization
that is pacemaker of financial performance in
the future [11]. [4] define BSC as “size and
management system to the performance of a
business units of four financial perspectives,
customers, of business process internal and
learning and growth”. [12] conduct a study
BSC college, and in his research composing
matrix BSC using four perspectives.
3. Method
The method used is descriptive and
explanatory survey. The type of investigation
in this study is causality. The data are collected
through direct visit to the respondents through
contact person, mail census and secondary
data. The respondents are structural leaders in
the universities in Southern Sumatra, in which
the observation includes rector, vice rector,
dean and head of study program. Meanwhile,
the observation unit in Polytechnic includes
director, assistant director, head of department
and head of study program. The instrument
used is questionnaire in which the time period
of this study is cross sectional.
The population in this study are 362
structural leaders from universities in Southern
Sumatra (Higher Education Database, 2017),
in which, the sample was selected using
Source: Processed result of SEM Lisrel 8.70 [16]
random sampling method. The questionnaires
from the respondents went through reliability
Figure 1. Hybrid Model of SEM Calculation
and validity test and 220 respondents data are
Results (Standardwsized
found to be valid and reliable. Structural
Coefficient)
Equation Model (SEM) using Lisrel 8.70 is
used to analyzed the data.

4. Results and Discussion 4.2. Discussion

4.1. Result 4.2.1. The Effect of Internal Control

The hybrid model built on the structural
equation model is presented in Figure 1.
Effectiveness on The Implementation of Good
University Governance.
The effectiveness of internal control has a
positive and significant influence on the
application of GUG at public universities in
Southern Sumatra. The direct influence of the
effectiveness of internal control on the
application of good university governance is
0.51. This means that the better the
effectiveness of internal control, the more
optimal the implementation of good university
governance will be, which also indicates that
Hypothesis 1 is accepted

326
 The dominant dimension establishing the
effectiveness of internal control is monitoring
(X1.5), and the dominating dimension in
forming GUG implementation is the
governance structure (Y1.1). This indicates
that effective monitoring of internal controls
can support the optimization of good
university governance, especially in the form
of governance structures that are
complemented by the determination of the
composition of governance structures, the
determination of tasks and responsibilities, and
chain of command.
The result of this study support [14] that
points out good governance can be
implemented through control. Control as a
mechanism should be done by the government
to ensure the system and policy are well
implemented to reach the organization goals.
Positive and significant correlation between
internal control and good governance is in line
with [5]; [17]; [22]; and [19]. Furthermore, the
rationalization of this finding is also
accordance with [26] that the internal control
can give assurance in the reliability of financial
reporting, efficient and effective operation, and
compliance with rules and regulations.
Therefore, if the internal control within the
organization runs well, the good governance
practices can be automatically improved”.
4.2.2. The Effect of Organizational
Commitment on The Implementation of Good
University Governance.
There is a positive and significant effect of
organizational commitment on the
implementation of GUG in public universities
in Southern Sumatra. The direct effect of
organizational commitment on GUG
implementation is 0.35. The stronger the
organizational commitment of the structural
leaders, the better the implementation of GUG,
therefore Hypothesis 2 is accepted. The
dominant dimension to form organizational
commitment is normative commitment (X2.3),
327
while the dominating dimension in forming
GUG implementation is the governance
structure (Y1.1).
These finding show that if the heads of
public universities in Southern Sumatra have
strong normative commitment in the form of
high internalization and confidence
involvement, they will be able to optimize the
implementation of good university governance,
especially in the form of governance structures
with the composition of governance structure
certain tasks, assignments and responsibilities,
and a firm chain of command.
In line with [20], the implementation of
good governance requires the understanding
and involvement of all related parties.
Organizational commitment reflects the relative
strength of an individual's individual
identification in his or her involvement in the
organization. The findings of this study support
[26], [21], and [22] who stated that the
organization commitment has positive
significant relationship with good governance.
Furthermore, the findings also inline that
defines this component of commitment as an
overall internalized normative emphasis for
specific behavior to meet organizational goals
and interests.
4.2.3. The Simultaneous Effect of Internal
Control Effectiveness and Organizational
Commitment on The Implementation of Good
University Governance.
The results obtained for the model of structural
equations, in accordance with the proposed
hypothesis can be seen in the structural
equation (Equation 1).
GUG = 0.51*EPI + 0.35*KOR, Errorvar.=
0.32 , R² = 0.68 ....... (1)
(0.091) (0.096) (0.086)
(0.003)
5.57 3.63 3.71
225.70
 The leading factor of effectiveness and
organizational commitment (KOR) to the
implementation of GUG is 0.51 and 0.35,
respectively. The value of F count of the
simultaneous effect of effectiveness and
organizational commitment on the
implementation of GUG is 225,70 > 3,84,
which can be said significant. Simultaneously,
effectiveness of internal control and
organizational commitment have a positive and
significant influence on the implementation of
GUG, indicating that Hypothesis 3 is accepted.
The contribution of EPI and organizational
commitment to GUG implementation is 68%.
Partially, the effectiveness factor of internal
control has a dominant influence on the
application of GUG at state universities in
Southern Sumatra. The dominant dimension to
establish the effectiveness of internal control is
monitoring (X1.5), the dominant dimension of
organizational commitment is normative
commitment (X2.3), while the dominating
dimension in forming GUG implementation is
the governance structure (Y1.1).
The implementation of good university
governance which is dominated by governance
structure equipped with the composition of
governance structure, determination of duties
and responsibilities, as well as a firm line of
reporting, is positively influenced by the
element of monitoring on effective internal
control and support of leaders who have strong
normative commitment in the form of internal
involvement and high self-esteem.
The results of this study are in line with [26]
which resulted in internal control, internal
audit, and organization commitment have
positive significant relationship with the good
governance. It means that when internal control
and internal audit are implemented effectively
as well as high organization commitment, the
good governance practices will increase. This
evidence is also in line with [8], that the last
element of SPIP is the monitoring of internal
controls, as a process of assessing the quality of
internal control systems and processes that
provide confidence that audit findings and
other evaluations are immediately acted upon.
Monitoring of internal control according to [6]
can be done by: 1) continuous monitoring, 2)
328
separate evaluation, and 3) follow up
recommendations of audit result and other
reviews.
4.2.4. The Effect of Internal Control
Effectiveness on Managerial Performance..
It is found that there is a positive and
significant effect of internal control
effectiveness on the managerial performance.
The direct effect of internal control
effectiveness on managerial performance is
0.42. The result of hypothesis testing shows
that the more effective internal control will
improve the managerial performance of public
universities in Southern Sumatra, therefore,
Hypothesis 4 is accepted. The dominant
dimension to establish the effectiveness of
internal control is monitoring (X1.5), while the
dominating dimension in forming managerial
performance is the financial perspective (Y2.3).
Monitoring elements of effective internal
controls in the form of a quality performance
assessment process of internal control
structures implemented by personal and timely
monitoring, will improve managerial
performance especially in financial perspective
in the form of increased brand image and the
ability to capture funding opportunities. The
results of this study support the statement of
carrying out internal control is the main reason
to ensure the process of achieving the
objectives can be done and reduce a variety of
unwanted risks [6]. With the management and
the implementation of good internal control, an
organization (university) can achieve its
objectives easily. [3] revealed that internal
control significantly influences the
performance of local government.
4.2.5. The Effect of Organizational
Commitment on Managerial Performance..
It is found that there is a positive and
significant effect of organisational
commitment on the managerial performance.
The direct effect of organizational commitment
on managerial performance is 0.19, indicating
that the stronger the organizational
commitment the better the managerial
performance will be, therefore Hypothesis 5 is
accepted. The dominant organizational
commitment is shaped by the dimensions of
normative commitment (X2.3), while the
dominating dimension in shaping managerial
performance is a financial perspective (Y2.3).
A strong normative commitment from the
heads of public universities in southern
Sumatra in the form of high internalization and
trust involvement, will be able to improve
managerial performance especially in the
financial perspective in the form of increase in
brand image and ability to capture funding
opportunities. Organizational commitment is
strongly believed and supports the values and
objectives expected by the organization [18].
[18] in [20] suggests that an organizational
commitment is built when each individual
develops three interconnected attitudes toward
another organization or profession:
identification, such as understanding or
appreciation of organizational goals;
involvement that is feeling involved in a job or
feeling that the work is fun; and loyality is the
feeling that the organization is a place to work
and live.
4.2.6. The Effect of Implementation of GUG
on Managerial Performance..
The implementation of GUG has a positive and
significant effect on managerial performance.
The direct effect of GUG implementation on
managerial performance is 0.38, showing the
more optimal the implementation of GUG the
better the managerial performance will be,
meaning Hypothesis 6 is accepted. The
dominant dimension to form GUG
implementation is the governance structure
(Y1.1), while the dominating dimension in
shaping managerial performance is the
financial perspective (Y2.3).
The optimal implementation of GUG in the
form of governance structures with the
determination of the composition of
governance structures, the determination of
329
duties and responsibilities, and clear reporting
lines, can improve managerial performance,
especially in the financial perspective in the
form of increase in imaging of state
universities and the ability to seize
opportunities funding. Good governance is a
manifestation of the acceptance of the
importance of a set of rules or good
governance to govern the relationships,
functions and interests of various parties in
business and public service [3]. The increased
performance will cause the college to occupy a
strong market. [20] states partially GUG has a
significant influence on managerial
performance. This illustrates good governance
will lead to good performance too.
4.2.7. The Simultaneous Effect of Internal
Control Effectiveness Organizational
Commitment and Implementation of GUG on
Managerial Performance..
The results obtained for the model of structural
equations, in accordance with the proposed
hypothesis (Equation 2).
KM = 0.38*GUG + 0.42*EPI + 0.19*KOR,
Errorvar.= 0.15, R² = 0.85 ..... (2)
(0.22) (0.18) (0.20)
(0.030) (0.002)
3.78 4.19 2.27 4.28
393.34
The effectiveness of internal control,
organizational commitment, and GUG
implementation together have a positive and
significant effect on managerial performance,
meaning Hypothesis 7 is accepted. The mutual
contribution of effectiveness variable of
internal control, organizational commitment,
and application of GUG to managerial
performance is 85%, the remaining 15% is
influenced by other factors. The dominant
dimension of forming the EPI is monitoring
(X1.5), the dominant organizational
commitment is shaped by the dimensions of
normative commitment (X2.3), the application
of GUG is dominated by the dimensions of
governance structure (Y1.1), while the
dominating dimension in shaping managerial
performance is financial perspective (Y2.3).
The findings of this research are managerial
performance, especially from an increased
financial perspective in the form of increase in
college imaging and the ability to capture
funding opportunities, if optimal good
university governance implementation in the
form of governance structures with the
determination of the composition of
governance structures, task and responsibility
determination, and line clear reporting, and
monitoring elements of effective internal
controls by quality of internal performance
control processes conducted by the personnel
and timely monitoring, and supported by
strongly committed normative leaders with
high internal and confidence engagement.
The results of this study support [20], there
are significant influence of good university
governance, effectiveness of internal audit,
organizational commitment, participation
budgeting on managerial performance
simultaneously and partially. With good
managerial performance the organization can
progressively advance, improve effectiveness
and efficiency so as to improve profitability
and quality [7].
5. Conclusion
5.1. Conclusion
Effectiveness of internal control proved to
have a positive and significant impact on the
implementation of good university governance.
The most dominant dimension is the element
of monitoring. The stronger the internal control
built, the more the implementation of the
principles of good governance in the
environment.
Organizational commitment proved to have
a positive and significant impact on the
330
implementation of good university governance.
The most dominant dimension is normative
commitment. The results of this study indicate
that the implementation of good governance
requires understanding and involvement of all
parties concerned.
The effectiveness of internal control
dominated by monitoring and organizational
commitment dominated by normative
commitment, proved simultaneously to have
positive and significant impact on the
implementation of good university governance.
Partially, the effectiveness factor of internal
control has the most dominant influence on the
application of good university governance.
Effectiveness of internal control proved to
have a positive and significant effect on
managerial performance. The most dominant
dimension is the element of monitoring. It
indicates the components in internal control,
including good control environment will
contribute well in creating work atmosphere so
as to encourage the manager/head of university
to improve its performance.
Organizational commitment proved to have
a positive and significant effect on managerial
performance, with a big influence. The most
dominant dimension is normative commitment.
Implementation of good university
governance proved to have a positive and
significant effect on managerial performance.
The most dominant dimension is the
governance structure.
The effectiveness of internal controls
dominated by monitoring elements, and
organizational commitment dominated by
normative commitment, and the
implementation of good university governance
dominated by governance structure proved
together to positively and significantly
influence on managerial performance.
Partially, the effectiveness factor of internal
control has the most dominant influence to
managerial performance.
5.2. Managerial Implication
The implementation of good university
governance can be optimal, if the monitoring
elements of internal control are carried out
effectively through the process of quality
assessment of internal control system
performance, implemented by appropriate
personal, proper operation of control and
timing of monitoring; and leaders have a
strong normative commitment in the form of
internal involvement and high self-esteem. The
dominant factor affecting the optimization of
the implementation of good university
governance partially is the effectiveness of
internal control, which is dominated by the
monitoring element.
Managerial performance, especially from a
financial perspective, can be further improved
if good university governance is applied
optimally by establishing good governance
structures including determining the
composition of governance structures, defining
tasks and responsibilities, and clear reporting
lines; and monitoring elements of internal
control enhanced effectiveness which includes
the process of quality assessment of the
internal control system performance,
implemented by the right personal, the
operation of the control and timing of
appropriate monitoring; and the leaders and
academic community are expected to have
strong normative commitment in the form of
internalization involvement and high self-
esteem. Partially, the effectiveness factor of
internal control is dominant in improving
managerial performance which is dominated
by the aspect of financial perspective.
5.3. Suggestion
To maximize the effectiveness of internal
control, taking into account the
implementation of control environment
331
elements, risk assessment, control activities,
and information and communication.
Organizational commitment can be
strengthened, therefore head of universities
need to strengthen affective commitment and
continuance commitments.
The application of good university
governance will be more optimal, if the
leadership of public universities in South
Sumatra pay more attention to the dimensions
of autonomy, accountability, leadership, and
transparency.
The managerial performance of public
universities in Southern Sumatra will increase
further, if the dimensions of customer
perspective, internal business perspective, and
learning and sustainability perspectives are
more noticed by the leadership.
Other factors that affect managerial
performance should be reviewed, such as the
implementation of internal audit,
organizational culture, management control
system, motivation, and total quality
management. It also involves other elements of
leadership/structural officials, including the
chair of the internal supervisory unit, the
commitment-making official, as well as the
level of staff or officials below.
References
[1] Abdullah and Herlin A. (2010).
Pengaruh budaya organisasi,
komitmen organisasi dan
akuntabilitas publik terhadap kinerja
organisasi. Jurnal Ekonomi dan
Bisnis, 9(2).
[2] Aisyah, H. and Halimatusyadiah, A.
(2013). Peran satuan pengawasan
intern (SPI) di perguruan tinggi
negeri Indonesia. Final Report of
Research. Bengkulu University.
Unpublished.
[3] Amelia, I, Desmiyawati and Nur A.
 (2013). Pengaruh good governance, institutional excelence in Ethiopia:
pengendalian intern, dan budaya adapting and adopting the balanced
organisasi terhadap kinerja scorecard (BSC) model. JBAS. 2(1),
pemerintah daerah (studi pada satuan May 2010.
kerja pemerintah kabupaten
[13] Management Advisory Committee
Pelalawan). Riau University.
Australia. (2004)
(https://jom.unri.ac.id/index.php/JO
MFEKON/article/view/3069). [14] Mardiasmo. (2009). Akuntansi sektor
publik. Yogyakarta: Andi.
[4] Anthony, R.N., & Govindarajan, V.
(2004). Management control systems. [15] Martini, R, Kartika R S, Maria and
Homewood, Illinois: McGraw-Hill. Rulyanti S W. (2015). Analisis
penerapan good university
[5] Cheung, T. C. and Qiang, C. (2002).
governance melalui efektifitas
Internal audit at Guangdong Nuclear
pengendalian intern dan komitmen
Power Joint Venture Company
organisasional. Simposium Nasional
Limited. Managerial Auditing
Akuntansi XVIII.
Journal, 12(4).
(http://lib.ibs.ac.id/materi/Prosiding/
[6] Committee of Sponsoring Organization SNA%20XVIII/makalah/104.pdf.).
(COSO). (2007). Internal control–
[16] Martini, R. (2016). The effect of the
integrated framework. Jersey City,
effectiveness of internal control and
NJ.
organizational commitment to the
[7] Darlis, E and Agrina C. (2013). implications on managerial
Kejelasan peran dan pemberdayaan performance (The empirical study at
psikologis dalam peningkat an universities in the Southern
kinerja manajerial. Jurnal Ekonomi, Sumatera). Dissertation. Persada
21 (3). September 2013. Indonesia YAI University.
(http://download.portalgaruda.org/art Unpublished.
icle.php?article=138916&val=2268).
[17] Mensah, S., Aboagye, K., Addo, E., and
[8] Government Regulation number 60 of Buatsi, S. (2003). Corporate
2008 on Government Internal governance and corruption in ghana:
Control System. empirical finding and policy. African
Capital Market Forum, Accra,
[9] Government Regulation number 4 of
Ghana.
2014 on Higher education
management. [18] Mowday, R. T., R. M. Steers and L. W.
Porter. (1982). The measurement of
[10] Indrajit, R. E. and Richardus D. (2006).
organizational commitment. Journal
Manajemen perguruan tinggi
of Vocational Behavior, 14(2).
modern. Yogyakarta: Andi.
[19] Nila, P. V. (2008). Hubungan
[11] Kaplan, Robert & Norton, David P.
pengendalian intern dengan good
(1996). Translating strategy into
corporate governance (survey pada
action the balance scorecard.
beberapa BUMN yang berada di
Harvard Business School. Boston.
Bandung).
[12] Kassahun, Tilaye. (2010). Rethinking (https://repository.widyatama.ac.id/h

332
 andle/10364/768). gaya kepemimpinan dan budaya
dengan kinerja organisasi. UNP
[20] Nurhayati, I. (2013). Pengaruh good
(ejournal.unp.ac.id/students/index.ph
university governance, efektivitas
p/akt/article/viewFile/.../429).
audit internal, komitmen
organisasional terhadap kinerja [24] Salmi, Jamil. (2009). The Challenge of
manajerial dengan partisipasi Establishing World-Class University.
penganggaran sebagai variabel Directions in Development Series.
intervening (survey pada universitas Washington DC: World Bank.
negeri dan swasta di Jawa Barat).
[25] Sugioko, S. (2007). Faktor pemediasi
Dissertation. Padjadjaran University.
pada pengaruh partisipasi anggaran
Bandung. Unpublished.
terhadap kinerja pejabat struktural
[21] Prasetyono and Nurul K. (2007). perguruan tinggi. Akuntabilitas, 7(1).
Analisis kinerja rumah sakit daerah
[26] Suyono, E. and Eko H. (2012).
dengan pendekatan balanced
Relationship between internal
scorecard berdasarkan komitmen
control, internal audit, and
organisasi, pengendalian intern dan
organization commitment with good
penerapan prinsip-prinsip good
governance: Indonesian case. China-
corporate governance (GCG) (Survei
USA Business Review, 11(9).
pada rumah sakit daerah di Jawa
Timur). Simposium Nasional [27] Wirawati, L. P. P. (2014). Pengaruh
Akuntansi X. Hasanuddin University. karakteristik tujuan anggaran dan
pengawasan intern terhadap kinerja
[22] Pratolo, S. (2007). Good corporate
satuan kerja perangkat daerah
governance dan kinerja BUMN di
kabupaten Bangli. e-Journal S1 Ak
Indonesia: Aspek audit manajemen
Universitas Pendidikan Ganesha,
dan pengendalian intern sebagai
2(1).
variabel eksogen serta tinjauannya
pada jenis perusahaan. Simposium [28] https://life.idntimes.com/education/rahm
Nasional Akuntansi X. Hasanudin adila-eka-putri/ini-6-perguruan-
University. tinggi-negeri-akreditasi-a-di-
seantero-sumatera-c1c2/full.
[23] Sabrina, H. (2011). Pengaruh komitmen
organisasi terhadap hubungan antara

333
Acknowledgement
This research is based on work supported by State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya, Indonesia. The author
thankfully acknowledges scientific discussion with our colleagues from State Polytechnic of
Sriwijaya, Indonesia.

334
 MODEL OF INTERNAL MARKETING IN ENHANCING TOURISM BRAND OF
NORTH SULAWESI, INDONESIA
Nancy Mandey1, Daisy Sundah2,Mikke Marentek3, Cysca Langi4
1,2,3,4)
JurusanAdministrasiBisnis, PoliteknikNegeri Manado.
nhjmandey@gmail.com, dvogessundah@yahoo.com , marentek_mikke@yahoo.com
Abstract
The restaurant industry in Indonesia has
experienced very rapid growth in recent
years. Restaurants are increasingly aware of
the need to market, develop and promote the
restaurant industry as part of tourism
products. Currently in North Sulawesi, the
internal marketing brand has not been well
developed. The results of the 2016 study
showed that training and development in
restaurants was still low. In addition,
employees who work in restaurants only pay
attention to their own task areas and are not
customer oriented. This has an impact on
internal marketing brands that have not been
maximized. Therefore, this study aims to
analyze the meaning of "internal marketing"
according to managers / owners and
employees and to analyze the meaning of
the relationship "internal marketing" with
"brand" restaurants in North Sulawesi
according to managers / owners and
employees. Quantitative research methods
will be used with PLS analysis tools to
analyze data. The perception of 181
respondents from the questionnaire obtained
the results of the study of the meaning of
"internal marketing" according to employees
that employees are needed in channeling
brand value and employees are internal
customers who channel internal brands.
Key words: internal marketing, internal
branding, tourism
335
1.1. Background.
The growth of the restaurant industry in
Indonesia is quite rapid this can be seen in the
data released by the Central Bureau of Statistics
since 2010-2015, the income from the restaurant
sector has increased, namely: 3.21 billion to 4.66
billion. The average number of seats per year is
131 seats compared to 227 guests per year. This
data shows that there are still large inequalities
seen. The results of research by Sparks et al.,
(2003) found that restaurants have a significant
role in determining the destination of vacation
tourists. Before or after being in a tourist spot,
the restaurant became the focus of tourist
attention. The same thing was obtained from
Faulkner et al., (1999) which states that
consumers are increasingly concerned about
cooking and visiting destinations for culinary
tourism. The mass media, tourists and the
tourism industry are increasingly aware of the
need to market, develop and promote the
restaurant industry as part of tourism products.
According to Fontane (2000), the growing
attention of consumers in the food sector has
motivated restaurants and the tourism industry
(tourism) to unite strength and be present in
meeting the culinary needs of tourists (tourists).
However, the Head of the North Sulawesi
Province Tourism Office (2016) stated that
departmentalization was a major problem for the
tourism industry in North Sulawesi because
employees only worked for their task areas and
were not customer oriented. Meanwhile, the
results of previous studies explained that internal
marketing facilitates corporate brands and
employees to be important factors in building a
company brand.
The results of previous studies from Mandey,
Armanu, Mintarti, and Sunaryo (2016) showed
that internal marketing was built by 4
dimensions: internal communication, reward
strategy, training and development and senior
leadership. The same thing also found by
Papasolomou and Vrontis found that 4 elements
that make up internal marketing are: (1) seeing
employees as internal customers; (2) Service
standards to meet customer expectations; (3)
training and employee behavior formation
programs; (4) Prizes.
Internal marketing.
Internal marketing has developed very rapidly,
but there is little systematic research on how
internal marketing works in practice in practice
(Ahmed et al., 2003). Internal marketing uses a
marketing perspective to manage human
resources in an organization (George, 1990 and
Gronroos, 1994). This view is based on the
opinion of Sasser and Arbeit that work is an
internal product while employees are internal
customers (Lings and Greenley, 2005).
According to Lings (2004) internal marketing is
not just a concept, philosophy or management
practice but also human resources.
According to Rafiq and Ahmed (2000) that
internal marketing is a planned effort that uses a
marketing-like approach in overcoming
organizational resistance to change and
harmonize, motivate, coordinate and integrate
interfunctional employees to the effectiveness of
the company's function strategy, in order to
provide satisfaction to customers through the
process the creation of motivated employees and
customer-oriented employees. This is in line
with Kotler and Hesket (1992) that internal
marketing is more important than conventional
external marketing. George (1990) states that
336
internal marketing is a process that can integrate
many functions of an organization with the aim
of achieving customer awareness. The
philosophy that underlies internal marketing is
how to treat employees as if they are customers
or clients.
Some opinions above can be concluded that
internal marketing is a planned effort in order to
provide satisfaction to all employees as internal
customers in order to provide satisfaction to
external customers through the activities of
Strategic Reward, Internal Communication,
Training and Development, Senior Leadership.
Much research on internal marketing has been
done using various dimensions such as the
following internal marketing with 3 dimensions:
development (developing employee), rewards
(rewarding employee) and vision (giving
employees something to believe) found by
Caruana and Calleya (1998), Foreman and
Money (1995), but Ewing and Caruana (1999)
adding human resources effectiveness.Lings and
Greenley (2005) and Tortosaet all (2009) state
that there are 5 dimensions of internal marketing
orientation, namely: informal information
generation, formal face to face information
generation, formal written information
generation, information dissemination and
responsiveness. While Chang and Chang (2007)
found 5 dimensions namely management
support, human resources management, external
education, internal communication and
educational training.
According to Iacobucci and Nordheilm in
Opoku et al 2009, the benefits of internal
marketing come from four main sources: low
turnover of employees, increased service quality,
increased employee satisfaction and improved
ability to implement change within the
organization.
Internal marketing items adopted from Ahmed et
al., 2003:
1. Reward Strategy. Most companies ventured to
build the goals and objectives of individuals and
companies through reward strategies in order to
maintain trust. Rewards can be tangible and
intangible. Employees who are part of the owner
of the organization will prefer to work towards
maintaining the corporation as they hope to get
more advantages (Berry, 1999).
2. Internal Communication. Internal standards
are an important element of the internal
marketing program. Berry (1999) suggested that
organizations provide large services to develop
high standard performance. The standard intends
to improve employee and customer relations.
Examples of service standards by banks in terms
of service quality include: responding to
questions and customer requirements without
delay, answering telephone in 3 rings, friendly
and polite among internal and external
customers.
3. Training and Development. The internal
marketing practiced in the company intends to
create a service-oriented work climate and
motivate companies to deliver high-quality
services. This means that the organization is
building a strong corporate brand. Programs that
have been labeled as customer care aim to
establish employee work ethic. Courses,
education and training aim to help employees
understand the importance of trying to meet
internal service standards and their internal
interactions as a prerequisite for achieving high-
quality customer service. Next to build
employee mentality. Training programs are the
main tool for creating knowledge and
understanding among employees to behave and
behave towards market orientation.
4. Senior Leadership. Managers and employees
share the view that internal marketing creates an
337
employee mentality that encourages individuals
to focus on delivering high quality for their
internal services. The success of internal
marketing practices has the potential to develop
and demonstrate a strong relationship and build
a strong corporate brand. The findings of
Papasolomou and Vrontis (2006) study that it is
not enough to train and motivate frontline
service providers to focus on customers while
other employees only follow their own desires.
Internal marketing practices emphasize the
importance of each individual to achieve service
quality in each employee and customer
interaction and enable them to contact external
customers.This study will use the dimensions of
internal marketing variables derived from the
results of research by Ahmed et al., (2003).
Brand.
Brand identifies the source or manufacturer of
the product and allows consumers to assume
responsibility for its performance to certain
manufacturers or distributors. The brand also
carries out functions: simplifying product
handling or tracking, helping to regulate
inventory and accounting records, offering legal
protection, can be protected through trade
names, patents, copyrights and proprietary
rights.
Branding is giving brand power to products or
services, the goal is to create differences
between products. This difference is often
associated with the attributes or benefits of the
product itself. Brand equity is the added value
given to a product or service. Selection criteria
for brand elements: can be remembered, means,
liked, transferable, can be adjusted, can be
protected. (Kotler and Keller, 2009).
A brand is a single idea / concept that a product
has in a prospect's mind. A successful seller
must be around his generic product with a
number of satisfaction values. Brands vary in the
number, strength and value of the market place.
Some brands are very unknown to many buyers,
while others have a high degree of brand
awareness. Some brands have a high degree of
loyalty. A powerful brand has a high brand
value. According to Fill (2002) brand equity is
only a reflection of market share. Brands have
high brand equity that broadly has higher
loyalty, name awareness, perceived quality,
strong brand associations and other assets such
as trade marks and channel relationships. A
brand with strong fairness provides many
competitive advantages for the company. A
strong brand makes consumers aware of the
brand at a high level, quality, performance,
reputation.
Brands of moving items quickly focus on
creating brand activities, while service
organizations need to decide whether to make a
brand on a particular product or at the company's
identity. Love and Robert (1997) corporate
identity is an essential corporate asset that
provides internal focus for employees and those
related to comprehensive networks according to
consumer perceptions. Drake, Gulman, &
Roberts (2005) argue that internal branding is
instrumental in influencing employees to give
brand promises to customer expectations and
created through internal marketing practices.
The success of internal brands results in a shared
understanding among employees who must
create a committed workforce that fulfills brand
promises. Previously, internal branding was
promoted as a marketing responsibility primarily
about communication (egBergstrom,
Blumenthal, & Crothers, 2002). Recently,
Machtiger (2004) considers the only reliance on
internal communication as a trap in internal
branding and suggests a broader integrative
framework across marketing, management, and
human resource (HR) disciplines.
Brand commitment
338
Internal branding aims to form a shared
understanding of brands in all company
employees. Research by Punjaisri and Wilson,
(2007) found a positive influence on brand
commitment of employees. Papasolomou and
Vrontis (2006) produce findings of internal
branding influencing brand employee loyalty or
their willingness to remain with a restaurant
brand (Reichheld, 1996). Furthermore, it is
noted that brand identification leads to brand
employee commitment (Burmann and Zeplin,
2005; Cheney and Tompkins, 1987) and
commitment as a major pioneer of loyalty
(Brown and Peterson, 1993; Pritchard et al.,
1999; Reichers, 1985).If employees feel the
relationship with the company is positive and
worth maintaining, then the employee has a high
commitment to the organization. Therefore
commitment, is considered a key variable in
determining organizational success (Morgan and
Hunt, 1994). Employee feelings affect their
choice to work above and beyond work in order
to achieve the company's goals (Castro et al.,
2005)). Commitment produces employees who
are willing to make extra efforts on behalf of the
company, so the performance of employees in
their work environment is a significant reason
for organizational commitment (Castro et al.
2005). Therefore employees, who are satisfied
with their work environment tend to, or have the
desire to reciprocate (Wayne et al., 1997; Castro
et al., 2005). Through their perceptions of justice
(Deluga, 1994) and support from organizations
(Wayne et al., 1997), employees exhibit
behaviors that are beyond the formal expected
requirements of their work (Deluga, 1994;
Beckett-Camarata et al., 1998) Such behavior,
identified as citizenship brand behavior, is
employee behavior that is not prescribed or
"above and beyond the norm", but is
characterized by organizational brand values,
resulting in positive organizational results.
Burmann et al. (2009) believe that the key
determinant of brand strength as a result of
internal brand management practices is brand Literature review channel
IoannaPapasolomou Explore branch managers, experience and There a
commitment (BC) and citizenship brand danDemetrisVrontis views of employees about internal marketing marketi
behavior (BCB). Brand commitment is a (2006) in the retail bank industry in the UK. building
psychological attachment or feeling of having an Exploratory Qualitative brand.
employee towards an organization. Source: processed data, 2018

Internal brand Purpose: How do managers / owners and

Internal branding has emerged to assist
organizations in promoting the brand inside,
namely to employees (Ahmed and Rafiq, 2003)
with the aim of ensuring conformity between
internal and external brand messages (Mitchell,
2002). That is, this ensures that brand messages
(ie brand promises) are transformed by
employees into reality that reflects the
customers' expected experiences (Boone, 2000).
Some authors (eg Drake, Gulman, and Roberts,
2005; Mitchell, 2002) state that the creation of
internal branding is through internal marketing
practices (IM). Support for recent studies
(egPunjaisri and Wilson, 2007; Vallaster and de
Chernatony, 2006) in the context of internal
branding which debates the coordination
between HR and internal communication
discipline to successfully achieve internal
branding goals. Both IM and internal branding
have debated the effect on employee brand
commitment. For example, Woodruffe (1995)
argues that internal marketing is a means of
creating internal commitment among employees
by adopting the concept of marketing internally.
Similarly, (Aurand, Gorchels, and Bishop, 2005;
Burmann and Zeplin, 2005) argue that internal
branding engenders a shared understanding of
brands throughout the organization; effective
internal.
Table 3.1.Summary of the results of research on
internal marketing and brands.
Peneliti Research focus and method
Racolta- How internal marketing can add value during instrument
PainadanMone ( -) an economic recession.
Observations on IT in Romania
Ye Chen dan Jing Analyze the importance of the role of Employees are important factors that
Zhao ( 2010) employees in the service branding process. retrieved.
employees interpret the "internal marketing"
relationship with the restaurant's "brand" in
North Sulawesi?
Quantitative Research Methods
Sampling Method
The population in this study were restaurant
managers / owners in North Sulawesi. The
sampling method is probability sampling which
provides opportunities for each member of the
population to be chosen as a member of the
sample.
Based on the results of data collection, it was
found that the number of restaurants in North
Sulawesi was 92, while the number of
restaurants was 727. So that the researcher
decided to take restaurant data entirely to
represent the owner / manager of the restaurant
and the number of restaurants was calculated,
the number of employees who were respondent
was 103 people. So that the total number of
respondents, 195 respondents. The number of
questionnaires collected was 181 from 83
managers and 98 employees.
Quantitative Research Results
This study uses PLS to analyze data 210
questionnaires distributed, which returned 194
questionnaires but only 181 were used, resulting
in a response rate of 92%.
The validity and reliability test of the research
Hasil
was carried
Internal marketing out withthea trial method,
facilitates
namely the validity
development and reliability
of the company's brand. tests carried
out on the respondents whose data will be
influence In
the PLS
successanalysis
or failuretheof results of the

339
instrument validity test can be seen from the G Go St C L U Mi 1s M 3r M

AVE value while reliability can be seen in o F an ri o p ni t e d axi

composite reliability. The questionnaire is said F (B da ti w p m Q di Q m

oot rd c er er u ua a ua u
to be valid if the AVE value is greater or equal
str er al b b m rti n rti m
to 0.50 reliable if the composite reliability value
ap) ro ra o o le le
is> 0.70. The results of the delivery validity and
r ti u u
reliability test can be seen in the following table.
o n n

Table 5.1. Validity and Reliability Test Results ( d d

C ( (9
of Research Instruments
R 9 5
) 5 %

LatenVariabel Mean % )
Communalities D.G. rho )
(AVE) Ab 0 (PCA)
0.6 0. 2. 0. 1. 0. 0. 0. 0. 1.
Internal communication 0.451 sol . 0.711
62 40 0 2 0 19 2 8 9 38
Strategi Reward 0.712 ute 8 0.835
6 3 0 0 7 2 2 0 9
Training 0.646 2 0.879 1 0 0 1 3 5
Senior leadership 0.896 5 0.963
Branding identification 0.814 0.968
Source: processed data, 2018
Comitment branding 0.915 0.977
Performance branding 0.921 0.972
The results of this study indicate that employee
Loyality branding 0.946 0.989
brand identification has a significant influence
Source: primary data processed (2018)
on brand commitment. Brand commitment also
The data in the table above explains the results has a positive and significant effect on brand
of the Validity and Reliability Test, so that it can performance and so brand performance
be seen that this research instrument consisting influences brand loyalty.
of construct variables: internal communication,
However, the existing model states that brand
reward strategies, senior leadership and branding
commitment does not have a significant
identification, branding commitment, branding
relationship with brand behavior towards brand
performance and branding loyalty are all stated
values that must be channeled as brand
valid and reliable because it meets the
promises. Other studies have found that brand
requirements. This can be seen from the
commitment is not considered a mediator either
achievement of the value obtained that the AVE
full or partially. Instead identification of
value is entirely more than 0.5, Composite
employee brands and brand loyalty is
Reliability is seen in the PCA value of more than
significantly related to brand performance in an
0.7. So that it can be said to be feasible to be
equation that contains both internal branding and
used as a tool for data collection.
brand identification and brand loyalty. Therefore
Goodness of fit statistics are shown by the both brand identification and brand loyalty fill 3
excellent GoF value, 0.825. this means that the conditions so that it is stated that they mediate
model is good enough to be used in this study. the total effect where internal branding shows it
on employee brand performance. However,
Tabel 5.4. Goodness of fit
because the relationship between internal
index
branding and employee brand performance is
still significant both brand attitudes partly

340
mediate special relationships. In other words, the
total internal branding effect towards brand
performance is raised in situations that have a
high level of brand identification and brand
loyalty. This is because IB has a direct impact
on the extent to which employees behave in
ways that support the distribution of brand
promises which are partly influenced by the
success rate in launching employees' perceptions
that they are part of brand success or brand
failure and the goal is to remain in the brand.
Picture. 5.1 Results of Correlation analysis and
Path concept model coefficient
The Literatur introduces the IB concept as a way
that allows employees to channel brand
promises through their influence on their
attitudes and behavior. This study is
complemented by empirical evidence that IBs
that coordinate internal training and
communication have a positive impact on brand
identification, brand commitment and brand
loyalty. Specifically, Brand Identification was
found to be strongly influenced by IB. this study
supports previous research that the influence of
341
IB on a certain degree of impact on the existence
of the brand identity of employees who are
committed and loyal to the brand, also this study
provides empirical evidence that supports the
assumption that IB to some degree influences
the existence where employees behave
consistent with distribution brand promise. As
with previous studies in various disciplines, eg
marketing and organizational behavior, the
results show that there are relationships between
employees' brand behavior. Brand identification
has a positive influence on employee brand
commitment. Which is the forerunner of brand
loyalty. Thus even though this attitude stands
out, they are also related. Models that are taken
into account in the hub between Identification
and commitment and commitment and loyalty
have a better index of goodness fit than those
that do not take into account this hub. Another
implication of research in the context of IB is the
mediating effect of employee brand
identification. And brand loyalty to IB hubs and
their brand performance.
Reference
Ahmed, P. K., Rafiq, M., (2003), Commentary:
Internal Marketing Issues And Challenges .
European Journal of Marketing Vol. 37 No. 9
:pp 1177 – 1186.
Ahmed P.K., Rafiq M., Saad N.M., (2003b), Internal
marketing and The mediating role of
organizational compencies, European Journal
of MarketingVol 37 N0. 9pp. 1221-1241
Balmer, J.M.T. (1998), “Corporate branding and
connoisseurship”, Journal of General
Management, Vol. 21 No. 1, pp. 24-46.
Berry, L.L. (1999), Discovering the Soul of Service:
The Nine Drivers of Sustainable Business
Success, Free Press, New York, NY.
Caruana, A..andCalleya, P., (1998), The Effect Of
Internal Marketing On Organizational
Commitment Among Retail Bank Managers
. International Journal of Bank Marketing
Vol.16 No.3pp 108 – 116 .
Chang dan Chang, (2007), Effect of internal
marketing on nurse job satisfaction and
 organizational commitment: example of
medical centers in sothren Taiwan, Journal of
nursing research. Vol 15 No.4 pp. 265-274
De Chernatony, L. and Dall’Olmo Riley, F. (1999),
“Experts’ views about defining services brands
and the principles of services branding”,
Journal of Business Research, Vol. 46 No. 2,
pp. 181-92.
Dobree, J. and Page, A.S. (1990), “Unleashing the
power of service brands in the 1990s”,
Management Decision, Vol. 28, pp. 14-28.
Doris OmerzelGomezelj, TanjaMihalič ,2008,
“Destination Competitiveness - Applying
Different Models, The Case Of Slovenia”,
Journal Tourism Management,Vol. 29, No 2,
Pp. 294–307
Ewing M. T. Caruana A (1999) The Marketing and
human resources an internal marketing
approach to public sector management.
International Journal of public sector
management,Vol 12 No. 1 pp. 17-26
Faulkner, B. ,Oppermann, M., Fredline E., 1999,
“Destination Competitiveness, An Exploratory
Examination Of South Australia’s Core
Attractions”, Journal of Vacation Marketing ,
Vol 5 No. 2. pp 125-139
Fill, C. (2002), Marketing Communications:
Contexts, Strategies and Applications, 3rd ed.,
Prentice-Hall, Harlow.
Fontane D. 2000, food and wine tourism in
Tasmania: discussion paper for board
comment tourism Tasmania Hobart.
Foreman , S . K .and Money , A . H .( 1995 ) Internal
marketing: Concepts, measurement and
application . Journal of Marketing
Management 11 (8) :pp 755 – 768 .
George, W. (1990), “Internal marketing and
organizational behavior: A partnership in
developing customer-conscious employees at
every Level,” Journal of Business Research,
20(1): pp 63-70.
Gronroos, C. (1994), “From scientific management to
service management: a management
perspective for the age of service
consumption”, International Journal of Service
Industry Management, Vol. 5 No. 1, pp. 5-20.
IoannaPapasolomouDemetrisVrontis, 2006.
“Building Corporate Branding Through
Internal Marketing: The Case Of The Uk
342
Retail Bank Industry”,Journal of Product &
Brand Management Vol. 15, No.1, pp. 37–47
Kotler J.P. danHeskett J.L. (1992), Corporate Culture
And Performance, The Free Press, New York,
NY.
KhanyapussPunjaisri, HeinerEvanschitzky, Alan
Wilson, 2009, “Internal Branding: An Enabler
Of Employees’ Brand-Supporting
Behaviours”, Journal of Service Management;
Vol.20, No.2, pp. 209-225.
Lings I. N. and G. E. Greenley (2005) Measuring
internal market orientation, Journal of service
research, Vol 7 No. 3 pp. 290-305
Lings, I. (2004), “Internal market orientation:
construct and consequences”, Journal of
Business Research, Vol. 57, pp. 405-13.
Love, K.D. and Roberts, K.J. (1997), “Your
company’s identity crisis”, Management
Review, October, pp. 56-60
Mandey Nancy H.J. , Armanu, Mintarty, Sunaryo,
2016, Effect of Internal Marketing on
Restaurant Market Orientation at Manado,
Indonesia Australian Journal of Basic and
Applied Sciences,Vol 10, No.10, Pp 320-327
Moleong, Lexi J. 2006.
MetodologiPenelitianKualitatif. RemajaRosdakarya,
Bandung
Opoku R. A., Atuobi-Yiadom N, Chong
C.S.andAbratt R., (2009). The Impact of
Internal marketing on the Perception of Service
Quality in Retail Banking: A Ghanaian Case.
Journal of Financial Service Marketing Vol 13
No. 4 pp. 317-329.
Prianti, DesiDwi. 2011.
Petunjukpraktiscaramelakukanpenelitianfeno
menologi. (Part
1).http://desidwiprianti.lecture.ub.ac.id/2011/0
1/petunjuk-praktis-cara-melakukan-penelitian-
fenomenologi/. Juni 5, 2017
Rafiq M. dan P. K. Ahmed, (2000), Advances in the
Internal Marketing Concept: definition,
Synthesis and Extension, Journal Of Services
Marketing, Vol. 14, No. 6, pp.449-462
Sparks, B., Bowen, J., Klag, S. (2003). Restaurant
and The Tourist Market, International
Journal of Contemporary Hospitality
Management,Vol 15, No 1.
Kotlerdan Keller, 2009, manajemenpemasaran
Statistikrestoranrumahmakantahun 2010 - 2016
Dinaspariwisatadankebudayaantahun 2016
PRODUCTION OF KENAF FIBER FROM SHRIMP
SHELLS COMPOST FOR HAND CRAFTS WITH
NATURAL DYES
Rusmini1, Riama Rita Manullang2, Daryono3,Dwinita Aquastini4
1
State Agricultural Polytechnic Institute of Samarinda, Kampus Gunung Panjang Jl. Samratulangi Samarinda 75131
Telp.0541-260421, Fax.0541.260680
email :iefira@gmail.com

Abstract—he production of kenaf fiber for industry mostly uses
chemical fertilizers with synthetic dyes which will also cause health
and environmental problems and have an adverse effect on all
forms of life. Increasing awareness of health and the environment
makes the production of organic kenaf fiber with natural dyes
highly recommended both for handicrafts and for industrial scale
because fertilizers and natural dyes are non-toxic, biodegradable,
and environmentally friendly. The purpose of this study was to
determine the level of consumer preference for organic kenaf fiber
with natural dyes. The study used a two-factor randomized block
design with the first factor of organic kenaf fiber and the second
factor of natural dyes consisting of 4 levels. The study was repeated
as many as 2 replications so that there were 10 experimental units.
Variables observed in the level of consumer preference for
handicraft products from organic kenaf fiber with natural dyes
which include color, texture and odor are tested. This test was
carried out by the Hedonic Test method, using a questionnaire
with 40 untrained (consumer) panelists with data obtained based
on panelist responses using the hedonic scale analyzed by the
Kruskal-Wallis test. The results showed that there were no
significant differences in the level of consumer preference for
color, texture and odor from organic kenaf fibers with various
natural dyes.
Keywords: kenaf, turmeric, suji leaf, dragon fruit skin and areca nut
I. INTRODUCTION
Kenaf is a type of plant that is easily cultivated in tropical
regions such as Indonesia. Kenaf is very potential for industry
globally because of its high cellulose content. The content of
natural fiber generally consists of cellulose, hemicellulose, and
lignin. Cellulose from natural fibers has a structure arranged in
micro-fibrils surrounded by two main components, namely:
hemicellulose and lignin. producing organic kenaf fiber which
has the best holosellulose content in kenaf fiber which is
81.2800% and the best cellulose content is 40.5695% (Rusmini
et.al 2017). Organic kenaf fiber is a kenaf fiber that is produced
from the stem of the kenaf plant that has gone through various
stages both in terms of fertilization and pest control carried out
organically and in terms of bonding activities, generally kenaf
fiber is yellowish white and used as raw material in diversified
products, such as : paper, wall coatings, car interiors, geotextiles,
soil safers, fiber drains, particle boards, and plastic
reinforcement and raw materials for the biofuel industry. The
coloring process is needed to make the appearance of organic
kenaf fibers more attractive to consumers and high-selling
power. Synthetic coloring materials are commonly used in fiber
coloring because they are easier to use. Synthetic dyes have
several advantages compared to natural dyes, which are, among
others, easily available on the market, availability of guaranteed
colors, various types of colors and more practical and easier to
use (Suarsa et.al., 2011; Kartina et.al., 2013) and more
economical (Purnomo, 2004) and cheaper (Paryanto at.al., 2012;
Kartina et.al., 2013). Besides synthetic dyes, more stable, more
resistant to various environmental conditions, the coloring
power is stronger and has a wider color range (Kartina et.al.,
2013) and is not easily faded and brightly colored (Kant, 2012).
Synthetic dye waste can cause environmental pollution and is a
hazardous material, because some dyes can be degraded into
carcinogenic and toxic compounds (Widjajanti et al., 2011;
Kant, 2012). Furthermore, Kant (2012) stated that textile
industry waste is full of color and organic chemicals from
synthetic dyes. Mixing colloidal material with dye waste, can
increase turbidity and make the water look bad, smelly, prevent
the penetration of sunlight. The impact is the depletion of
dissolved oxygen, decreasing water quality and the death of
living things that live in it due to lack of oxygen or contaminated
with toxic compounds (Widjajanti et.al., 2011). In addition,
when waste is allowed to flow, it will clog pores, which results
in loss of soil productivity, hardened soil texture and prevents
penetration of plant roots (Kant, 2012).Pewarna alami
merupakan alternatif pewarna yang tidak toksik, dapat
diperbaharui (renewable), mudah terdegradasi dan ramah
lingkungan (Yernisa, et.al.,2013).
The advantage of using natural dyes is because they have
high economic value and selling value and are environmentally
friendly. Textile colors that use natural colors are more
distinctive and soft compared to synthetic colors so that they
have a high aesthetic value. Although the use of natural dyes has
several disadvantages compared to synthetic dyes, it still
continues to be used today (Samanta and Agarwal, 2009).
Natural dyes have been recommended as dyes that are friendly
to both the environment and health because their natural
component content has a relatively low pollution load, easily
biodegradable and non-toxic (Rungruangkitkrai &
Mongkholrattanasi, 2012).

343

Plants that are used as dyes can be obtained around our
environment so that they are cost-effective. The advantages of
natural dyes include, the colors produced are very varied and
unique, the colors tend towards soft, the intensity of the color of
the cornea is very soothing that it will nourish the eyes, and
contain antioxidants so that it is comfortable and safe when used
by humans (Sangita & Satsangi. 2014) Fashion designs that use
natural dyes have a high selling value or economic value because
they have distinctive art and color values, are environmentally
friendly so that they have ethnic and exclusive impressions.
As an effort to revive the use of natural dyes for textiles, we
need a source of dyes from the potential of existing natural
resources, continuous and continuous availability, stable
production of raw materials, and not seasonal products,
including suji leaves, turmeric and dragon fruit peels .
Thus the researchers are interested in examining the use of
natural dyes against organic kenaf fiber to the level of consumer
preference.
II. MATERIAL AND METHODS
The research was carried out at the production and chemical
laboratory analysis of forestry crops in the Samarinda State
Agricultural Polytechnic from February to August 2018.
Tools and materials
The tools used are 10 l jars, knives, cutting boards, scissors,
scales, blenders and cloth filters, glass funnels, measuring cups,
rock collisions, grated coconut and stirrers while the ingredients
used are 4 kg of organic kenaf fiber, suji leaves, turmeric , and
dragon fruit skin, filter paper, raffia and water.
Experimental design
This experiment is a factorial study consisting of 2 factors,
carried out using a Randomized Block Design. The first factor
of the best compost in 2017 from shrimp skin + pesnab (K)
which consists of 1 level, namely:
k1 = The provision of compost as much as 30 tons ha-1 or 3
kg / plot and the provision of vegetable pesticides as much as
100 ml / plant.
The second factor is natural dyes consisting of 5 levels,
namely:
p1 = Suji Leaf
p2 = Turmeric
p3 = Dragon fruit skin
p4 = young areca nuts
p5 = old areca nut
Each study was repeated 2 replications so that there were
10 experimental units.
Making Natural Dyes Extract
The process of making natural coloring extracts refers to
Pringgenies, et al (2012) and modifications have been made.
Making Suji Natural Leaf Extract
Fresh suji leaves are cut into small pieces with scissors then
weighed 4 kg each and then washed, then the suji leaf is pounded
to reveal the size then blended gradually with a dilution of 5 l for
1 kg of suji leaves so that the total water added is 20 l then
filtered with a cloth filter followed by using filter paper so that
the dye solution is completely homogeneous, for replication 1
344
and for replication 2 it is done like a repeat 1 then both of them
are inserted into the jar as suji leaf dye for replications 1 and 2.
Making Turmeric Natural Dyes Extract
Turmeric is peeled clean then weighed as much as 4 kg, then
washed thoroughly then clean turmeric is grated using grated
coconut until it is completely smooth, then 20 l of water is added
gradually then filtered with a cloth filter followed by filter paper
so that the dye solution was completely homogeneous, for
replication 1 and for replication 2 it was carried out like a repeat
1 then both of them were inserted into the jar as suji leaf dye for
replications 1 and 2.
Making Natural Dyes Extract of Dragon Fruit Skin
The dragon fruit is peeled clean then the skin is weighed as
much as 4 kg, then washed thoroughly then the clean dragon fruit
skin is cut into small pieces with the next scissors then blended
gradually with water taken from 20 l of water gradually then
filtered with a filter The cloth is continued by using filter paper
so that the dye solution is completely homogeneous, for
replication 1 and for replication 2 it is carried out like a repeat 1
then both of them are inserted into the jar as suji leaf coloring
for replications 1 and 2.
Soaking organic kenaf fiber with suji leaf coloring
Organic kenaf fiber is weighed as much as 1 kg for
replications of 1 and 1 kg as well as for replications 2, then
organic kenaf fibers are soaked in the natural coloring of suji
leaves that have been put into the jar. To avoid the kenaf fiber
from appearing on the surface / not submerged, it is given a
weight in the form of a cleaned stone that is given a white plastic
to keep the plastic from affecting the bath. Then the jar was
closed tightly for 3 days.
Soaking organic kenaf fiber with turmeric coloring
Organic kenaf fiber is weighed as much as 1 kg for
replications of 1 and 1 kg as well as for replications 2, then
organic kenaf fibers are soaked in the natural coloring of suji
leaves that have been put into the jar. To avoid the kenaf fiber
from appearing on the surface / not submerged, it is given a
weight in the form of a cleaned stone that is given a white plastic
to keep the plastic from affecting the bath. Then the jar was
closed tightly for 3 days.
Soaking organic kenaf fiber with dragon fruit skin coloring
Organic kenaf fiber is weighed as much as 1 kg for
replications of 1 and 1 kg as well as for replications 2, then
organic kenaf fibers are soaked in the natural coloring of suji
leaves that have been put into the jar. To avoid the kenaf fiber
from appearing on the surface / not submerged, it is given a
weight in the form of a cleaned stone that is given a white plastic
to keep the plastic from affecting the bath. Then the jar was
closed tightly for 3 days.
Making Natural Betel Seed Extract
Betel nuts are peeled clean then the seeds are weighed as
much as 4 kg, then washed thoroughly then the clean seeds are
crushed until smooth then blended gradually with the water
taken from 20 l of water gradually then filtered with a cloth filter
followed by boiling the extract young areca nut seeds boiled for
2 hours with the heat of the stove being then cooled. The cooled
decoction results can already be used for kenaf fiber dyes. The
results of the decoction are then filtered again using filter paper
so that the dye solution is completely homogeneous, for
replication 1 and for replication 2 it is carried out like a repeat 1
then both of them are inserted into the jar as coloring for young
areca nuts for replications 1 and 2.
Making Natural Betel Seed Extract
Betel nuts are peeled clean then the seeds are weighed as
much as 4 kg, then washed thoroughly then the clean seeds are
crushed until smooth then blended gradually with the water
taken from 20 l of water gradually then filtered with a cloth filter
followed by boiling the extract old areca nuts boiled for 2 hours
with the heat of the stove being then cooled. The cooled
decoction results can already be used for kenaf fiber dyes. The
results of the decoction are then filtered again using filter paper
so that the dye solution is completely homogeneous, for
replication 1 and for replication 2 it is carried out like a repeat 1
then both of them are inserted into the jar as an old areca nut dye
for replications 1 and 2.
Kenaf Fiber Drying
After the immersion process for 3 days, the organic kenaf fiber
soaked with natural dyes according to the treatment was
immediately lifted and drained, then organic kenaf fiber dikat
with raffia rope to hang and dry for 10 days in the room without
being exposed to sunlight to avoid the influence of ultra rays
violet from sunlight.
Observation Parameters observed included the level of
consumer preference for handicraft products from organic kenaf
fiber with natural dyes which included the color, texture and
odor of the fiber product being tested. This test was carried out
using the Hedonic Test method, using 40 quizers with untrained
panelists (consumers).
Data analysis
Data were tested by Hedonic Test method, using 40 quizers
with untrained panelists (consumers). Data obtained based on
panelist responses using the hedonic scale were analyzed by the
Kruskal-Wallis test. Questionnaire with a rating scale very like:
7, likes: 6, rather likes: 5, neutral / normal: 4, somewhat dislikes:
3, dislikes: 2 and very dislikes: 1
III. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Organoleptic Level of Passion Against Color, Texture and
Aroma Color Color is a perception that arises in the human brain
when looking at reflections from light in an object. Color is
influenced by the physical and chemical composition of an
object, the reflected light, and the sensitivity of one's eyes
(Lawless & Heymann, 2010). Color is one of the main
attractions, and is an important criterion for the acceptance of
products such as textiles, cosmetics, food and others (Rymbai et
al., 2011). Dyestuffs are needed to add artistic value and are used
to vary a product (Jos, et al., 2011). Color is the first impression
the panelist catches before recognizing other stimuli. Color is
very important for each product so an attractive color will affect
consumer acceptance (Man, 1997). Based on the results of the
Kruskal-Wallis analysis on the level of consumer preference for
color shows an effect that is not significantly different. Table of
the average value of the level of consumer preference for the
color of organic kenaf fibers can be seen in Table 1 below:
Table 1. Average value of consumer preference for organic
kenaf fiber color
345
Observations from the questionnaire results can be seen the
highest average color of young areca nut with 5.55 (including a
rather like value scale) while those on turmeric and old areca nut
are 5.10 (including a rather like value scale) and dragon fruit skin
with a value 5.16. Although not significantly different from the
others.
Based on the organoleptic test using Kruskal-Wallis analysis
on the level of consumer preference in color, it was shown that
natural dyes (suji leaves, turmeric, dragon fruit skin, young
brood beans and old areca nut) had no significant effect on the
level of consumer preference. This means that each type of
natural dye gives the same effect on everyone's preference for
organic kenaf fiber colors.
There were no significant differences between the first
factor, namely the combination of (composting and pesticide
administration) with the second factor, namely natural coloring
(suji leaf, turmeric, dragon fruit skin, young brood bean and old
areca nut) on the color of kenaf fiber but from the results
questionnaires show that the average panelist is rather like (5)
even close to like the five natural dyes. This shows that the
panelists rather like natural dyes in organic kenaf fibers even
though they do not use mordan as an ingredient to increase the
brightness of colors because researchers want everything to be
completely natural or organic. This is in line with the research of
Anjani et.al (2016) which states that the average level of
consumer preference likes soursop leaf natural dyes on Mori
cloth and is supported also by the study of Hidayati, et.al (2016)
which states that the natural coloring of Rhizophora mangrove
leaves mucronata is preferred by consumers (46.67%) in batik
cloth.
The color of organic kenaf fiber is not statistically different
from this because in the organoleptic test the natural dyes are
relatively the same so the panelists cannot distinguish the colors
of the organic kenaf fibers. This is presumably because panelists
are not very familiar with organic kenaf fiber with natural dyes
compared to synthetic dyes, this is in line with the research of
Pranoto et al. (2017) which states that the color organoleptic test
with alum and quicklime fixators showed results that had no
significant effect on natural dyes from papaya leaves. The results
of this study are different from those of Anzani et.al (2016)
which states that natural dyes with soursop leaves with mordan
or alum fixators showed significantly different results from other
fixators with the best fixators are alum fixators.
The color produced from the natural dyes of suji leaves,
turmeric, dragon fruit skin, young brood seeds and old areca nut
is included in the medium category visually because in this study
do not use mordan which has a function as a color generator in
coloring cloth with natural dyes. This is in line with
Prastyaningtyas's research (2014), the results of research which
dyed shantung fabric with soursop leaf extract and turmeric
extract dye without using mordan also produced a medium-sized
color. The use of mordan can also add a chromophore group in
fiber which causes aging of the dyed color to be older when
compared to the results of dyes without using mordan. This is
supported also by the research of Zheng et al. (2011) which
states that proving that the soil will become an environmentally
friendly natural mordan in the natural dyeing of hemp while
Pawar et. al (2017) stated that chemical modification of natural
dyes from areca nut can be used to overcome the limitations of
natural dyes such as poor strength, lack of reproducibility due to
varying purity and inferior fastness properties for large-scale
applications without the presence of mordan.
Texture
Texture or level of smoothness is also important in fiber or
fabric. Based on the results of the Kruskal-Wallis analysis on the
level of consumer preference for textures shows an effect that is
not significantly different. The average table of consumer
preference levels on organic kenaf fiber texture can be seen in
Table 2 below:
Table 2. Average value of consumer preference for organic
kenaf fiber texture
There were no significant differences between the first
factor, namely the combination of (composting and giving
pesticides) with the second factor of natural dyes, namely dyes
from suji leaves, turmeric, dragon fruit peel, young brood seeds
and old areca nuts on kenaf fiber texture.
Based on the results of the analysis that has been obtained in
terms of kenaf fiber texture, there is no difference in the level of
consumer preference between the combination of the first factor
(giving compost and giving pesticides) with the second factor of
natural coloring (natural coloring of suji leaf, turmeric, skin of
dragon fruit, young seed and old areca nut). This means that each
type of natural coloring gives the same effect to everyone's
preference for the texture of organic kenaf fiber with natural
dyes.
There were no significant differences between the first
factor, namely the combination of (composting and pesticide
administration) and the second factor was the natural coloring of
suji leaf, turmeric, dragon fruit skin, young areca nut and old
areca nut seeds on kenaf fiber texture but Table 2 shows that the
average panelist is neutral / ordinary (4) and is rather like (5) to
the texture of the organic kenaf fiber given natural dyes.
The texture of organic kenaf fiber with natural dyes is not
statistically different from this because in the organoleptic test
of natural dyes the texture of organic kenaf fibers is relatively
the same so the panelists cannot distinguish the texture of the
organic kenaf fibers. This is presumably because panelists are
not very familiar with the texture of organic kenaf fiber with
natural dyes compared to synthetic dyes and other types of fiber
such as batik cloth, mori cloth and linen. This is in line with the
research of Pranoto, et al (2017) which states that organoleptic
tests of subtlety / texture levels with alum and fixator lime
showed results that did not significantly affect the natural
coloring of papaya leaves.
Smell
346
Smell is one of the factors that determine a person's
preference for a food. Odor can provide a perception of a
particular taste in a food (Kartika, 1988). Odor is used as one of
the test standards for organic kenaf fibers which are colored with
natural dyes because the resulting odor of natural dyes has a
distinctive odor from each natural coloring agent.
Based on the results of the Kruskal-Wallis analysis on the
level of consumer preference for smells, the effect is not
significantly different. Table of the average level of consumer
preference for organic kenaf fiber odor can be seen in Table 3
below:
Table 3. Average value of consumer preference for the smell of
organic kenaf fiber
There were no significant differences between the first
factor, namely the combination of (composting and giving
pesticides) with the second factor, namely natural dyes from suji
leaves, turmeric, dragon fruit peels, young brood seeds and old
areca nuts to the smell of kenaf fiber.
Based on the results of the analysis that has been obtained in
terms of kenaf fiber odor, there is no difference in the level of
consumer preference between the combination of the first factor
(giving compost and giving pesticides) with the second factor
(suji leaf natural coloring, turmeric and dragon fruit skin). This
means that each type of natural dye gives the same effect on
everyone's preference for the smell of organic kenaf fiber with
suji leaf natural coloring, turmeric and dragon fruit skin.
Table 3 shows that the average panelist is neutral / normal
(4) to the smell of organic kenaf fiber given natural dyes.
The smell of organic kenaf fiber with natural dyes is not
statistically different from this because in the organoleptic test
of natural dyes the smell of organic kenaf fiber is relatively the
same so the panelists cannot distinguish the smell of organic
kenaf fiber. This is presumably because the panelists are not
familiar with the smell of organic kenaf fiber with suji leaf
natural coloring, turmeric, and dragon fruit skin compared to
synthetic dyes and other types of fiber such as shantung, mori
and batik and linen. This is in line with the study of Pranoto, et
al (2017) which states that the odorous organoleptic test with
alum and quicklime fixators showed results that had no
significant effect on the natural coloring of papaya leaves on
linen.
CONCLUSION AND SUGGESTION
Based on the research that has been carried out, it can be
concluded that there is no significant difference in the level of
consumer preference for color, texture and odor from organic
kenaf fiber with various natural dyes (suji leaves, turmeric,
dragon fruit peels, young brood seeds and old areca nuts) but
from the results of the percentage level of consumer preference
stated that the panelists on average liked the color, texture and
smell of organic kenaf fibers with natural dyes.
 ACKNOWLEDGMENT
Authors wish to thank Ministry of Research, Technology,
and Higher Education for providing the Competitive Research
Grants 2017 and 2018 that funded this study. Authors also thank
Head of P2M Unit, State Agricultural Polytechnic Institute of
Samarinda and all parties that helped the completion of this
research.
REFERENCES
[1] Anzani, S. D., Wignyanto, Maimunah Hindun Pulungan, and Saundra
Rosallina Lutf. 2016. Natural Colorings of Soursop Leaves (Annona
muricata L.) for Primissima Mori Cloth (Study: Type and Concentration
of Fixation). Industria: Journal of Technology and Agroindustry
Management 5 (3): 132-139 (2016). http://www.industria.ub.ac.id.
[2] Hidayati D.P., A., Delianis Pringgenies, Dian Wijayanto. Utilization of
leaf waste and mangrove skin (rhizophora mucronata) as a natural
coloring material on batik cloth in the Semarang Coast.
eprints.undip.ac.id.
[3] Jos, B., Setyawan, P.E., and Satia, Y. 2011. Optimization of Extraction
and Stability Test of Phycocyanin from Microalgae (Spirulina platensic).
ENGINEERING, 33 (3): 187 -192.
[4] Kant, R. 2012. Textile Dyeing Industry an Environmental Hazard, Open
Access journal Natural Science, 4(1), Aticle ID :17027, 5 pages, DOI:
10.4236/ns.2012 .41004.
[5] Kartika, B. 1988. Sensory Test Guidelines for Food Materials. UGM:
PAU. Food and Nutrition. Yogyakarta
[6] Kartina, B., Ashar, T., and Hasan, W. 2013. Characteristics of Traders,
Sanitation Processing and Rhodamin B Content Analysis on Milled Chili
Seasoning in Medan Baru District Traditional Market 2012. Environment
and Occupational Health, 1 (2): 1-7.
[7] Lawless, Harry T., Heymann, Hildegarde. Sensory Evaluation of Food,
Principles and Practice. 2010. www.spriger.com. Retrieved February 14,
2018.
[8] Paryanto, Purwanto, A., Kwartiningsih, E., and Mastuti, E. 2012. Making
Natural Dyes in Powder Forms to Support the Batik Industry in Indonesia.
Process Engineering Journal, 6 (1): 26-29.
[9] Pawar, A.B • Sandeep P. More1 • R. V. Adivarekar Ashitosh B. Pawar •
Sandeep P. More1, R. V. Adivarekar. 2017. Dyeing of Polyester and
Nylon with Semi-synthetic Azo Dye by Chemical Areca Nut Modification
of Natural Source. Natural Products and Bioprospecting (2018) 8: 23–29.
https://doi.org/10.1007/s13659-017-0144-8.
347
[10] Pranoto, D., Purwanto, Maya Agustina Widiawati, and Rosita Simanjutak.
2017. Natural Colorings of Papaya Leaves (Carica papaya. L) for Linen
Fabrics. Department of Agro-Industrial Technology, Faculty of
Agricultural Technology. Universitasy of Brawijaya, Malang, Indonesia.
[11] Prasetyaningtyas, W. Dyeing of Shantung Fabric with Soursop Leaf
Extract and Turmeric Rhizome. Teknobuga volume 1 no.2 - November
2014. Semarang.
[12] Pringgenies, D., Endang Supriyantini, Ria Azizah, Retno Hartati, Irwani
and Ocky Karna Radjasa. 2012. Coloring Application of Mangrove
Natural Materials for Batik Materials as a Diversification of Businesses in
Fostered Villages in Semarang Regency. Department of Marine Sciences
& MSDP, FPIK UNDIP. Semarang.
[13] Purnomo, M.A.J. 2004. Substances of Natural Dyes as an Alternative to
Dyestuffs that are Environmentally Friendly. Journal of STSI Fine Arts
Surakarta, 1 (2): 57-61.
[14] Rungruangkitkrai, N.and R. Mongkholrattanasi, 2012. Eco-Friendly of
Textiles Dyeing and Printing with Natural Dyes. RMUTP International
Conference: Textiles & Fashion July 3-4, Bangkok Thailand
[15] Rusmini, Manullang RR, Daryono. 2017. The chemical content of Serat
Kenaf from Shrimp Skin Compost with Vegetable Conch Pesticides.
Journal of Tropical Forests Vol. 5 No.1 March 2017.
[16] Samanta, A. K. & Agarwal, P. 2009. Application of natural dyes on
textiles. Indian Journal of Fiber & Textile Research, Vol. 34: 384-399.
[17] Sangita S.S., & P.Satsangi. 2014. Sesbania Aculeata: A Plant for Coloring
Cotton and Silk. International Journal of Emerging Technology and
Advanced Engineering. Volume 4, Issue 10, 141-145.
[18] Suarsa, I.W., Suarya, P., and Kurniawati, I. 2011. Optimization of Types
of Solvents in the Extraction of Natural Dyes from Kepok Banana Stems
(Musa paradiasiaca L. CV Kepok) and Banana Milk Stems (Musa
paradiasiaca L. cv milk). Journal of Chemistry, 5 (1): 72-80.
[19] Widjajanti, E., Regina Tutik, P., and Utomo, M. P. 2011. Zeolite
Adsorption Patterns Against Coloring of Azyl Methyl and Methyl Orange.
Proceeding National Seminar on Research, Education and Application of
MIPA. p. K115-K122, Faculty of Mathematics and Natural Sciences,
Yogyakarta State University.
[20] Yernisa, Gumbira-Sa’id, E. and Syamsu, K. 2013. Application of Natural
Powder Dye from Areca catechu L. on Transparent Soap Coloring.
Journal of Agricultural Industry Technology, 23 (3): 190-198.
[21] Zheng, G.H, Hong Bin Fu, and Guang Ping Liu. 2011. Application of rare
earth as mordant for the dyeing of ramie fabrics with natural dyes. Korean
J. Chem. Eng., 28 (11), 2148-2155 (2011) DOI: 10.1007 / s11814-011-
0090-9.
Comparative analysis of the wooden house production principal
cost calculation using the full costing and variable costing
methods
(Case Study at Tombasian Atas Village)
Anie V.Mundung, Anthonius A.Tandi, Farida I.S. Wakidin. Esrie A. N. Limpeleh,
Barno Sungkowo.
Accounting Department. Manado State Polytechnic. Kampus Politeknik
Manado.95252
e-mail: aniemundung1202@gmail.com, antonpoltek@yahoo.com,
faridaindriasanlywakidin@gmail.com, esrie.limpeleh@gmail.com,
barnokova@yahoo.com.
Abstract.The study aims to determine important decisions that must be taken by
differences in the calculating of the principal cost of management is concerning determining the cost
production of two types of wooden houses using two of the product. Determining the principal cost of
methods : full costing and variable costing methods. production is very important considering that the
Their comparison can be used as a basis for
benefits of information on the cost production
determining the selling price of the product and the
relevant production principal cost method. Starting determines the selling price of the product, cost
from the cost of raw material, labor cost and other of goods for finished products and products in
costs that are included in the element of wooden the process that will be presented in the balance
house production (overhead cost). This study uses a sheet.
qualitative descriptive method that describes and In determining the principal cost of
explains the various data obtained by the researchers production, the information needed by the
both quantitative and qualitative data. The results company is information regarding the cost of
indicate that the calculation using full costing method raw materials, labor costs and factory overhead
is greater which isRp. 703.250 when compared to costs. These three types of activities must be
calculation with the other method for both types of
determined carefully both in the recording and
wooden houses. These results show a small difference
between them. It is in the form of fixed overhead classification, so that the information on the cost
costs which are not charged to production principal of production produced can be relied on both for
cost using variable costing method. Of these two determining the principal selling price and profit
methods, the variable costing method is more relevant planning as well as periodic profit and loss
because the cost of the product is lower than that of calculation [2]. Determining the principal cost of
full costing method. These result can give the production by using the right model will
producers good information for choosing the better contribute to decision making for determining
calculation method. the selling price and the desired level of profit.
But if the company is less careful or wrong in
1. Introduction determining the cost of production, there will be
Profit formation components require an error in determining the selling price that
management tools that are able to produce affects the profit targeted by the company.
relevant information in order to make Considering the importance of the principal cost
appropriate economic and financial decisions, of production for every company both small,
namely accounting. Accounting is the activity of medium and large scales, it is very important for
providing quantitative data, especially financial the companies, especially those engaged in
data fromeconomic units that can be used in manufacturing to calculate the principal cost of
making economic decisions [1]. One of the

348
production using the right calculation model.
Therefore, it is deemed necessary to make a
comparison of the cost using variousproduction
methods, namely full costing and variable
costing methods.
The Minahasa typical wooden house industry
in Tombasian Atas Village, West Kawangkoan
Subdistrict, Minahasa Regency is a business
occupied by some of the population both as
carpenters and business owners. The abundance
of resources in the form of wood from trees
around the production area is the reason why this
industry still exists in the era of global
competition. The areas of marketing of wooden
house products are not only local but also areas
outside the Island of Sulawesi. However, like
other industries in general, wooden house
manufacturers have not been able to calculate
the principal cost of production for each product
due to limited knowledge of business owners. In
ability to calculate and determine the range of
costs incurred in producing 1 unit of wooden
house makes the determination of the principal
cost of production based solely on how much the
costs incurred without going through a detailed
calculation of the real costs incurred. This has an
impact on the difficulty in determining the
selling price which will affect the profit to be
obtained. In determining the amount of the cost
of production, two methods are known namely,
full costing method and variable costing
method[3]. This research compared the
determination of principal cost of production
using both methods and determined the selling
price after estimating the real cost of the
production of wooden houses is known.
2. Research Methodology
Research about calculation comparison between
using full costing method and variable costing
method for wooden house production is different
from that of other goods in the cost characteristic
including raw materials, labor cost and overhead
cost. In our region, there has never been a
research on wooden house production before.
This research was conducted in Tombasian Atas
Village, West Kawangkoan Subdistrict,
Minahasa Regency and the object of research
349
was the location of wooden house production.
The data obtained were processed qualitatively
using a case study method develop [4].This case
study approach facilitated the researchers in
directly observing the production activities
carried out by the objects of research by using
various data sources.
The types of data used in this study are
qualitative and quantitative data. Qualitative data
obtained are data in the form of organizational
structure, equipment or machinery used in
production process. Quantitative data are data
that can be measured by numerical scale.
Quantitative data obtained in the formal cost
information are used to produce finished
products that are ready for sale. The data sources
consist of primary and secondary data. These
primary data are taken from the company’s
production data by conducting interviews.
Secondary data are data obtained from the
existing sources such as books related, literature
which is in accordance with the research title and
research results. The following are the stages of
activities in this study.
1. Conducting direct observation the
production activities of wooden houses in
Tombasian Atas Village.
2. Collecting data on wooden house
production such as the production costs, the
labor costs and other production data.
3. Classifying the costs of wooden house
production process.
4. Analyzing and Identifying each cost that is
included in the wooden house product in
detail.
5. Calculating the cost of production by using
full costing and variable costing methods.
6. Comparing the results of the calculation of
the principal price using full costing and
variable costing methods.
7. Calculating the mark up of selling price
based on the cost of production of each
method.
8. Making an engineered calculation of gross
profit on gross sales at the cost of each
method.
9. Determining which method is the most Table 2. Recapitulation of a Three –
relevant to be applied in the determination Room Variant Raw Material Cost
of the principal price of the wooden house
business in Tombasian Atas Village. No Raw Material Quantity of Use
1 Cempaka wood 18 cubic
3. RESULT AND DISCUSSION 2 Ngantu wood 4 cubic
3.1 Identification of Wooden House Production 3 Zinc 100 pieces
Principal Cost Total Raw Material Cost
 Raw Material Costs
The main materials for production of  Labor Cost
wooden houses are derived from Cempaka In the process of producing wooden houses,
and Ngantu trees. The use of materials for a Mr. Wowor as the owner of the business
two – room type a size of 7 X 9 meters is employs 5 people to help him in doing the
10 cubic of Cempaka wood and 3 cubic of job. The wages given are Rp. 150.000 /day
Ngantu wood with a cubic price of Rp for Mr. Wowor as the head carpenter and
2.500.000 for cempaka wood and Rp Rp. 100.000/ day for the people who help
2.000.000 for ngantu wood. The use of him. The period of work for a wooden
ngantu wood is done to reduce production house affects the wages paid. For a three –
costs while still paying attention to the room wooden house, the period of
quality of wood house produced. For a production is approximately one and half
three – room type with a size of 7 X 20 m, months or ranges from 40 to 43 days while
the use of ranges from 18 cubic meters with for the two – room variant, the period
a percentage consisting of 80% of Cempaka ranges from 30 to 32 days.
wood or about 14 cubic and 4 cubic of Table 3. Recapitulation of Labor Cost
Ngantu wood (20%).
For a Two – Room Variant
The other raw material in the process of
producing wooden house is zinc. Both for a No Labor Period Wage/d Total
two – room variant and a three – room Of ay Cost
variant costs incurred for the use of zinc Work
remain the same. The zinc used is around 1 Head 32 days 150.000 4.800.00
100 pieces at a price of Rp.70.000 each. Carpent 0
The following is an estimate of the cost of er
the raw materials for the manufacture of a 2 Worker 32 days 100.000 3.200.00
two – room variant and a three – room s 0
variant of wooden houses. Total Labor Cost For A Two – 8.000.00
Table 1. Recapitulation of a Two – Room Variant 0
Room Variant Raw Material Cost Table 4. Recapitulation of Labor Cost

No Raw Material Quantity of Use Unit Price Total–Cost

For a Three Room Variant
1 Cempaka wood 10 cubic 2.500.000
No Labor 25.000.000
Period Of Wage/day
2 Ngantu wood 3 cubic 2.000.000 6.000.000Work
3 Zinc 100 pieces 70.000
1 7.000.00043 days
Head Carpenter 150.000
Total Raw Material Cost 38.000.000
2 Workers 43days 100.000
Total Labor Cost For A Two – Room Variant

350
  Factory Overhead Cost b. Variable Overhead Costs.
a. Fixed Overhead Costs. Variable Overhead Costs include the
Fixed Overhead Costs include purchase cost of nails, glue, 5 mm sand
depreciation of fixed assets in the form paper, glass, door hinges, etc.
of Nikkon brand planes, Bosch brand Table 7. Variable Overhead
electric drills,Modern electric saws type
M – 2600 L and Modern brand grinding
Cost Unit Price Number Total
machine type M 2300B. Depreciation Component (Rp) Of Units Cost
costs are calculated using the straight Depreciation of
line methodwith an estimated no Plane Machine 7.700
residual value and cost charged. To the Depreciation Of
production cost which is a monthly Electric Drill 7.300
depreciation cost. The following is the Depreciation of
assumption of depreciation costs of Electric Saw 10.500
production equipment. Depreciation of
Table 5. Depreciation Cost of Grinding 3.750
Machine
Production Equipment Electricity Cost 250.000
Electric Drill Bit 26.000 2 52.000
Product Acquisi Ec Year Annual Monthl Grinding Eyes 25.500 4 102.000
ion tion ono Obtai Depreci y Cement 60.000 2 120.000
Equipm Cost mic ned ation Depreci Trass 150.000
ent (Rp) Age (Rp) ation Total Cost 703.250
(Rp) Costs for a Two –Room Wooden
Planes 370.0 4 2016 92.500 7.700 House
00
Electric 350.0 5 2015 87.500 7.300 Cost Unit Price Numbe Total
Drill 00 Component (Rp) r Of Cost
Electric 500.0 4 2016 125.000 10.500 Units
Saw 00 Five inch 55.000 1kg 55.000
Grindin 270.0 6 2014 45.000 3.750 nails
g 00 Four inch 47.000 4 kg 188.000
Machin nails
e Three inch 36.000 3 kg 108.000
nails
The other fixed overhead costs are Ten inch 15.000 2 30.000
electricity costs charged every month nails
amounting to Rp. 250.000,- and the Seven inch 17.500 3 52.500
costs for buying grinding eyes as much nails
as Rp. 102.000,- and electric drill head Zinc nails 35.000 2,5 kg 87.500
as much as Rp. 52.000. The following Fox Glue 17.500/7 2 bottle 35.000
is the total fixed overhead cost that 00gr
occurs in the production process of Sand Paper 50.000
wooden houses. Glass, 1.000.00
Table 6. Fixed Factory Hinges,etc 0
Consumption 75.000/d 32 days 2.400.00
Overhead Costs
Costs ay 0

351
 Total Cost 4.006.00 Raw Material
0 Rp.
38.000.000
Labor Direct Cost
Table 8. Variable Overhead Rp.
8.000.000
Cost Unit Price Number Total Fixed Overhead Cost
Component (Rp) Of Units Cost Rp.
Five inch nails 55.000 1,5kg 82.500 703.250
Four inch nails 47.000 4,5 kg 211.500 Variable Overhead Cost
Three inch nails 36.000 3,5 kg 126.000 Rp.
Ten inch nails 15.000 2,5 37.500 4.006.000
Seven inch nails 17.500 3,5 61.250 Product Production Cost
Zinc nails 35.000 2,5 kg 87.500 Rp.
Fox Glue 17.500/700gr 3 bottle 52.500 50.709.250
Sand Paper 80.000
Glass, Hinges,etc 1.750.000
Calculation of a Three - Room
Consumption 75.000/day 43 days 3.225.000
Costs Wooden House Production Cost
Total Cost 5.713.750 Raw Material
Costs for a Three – Room Rp.
Wooden House 60.000.000
Labor Direct Cost

3.2 Calculation of The Principal Cost of Rp.10.750.000

Fixed Overhead Cost
Production of Wooden Houses.
Rp.
Calculation of the principal cost of production of 703.250
wooden houses used 2 methods of calculation, Variable Overhead Cost
namely : Full Costing Method and Variable Rp. 5.713.750
Costing Method. Product Production Cost

 Full Costing Method Rp.77.167.000

With a full costing approach, the estimated
cost of production of wooden house based
on all elements of the costs incurred during
production both permanent and
variable.The following is a calculation the
principal cost of production using full
costing method.
 Variable Costing Method
Different from full costing method, in
variable costing method, the cost calculated
is only variable costs. The following is the
calculation of the production cost using the
variable costing method.
Calculation of a Two- Room

Calculation of a Two- Room Wooden House Production Cost

Wooden House Production Cost Raw Material

Rp.
38.000.000

352
 Labor Direct Cost Hous g Costin Of
Rp. e Metho g Produc
8.000.000 d Metho tion
Variable Overhead Cost d
Rp. A 50.709 50.006 703.25
4.006.000 Two- .250 .000 0
Product Production Cost Roo
Rp. m
50.006.000 Size
Calculation of a Three - Room A 77.167 76.463 703.25
Three .000 .750 0
Wooden House Production Cost
-
Raw Material Room
Rp. Size
60.000.000
Labor Direct Cost
 Comparison of Gross Profit
Rp.10.750.000 The difference in the principal cost of
Variable Overhead Cost production resulting from two different
Rp. methods affects the gross profit generated.
5.713.750 A two – room wooden house is estimated to
Product Production Cost have the highest selling price as much as
Rp.85.000.000 and that of a three – room
Rp.76.463.750 wooden house is Rp. 115.000.000. The
following is presented the comparison of
3.3 Comparison of The Determination of The gross profit of the methods.
Principal Cost of Production Using The Table 10. Comparison of Gross Profit
Full Costing and Variable Costing of Full Costing.
Methods.
Vari Selling Full Gross
 Comparison of Principal Cost of ants Price Costin Profit
Production Of (Rp) g (Rp)
The results obtained by using two methods Woo Metho
of determining the principal price indicate den d
that there as a difference between the Hous (Rp)
principal cost of production using the full e
costing method and variable costing A 85.000. 50.709 34.290
method although the difference is not too Two- 000 .250 .750
large, that is, Rp. 703.250. Roo
Table 9. Comparison of The m
Principal Cost of Production Size
A 115.000 77.167 37.833
Varia Principal Of Differe Three .000 .000 .000
nts Cost nce Of -
Of Production Princi Room
Woo Full Variab pal Size
den Costin le Cost

353
 Table 11. Comparison of Gross Profit This is also supported by the higher
gross profit as shown by table 10 and
of Variable Costing.
11.
Vari Selling Full Gross  The result of research provide more
ants Price Costin Profit accurate information about the principal
Of (Rp) g (Rp) cost of wooden house production that
Woo Metho the wooden house producers can
den d determine the real profit.
Hous (Rp)
e 5. Acknowledgments
A 85.000. 50.006 34.994 Thank you to The Center of Research Manado
Two- 000 .000 .000 State Polytechnic, The Owner of wooden house
Roo industry in Tombasian Atas Village and friends
m that who have helped.
Size
A 115.000 76.463 38.536 6. References
Three .000 .750 .250 [1] Baridwan, Zaki. 2000. Intermediate
- Accounting. Edisi Tujuh. BPFE,
Room Yogyakarta.
Size [2] Wuryansari. Anis. 2016. Analisis
Perhitungan Harga Pokok Produksi dengan
Menggunakan Metode Full Costing
4. Conclusion and Recommendation sebagai Dasar Penentuan Harga Jual (Studi
Based on the result of research conducted to the Kasus di Peternakan Seraphine
wooden house businessmen, in the village of Yogyakarta). Skripsi. Fakultas Ekonomi.
Tombasian Atas, there are some conclusions that Universitas Sanata Dharma,
can be drawn bythe team as follows: Yogyakarta
 The wooden houses businessmen in the [3] Mulyadi. 2015. Akuntansi Biaya Edisi 5.
village of Tombasian Atas in UPP-STIM YKPN, Yogyakarta.
determining the principal cost have not [4] YIN,RobertK. 2004.StudiKasus
yet applied accounting and are not even DesaindanMetode. PT.
aware of the accounting calculations. RajaGrafindoPersada, Jakarta.
 By using two methods of determining
the principal cost of production, namely,
full costing and variable costing method,
the principal cost of production is not
too much different caused by the
differentiating value, which is a fixed
cost that is not economical so that the
principal cost of production is relatively
the same.
 Of the two methods, the variable costing
method is considered to be the most
suitable to be applied by the wooden
house businessmen because it results in
a lower principal cost of production
compared to that of full costing method.

354
 Do the Chinese Tourists have bad habit?
A Case In Bunaken Island
Vesty Like Sambeka 1st
Tourism Department
Manado State Polytechnic
Manado, Indonesia
Email: like_sambeka@yahoo.com
Abstract— The arrival of tourists from China to Indonesia
which has an impact on the country's foreign exchange, but
there are also negative things as reported by various world
media that deplore the bad habits of tourists from China.
Many world mass media have many bad habits such as:
littering, raging on planes or waiting rooms, vandalism, not
obeying the rules that apply in tourist locations, and so on
forcing their government to issue rules for their own citizens
who will travel abroad . In Manado itself there is no significant
information about the bad habits carried out by tourists from
China. However, some information stated that bad habits as
mentioned earlier have also occurred on Bunaken Island, but
only local people on Bunaken Island know better; caused by
those who everyday they must interact with the Chinese
people. This study aims to examine the assessment of local
communities on the customs of Chinese tourists on Bunaken
Island, National Marine Park, North Sulawesi Province. The
analytical method used is qualitative and quantitative. The
research instruments used are questionnaires, observation and
documentation. Likert scale is used to categorize each question
and use score interpretation to facilitate answers to
respondents' assessments. The analysis used is descriptive by
using tables and percentages, as well as testing the validity and
reliability. The findings show that local people, assessing
Chinese tourists tend to be destructive and not familiar, so it
takes attention from the tour manager to organize visitors who
enter the tourist location.
Keywords—Chinese tourists, bad habits, bunaken island
I. INTRODUCTION
Currently China has become a strong economic giant,
seen as a sustainable economic reform, supported by rapid
national income per capita, has made China the target
country for the tourism market. This is also supported by the
Chinese government's policy to improve the quality of life of
its citizens, the government issued an official holiday policy
and leave system for employees and made tourism a lifestyle
of the Chinese people.
The study of the 2014 China Statistical Yearbook showed
the average annual growth of Chinese outbound tourists from
2004 to 2013 was 14.74%, the number of outbound Chinese
tourists between 2010 and 2013 was as follows: 57.39
million trips, 70,250,000 trips, 83,180,000 trips, and
98,190,000 trips. In the Boston Consulting Group case study
published in 2011, it is predicted that by 2020, there will be
more than a quarter of international visitors to Japan and
South Korea from China; China's number of visitors to
Europe will quadruple, and China will be the third largest
visitor in North America. With the Approved Destination
Status (ADS) policy since the year in 1983, accelerate its
citizens to do tourist tours. (ADS) is an administrative policy
carried out by the Chinese government to allow its citizens to
355
Benny Irwan Towoliu 2nd
Tourism Department
Manado State Polytechnic
Manado, Indonesia
Email : benny.tourism@gmail.com
travel to selected countries for personal and recreational
purposes, which are usually in travel packages.
According to data from Indonesia's Central Bureau of
Statistics, the number of Chinese tourists in 2013 reached
807,429 visitors (an increase of 17.57% compared to 2012).
Described from the expenditure side, in 2013 Chinese
tourists spent an average of US $ 1,004.17 per visit. Even
though the amount of consumption was lower than tourists
from Australia and Japan, but because of the high number of
Chinese tourists visiting Indonesia, in 2013 they contributed
US $ 810,790,000 with the average length of stay of Chinese
tourists in Indonesia by 6.21 days. [1].
One of the regency most visited by tourists from China
other than Bali in Indonesia, is Manado (North Sulawesi).
According to information from the Deputy of Tourism
Marketing Development that in 2017 in this high season
period, there are 19 chartered flights per week flying from
China to Manado, North Sulawesi. The occupancy rate of
aircraft seats is 200-212 passengers. During 1 July 2016 July
20 2017 there were 47,794 Chinese tourists visiting North
Sulawesi. Plus in the June-July period there were 19 flights
from several cities in China, such as Changsa, Guangzhou,
Wuhan, Sanghai, Shenzhen, Chongqing, Chengdu, and
Kunming. Some information says that Chinese tourists are
interested in Manado, because: the price is cheap, access
from China to Manado is close, and they like marine tourism.
But behind the positive side of the arrival of tourists from
China to Indonesia which has an impact on the country's
foreign exchange, but there are also negative things as
reported by various world mass media who deplore the
attitude or habits of tourists from the country of bamboo
curtain. Bad habits are exposed by many foreign media such
as: spitting in public places, littering, raging on planes or
waiting rooms, vandalism, and others that are often made by
tourists from China so that the Chinese government also
issued rules for its own citizens, travel abroad.
In Manado itself, there is no information on the bad
behavior of Chinese tourists, some information states that
bad habits as mentioned earlier have also occurred on
Bunaken Island, as a marine destination, but the information
needs to be studied more deeply, is it true Chinese tourists
also do bad habits on Bunaken Island, which is the gateway
to the National Marine Park? Of course, only local people on
Bunaken Island know better; due to their daily life they
definitely interact with the Chinese tourists.
 II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Tourism
Understanding tourism based [2], regarding tourism,
mentioned tourism is a variety of tourism activities and
supported by various facilities and services provided by the
community, businessmen, government, and regional
governments. Tourism is simply a journey to have fun [3].
Further explained that there are four criteria that must be
met to state that the journey carried out by a person is a tour,
namely: 1). The trip is merely for fun, 2). The journey must
be done from a place (where the person lives) to another
place that is not a city or country where he usually lives, 3).
The trip is carried out in a minimum of twenty-four hours,
and, 4). The journey carried out has nothing to do with
earning a living. They travel solely as consumers in the
place they visit.
There are three criteria that must be met in terms of travel
which fall into the tourism category, namely [3] occur
between two places or more (movement between two or
more places or origin and destination), 2). Purpose of travel
for pleasure and 3). The trip is carried out temporarily. From
those definitions it can be concluded that tourism is a trip to
enjoy from one place to another out of a country where a
residence is not intended to find work and is only temporary.
Tourist
Then in the [4], about tourism mentioned that tourists are
people who do tourism. Whereas according to the
International Union of Travel Organization (IUTO) [5]
tourists are visitors who stay temporarily in a place at least
24 hours in the country they visit with the motivation to
travel for fun, vacation, health, study, religion, sports,
certain family visits, conferences and missions.
Limitation on tourists is very important to be done, to be
able to see the nature of the trip and the scope where the
tour is carried out, so that tourists can be classified as
follows: (1) Foreign tourists are foreign individuals who
travel, who come into another country that is not a country
that usually lives. (2) Archipelago tourists are citizens who
travel in the borders of their country without crossing the
borders of their country, [5].
While according to [6] that grouping tourists on the basis
of social and economic influences caused to local
communities, tourist destinations, norms that apply into
seven categories, as follows: (1) Explorer-type toyrist, a
traveler who aims to find something related to science. The
number of tourists belonging to this type is very small and
they make intensive contact with the local community. (2)
Elite tourist, a group of wealthy tourists who do lots of
shopping. They usually use the services of a travel agency
and are accompanied by a guide. This type of traveler has a
relatively short stay. (3) Off-beat tourist, adventurous
destination that aims to find places that are quiet and far
from the center of the crowd, for example attending safari
hunting. (4) Unusual tourist, tourists who take a day trip
(one day package tour) to visit primitive places and observe
indigenous cultures. (5) Mass tourist incipient, tourists who
travel in small groups by using tourist buses and staying in
star hotels, they often make complaints if the service
provided is not satisfactory. (6) Mass tourist, tourists
belonging to this type of travel continuously throughout the
356
year. They are classified as middle class people and usually
stay at small hotels. The number of tourists of this type is
very large by living in tourist destinations a few weeks. (7)
Charter tourist, This group of tourists wants an advanced
area and cosmopolitan with various complete facilities
according to their needs. Usually they use their holidays on
weekends to enjoy the security and beauty of the
environment.
In terms of international, travelers are: (1) visitors who
stayed in the country he is visiting (2) more than twenty-four
hours, and (3) come with the intention of filling free time
(for fun, vacation, health, education, religious purposes &
sports), family business and meetings. According to [7]
current patterns of tourist behavior, travel to different and
exotic locations (for them), with special objectives such as
learning culture, language, behavior, customs. Cultural
transfer is a special thing and is also part of their hope in
making the journey. So tourists are here to show someone
who travels from one place to another or from one country to
another country with a specific purpose or based on interests.
Tourist Behavior
According to [8] "Tourist behavior may be defined as the
decision process and physical activity of individuals
engaged in evaluating, acquiring, using, or disposing of
goods and services". (Tourist behavior is the process of
making decisions and physical activities of individuals
which all involve individuals in assessing, obtaining, using,
or ignoring goods and services). Tourist behavior according
to [9] is a complex psychological response that arises in the
form of behavior or actions that are typical in an individual
who is directly involved in the business of obtaining and
using products and determining the decision making process
in purchasing products, including in repurchasing, what is
meant is that tourists visit tourist destinations, buy
souvenirs, and one day the tourists return to visit because
they feel comfortable and believe.
While [10] stated about the definition of tourist behavior,
namely, "Tourist behavior is study of how individuals,
groups, and organizations select, buy, use, and dispose of
goods, services, ideas, or experiences to satisfy their needs.
and wants ". So the marketer or company must understand
what the needs and desires of tourists, whether it be services,
ideas, or experiences that can satisfy the desires and needs of
tourists.
III. METHOD
In taking respondents' data to the local community,
researchers used 70 respondents of a number of respondents,
out of a total of 217 local workers working in the tourism
industry on Bunaken Island [11]. Where these respondents
are known as active workers in Liang Beach. The number of
samples obtained by using the Slovin formula is: n = N / (1 +
N. (e) 2). In addition the researchers also tested the validity
and reliability of questionnaires for 30 respondents. Methods
of data analysis through a qualitative approach with
interpretative descriptive methods, with a measuring
instrument used to analyze the Likert scale with the degree of
acceptance, namely: (5) strongly agree, (4) agree, (3) neutral,
(2) disagree and (1 ) strongly disagree.
 IV. FINDING AND DISCUSSION percent restaurant staff 7.1 percent and resort staff 5.7
As the entrance to the national park, Bunaken Island is percent. Based on the characteristics of the respondents, it
the center of the tourism industry, so that all tourist activities can be concluded that the respondents were distributed fairly
are centered on the island. In addition, Bunaken Island has ± evenly. Table 2 shows respondents' answers to the behavior
16 diving spots scattered on the special coast of Bunaken or habits of Chinese tourists when they are around Bunaken
Island. Island, Marine National Park.
The indicator statements submitted to respondents are as
The development of the lodging industry on Bunaken follows: Chinese tourists (1) always carry out activities in
Island up to 2016 has recorded 24 lodgings with a percentage tourist locations in groups, (2) administering regulations in
of 35% owned by indigenous people while 65% are non- the park, (3) obeying the rules of prohibiting stepping on /
local. [11]. holding coral during snorkeling / diving activities , (4) during
The development of tourists to Bunaken Island almost diving / diving following the instructions of diving guides,
increases every year. In 2018 tourists are targeted to enter (5) renting equipment for swimming, snorkeling, and diving
Bunaken reaching ± 60,000 people. This means, when an by businessmen at tourist sites, (6) supporting cleaning
average of 6 months of normal time and normal weather efforts at tourist sites by not littering, (7 ) like food - drinks
estimates are taken, then in 1 month tourists visiting the offered and sold, by buying from business people at tourist
island reach 10,000. Moreover, the current number of tourists sites, (8) at the time of souvenir shopping activities on site,
from mainland China who entered through the leased agreeing to like the prices sold, and not bidding, (9) using
aircraft. Statistical data states that up to November 2017 the public facilities such as bathrooms , rinse showers and toilets
number of Chinese tourists entering Bunaken Island reached at the location by maintaining cleanliness, (10) getting along
± 68,116 [12], not including other foreign tourists. Besides closely with the community around the tourist site and (11)
that, Chinese tourists generally like sea tourism. What will photo activity only done in places that are allowed to take
happen with this national park area, when there is no photos and not just anywhere. All of these statements are
regulation that limits the number of tourists entering the positive, and do not judge Chinese tourists, other than that
National Park. they are not herding respondents to respond positively. The
following answers to the statement:.
The following are the results of data processing on
70 local community respondents involved in the tourism Table 2 Respondents' perceptions of Chinese tourists habits
industry on the island of Bunaken. The following in Bunaken Island
characteristics of respondents are: No Indicator Mean Sd
1 Always carry out activities in tourist
2.6857 1.19834
TABLE I. DEMOGRAPHIC PROFILE OF RESPONDEN locations in groups,,
2 Administer regulations in the national park. 2.2857 1.16896
Respondent Variable (n= 70) Number Per cent 3 Obey the rule banning tread / holding coral
2.0143 1.27964
Gender Male 38 54,3 at the exertional snorkelling / diving,
4 When diving follow the instructions of
Female 32 45,7 2.6143 1.50644
diving guides
Age 20-30 18 25,7 5 Hire of equipment for swimming,
snorkeling, and diving entrepreneurs at 2.9143 1.40127
31-40 40 57,1 tourist sites
6 Support cleaning efforts at tourist sites by
41-50 9 12,9 2.3571 1.48457
not littering
> 51 3 4,3 7 Liked the food - drinks offered and sold,
with the purchase of businessmen at tourist 2.5571 1.21149
Education Middle School 21 30 sites
High School 49 70 8 Agree with the price of souvenirs sold and
1.6857 0.69246
not bid
Occupation Resort Staff 4 5,7 9 Use of public facilities by keeping it clean 2.2286 1.07907
Tourist Venture 32 45,7 10 Familiar with the community around the
2.6000 1.20866
tourist site
Dive Guide 29 41,4 11 Activity photo (selfie & welfie) only at
1.9714 0.88418
places permitted.
Restaurant Staff 5 7,1
Source: data process
Source: data process
Of the eleven statements, the researcher has drawn three
Table 1 shows the demographic profile of respondents conclusions, among others: the first statement that tourists
who have met the requirements. Where in the table there are arrange each rule when activities in the national park, and the
70 respondents with gender distribution are 54.3 percent of answers obtained from respondents stated that they disagree,
men and 45.7 percent of women. Most of the respondents in which is an average of 2.5 percent. Both tourists like the
the age group 31 to 40 are 57 is 1 percent; ages 20 to 30 are interaction with the local community, the respondents'
25.7 percent; ages 41 to 50 are 12.9 percent and the last age answers show that the disagreeing average is 2.3 percent,
above 51 years is 7.1 percent. Furthermore, the level of while the third statement is the support of tourists towards
education is dominated by respondents with a high school maintaining the cleanliness of facilities in particular and the
education level of 49 percent and the first high school 21 national park, but the average respondent answers 2.3
percent. Whereas for prominent work, respondents who have percent disagree . This means that on the whole the positive
a tourist venture job are 45.7 percent, dive guides 41.4 statements expressed to respondents were not agreed, that

357
Chinese tourists to national parks tend to be destructive and
not familiar.
V. CONCLUSION
The results of this study are temporary studies to
assess local people's perceptions of the behavior of Chinese
tourists while on Bunaken Island, and it was found that
Chinese tourists tend to be destructive and not familiar,
based on respondents' answers. These findings will provide
input for national park managers and local governments to
pay attention by limiting visitors to Bunaken Island and the
need for an educational process for Chinese tourists through
tour operators who bring those who come to Manado,
especially entering Bunaken National Park.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, The authors are highly
grateful to the State Polytechnic of Manado for funding this
research.
REFERENCES
[1] Purwanto, Supriadi. "Analisis perilaku wisatawan
Tiongkok di luar negeri: Sebuah studi literatur." Bina
Ekonomi 20.1 (2016): 57-66..
[2] Anonim. Undang Undang Republik Indonesia No.10
Tahun 2009 tentang Kepariwisataan.
[3] Yoeti, Oka, A.Pariwisata : Sejarah, Perkembangan dan
Prospeknya. Jakarta : PT. Pertja, 2001
358
[4] Anonim. Undang Undang Republik Indonesia No.10
Tahun 2009 tentang Kepariwisataan.
[5] Yoeti, Oka, A.. Pengatar Ilmu Pariwisata. Bandung :
Angkasa, 1996
[6] Smith, V.L.Introduction To Host and Guest : The
Antropology of Tourism in The Eathscan Reader in
Sustainable Tourism,Lesley France (ed). UnitedKingdom
(UK) : Earthscan Publication Ltd.1997.
[7]Butler, R.W. The Role of Tourism and Culture:Global
Civilization in Change,Wiendu Nuryati (ed). Yogyakarta
:Gadjah Mada University Press. 1996.
[8]Buchari Alam. Manajemen Pemasaran dan Pemasaran
Jasa. Bandung; Alfabeta. 2008.
[9] Ali Hasan. Marketing. Yogyakarta: Media Utama. 2008
[10] Kotler dan Keller. Manajemen Pemasaran Jilid I. Edisi
13. Jakarta: Erlangga. 2009.
[11] Anthoni. J. Jesica. Studi Keterlibatan Masyarakat Lokal
Pada Industri Akomodasi di Pulau Bunaken
(Skripsi).Program Studi D4 Manajemen Perhotelan.
Politeknik Negeri Manado. 2016.
[12]https://travel.kompas.com/read/2017/07/25/110900727/t
uris-china-senang-ke-manado-ada-19-penerbangan-carter-
per-minggu
The effect of consumer interaction on social media (e-WOM)
towards desire to visit Tomohon City
Agung Stefanus Kembau
Marketing Program, Department of Business Administration, Manado State
Polytechnic
agungkembau@gmail.com
Abstract. Research on marketing
communication has been growing ever
since the internet has become one of the
communication media that become basic
needs. With the emergence of eWOM as
form of consumer interaction for tourist
destinations on social media, “the game”
have changed, the more tourist destinations
are exposing so that it affects the desire to
travel. The aim of this research is to review
more deeply about the influence of eWOM
with the theory of planned behavior,
through the title of the effect of consumer
interaction on social media towards the
desire to visit Tomohon city. Based on the
proposed hypothesis, there are four research
variables, namely: eWOM, attitudes,
subjective norms, perceived behavioral
controls, and desire to travel. Data
collection is done by observation, interview,
and questionnaire methods. Data analysis
techniques used to analyze data are
Structural Equation Modeling (SEM).
eWOM variable has an influence on
attitudes, subjective norms, perceived
behavioral controls and the desire to travel
to Tomohon. Furthermore, this research will
provide benefits to measure effectiveness in
the use of social media in the tourism
industry, as well as a reference in designing
tourism promotion through social media.
359
Keywords—Marketing communication, Social
Media, Theory of Planned Behavior
1. Introduction
One of the most phenomenal products that
emerged due to the technology was social
media. Nowadays, social media plays a crucial
role in the distribution of information flows.
For instance, In Indonesia, social media users
are growing very rapidly. The emergence of
social media as a place for humans to interact
with each other in cyberspace is one example
of products from the development of the
internet, with the development of web 2.0, a
technology that makes human internet users
can create information based on personal
experience to the public, the level of use,
attachment, and participation of people on the
internet is increasing
In business, users can gather in a social
media account due to a response to a product
launched by the company. Thus, social media
users who gather in one forum will pay
attention to brand image and loyalty, so that
entrepreneur who utilize social media as a
communication tool need to prepare a mature
strategy (Erdogmus and Cicek, 2012).
According to Kotler and Keller (2012), one
important aspect in the use of social media as a
marketing communication tool is word of
mouth (WOM). WOM means a dialogue
between different parties on the same issue.
WOM can also be defined as the process of
disseminating verbal information arising from
the experience of using a product. WOM means
a dialogue between different parties on the
same issue. WOM can also be defined as the
process of disseminating word-of-mouth
information arising from the experience of
using a product. Brand image in cyberspace are
strongly influenced by opinion articulation of a
product or service made by consumers, so that
this can be a boomerang for the company, if
they ignore it. A dynamic consumer attitude
towards brands can be influenced by opinions
from influencers (Jalilvand, 2012)
In the tourism marketing perspective, WOM
is agreed as the main factor in influencing the
desire and decision to travel to a destination. In
the era of internet-wave, tourists tend to
consider recommendations and reviews from
other experienced travelers to determine where
to make a tourist visit (Litvin et al, 2008)
However, to find out more clearly about the
way tourists behavior, this study uses the
Theory of Planned Behavior (TPB) by Ajzen
(1991). Quintal (2010) in Jalilvand's (2012)
study states that TPB can be used in explaining
tourist behavior in relation to the tourism
industry. Cheng et al (2005) also carried out the
same study by adding behavioral variables in
the past to the TPB model. Past behavior in the
study included WOM behavior. Jalilvand et al
(2012) conducted a similar study by specifying
WOM research in the online world so that the
eWOM variable appeared.
With the many references mentioned above,
researchers tried to adopt Jalilvand et al's
research with the object of tourists who have an
interest in Tomohon tourism, which is currently
considered as one of the potential destinations
owned by North Sulawesi. Organizing
international events such as the Tomohon
International Flower Festival (TIFF), a number
of prominent destinations such as Lake Linow,
Mount Lokon and Bukit Doa show the
existence of Tomohon which intentionally
encourages economic capitalization through
tourism. The tourists who have had experience
with Tomohon tourism. they often share
photos, activity reviews, and other things to the
social media they have, one of which is
Instagram. These things are interesting for
researchers to do this research.
1.1 Research Objectives and Benefits
360
This study aims to find the causal relationship
of marketing communication through social
media interaction (eWOM) which can
influence the desire of tourists to visit
Tomohon with the theory of planned behavior
approach. Research is expected to benefit the
tourism industry in Tomohon, especially to the
local government of Tomohon City, this
research will provide benefits to measure
effectiveness in the use of social media in the
tourism industry, as well as a reference in
designing tourism promotion through social
media.
2. Theoretical Framework
2.1 Electronic Word-of-Mouth (eWOM)
Some text. Based on the WOM definition
proposed by Westbrook (1987 in Jalilvand and
Samiei, 2012), electronic word of mouth
(eWOM) can be interpreted as all informal
communication that occurs directly between
consumers through internet media related to
experience in using goods and services or
related to goods sellers and these services.
Word-of-mouth (WOM) is influenced by two
variables, namely the party that is the source of
the message that influences (originator) and
the party who receives the message (listener).
Ditcher (1966 in Litvin et al., 2008) states that
consumers with a large involvement in
products in general will increase WOM. The
results of some of the studies above provide an
initial illustration that user reviews become
factors that significantly influence experience
on something (Klein, 2008), because the true
quality of a product is only seen when there are
users who review it (Huang et al, 2009), and
consumers modern will refer to WOM found in
online media such as social media (Jalilvand
and Samiei, 2012). Consumers' diverse
attitudes toward brands can be influenced by
the opinion articulation of influencers. This
also applies to the scope of tourism where
tourists tend to consider recommendations and
reviews from other experienced travelers to
determine where to make a tourist visit (Litvin
et al, 2008).
2.2 Social Media
According to Kaplan and Haenlein (2010),
social media is defined as a collection of
internet-based applications built on the basic
foundations of web 2.0 ideas and technologies
Figure 1. The relationship between variables
that provide space for users to create content.
adopted from the model compiled by Jalilvan
Jones (2010) explained that the use of social
and Samiei (2012)
media has increased since the media that use
the internet developed user collaboration
features, thus enriching information and
H1. eWOM has a positive effect on attitudes
experience gained by modern consumers in
towards visits to Tomohon
carrying out assessments on products, brands
and companies. Some social media that have H2. Attitudes have a positive influence on
many users are Facebook, Instagram and the desire to visit
TwitterA subsubsection.
H3. eWOM has a positive influence on
2.3 Theory of Planned Behavior subjective norms
An alternative approach to predict interest or
H4. Subjective norms have a positive
desire that is generally used in the study of
influence on the desire to travel
consumer behavior is the theory of planned
behavior (Theory of Planned Behavior) that H5. eWOM has a positive influence on
postulated by Ajzen (1991). The theory perceived behavioral control
expostulates three factors that shape interest,
namely attitudes toward behavior, subjective H6. Perceived behavioral control has a
norms and perceived behavioral control. positive influence on the desire to travel
Behavior will not appear without interest to do H7. eWOM has a positive influence on the
so (Shim et al, 2001). According to TPB, desire to travel
interest or intention to behave is determined by
the relative weight of attitudes toward
behavior, subjective norms, and behavioral
perceptions (Park, 2003) 3. Research Method
3.1 Data Collection Method
2.4 Hypothesis Formulation This study took 110 samples to represent the
The hypotheses produce relationships between population, namely all Instagram social media
variables that facilitate discussion of problems users who have an interest in traveling who are
as illustrated in the following chart members of the same online group as
researchers who are active on Instagram and
Atitude (y1)
have never been to Tomohon before 2015. The
steps taken for purposive sampling in this
study are as follows. (1) Create a category of
friend population in online groups based on
age, gender, level of education, occupation,
e-WOM Desire
and area of origin. (2)ToDetermine the sample
(x) Visit (z)
that really has the desire to travel and use
Subjective Instagram. (3) Collecting samples up to 110
Norm (y2) respondents and filling out questionnaires
online. For data collection, observation is
done, by observing the respondent's behavior
directly. As well as, questionnaires, related to
responses to various research variables.
Perceived
behavioral control
( y3)

361
3.2 Data Analysis Technique
This study uses SEM analysis techniques to
reduce measurement errors and obtain an
affirmation factor analysis (Confirmatory
Factor Analysis). The stages of SEM use in
this study will refer to Hair et al. (2014: 565)
as follows:

1) Identify constructs, individually.

2) Building an overall measurement model.
3) Select the input matrix and model
estimation.
4) Assessing structural model identification
5) Assessment Criteria for fit
6) Interpretation and modification of the
model

4. Data Analysis and Result

4.1 Respondent Demographics
Respondents in this study dominated by
women as many as 73 respondents or 66.36%
while the rest were male, which amounted to Figure 2. Flow Chart of the Effect of eWOM
37 people or 33.64%. Sekitar 60,91% on Desire for Travel
responden atau 67 orang responden berusia 17-
22 tahun dan sisanya berusia 23-28 tahun It can be seen that in the Full Model
yaitu sebesar 35,45% (39 orang), 29-34 tahun diagram there is no problem of model
yaitu sekitar 1,82% (2 orang responden) dan identification and has good goodness of fit
35-39 tahun sebesar 1,82% (2 orang). Based because almost all criteria have met the
on occupation , most of the respondents were recommended value. The results of the Full
students, namely 76.3% (84 people), while Model testing are summarized in Table 1.
16.36% (18 people) were private employees,
and were 1.82% of BUMN employees (2 Table 1. Goodness of fit criteria
people) while the remaining 5.45% (6 people).
When viewed in terms of income, the majority
of respondents have income <IDR 3,000,000,
namely 79.09% (87 people), then 18.18% of
respondents (20 people) have income> IDR
3,000,000 - IDR 10,000,000, and the rest
2.73% of respondents (3 people) have income>
Rp 10,000,000.
4.2 Data Analysis Results
In the full SEM model, the analysis is
carried out by testing the suitability and
statistical tests by referring to the fit model
criteria. Data processing results for full SEM
model analysis are presented in Figure below:

362
 Goodness of Fit Control Result Information hypothesis is
Index Off Value accepted.
Absolute Fit Measures Variables that
X2-chi-square Diharapka 192,485 Good have a direct
n Kecil influence on the
Significance ≥ 0,05 0,00 Poor variable desire
Probability
to travel are
DF ≥ 0 128 Good
eWOM
RMSEA ≤ 0,08 0,069 Good
GFI ≥ 0,90 0,836 Enough
variables of
RMR ≤ 0,05 0,053 Enough 0.287 and
Incremental Fit Measures attitudes of
AGFI ≥ 0,90 0,781 Enough 0.563. In
TLI ≥ 0,95 0,908 Enough addition, the
CFI ≥ 0,90 0,923 Good eWOM variable
NFI ≥ 0,90 0,805 Enough also gives a
IFI ≥ 0,90 0,925 Good direct influence
Parsimonious Fit Measures on attitude
PNFI 0,60-0,90 0,674 Good variables of
PGFI 0-1 0,626 Good 0.406,
CMIN/DF ≤ 2,00 1,504 Good subjective norm
variables of
4.3 Interpretation and Model Modification 0.500 and behavioral control variables of
4.3.1 Hypothesis Testing Results 0.523.

Hypothesis testing is done by using the t-value Table 3. Total influnces

value with a a significance level of 0.05.
eWOM Atittude
Tabel 2. Regression weights: (group Perceived 0.523 .000
number 1 - default model) behavioral control
Subjective Norm 0.500 .000
H Estimate S.E. C.R. P Label Attitude 0.406 .000
Desire to Visit 0.287 .563
H1 .355 .106 3.339 *** par_14
H2 .510 .121 4.202 *** par_15 The total effect of attitude (0.376) has the
greatest influence on the desire of travel
H3 .534 .123 4.326 *** par_18 compared to other variables. Furthermore, for
the eWOM variable has the value of the total
H4 .105 .063 1.667 .096 par_16
influence on behavioral control of 0.534,
H5 .167 .085 1.979 .048 par_17 subjective norm of 0.510 and the effect on
attitude of 0.355.
H6 -.005 .062 -.086 .931 par_19
H7 .376 .093 4.033 *** par_20
4.4 Discussion
4.4.1 The Effect of eWOM on Attitudes, and
The value of t-value in the AMOS 21 Attitudes to Desire to Travel
program is the critical ratio (C.R.) value in eWOM has a positive influence of 0.355 on the
Regression Weights from the fit model (Full attitude to travel, it means that if the eWOM
Model). If the value of the critical ratio (C.R.) value increases it will increase the attitude to
≥ 1.96 and the probability value (p) ≤ 0.05, travel or visiting Tomohon, assuming other
independent variables are considered constant.
then H0 is rejected (the research hypothesis is
A positive and interesting post or review can
accepted). Based on these rules, the whole

363
also positively influence a person's attitude in
considering traveling. By consulting with
people who have made posts and reviews about
a destination, someone will feel safer and feel
confident to choose to visit the destination. The
attitude variable in this study has a positive
influence on the desire to travel to Tomohon.
The more interesting posts and positive reviews
about Tomohon on Instagram, the more people
will appreciate the quality of Tomohon tourism
4.4.2 The Effect of eWOM on Subjective Norms
and Subjective Norms on Desire to Travel
In TPB, subjective norms are defined as
perceptions that are formed from social
pressure from outside the self which
determines whether or not a behavior is
performed (Ajzen, 1991). Study concluded that
peer influence and social environment are
indicators of subjective norms affecting
behavior in the process of technological
adaptation. The results of this study indicate
that eWOM has a significant influence on
subjective norms, but on the other hand
subjective norms do not have a significant
influence on the desire to travel. The decision
to travel someone's tour is mostly due to their
own awareness or decision. After getting
information about a destination, a personal
decision will determine whether or not
someone wants to travel to Tomohon.
4.4.3 The influence of eWOM on the Perceived
Control Behavior and Perceived Control
Behavior in Desiring to Travel
In the context of tourism, travel decisions and
perceived behavioral controls relate to
perceptions of the level of satisfaction with the
destination and the possibility of visiting the
destination, as well as the confidence to visit
the destination (Jalilvand et al, 2012). In this
study, the results obtained that eWOM has a
significant relationship to self-control that is
perceived subjectively. If you look at the
demographic characteristics of respondents
who showed the number as much as 76% of
respondents were students / students, it is
understandable why perceived behavioral
control variables did not have a positive effect
on the desire to travel to Tomohon. For
364
students, where they do not have their own
income, the decision to travel to Tomohon will
be greatly influenced by the ability of their
resources.
4.4.4 The Effect of eWOM on Desire to Travel
In this study eWOM has a positive influence
on the desire to travel to Tomohon. The results
of this study are consistent with previous
research that found the fact that eWOM in the
form of reviews from consumers influences
purchasing decisions. According to Jalilvand
and Samiei (2012), modern consumers will
seek information and ask for input from other
consumers who already have experience in
using the product before making a purchase.
From the data obtained in this study shows that
many respondents who want to travel to
Tomohon after seeing interesting posts and
reviews from Instagram accounts. Interesting
photos of tourist sites in Tomohon affect
people to prefer Tomohon compared to other
destinations in Indonesia.
5. Conclusion and Managerial Implication
Based on the conclusions that have been
described, there are several managerial
implications that can be applied by the
Tourism Office and related parties such as the
private sector, for example, Because the
eWOM variable has an influence on attitudes,
subjective norms, perceived behavioral
controls and the desire to travel to Tomohon,
the eWOM variable is the main focus that must
be a reference for relevant Agencies such as
the local Tourism Office and other parties such
as the private sector to increase the number of
tourists. From the statement contained in the
eWOM variable, it can be seen that the
statement about seeking information about the
review of a destination that is intended before
traveling to a destination has the highest
average value, therefore the relevant parties
should provide information about the tours in
Tomohon online. both through websites and
other social media because with this
information, more and more people will read
and raise the desire to travel to Tomohon. With
the increasing number of tourists in Tomohon,
it will increase government, private and
community income in Tomohon. In addition to
the need to convey tourist information through
online either through the website or social
media the Tourism Service and other parties
such as the private sector need to control the
form and content of the information conveyed
to further enhance positive information related
to Tomohon tourism. Collaborating with social
media users such as Influencers and social
media accounts that specifically promote
tourism.

5.1 Implications for future research

Subsequent research is recommended to use a
wider area because of the potential of tourism
in Indonesia which is currently growing very
rapidly. By increasing the number of samples
used with a more diverse demographic mix.
Marketing communication strategy has not
been much discussed in this study, especially
in building the value of tourism in an area so
that in the future it can become a new area of
research in the future.

References

[1] Ajzen and Icek 1991 The Theory of Planned

Behavior Journal of Organizational Behavior
and Human Decision Process, Vol. 50 179
[2] Cheng S, Lam T and Hsu, C.H.C. 2006
Negative word-of-mouth communication
intention: anapplication of the theory of
planned behavior Journal of Hospitality &
Tourism Research,Vol. 30 No. 1, pp. 95-116.
[3] Erdogmus, Irem Eren and Mesut Cicek. 2012
The Impact of Social Media Marketing on
Brand Loyalty, Procedia Social, and
Behavioral Sciences, 58, pp: 1355-1360.
[4] Jalilvand, Muhammad, R and Neda Samiei
2012 The Impact of Electronic Word of Mouth
on A Tourism Destination Choice: Testing The
Theory of Planned Behavior Journal of
Internet Research Vol. 22 No. 5, pp. 591-612
[5] Jalilvand,Muhammad R, Neda Samiei,
Behrooz Dini, Parisa Yaghoubi Manzari 2012
Examining the Structural Relationship of
Electronic Word of Mouth, Destination Image,
Tourist Attitude toward Destination, and
Travel Intention: An Integrated Approach
Journal of Destination Marketing and
Management Vol.1 pp. 134-143
[6] Kaplan, Andreas and Haenlein, M 2010 User
of The World, Unite! The Challenges and
Opportunities of Social Media Business
Horizon Vol. 53 pp. 59-68
[7] Kotler, Philip and Keller 2012 Marketing
Management, 14th Edition, (New Jersey:
Prentice Hall) p 498

365
The Assessment of Investment and Financing Impact
on Shareholder Welfare (Comparative Study Between
Sharia and Non-Sharia Compliant Company Groups
in Indonesian Capital Market)
Ruhadi1,Fiesty Utami2
1
Accounting Department, Bandung State Polytechnic, Bandung 40559, Indonesia
2
Accounting Department, Bandung State Polytechnic, Bandung 40559, Indonesia

Abstract—The studies of financial performance have frequently increasing the overall cost for the company. On the other hand,
conducted, but the comparison is rarely studied. The objective of the hard work of the company in achieving profit then will only
this study is to identify the factors that influent shareholders provide welfare for the lender than to improve the welfare of
wealth. At least, two categories that affect shareholders wealth; shareholders themselves.
those are the investment and financing aspects. This study employs
The review of financial performance on the share of returns
the data from the Indonesia Stock Exchange (ISX), especially for
sharia and non-sharia manufacturing companies, which is (the ROE of sharia and non-sharia manufacturing companies)
compiled by ISX. The multiple regression is applied to solve the shows that ROE of the sharia group is much more stable than the
issue in this research. The result of the study has found that in the non-sharia, as can be shown below.
non-sharia group, the shareholders' wealth is influenced by
investment and financing aspects, whereas in the sharia group the
financing aspect is the only aspect that affects the shareholders'
wealth.

Keywords: shareholders wealth, investment, financing, sharia-

compliant
I. INTRODUCTION
Previous studies shows that sharia companies are less risky
than non-sharia [1], and sharia industry can minimize the effect
of financial crisis [2]. This is a fascinating fact to continue to be
explored related to other financial performance. [3] argue that
bankruptcy or financial failure occurs when the amount of
liabilities exceeds the asset's fair value or when the current
liabilities exceed the current assets. The bankruptcy or financial
collapse experienced by most companies can adversely affect
the world economy [4].
The purpose of financial management is to improve
shareholder wealth. This objective is concerned with two
essential elements that must be managed by the financial section
that is related to investment and funding policies. [3] opinion
above provides information that regarding funding, companies
should pay attention to capital structure. It means that the
comparison between internal funding of stocks plus profits held
on debt can have an impact on the efficiency and effectiveness
of the company in the process of achieving the shareholders’
welfare. Increased funding derived from debt will highly risk the
business, which will have an impact on the efficiency of the
company. Theoretically, in a conventional financial perspective,
an increase in debt could increase the cost of interest, thereby
Figure 1. Graph of ROE Comparison
(Companies Sharia and Non-Sharia in 2014)
Similarly, the assets productivity in generating profit or
Return on Investment (ROI) for sharia manufacturing group
companies is much more productive than the non-sharia. The
average ROI of the sharia group is almost three times that of non-
sharia, while the standard deviation of ROI for non-sharia groups
is twice as large as that of sharia, as can be seen in Figure 2.
Notes: The average ROI of Sharia is 0.06 while the Non-Sharia
is 0.02, and the std dev ROI of Sharia is 0.07, while the Non-
Sharia is 0.15.
Figure 2. Graph of ROI Comparison
(Group of Sharia and Non-Sharia Companies in 2014)
The graph indicates that the productivity of sharia
management system is superior to the non-sharia management
system. It might happen because of the characteristic of the
Sharia funding management system; Sharia firms emphasis
more on equity than debt because the debt containing interest is
not allowed. Thus the format of the Islamic group fulfilment
funds is more concern in equity (as can be seen in Figure 3). The

366
figure shows the higher the equity used, the smaller the equity welfare. [5] states productivity has two dimensions;
multiplier or, the higher the debt or leverage. effectiveness (doing things right) and efficiency (working right).
Understanding these two dimensions of productivity shows that
business must meet the rules that it works on target and
efficiently. In the financial theory, effectiveness can be
measured by how far the management can take advantage of
every dollar of assets owned to generate sales as optimal as
possible, whereas the efficiency is how much sales have been
achieved to generate net income. Based on these two
Figure 3. Comparison of Equity Multiplier (TA/E)
dimensions, the company is expected to achieve its goals
(Sharia and Non-Sharia Group Companies in 2014)
because the increase of effectiveness and efficiency are
The comparison of equity multiplier for both groups shows
predicted to produce profit optimally.
that the capital structure of sharia companies group is more well-
The efforts in maximizing profit cannot be separated from
managed. The sharia companies equity multiplier is relatively
the goal to increase the shareholders' welfare. In fact, to expand
constant, while for non-sharia enterprise group, the capital
its funding, the company often searches another external
structure is a problem that should be managed carefully on a
sources. This funding process then raises the choice of how
daily basis (see Figure 3). As a result, the goal of achieving
much the business will use the funds from the outside and how
shareholder welfare for the sharia group becomes more simple,
much from the internal. How much assets owned by the
because to achieve a good financial performance the sharia
company either funded by debt or equity, is called the capital
companies are more focus on investment management issues.
structure.
On the contrary, business management in non-sharia group
Financial performance evaluation is the important thing that
becomes a bit complex because it must deal with two matters;
should be did by the management. The result of the evaluation
management issues investment and funding.
will provide an overview, whether the management so far have
Theoretically, the purpose of increasing shareholders welfare
achieved goals or not. As most people know, the purpose of
is reflected by the increasing equity productivity in generating
establishing a company is to keep the business continuity. To
profit for shareholders or Return On Equity (ROE). A higher
expand and maintain the sustainability of the business, the
ROE means that the company, in the long run, could improve
company need business activities that can generate profit.
the shareholders’ welfare. It is the goal of financial management.
Financial performance is the result of management activity and
The studies about the factors underlying the increasing ROE,
hard work in managing the business. The management success
through an analysis of two financial performance: investment
could be measured by how far the objectives have been
and finance, seems being relevant. Conceptually, investment
achieved, as the objectives already decided in the beginning of
aspect comes from net profit margin (PM) and asset turnover
company establishment. In general, a company is built to
(ATO), while funding and capital structure aspect come from
maintain business continuity and to improve the business owners
equity multiplier (EM) or leverage. Then, this study will focus
welfare. [5] states productivity has two dimensions;
on the question: which investment and funding factor is the most
effectiveness (doing things right) and efficiency (working right).
dominant in giving impact to shareholder welfare in sharia and
Understanding these two dimensions of productivity shows that
non-sharia groups. This study aims to reveal which aspects of
business must meet the rules that it works on target and
investment and leverage are carried out by sharia and non-sharia
efficiently.
manufacturing companies in Indonesia that have the greatest
In the financial theory, effectiveness can be measured by
impact in increasing shareholder wealth. The results obtained
how far the management can take advantage of every dollar of
from this study is expected to determine the most appropriate
assets owned to generate sales as optimal as possible, whereas
strategy that can be executed each by both types of companies to
the efficiency is how much sales have been achieved to generate
achieve the shareholders welfare.
net income. Based on these two dimensions, the company is
II. LITERATURE STUDY expected to achieve its goals because the increase of
effectiveness and efficiency are predicted to produce profit
Financial performance evaluation is the important thing that optimally. The efforts in maximizing profit cannot be separated
should be did by the management. The result of the evaluation from the goal to increase the shareholders' welfare. In fact, to
will provide an overview, whether the management so far have expand its funding, the company often searches another external
achieved goals or not. As most people know, the purpose of sources. This funding process then raises the choice of how
establishing a company is to keep the business continuity. To much the business will use the funds from the outside and how
expand and maintain the sustainability of the business, the much from the internal. How much assets owned by the
company need business activities that can generate profit. company either funded by debt or equity, is called the capital
Financial performance is the result of management activity structure.
and hard work in managing the business. The management
success could be measured by how far the objectives have been
2.1 Return on Equity (ROE)
achieved, as the objectives already decided in the beginning of
Return on equity is an essential measurement of corporate
company establishment. In general, a company is built to
earnings performance. ROE reveals how effective and efficient
maintain business continuity and to improve the business owners

367
the owners money are being used. Thus, this study estimate
whether the company is a profit producer or otherwise. The
calculation of ROE is as follows:
𝐸𝑎𝑟𝑛𝑖𝑛𝑔 𝐴𝑓𝑡𝑒𝑟 𝑇𝑎𝑥
𝑅𝑂𝐸 =
𝑁𝑒𝑡 𝑆𝑎𝑙𝑒𝑠
A high ROE shows a better management in using equity to
generate profits. Investors rate ROEs for companies individually
and compare them with industries as benchmarks. Increased
ROE is a signal that a company can increase its profits without
additional new equity into the business intended for existing
capital owners.
2.2 Model Du-Pont Three-Step
ROE formula shows that the increase of ROE requires one
thing; either there is an increase in net income or the decline in
equity (such as increased debt). This three-step model was first
created by DuPont Corporation, where ROE is divided into three
factors, and the indicators are: Net Profit Margin (PM), Asset
Turnover (ATO) and Equity Multiplier (EM).
𝑇𝐴
𝑅𝑂𝐸 = = 𝑃𝑀 𝑋 𝐴𝑇𝑂 𝑋 𝐸𝑀 (2)
𝐸
𝐸𝐴𝑇
𝑃𝑀 =
𝑁𝑆
𝑁𝑆
𝐴𝑇𝑂 =
𝑇𝐴
𝑇𝐴
𝐸𝑀 =
𝐸
where EAT is earnings after tax, NS is net sales, TA is the
total asset, and E is equity. Thus the above formula can be
reformulated by the following equation:
𝐸𝐴𝑇 𝑁𝑆 𝑇𝐴
𝑅𝑂𝐸 = 𝑥 𝑥
𝑁𝑆 𝑇𝐴 𝐸
The profit margin of a company reflects a pricing
management strategy that shows how much profit can be
generated from the monetary unit. Asset turnover shows the
effectiveness of management to generate sales. EM measures the
size of the company in using its debt funds to fund its assets; the
higher the EM ratio, the higher the leverage/debt. This DuPont
model combines three attributes that consist of productivity,
profitability, and leverage. It means that these three aspects
influence ROE.
The financial strategy aims to maximize ROE in the long
term. Thus if the company wants to maximize ROE, it can use a
variety of actions. One or two of the three strategies are available
to be chosen: volume, margin, and leverage strategy. However,
it is so rarely that a company only takes one strategy because a
company usually takes a combination of two or three strategies
[6].
High ROE will lead the company to succeed in generating
high stock prices and makes the company can easily attract new
funding. ROE is an essential feature of the modern market
economy both individual as well as overall [7]. Thus,
theoretically, ROE can be used as an indicator to measure
shareholder's welfare because ROE can increase stock price,
where the stock price is an important indicator of shareholder's
welfare.
2.3 The Relationship of ROE with PM, ATO, and EM
(1)
Profit margin is an efficiency indicator of each dollar sales
revenue in generating the net profit. Thus a higher PM is
expected to increase return on assets (ROA). On the other hand,
the increase in PM will not rise ROA if the effectiveness of sales
(ATO) has not achieved. ATO is an indicator of how much each
dollar of assets can contribute to sales revenue. Therefore high
ATO will give a significant contribution to the increase of ROA
when the efficiency increase.
[8] examine the relationship between capital structure and
financial performance of companies in Sri Lanka. They use
multi-regression and correlation methods to prove the
relationship between debt-equity ratio, which is long-term debt
with various financial performance. The result of the study
demonstrates that capital structure positively correlates with
company's financial performance.
[9] find that an increase of ROE is a positive indication.
Otherwise, a decrease in ROE usually causes problems. If ROE
increases due to the decline in equity, then firms tend to use debt
(3) funds that can cause problems. If ROE rises due to increased
EAT, then this shows a positive growth of EPS.
[10] examines the relationship between ROA, ROE, and ROI.
(4) They found that ROA, ROE, and ROI simultaneously address
strong relationships with stock prices and market returns.
(5) Nevertheless, individually ROA and ROI have a weak impact on
stock prices and ROE does not even have any effect on stock
prices. [6] study shows that PM and TA have an impact on ROE,
while EM does not affect ROE. The same results also occur in
comparisons for data relating to firms and time periods. [11]
examines the impact of PM and ATO on the volatility of future
operating profits. They found that both elements could explain
(6) the expected fluctuations of operating profit.
III. METHODOLOGY
The data used in this study is the data of a group of sharia
and a group of non-sharia manufacturing companies, listed by
Indonesia Stock Exchange in 2014. The population of this
research is all manufacturing companies listed on Indonesia
Stock Exchange. The population is divided into two, namely the
sharia and non-sharia category. The period of observation is
2014, and this study uses purposive sampling. The company
sample criteria used are companies with these categories: (1)
publish its financial report as of December 31 of 2014; (2)
identified to meet the categories of sharia or non-sharia; (3)
profit after tax, net sales, total assets, and total equity data are
available.
The type of data used in this study is quantitative data, i.e.,
data in numbers that indicate the magnitude of the variable
value. Meanwhile, the data source used in this study is secondary
data obtained from; (1) Indonesian Capital Market Directory
(ICMD), published in 2014; (2) Annual report for all companies
selected as sample members, published in 2014; and (3) JSX
Monthly Statistic (2014).
368
Three independent variables will be analyzed in this research. of Sharia and Non-Sharia Manufacturing Companies in 2014
The first independent variable is profit margin (PM) that is profit
after tax or earnings after tax (EAT) divided by net sales (NS). N Perform Non-Sharia (N=37) Sharia (N=98)
The second one is asset turnover (ATO), it is net sales divided o ance Avg. Std. Dev. Avg. Std. Dev.
by total assets (TA). Lastly, Equity Multiplier (EM) is the total Var.
assets divided by equity (E). The dependent variable of this 1 ROE 0.1960 0.56604 0.1049 0.20132
study is Return on Equity (ROE). The formula is below: 2 PM - 0.28338 0.7696 6.93490
𝐸𝐴𝑇
𝑃𝑀 = (7) 3 ATO 0.0303 0.76316 0.9950 0.66996
𝑁𝑆
4 ROI 0.9687 0.14570 0.0578 0.08420
𝑁𝑆 5 EM 0.0237 7.70885 1.8535 0.80412
𝐴𝑇𝑂 = (8) 1.9944
𝑇𝐴
Viewed from the EM, it appears that the non-sharia group is
𝐸𝑀 = 𝑇𝐴/𝐸 (9) almost two times while the sharia group is 1.85 times. It means
that the average funding derived from debt for the non-sharia
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝐴𝑇
𝑅𝑂𝐸 = (10) group is higher than that of sharia companies. Therefore the
𝑇𝑜𝑡𝑎𝑙 𝐸𝑞𝑢𝑖𝑡𝑦
This study uses regression analysis model, as follows: interest charge to be paid by this group of companies must be
bigger than the sharia group. Hence it would erode the
𝑅𝑂𝐸 = 𝑎 + 𝑏1𝑃𝑀 + 𝑏2𝐴𝑇𝑂 + 𝑏3𝐸𝑀 + € (11)
performance of the overall profit rate.

4.2 Regression Analysis Result

PM (Efficiency) In general the level of shareholder welfare, approached with
Investme Return on Equity, is significantly influenced by sales
nt Policy effectiveness (ATO) and funding or leverage (EM) aspect (see
ATO (Effectiveness) ROE
Table 2).

Funding EM (Leverage) Table 2. Regression Analysis Result for Non-Sharia Group

Policy Companies with ROE as Dependent Variable
Unstandardized Stand.
Figure 4. Relationship Model of PM, ATO, and EM to ROE Coefficients Coef.
Model T Sig.
Std.
B Beta
IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION Error
Non-Sharia Group Companies
4.1 Result (Constant) 0.10 0.107 0.980 0.334
5
As mentioned before, the objective of this research is to PM 0.44 0.248 0.224 1.802 0.081
measure financial performance which can be seen from 8
investment aspect which consist of effectiveness (ATO) and
ATO 0.19 0.088 0.269 2.254 0.031
efficiency (PM). This study also wants to measure financial
9
performance on funding aspect (EM), which gives influence to
EM - 0.009 -0.605 - 0.000
the company value for sharia and non-sharia manufacturing
0.04 5.012
companies (welfare of shareholder analyzed by using ROE as
4
the proxy). Below is the descriptive analysis of the two groups
Sharia Group Companies
of companies.
Descriptive Analysis (Constant) 0.01 0.055 0.189 0.850
Based on the results of the analysis in Table 1, it can be 0
described that the financial performance of non-sharia PM 0.00 0.003 0.120 1.180 0.241
companies shows that: ROE is 19.60%, and PM is -3.03%. 3
Therefore, ATO is 0.97 times, ROI is 2.37%, and EM is 1.99 ATO - 0.032 -0.011 - 0.917
times. Viewed from the investment aspect, it appears that the 0.00 0.104
non-sharia group produces ROI with average 2.37%, while the 3
sharia group is 5.78%. Non-sharia companies have sales EM 0.05 0.026 -0.205 1.949 0.054
effectiveness with average 0.97 times, while its efficiency is - 1
3.03%. Then, sharia group companies have sales effectiveness In the group of sharia companies, the welfare of shareholders
0.995 times, and the efficiency is 76.96%. These are why the is significantly influenced only by the funding/leverage (EM).
overall investment performance of non-sharia group companies Meanwhile, the results of the analysis reveal that the
is lower than that of sharia companies. effectiveness of the sale positively and significantly affects the
Table 1 Analysis Result Comparison of Financial Performance welfare of stakeholders in non-sharia enterprise group. It could
be said that the increase of shareholder's welfare in this group is

369
due to the increase of sales effectiveness. On the other hand, the
funding aspect or leverage shows a negative and significant
impact of shareholder welfare. It indicates that the increase of
shareholder's welfare in non-sharia group occurs when the use
of debt is lowered or vice versa.
These findings suggest that the increase of debt would give
impact on the increase of shareholder wealth. Theoretically, it
demonstrates that debt could rise risks such as an increase of
interest costs and the eroded revenue or decreased efficiency that
appears to be ineffective from the efficiency aspect of the PM.
This condition is in line with findings from a study conducted by
[10] which finds that ROA and ROI have a weak impact on stock
prices and ROE does not have any impact on the stock price.
The results of the analysis in the group of sharia companies
show that the welfare of its shareholders is influenced positively
and significantly by funding or leverage. It reflects that the
increasing of the shareholder's welfare in that group is
significantly affected only because of the increase in the equity
multiplier. The increased funding aspect from outside is the
largest contributor to the increase of shareholder's welfare, while
the effectiveness of sales and efficiency has not had a significant
impact to the profit for shareholders in this group of companies.
In sharia context, total assets are debt plus equity. The debt in
the sharia companies is like capital participation which
shareholders will get part of profit if company gain profit (it is
not the profit decided in the beginning). The increase of welfare
is contributed significantly from relatively cheap funding.
However, this group of companies has not been able to utilize
the investment aspect through its sales strategy and business
efficiency.
4.3 Discussion
Based on the analysis result, this study identifies that in the
group of non-sharia companies, the dominant factor that has a
positive and significant impact on the welfare of shareholders
(with ROE as the proxy) is the sales effectiveness (with ATO as
the proxy). It is also influenced negatively and significantly by
funding or leverage (with EM as the proxy). This condition
indicates that ROE increases due to the increase in funding from
equities. This situation illustrates that increased net income
followed by increased funding which comes from the equity or
the debt plunge. It will give implications to positive earnings per
share growth (similar with [9] study). Increasing ROE is a
positive indication. Otherwise, a drop in ROE usually creates a
problem. If ROE increases due to the decline in equity, then
firms tend to use debt funds that can cause problems, if ROE
rises due to increased EAT then this shows positive growth for
EPS [9]. The results of the analysis on non-sharia group
companies show that changes in turnover assets (ATO) and
Equity Multiplier (EM) can explain the change of ROE which is
equal to 57.3% and the rest is explained by other variables (see
Table 3).
Table 3. Results of Regression Analysis for Sharia and
Non-Sharia Corporate Groups
R* R square Adjusted R- Std. Error of the
square Estimate
Non-Sharia Group Companies
370
0.757 0.573 0.535 0.38618
Sharia Group Companies
0.225 0.050 0.020 0.19929
*Predictors: (Constant), EM, ATO, PM
It seems that a suitable strategy to increase profit for
shareholders in the non-sharia group companies is likely through
investment strategy by sales effectiveness and leverage strategy
by increased internal funding. In a group of sharia companies,
the shareholder welfare is only influenced positively and
significantly by funding (EM as the proxy). It illustrates that
generally in this group of companies, the increase in profits
available to shareholders or the welfare of shareholders occurs
as debt financing increases. In the context of sharia, debt or
leverage is a capital investment, meaning that an increase in debt
will not incur costs on the operations of the company, but only
on the distribution of profits earned. Thereby, it will still
contribute to the net benefits available to shareholders over the
long term.
This condition is in line with the research conducted by [10]
which finds that the investment aspect (ROA and ROI as the
proxies) has a weak impact on shareholder's welfare (share price
as the proxy). However, this study contrasts with findings
conducted by [6], that the investment aspect projected by PM
and TA has an impact on ROE, while EM does not affect ROE.
The same results also occur in comparisons for data relating to
firms and time periods. This study reveals that the funding or
leverage aspect could only explain 5% or relatively small
shareholder welfare (ROE) change and the rest is explained by
other aspects (see Table 3). In particular, these findings imply
that funding or leverage strategies in sharia group companies
should be an excellent option for achieving the goal of
maximizing the profitability. This option should be available to
shareholders or investors, but the investment aspect should also
be a strategy to improve financial performance especially
investment strategy through sales effectiveness strategy and
marketing efficiency forward in achieving that goal.
CONCLUSION
This study shows that in a group of non-sharia manufacturing
companies, the welfare of shareholders is significantly
influenced by the investment and leverage aspect. On the
investment side, the increase of shareholder's welfare of this
group of companies is dominated by the increase of sales
effectiveness. It means that the management in this company can
manage its assets productively to produce sales that are more
productive. On the other hand, funding aspects also have a
significant impact on improving the welfare of shareholders
when funding or leverage derived from debt is lowered.
While for sharia manufacturing group companies, the
dominant aspects affecting shareholder's welfare is funding or
leverage aspect. This study also finds that the funding aspect has
a positive and significant impact on the shareholder's welfare.
These findings provide information that increased shareholder
welfare in sharia group companies is contributed predominantly
when leverage increases. In the sharia context, debt financing is
more likely equity participation which does not burden the
company's operational costs but will only impact on the
distribution of profits at the time the company gains profit (at the [4] Li J. Prediction of corporate bankruptcy from 2008 through 2011. J
Account Financ. 2012;12(1):31–41.
end of the business period) so that the business efficiency is not
[5] Sheth JN, Sisodia RS. Marketing productivity: issues and analysis. J Bus
disturbed. However, this company does not seem to manage the Res. 2002;55(5):349–62.
abundance of funds that are relatively cheap yet, so the benefits [6] Kijewska A. Determinants of the return on equity ratio (ROE) on the
aspect of the investment has not appeared yet. example of companies from metallurgy and mining sector in Poland.
For a group of non-sharia manufacturing companies, the Metalurgija. 2016;55(2):285–8.
business strategy that can be done in the future is to reduce risk [7] Walsh C. Key management ratios: the 100+ ratios every manager needs
by using internal funding sources, for example through greater to know. Pearson Education; 2008.
profit retention. This is because, from the study, it appears that [8] Nirajini A, Priya KB. Impact of capital structure on financial performance
of the listed trading companies in Sri Lanka. Int J Sci Res Publ.
greater use of leverage can reduce the benefits available for 2013;3(5):1–9.
shareholders in the long term. Therefore, it also will reduce [9] Alvi M, Ikram M. Impact of Total Assets and Net Income on Return on
operating expenses in the form of interest costs that may Equity of Small Medium Enterprises of Pakistan. 2015;
undermine operating income. [10] Kabajeh MAM, Al Nuaimat SMA, Dahmash FN. The relationship
For sharia manufacturing group companies, companies between the ROA, ROE and ROI ratios with Jordanian insurance public
should be able to increase the effectiveness of the use of companies market share prices. Int J Humanit Soc Sci. 2012;2(11):115–
20.
relatively inexpensive funds in generating sales. These will
[11] Li M, Nissim D, Penman SH. Profitability decomposition and operating
make the productivity and efficiency of the company's risk. Working Paper; 2014.
operations increases, which is expected in the long term it can
produce business benefits from investment aspects through
increased sales productivity and the increase of marketing
efficiency (as a significant contributor to the increase of
revenues available for the funder.abundance of funds that are
relatively cheap yet, so the benefits aspect of the investment has
not appeared yet.
RECOMMENDATION
For a group of non-sharia manufacturing companies, the
business strategy that can be done in the future is to reduce risk
by using internal funding sources, for example through greater
profit retention. This is because, from the study, it appears that
greater use of leverage can reduce the benefits available for
shareholders in the long term. Therefore, it also will reduce
operating expenses in the form of interest costs that may
undermine operating income.
For sharia manufacturing group companies, companies
should be able to increase the effectiveness of the use of leverage
can reduce the benefits available for shareholders in the long
term. Therefore, it also will reduce operating expenses in the
form of interest costs that may undermine operating income.
For sharia manufacturing group companies, companies
should be able to increase the effectiveness of the use of
relatively inexpensive funds in generating sales. These will
make the productivity and efficiency of the company's
operations increases, which is expected in the long term it can
produce business benefits from investment aspects through
increased sales productivity and the increase of marketing
efficiency (as a significant contributor to the increase of
revenues available for the funder.

REFERENCES
[1] Husna HN, Rahman RA. Financial Distress-Detection Model for Islamic
Banks. Int J Trade, Econ Financ. 2012;3(3):158.
[2] Jan A, Marimuthu M. Bankruptcy and Sustainability: A Conceptual
Review on Islamic Banking Industry. Glob Bus Manag Res. 2015;7(1).
[3] Mohammed AAE, Kim-Soon N. Using Altman’s model and current ratio
to assess the financial status of companies quoted in the Malaysian stock
exchange. Int J Sci Res Publ. 2012;2(7):1–11.

371
372
 MODEL Micro-ROS IN UTILIZATIONOF
SUSTAINABLETOURISM

Diane Tangian(1), Bernadain D. Polii(2), Seska M.H. Mengko(3)

Pariwisata, Politeknik Negeri Manado, Desa Buha Kec. Mapanget, 95252
dianetangian@yahoo.co.id, gbloki10@gmail.com, seskamengko@gmail.com

Abstract Manado City has a natural beauty and Tourism development is currently
interesting art and culture that can be used asobjects
and tourist attractions. The natural beauty of experiencing significant progress, where
Manado City can be seen in places such as
Bunaken Island, Siladen Island and Manado Tua each year the number of tourist visits
Island which are parts of Bunaken National Park.
The beauty of Bunaken Naional Park has been
increases. This has a positive impact on the
known to the world, and until now the tourism progress of the economy and community
mainstay of Manado city. The development of
tourism is now experiencing significant progress, welfare. Optimal utilization and
where every year the number of tourist visits
increases. It should be realized that in addition to management of all aspects related to the
providing positive impacts such as improving the
welfare and economy, tourism can also bring tourism industry starting from tourist
negative impacts to the environment of tourism.
Negative impact is the form of environmental
objects and attractions, accommodation,
degradation if the utilization and management are travel, hospitality, restaurants, souvenirs,
not done carefully. Tourism city of Manado can be
an example. Until now the mainstay of Manado City transportation, etc. will have an impact on
tour is Bunaken Island, Manado Tua and Siladen
which are parts of Bunaken National Park but now social and economic life.
there is environmental degradation due to the
number of visits that exceeds the environmental Based on data from the Central
carrying capacity. With the model Micro-ROS
(Rectreation Opportunity Spectrum) where small Statistics Agency (BPS), in February 2014
tourist areas with large tourist areas are considered there were 702.7 thousand foreign tourists
equally important in providing tourism
opportunities. With the enforced Micro-ROS model visiting Indonesia, and in February 2015
then the spike in the number of tourist visits will not
be worrying because of the large selection of objects reached 786.7 thousand visits, up 11.95
and attractions offered.
Keyword: Model, Micro-ROS, sustainable. percent. Furthermore, the number of foreign
tourist visits in February 2016 reached

PRELIMINARY 888.3 thousand visits, which rose 5.26

Manado City has an interesting percent compared to February 2015 visits.

natural beauty, art and culture and can be It should be realized that tourism,

used as a tourist object and attraction. The besides providing positive impacts such as

natural beauty that dominates the city of improving welfare and the economy,

Manado is Bunaken Island, Siladen Island, tourism can also have a negative impact on

and Manado Tua Island which are parts of the tourism object environment. The

Bunaken National Park. The beauty of negative impact is in the form of

Bunaken National Park has been known to environmental degradation if the utilization

the world, and is currently a mainstay of the and management are not carried out

city of Manado. carefully. Like what happened in Manado

373
City tourism, until now the mainstay of of the large selection of objects and tourist
Manado City is Bunaken Island which is attractions offered.
part of Bunaken National Park, but
Formulation of the problem
currently there is environmental
Bunaken is a tourism mainstay of
degradation due to the number of visits
Manado City which is currently
exceeding the carrying capacity of the
experiencing environmental degradation
environment. Management should pay
because the number of tourist visits
attention to the balance between
exceeds the carrying capacity limit. This is
environment, socio-economic and socio-
indicated by the decreasing area of coral
cultural, but in reality the environment is
cover. A decrease in the area of coral cover
always far behind the economy.
automatically will also have a negative
Stakeholders should pay attention to the
impact on the number of tourist visits. Not
sustainability of important dimensions of
optimal management and utilization of all
protected area governance (Bawole 2012).
potential objects and tourist attractions that
If there is environmental damage, it
exist in the city of Manado both natural,
will affect the number of tourist visits will
artificial, arts and cultural tourism causes
be affected. The number of tourist visits
the pressure of the Bunaken neighborhood
seems to have a relationship with the extent
to increase. The problem occurs because:
of coral cover, where the number of tourists
1. Lack of information obtained by tourists
increases, the extent of coral cover
on tourist objects and attractions.
decreases, and in the end there will be a
2. Manado City Tourism is imaged as a
decline in coral cover and the number of
"capsule image" namely Bunaken.
tourist visits will also decrease (Tangian,
3. Optimal management and utilization of
2017). This is consistent with research
all potential objects and tourist attractions
conducted by Supit (2007) which states that
that exist.
the number of tourists and coral cover have
a correlation. With the new LAC model
Special purpose
approach, Micro-ROS (Rectreation
Based on the problems mentioned above,
Opportunity Spectrum) where a small
the purpose of this research is: To analyze
tourist area with a large tourism area is
all the potential objects and attractions of
considered equally important in providing
Manado City.
tourism opportunities. With the adoption of
the ROS model, the surge in the number of RESEARCH METHODS
tourist visits will not be worrying because

374
 The model built in this study refers 2015 425.634
2016 427.906
to the Micro-ROS Model which utilizes all
2017 430.133
the recreational opportunities that exist both Source: Central bureau of
small and statistics (2018).

large.
The
This
number of
research
schools in the
was
city of Manado
in 2015-2016
experienced an
Folow up increase for
conducted
high school and vocational schools, while
through several stages which can be seen in
for madrasah Aliyah decreased from 6 to 5
Figure 1 flowchart of the research stage and
(Table 2).
process.
Table 2. Number of Schools Based
on Levels.
Tahun
TK SD Madrasah SLTP Madrasah
2015 129 263 13 89 11
2016 129 263 13 89 11
Source: Central bureau of statistics (2018).

The number of workforce who have

worked in 2015 is 85.72% while the
number of unemployed is 14.28%. In 2017
Picture 1 Research stage and proces flow
the number of unemployed decreased to
chart.
9.35 and the number of workforce that had
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION worked increased to 90.65% (Table 3).
Socio-Economic Conditions. Table 3. Number of Labor Force
The population of Manado City in 2012- Nomber of Nomber of
Year
2017 on average each year has increased by workforce worked
1%. This can be seen in Table 1. 2015 193134 165561
2017 194713 176510
Table 1 Number of Residents of Manado
Source: Central bureau of statistics
City (Soul).
Number of residents (2018).
Year
(souls) Manado City's economy in 2014
2012 417.640
decreased compared to that of 2013, from
2013 420.401
2014 7.16% to 6.69%. In 2016, there was an
423.257

375
increase again compared to2015, which was Table 7. Number of Hotels and Restaurants
Klasifikasi Hotel
6.39% to 7.19% (Table 4).
Number Numb
Table 4. Economic Growth of Manado City Star/Non Star
of Hotel Roo
Economic Growth Bintang 22 2.5
Year
(%) Non Bintang 94 2.3
2012 7,11 Source: Manado city tourism
2013 7,16
office.
2014 6,69
2015 6,39
2016 Potential
7,19 Objects and Tourist Attractions
Source: Central bureau of
Utilizing the tourism potential of
statistics (2018).
Manado City from the results of the micro-
Table 3 and Table 4 show that the
ROS method will provide information and
economy in 2015 experienced a decline but
direction regarding land use based on needs
the number of workforce that had worked
that can be used sustainably. Evaluation of
increased. One of the factors that influence
tourism potential biophysically is carried
the increase in the number of workers is the
out by looking at the natural potential of the
tourism industry. This can be seen in Table
region, access to the area and the
5 where the number of tourist visits in the
availability of supporting facilities. The
city of Manado had increased since 2013-
evaluation results show that the Malalayang
2017.
Beach and Boulevard Regions have the
Table 5. Number of highest values on a scale of 5. This is
Manado City Tourist Visits
influenced by the ease of access where the
Year Foreign tourist Wisnus
2013 25.753 area is included
584.269 in urban areas and is a
2014 34.443 residential832.015
area and has excellent
2015 32.400 supporting1.070.681
facilities (Table 8).
2016 47.103 1.484.402
2017 87.976 Table 8. Results of evaluation of the
1.698.523
Source: Manado city
potential of biophysical tourism areas.
Scales
tourism office. Areas
1 2 3 4 5
The number of visits the country has Bunaken Island OPQ
increased so the number of workers in the Siladen Island OPQ
Manado Tua OPQ
tourism industry has also increased. One of Island
the tourism industry sectors that absorbs Malalayang OPQ
Beach Zone
employment is the hospitality industry. As Boulevard Zone OPQ
for the number of star-rated, non-star hotels Mangrove Forest POQ
Tongkaina
and restructures in the city of Manado can Mount Tumpa OPQ
be seen in Table 7. Description: O = access, P = naturalness, Q =
facility

376
1 = trench, natural, not available professionally, there is an entrance fee and
2 = trails, natural, available
3 = motorized, natural, traditional means there is control from the manager. The
4 = motorized, sub-urban, good
5 = easy, residential area, very good Gunung Tumpa area is included on a scale
The results of evaluating the of 5, which is very good for service
potential of tourism areas in a social facilities and managerial control, while the
manner are carried out by looking at the Malalayang Beach area is on a scale of 5
designation of the area, community, and for the availability of service facilities
tourists that are found. The results of the (Table 10).
evaluation show that the Malalayang Beach
Table 10. Results of evaluating the potential
area and Boulevard Area have the highest of tourism areas in a managerial manner.
value on a scale of 5. This is influenced by Scales
Areas
1 2 3 4 5
the designation of the area where the area Pulau Bunaken HIJ
has been managed and entered in urban Pulau Siladen HIJ
Pulau Manado HIJ
areas and there are many tourists (Table 9).
Tua
Table 9. Results of evaluation of Kawasan Pantai J H
social tourism areas potential. Malalayang
Scales Kawasan HIJ
Areas
1 2 3 4 5 Boulevard
Pulau Bunaken CDE Hutan HIJ
Pulau Siladen CDE Mangrove
Pulau Manado CDE Tongkaina
Tua Hutan Raya HIJ
Kawasan CDE Gunung Tumpa
Pantai Description: H = Service facility, I = Entrance fee, J
= Management control
Malalayang
1 = none, none, uncontrolled
Kawasan CDE 2 = exist, none, uncontrolled
Boulevard 3 = traditionally, nothing, uncontrolled
Hutan CDE 4 = traditionally, depends on tourists, is not
Mangrove controlled
5 = professional, determined, good
Tongkaina
Gunung Tumpa CDE Based on the micro-ROS method
Description: C = Area designation, D = Community
E = tourists found (Table 11) the tourist area of Manado City
1 = Dense forest, no, less
2 = production forest, some local residents, often is made zoning area which includes the
visited by tourists
3 = areas that have been managed, often found by Zone area of Bunaken Island (A), the zone
the community, often visited by tourists
4 = the area has been managed, the village, there is
of Siladen Island Region (B), the zone of
5 = the area has been managed, the city, there is Manado Tua Island (C), the Malalayang
Furthermore, the evaluation of the
Beach Zone (D) , Zone of Boulevard area
potential for managerial tourism areas
(E), Mangrove Forest Zone of Bahowo
where the Boulevard Area has a very good
Tongkaina (F), and zone of Gunung Tumpa
value is on a scale of 5. This is influenced
Forest Area (G).
by service facilities that are managed

377
Table 11. Zone Areas and Tourism Activity protected forest, which
Opportunities.
is rich in various types
No Zone Kesempatan Kegiatan
of flora (coconut, palm,
Kawasan Wisata
sago, silar, and woka),
Tourism activities that
1 Zone A and fauna (Sulawesi
can be carried out
black monkey "yaki"
include snorkeling,
and cuscus). In addition,
diving, underwater
in Tanjung Raja there is
photography, and for
a Portuguese anchor ship
tourists who want to
anchor, while in
enjoy the beauty of the
Tanjung Kopi there is
underwater panorama
the nesting place for
but cannot swim, they
Tuturuga (Turtle) on the
can enjoy it by using a
full moon so that it has
glass boat (catamaran).
its own charm.
Tourism activities that
2 Zone B Tourism activities that
4 Zone D
can be carried out in this
can be done on
area are, in the form of
Malalayang beach are
snorkeling, diving,
culinary tours,
underwater
sunbathing, swimming,
photography, and for
enjoying the views of
tourists who want to
Bunaken Island, Manado
enjoy the beauty of the
Tua and Siladen, as well
underwater panorama
as sports and boating.
but can not swim can
Enjoying the beauty of
5 Zone E
enjoy it by using a glass
the beach, fishing,
boat (catamaran). This
snorkeling, diving,
activity can be carried
canoeing, enjoying
out at two dive points
culinary tours, shopping,
namely Siladen one and
cycling, and enjoying
Siladen two.
the beauty of Manado
Tourists who like of
3 Zone C City.
hiking can visit this area.
Enjoying the beauty of
6 Zone F
The peak of Manado
mangrove forest,
Tua Mountain is a
snorkeling, diving,

378
 canoeing, fishing, 2 B 5 5 4 5 5
3 C 5 5 4 5 5
bathing, enjoying typical 4 F 5 5 5 5 5
Table 12c. Assessment of potential
food such as rica-rica
onshore ODTW.
grilled fish with sambal No Zones Beauty Uniqueness Manny Stability Sensitiv
Potential SDA SDA
dabu-dabu lilang, fried
banana with sambal roa, 1 C 5 2 3 3 3
2 G 5 2 3 3 3
gohu, enjoying the
beauty by using a raft. Furthermore, assessment of the

Enjoying the beauty of socio-cultural and economic potential

7 Zone G
the beach with a variety assessment criteria used are socio-economic

of views of Bunaken, environmental conditions, community

Siladen and Manado Tua services, accessibility, accommodation,

Island, the beauty of facilities and infrastructure, availability of

forests and plantations, clean water, object relations with other

local culture, and tourist objects, climatic and security

enjoying the views of conditions. Value 5 shows very good, value

the people in farming. 4 is good, value 3 is moderate, value 2 is

less, and value 1 is very lacking (Table 13).
The assessment of the potential of Objects
and Attraction Attraction (ODTW) in Table 13. Assessment of socio-
cultural and economic potential.
Manado City as well as the socio-cultural No Zone Sosek Society Access Accommodation Infrastru
Environmental service
and economic potentials are discussed in Conditions
1 A 5 4 5 5 5
three categories of tourism objects, namely: 2 B 5 4 5 5 5
3 C 5 4 5 5 5
coastal tourism objects, sea-shaped tourist 4 D 5 4 5 5 5
5 E 5 5 5 5 5
objects, and land-shaped tourism objects
6 F 5 4 5 5 5
(Table 12a, b, c). 7 G 5 4 5 5 5

Based on the table above it can be

Table 12a. Penalain potential ODTW
beach. seen that the socio-cultural and economic
N Z Be Co S Diff Cle Co Com
o o aut ast a eren arne ast forti
conditions of all zones fall into the "very
ne y Sec n ce of ss al ng good" category with a total value of 4.90.
urit d activ Wi
y ity dth Furthermore, for the assessment of the
1 D 4 5 1 4 4 5 4
2 E 4 5 1 4 4 5 4 natural tourism potential of the beach is
Table 12b. Assessment of the potential of included in the category of "good" with a
marine ODTW. total value of 3.86, marine tourism potential
No Zones Beauty Diversity UniquenessandBeauty Stability Clearness Several Not
Comforting
of Same
is in the "good" Interference
category with a total value
Point
1 A 5 5 5 5 5 The highest
of 4.30. 4 4 of all ODTW
value 5

379
potential assessments is land natural
tourism potential which is in the "very
good" category with a total value of 4.99.
DAFTAR PUSTAKA

Bawole. 2012. Analysis and mapping of

stakeholders in traditional use zone
within marine protected area.
Journal of Tropical Forest
Management. 2012. Vol. 2. Hal.
110-117.
Tangian, D. 2017. Model of Institutionall
Management in Small Island of
Bunaken Nasional Park. 1. Journal
of Indonesian and Development
Studies. 2017. Vol. 5. No. 2. Hal.
25-34.
Supit, A. 2007. Travel Visits Impact on
Changes in Coral Reefs in Bunaken
Island North Sulawesi. [Tesis].
Institut Pertanian Bogor.
Bawole. 2012. Analysis and mapping of
stakeholders in traditional use zone
within marine protected area.
Journal of Tropical Forest
Management. 2012. Vol. 2. Hal.
110-117.
Tangian, D. 2017. Model of Institutionall
Management in Small Island of
Bunaken Nasional Park. 1. Journal
of Indonesian and Development
Studies. 2017. Vol. 5. No. 2. Hal.
25-34.

380
 Questioning the Direct Impact of International Flower Festival to Increase Welfare
of Flower Farmer, A Case in Kakaskasen Village, Tomohon City
Selvy Kalele 1st
Tourism Department
Politeknik Negeri Manado
Manado, Indonesia
email: selvykalelenew@yahoo.com
Abstract—Tomohon International Flower Festival is an event
of flower parade festival which is regularly held in Tomohon
City, North Sulawesi Province. The festival aims to promote
flowers which are the plants of local communities, as well as
various tourist attractions in the city of Tomohon. The festival
is expected to provide added value to farmers' interest,
regional income and open new market share breakthroughs to
be sold to outside region or other countries. This festival has
been widely participated in by participants from outside the
regions in Indonesia as well as several representatives from
other the countries. This festival has become an annual agenda
of the Tomohon city government, and of course has
significantly affected the local community in the city of
Tomohon especially for the flower farmers. But is it true that
this festival has had a positive impact on improving the welfare
of flower farmers in Tomohon City? This study aims to
examine the direct impact of the Tomohon International
Flower Festival to the welfare of flower farmers. The data
collection method used was a survey of 30 respondents in the
village of Kakaskasen. The analytical method used is
assessment by using a Likert scale and elaborated with
statistical tool testing, namely: Kendal's tau, rank Spearman
and coefficient of determination. Empirical findings showed
the contribution of TIFF to The level of welfare is very small.
The conclusion is that the welfare level of flower farmers has
almost no relationship with the implementation of TIFF,
because the level of welfare of farmers is basically influenced
by the purchasing power or level of consumption of farmers.
Keywords—direct impact international flower festival, increase
welfare, flower farmer
I. INTRODUCTION
At present the Indonesian government has placed tourism
as a commodity, which is expected to be able to replace the
oil and gas sector in terms of giving effect to the country's
foreign exchange income [1]. This rationale is due to the rich
ecological potential and socio-cultural resources that
Indonesia has inherited. Many things have been taken by the
Indonesian government, to make tourism a leading sector,
one policy that is considered radical enough is to encourage
all related sectors to support tourism development as a
leading sector.
The policy penetrated almost all regions in Indonesia,
which is placing the top seed in terms of tourism revenue for
the region. Opening of various infrastructure accessibility of
transportation lines as well as various other facilities
improvements, enabling a variety of potential ecological and
social
culture to serve as the object and attractions. One of the
event's attractions the area is so heavily promoted is themed
festivals social-cultural characteristic of the local
community. Starting from the festival of agricultural /
plantation results, culture and even natural ecology.
381
Dianne O. Rondonuwu 2nd
Tourism Department
Politeknik Negeri Manado
Manado, Indonesia
email: diannerondonuwu@gmail.com
In North Sulawesi Province there are several festivals
that are often held such as in the city of Manado, there is a
sail bunaken festival and FIESTA Festival, in Bitung city
there is the Lembeh Strait festival. Whereas in Tomohon
City there is the Tomohon International Flower Festival
which is commonly abbreviated as TIFF. TIFF has become
the annual agenda of the Tomohon City government. TIFF
was made to promote Tomohon City as the City of Flowers,
where the life of the community has a characteristic as a
flower farmer, in addition to the promotion of various tourist
attractions in the city of Tomohon.
It should also be noted that the TIFF festival has been
attended by many regions in Indonesia as well as several
representatives of countries from outside, and because it has
been implemented almost seven times, it has significantly
affected the people of Tomohon, especially for flower
farmers. But whether this has been proven to provide a
positive impact on income and improve the welfare of flower
farmers in Tomohon City. The purpose of this research is to
examine the direct impact of TIFF on the level of welfare of
flower farmers in Kakaskasen Village, Tomohon City.
II. LITERATUR REVIEW
Tourism
Tourism is a temporary transfer of people to an area outside
their place of residence and workplace, the activities carried
out guarantee them during their stay in the destination and
facilities that are made to meet their needs [2]. Furthermore
[3] mentions that tourism is a temporary journey from one
place to another which is carried out by individuals or in
groups as an effort to find balance and happiness in the
environment in the social, cultural, natural and scientific
dimensions. While [4] states that tourism is a combination
of symptoms and relationships that arise from the interaction
of tourists, business, government, host and community in an
interesting process and serve tourists and other visitors.
Finally [1] states that tourism consists of only three words
that are repeated, namely "image, image and image" means
that all tourism activities concerning the image, including
service, security all depends on the image, if the image is
damaged then the tourism industry is destroyed .
Tourist Attraction
In [5] concerning Tourism states that there are two types
of objects and tourist attractions, namely: (1) Objects and
tourist attractions created by God Almighty that are
tangible2) (2) tourism objects and attractions created by
human beings in the form of museums, ancient relics,
historical relics, cultural arts, agro tourism, water tourism,
hunting tours, nature adventure tours, recreational parks and
entertainment venues.
That a tourist destination has an attraction besides having to
have tourist objects and attractions, must also have three
attractive conditions, namely (1) something that can be seen
(something to see); (2) something can be done (something to
do); (3) and something that can be purchased (something to
buy). [6] Whereas according to Spillane [7]. there are five
important elements in a tourist attraction, among others: (1)
attraction, concerning matters that attract tourists, (2)
facilities or facilities needed; (3) infrastructure of objects;
(4) transportation, or mode of transportation; (5) hospitality
or hospitality, attitude in serving and receiving guests.
Furthermore Mudana [1] states that there are three types of
resources in tourism, including: (1) natural resources or
natural resources such as mountains, beaches, wild areas,
deserts, oceans, lakes, flora and fauna, etc .; 2) man-made
resources or man-made resources such as historical cities,
villages, entertainment, recreational and sports mixes,
monuments, sites, building relics, museums and so on; (3)
human resources or human resources such as the population
of a destination, social cultural relations of the population,
cultural values, artistic and cultural activities.
From several classifications of various categories of
elements and types of objects and tourist attractions, a
tournament of flower festival will be held by the Tomohon
City government, entering as a tourist
III. METHODE
Data collection method is a survey of 30 respondents,
with the intention only for information purposes, assuming
the character of the respondent must be the same.
Respondents in this study must meet one of the following
criteria: (1)Permanent farmers who live in the Kakasksen
Village, (2). Flower Farmers, or also have flower plants in
addition to having other types of plantation / agricultural
crops and (3) Farmers who understand / know about
conducting a flower festival in Tomohon City while the
analytical method used is rank spearman, kedal's tau and
coefficient of determination
IV. FINDING AND DISCUSS
Kakaskasen village, North Tomohon Subdistrict
Tomohon City is located at an altitude of 40 -90 m above sea
level, with a flat topography of the land surface to wavy,
hilly and mountainous. This total area is ± 1,428 ha with air
temperature 190C - 290C which has a cool climate. The
boundaries of the Overall are: north of Kinilow Village,
south of Mount Mahawu, east of Talete Dua Village and
west of Mount Lokon.
The population in Kakaskasen Village is ± 19,235
people, where the number of men is ± 8,675 people and
percent and women are ± 9560 people. The livelihoods of the
people in this whole are farmers, construction workers,
traders, civil servants, retirees working in the services sector.
Especially for the education strata of the community in the
Kakaskasen village on average the level of education of the
community has received a decent education that is up to high
education.
The condition of farmers and ornamental flower traders
according to [8] explains that: The types and interest
cultivated by traders through 2 (two) ways, namely First,
from the decorative flower cultivation activities and second,
from the results of the purchase of ornamental flowers so the
382
farmers other decorative flowers. Every trader attempts
between 10 - 22 types and eight of them are the most
frequently cultivated, because the demand for this type of
flower is the most. In one hectare of land, the type and
amount of ornamental flower production produced by each
farmer varies. Further explained that the 5 (five) types of
ornamental flowers that are most commonly cultivated are
Anthurium, Aster, Crysant, Kerk Kelly and Radiolan, while
the most frequently cultivated by ornamental flower traders
are the five types plus the Yellow Trim, Tulip and local
Gladiolus types.
The purpose of this study is to prove whether the
International Flower Festival (TIFF) Tournament event has a
direct impact on the welfare level of flower farmers in
Tomohon city. Characteristics of respondents who became
the sample of the study were the first number of respondents
30 respondents with the following results of gender, namely
53.33 percent of men while women, 46.67 percent. For ages:
predominantly ages 41-50..40 percent; 31-40, 36.67 percent;
> 51, 13.33 percent and 20-30.10 percent. While the
education level is dominated by high school, 40 percent;
First-level secondary school, 30 percent; Primary school,
13.33 percent and Bachelor, 16.67. In conclusion, the
distribution of characteristics of respondents fulfilled the
requirements in data collection.
Correlation test results of TIFF Event implementation
with the Flower Farmer Welfare Level are shown in table 1.
In the table the researchers used non-parametric statistical
tests using the correlation test of Kendal's Tau and
Spearman. The use of non-parametric statistical tests was
carried out because: (a) the data or samples analyzed came
from the population with data distribution patterns that were
not normally distributed or unknown normality, (b) the
variables studied could only be measured on a nominal
measurement scale. In the sense that the variables are
grouped into a particular category and then the frequency is
calculated and (c) the research variable is data in the
measurement scale, ie the variables are arranged in sequence
based on the level then stated in the first, second, third and so
on, [9].
Based on the test, the correlation between Kendal's Tau is
0.11 and Spearman 0.12. On the figure based on the
interpretation table, the relationship is categorized as having
a relationship but very weak, which is in the range of 0.10 -
0.19 (Kusmayadi (2004; 293). Then the significant value is if
p <0.05 means there is a significant relationship and p value
= 0.439 <0.05 (Kendal's Tau) and p = 0.525 <0.05 (rank
spearman), which means that the two variables even though
tested with two different correlation tools have a relationship
but are very weak and do not have a significant relationship.
Then for the coefficient of determination that is r2 and r
value taken from one of the Spearman rho correlation test
results is 0.12 so r2 = 0.122 the result is 0.0144 * 100 = 1.44,
meaning that the variable event TIFF is the determining
variable of the variable welfare level of the flower farmers is
very small contribution is only 1.44 The remaining 98.56%
is influenced by other variables that are not thorough in this
study.
Correlations
TIFF
PROSPERITY
EVENT LEVEL
 increases, or shortened the purchasing power of farmers. [14]
Kendall's TIFF Correlation and [15].
1.000 .111
tau_b EVENT Coefficient So based on the results of these studies prove that the
level of welfare of flower farmers in Tomohon City is
Sig. (2-tailed) . .439 influenced and there is no connection with the
implementation of the International Flower Festival
N 30 30
Tournament which is routinely scheduled in the City each
year
PROSPER Correlation
.111 1.000
ITY Coefficient V. CONCLUSION
LEVEL Based on the purpose of the study, to assess the impact of
Sig. (2-tailed) .439 .
the TIFF (Tournament International Flower Festival) event
N 30 30 on the Flower Farmer Welfare Level in the Village /
Kakaskase Village, using the Spearman rank correlation test
Spearman' TIFF Correlation and Kendal's Tau shows very low relationships, namely r =
1.000 .121 0.12 and 0.12, meaning that the implementation of TIFF is
s rho EVENT Coefficient
almost there is no direct relationship with the level of welfare
Sig. (2-tailed) . .525 of flower farmers. Then the significant value is if p <0.05
means there is a significant relationship, and p value = 0.439
N 30 30 <0.05 (Kendal's Tau) and p = 0.525 <0.05. This means that
the two variables even though tested with two different
PROSPER Correlation correlation tools there are relationships but are very weak
.121 1.000 and do not have a significant relationship. The result of the
ITY Coefficient
determination test also produces r2 = 0.122 (Spearman Rho
LEVEL Sig. (2-tailed) .525 . test results) the result is 0.0144 * 100 = 1.44, meaning that
the variable TIFF event as a determining variable for the
N 30 30 variable welfare level of the flower farmers is very small its
Source : data process. contribution is only 1.44% the remaining 98.56% is
influenced by other variables that are not accurate in this
From the results of a very low correlation test and not having research.
a significant relationship value, the researchers found that the
level of welfare of flower farmers was not influenced by the Thus this proves that the welfare of bungan farmers is not
implementation of the TIFF event or the celebration did not affected by the presence or absence of the TIFF event.
have a direct impact on the welfare of flower farmers. Held Festival implementation only has a direct impact on lodging
or not held will not affect the value of the welfare of farmers. and restaurant income, while the level of welfare of farmers
only relates to the purchasing power of the community
According to [10], and [11]., saw that the direct impact of (farmers) or the level of consumption of farmers.
celebrations or festivals could only be felt by
accommodation and restaurant owners. The two biggest ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS, The authors are highly
festivals in Sweden have increased the reception of grateful to the State Polytechnic of Manado for funding this
accommodation for hotels in Stockholm and Gothenburg. research.
Along with [12], assessing there is a positive correlation
between festivals and spending spent by tourists, they are REFERENCES
testing at the largest annual festival in Scotland in the North [1] Pitana, I Gede dan PG. Gayatri.2005.Sosiologi Pariwisata.
Carolina region. Yogyakarta. Bali:PT the Network..
[2] Matieson, Alister and G. Wall. 1982. Tourism: Economic, Phisical
Whereas [13] assessed that local festivals are increasingly and Social Impact, New York: Longman John, Willy and Sons
being used as instruments to promote tourism and improve
[3] Spillane, James J.1987. Ekonomi Pariwsata. Sejarah dan Prospeknya.
regional economies. This is often reflected in the level of Jakarta: Kanisius..
public assistance available to them. However, it is difficult to [4] Pendit, N. S. 2002. Ilmu Pariwisata, Sebuah Pengantar Perdana.
assess the level of the festival's contribution to local Jakarta: PT Pradnya Paramita.Pitana.I Gede.2003. Sosiologi
economic growth. It is closely related to research conducted Pariwisata. Catatan Kuliah Pada Program Magister Kajian Pariwisata
at the flower festival celebration with the level of welfare of Universitas Udayana. Denpasar.
flower farmers in Kakaskasen village. That the level of [5] Anonim. Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 9 tahun 1990
welfare cannot be influenced or does not have a direct tentang Kepariwisataan Tentang Kepariwisataan.
relationship with any festival celebrations, because festival [6] Karyono.A. Hari.1991. Kepariwisataan. Jakarta: Grasindo.
celebrations are only temporary, and even if they relate [7] Spillane, James J. 1994. Pariwisata Indonesia. Siasat Ekonomi dan
Rekayasa Kebudayaan. Jakarta: Kanisius.
directly only to the level of hotel and restaurant lodging.
[8] Rapar, L. N., Talumingan, C., Laoh, E. O., & Ruauw, E. (2014, June).
The things that influence or have a direct relationship Analisis Pendapatan Pedagang Bunga Hias di Kelurahan Kakaskasen
with the level of welfare of farmers are among others data on Kota Tomohon. In COCOS (Vol. 5, No. 1).
consumption and expenditure of agricultural households. [9] Lukiastuti & Hamdani. 2012. Statistika Non Parametrik; Aplikasinya
This means that the higher the level of consumption dalam Bidang Ekonomi dan Bisnis. PT. Buku Seru. Jakarta.
spending and expenditure, the more the welfare of farmers [10] Brännäs, K., & Nordström, J. (2006). Tourist accommodation effects
of festivals. Tourism Economics, 12(2), 291-302.

383
[11] Chhabra, D. E. E. P. A. K., Sills, E., & Rea, P. (2002). Tourist [14] Rachmat, M. (2013, September). Nilai tukar petani: Konsep,
expenditures at heritage festivals. Event Management, 7(4), 221-230. pengukuran dan relevansinya sebagai indikator kesejahteraan petani.
[12] Chhabra, D., Sills, E., & Cubbage, F. W. (2003). The significance of In Forum Penelitian Agro Ekonomi (Vol. 31, No. 2, pp. 111-122).
festivals to rural economies: Estimating the economic impacts of [15] Analisis Kesejahteraan Petani 2017 diunduh dari
Scottish Highland Games in North Carolina. Journal of travel http://pusdatin.setjen.pertanian.go.id/ atau http://www.pertanian.go.id
research, 41(4), 421-427.
[13] Felsenstein, D., & Fleischer, A. (2003). Local festivals and tourism
promotion: The role of public assistance and visitor
expenditure. Journal of Travel Research, 41(4), 385-392.

384
The Influence of Lecturer Readiness and Learning
Facilities on Student Achievement of PTB Department
of Universitas Negeri Manado
M S S S Tumanduk*, P R R I Tulus, T S Maki, R G M Lasut, and R R Oroh
Manado State University, Tondano 95618, Sulawesi Utara, Indonesia.
*Corresponding author: morris_tumanduk@unima.ac.id
Abstract. This study presents a correlation
lecturer readiness and learning facilities on
student achievement. Students as part of the
education component must strive to improve
their performance so that they can become
professional development workers and have a
strong and independent personality, so as to
be able to master and develop science and
technology. A This research is correlation
research which aims to find out whether there
is a relationship between independent
variables with non-independent variables and
the extent of the correlation between
independent variables with non-independent
variables based on correlation coefficients.
Student learning achievement is influenced by
several factors, and in this section the author
identifies factors that have to do with learning
achievement. A lecturer must have the ability
to teach, because this is closely related to the
results to be achieved by lecturers as lecturers
and students, namely their learning
achievements. Facilities are necessary
facilities for teaching and learning activities.
The smoothness of the teaching and learning
process is strongly influenced by the complete
or not available facilities. The student after
pursuing learning activities is the result of
learning, but not all learning outcomes are
said to be good. There is a positive
relationship between the readiness of lecturers
and learning facilities with the achievements
of students in the PTB Department FT-
UNIMA.
Keywords: lecturers, learning
facilities, student achievement.
1. Introduction
Learning programs in universities need to
be directed towards improving the quality
385
of graduates who are relevant and
effective for development and the
development of healthy competitiveness
between institutions and components of
education in the context of mastering
science and technology.
Student learning achievement is
influenced by several factors, and in this
section the author identifies factors that
have to do with learning achievement.
These factors include: readiness of
lecturers as instructors, learning facilities
/ facilities, curriculum, students as
students. A lecturer must have the ability
to teach, because this is closely related to
the results to be achieved by lecturers as
lecturers and students to improve their
learning achievement.
Students as part of the education
component must strive to improve their
performance so that they can become
professional development workers and
have a strong and independent
personality, so as to be able to master and
develop science and technology. With
this educational process that makes the
Department of Building Engineering
Education (PTB), the Faculty of
Engineering, Manado State University
(FT-UNIMA) as one of the educational
institutions that are expected to be able to
prepare professional teachers, and
produce qualified and skilled workers in
the field of Engineering Building.
1.1 Lecturer Readiness
A lecturer before carrying out a particular
teaching needs to prepare the material to
be taught, this is because it is one of the
basic competencies of a lecturer. As
stated by [1] that: "Preparation and
teaching planning are characteristics of
teachers who have high teaching quality".
From the above theory, it can be
concluded that the material preparation
carried out is closely related to a Lecturer
profession as a teaching staff in
universities, so as not to misplaced the
meaning or purpose of learning to be
achieved. And any planning or material
preparation carried out by a Lecturer
depends on the objectives to be achieved,
as stated by [2] that: "To determine
teaching material depends on the
objectives to be achieved, both the
individual / student individualist structure
and educational goals".
Teaching planning and material
preparation in principle is as one of the
foundations for achieving goals, because
the goal is a component that is first
formulated by the Lecturer in the teaching
and learning process. The role of goals is
very important because it determines the
direction of the teaching and learning
process. A clear goal will also provide
clear instructions on the selection of
teaching materials, the establishment of
teaching methods and teaching aids and
provide guidance on assessment.
1.2 Learning Facilities
The According to Broke and Stone in [3]
that ability is a qualitative intrinsic
representation of teacher behavior that is
very meaningful. According to [4] said
that ability is a power to do an action.
From the above understanding, it can be
said that the ability of the Lecturer is the
ability or power possessed by a teacher to
do an act of teaching. In this case a
Lecturer must have the ability to teach,
because this is closely related to the
results that will be achieved by lecturers
as lecturers and students namely learning
achievement. Therefore, before a lecturer
teaches must master teaching materials,
be able to manage teaching and learning
programs, be able to manage classes, use
media / sources, master educational
386
foundations, manage teaching and
learning interactions, and assess student
learning achievements for teaching
purposes.
The learning process and student
learning outcomes are not only
determined by the structure pattern and
curriculum content but are determined
even most by lecturers' competencies who
teach and the ability to guide them.
Therefore, lecturers must have the ability
to teach quality and professional.
1.3 Learning Achievement
Facilities are necessary facilities for
teaching and learning activities. The
smoothness of the teaching and learning
process is strongly influenced by the
complete or not available facilities.
Likewise, the purpose of education
includes knowledge, intelligence, skills,
values and attitudes influenced by
scientific factors. Therefore, as an
education center must have adequate
facilities that are complete so that the
quality of teaching can be achieved.
Existing teaching facilities include
classrooms, practice rooms, libraries and
laboratories, practical tools and teaching
aids used. All of that greatly supports and
influences the success of teaching, by
which he must receive attention.
Achievement is the learning
outcomes achieved by a person in the
learning process and activities. Someone
is said to have high learning achievement
if the test results show high scores. This is
in line with what was stated by [5] that
learning achievement is the appearance of
the level of learning ability which in this
case students who excel will be more
skilled at completing tasks and has higher
grades than others. What a student
achieves after learning activities is the
result of learning, but not all learning
outcomes are said to be good. Because it
depends on several factors that directly
affect the student. A good evaluation tool
is validity and reliability. A teacher will
know which programs or procedures can
continue, and which ones will be
improved and will be left behind. Thus to indicators from this variable statement
determine one's success in learning can be using likert scale.
seen evaluation or assessment. For positive statements the score is as
follows:
2. Methods 1. Very often = 4
A This research is correlation research 2. Often = 3
which aims to find out whether there is a 3. Almost never = 2
relationship between independent 4. Never = 1
variables with non-independent variables For negative statements the score is
and the extent of the correlation between opposite to a positive statement. The
independent variables with non- number of instrument learning facilities is
independent variables based on 25 items. The learning facility instrument
correlation coefficients. The location of lattice can be seen in Table 2.

Table 1. Teacher Preparedness Instrument Grid

Item Number
Indicators Amount
Positive Negative
- Material readiness 1, 2, 4 3, 5 5
- Mastery of Material 6, 8 7 3
- PBM Management 9, 10, 11, 12,13 14, 15 7
- Manage Classes 16, 18 17, 19 4
-Managing BM Interactions 20, 22 21 3
- Guidance / Counseling 23, 24 25 3
Amount 16 9 25

the study is in the Department of PTB

FT-UNIMA, specifically for students 2.3 Learning achievement (Y)
from class 2003 to class 2009. Data from the learning achievement
instruments were taken through
2.1 Lecturer Readiness (X1) documentation data at the PTB
The Lecturers' readiness instruments are Department FT-UNIMA. Figure 1 shows
developed by arranging items that are
based on indicators of teacher readiness XX11
variables. For this variable the statement Y
uses a Likert scale. For positive
X2
statements, the score is as follows:
1) Very often = 4 the research model can be described.
2) Often = 3
3) Almost never = 2
4) Never = 1 Figure 1. Research Model.
For negative statements the score is
opposite to a positive statement. The
number of instrument items for teacher Where: X1 = Lecturer Readiness.
readiness is 25 items. Instrument lattice X2 = Learning Facilities
can be seen in Table 1. Y = Learning Achievement.
2.2 Learning facilities (X2) 3. Results and Discussion
Learning facility instruments are
developed by compiling items based on

387
Analysis Lecturer readiness data shows
that the highest score is 96 and the lowest
score is 64, and the amount of data is 30.
By using the Casio FX 3800P calculator,
Table 2. Learning Facility Instrument Grid
Indicators
Positive
- Practice Building / Space 1, 2, 4,5
- Practice Spatial 6, 8,9,10
- Means of Prakrek 11, 12,14,17,18
- Help Facilities 19, 20,21,23
- Library 24
Amount
the average price is 79, 74 and standard
deviation is 7.89. Table 3 shows data
distribution of lecturer readiness
frequency.
Table 3 shows there is around 57,
12% of the lecturer readiness scores
below the average and around 42, 84%
above the average. If data 2 are grouped,
the highest score is 16.67% (score 88-99);
60.00% (score 76-87); and the lowest is
23.33% (score 64-75). Learning facility
variable data shows the highest score 88
and lowest 61. After calculating using
calculator FX 3800P, the average price is
74, 827 and standard deviation 7, 215.
Table 4 shows frequency distribution data
of learning facilities that around 53, 36%
of learning facilities are above average,
and 46, 64% below the average. If the
data is grouped into 3 categories, a high
score of 25.72% (score 81-90); medium
57, 43% (score 71-80); and a low of
16.85% (score 61-70).
15
10
10
5 8 3 2
3 4
0 of 0.128, this indicates that 12.8%
Category 1
Table 4. Frequency Distribution of Learning Facilities
No Class Interval
1 61-65
2 66-70
3 71-75
4 76-80
5 81-85
6 86-90
Amount
Figure 2. Lecturer Data Readiness Histogram
Item Number
Negative Amount
3 5
7 5
13,15,16 8
22 5
25 2
16 9 25
Learning achievement data showed
the highest score of 3.76 and the lowest of
1.00 after being calculated using a FX
3800P calculator, the average value of
2.68 and standard deviation 0, 59 was
obtained. Table 5 shows that there is 41,
15% above the average, and 58.85%
below the average. If the score is grouped
into 3 categories, students with high
achievement are 35.20% (scores 2.75-
3.76); moderate 56.27% (score 2.00-
2.74); low 8.53% (score 0.00-1.99).
Figure 23. Learning Facility Data Histogram
From the description of the research
conducted, there was a positive
Series 1
correlation between the readiness of the
Lecturer and the learning Series
achievement
2 of
students in the PTB Department
Series 3 of FT-
UNIMA, with a determination
Series 4coefficient
Series 5 of the
variation occurred in the variable
Series 6 learning
achievement determined by the readiness
Absolute Relative Frequency
Frequency (%)
4 13,33
1 3,33
9 30,00
8 26,67
5 16,67
3 10,00
388 30 100, 000
of the Lecturer, the rest is determined by
other variables. And this is supported by
Table 5. Frequency Distribution of Student Learning Achievement
No Class Interval
1 0,00 - 1,49
2 1,50 - 1,99
3 2,00 - 2,74
4 2,75 - 3,76
Amount
the opinion of experts, including [3]
saying that teachers as a key determines
the success of learning, (p. 30). It is clear
that the knowledge of the teacher as a
whole, both on the subject matter and in
the teaching process, will determine the
success of teaching and learning
activities.
The results also show that there is a
positive relationship between learning
facilities and learning achievement of
students in the PTB Department FT-
UNIMA, with a determination coefficient
of 0, 315 indicates that 23, 27% of
variations occur in variable learning
achievement determined by learning
facilities. This is supported by the opinion
of [6] that the use of teaching aids in the
teaching and learning process is not an
additional function but having its own
function as a tool to realize the teaching
and learning situation also enhances the
quality of learning [7].
Figure 4. Histogram of Learning
Achievement Data
Furthermore, the results of the study
stated that there was a positive double
link between lecturer readiness and
learning facilities with students'
389
achievement in PTB FT-UNIMA
Department. The link reveals that
Absolute Relative Frequency
Frequency (%)
2 6,67
1 3,33
16 53,33
11 36,67
30 100,00
variations in learning achievement are
influenced by the readiness of Lecturers
0, 342% and learning facilities 0, 427%
are influenced by other variations [8].
4. Conclusions
Based on the results of the analysis that
has been carried out from this research,
the following conclusions can be drawn:
there is a positive relationship between
Lecturer readiness and student
achievement in the PTB Department of
FT-UNIMA. The relationship is very
meaningful on the coefficient of 0, 45
without controlling the learning facility
variables and the correlation is quite
significant on the correlation coefficient
0, 358 by controlling the learning facility
variables (partial correlation); there is a
positive link between learning facilities
and student achievement in the PTB
Department of FT-UNIMA. This
correlation is very significant in the
correlation coefficient of 0, 54 without
controlling the influence of the variable
Lecturer readiness and the correlation is
very significant on the correlation
coefficient of 0, 475 by controlling the
Lecturer readiness variable (partial
correlation); and there is a positive
relationship between the readiness of
lecturers and learning facilities with the
achievements of students in the PTB
Department FT-UNIMA. This correlation
is very significant in the multiple
correlation coefficient 0, 618. Variations
that occur in the variable learning
achievement are determined by the
readiness of Lecturers 12, 8% and 22, 6%
by learning facilities.

References
[1] Suhertian, P.A., 1990, Educational
Supervision, Rineke Cipta, Jakarta
[2] Kawulur, A., 1993, Contributions
for the Application of Material and
Media Preparation. IKIP Manado,
Manado.
[3] Wijaya, C., 1994, Workability,
Bandung.
[4] Sudjana, N., 1989, PBM Basics.
New Light, Bandung.
[5] Turang, J., 1980, Teacher
Modernization and Learning
Achievement of Junior and Senior
High Schools, IKIP Manado,
Manado.
[6] Sudjana, N., 1988, Basics of
Teaching and Learning Process,
New Light, Bandung.
[7] Sudjana, N., 1986, Statistical
Method, Tarsito, Bandung.
[8] Oroh, R.R. 2000, Effect of Learning
Effectiveness on Student Learning
Achievement, Independent research
report, Faculty of Engineering
Manado State University, Tondano.

390
 WASTE AND WASTE MANAGEMENT
DIVING CENTER AND RESORT IN BUNAKEN ISLAND

391

SUMMARY
The charm of the underwater beauty
on Bunaken Island has its own charm so that
many people from various parts of the world
want to come to enjoy the underwater beauty of
Bunaken Island while staying on Bunaken
Island for a few days. With increasing visits to
Bunaken Island, many resorts and diving
centers have been built on Bunaken Island by
foreigners and people from Bunaken
themselves. Resort and diving centers compete
for the best lodging in terms of service and
products offered. Tourism development also
has a positive impact on the economy of the
community around the dive resort because
many jobs are open to local people.
The development of tourism also
influences the output of each resort both in the
form of solid waste and liquid waste.
Management and handling that is in accordance
with standards is certainly needed so that
environmental sustainability is well maintained.
Observations made by the author for
approximately 4 months resulted in the
conclusion that not all resorts on Bunaken
Island have good waste management and
handling so there needs to be rules or
supervision at each resort on how to manage
and manage waste according to standards.
1.1. Background
The world of marine tourism industry
has developed very rapidly, so that all diving
centers and resorts are competing to provide
services and services to sell the potential of the
beauty of the sea on the island of Bunaken.
With the beauty of underwater charms such as
coral reef ecosystems, seagrass beds and
mangroves in Bunaken make many foreign
tourists make Bunaken as a prime tourist
destination.
With the development of the tourism
industry, many diving centers and resorts
compete to become the best diving centers and
resorts , in terms of service and facilities, as
well as the cleanliness of dive centers and
resorts respectively. There are a number of
resorts that utilize businesses on Bunaken
Island, and the number of resorts recorded
ranges from 21 resorts . Cleanliness is a
standard that must be met by all existing diving
centers and resorts , because whether or not a
resort as a whole is judged by the cleanliness of
the resort itself.
Cleanliness is a challenge and necessity
if a resort wants to be the best resort . How to
handle waste and waste needs to be considered
properly so as not to have a negative impact on
the existing environment. Because waste and
392
waste can cause a damaged and polluted
environment, it is important for resort owners
to be environmentally aware, so that no party is
disadvantaged such as the community around
the resort , or NGOs in Bunaken. Good
management of waste and waste will certainly
have a good impact on the existing
environment. Waste and waste landfills are
points that need to be considered, with facilities
that support waste and waste management, so
the problem of waste and waste can be handled
properly. Better competition in the field of
cleanliness and how to manage waste and
waste.
Garbage also affects the ecological
damage in the oceans. Used nets, synthetic
ropes, plastic bags in some cases ensnare fish
and turtles, causing death. Surface closure by
garbage in large areas, can interfere with the
penetration of light into the sea. This situation
can affect the productivity of waters and disrupt
the living system. Material that drops to the
bottom or at low tide can result in the closure of
coral polyps, and if it lasts a long time it can
cause damage.
Therefore, interested in raising this
issue to be used as research with the title
"Handling Waste and Waste in Diving Centers
and Resorts on Bunaken Island"
Identification of Problems
Bunaken National Park has become a
prima donna of world tourism, along with
tourists coming in, diving centers and resorts
are increasingly weighing on carrying capacity
especially on Bunaken Island.
 Increased human activity on the
island of Bunaken both on land and
at sea which can affect the quality
and condition of the coastal
environment, especially coral reef
ecosystems until polluted and
threatened with damage.
 Problems with Waste and Waste in
Bunaken National Park, especially on
Bunaken Island, have never been
completed.
 How is the management and
procedures for handling waste and
waste carried out by the community
or resort owners on Bunaken Island.
Limitation and Formulation of Problems
Based on the identification of the above
problems, the authors limit and
formulate the problems to be discussed
as the writing of this final report,
namely the handling of waste and waste
generated by resorts that occupy the
island of Bunaken in accordance with
the proper waste and waste management
procedures.
Targeted Findings.
The targets to be achieved in this study
are:
1. Produce an explanation of the type of
waste that is in the diving center and
resorts on Bunaken Island
2. Produce information on how to handle
waste in resorts on Bunaken Island
3. As a recommendation for the
government in making new policies
that can be realized in making
decisions for the progress of tourism
in the BUnaken National Park.
4. Can be published in National and
International journals regarding
handling of waste and waste at Diving
Centers and Resorts on Bunaken
Island "
Understanding Ecotourism of the Sea and
Eco-Resort
Ecotourism is tourism based on
natural environment (forest tourism / marine
tourism) which is only a visit activity to natural
places such as seeing birds in the forest and
other biota in coastal areas. Ecotourism also
provides benefits to the environment, culture
and economy of the local community (Daud
2012). Ecotourism is responsible tourism
because in addition to visiting a region, guests
also participate to preserve the area by not
littering, not damaging the existing ecosystems
both terrestrial ecosystems and marine
ecosystems. With the development of
Ecotourism, many resorts are building eco-
resorts or resorts that are environmentally
friendly and compete to become the best
resorts .
Eco-resorts are terms used by resorts
that are environmentally based, using room
fragrances, soaps, shampoos and other
materials that are environmentally friendly.
Eco-resorts are judged by how to process and
handle waste and waste that are in accordance
with standards. An eco-resort is a resort that
has received a certificate from the green globe .
Examples of eco-resorts in Indonesia are: Eco-
resorts, Batukaru Mountain Valley, Bali, Eco-
resorts, Orangutan Conservation Centers on the
mainland of Kalimantan (Yoeti 1997). One of
the best eco-resorts in Indonesia, Misool Eco
Resort, is located in the center of the Coral
Triangle and is most famous in Southeast Asia.
Misool eco-resort provides 13 rooms and is
built by local people and uses wood from the
area. This resort has a beautiful view because it
is built on the waters close to the mangrove
ecosystem.
Understanding Waste and Waste
Soewedo (1983) stated that
waste is part of something that is not used,
disliked or something that must be discarded,
393
which generally comes from activities carried
out by humans (including industrial activities),
but not biological ones. Sugiharto (1987) states
that waste is household waste in the form of
washing liquid, soapy water.
1. Understanding Garbage
Garbage is an unwanted waste material after the
end of a process. Garbage is defined by humans
according to their degree of wear, in natural
processes there is actually no concept of waste,
only products produced after and during the
natural process. However, because in human
life the concept of environment is defined,
waste can be divided according to its types.
(adapted from: https://id.m.wikipedia.org )
2. Understanding Waste
Liquid waste is all liquid waste material that
may contain pathogenic microorganisms, toxic
chemicals, and radioactivity. (Decree of the
State Minister of Environment No. 58
concerning: Raw Waste Water Quality)
Liquid Waste is waste produced by industrial
activities that are discharged into the
environment and allegedly can reduce
environmental quality. (Minister of Agriculture
Decree No. 818 of 1998 concerning:
Monitoring of Activity / Business Liquid Waste
and / or Agricultural Industry).
3. Impact of Waste and Waste
Environmental pollution due to industrial
and household activities is very detrimental
to humans, both directly and indirectly.
The following are some of the impacts of
waste and waste:
 Impact on health
The impact on health is allergy, or even
respiratory problems, because garbage and
waste left around us can be a place for
mosquitoes, flies, and even other
organisms that cause disease.
Potential diseases that are caused are as
follows:
a. Diarrhea, cholera, typhus, dengue
fever.
b. Skin fungal disease
c. Digestive disorders when humans
consume fish from polluted waters.
 Impact on the Environment
The impact on the environment is that
there is no catchment area if the waste is
scattered and piling up, while the waste if
it seeps into the soil or into the water, then
the fish in the waters will die, the bacteria
will increase in the waters, and this can
change the aquatic ecosystem. Because the
decomposition of waste in the waters, can
produce organic acids and methane.
 Impact on Social, Economy and
Tourism
The following impacts on social and
economic conditions and tourism:
 1. Poor handling of waste and waste
will form an unfavorable
environment as well.
2. Having a negative impact on the
tourism industry, so that interest in
visiting resorts will decrease.
3. Poor handling
will cause the health of the
surrounding community to be
disrupted.
Analysis of Organic and Inorganic Waste
A lot of waste from the company comes
from restaurant activities, offices, boats,
employee kitchens, and bungalows, while
trash from outside the company which is
seen from the use of garbage mostly comes
from human activities every day such as
fishermen activities, and there are ferry
boats, helping the community to move to
the city of Manado and vice versa,
especially the rural population that is
adjacent to companies that are still not
aware of the habit of disposing of garbage
in the proper place. Garbage is not all
derived from human activities but also
comes from natural activities around, such
as leaves, seaweed, small, medium and
large sized wood, coconut fruits or fruit
trees on the beach.
Bunaken National Park
Bunaken National Park is a marine
park located on North Sulawesi , Indonesia
. garden this is located at The Coral
Triangle , is home to 390 coral reef species and
also various species of fish, mollusks, and
reptiles mammals the sea . Bunaken National
Park is a representative of Indonesia's marine
ecosystem, covering the desert seaweed
, Coral reefs and coastal ecosystems.
garden This nation was founded in
1991 and covers an area of 890.65 km². 97%
of these national parks are marine habitats,
while the remaining 3% is land, covering five
islands: Bunaken , Manado Old,
Mantehage, Naen and Siladen. In this region,
there are 22 villages with a population of
around 35,000. Most of them work as
fishermen or coconut farmers, sweet potatoes ,
bananas and seaweed for export, while others
work as guides, workers on cottage and ship
captain.
Tourism in this region continues to be
developed. Between 2003 and 2006, the
number of visitors to Bunaken National Park
reached 32,000 to 39,000, with 8-10,000 of
them being foreign tourists.
Bunaken marine park is located in
Bunaken Village, Bunaken District, Manado
City, North Sulawesi. Bunaken is about 7 miles
from the port of Manado and can be reached in
around 50 minutes using a twin-engine
394
motorboat or only about 35 minutes if you use
a speed boat.
There are 5 islands included in this national
park, namely Naen Island , Bunaken Island
, Manado Tua Island , Siladen Island ,
and Mantehage Island along with the island
children around him. And the population in the
five islands is around 21,000 people.
Bunaken has a variety of underwater
life, this is because the Bunaken National
Marine Park is in the golden triangle of the
world's coral reefs spread from Indonesia,
Malaysia, the Philippines, Papua New Guinea,
East Timor and Solomon Islands. There are
dozens of types of coral reefs and thousands of
living fish species in the marine park covering
an area of 75,265 hectares. The beauty of the
marine park Bunaken has been in great
demand by both domestic and foreign tourists.
Most coastal areas consist of mangroves and
white sand. Bunaken Marine Park
has biodiversity marine is one of the highest
in the world
The sea contains hard and soft coral
reefs, steep coral walls with various shapes and
colors of marine biota including sharks, marlin,
tuna, snapper, grouper, barracuda, napoleon,
angel fish, turtles, mandarin fish, seahorses,
stingrays, octopus and various other types of
fish and of course the most famous is the
ancient sea king (Coelacanth) fish.
There are no off seasons to visit Bunaken
Tamana Laut meaning you can visit and dive at
Bunaken anytime. However, you are better
advised to dive in the national park bunaken
from May to August because at that time you
will be greeted with clear sea water and so
warm with air temperatures of 26-31 degrees
Celsius.
With the development of the tourism
industry, many diving centers and resorts
compete to become the best diving centers and
resorts , in terms of service and facilities, as
well as the cleanliness of dive centers and
resorts respectively. There are a number of
resorts that utilize businesses on Bunaken
Island, and the number of resorts recorded
ranges from 21 resorts . Cleanliness is a
standard that must be met by all existing diving
centers and resorts , because whether or not a
resort as a whole is judged by the cleanliness of
the resort itself.
/

RESULTS AND BENEFITS OF
RESEARCH
Research purposes
1. Explain the type of waste produced by
the diving center and resorts on
Bunaken Island.
2. Informing how to handle waste in
resorts on Bunaken Island.
3. How to handle the waste produced by
each resort on Bunaken Island.
Benefits of research
This research raises the problem of
waste which has an impact on the ecological
damage in the oceans. Used nets, string syntax
is, plastic bags in some cases trap fish and
turtles, thus causing death. The closure of the
surface by garbage in a large area, can also
change g gu light penetration into the ocean.
This situation can affect the productivity of
waters and disturb the life stem. Material that
drops to the bottom or at low tide, can result in
the closure of coral polyps, and if it lasts a long
time it can cause damage.
With the increase in human activities
on the island of Bunaken both on land and at
sea that can affect the quality and condition of
the coastal environment, especially coral reef
ecosystems to be polluted and threatened with
damage. On the other hand, the existence of
garbage problems that have never been
completed is a challenge for the diving center
and resort businesses in Bunaken National
Park.
RESEARCH METHODS
Location and Time of Research
The research was conducted on
Bunaken Island, starting from March to
December 2018 with observation
locations in all resorts and diving
centers on Bunaken Island.
Research methods
In this study the author uses the method
of observation, to better direct or focus
the observed population to certain
characteristics that are not generally
accepted (Daniel, 2003). By using this
method the author wants to provide a
detailed picture with an emphasis on the
overall situation or event. In addition,
the author also uses this observation
method as long as the writer conducts
research on Bunaken Island.
Data and Data Sources
Basically the author takes data and
provides data in 2 parts, namely:
1. Primary data, is the data collected by the
author during the research. This data is
in the form of conservation area data
395
which includes data on general
conditions, geographical location,
accessibility, climate, water conditions
and socio-cultural conditions of the
community in Bunaken National Park.
2. Secondary data, is data that comes from
the internet, documents of study /
research results, photos, maps, and
literature, along with studies related to
the research title.
The type of data used in this study is
qualitative data and quantitative data as
support. Qualitative data is data in the form of
words that are described, while quantitative
data are supporting data in the form of
numbers, for example in stating the population.
Qualitative data is obtained from the results of
field observations, and interviews conducted
openly. While quantitative data is obtained
through books, documents, research reports
relating to the city of Manado, and other
transcripts. Regarding the type of data source,
consisting of primary data sources and
secondary data sources. Primary data sources
are objects that are observed directly from the
field and from selected informants, which are
determined based on purposive consideration or
goals to be achieved. Secondary data sources
are written documents or sources in general,
such as population statistics, documents,
research reports, Manado maps, and various
other relevant texts.
Data collection technique
Data collection methods used by the
author are as follows:
a. Direct observation / observation
Direct observation of the waste and
waste management processes in
resorts and diving centers in Bunaken
National Park.
b. Documentation
The data source is done by taking a
picture in a number of resort Resort-
and the diving center in Bunaken
National Park .
c. Literature
The data is taken by way of literature
study through the related manual
book with the title written and with
the journals related to this title
4. 5 Data analysis technique
P enelitian using qualitative
methods, so that the data analysis is also
using a qualitative description analysis,
while quantitative data as a supporter.
There are several stages in qualitative
data analysis, namely the stages of open
coding, axial coding, and selective
coding. 1) At the open coding stage ,
the researcher tries to obtain as many
variations of data related to the object of
research then breaking down or the
 process of detailing the data obtained,
examining or checking, comparing
comparing, conceptualizing and finally
categorizing categorizing data on
primary and secondary data . 2) At the
axial stage coding data is reorganized
based on categories as a continuation of
open coding and then analyzed the
relationships between data / categories
or data grouping. 3) In selective coding
the classification process of data
checking on data categories is
compared, connected, checked and
examined in the data category and then
a final conclusion is drawn and finally a
general design is made (Angle 2001).
Results Presentation Technique
Data analysis as a research
report, the data will be presented in an
informal form, with descriptions /
narratives, descriptive words that are
good in accordance with scientific
language so that it is easy to understand
and understand. In addition, it is carried
out formally in the form of statistical
tables, drawings, charts and maps.
CONCLUSIONS AND
RECOMMENDATIONS
Conclusion
• Bunaken Island is a world tourist destination
with a wealth of marine ecosystems
and underwater beauty. Indigenous people
work as fishermen and
has three villages, namely: Tanjung Parigi,
Negri, and Alungbanua. National Parks
Bunaken has an area of 75,265 hectares and has
five neighboring islands, namely:
Mantehage, Nain besar, Nain Kecil, Siladen,
and Manado Tua.
• Many foreign investors buy land to build
resorts on Bunaken Island
and until now there are around 20 resorts that
stand on Bunaken Island
mostly located in the eastern part of Bunaken
Island. In August 2016
will be inaugurated a new resort called Oasis
Dive Resort with location
close to Happy Gecko Dive Resort.
• Almost all resorts on Bunaken Island have
not processed and handled
waste well and according to standards. Garbage
is burned and thrown in
holes and all resorts do the same thing, while
handling waste
the best is at The Village Bunaken Resort
which is the only resort with
the best waste treatment on Bunaken Island.
Suggestions
• For All Dive Resort on Bunaken Island
396
The need for special attention to the state of
terrestrial ecosystems and marine ecosystems,
because the impact of waste and waste can
damage the ecosystem that exists when
garbage and waste cannot be handled properly.
• For Bunaken National Park Hall
Need to make strict rules and sanctions against
resorts that do not
handle waste and waste according to the correct
standards, because if there are no rules
or sanctions against resorts that violate the
ecosystem will be threatened.
Continuous supervision of the activities of each
resort every day must be
done so that the process of handling waste and
waste can be observed properly.
• For people on Bunaken Island
Give a good contribution to the preservation of
the ecosystem that exists by not
burning garbage and littering, and handling
waste
household well and according to standards. If
handling waste and waste
payed well, it will have a positive impact on the
ecosystem
which exists.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Anonimous, 2014, The Story of the Problem of Waste
and the Solution / (lidbang hamit 2008), in
http://isroi.com/2008/05/08/. August 25, 2014. 20:35
WITA.
bunakenisland.blogspot.com/bunakennews/informationof
Bunaken/
David, F. A., 1999, Sustainable Development Volume 7,
issue 4,
Daud. J.R, 1999, study of pollution conditions based on
community structure
Macrozoobentos subtidal regions of the Lembeh Strait.
Thesis Faculty of Fisheries and Marine Affairs 100
pages.
Fachrul, M.F 2007. Bioecological sampling method.
(first print). Sinar Grafika Offset. Jakarta.
Ministry of Environment. 2003 Decree of the Minister of
Environment No. 112 of 2003 concerning: Domestic
Wastewater Quality Standards.
Leg, A. A., 1996, The Ecotourism Travel Market in The
Asia Pacific, Region.
Government Regulation of the Republic of Indonesia
Number: 81 Year: 2012 Regarding: Household Waste
Management and Household-like Waste.
Soewedo, H., 1983, Handling and Utilization of Waste,
Idayu Foundation,
 THE DETERMINANTS OF THE INTERNAL AUDIT
PERFORMANCE
IN PRIVATE AND STATE UNIVERSITIES IN MALUKU
Dwi Hariyanti
Ambon State Polytechnic
Ambon, Indonesia
dwi.hariyanti1976@gmail.com
Abstract-The purpose of this researchwas to test and
analyze the factors that influence the performance of internal
audit at universities in Maluku. This research was conducted
using a quantitative approach. The analytical tool used was
PLS. Moreover, the population of thisresearch was the
internal auditors in state and private universities in Maluku.
The results showed that the factors that influencedthe
internal audit performance werethe competence,
independence, and motivation of the universities, which
those allwerethe internal factors.Whereas, the external factor
influenced the internal audit was the financial factor. It had a
positive effect. However, the factors of infrastructure and
regulation had no significant effect. It showed that internal
audits at universities in Maluku had not received full support
in the form of regulations and infrastructure.
Keywords: internal auditor, auditor
performance.
I. INTRODUCTION
Internal audit in carrying out the duties is
influenced by many factors. This is in line with
Hariyanti's opinion (2015) which explained that
internal audits of Quality Assurance System at state
and private universitiesin Malukuhad not run
optimally because they were influenced by many
factors. That research was resumed in 2016 by
Hariyanti. It conducted by using a qualitative approach
and found that the lack of optimalization of internal
audit at universities was caused by two factors, they
were internal and external. The researcher stated that
internal factors came from the auditor such as self
competence, independence, auditor commitment and
others, while the external factors were leadership
commitment. She stated that internal factors were the
given factors.In other words, inevitably it was a must
to the internal auditor to have it. This had been kept by
the internal auditor of universities. Meanwhile, the
external factor such as leadership commitment was the
factors that seem to be attached to the leadership's
responsibilities and it could be carried out properly.
Nevertheless, the reality is not so.Many leaders
underestimate on internal audit at universities. They
397
Jaelani La Masidonda
Darussalam University of Ambon
Ambon, Indonesia
jaelani@unidar.ac.id
assumed that internal auditors were formed as an
element of formality for the purposes of accreditation
and other interests that were incidental, so that internal
auditors lookedlike they were "exisbut nothing". It
meant that legally they were exis but there was no
support either regulation, finance, or advice.
Based on the findings above, the researchers
want to continue their research with a quantitative
approach to examine the factors that influence internal
audit performance. The research problemswere:
1. Does the internal factor in the form of
individual competencyhave a positive effect
on the internal audit performance?
2. Does the internal factor of individual
independence have a positive effect on the
internal audit performance?
3. Does the internal factor such as individual
motivation have positive effect on the internal
audit performance?
4. Does the external factor of leadership
commitment in the form of financial have a
positive effect on the internal audit
performance?
5. Doesthe external factor of leadership
commitment in terms of infrastructure have a
positive effect on the internal audit
performance?
6. Does the external factor of leadership
commitment in terms of regulation have a
positive effect on the internal audit
performance?
II. REVIEW OF LITERATURE
A. Update
This research is a follow-up of Hariyanti's
research (2016) which is also a follow-up to previous
research of Hariyanti (2015) which refers to other
researchs, namely Blackmore and Jacqueline (2004)
from England and also from Saudi Arabian
researchers, namely Al-Twaijry et al., (2003) which
explained that in the UK and Saudi Arabia the internal
audit of universities was not optimal, it was about the
factors that affect the performance of internal audits in
universities. Hariyanti's (2016) research results
showed that there were two factors that influence; they
were internal and external factors.She stated that,
internal factors such as competence, independence,
responsibility and so forth were thegiven factors which
inevitably it was a must to the internal auditor to have
it.This is based on the research results that this case
has been owned by internal auditors in each university.
Meanwhile, the external factors still be
underestimatedand have never been explored by any
researcher before.One of them is the commitment of
leaders to support internal audit activities. Thus, the
researcherswant to examine the factors that influence
the performance of internal audit at universities in
Maluku.
B. The Definition and Purpose of Internal
Audit
Internal audit is defined in several words which
the substance is almost the same. As defined by Hiro
Tugiman [2006: 11]. According to him, internal audit
is an independent assessment function within the entity
or organization to test and evaluate the activities
carried out. This is not much different from the
definition described by Mulyadi [2002: 29].
Mulyadi (2002) defines internal audit as an
auditor who works in an entity or company whose job
is to determine whether the procedures and policies
that have been compiled and determined by
management have been applied or not, whether wealth
safeguarding of the entity or organization is good or
not, determine the level of effectiveness and the
efficiency of the procedures for organizational
activities, and determine the reliability of information
that has been generated by parts of the
entity/organization. Meanwhile, the definition
according to IAI cited by Sawyer [2005: 8] is very
brief;that is an assessment function formed by an
entity to examine and evaluate the activities of an
entity as a service that has been provided to a company
entity.
Thus, the definition of internal audit can be
concluded that it is an assessment function that is
intentionally formed by the organization in accordance
with the needs whose task is to independently monitor
the activities carried out by actors in the organization.
Whether the actor in the organization is in accordance
with the existing procedures or not.
Based on the above definition, it shows that
there aregap and judgment to form an internal audit.
Internal audit is formed in purpose. Hiro Tugiman
[2006: 11] explains the purpose of establishing an
internal audit is to help members of an organizational
398
entity to be able to carry out their responsibilities
effectively. His internal audit task is analyzing,
submitting some suggestions and assessments. The
examination also includes effective supervision. This
is also almost the same as written by Sukrisno [2004:
222]. According to him, the nternal audit aims to assist
management in carrying out its responsibilities by
analyzing, assessing and providing input on the
activities examined.
C. Internal Auditor Performance
Internal auditors in carrying out their duties
cannot be separated from the term performance. The
term performance is indeed familiar to all workers
including internal auditors. Therefore, researchers feel
the need to explain the definition of performance and
performance of internal auditors.
Trisnaningsih (2007), Asih (2006) and Fanani
(2008) explain the performance is the work result
achieved by someone in carrying out the tasks that are
charged. Thus, the performance of internal auditors is
the realization of the work result achieved by internal
auditors in order to achieve organizational goals
(Fanani, 2008). This is in line with the opinion of Asih
(2006) who revealed the definition of internal auditor
performance is the result obtained by an accountant,
especially internal auditors who have carried out their
duties.
Based on the various opinions mentioned
above, it can be concluded that, work performance
assessment (performance) is an assessment carried out
systematically to find out the results of employee work
and organizational performance.
D. The Factors Affecting Internal Audit
Performance
Leadership Commitment and internal
audit performance
Commitment is defined as the main condition
every person should have especially the professional in
the organization. Commitment in the organization
must be owned by all parties, including leaders,
educative staff, non-educative staff, or even supporting
staff or the entire academic community. All
commitments is indeed very important, but the most
important is the commitment of the leadership. This is
because the commitment of leaders will be able to
change the paradigm and mental attitude; as well as
organizingthe good quality assurance requires
leadership commitment. An organization without
strong leadership commitment in the form of
commitments in finance, infrastructure and regulation
are useless (Hariyanti, 2016). It means that whatever
has been designed will be useless, if a leader has no
commitment. (Septi Gumiyanti, 2013).
 Without the commitment of internal audit
leaders in universities, it is only present as a formality
to fulfill institutional administration, rather than
merely for accreditation interests. So that, in the
creation often copy and paste of documents made by
other universities, so it is not realistic, down to earth
and cannot be socialized, or even be a standard for the
implementation of academic quality assurance at the
level of institutional praxis. This condition is further
worsened by the lack of pro-quality budget policies.
Budget policy is still oriented towards building
physical construction rather than non-physical, such as
the development of quality culture, so that the
implications can be seen that the evaluation meetings
are rarely conducted and various quality development
activities, discussion of quality documents are almost
difficult to be facilitated by the institution. Another is
the facilitiy for quality assurance that are not
responded to by the institution.
Based on the description above, the
researchers create the following hypothesis:
H1. It is assumed that internal factor in the form of
individual competencies has a positive effect
on internal audit performance.
H2. It is assumed that internal factor such as
individual independence has a positive effect
on internal audit performance.
H3. It is assumed that internal factor in the form of
individual motivation has a positive effect on
internal audit performance.
Internal Factors and Internal Audit Performance
Someone in carrying out his duties is strongly
influenced by several factors. Larkin (1990) explains
that the factors that affect performance consist of four
dimensions, namely, ability, commitment to
professionalism, motivation and job satisfaction. The
measurement of internal audit performance by Larkin
(1990) is somewhat different from Ikhsan and
Muhamad (2005). Iksan and Muhamad (2005)
performance is more influenced by individual or
psychological aspects. That is, aspects that come from
the auditor itself that affect the work or the
performance of the auditor. Individual aspects are
referred to as emotional intelligence, knowledge,
Locus of Control, independence and communication.
Opinions about factors that influence auditor
performance have also been re-tested by several
researchers and have the same results. Like,
professional commitment, understanding of good
governance and conflict partially affects the
performance of internal auditors (Hanna and Firnanti,
2013). Pratiwi and Sri (2013) also examined the
factors that influence the performance of internal
auditors. The results showed that knowledge and
399
communication have a partial effect on the
performance of internal auditors.
Based on the explanation above, the
researchers create the following hypothesis:
H4. It is assumed that external factor of leadership
commitment in the form of finance has a
positive effect on internal audit performance.
H5. It is assumed that external factor of leadership
commitment in terms of infrastructure
facilities have a positive effect on internal
audit performance.
H6. It is suspected that external factor of leadership
commitment in terms of regulation have a
positive effect on internal audit performance.
III. RESEARCH METHOD
This second year research wasdesaignedusing a
quantitative approach. The purpose of using this
approach was to test, prove and analyze that the factors
proposed in the hypothesis were really affect the
performance of internal auditors.
The population in this researchwas the internal
auditors at universities in Maluku. The data collection
techniques used here was saturated samples.
Meanwhile, the analytical tool used was PLS. The
operational definitions of research variables, namely
auditor performance was the result obtained by an
accountant, especially internal auditors who had
carried out their duties. The internal auditor
performance measurement in this research refered to
Fanani (2008) with the instruments of 6 questions and
assessments that strongly disagree, disagree, be
neutral, agree and strongly disagree. Meanwhile,
internal factors were individual factors that are based
on internal auditors. Measurement of internal factor
variables referred to Iksan and Muhamad (2005)
whose assessment was seen from the responsibility,
experience, knowledge, Locus of Control,
independence and communication. Furthermore,
leadership commitment was defined as the main
condition that must be available to everyone who was
professional in the organization. Measurement of
variables referred to the opinion of hariyanti (2016),
whose assessment was seen from the aspects of
regulation, finance and suggestions.
IV. RESEARCH RESULT
In the hypothetical model there are internal and
external factors that are derived into six exogenous
variables that determine internal audit performance.
Assessing the results of the structural model testing
(inner model) can be seen in the R-square (R2) in the
endogenous construct (internal audit performance),
path coefficient value, t value and p value for each
interconnection path relationship. Path coefficient
values and t values on each path will be explained in
the sub-discussion results of hypothesis testing. R2 2. Internal factor in the form of individual
value is used to measure the level of variation in independence towards internal audit
endogenous variables which are explained by a performance had positive coefficients. The
number of influencing variables (Hartono and results showed that the path coefficient is
Abdillah, 2009). The higher ofR2 value means the 0.289 with t-statistics of 2.676 (p <0.05)
better the predictive model of the proposed model is. giving a decision that individual
The hypothesis model was calculated using independence had a significant effect on
SmartPL Conversion 3.2.6 to determine the internal audit performance. High individual
significance of path coefficients that exist in the independence would improve internal audit
hypothesis support model or significance (Hartono and performance.
Abdillah, 2009; Ghozali, 2008). The path coefficient
was significant if p was less than 0.05.The summary of 3. Internal factor in the form of individual
the inner model results was explained in Table 1. motivation for internal audit performance had
positive coefficient. The results showed that
the path coefficient is 0.630 with t-statistics of
Table 1. 4.803 (p <0.05) giving a decision that
Pathway Coefficient Test Results on the Inner Model individual motivation had a significant effect
on internal audit performance. High
Path of Standar Statistic p individual motivation would improve internal
Correlation coefficie d of st audit performance.
nt Error
Competence 4. External factor of leadership commitment in
-> Audit 0.08 the form of finance towards internal audit
performance -0.226 0.171 1.319 9 performance had positive coefficient. The
Independenc results showed that the path coefficient is
e -> Audit 0.00 0.335 with t-statistics of 1.828 (p <0.05)
performance 0.289 0.108 2.676 4 giving a decision that finance had a
Motivation - significant effect on internal audit
> Audit 0.00 performance. High commitment from the
performance 0.630 0.131 4.803 0 leadership in financial matters would improve
Finance -> internal audit performance.
Audit 0.03
performance 0.335 0.183 1.828 9 5. External factor of leadership commitment in
Infrastructur terms of infrastructure facilities for internal
e Facilities - audit performance had positive coefficients.
> Audit 0.26 The results showed that the path coefficient is
performance 0.105 0.181 0.581 4 0.105 with t-statistics of 0.581 (p> 0.05)
Regulation - giving a decision that the infrastructure had
> Audit 0.33 no significant effect on performance internal
performance 0.057 0.131 0.433 2 audit. The level of leadership commitment in
the problem of infrastructure facilities could
Description:ns = p > 0,05; * = p < 0,05 not directly explain the internal audit
performance.
The interpretation of the table and figure explains
the corelation between variables as follows: 6. External factor of leadership commitment in
1. Internal factor in the form of individual terms of regulation of internal audit
competencies on internal audit performance performance had positive coefficients. The
had positive coefficients. The results showed results showed that the path coefficient is
that the path coefficient was -0.226 with t- 0.057 with t-statistics of 0.433 (p> 0.05)
statistics of 1.319 (p> 0.05) giving a decision giving a decision that regulation has no
that individual competence had no significant significant effect on internal audit
effect on internal audit performance. The performance. The level of leadership
level of individual competence of an auditor commitment in terms of regulation could not
could not directly explain the internal audit directly explain the internal audit
performance. performance.

400

Hypothesis Testing Results
In this research there were 6 hypotheses. Based
on the exposure to the results of the inner model
coefficient test, there were three unsupported
hypotheses. Furthermore, a detailed explanation of
each hypothesis will be explained below.
Hypothesis H1 stated that internal factor in the
form of individual competencies had a positive effect
on internal audit performance. This hypothesis would
relate to the results of the direct influence coefficient
test of individual competence on internal audit
performance that had a positive direction coefficient.
The results showed that the efficiency of the
coefficient was-0.226 (p> 0.05) giving a decision that
individual competence had no significant effect on
internal audit performance. The results of this test
explained that H1 is not supported.
Hypothesis H2 stated that internal factor in the
form of individual independence had a positive effect
on internal audit performance. In this hypothesis, it
would relate to the results of the direct influence
coefficient test of individual independence on internal
audit performance which had a positive direction
coefficient. The results of the calculation showed that
the coefficient is 0.289 (p <0.05) giving a decision that
individual independence had a significant effect on
internal audit performance. The results of this test
explained that H2 is supported.
Hypothesis H3 stated that internal factor in the
form of individual motivation had a positive effect on
internal audit performance. This hypothesis would
relate to the results of the direct influence coefficient
test of individual motivation on internal audit
performance that had a positive direction coefficient.
The results showed that the coefficient of 0.630 (p
<0.05) giving a decision that individual motivation had
a significant effect on internal audit performance. The
results of this test explained that H3 is supported.
Hypothesis H4 stated that external factor of
leadership commitment in the form of finance had a
positive effect on internal audit performance. This
hypothesis would relate to the test results of the direct
influence coefficient of individual finance on internal
REFERENCES
[1] Albrecht, W. S., Howe, K. R., Schueler, D. R. &
Stocks, K. D., Evaluating the Effectiveness of
Internal Audit Departments (Altamonte Spring,
FL: Institute of Internal Auditors, 1988).
[2] Al-Twaijry, A.A., Brierley, J.A. and Gwilliam,
D.R. (2004), “An examination of the relationship
between internal and external audit in the Saudi
401
audit performance which had a positive direction
coefficient. The results of the calculation showed that
the coefficient of 0.335 (p <0.05) giving a decision
that finance has a significant effect on internal audit
performance. The results of this test explained that H4
is supported.
Hypothesis H5 stated that external factor of
leadership commitment in the form of infrastructure
had a positive effect on internal audit performance. In
this hypothesis it would relate to the results of the
direct influence coefficient test of individual
infrastructure on internal audit performance which had
a positive direction coefficient. The results showed
that the path coefficient was 0.105 (p> 0.05) giving a
decision that the infrastructure had no significant
effect on the internal audit performance. The results of
this test explained that H5 is not supported.
Hypothesis H6 stated that external factor of
leadership commitment in the form of regulation had a
positive effect on internal audit performance. This
hypothesis would relate to the results of the direct
influence coefficient test of individual regulation on
internal audit performance which had a positive
direction coefficient. The calculation results showed
that the path coefficient was 0.057 (p> 0.05) giving a
decision that regulation had no significant effect on
internal audit performance. The results of this test
explained that H6 is not supported.
CONCLUSION
Internal audit at universitieswas influenced by
many factors. Based on the results of data analaisys
showed that the factors came from internal and
external. Firstly, the internal factors were competence,
independence, and motivation which gave positive
effect. It showed that internal factors were given. It
meant thatthe internal factors must be owned by an
internal audit at the University. Whereas, the external
factors in the form of financial factors also had a
positive effect. However, the factors of infrasturcture
and regulation had no significant effect. This showed
that internal audits at universities in the Maluku had
not received full support in the form of regulations and
infrastructure.
Arabian corporate sector”, Managerial Auditing
Journal, Vol. 19 No. 7, pp. 929-44.
[3] Blackmore, Jacqueline. 2004 . A critical
evaluation of academic internal audit Ann
Quality Assurance in Education. Vol 12, 3. P.
128, ProQuest Research Librarypg.
[4] Cosserat, G. W., Modern Auditing (New York:
Wiley, 2000).
[5] Fattah, N. 2002. Ekonomi dan pembiayaan
pendidikan. Bandung: Remaja Rosdakarya.
[6] Fanani,Zaenal, Rheny Afriaana Hanif dan
Bambang subroto (2008). Pengaruh struktur
audit, konflik peran dan ketidak jelasan peran
terhadap kinerja auditor internal, Jurnal
Akuntansi dan keuangan Indonesia, Desember
Vo.5, No 2, hlm 139-155.
[7] Flesher, D. L., Internal Auditing: Standards and
Practices (Altamonte Spring, FL: Institute of
InternalAuditors, 1996).
[8] Griffiths, P., “Understanding the Expectations of
Finance Directors Towards Internal Audit and its
Future”, Managerial Auditing Journal, Vol. 14,
No. 9, 1999, pp. 487–488.
[9] Hayes, R. S., Principles of Auditing: An
International Perspective (Chicago, IL: Irwin,
1999).
[10] Liu, J.,Woo, H. & Boakye-Bonsu, V.,
“Developing Internal Auditing Procedures in UK
Organizations Usinga Benchmarking Approach”,
Managerial Auditing Journal, Vol. 12, No. 9,
1997, pp. 464–478.
[11] Lower, M., “The World Comes to Florida”,
Internal Auditing, February 1997, p. 23.
[12] Marks, N., “How Much is Enough?”, Internal
Auditor, February 2000, pp. 28–34.
[13] Miller, L., “The Internal Audit Profession—
Redefined”, The Internal Auditor, August, 1999,
p. 11.
[14] Mints, F. E., Behavioral Patterns in Internal
Audit Relationships, The IIA Research
Committee Report No. 17 (Altamonte Spring,
FL: Institute of Internal Auditors, 1972).
[15] McMahon, W. Walter, dkk.2001. Memperbaiki
keuangan pendidikan di Indonesia. Jakarta:
Balitbang Depdiknas-Unicef.
[16] Nirmalawati. 2009. Hubungan anatara
Kapabilitas Kepemimpinan, Kompetensi Dosen,
Komitmen Dosen, dam Akuntabilitas Lembaga
dengan Kinerja Lembaga dalam Pelaksanaan
Penjaminan Mutu pada Universitas Negeri di
Jawa Timur. Jurnal Pendidikan dan
Pembelajaran. Volume 16 Nomor 2 Oktober
2009: 116-124.
[17] Ridley, J., “Strong Support for Quality Assurance
Review Service”, Internal Auditing, September
1993,p. 23.
[18] Ridley, J., “The Pinnacle of Professional
Status?”, Internal Auditing, August 1994, pp.
14–16.
[19] Ridley, J., “One, Two and Many”, Internal
Auditing, January 1996, p. 9.
402
[20] Ridley, J. & Chambers, A., Leading Edge
Internal Auditing (London: ICSA, 1998).
[21] Ridley, J. & D’Silva, K., “A Question of
Values”, Internal Auditing, June 1997, pp. 16–
19.
[22]Ruwiyanto, W. 1994. Peranan pendidikan dalam
pengentasan masyarakat miskin pendekatan
analisis organisasi secara kuantitatif. Jakarta,
RajaGrafindo Persada.
[23]Sasongko. T. 2011. Pola Sistem Informasi
Manajemen Bidang Akademik. Jurnal
Pendidikan dan Pembelajaran. Volume 18
Nomor 2 Oktober 2011: 169-179.
[24]Sawyer, L. B., The Practice of Modern Internal
Auditing (Altamonte Springs, FL: Institute of
Internal
Auditors, 1973).
[25]Sawyer, L. B., “A Learned Profession”, The
Internal Auditor, August 1999, p. 6.
[26]Sukrisno, H. 2010. Hubungan antara
Responsibilitas Manajemen, Akuntabilitas Mutu
Layanan, Budaya Mutu, Pembelajaran
Organisasi, Kinerja Tim dengan Keefektifan
Sistem Penjaminan Mutu pada Universitas
Swasta di Surabaya. Jurnal Pendidikan dan
Pembelajaran. Volume 17 Nomor 1 April 2010:
23-31.
[27]Sukrisno, H. 2011. Akuntabilitas Mutu Pelayanan
Perguruan Tinggi. Jurnal Pendidikan dan
Pembelajaran. Volume 18 Nomor 1 April 2011:
81-89.
[28]Soegeng Ysh. A.Y. 2003. “Desentralisasi
Pendidikan: Implikasi Implementasi Otonomi
Daerah dalam Bidang Pendidikan”. Dalam
Jurnal Penelitian. Universitas Veteran Bangun
Nusantara Sukoharjo, Maret, 2003, Tahun XII
No. 1, ISSN: 0853-6864, halaman 1-10.
[29]Trisnaningsih, Sri (2007), Independensi auditor
dan komitmen organisasi debagai mediasi
pengaruh pemahamanan GCG, gaya
kepemimpinan dan budaya organaisasi terhadap
kinerja auditor internal. Proseding Simposium
Nasional Akuntansi X, 26-28 Juli, hlm 1-56.
[30]Triwiyanto,T. 2010. Efisiensi Pembiayaan
Perguruan Tinggi. Jurnal Manajemen Pendidikan
23, Nomor 1 Maret 2010:34-42.
[31]Wahono,F.2001. Kapitalisme Pendidikan antara
Kompetisi dan Keadilan. Yogyakarta: Insist-
Cindelaras-Pustaka Pelajar.
[32]Wynne, A., “Draft Revised Definition of Internal
Audit”, Internal Auditing, January 1999, p. 21.
[33]Widyasari, Malika (2014), analisis faktor –faktor
yang mempengaruhi kualitas hasil kerja auditor
internal dan eksternal, universitas Diponegoro
 ANALYSIS OF LEGAL PROTECTION ON
THE RIGHT TO INTELLECTUAL
PROPERTY IN INDONESIA
Jolly Turangan
Department Of Accounting
Polytechnic of Manado Country
e-mail: jollyt68@gmail.com,
Abstract - Lack of knowledge of the
Indonesian people especially the owners of
Intellectual Property Rights for certainty and
legal protection of Intellectual Property
Rights because in practice the brand holders
often experience obstacles, including among
others limited information to the public
about trademark registration, and limited
human resources both from brand
inspectors, as well as law enforcement
officers. In order to provide certainty and
legal protection Indonesia as a member of
the WTO has ratified the agreement on
TRIP's (Trade-Related Aspects of
Intellectual Property Rights) which
specifically regulates matters relating to
Intellectual Property Rights. In addition the
government along with the House of
Representatives the Republic of Indonesia,
considers it necessary to optimize the
Trademark Law No. 15 of 2001 because
there are provisions that must be adjusted to
the TRIP's Agreement. The method used in
data collection, namely through literature
studies, articles both print and electronic
media, brand laws, and government
regulations, which relate to legal protection,
against previous brand holders. The results
of the study show that in providing legal
protection to brand holders it can be done
by optimizing the implementation of the
Brand Law No. 15 of 2001 enhancing the
403
Kiet Tumiwa
Department Of Accounting
Polytechnic of Manado Country
kiettumiwa@yahoo.com,
ability of brand inspectors, law enforcement
officers in understanding the protection of
intellectual property rights, especially brand
holders, the use of information technology
about brands, cancellation of trademark
registration on the basis of bad faith by the
Directorate General of Intellectual Property
Rights the refusal of the extension of legal
protection against brands that have been
registered without rights in bad faith.
Keywords: Certainty, Protection, Law,
Brands, and Intellectual Property Rights
I. INTRODUCTION
1.1.Background
Along with the era of the WTO
(World Trade Organization) and Indonesia
as a member of the WTO has ratified the
agreement on TRIP's (Trade Relations
Aspects of Intellectual Property Right)
which specifically regulates matters
relating to Intellectual Property Rights, the
legal protection of Intellectual Property
Rights is very necessary. Legal protection
in Indonesia is highly expected by the
business community nationally and
internationally, to uphold the principles
that have been included in the TRIP's
agreement and in the international
conventions of Paris, London, Stocholm
for the creation of free competition and
healthy free trade in the globalization era
recently. The era of globalization of
economic development has become
increasingly rapid because the relations
between nations are interdependent and
patterns of trade are not bound to country
boundaries. Entrepreneurs who own
brands, and services compete with each
other to get the widest access to
international markets. Brands as one form
of intellectual work, are used to distinguish
goods or similar services, produced by
other companies. In the regulation of
Intellectual Property Rights in Indonesia is
the worst in Asia, both in violation of law,
and in the quality of the protection law on
intellectual property rights. In our society
there is a tendency to be oriented towards
popular brands. However, the purchasing
power of Indonesian people is low, causing
them to prefer goods or services that are
cheaper, even though they know that the
brands on the goods or services are fake,
and the quality is not good. Such
conditions, increasingly provide
opportunities for naughty entrepreneurs, to
register famous brands belonging to other
people, especially popular brands. That,
caused the original owner of the brand, felt
aggrieved because his intellectual property
rights were violated, and indirectly reduced
the sales turnover of goods or services. On
the other hand, people are also
disadvantaged because they have used
brands with unreal quality. Such a
situation, it is feared that it will have a
negative impact, reluctantly outside
investors enter Indonesia, because they do
not get a guarantee that the brands of their
products will get adequate legal protection.
On the grounds that brand forgery is
increasingly happening in the market, legal
protection for brands requires a more
stringent handling.
1.2. Formulation of the problem
404
Based on the above background, the
following problem can be
formulated:
1. What is legal protection for brand
holders to uphold their rights, is
sufficient
2. How is the legal strength in
implementing legal protection for brands
based on regulations and legislation in
Indonesia
1.3. Research purposes
To find out the meaning, and forms of
infringement of intellectual property rights
and legal protection efforts against brand
holders based on brand legislation in
Indonesia.
2. RESEARCH METHOD
The research method used in this
study is literature study. Research carried
out by searching and collecting data in the
form of: books, articles, both from
newspapers and from electronic media,
Decree of the Minister of Justice of the
Republic of Indonesia No. 02-HC.01 of
1981, which was renewed by the Decree of
the Minister of Justice of the Republic of
Indonesia No. M. 03-HC.02.01 of 1991,
Brand Law No. 21 of 1961, UUM No. 19 of
1992, Brand Law No. 14 of 1997, Brand
Law No. 15 of 2001, Concernation, Law No.
7 of 1994 concerning the ratification of the
Agreement on the Establishment of the
World Trade Organization, PP. 23 of 1993,
the Criminal Code, the Civil Code. This
aims to get a clear picture about legal
protection of brand owners from brand
violations in Indonesia that occur at this
time.
3. DISCUSSION
3.1. Intellectual Property Rights
Intellectual Property Rights are
rights relating to wealth which are born from
human intellectual abilities in the form of
discoveries in the fields of technology,
science, art, and literature, must be protected
by law. Therefore, the ownership of
Intellectual Property Rights as an
intellectual asset that has economic value,
must be revised its legal documentation,
namely,: with registration to the designated
agency. In Indonesia are the Directorate
General of Intellectual Property Rights
Ministry of Justice and Human Rights of the
Republic of Indonesia. Consideration of
letter (b), which is contained in Law No. 7
of 1994 concerning the ratification of the
Agreement Establishing The World Trade
Organization is an umbrella for the
protection of intellectual property rights, and
gives hope, in order to improve Indonesia's
competitiveness in the economic field,
especially in international trade. Full
consideration of letter (b) is as follows:
"Whereas in the implementation of national
development especially in the economic
field, efforts are needed to, among others,
continue to improve, expand, strengthen and
secure markets for all products, both goods
and services including investment aspects
and intellectual property rights related to
trade, as well as improving competitiveness,
especially in international trade. For this
reason the government and the House of
Representatives continue to conduct studies
and consider it necessary to replace Law No.
19 of 1992 concerning brands as amended
by Act No. 14 of 1997 concerning
amendments to Act No. 19 of 1992
concerning brands by stipulating
UU_undang Merk No. 15 of 2001
concerning brands, because there are
provisions that must be adjusted to the
TRIPs Agreement and or adapted to other
international agreements such as the Paris,
London and Stockholm Conventions.
3.2. Criminal Law Provisions
Legal protection efforts, against
original brands other than with claims for
brand violations, can be handled through
criminal law provisions. Handling through
405
criminal law provisions, regulated in
article 90-95 of the Brand Law No. 15 of
2001, which essentially covers six types of
brand criminal acts, namely:
a. Use the same brand in its entirety with
a registered trademark owned by
another party for goods and / or similar
services produced and / or traded,
subject to imprisonment of a maximum
of 5 (five) years, and a maximum fine
of Rp. 1,000,000,000.00 (one billion
rupiah).
b. Using the same brand in essence with a
registered brand belonging to another
party for similar goods and / or
services, which are produced and / or
traded shall be punished with a
maximum imprisonment of 4 (four)
years and a maximum fine of Rp.
800,000,000.00 (eight hundred million
rupiah).
c. Using the same sign in its entirety with
the geographical indication of the other
party for the same item or similar to the
registered item shall be punished with a
maximum imprisonment of 5 (five)
years and or a maximum fine of Rp.
1,000,000,000.00 (one billion rupiah).
d. Using the same sign, in essence with
the geographical indication of another
party, for the same item, or similar to
the registered item, shall be punished
with a maximum imprisonment of 4
(four) years, and or a maximum fine of
Rp. 800,000,000.00 (eight hundred
million rupiah).
e. Using a protected sign based on the
indication of origin in the goods or
services so that it can deceive or
mislead the public about the origin of
the goods or the origin of the service
shall be punished with a maximum of 4
(four) years and or a maximum fine of
Rp. 800,000,000.00 (eight hundred
million rupiah).
f. Trading goods and / or services that are
 known, or it should be known that the
goods and / or services are the result
g. Violation (letter a-e), shall be punished
with a maximum imprisonment of 1
(one) year, or a maximum fine of Rp.
200,000,000.00 (two hundred million
rupiah).
3.3. Legal Protection Based on
Applicable Laws
Brand owners, in addition to being
burdened with obligations, also have rights
protected by law. To realize the existence
of rights and obligations in real terms, law
enforcement is required by law
enforcement officials. Factors that can
hinder the implementation of law
enforcement against the right holders of the
original brand. These factors are.
1. Limited information to the public
(consumers) on request
brand registration.
2. Difficulties from the holder of the
rights to the original brand, to find the
offender of the brand.
3. Constraints on funding problems
4. The brand appeal commission has not
been effective
5. Internal weaknesses because of the
limited ability of the Directorate
General of Marks both socio-
economically and intellectually so that
the brands registered. Then with the
registered brand, registration can be
accepted.
6. Provisions for refusal to apply for
registration of trademarks for goods
and / or services that are not similar if
they have a real equality in principle or
all of them with well-known brands
belonging to other parties which in the
Brands law will be further stipulated by
Government Regulation, in fact until
now the Government Regulation does
not yet exist.
7. Knowledge and understanding of law
406
enforcement officials regarding legal
protection for holders of rights to
foreign brands is still inadequate.
8. The existence of a lawsuit from the
original brand holder in some cases will
worsen the reputation of the product
because it is considered a product that
is in trouble, which in turn will reduce
sales turnover of the product.
3.4. Efforts to Protect Brand Holders
Protection of well-known brands in
Indonesia is a consequence of the approval
of TRIPs (Trade Related Aspects of
Intellectual Property Right) which are part
of the agreement on the establishment of
the WTO (World Trade Organization)
world trade organization, one of the
Uruguay negotiations. Original brand
protection is based on the consideration
that the imitation of genuine brands
belonging to other parties is basically based
on bad faith. In order to provide more
certainty, and legal protection to the
original brand holder, the following efforts
are needed:
3.4.1. Preventive Efforts
Preventive is an effort that leads to
preventive actions, in order to minimize
opportunities for brand violations. This
effort is emphasized in the supervision of
brand use, protection of the exclusive
rights of holders of original brand rights,
and recommendations to brand owners, to
register their trademarks so that their rights
are protected. Especially with the original
brand, the right holder gets special
treatment, to apply for a trademark
registration, by using priority rights that
must be submitted within a maximum
period of 6 (six) months, from the date of
receipt of the first brand registration
application received by another country,
which is member of the Paris Convention
for the Protection of Industrial Property or
a member of the Agreement Establishing
the World Trade Organization.
 With the stipulation of the
Trademark Law No. 15 of 2001, is
expected to provide more legal protection
for holders of rights to original brands.
Actually there is no obligation for
someone, to register the mark he has.
However, if the brand owned by him has
been registered with the Directorate of
Trademark, he will get legal protection. An
application for registration of a mark will
be accepted if the registration has fulfilled
the requirements both formality and
substantive that have been determined by
the Trademark Law. In connection with
this, Article 5 of the Brand Law stipulates
that the mark cannot be registered, if the
mark contains one of the following
elements:
a) Contrary to the prevailing laws and
regulations, religious morality,
morality or public order;
b) Does not have distinguishing power;
c) Has become public property; or
d) Is a statement, or relating to the goods,
or services requested for registration.
In addition Article 6 paragraph (1)
letter b adds that: "The application must be
rejected by the Directorate General if the
mark has similarities principally or the
whole with a well-known brand owned by
another party for similar goods and / or
services. These provisions can also be
applied for goods and / or services that are
not the same ”. In addition there are
exceptions for well-known brands, namely
that they can file a lawsuit for cancellation
of the brand even though they are not yet
registered with the Directorate General.
Determination that the brand, a well-known
brand is carried out by taking into account
the general knowledge of the community,
regarding the brand in the business field
concerned. Elucidation of article 6
paragraph (1) letter b of the Brand Law No.
15 of 2001, adding that it was also noted the
reputation of well-known brands, which
5
407
were obtained because of intense
promotions, and massive investments in
several countries in the world carried out by
their owners and accompanied by proof of
registration of these brands in several
countries.
3.4.2. Repressive efforts
Repressive efforts are efforts made
to resolve, or overcome an event, or an
event that has occurred. This repressive
legal protection is given if there has been a
violation of the right to the mark. That
means, the role of the judiciary, and other
law enforcement officials, such as the
police, civil servants, and prosecutors are
very necessary. Actually, since the Brand
Law No. 19 of 1992 which was renewed
with the Brand Law No. 14 of 1997, has
been regulated about the protection of
genuine brands. It's just that the
implementation of law enforcement is not
optimal, causing there are still many
original brands whose rights are violated
by local entrepreneurs who register, and or
use the original brand for goods that are not
similar in bad faith. For this reason, the
government then stipulates the Brand Law
No. 15 of 2001, which is expected to
provide more legal certainty for original
brand holders.
The Supreme Court is of the
opinion that: First, the protection referred
to in the Trademark Law No. 21 of 1961
can be repressive, that is, after the brand
has obtained a register number, and it is
announced in the Supplement State
Gazette, as well as in a preventive manner,
namely the registration has been granted,
but has not been announced in the
Supplement State Gazette. Although it has
been announced in the State News
Supplement the publication is often late, so
that in this case the lawsuit is considered to
be within a period of time. Second, in order
to protect the Indonesian consumer
community against mistakes, as if the
Indonesian brand originated from the same
factory, with original foreign brands, it is
recommended that Indonesian citizens who
produce Indonesian-made goods can use
brands that clearly show identity.
nationally in Indonesia, and to the extent
possible avoid using similar brands, or the
same as the original brand.
4. CONCLUSION
Brand violation is an act that is
done intentionally, and without the right to
use the mark, or the same sign in essence,
or in its entirety with the brand,
geographical indication, or indication of
the origin of the other party, trading, and or
service of the result of the violation. While
forms of brand violation are registration
without rights, registration without rights
accompanied by usage, and use without
rights.
Brand arrangement through the
Brand Law No. 15 of 2001 actually has
enough legal protection for brand holders
to uphold their rights. However, it cannot
be applied optimally. This is inseparable
from the condition of the people in
Indonesia who are still unable to
understand the system of protection of
Intellectual Property Rights, especially
regarding the original brand.
Law enforcement in the
implementation of legal protection for the
original brand holders, experiences
obstacles, including limited information to
the public, about the application for
trademark registration, difficulties in
finding brand violators, and limited
capacity both in terms of information and
human resources, both from the examiner
brand, as well as law enforcement officers.
Based on the laws and regulations in
Indonesia, the provision of legal protection
is carried out by: penegak hukum.
a) Optimizing the implementation of the
Brand Law No. 15 of 2001.
408
b) Enhance the ability of brand inspectors
and law enforcement officers to
understand the protection of intellectual
property rights, especially the original
brands.
c) Utilization of information technology
about the original brand.
d) Cancellation of trademark registration
on the basis of bad faith by the
Directorate General of Copyright,
Patents and Trademarks.
e) Rejection of the extension of legal
protection against brands that have
been registered without matter in bad
faith.
B. Suggestion
To provide more legal protection to
the original brand holder, a harmonious
collaboration is needed, between the
government and the appropriate legislation,
the brand inspector apparatus (Director
General of Intellectual Property Rights),
law enforcement officers, the general
public with information on brand
violations, and employers who will use a
particular brand for its product.
Dissemination of understanding, regarding
the importance of legal protection for
holders of genuine brands in the smooth
development, especially Indonesia as part
of the international community, still
requires foreign investors to invest in
Indonesia. This will improve the image that
certainty, and law enforcement in
Indonesia have gone well. In other words,
in Indonesia there is a guarantee of legal
certainty that regulates, and at the same
time provides sanctions for perpetrators of
brand violations, especially the original
brands.
DAFTAR PUSTAKA
(1).Djumhana, Muhammad dan R.
Djubaedillah. 1999, Intellectual
Property Rights History, Theory and
 Practice in Indonesia, Citra Aditya
Bakti, Bandung.
(2).Dyah Hasto Palupi dan Hermawan
Kertajaya, 1999, 36 The Original
Indonesian Marketing Case, Series 2,
Elex Media Komputindo, Jakarta.
(3).Gautama, Sudargo. 1984, Brand Law in
Indonesia, Alumni, Bandung.
(4).---------------------- dan R. Winata. 1996,
Comments on the New Brand Law, and
the Regulations for Execution, Alumni,
Bandung.
(5).----------------------. 1997, Renewal of
Brand Law in Indonesia, Citra Aditya
Bakti, Bandung.
(6).Maulana, Insan Budi. 1999, Protection
of Famous Brands in Indonesia
From Time to Time, Citra Aditya
Bakti, Bandung.
(7).--------------------------. 2000, Rainbow
Intellectual Property Rights and
Anti-Monopoly, Center for Law
Studies, Faculty of Law, Indonesian
Islamic University, Yogyakarta.
(8).-------------------------- dan Yoshihiro
Sumida. 1994, Protection of
Indonesian-Japanese Brand
Business, Reader Sinar Harapan,
Jakarta.
(9).Moeljatno. 1996, Criminal Code, Bumi
Aksara, Jakarta.
(10).Muhammad, Abdulkadir. 1994, Assets
Law, Citra Aditya Bakti, Bandung.
(11).----------------------------. 2001, Study of
the Economic Law of Intellectual
Property Rights, Citra Aditya Bakti,
Bandung.
(12).Saleh, Ismail. 1990, Law and
Economics, Gramedia Pustaka Utama,
Jakarta. Subekti, R dan R.
Tjitrosudibio. 1995, Code of Civil law,
Pradnya Paramita Jakarta

409
 Business Performance and Competitive Advantage:
Multi Perspective Analysis of SMEs in Bali
Ni Wayan Sukartini, Anak Agung Ayu Mirah Kencanawati, Ni Ketut Lasmini
Business Administration Department, Bali State Polytechnic
Jl. Kampus Bukit Jimbaran, Kuta Selatan, Badung, Bali, Indonesia 80364
wayansukartini@pnb.ac.id
Abstract—The aims of this paper are to analyze business
performance and competitiveness of SMEs in Bali from the
perspective of human resource competency and market
orientation. This research was conducted with 100 owners of
SMEs of wood craft in Bali. The data were collected through
interview, observation, questionnaire, and documentation, then
analyzed using the following techniques: (1) descriptive statistic;
and (2) structure equation models. The results of the analysis
show that: (1) the business performance and competitiveness of
SMEs are categorized as fair; (2) Human resource competency
has a positive and significant effect on market orientation and
business performance of SMEs; (3) business performance has a
positive and significant effect on the competitiveness of SMEs; (4)
market orientation has a positive and significant effect on the
business performance and competitiveness of SMEs. The
relevant suggestions for this study are (1) improving HR
managerial skills by participating in training; (2) improving
product quality by minimizing costs through innovation; (3)
Empowering the government to play a role in helping SMEs to
open market access
Keywords—SMEs, Performance, Competitive Advantage
I. INTRODUCTION
Human Resources (HR) are the main driving factors of a
business. The development of a business such as SMEs is
largely determined by the quality of the HR management.
According to [1] managerial skills, leadership abilities,
financial management skills are very influential on the overall
performance of MSMEs. [2] states that good managerial
management of small businesses will have an impact on SME
performance. Cutomer's desire is very important in product
marketing. Paying attention to cutomer's desire and treat it as
as a market orientation will enable SMEs to understand its
needs. As stated by [3], that market orientation is the
orientation of a company using the underlying principle to
satisfy the needs and wants of consumers. Relationship
between market orientation with thoroughly elaborated. [4]
finds a positive relationship between market orientation and
business profitability, and [3], [5] study found that innovation
and market orientation can contribute to the improvement of a
business performance of SMEs. In addition to these results,
many theories and research results show that there is a very
positive relationship between performance and
competitiveness. Among these prominent studies is [6] which
states that competitive advantages is the heart of business
performance in competitive markets and that a firm needs in
order to succeed in business.
410
The condition of SMEs in Bali is almost the same as the
state of SMEs in general, namely in management. The
problems are the performance and competitiveness of SMEs in
Bali, how does it perform and how competitive is it?. This
study is expected to answer the following (1) the performance
and competitiveness of SMEs in Bali; (2) the influence of
human resource competencies on market orientation and the
performance of SMEs; (3) the effect of performance on the
competitiveness of SMEs; (4) the influence of market
orientation on the performance and competitiveness of SMEs.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
A. Human Resource Competency
According to [5], human resource competencies are
competencies related to knowledge, skills, abilities and
personality characteristics that directly affect their
performance. [7] and [8] formulated several indicators to
determine the competencies of HR owned by business actors,
including: (1) education level; (2) experience in the business
world; (3) education related to the business world; (4)
competency in managing finances; (5) competency in
marketing; and (6) general managerial competency.
B. Market Orientation
Market Orientation, according to [9], is a marketing
concept supported by four pillars, namely target market,
consumer needs (focus on consumers), integrated marketing,
and profitability. [9] further defines market orientation as a
response to market changes. Market orientation is significantly
an important factor that enables companies to understand the
market and to develop product and service strategies to meet
customer needs and those of the market [10]. [11] argued that
greater emphasis on customer orientation indeed increases the
introduction of new products to the world. Market orientation is
very important for micro and small businesses in order to
obtain a sustainable competitive advantage by relating the
degree of market orientation to the extent of success in
achieving critical performance outcomes [12].
C. Business Performance
[23] stated that performance is the achievement of the
company within a specific period of time which reflects the
level of health of the company. According to growth dimension
is known as the most important measure of performance,
especially for smaller companies, and constitutes a test of a
good performance amidst economic recession and intense
competition. The sales growth is a very common indicator of
performance and has become an agreed-upon measure of  H3 : business performance will have a positive and
growth. Growth in market share can be used to measure the significant effect on market orientation
effectiveness of the market. Profit growth is also an important
indicator of growth and can reflect the company's financial  H4 : market orientation will have a positive and
performance. Indikator untuk mengukur business performance significant effect on business performance
usaha mikro dan kecil adalah a) increase number of employed;  H5 : market orientation will have a positive and
b) increase in production; c) development of business units; d) sgnificant effect on competitive advantage
increase in volume; e) profitability [13],[14],[ 15].
C. Measurement of Variables
D. Competitve Advantage
The variables in this study were measured from the
Competitive advantage is the one that characterizes and constructs (latent variables) human resource competency (X1),
makes something better than all its competitors [16]. market orientation (Y1), business performance (Y2), and
Competitive advantage is the capability of the organization to competitive avantage (Y3). Each construct consists of several
do its activity in a way or in different ways, that other measurable variables as shown in Table I.
competitors can not realize [9]. According to [17] competitive
advantage means that the firm can produce goods or services TABLE I. MEASURABLE OF VARIABLES
that their customers find more valuable than the goods or No Construct Measurable Variables
services produced by their competitors. The dimension of ( Latent Variable)
competitive advantage includes cost, quality, and delivery [18]. 1 Human Resource Competency Level of education (X1.1)
Competitive advantages can be created through innovation, (X1) Experience in the business world
(X1.2)
efficiency, quality, and customer responsiveness [19]. In an
Education related to the business
intense market, competitive advantage is necessary for SMEs world (X1.3)
operation, especially in the emerging market, to sustain high Competency in managing
performance [20]. finances(X1.4)
Competency in marketing (X1.5)
III. RESEARCH METHODS General Managerial competency
(X1.6)
Research focused on the wooden craft SMEs in Bali, 2 Market Orientation (Y1) Customer orientation (Y1.1)
Indonesia with the population of 238 business allover Bali. Competitor orientation (Y1.2)
The study accomodates 100 owners of SMEs of wood craft Interfunctional coordination (Y1.3)
with proportional random sampling. Several instruments are 3 Business Performance (Y2) Increase in workforce (Y2.1)
employed in data collection: interview, observation, Increase in Sales Turnover (Y2.2)
questionnaire, and documentation, then analyzed by the Increase in Venture Capital (Y2.3)
following techniques: (1) descriptive statistic; and (2) structure Increase in Profit (Y2.4)
Market Expansion (Y2.5)
equation models with smartpls-3 software. 4 Competitive Advantage (Y3) Cost (Y3.1)
A. Research Conceptual Framework Quality (Y3.2)
Delivery (Y3.3)
Based on the theories and research findings that have been
described above, it was possible to describe a concept and the
development of hypotheses in this study. The research model IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
can be determined as shown in Fig. 1 below:
A. The performance of SMEs in Bali
The data analysis shows that in general the performance of
the wooden craftsmanship SMEs in Bali belonged to the “fair”
category with an average score achievement of 2.48 as shown
in the following Table II.
TABLE II. THE PERFORMANCE OF SMES IN BALI
No Performance Average Remark
Indicator
1 Increase in workforce 2.6 Good
2 Increase in Sales Turnover 2.5 Good
3 Increase in Venture Capital 2,6 Good
4 Increase in Profit 2,5 Good
Fig. 1. Research Conceptual Framework 5 Market Expansion 2,2 Fair
Rata-rata 2.48 Fair

B. Hypotesis
 H1 : human resource competency will have a positive Table II shows that from the five indicators used to measure
and significant effect on market orientation the performance of SMEs, it turns out that the indicator of
market expansion is not good enough.
 H2 : human resource competency will have a positive
and significant effect on business performance

411
B. Competitiveness of SMEs competitive advantage (CA), human resource competency
There are three indicators used to measure (HRC) and market orientation (MO) were greater than 0.50.
competitiveness, namely cost, quality, and delivey. The result
TABLE V. AVE VALUES
of the analysis shows that SMEs is fair competitive which can
be seen from the average achievement of the score of 2.49 as AVE SQRT (AVE)
shown in Table 3. BP 0.632 0.795
TABLE III. COMPETITIVENESS OF SMES IN BALI
CA 0.726 0.852
No Competitiveness Average Remark HRC 0.628 0.793
Indicator MO 0.764 0.874
1 Cost 2.4 Good
2 Quality 2.5 Good 2) Test of reliability. The construct reliability test was
3 Delivery 2,4 Fair
Rata-rata 2.43 Fair
carried out with two criteria, namely composite reliability and
cronbach alpha from the indicator block. Constructs are said to
be reliable if the composite reliability and Cronbach alpha
C. Assessment of the Measurement (outer) Model values are greater than 0.70. Table 6 shows that the constructs
The measurement (outer) model shows how each indicator business performance, competitive advantage, human resource
block relates to its latent variable (construct). There are several competency and market orientation were reliable.
tests that can be used to see the significance of each indicator
making up a construct, namely test of validity and test of TABLE 6. COMPOSITE RELIABILITY AND CRONHBACH ALPHA
COEFFICIENTS
reliability.
Composite Cronbachs
1) Test of Validity. To determine the validity of each Reliability Alpha
indicator of a construct can be seen from the convergent BP 0.895 0.851
validity and determinant validity. Convergent validity of a CA 0.888 0.811
HRC 0.910 0.880
measurement model with reflective indicators can be seen
MO 0.907 0.846
from the correlation between item / indicator scores and the
construct scores. Individual indicators are considered reliable
in a research, if the loading scales range 0.50 to 0.6, and thus D. Assessment of the Measurement (outer) Model
are still acceptable. Table 4 shows that all indicators in the The assessment of the structural model was done by
human resource competency (HRC), market orientation (MO), looking at the R-square value which is a goodness-fit model
business performance (BP) and competitive advantage (CA) test. The magnitude of the influence of Human Resource
constructs were valid constructs because they have a loading Competency on Market Orientation is 0.699 (69.9%); and the
factor of > 0.50. effect of market orientation on Competitive Advantage is
0.492 (49.2%). The model of the effect of business
TABLE IV. OUTER LODING COEFFICIENT FOR EACH INDICATOR performance on competitive advantage yielded a value of
BP CA HRC MO 0.473 (47.7%) and 0.437 (43.7%) was influenced by human
X1.1 0.669 resource competency and market orientation, as seen in Fig. 2.
X1.2 0.770
X1.3 0.829
X1.4 0.774
X1.5 0.846
X1.6 0.854
Y1.1 0.860
Y1.2 0.875
Y1.3 0.887
Y2.1 0.819
Y2.2 0.844
Y2.3 0.862
Y2.4 0.785
Y2.5 0.644
Y3.1 0.837
Y3.2 0.884
Y3.3 0.833 Fig. 2. Outer Loading and Path Analysis

Another way to measure the validity of each indicator of a
construct is to look at the discriminant validity by looking at
the AVE value. The model is considered good if the AVE
value of each construct is > 0.50. Table 5 shows the AVE
values for all constructs: business performance (BP),
E. Assessment of the Measurement (outer) Model
This research was conducted to examine the effect of
Human Resource Competency and Market Orientation on
Business Performance and Competitive Advantage of SMEs in
Bali. The significance of the effect of the construct can be seen

412
from the results of statistical tests as shown in Fig. 3 and Table This can be seen from the t-statistic value of 5,177 (>
7: 1.96). Thus it can be concluded that there was a
positive and significant effect of Human Resource
Ability on Competitive Advantage, and this means that
the H4 hypothesis was accepted.
 The relationship between Market Orientation and
Competitive Advantage was positive and significant.
This can be seen from the t-statistic value of 8,336 (>
1.96). Thus it can be concluded that there was a
positive and significant effect of Market Orientation on
Competitive Advantage, and this means that the H5
hypothesis was accepted.
From the analysis described above, it needs to be discussed
further regarding business performance and competitive
advantage. Poor performance of SMEs wooden crafts in Bali is
due to the weakness in market expansion. The in-depth
Fig. 3. Bootstrapping Model
interviews with entrepreneurs shows the lack of the ability to
TABLE 7. PATH COEFFICIENTS (MEAN, STDEV, T-VALUES)
build networks. According to [21], building networks is very
Original Sample Standard Standard T Statistics important in increasing competitiveness and necessary
Sample Mean Deviation Error (|O/STERR|) resources for business start-up, growth and success.
(O) (M) (STDEV) (STERR)
BP - 0.260 0.287 0.108 0.108 2.399 The competitiveness’s weakness of SMEs is indicated by
> CA cost and delivery. The timber working industry is primarily
HRC 0.557 0.566 0.076 0.076 7.321 handmade which requires skills, art, and in the process
-> requires a relatively longer time than the machine. The working
BP can not be mass produced, using technology such as machines.
HRC 0.474 0.479 0.061 0.061 7.772 This is one of the problems that causes higher cost and longer
->
CA time. To be able to compete, the SMEs requires an innovation
HRC 0.669 0.662 0.060 0.060 11.126 to reduce production costs. [22], states that innovation is the
-> key to success in improving business competitiveness. The
MO weakness in competitiveness is also due to the lack of on time
MO - 0.479 0.485 0.093 0.093 5.177 delivery. Inaccuracies often occur when sending cutomers’
> BP
orders, especially when the order of goods is in large quantities.
MO - 0.617 0.609 0.074 0.074 8.336
> CA There is no mass production in relation to products making. In
addition to this, the competence of human resources determines
the ability in market orientation, business performance and
The relationship between Human Resource Competency competitive advantage. This means that to have
and Market Orientation was positive and significant. This can competitiveness the main factor that must be addressed is
be seen from the t-statistic value of 11,126 (> 1.96). Thus it can human resources, as stated by [7].
be concluded that there was a positive and significant effect of
Human Resource Ability on Business Performance, and this V. CONCLUSION
means that the H1 hypothesis was accepted. On the basis of the discussion above, it can be concluded
 The relationship between Human Resource that: The results of the analysis show that: (1) the business
Competency and Business Performance was positive performance and competitiveness of SMEs is categorized as
and significant. This can be seen from the t-statistic fair; (2) Human resource competency has a positive and
value of 7,321 (> 1.96). Thus it can be concluded that significant effect on market orientation and business
there was a positive and significant effect of Market performance of SMEs; (3) business performance has a positive
Orientation on Business Performance, and this means and significant effect on the competitiveness of SMEs; (4)
that the hypothesis H2 was accepted. market orientation has a positive and significant effect on the
business performance and competitiveness of SMEs. The
 The relationship between Business Performance and following suggestions are relevant to the prevailing SMEs (1)
Competitive Advantage was positive and significant. improving HR managerial skills by participating in training; (2)
This can be seen from the t-statistic value of 2.399 (> improving product quality by minimizing costs through
1.96). Thus it can be concluded that there was a innovation; (3) Empowering the government to play a role in
positive and significant effect of Business Performance helping SMEs to open market access
on Competitive Advantage, and this means that the H3
hypothesis was accepted. ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This project was financially supported by Bali State
 The relationship between Market Orientation and
Polytechnic.
Business Performance was positive and significant.

413
414
 REFERENCES
[1] Ngugi J, Karanja R W, Gakure W M, Susan K C, Robinson 2012 The
Influence Of Intellectual Capital on the Growth of Small and Medium
Enterprises in Kenya. Journal of Business Management and Corporate
Affairs. 1(1) 11-19
[2] Metts G A 2007 Measuring Effectiveness of Managerial Action in
SMEs. Management Research News. 30(12) 892-914
[3] Kohli K, Jaworski BJ, Kumar A 1993 Markor: Measure of Market
Orientation. Journal of Marketing Research. 30(4) 467–478.
[4] Narver J C J, Slater S S F 1990 The Effect of Market Orientation on
Business Profitability. The Journal of Marketing, 54(4) 20–35
[5] Mangkunegara A P 2012 Evaluation of Human Resources. PT. Refika
Aditama, Bandung, p. 40
[6] Analoui F, Karami A 2003 Strategic Management. In small and Medium
Enterprises. Thomson Learning
[7] Fatoki O O 2011 The Impact of Human, Social And Financial Capital on
The Performance of Small and Medium-Sized Enterprises (SMEs) in
South Africa. Kamla-Raj J Soc Sci, 29(3)193-204
[8] Ardiana I D K R, Brahmayanti I A, Subaedi 2010 Human Resource
Conpetency and The Influence on Business Performance of SMEs in
Surabaya. Journal of Management and Entrepreneurship, 12(1) 42-55.
[9] Kotler P, Susanto A B 2003 Marketing Management in Indonesia.
Jakarta Salemba Empat, Pearson Edication, Asia Pte.Ltd. Pretice Hall.
Inc:8
[10] Baker W E, Sinkula J M 2009 The omplementary Effects of Market
Orientation and Entrepreneurial Orientation on Profitability in Small
Business. Journal of Small Business Management, 47(4) 443-464
[11] Lukas B A, Ferrell O C 2000 The Effect of Market Orientation on
Product Innovation. Journal of the Academy of Marketing Science,
28(2) 239-247
[12] Aziz N A, Yassin N M 2010 How will market orientation and External
Environment Influence The Performance Among SMEs in The Agro-
Food Sector in Malaysia?. International Business Research, 3(3)
415
[13] Foley P, Green H 2005 Small business success. London Chapman
[14] Wiklund J, Shepherd D 2005 Entrepreneurial Orientation and Small
Business Performance Aconfiguration Approach, J Bus Ventur 71–91.
[15] Islam M A, Khan M A, Obaidullah A Z M, Alam M S 2011 Effect of
Entrepreneur and Firm Characteristics on the Business Success of Small
and Medium Enterprises (SMEs) in Bangladesh. International Journal of
Business and Management, 6(3) 290
[16] Sakas D, Vlachos D, Nasiopoulos 2014 Modelling Strategic
Management for The Development of Competitive Advantage Based on
Technology. Journal of Systems and Information Technology, 16(3)187-
209
[17] Saloner G, Andrea S, Joel P 2001 Strategic Management. New York:
John Wiley & Sons P
[18] Chamsuk W, Phimonsathien T, Fongsuwan W 2015 Research and
Development (R&D) Capabilities and Innovation Capability that Affect
The Enterprise Competitive Advantage in The Thai Automotive Parts
Industry: SEM Approach. International Journal of Arts & Sciences,
08(02) 441–457
[19] Attiany M S 2014 Competitive Advantage Through Benchmarking:
field Study of Industrial Companies Listed in Amman Stock Exchange.
Journal of Business Studies Quarterly, 5(4) 41-51.
[20] Anwar, Muhammad, Zaman S K, Khan N U 2018 Intellectual Capital,
Entrepreneurial Strategy and New Venture Performance: Mediating Role
of Competitive Advantage. Business Economic Review 10 63–94
[21] Kristiansen S 2003 Social Network and Business Success: The Role Of
Sub-Cultures in An African Context. American Journal of Economics
and Sociolog
[22] Shapiro S M 2002 Innovation: A Blue Print for Surviving and Thriving
in Age of Change”. New York: Donnely and Sons Company
[23] Malthis R L, Jackson, J H 2006 Human Resource Management
(Manajemen Sumber Daya Manusia. Edisi Sepuluh, Terjemahan : Diana
Angelica, Penerbit : Salemba Empat, Jakarta, 2006
 Tourism Village Management Model to Maintain Bali
Sustainable Tourism

I K Santra1, IW Sukarta2, IK Pasek3, C G Putra Y4, IB Sanjaya5, Wailan6 and W

Sumetri7
1,2,3,4,5,6,7
Jurusan Administrasi, Niaga Politeknik Negeri Bali. Bukit Jimbaran, Kuta
Selatan Badung Bali

ketutsantra@pnb.ac.id

Abstract. This study aims to construct a Keywords—management, good governance,

management model that can smooth out the
distribution of tourism income, so as to maintain
sustainable tourism development. A model of
tourism industry management that is likely to be a
community-based tourism model that
accommodates the interests of all stakeholders.
Currently, the management of the tourism industry
has not supported the interests of the general public.
The results and progress of tourism should ideally
be enjoyed proportionally by local communities,
investors and governments, but the advancement of
tourism has led to a disparity in income
distribution. Tourism Village is cross-sector
integration from the various components that form
a unity into a tourist destination. Integration will
occur when there is harmonization of various
stakeholders and components in it. Thus, it needs to
be studied intensively in order to build a model of
tourism management in the village of tourism.
Tourism management is able to align the interests
of all components and stakeholders into a tourist
destination. From the data collected in nine
districts/ cities in Bali, there are three models of
village tourism management. First, a tourist village
established and managed by DesaAdat. Second, the
tourist village, founded and run by rural tourism
activists and pioneers and the third is a variation of
both. The model of rural tourism governance tends
to maintain a tourist village managed by or
affiliated with DesaAdat. Because this model is
able to accommodate all the different interests of
the various components under one DesaAdat
interest.
tourism village, sustainable tourism.
1. Introduction
Tourism is the main industry that drives the
world economic sector and contributes 9% of
GDP [1]. Tourism has long been recognized as
having a significant influence on the country's
economic growth [2]. Tourism has many
characteristic. One of the characteristics of
tourism as a cross-sector industry has a broad
multiplier effect. UNEP and WTO reported
that the tourism industry has grown by almost
25% in the past 10 years and has become a
major generator of world employment
opportunities. The tourism industry contributes
as much as 29% of the total world service
industry exports, even for some developing
countries such as Indonesia tourism is the main
source of foreign currency.
However, the tourism industry has many
negative sides [1]. Most of the benefits of
tourism are enjoyed by owners of capital while
people around tourist destinations feel they do
not get benefits. Furqan asserted that among
the three main influences of the tourism
industry, the influence of tourism on the
improvement of the economy is most
considered by the government [3]. While the
other two cultural and environmental

416
influences are often ignored. In spite of the
socio-cultural and environmental problems
closest to the lives of local communities where
tourism facilities are located.Tourism in
Indonesia and particularly in Bali has provided
an opportunity to increase the income and
standard of living of the people, but most of
the benefitsof tourism tend to flow out of the
local community. Communities, especially
those who close to tourist sites are often at the
forefront of service, but the latter receive
benefits from tourism activities.
The negative influence of tourism on
tourism destinations such as social relations
and social structures has changed. Social
attitudes and values have shifted. The
accompanying effects can be seen in the high
conflict of land use for the tourism or
environmental preservation.The negative
impact of tourism on socio-culture is the
change local indigenous values. Tourism
actors simplify culture, art and attractions to
suit the tastes of tourists. Culture, art and way
of life have become commodities sold to
tourists. Khamdevi feel the need to redefine
tourism by learning from the failure of Bali
tourism. They stated that Bali was very famous
as a world tourism destination, but there were
many negative impacts from tourism [14].
Many literatures have shown negative impacts
of tourism, but there are rare studies that focus
on minimizing these impacts. Thus, this paper
will fill the gap through the formulation of a
model of tourism village governance towards
sustainable Bali tourism.
2. Literature Review
2.1. Tourims Villages
WTO strongly supported the tourism industry
to take a greater role in increasing economic
and social benefits for local communities,
culture preservation and the natural
environment. However, this role has not been
implemented well, so the idea to develope
tourism is based on community empowerment
through the tourism villages. Unesco has
developed the LuangNamtha, Thailand. The
LuangNamtha is funded by New Zealand to
develop eco-tourism and tourism villages [4].
417
Tourism village was not new terminology.
Many villages in Bali have been become
tourist destinations such as the villages of
Kemenuh, Batuan and Penglipuran before the
1970s. Tourism villages are a form of
democracy economy, the tourist destination
which is built by and the integration of various
tourism components and facilities owned by
the local community[5]. The tourism village is
an integration of various element such, tourist
attractions, accommodations and other
supporting facilities. Integration of various
community tourism components and facilities
can occur if the interests of each stakeholder
can be put together, and resulting in harmony
that causes the tourist attraction emerge.
2.2. The Stakeholder Perspective
Stakeholder theory was originated as a new
perspective on understanding business
(company). The old view assumed that the
company as a vehicle in maximizing profits for
capital owners [6]. Shareholder models assume
that companies are legal instruments for
shareholders to maximize their interests; such
as return from investment.Thus, the
understanding of stakeholders is more relevant
to become the basis of sustainable tourism
villages. Stakeholders are individuals or
groups that influence and are influenced by the
purpose of establishing a tourist village.
Tourism development affects many groups or
individuals. Tourism has both positive and
negative influences on stakeholders [7];[8].
The main stakeholders in the tourism industry
[9] are; nature, environment, local community,
workers, entrepreneurs, government, tourists
and non-governmental organizations. The main
stakeholders of tourism can be grouped into
two major categories, namely visitor and host
community [7].
2.3. Sustainable Tourism
The terminology of sustainable development is
becoming more popular when economic
development that pursues growth has failed
where nature has become damaged; the
environment has been polluted by various
pollutants and has an impact on the externality
of activities in pursuit of uncontrolled
economic growth. So at the Stockholm
conference in 1972 the concept of "eco-
development" was raised where cultural, social
and environmental aspects were integrated into
development. The essence of the concept of
eco-development is "small is beautiful" [10].
In simple terms sustainable development
postulated that everything that could be
enjoyed by the current generation, it should
also still be enjoyed by future generations. The
topic of sustainable development is a relevant
issue when discussing solutions to the negative
impacts of tourism [11]. Tourism development
can be sustainable if each stakeholder
understands their respective rights and
obligations and seeks to convergence of
interests towards an integrated goal [9]. All
individuals, community groups, entrepreneurs
and government related to tourism
development must be involved from planning
to supervision and evaluation of the
development of tourism facilities.
Sustainability tourism will not be achieved,
before all affected stakeholders are heard their
opinions, accommodated their views and
involved themin planning to evaluation.
Harmonious collaboration between local and
international travel operators, local
communities, non-governmental organizations
and the government is absolutely
necessary.Sustainable tourism is one way to
raise awareness for local residents and tourists
about the importance of using natural
resources in a responsible way [12].
The new ways or models are an alternative
to maintain tourism by includinglocal residents
who have the willingness to participate in the
development and supervision of these tourist
destinations. The purpose of this new model is
to involve as many local communities as
possible. Thus, the benefits of tourism
activities remain largely revolved around the
local community, so that the economy and the
standard of living of local people become
elevated. In order for sustainability of tourism
development to be maintained, it must involve
all stakeholders starting in the planning,
implementation and supervision of tourism
development. Planning policies and actions in
tourism should maintain a balance between
benefits and sacrifices in all aspects; economic,
social, cultural and environmental.
418
3. Descriptive Statistic
Based on the results of the data processing, it
can be described in the following points. It can
be seen from the completeness of the structure
of the organization that 87% of the tourism
villages had have complete managerial
structure and remains 13% have not complete
yet. The organizational structure is one signs
of the seriousness of an organization.
Organizational structure is an early
indication.It has correlation with
organizational performance. Furthermore,
organizational completeness is associated with
other organizational attributes, such as
licensing, marketing networks, participation of
residents and facilities belonging to residents
in the operation of the tourism village.
There are 29 tourism villages waiting for
their legal licencee (60.9%). While 8 villages
(17.4%) proposed permits, and the remaining
11 villages (21.8%) have a complete the
structure and legal licence. Overall there are
43.48% of tourism villages that have used web
and e-mail. While 56.5% tourism villages that
have not used the web and e-mail in the
tourism village management activities.
Appraising from marketing network there are
73.9% tourism village do not have marketing
network, while the remaining 26.1% have built
a marketing network. Community and their-
owned facilities involvment in tourist villages
can be described that there are 29.9%.
4. Discussion
Village tourism sustainability is influenced by
how much local community involvment in the
tourism village activities.Participation can take
the form of activeness in management, the
inclusion of community-owned facilities. All
of these stakeholders have different interests
and often these interests led to conflict. The
stakeholders must be involving in the planning
to supervision stage. Tourism development can
be maintained by inclusion of stakeholders in
the all process. Thus, the important thing to
know is who is relevant to be taken into
account in the stakeholders and how the
tourism planner involves them in the
development of tourism.
Natural resources could be sustainable if
tourism could utilize and conserve it in natural
tourism activities. Local culture would be able
to live sustainably if the perpetrators of
tourism can provide protection and
preservation efforts. Beautiful, unique, historic
and well-maintained natural environment will
attract many visitors to come. The adiluhung
culture that is still maintained and run in the
community will attracted a lot of visitors.
Tourists will experience life in a unique, high
value cultural. A good and well-maintained
natural environment, culture can generate
economic income that might support the
conservation of the environment and
conservation of the local culture itself. In turn
tourism in a tourist area will get better. Quality
tourism will attract quality tourists too.
Based on the objective conditions of the
tourist village as discussed in the results of
descriptive statistics, it can be illustrated that
the condition of the tourism village were
quitediferences. The deepening of factual
conditions with the Bali tourism village forum
through focus group discussion (FGD) can be
concluded as a general description of tourism
villages in Bali as follows. The general
classification of tourism villages based on
FGD results can be grouped into 2, namely; 1)
Early Adapter and 2) Late Adapter.
Tourism villages classified as Early
Adapter (EA) are pioneer tourism villages. As
a pioneer tourism village, in general EA has
organizational features. EA also has the
characteristics or uniqueness of object of
tourist destination and the uniqueness of other
tourism products. EA has been established for
a long time, between 1985 and 1995. Thus the
tourism village of the EA group is classified as
an adult tourism village. EA has obtained and
has many achievements or awards. They have
already received various awards from rating
agencies or institutions providers of awards
from various parties such as the Ministry of
Tourism, Tourism Agency, and other
institutions. The EA tourism village has
adequate supporting resources. Pioneer tourism
villages could be used as benchmarking for
other villages to establish tourist villages. Even
so, EA still needs assistance in the promotion,
marketing and management of tourism villages
towards sustainable tourism management.
419
The tourist village classified as Late
Adapter (LA) is a tourist village that was
established and operated after 2005. Based on
the completeness of the arrangement of
tourism village managers, then LA is grouped
into 2, namely; 1) The tourism village that has
been in operation and is being visited, namely
the tourism village with tourism destination
object, unique product wich definitive in this
paper is called early follower (EF). The EF
tourism village is characterized by a complete
village organization structure. However, it is
necessary to sharpen branding and positioning
so that object of tourist become tourism
destination which is truly unique so that they
have a selling value. And 2) the new tourism
village that is just starting and only plans to
build the object of tourist destination, in this
paper is called Beginner. The beginner tourism
village needs to learn and improve the ability
of the early adapter tourism village or early
follower.
4.1. Tourism Viiage Development Stategy
Tourism village management aims at helping
and optimizing every village's potential
towards a tourist village which is a source of
income and welfare of the population. Tourism
village management will succeed if it is based
on the objective conditions of the potential
resource of each tourist village.
By understanding the objective conditions
of each tourist village from the collected
questionnaires and the FGD results can be
described the real conditions of each tourist
village. Each tourism village has a very varied
real condition, so the approach in its
management requires a different approach.
Since it has been explained that the real
conditions of tourism villages are diverse, in
order to enable village stratification is carried
out to make it easier to manage.
4.2. Tourims Villages Governance
Village tourism governance, towards
sustainable Bali tourism development.
Concerning of the weaknesses and negative
impacts of mass tourism which marginalize
local populations in both economic, social and
cultural aspects. It is necessary to construct a
tourism village governance model [1] that can
safeguard the sustainability of tourism
development in Bali.Construction of tourism
village governance models based on literature
review, empirical findings and FGD results.
Model of tourism village governance integrates
three (3) fields of building block, namely:
1. The management functions (planning,
organizing, directing / mobilizing and
controlling);
2. Principles of sustainable governance
principles (accountability,
accountability, transparency, fairness,
independence and sustainability);
3. Participation of village tourism
stakeholders (local residents, visitors,
business / business owners, non-
governmental organizations and
government) [7;8].
The Integration into the three fields of
literature study and empirical findings is
integrated into the tourism village governance
model to accommodate the interests of relevant
stakeholders. Stakeholder interests are
accommodated through the principles of open
and responsible governance. Sustainable
tourism village management process, such as
planning, organizing, directing, implementing
and supervising.
4.2. 1 Planning Stage
Planning uses a participatory approach. The
very important initial stages in planning are
recognizing and identifying all stakeholders
affected by the tourism village activities. Local
villagers who were affected were invited,
heard their opinions and wishes regarding the
tourism village built in the village. Some
literature has reported that the increasing
importance of local population involvement in
the tourism development process. Local
population is an important key for sustainable
tourism [10]. The FGD approach is very
helpful, it is used to identify and explore the
opinions and desiresof stakeholders.
Failure in planning is an obstacle in the
next stage, namely collaboration between
stakeholders. Voice and desires of potential
visitors are identified through literature review,
market surveys and interviews with travel
operators. Travel operators as partners in
promotion and attracting tourists. Travel
420
operators are rich in information about the
character and desires of tourists. Besides the
travel agency the planning phase also involves
the government and non-governmental
organizations. The government as a regulator
has various resources and programs.
Meanwhile, non-governmental organizations
are co-partners in advocacy, education of
people and tourists on sustainable tourism.
4.2. 2 Organizing Stage
The next stage is a meeting to present a
tourism village development proposal in front
of stakeholders. The meeting concerns; 1)
discuss plans, hear input, explore participation
and form collaborations from all relevant
stakeholders, select, establish and organize
stakeholders in tourism village management.
2) Socialization, data collection and
determination of the uniqueness of the object
of tourist attraction to be built. 3) Data
collection and inventory of object of tourist
attraction supporting assets and preparation
and dissemination of various standard
procedures for each stakeholder. Stage to
explore input and stakeholder participation,
determination of object of tourist attraction,
asset capitalization and mobilization organized
with the principles of openness, fairness and
accountability. Stakeholder support and
participation will determine the success of
staffing and organizing.
A tourist village is managed by a chairman
assisted by the vice chairman according to the
needs according to the area and operational
coverage of the tourism village. The tourism
village must have at least a vice chairman in
the marketing field of object of tourist
attraction; deputy chairman of the operational
field of object of tourist attraction. Tourism
villages that have a wide range of operational
activities and many tourism activities can add
to the number of vice chairmen in the fields
deemed necessary. Each deputy chairman of
the field is assisted by several staff or
personnel.
Deputy Chairman of marketing, assisted by
staffs who handles promotion and marketing,
who handle the front line of the tourism
village. The marketing field is also responsible
for improving the skills and competencies of
tour guides. The vice chairman of the
operational field is assisted by staffs who
handle the operational readiness of the tourism
village and the supporting facilities needed by
tourists visiting of object of tourist attraction.
The tourism village operational area also
requires staff that can handle and prepare
tourist attractions or shows which are unique
iconic of object of tourist attraction. The
number of operational staff is adjusted to the
workload requirements in each of object of
tourist destination.
The operational field is responsible for the
readiness and quality of the tourism village
both regarding activities and tourism products
with regard to the seven aspects of tourist
charm, such (1)security, (2) orderliness, (3)
cleanliness; (4) coolness, (5) beauty, (6)
friendliness and (7) memories. Staff and
personnel who assist the operational field
representatives in maintaining and ensuring
object of tourist attraction in all seven aspects
of object of tourist attraction 's charm. Thus
the more and more objects that are managed,
the number of personnel who handle the seven
aspects of object of tourist attraction’s charm is
also increasing.
Guidance contains best practices in running
sustainable tourism villages. Guidelines
guarantee that tourism villages are built
towards the ideal goals and responsibilities of
sustainable tourism villages, namely; 1)
safeguard environmental sustainability; 2)
support the role of the local economy; 3)
respecting the diversity and richness of local
culture and 4) keeping tourists from having
rich and very valuable experiences about
culture, life habits and social values in tourist
villages.
4.2. 3 Dirrection and Implementation Stage
Good planning, organizational structure and
documents will not work if there is no
direction, mobilization and implementation. So
in the staffing and organizing stage that has
gained stakeholder legitimacy is the foundation
of the direction, mobilization and
implementation of tourism village
management. Based on the tourism village
management, the managing director runs the
mobilization, implementation and direction of
all tourism village resources.The head of the
421
tourism village manager is guided by five
pillars [1] in carrying out the briefing and
implementation stages. The five pillars that
serve as guiding guidelines for carrying out
village tourism management towards
sustainable tourism are: 1) Policies in tourism
management, 2) Economic performance,
investment and competitiveness, 3) Human
resources and employment opportunities, 4)
Eradication of poverty and social inequality
and 5) Sustainability of culture, environment
and nature.
The head of the tourism village manager
runs the village tourism operation in
accordance with the tourism village
management policy that is set at the organizing
and staffing stage. The management
chairman's assessment/ management can take
steps to adjust the technique, the strategy of the
policy which is considered unable to reach the
target. Regarding policies that are deemed
irrelevant towards sustainable tourism the chief
manager must discuss them in a meeting with
all stakeholders.But if only the tactics and
strategies need to be adjusted, then the
management chief does not need to wait for
the results of the meeting with all stakeholders.
The head of the management adjusts to the
tactics, a strategy of policies that were
considered irrelevant or inappropriate in
achieving sustainable tourism. Local wisdom
used by management guidelines is the concept
of "tri hitakarana; salunglungsabayantaka;
baningadep tour for meli". All the inheritance
of this noble concept is still relevant to
concepts that are popular now as "sustainable;
stakeholder participation; fair trade". The fair
trade concept ensures that consumers will get
the best price in accordance with the benefits
derived from consuming products (goods/
services). Sustainable tourism village
management runs economically, investment in
tourism village development produces returns
that can improve competitiveness. The ability
to compete in attracting a number of quality
visitors will determine the performance of
tourism village investment. Economic
performance, good rural tourism investment
increases the satisfaction of all stakeholders
and ensures sustainable tourism is maintained.
Investments that generate reasonable returns
will result in long-term economic performance.
Return on investment needed to maintain the
survival of tourist villages. The higher the
investment returns the better the growth of the
business entity. But if a high return is
generated from a process that ignores the
interests of other stakeholders, the
sustainability of the business entity is
threatened. Profitable in accounting and
profitable investment in the long term
increases competitiveness. High
competitiveness will succeed in bringing
quality tourist visits. The arrival of quality
tourists that contribute to improve the
economic performance.
Tourism villages are managed with
sustainable principles, fostering economic
performance by not ignoring the rights of other
stakeholders. Profitable investment has wider
expansion opportunities. Corporate expansion
results in the creation of opportunities and
employment. Employment created by the
company's expansion process that prioritizes
the participation of local workforce while still
paying attention to competence and expertise
will have strategic value and easier, more
guarantee towards sustainable tourism.
Education and training of workers in order to
foster reliable, competent and competitive
resource capital must be carried out. Training
can improve and maintain the competence of
the workforce. Tourism village managers
should provide optimal empowerment for local
workers to increase their participation in
tourist villages. The more local residents who
become workers in tourist villages, the better
the chance for the local economy to develop.
The sustainable principle of tourism villages is
influenced by the presence and participation of
local communities in tourism village activities.
Alleviating poverty and social inequality by
expanding the opportunities for local people to
participate as laborers in tourist villages is one
of the sources to increase people's income. The
higher participation of local communities in
tourism village development activities, the
more the community's income increases. The
higher the income of the community, the faster
the community is lifted from the problem of
poverty. The more local communities
participate in becoming laborers, becoming
422
business owners in tourist villages, the more
evenly distributed income distribution from
tourism activities. The more evenly distributed
income distribution from tourism, the narrower
the social gap between local residents. The
distribution of tourism income is equitable, fair
according to community contributions and
participation. This is only possible in tourist
villages that are managed with a participatory
approach and managed with the principle of
openness and accountability.
A safe, comfortable and sustainable
environment is a dream for every community.
But the ideal conditions demand the roles and
responsibilities of all communities, especially
the local community. Likewise, the culture and
nature of the environment will live and survive
if the supporting community has a high
awareness of the importance of environmental,
cultural and natural sustainability. The
sustainability of culture, environment and
nature, although determined by many factors,
the role of local communities is very strategic
and decisive. Living, surviving and developing
the culture of a society is very dependent on
the awareness and persistence of the local
community in carrying out and obeying it.
Sustainable culture is a culture that is still run
by the community until now and later.
4.2. 4 Supervision Stage
The control and evaluation based on guidelines
and documents made at the planning stage.
Based on the documents and guidelines, the
head of the management is assisted by
representatives of the tourism village manager
to control and evaluate. The purpose of the
control is to prevent possible deviations from
the implementation and evaluate the
achievement of the targets set. Evaluation is
also carried out on the constraints and
obstacles that occur in the implementation of
tourism villages, to formulate the improvement
plans and implementation in the next period.
The control process is carried out by the
management body consisting of the chief
manager and deputy chairman of the field
based on the documents and guidelines on the
results of organizing. The evaluation process
involves all components of the village tourism
stakeholders. Questionnaire regarding tourist
satisfaction can be an evaluation media for all traditional villages and tourism village
stakeholders.Thus the tourism village activists.
governance model that has the potential to
maintain sustainable tourism development can References
be described as follows. [1] UNWTO, SustainableTourism for
Development Guidebook (1sted.), 2013,
Madrid, Spain.
[2] Santra, K, Mudina, Marsa, Abdi and
Aryawan, Tourism Goodgovernance
Model toward Bali Sustainable Tourism,
2017, un publishes research report.
[3] Furqan, A., Mat Som, A., dan Hussin,
R., “Promoting Green Tourism for
Future Sustainability”, 2010, Theoritical
Figures 1.Model of Tourism Village
and Empirical Researches in Urban
Management towards Sustainable Bali
Management, 8 (17).
Tourism.
[4] Schipani, S., IMPACT: The Effects of
Tourism on Culture and the
Environment in Asia and the
Pacific:Alleviating Poverty and
5. Conclusion
Protecting Cultural and Natural
Village tourism guidelines are arranged
Heritage through Community-Based
according to the objective conditions of the
Ecotourism in Luang Namtha, 2008,
tourism village. Appropriate guidance
Thailand: UNESCO, Bangkok.
guidelines guarantee that tourism villages are
[5] Nuryanti, W., “Concept, Perspective and
built towards an ideal destination towards a
Challenges Makalah bagian dari
sustainable tourism village, take into account;
Laporan Konferensi Internasional
1) natural and environmental sustainability is
Pariwisata Budaya”, 1993, Yogyakarta.
maintained; 2) the standard of living and
[6] Freeman, R. E., Harrison, J. S., Wick, s.
economy of the local community; 3) diversity,
A. C., Parmar, B. L., and Colle, S. D.,
richness of local culture and traditional
Stakeholder TheoryThe State of The
villages are maintained and 4) tourists get very
Art, 2010, The Edinburgh Building,
rich and valuable experiences about culture,
Cambridge CB2 8RU, UK: Cambridge
living habits, social values in tourist villages.
UniversityPress.
Focus group discussions with administrators
[7] Byrd, E. T., “Stakeholders in
and members of Bali tourism village
Sustainable Tourism Development and
communication forums on results a study of
their Roles: Applying Stakeholder
the tourism village governance model agreed
Theory to Sustainable Tourism
that the function of the management was
Development, 2007, Tourism Review,
integrated with the principles of good
62(2): 8.
governance and adapted to the participation of
[8] Byrd, E. T., and Gustke, L, “Using
stakeholders and objective conditions of
Decision Trees to Identify Tourism
tourism villages to be a model of sustainable
Stakeholders” 2011, Journal of
tourism village governance. Thus, it was
PlaceManagement and Development,
concluded that there were three (3) models of
4(2).
tourism village governance; namely 1) tourism
[9] George, B. P., and Varghese, V,
villages that are initiated and managed by
“Human Rights in Tourism:
traditional villages; 2) tourist villages initiated
Conceptualization and Stakeholder
and managed by tourism village activists
Perspectives”, 2007, EJBO Electronic
(pokdarwis); and 3) tourism villages that
Journal of Business Ethics and
initiated and managed by collaborate between
Organization Studies, 12(2): 9.

423
[10] Hardy, A., Beeton, R. J. S., and Pearson,
L, “Sustainable Tourism: An Overview
of the Concept and its Position in
Relation to Conceptualisations of
Tourism”, 2002, Journal of Sustainable
Tourism, 10(6): 24.
[11] Bodosca, S., dan Diaconescu, D. M.,
“Tourism development after the
implementation of sustainable strategies
in Neamt County”, 2015, Procedia-
Social and Behavioral Sciences,188:7.
[12] Sánchez, C. I., dan Jaramillo-Hurtado,
M. E., “Policies for enhancing
sustainability and competitiveness in
tourism in Colombia”, 2010, Worldwide
Hospitality and Tourism Themes, Vol. 2
Iss 2 pp. 153 -, 2(2): 13.
[13] Casmudi, Pengembangan desa wisata,
Kompasiana.com, Vol., 2015. Jakarta:
Kompas.
[14] Khamdevi, M and Bott, H, “Rethinking
Tourism: Bali’s Failure,2018, IOP
Conference Series: Eart and
Environmental Science.
[15] Shahmirzadi, E. K., Community–Based
Tourism (CBT) Planning and
Possibilities: The Case of Shahmizard
Iran, 2012, unpublished Thesis.

424
 Exploring Green Start-up Finance for Tourism
Villages
I P Astawa1, I K Suarja2, T G R Sukawati3
1,2
Tourism Department, State Polytechnic of Bali, Indonesia
3
Faculty of Economics and Business, Udayana University, Indonesia
putuastawa1@pnb.ac.id
Abstract—This study aims to assess green start-up finance in
developing tourism villages in Bali. Green start-up finance has
the aim of maintaining tourism sustainability by promoting
environmental conservation issues. Investors do not all have an
initial goal towards green issues in building a business even
though this issue is an important issue in maintaining business.
Data is collected through two stages, namely debt interviews and
questionnaires. The results of the qualitative analysis were used
to create a questionnaire to be distributed to the tourism village
manager. Eighty managers from one hundred who have
answered questionnaires delivered via e-mail and mail.
Quantitative data were analyzed using descriptive statistics. The
results of a qualitative study that green start-up finance has not
yet appeared in the beginning in supporting the environment that
arises are problems of economic improvement. Quantitatively,
the tourism village manager on average sixty-five percent agrees
that in green start-up finance activities include environmentally
friendly products / services, product / service features,
reputation, customer types, innovativeness, entrepreneurial
motivation, market orientation, company growth, strategic issues,
institutional entrepreneurship. The results of this study provide
an overview for the managers of many topics involved in
implementing green start-up finance and are indispensable in
maintaining sustainable village tourism. These results can be
further developed by linking with the local culture and the village
economy.
Keywords—Green start-up finance; sustainable tourism;
tourism village
I. INTRODUCTION
The paper investigated green start- up finance in relation to
sustainable tourism, especially the development of a
destination. There are some sustainable destination
development models, such as Community -based Tourism
(CBT), Collaborative Destination Marketing (CDM), and
Strategic Destination Branding (SDB) [1]. These three
concepts have one goal which is for the community and the
concepts are expected to improve high life standard, moral, and
life quality of the locals [2, 3, 4, 5]. This type of model is also
developed in Bali known as Village Tourism Destination
(VTD) that based on harmonious culture (THK) [6, 7, 8].
The development of THK-based VTD is a differentiator to
CBT development in the world and it has green concept [6, 7,
8]. As many as one hundred VTD are start-up to achieve green
growth 2050 [7, 8,9]. Start-up is an innovative business with
high risk and high growth and often requires a significant
amount of external funding [10]. Most “bootstrap” start-up,
425
which are self -funded, are in their initial stage [11]. Friends,
families, and internal people could become the informal
investors in start-up [12].
Green start-up is one of types of actor in bigger sustainable
entrepreneur group and develops its product and services with
positive environmental impacts [13]. The entrepreneurs
themselves do not always have motivation related to
sustainability and an “unintentionally green” start-up where
environmental benefits are their secondary products instead of
own goal [13, 14, 15, 16, 17]. Previous research results vary
regarding to green start-up finance thus provide a gap to deeply
study the subject regarding to VTD development in Bali and
compare it to the existing theories thus a new green start-up
financial model can be obtained and give contribution to green
financial in establishing green entrepreneur.
II. LITERATURE REVIEW
Access to funding and finance is the main problem for a
new company. Adequate funding could influence the success or
failure of a company in its early journey [18, 19]. Challenges in
access occur due to the lack of collateral / income before
entering the market, unknown credit history of the
entrepreneur, and innovation development without market
benchmark [20, 21, 22, 23, 24]. While research field focuses
more on venture capital (VC), start-up, in practice, is pragmatic
in nature and uses various financial instruments that not all
targets new companies [25]. The use of instruments and
financial sources depends on company phase, number of
investment required, and other characteristics of the company.
There are companies that use informal sources as the main
source in the initial state of company development [26, 27].
Other important initial sources include friends and families
[28], as well as funders’ own funding [29].
Several sustainable investors could target green start-ups
and sustainable entrepreneurs in specific. Some businesses
invest in a value-oriented way [27]. A number of green/social
VCs selected also focus specifically in Cleantech or social
innovation [15, 30]. There are companies that have special goal
to improve social impact [31, 32]. A number of social banks
provide funding for companies operating in field related to
sustainability [33, 34, 35]. Several funding platforms also
target companies and projects engaged in environmental or
social fields and in these fields informal investors invest for
various reasons [36, 37].
 Sustainable tourism reduces the negative impacts of tourism No Characteristics Specification
activities on environment, communities, and economy to 1 Environmentally Do not contain plastic
achieve ecological sustainability, economically feasible, and friendlyproducts/service, materials
ethically and socially fair. The UNEP and UNWTO [38] define (VTD1,VTD2,VTD3); tools
sustainable tourism conceptually as “the development of and equipment
tourism activities through an appropriate balance between made from natural materials
environmental, economic, and socio-cultural dimensions to (VTD4,VTD5).
2 Product/service features Have service standards
ensure long term sustainability.” It should fulfill tourists’ (VTD1, VTD2), nature,
current needs and goals as well as gives opportunities for future art, and culture are
development and maintains inheritance integrity, ecological accordance with the village
integrity, biodiversity, and life support system. In fact, tourism condition (VTD3,VTD4,
development should involve sustainable development aiming to VTD5).
improve tourist’s satisfaction [39]. 3 Reputation Villages selected have good
reputation in Bali
Community-based tourism (CBT) is the development of (VTD3,VTD4, VTD5),
tourism sources and management paradigms distilled from the tourists give good
opinion on villages (VTD1,
half century evolution of conceptual and philosophical VTD2).
approaches to resources management. The ontology is 4 Customer types Most guests come from
embedded in sustainable paradigm encouraging community Europe who have
participation for a fairer and more holistic development [2, 40]. environmental awareness
Responding to the limitations in initial approaches for (VTD1, VTD2, VTD3,VTD4,
sustainable development, a more holistic and comprehensive VTD5).
approach is conceptualized to include social justice and human 5 Innovativeness Agro tourism (VTD3,VTD4),
natural-based
rights. A new approach for the involvement and participation of culinary tourism
stakeholders, which is CBT, becomes popular in the mid-1990s (VTD1,VTD2, VTD5)
and emphasizes on approach initiated by the community, 6 Entrepreneurial motivation Village-owned enterprises
advocates real community participation, and all inclusive in all (BUMDES) (VTD1,
levels of development [41]. VTD2, VTD3,VTD4, VTD5).
7 Market orientation Global market (VTD1,
III. RESEARCH METHOD VTD2), guests
enjoyment is the main
The research was conducted in two stages [42]. The first concern (VTD3,VTD4,
stage was in-depth interview with tourism village VTD5).
administrators of 5 people and the interview materials sourced 8 Company growth Village economic
from Bergset [43]. The interviewwas conducted for 50 minutes, improvement (VTD1, VTD2,
on average, for every informant. The interview result then VTD3,VTD4, VTD5).
compared to the theories [44]. Data were analyzed by referring 9 Strategic issue Indonesian government
to Miles and Huberman [45] and the result was used to create programs (VTD1,
questionnaire to be submitted to tourism village administrators VTD2, VTD3,VTD4, VTD5).
of 100 villages that became green start-ups in Bali. Only eighty 10 Institutional Village-owned enterprises
questionnaires feasible to be processed in descriptive statistic entrepreneurship (BUMDES) (VTD1,
[46] and the remaining were not completed. Questionnaires VTD2, VTD3,VTD4, VTD5).
sent by email and mail containing cover letter, research goals, 11 Local culture Vertical and horizontal
research title, procedures to respond, and materials. harmonization (VTD1,
VTD2, VTD3,VTD4, VTD5).
Questionnaire materials referred to Bergset research [43] in
five Likert scale: 1 = STS (strongly disagree); 2 = TS The result of qualitative analysis found that green start-up
(disagree); 3 = RR (average); 4 = S (agree); 5 = ST (strongly finance came from the government and the external parties of
disagree) and developed based on the result of qualitative the company [10] and the first problem occurred was rural
study. There were ten variables used, namely: Environmentally economy improvement. An interesting fact, however, was that
friendly products/service, product/service features, reputation, rural communities, culturally, had been implemented cultural
customer types, innovativeness, entrepreneurial motivation, preservation aspect. The combination of both aspects
market orientation, company growth, strategic issue, accelerated the achievement of sustainable tourism. Funding
institutional entrepreneurship, and local culture. Questionnaires process for initial establishment became a problem in previous
had been tested for their validation and reliability and stated as studies due to the nonexistenceof collateral [20, 21, 22, 23, 24]
valid. however, it did not occur in VTD. The research result gives
new insight in the development of start-up destination that is
IV. RESULT AND DISCUSSION differed to the previous studies. In addition, local culture was
Result of in-depth interview on green start-up finance can also used as a strong foundation to develop start-up destination.
be explained in Table 1. The development of green start-up finance also had the
following characteristics: Environmentally friendly
TABLE 1. GREEN START-UP FINANCE products/service, product/service features, reputation, customer
No Characteristics Specification types, innovativeness, entrepreneurial motivation, market

426
orientation, company growth, strategic issue, and institutional
entrepreneurship that support a research by Bergset[13].The
research was different in terms of the use of local cultural
element as the main foundation to develop sustainable tourism
business.
Tourism village is the main product developed into
international product since the government has global market
orientation in the development of sustainable tourism [47, 48].
The program is also an innovation work that encompass
environmental components such as agrotourism [49, 50, 51].
The result of data processing is explained in Table 2.
Green start-ups were supported by strong local culture as
explained in Table 2 where the administrators gave a response
that closer to strongly agree. The result is a new finding in the
development of green start-ups to save the world from various
pollutions. In addition, global warming issue was addressed
well by the government of Indonesia by combining elements of
environmentally friendly products/service, product/service
features, reputation, customer types, innovativeness,
entrepreneurial motivation, market orientation, company
growth, strategic issue, institutional entrepreneurship, and local
culture to form green start-up finance. These activities were
different compared to the previous research that only partially
discussed the matter. There were researches that started from
green-oriented consumer targets [52, 53] or stressed on
business motivation sourced from the business side effect if
move toward supporting the environment [14, 54].
TABLE 2. RESPONDENT RESPOND ON GREEN START-UP FINANCE
No Characteristics Average Respondents’
Response
1 Environmentally friendly 4.42
products/service,
2 Product/service features 4.52
3 Reputation 4.46
4 Customer types 4.45
5 Innovativeness 4.58
6 Entrepreneurial motivation 4.41
7 Market orientation 4.57
8 Company growth 4.56
9 Strategic issue 4.47
10 Institutional entrepreneurship 4.54
11 Local culture 4.59
The research results gave contribution to entrepreneurship
science in describing non-expensive tourism destination
business through good collaboration between government,
company, and local communities. The research could be
refined by improving the analysis method using Structural
Equation Modelling to create a more accurate green start-up
model. The development is a gap for future studies by adding
green economic.
V. CONCLUSION
Green start-up finance built based on local culture by
proposing harmonization between vertical (God) and horizontal
427
(nature and human) and government as the funder to give
motivation so that sustainable tourism is well achieved. Green
start-up occurs as a community culture thus unconsciously the
activities were green in nature and it emerged as if it appeared
simultaneously with tourism activities. VTD became a model
in CBT development and played role in saving the world
environment since it supported by community culture that took
sides on environmentally friendly. The development of green
start-up finance model in VTD was a novelty thus it can be
used by managers as a marketing strategy to build green
reputation that currently receives world attention.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The authors would like to send their gratitude to the
Indonesian Government for the research funding as well as that
gave motivation to complete the research. Also, the authors
would like to thanks the manager for their participation in the
model test.
REFERENCES
[1] DA Tasci, A., Croes, R., & Bartels Villanueva, J. (2014), “Rise and fall
of community-based tourism–facilitators, inhibitors and outcomes”.
Worldwide Hospitality and Tourism Themes, Vol. 6 No. 3, pp. 261-276.
[2] Stone, L. S., & Stone, T. M. (2011), “Community-based tourism
enterprises: challenges and prospects for community participation;
Khama Rhino Sanctuary Trust Botswana”, Journal of Sustainable
Tourism, Vol. 19 No. 1, pp. 97-114.
[3] A HALL, Colin Michael. Tourism planning: Policies, processes and
relationships. Pearson Education, 2008.
[4] Sebele, L. S. (2010), “Community-based tourism ventures, benefits and
challenges: Khama rhino sanctuary trust, central district, Botswana”,
Tourism management, Vol. 1 No. 1, pp. 136-146.
[5] Goodwin, H., & Santilli, R. (2009), “Community-based tourism: A
success”, ICRT Occasional paper, Vol. 11 No. 1, pp. 37-45.
[6] Law, A., De Lacy, T., Lipman, G., & Jiang, M. (2016), “Transitioning to
a green economy: the case of tourism in Bali, Indonesia”, Journal of
Cleaner Production, Vol.111, pp. 295-305.
[7] Astawa, I. P., Triyuni, N. N., & Santosa, I. D. M. C. (2018),
“Sustainable tourism and harmonious culture: a case study of cultic
model at village tourism”, Journal of Physics: Conference Series, Vol.
953 No. 1, pp. 012057.
[8] Astawa, I. P., Ardina, C., Yasa, I. M. S., & Parnata, I. K. (2018), “ A
new model in achieving Green Accounting at hotels in Bali”, Journal of
Physics: Conference Series, Vol. 953 No. 1, pp. 012056.
[9] DeLacy, T., Jiang, M., Lipman, G., & Vorster, S. (2014). A 2050 Green
Growth Roadmap for Bali tourism TERRY DeL, GEOFFREY L
ALEXANDRA LAw. In Green Growth and Travelism (pp. 231-248).
Routledge.
[10] Cable, A. J. (2010), “Fending for themselves: Why securities regulations
should encourage angel groups”, Pennsylvania Journal of Business Law,
Vol. 13, pp. 107.
[11] Cole, C.W. ( 2009), “Financing an entrepreneurial venture: navigating
the maze of corporate, securities, and tax law. University of Missouri-
Kansas City Law Review 78, 473
[12] Alden, E. (2011), “Primum Non Nocere: the impact of Dodd-Frank on
Silicon Valley Berkeley”, Business Law Journal, Vol. 8, pp. 107.
[13] Bergset, L. and Fichter, K. (2015), “Green start-ups a new typology as a
basis for investigating and understanding sustainable entrepreneurship
and innovation”, Journal of Innovation Management, Vol. 3, pp. 118-
144.
[14] Parrish, B.D. (2010), “Sustainability-driven entrepreneurship: principles
of organization design”, Journal of Business Venturing, Vol. 25 No. 5,
pp. 510-523.
[15] Bocken, N.M.P. (2015), “Sustainable venture capital-catalyst for
sustainable start-up success?”, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol.108,
pp. 647-658.
[16] Patzelt, H. and Shepherd, D.A. (2011), “Recognizing opportunities for
sustainable development”, Entrepreneurship Theory and Practice, Vol.
35 No. 4, pp. 631-652.
[17] Schaltegger, S. and Wagner, M. (2011), “Sustainable entrepreneurship
and sustainability innovation: categories and interactions”, Business
Strategy and the Environment, Vol. 2 No. 4, pp. 222-237.
[18] Carter, R.B. and Van Auken, H.E. (1990), “Personal equity investment
and small businessfinancial difficulties”, Entrepreneurship Theory and
Practice, Vol. 15 No. 2, pp. 51-60.
[19] Gimeno, J., Folta, T.B., Cooper, A.C. and Woo, C.Y. (1997), “Survival
of the fittest? Entrepreneurial human capital and the persistence of
underperforming firms”, Administrative Science Quarterly, Vol. 42 No.
4, pp. 750-783.
[20] Cosh, A., Cumming, D. and Hughes, A. (2009), “Outside enterpreneurial
capital”, The Economic Journal, Vol. 119 No. 540, pp. 1494-1533.
[21] Kerr, W. R., and Nanda, R. (2009), “Democratizing entry: Banking
deregulations, financing constraints, and entrepreneurship”, Journal of
Financial Economics, 94(1), 124-149.
[22] Megginson, W.L. and Smart, S.B. (2006), Introduction to Corporate
Finance, Thomson/South-Western, Mason, OH
[23] Nitzsch, R., von, Rouette, C. and Stotz, O. (2005),
“Kapitalstrukturentscheidungen junger Unternehmen”, in Börner,
P.D.C.J. and Grichnik, D.D. (Eds), Entrepreneurial Finance, Physica-
Verlag HD, Heidelberg, pp. 409-429.
[24] Staroßom, H. (2013),“Gründungsunterstützung durch öffentliche
Hilfen”, Corporate Finance Teil 2, Springer Fachmedien Wiesbaden,
Wiesbaden, pp. 73-108.
[25] Bergset, L. (2015),“The rationality and irrationality of financing green
start-ups”, Administrative Sciences, Vol. 5 No. 4, pp. 260-285.
[26] Börner,C.J.(2005),“Gründungs-und Wachstumsfinanzierung als
Finanzdienstleistung”, Entrepreneurial Finance, Springer, Physica-
Verlag, Heidelberg, pp. 81-101.
[27] Brettel, M. (2005),“Business angels”, in Börner, P.D.C.J. and Grichnik,
D.D. (Eds), Entrepreneurial Finance, Physica-Verlag HD, Heidelberg,
pp. 233-258.
[28] Steier, L. (2003),“Variants of agency contracts in family-financed
ventures as a continuum of familial altruistic and market rationalities”,
Journal of Business Venturing, Vol. 18 No. 5, pp. 597-618.
[29] Bygrave, W.D. and Quill, M. (2007), “Global entrepreneurship
monitor”, Executive Report, pp. 1-67.
[30] Randjelovic, J., O’Rourke, A.R. and Orsato, R.J. (2003),“The emergence
of green venture capital”, Business Strategy and the Environment, Vol.
12 No. 4, pp. 240-253.
[31] John, R. (2007),“Beyond the cheque: how venture philanthropists add
value”, pp.56-76.
[32] Nicholls, A. and Paton, R. (2009),“Emerging resource flows for social
entrepreneurship; theorizing social investment”, presented at the British
Academy of Management Annual Conference, University of Brighton,
Brighton, 15-17 September.
[33] Weber, O. (2011),“Mission and profitability of social banks”, working
paper, pp. 1-20.
428
[34] Cowton, C.J. and Thompson, P. (2001),“Financing the social economy:
a case study of Triodos Bank”, International Journal of Nonprofit and
Voluntary Sector Marketing, Vol. 6 No. 2, pp. 145-155.
[35] Lehner, O.M. (2012),“A literature review and research agenda for
crowdfunding of social ventures”, Research Colloquium on Social
Entrepreneurship, Skoll Center of SAID Business School, University of
Oxford, Oxford.
[36] Lehner, O.M. (2013),“Crowdfunding social ventures: a model and
research agenda”, Venture Capital, Vol. 15 No. 4, pp. 289-311
[37] UNEP and UNWTO, 2005.Making tourism more sustainable. A Guide
for Policy Makers. United Nations Environment Programme and World
Tourism Organization, Paris and Madrid
[38] Sharpley, R., (2000).Tourism and sustainable development: exploring
the theoretical divide. J. Sustain. Tour. 8, 1–19.
[39] Hall, C.M. (2000),Tourism Planning: Policies, Processes and
Relationships, Prentice Hall, Harlow.
[40] Asker, S. A., Boronyak, L. J., Carrard, N. R., & Paddon, M. (2010).
Effective community based tourism: a best practice manual
[41] Creswell, Clarck, 2011, Designing and Conducting Mixed Methods
Research, (2nd ed.) United Kingdom: Sage Publications, Inc.
[42] Bergset, L. (2018). Green start-up finance–where do particular
challenges lie?. International Journal of Entrepreneurial Behavior &
Research, Vol. 24 No. 2, pp. 451-575.
[43] Glaser, B. G., & Strauss, A. L. (2017). Discovery of grounded theory:
Strategies for qualitative research. Routledge.
[44] Miles, M. B., Huberman, A. M., Huberman, M. A., & Huberman, M.
(1994). Qualitative data analysis: An expanded sourcebook. sage.
[45] Sugiyono, P. D. (2010), “Educational research methods. Quantitative
Approach”, Vol. 4, pp. 26-45.
[46] Frederking, L. (2011), “Getting to green: niche-driven or government-
led entrepreneurship and sustainability in the wine industry”, New
England Journal of Entrepreneurship”, Vol. 14 No. 1, Article 6
[47] Vickers, I. and Lyon, F. (2012),“Beyond green niches? Growth
strategies of environmentally-motivated social enterprises”, International
Small Business Journal, Vol. 32 No. 4, pp. 449-470.
[48] Fichter, K. and Weiß, R. (2013), Start-ups: Product Pioneers for a Green
Economy, Borderstep Institute for Innovation and Sustainability, Berlin.
[49] Freimann, J. (2005),“Über die Schwierigkeiten grüner
Unternehmensgründungen–Gründungen wie andere auch?”,
Ökologisches Wirtschaften, Vol. Nachhaltig Gründen No. 2, pp. 12-13.
[50] Linnanen, L. (2002), “An insider’s experiences with environmental
entrepreneurship”, Greener Management International, No. 38, pp. 71-
80.
[51] Nicholls, A. and Pharoah, C. (2008),The Landscape of Social
Investment: A Holistic Topology of Opportunitiesand Challenges, Said
Business School, Skoll Centre for Social Entrepreneurship, Oxford
[52] Panapanaan, V., Bruce, T., Virkki-Hatakka, T. and Linnanen, L.
(2014),“Analysis of shared and sustainable value creation of companies
providing energy solutions at the base of the pyramid (BoP)”, Business
Strategy and the Environment, Vol. 25 No. 5, pp. 293-309.
[53] Prahalad, C.K. and Hammond, A. (2002),“Serving the world’s poor,
profitably”, Harvard Business Review, Vol. 80 No. 9, pp. 48-59.
[54] Bocken, N.M.P. (2015),“Sustainable venture capital-catalyst for
sustainable start-up success?”, Journal of Cleaner Production, Vol. 108,
Part A, pp. 647-658.
 The Effect of Competency, Independency, and
Motivation of Auditor on Audit Quality (Empirical
Study on Public Accounting Firms in Bali)
D P Suciwati1 and I K Suartika
Accounting Departement-Bali State Polytechnic, Badung, Bali, Indonesia
suciwatidesak@gmail.com
Abstract—Audit quality is the probability of an auditor in
finding violation and reporting an error or fraud that occurs in
the clients accounting system. This study examines the influence
of auditor competence, auditor independence, and auditor
motivation on audit quality at public accountant office in Bali
partially and simultaneously. Data collection in this study using
questionnaires with purposive sampling, so that obtained 40
research samples. Respondents in this study are auditors who
work at Public Accounting Firm in Bali registered with
Indonesian Institute of Certified Public Accountant (IAPI). This
study used the analysis technique of multiple linear regression.
The result of the research shows that auditor competence has
positive and significant effect on audit quality, auditor
independence has a positive and significant effect on audit
quality, motivation of auditors has a positive and significant
effect on audit quality, and simultaneously variables of auditor
competence, auditor independence and auditor motivation have a
significant effect on audit quality at public accountant office in
Bali while adjusted R square is 65,1 % variation of audit quality
is influenced by model formed by auditor competence, auditor
independence, and auditor motivation.
Keywords—competency; independency; motivation; audit
quality
I. INTRODUCTION
Lately, public trust in the public accounting profession and
the audit quality produced is being questioned. This is because
the occurrence of cases such as Purwantono, Suherman and
Surja, which is a partner of Ernst & Young's (EY) public
accounting firm in Indonesia, agreed to pay US $ 1 million
(around Rp. 13.3 billion) in fines to American regulators.
States, due to being convicted of failing to audit their client's
financial statements. The agreement was announced by the US
Public Accountant Oversight Board (PCAOB) on Thursday,
February 9, 2017, Washington time. Members of the EY
network in Indonesia who announced the results of an audit of
a telecommunications company in 2011 provided an opinion
based on inadequate evidence.
The case in Bali is happened to one of the Public
Accountants in Denpasar, namely the Minister of Finance
suspended the Public Accountant license for six months. The
closing of the permit stated in the Decree No. 325 \ / KM.1 \ /
2007 began to take effect on May 23, 2007. Sanctions on
closing of licenses were granted because the Public
Accountants breaking the rules of the Public Accountants
429
Professional Standards (SPAP) in the audit of Balihai Resort's
financial statements and Spa for the 2004 financial year which
has the potential to have a significant effect on the Independent
Auditor's Report. As long as the license is closing, the Public
Accountants is prohibited from providing attestation services
including general audits, reviews, performance audits and
special audits. Therefore, audit quality is very important and
must be considered by auditors in the auditing process.
The objective of an audit of financial statement is for the
auditor to form an opinion on the financial statements based on
having obtained sufficient appropriate audit evidence about
whether the financial statement is free from material
misstatement and to report in accordance with the auditor’s
findings [1]. This IAASB statement means that the
responsibility for performing quality audits of financial
statements depends on the auditor.
Audit quality of auditor is all the possibilities of an auditor
in finding violations and reporting a mistake or fraud that
occurs in the client's accounting system. There are many
factors that influence audit quality such as size, industry
expertise, auditor tenure, audit fees, non-audit services and
auditor reputation, auditor specifications. There factors were
found to be able to affect audit quality significantly [2]. Beside
that there are other factors that affect audit quality directly,
namely the competency and independency of auditor.
Audit quality is an audit conducted in accordance with
auditing standards generally acceptable that can detect and
report material misstatements in the financial statements
include disclosure relating either caused by an error / fault or
fraud, is able to provide assurance of internal control, and is
able to provide going concern warnings. Audit quality is
affected by the independency of auditor. The more independent
an auditor will increase audit quality [3]. Violation reporting
depends on the auditor's urge to disclose the violation. This
encouragement will depend on the auditor's independence and
the auditor's motivation to disclose the violation.
The research about the effect of competence and
independence of auditors on the audit quality had used
purposive sampling method on Public Accounting Firm (KAP)
in Yogyakarta. The total sample is 50 respondents. The data
analysis technique used multiple line regression analysis. The
result of this research showed that the auditor competence and
independence of the significant effect of 35.9% on auditor audit
quality [4]. But the research on Public Accounting Firm (KAP)
in Jakarta used Structural Equation Modeling (SEM) approach
Partial Least Square (PLS). Based on the results of this study
concluded the amount of influence competence auditor to audit
quality of 14.4%. While the influence of motivation auditor to
audit quality amount 33.89% [5].
Based on the results of different studies, the purpose of this
study was to determine the effect of competence, independence
and motivation of auditor on audit quality partially and
simultaneously on Public Accounting Firm (KAP) in Bali.
II. RESEARCH METHODS
A. Research Sample
This study uses primary data obtained by questionnaire.
Respondents who became the population in this study were
auditors in 9 public accounting firms (KAP) located in Bali and
registered at IAPI. While the sampling technique used is
purposive sampling technique with the following criteria: 1)
auditors working in all active public accounting firms in
Denpasar are in accordance with the 2016 Public Accountant
Office Directory published by the Indonesian Institute of
Certified Public Accountants (IAPI), 2) auditors who have an
education level of D3, S1, S2, S3, 3) auditors who have had
work experience of at least 2 years, 4) auditors who return
questionnaires with complete entries in accordance with the
objectives in this study. Based on these criteria, the number of
samples obtained was 40 auditors.
B. Research Hypothesis
1. The Effect of competency on audit quality.
Section 210 auditing standards state that audits must be
carried outby one or more people who have sufficient
technical expertise and training as an auditor. Competent
auditors must be educated and experienced, so that auditors
can detect financial statements containing misstatements
material. Beside that auditor can reduce the asymmetry
information between principal and agent, and they can
guarantee the stakeholder’s interests. The research about
auditor competence on audit quality has been tested in 2012
which amounted to 918 public accountants in Indonesia. Data
were collected by sending questionnaires that result 278
sample were selected randomly. However, collected data were
178 ones. Test results proved that auditor’s competence
positively effect on audit quality [6].
The other research was using 250 respondents from those in
Central Government. This study method using exploratory
method by conducting a survey on General Inspectorate State
Ministries and Non-Ministerial Agencies as the Situs.
Hypothesis testing results show that the variable competence of
auditors has a strong relationship. The results showed quality
audit directly and significantly affected by the variable
competence of auditors amounted to 25.1% [7]. Based on the
statement, the hypothesis (H1) developed is auditor
competency has a positive effect on audit quality.
2. The Effect of Independence on Audit Quality.
Independent means that public accountants are not easily
influenced. Public accountants are not justified in favor of
430
anyone's interests. Public accountants are obliged to be honest
not only to management and company owners, but also to
creditors and other parties who place trust in the work of public
accountants. Beside that auditors must fulfill relevant ethical
requirements, including independence provisions, which are
related to the audit association of financial statements. Auditor
independence protects the auditor's ability to form an audit
opinion without being influenced. Independence improves the
auditor's ability to maintain its integrity, and acts objectively
and maintains an attitude of professional skepticism [8].
Section 220 auditing standards state that auditors must act
independently which include independent facts and appearance.
There are a number of studies which state that the integrity,
honesty and truthfulness is the attitude of the independent
auditor. So that policies and procedures are needed to maintain
auditor independence and audit quality [9].
The study to 73 public accountant offices which are the
members of the Forum of Capital Market Accountants in
Indonesia showed that auditor independence significantly
influences the audit quality. Furthermore, this study resulted
that the improvement of audit quality was influenced by
independent and fees of auditor. And indicator of independency
is integrity and objectivity [10]. Based on the statement, the
hypothesis (H2) developed is auditor independence has a
positive effect on audit quality
3. The Effect of Auditor Motivation on Audit Quality.
The motivation is defined as the desire to act. The
motivation that would make someone have a high fighting
spirit to achieve goals and meet existing standards. In other
words, motivation will encourage someone, including the
auditor, to achieve, commit to the group and have high
initiative and optimism. Improper response or follow-up to
audit reports and recommendations produced will reduce the
motivation of public accountants to maintain audit quality [11].
There is the study that is purpose to analyze the influence of
motivation to audit quality. The study was conducted across
partner, manager and supervisor working in 10 public
accounting firm in South Jakarta Indonesia. The sampling
technique using random sampling is the selection of a random
public accounting firm. The results showed that the partial
auditor motivation has a positive and significant impact on
audit quality [12]. Based on the statement, the hypothesis (H3)
developed is auditor motivation has a positive effect on audit
quality.
4. The Effect of Competence, Independence and Motivation
of Auditors on Audit Quality.
Audit quality is the probability that an auditor finds and
reports about a violation in his client's accounting system.
Audit quality include seven criteria, namely skills, experience,
ethical value, mindset, the reliability of auditing methods, the
effectiveness of the utilized tools and the technical supports
[10]. Competence is needed by the auditor to achieve
reasonable considerations made in achieving audit quality. The
competent auditor has deeper knowledge and give better
judgment to achieve audit quality [13]. Auditors who have high
independence will tend to give opinions objectively.
Competent and independent auditor will have the motivation to
produce good audit quality. With high motivation, the auditor the dependent variable. In this study the independent variables
can report in the audited report if there is a violation in the are competence, independence, and auditor motivation, while
financial statements of his client. Quality financial reporting is the dependent variable is audit quality, so the model of multiple
affected by many factors including the independence, linear regression equations becomes:
competence and motivation of internal auditors. The
competence and independence of the internal auditor primarily Y = 𝛼 + 𝛽1 𝑋1 − 𝛽2 𝑋2 + 𝛽3 𝑋3 + 𝑒
affects the quality of financial reporting on the provincial (1)
government in Jakarta [14]. Based on the statement, the III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
hypothesis (H4) developed is competence, independence and
motivation auditors simultaneously affect audit quality. A. Analysis Result
C. Data Analysis Technique The following table results of multiple linear regression
analysis to examine partially the influence of auditor
This study uses multiple linear regression analysis competence variables (X1), auditor independence (X2), and
techniques to examine the effect of independent variables on auditor motivation (X3) on audit quality (Y):

TABLE 1. RESULT OF MULTIPLE LINER REGRESSION

Unstandardized Coefficients Standardized Coefficients

Model B Std. Error Beta T Sig.
1 (Constant) -3,175 2,507 -1,266 ,214
X1 ,205 ,066 ,317 3,130 ,003
X2 ,167 ,048 ,348 3,490 ,001
X3 ,409 ,083 ,487 4,916 ,000
a
Dependent Variable: Y
From table 1, the regression equation used in this study is: which means that if independence increases by 1, then audit
Y = -3,175 + 0,205X1 + 0,167X2 + 0,409X3 (2) quality will increase by 0.167 assuming other variables are
constant. This shows that the higher the auditor's independence,
Based on table 1 also shows the results of the partial test (t test) the better the audit quality produced by the auditor; (4) The
as follows: (1) The constant coefficient (Constant) is -3.175 auditor's motivation coefficient (X3) is 0.409 which indicates
which means that if the auditor's competency variables, auditor that the auditor's motivation has a significant positive effect on
independence, and auditor's motivation are constant at zero audit quality which means that if the auditor's motivation
then the audit quality (Y) is equal to -3.17; (2) The auditor's increases by 1, then the audit quality will increase by 0.409
competence coefficient (X1) of 0.205 indicates that assuming other variables are constant. This shows that the
competence has a significant positive influence on audit quality higher the auditor's motivation, the better the audit quality
which is interpreted if competence increases by 1, then audit produced by the auditor.
quality will increase by 0.205 assuming other variables are While the F test to find out all the independent variables
constant. This shows that the higher the competence possessed included in the model has a joint effect on the dependent
the better the audit quality produced by the auditor; (3) The variable tested at a significant level of 0.05. Here are the results
auditor's independence coefficient (X2) of 0.167 indicates that of the F test:
independence has a significant positive effect on audit quality

TABLE 2. RESULT OF F-TEST

ANOVAa
Model Sum of Squares Df Mean Square F Sig.

1 Regression 740,432 3 246,811 25,286 ,000b

Residual 351,392 36 9,761
Total 1091,824 39
a
Dependent Variable: Y
b
Predictors: (Constant), X3, X2, X1
Table 2 shows that all independent variables, namely simultaneously have a significant effect on audit quality
competence, independence, and auditor motivation variables.

TABLE 3. RESULTS OF DETERMINATION COEFFICIENTS

Model Summaryb

431
 Model R R Square
1 .824a .678
a
Predictors: (Constant), X3, X1, X2
b
Dependent Variable: Y
Table 3 shows that the value of Adjusted R Square is 0.651
or 65.1%, this means that 65.1% of the variation in audit
quality is influenced by the model formed by auditor
competence, auditor independence, and auditor motivation,
while the remaining 34.9% explained by other factors not
explained in this study.
B. Discussion
1. Effect of Competence on Audit Quality
Based on the results in table 1 shows that auditor
competence (X1) has a positive regression coefficient of 0.205
and a significance level of 0.003 is smaller than 0.05. Based on
the test results, H1 is accepted, which means auditor
competence (X1) has a significant positive effect on audit
quality (Y). The results of this study are the same as the
research are 18 Public Accountant Firm in South Jakarta with
the number of respondents as many as 97 respondents. The
competence of auditor has a positive and significant impact on
audit quality at Public Accountant Firm in South Jakarta [15].
2. Effect of Independence on Audit Quality
Based on the results in table I shows that auditor
independence (X2) has a positive regression coefficient of
0.167 and the significance level is 0.001 less than 0.05. Based
on the test results, H2 is accepted, which means auditor
independence (X2) has a significant positive effect on audit
quality (Y). This research result is the same as the research
conducted to inspectorate work achievement of shout Sulawesi
which shows that independence has a significant positive effect
on audit quality [16].
3. Effect of Auditor Motivation on Audit Quality
Based on the results of Table I shows that auditor
motivations (X3) have a positive regression coefficient of
0.409 and the significance level is 0.000 less than 0.05. Based
on the test results, H3 is accepted, which means auditor
motivation (X3) has a significant positive effect on audit
quality (Y). The results of this research are the same as the
research to 10 public accounting firm in South Jakarta
Indonesia. The research showed that the motivation of auditor
has a positive and significant impact on audit quality [12].
4. Effect of Auditor Motivation on Audit Quality
Based on the results in table II shows that the F test value of
25,286 and a significance level of 0,000 smaller than 0.05 so
that H4 is accepted, meaning that all independent variables,
namely competence, independence, and auditor motivation
simultaneously have a significant effect on audit quality
variables. While in table 3 shows the value of Adjusted R
Square is 0.651 or 65.1%, this means that 65.1% of the
variation in audit quality is influenced by models formed by
auditor competence, auditor independence, and auditor
motivation.
432
Adjusted R Square Std. Error of the Estimate
.651 3.12424
The results of this study indicate that competence is needed by
the auditor to achieve reasonable considerations made in
achieving audit quality. Auditors who have high independence
will tend to give opinions objectively. With high motivation,
the auditor can report in the audited report if there is a violation
in the financial statements of his client. The results of this
research are supported at the public accounting firm in the City
of Medan that indicated competence, independence and
motivation had a significant effect on audit quality [17].
IV. CONCLUSION
The conclusion of this study is: (1) Auditor competence has
a positive and significant effect on audit quality in a Public
Accounting Firm in Bali, which means that H1 is accepted; (2)
Independence of auditor has a positive and significant effect on
audit quality in a Public Accounting Firm in Bali, which means
that H2 is accepted; (3) Auditor motivation has a positive and
significant effect on audit quality in a Public Accounting Firm
in Bali, which means that H3 is accepted; (4) Simultaneously,
auditor competency, auditor independence and auditor
motivation have a significant effect on audit quality with
adjusted R square value is 0.651 or 65.1% meaning 65.1%
variation in audit quality is influenced by the model formed by
auditor competence, independence auditor, and auditor
motivation.
REFERENCES
[1] IAASB, Framework of Audit Quality, IFAC, 2017.
[2] H. Seyed Mahmoud, Inacio Helena, and Mota Rui, “A Review on audit
quality factors,” International J. Accounting Finance and Management
Science, Vol. 04, pp. 243, April 2014.
[3] S. Wali, “The impact of auditor‘s independence on audit quality,”
International J. Scientific and Technology Research, Vol. 04, pp. 348,
Desember 2015.
[4] O. Evi, “The effect of competence and independence of auditors on the
audit quality,” Research J. Finance and Accounting, Vol. 6, pp. 189,
2015.
[5] A. Rina Yuliastuty, “Effect of competence and motivation of auditors of
the quality of audit: survey on the external auditor registered public
accounting firm in Jakarta in Indonesia,” European J. Accounting,
Auditing and Finance Research, Vol. 04, pp. 43, Januari 2016.
[6] H. Abdul, Sutrisno, Rosidi, and Achsin, “ Effect of competence and
auditor independence on audit quality with audit time budget and
professional commitment as a moderation variable,” International J.
Business and Management Invention, Vol. 03, pp. 64, Juni 2014.
[7] Pandoyo, “The effect of auditor competence, independence, audit
experience, organizational culture and leadership against auditor
professionalism and its implication on audit quality,” International
Journalof Advanced Research, May 2016.
[8] IAPI, Standar Profesi Akuntan Publik, Jakarta : Salemba Empat, 2013
[9] H. Mohamed, “factors affecting the independence of the external auditor
within the auditing profession,” international j. management and
commerce innovations, Vol. 04, pp. 680, Oktober 2016.
[10] S. Novie Susanti, “An empirical analysis of auditor independence and
audit fees on audit quality,” International J. Manajemen and Business,
Vol. 3, pp. 082, March 2013.
[11] G. Daniel, Emotional Intelligence, 2000
[12] R. Budi Tri, and Krisnadwipayana, “The effect of due professional care
and motivation on the quality audit,” International J. Multi. Research
and Development, Vol. 04, pp. 173, November 2017
[13] F. Olivia, and K. Ratnawati, “the effect of work experiences,
competency, motivation, accountability and objectivity towards audit
quality,” J. Social and Behavioral Sciences. Vol. 211 pp. 328,
November 2015.
[14] N. Nelli, “Influence of internal auditor competence and independence on
the quality of financial reporting,” International J. Economics
Commerce and Management, Vol. 02, pp.01, Oktober 2014.
433
[15] I. Lia Dahlia, “ the effect of competence, independence, and professional
auditors to audit quality,” J. Humanities And Social Studies, Vol. 01,
pp.01, September 2017.
[16] U. Asri, S. Made, H. Hamid, and S. Darwis, “effect of competence
factor, independence and attitude against professional auditor audit
quality improve performance in inspectorate (inspectorate empirical
study in South Sulawesi Province),” IOSR J. Business and Management,
Vol.16, pp.01, January 2014.
[17] Lufriansyah, “Due professional care in mediating the influence of
competence, independence, and auditor motivation on audit quality,”
Jurnal Studi Akuntansi Dan Keuangan, Vol. 01, November 2017.
 Effectiveness Of Task Based Language Teaching
Methods
In English Learning
Rolina Manggopa1, Nixon Sondakh2, Kiet Tumiwa3,
1
Experimental Research of Students in Manado's State Polytechnic Accounting Department,
emmyinza@gmail.com,
2
Experimental Research of Students in Manado's State Polytechnic Accounting Department , ,
nixonsondakh2@gmail.com
3
Experimental Research of Students in Manado's State Polytechnic Accounting Department,
kiettumiwa@yahoo.com

Abstract—This research aims to determine the implementation
of English learning based on competency-based curriculum with the
effectiveness approach of Task Based Language Teaching (TBLT).
The results showed that the implementation of English learning,
using Competency Based Curriculum (CBC), with the Task Based
Language Teaching approach, was more effective in terms of time
and achievement of student competence, meaningful, and favored by
students. From the learning results obtained show, there is an increase
between cycles for cognitive aspects of 3.29%, and the affective
aspect of 2.22% for criterion A (good) which is accompanied by a
decrease of 2.22% for criterion B (enough). While in the
psychomotor aspect, there was a decrease of 2.23% for criterion A
(good) with an increase of 2.23% for criterion B (enough). In
addition, specifically the cognitive aspects, compared to previous
years showed an increase in the average value of 14.73 compared to
the 2017/2018 school year, and amounting to 10.68 school year
2016/2017. The results of testing and processing data obtained t count
= 23.74 while the t test value of one party with dk = 40 α = 0.05 it
turns out t table = 1.980 α = 0.01 because the value of t count> t table
Ha is accepted, thus the effectiveness TBLT method (X1), towards
student achievement (Y) at Manado State Polytechnic, partially
significant at the level of 1% and 5% so that it can be concluded,
there is an influence between the effectiveness of TBLT method on
student learning achievement at Manado State Polytechnic, or Ha
accepted
Keywords— Effectiveness, Task, Based, Language, Teaching,
Achievement, Learning, Students
I INTRODUCTION
Competency Based Curriculum (CBC) is a
curriculum developed with the principle of being able to adapt
to various changes and developing it through an accreditation
process which allows subjects to be modified. Therefore, the
CBC is the most suitable curriculum, with the development
stage of the current condition of education in Indonesia.
Currently the lecture process is carried out by communicative
methods not yet able to support the achievement of the main
goal of students, namely being able to communicate verbally
in English. Language skills, as the main focus of teaching
English currently includes four skills; namely reading skills,
listening skills, writing skills, and speaking skills. These four
language skills must be taught in an integrated manner in each
lecture topic. Therefore, the lecturers must divide the lecture
time by integrating the four basic skills mentioned above
equally. The process of learning language in class is a very
important part that will affect learning outcomes. The role of
the lecturer as class manager greatly determines the level of
student participation in the teaching and learning process that
he uses.
The use of teaching methods will determine the style
of student learning in the classroom. In this case, methods
relate to teaching approaches, designs and procedures. The
approach includes two aspects, namely the nature of subject
matter and learning theory. The design includes aspects such
as teaching objectives syllabus / curriculum models types and
procedures of teaching and learning activities, types and
functions of subject matter, and the role of lecturers and
students. Meanwhile, procedures pertain to teaching
techniques used by lecturers in classroom learning. These
three elements of the method relate hierarchically. The
approach underlying design and design underlies teaching
procedures. Thus, the implementation of teaching techniques
in the classroom must be in line with the teaching design and
approach used. Then it is important to know the purpose of
language learning, especially foreign language learning
(English). : 1). Develop competencies to communicate in oral
and written forms to achieve international literacy levels. 2).
Having an awareness of the nature and importance of English
to improve language competitiveness in a global society. 3).
Develop students' understanding of the relationship between
language and culture. But in practice, English language
learning at the level of the Accounting Department in Manado
State Polytechnic as well as in universities often only focuses
on one or several skills. This is caused by many factors such
as lecturers, students, facilities, learning environment,
government, and other supporting teaching and learning
processes. Likewise, the success of English lectures at the
Polytechnic is influenced by various factors. English lectures
at the Manado State Polytechnic focus more on certain
elements. This is certainly not in accordance with the main
purpose of English lectures at the college level, namely
students are expected to be able to communicate orally and in
writing. Judging from the students 'practical values, it shows
that the students' ability to practice English is still low. So it is

434
necessary to develop methods and techniques that are
appropriate and varied. Because with a monotonous lecture
method, students will increasingly dislike English. Students
need lecture methods that allow them to feel interested in
English so that they create a desire to learn English optimally.
Besides that, English language lectures only focus on one or
two skills and are not in accordance with the objectives of
learning English. Manado State Polytechnic students do not
have exposures of self exploration that help them to use
English both inside and outside the classroom. This is seen
from the density of lectures from 7.45 to 15.45 pm where they
are more faced with other competencies and less on
psychomotor aspects in the form of training and assignments.
With the communicative method used today has not been able
to answer the challenges of student needs there must be other
methods that can support the achievement of the objectives to
be achieved. In observing that by completing the tasks
students will be motivated to do activities that lead them to the
ability to speak. The student's interest in learning is quite low
as evidenced by the low learning achievement in the ability to
communicate in English. In some Debate competitions,
students take part in debating competitions at the regional and
national levels but are limited to students who have had prior
English skills.
In English learning, it is implemented exercises to
hone the language skills provided but without taking into
account the aspects of technical and media variability. From
observations, students do not yet have a correct understanding
of the benefits of English language lectures. Meanwhile,
lectures at the Polytechnic for the purposes of the needs of the
working world that require higher English proficiency, but the
reality of following the labor market competencies is the main
failure in English language skills. The thing that is of concern
is that the lecturers are not trying to apply English lecture
methods / techniques that are easy and fun. Besides that,
supporting English learning facilities are still lacking. To
answer the above problems, it is necessary to conduct further
research on the effectiveness of task based language teaching
methods in English learning.
II RESEARCH METHODS
This research was designed as a survey research. This
research is a research that wants to know and explain the
relationship or the influence of the independent variable on the
dependent variable by presenting the hypothesis. In this study
the effect of independent variables on bound will be explained
by numbers. The sample is a part or representative of the
population under study (Arikunto 2002). In this study
sampling is based on the opinion of Arikunto (2002) which
states that if the subject is less than 100, it is better to take it
all so that the research is population research. If the number of
subjects is large, it can be taken between 10% - 15% or 20% -
25% or more. Because the population of this study were 90
students, the sample taken was 40 from the population or
referred to as purposive ramdom sampling. The research
sample The sample was part or representative of the
population studied (Arikunto 2002). If the population size is
less or equal to one hundred (N ≤ 100), sampling is at least
435
50% of the population size. If the population size is equal to or
more than 1000 (N = 1000), the sample size is expected to be
at least 15% of the population size. To find out the number of
samples to be taken in this study, researchers used the Slovin
formula, namely: Thus the determination of the sample can be
formulated as follows:
  n
S  %  %  %
  
Where:
S = Amount of samples taken
n = Amount of sample members
The number of population (N) to be studied is 90 students of
the Manado State Polytechnic Accounting Department, with a
concentration on the D-3 Accounting study program, which is
determined according to class. Data analysis techniques in this
study, using a regression model. In one study, the possibility
of problems arising in regression analysis is quite frequent, in
matching prediction models into a model that is included in a
series of data. The study was tested with several statistical
tests, which consisted of data quality testing, descriptive
statistical testing, and statistical tests to test hypotheses.
Multiple linear regression analysis is used to analyze the
influence of more than one independent variable, on the
dependent variable. Multiple linear regression equations are: Y
= α + β1X1 + β2X2 + + e
Description:
Y = student achievement
X1 = Effectiveness of the Teaching Based language method
β2 = Regression Coefficient
Variable Operational Description
This study uses two independent variables, namely the
Effectiveness of Teaching Based Method (X1), and the
dependent variable, namely student achievement (Y).
Measurement of variables in this study, using an interval
measurement scale.
III DISCUSSION
Results of Cycle I Learning Activities
The affective aspects in the form of ethics and morals
include: arrival at the Accounting Department of the State
Polytechnic of Manado, uniform neatness in the Accounting
Department of the State Polytechnic of Manado, greetings,
accuracy of duties, praying before learning, speaking politely,
ready to help, tidying up seats, maintain cleanliness at the
Manado State Polytechnic Accounting Department.
Assessment of psychomotor aspects includes: preparing tools,
recording data, installing measuring instruments, reading
measurement results, and sending assignments via the internet.
The assessment of cognitive aspects is done by giving quizzes,
individual assignments, group assignments, verbal questions,
and daily tests. Student learning outcomes on cognitive
aspects obtained an average score of 77.82, on the affective
aspect with good criteria (A) there were 35 students (77.78%)
and sufficient criteria (B) there were 10 students (22.22%),
and in psychomotor aspects with good criteria (A) there were
43 students (95.56%) and sufficient criteria (B) there were 2 Based on the results of the questionnaire shows that
students (4.44%). Based on all findings during the first cycle, the percentage strongly agrees (SS) and agrees (S) dominates
there are several inputs for better activities in cycle II. These almost all items, except in points 17, 22 and 25. In addition,
inputs included: reduced activities outside the classroom, more there are two items that do not have TS and STS responses,
discussions, more social training, and not too many tasks. namely items number 1 and 29. Item 1 shows that all students
Results of Cycle II Learning Activities agree that learning English always uses the natural
surroundings (56% SS and 44% S). While in item 29, it means
Performance of English Lecturers that all students feel happy when given an assessment if they
Table.1 Frequency of Student Opinions on Lecturer do the questions on the board (49% SS and 51% S).
Performance C.1. Testing with Test F
Lecturer Frequency Precentage The influence of independent variables
Performance (%) simultaneously on the dependent variable was analyzed using
the F test, which is by observing the significance of the F
High 26 65,00 value at the calculation output, with an alpha level of 5%. If
Medium 14 35,00 the F test significance value is smaller than 5%, there is an
influence between all independent variables on the dependent
Low 0 0 variable. The test results of the F test in this study can be seen
Amount 40 100 in the table below:
Table of Test Results F
Source: Processed Data 2018
A. Teaching Infrastructur
Sum of Mean
Table 2. Distribution of Educational Facilities and Model Squares Df Square F Sig.
Infrastructure 1 Regression 17.020 2 8.510 1.349 .276a
No Range Information Procentage
Residual 170.347 27 6.309
1 76 – 100 Very Good 18 (45,00)
Total 187.367 29
2 50 – 75 Good 17 (43,75) Source: Processed Data 2018
In the regression test results in this study, it is known that the
3 26 – 49 Pretty Good 5(11,25) F test value is 1.349 with a significance of 0.276. Where the
significance value of F is less than 5% is required. Thus, it can
4 < 25 Not Good 0 be concluded that all independent variables in this study,
partially affect student achievement (Y). This means that if the
Amount 40 (100) effectiveness of TBLT learning (X1) partially increases, it will
Source: Processed Data 2018 have an impact on the increase in student achievement (Y), on
B. Comparison of Student Learning Outcomes the contrary if the learning effectiveness of the TBLT method
(X1) has decreased, it will have an impact on student
Comparison of student learning outcomes between achievement (Y).
cycles I and II, shows an increase in cognitive aspects, which One-Sample Test
is equal to 3.29. Likewise, for the affective aspect there is also
an increase of 2.22% for criterion A (good), which is
accompanied by a decrease of 2.22% for criterion B (enough).
As for the psychomotor aspects, there was a decrease of 2.22%
for criterion A (good) with an increase of 2.23% in criterion B
(enough).
In addition, there was an increase in learning One-Sample Statistics
outcomes of students who took part in learning language based
teaching tasks, compared to learning non task based language
teaching. The magnitude of the increase in the average value
of students who participated in task-based learning in teaching
each was 14.73, when compared to student learning outcomes
in 2017/2018 school year and 10.68 when compared to the
learning outcomes of students in the academic year, 2016 /
2017 C.2. Testing with t test
C. Results of Student Response Questionnaire After testing the classical assumptions, the discussion
will proceed with testing the hypothesis, paying attention to
the t count value of the regression results to determine the

436
effect of partially independent variables on the independent
variables with a 95% confidence level, or at 5% alpha. With
the condition that the value of the independent variable is
significant to the dependent variable there is an influence
between the independent variables on the dependent variable.
Whereas if it is not significant, there is no influence between
the independent variables on the dependent variable. T-Test of
mean difference = 0: T-Value = 23.94 Value = 0.008. Data
processing results obtained tcount = 23.94, while the t test
value of one party with dk = 40 α = 0.05 turned out t table =
1.980 α = 0.01 because the value of t count> t table Ha was
accepted, thus the effectiveness of the learning method TBLT
( X1) the achievement of students majoring in accounting (Y)
at the State Polytechnic of Manado is partially significant at
the level of 1% and 5%.
D. Analysis of the Relationship between Task-based Learning
Teaching (TBLT) Method Effectiveness on Student
Achievement
To determine the effectivity of the TBLT method (X1) on
student achievement in accounting majors (Y), a simple
regression analysis and correlation were partially performed,
namely:
a. Simple regression equation Y = 47.128 + 0.176 X1
b. Correlation coefficient = 0.87
c. The coefficient of determination r2 = 0,800
d. Tarf significance = 0.05
e. Product Moment Correlation of the significance of 0.05
with a value of 0.207
Model Summaryb
a. Predictors: (Constant), VAR00001
b. Dependent Variable: VAR00002
Coefficientsa
subjects at the Department of Accounting on student
achievement is significant for the effectiveness variable of the
TBLT method with the correlation coefficient rhit> rtab,
which states a strong influence on Y derivatives (student
achievement ) = f (the effectiveness of the TBLT method) has
a significant effect on 1% significance level. However, it is
very significant at the level of 5%.
IV CONCLUSIONS AND SUGGESTIONS
A. Conclusion
Based on the results of the research and discussion, the
following conclusions can be drawn:
a) The implementation of the English learning of the Manado
State Polytechnic on Statistics and Statistics based on the
competency-based curriculum with the Task Based Language
(TBL) approach is more effective.
b) Increases or changes that occur, as long as the learning
process is related to student learning outcomes, and changes in
learning in a better direction. The response of students to the
learning activities carried out is very positive, and the students
expect the use of competency-based learning models, by
approaching this task based language teaching, for learning
activities in subsequent materials.
c). Test results and data processing obtained thit = 23.74,
while the t test value of one party with dk = 40 α = 0.05 turned
out t table = 1.980 α = 0.01 because the value of tcount> ttable
Ha was accepted, thus the effectiveness of the TBLT method
(X1) on the achievement of students majoring in accounting
(Y) at Manado State Polytechnic partially significant at the
level of 1% and 5%, so it can be concluded that there is an
influence between the effectiveness of the TBLT method, on
student learning achievement at Manado State Polytechnic, or
Ha accepted.
B. Suggestions
The suggestions put forward in this study include:
a) To the English language lecturers, let us continue to make
learning innovations.
b) To the management at the Manado State Polytechnic
Accounting Department, various lecturers' innovations in
learning, need to be welcomed and responded well and
positively.

a. Dependent Variable: VAR00001 REFERENCES

The results of this analysis show: [1]
i. With a value of R = 0.870 it is greater than R table, ie =
[2]
0.207 in the number of samples (n = 40). This means that the
effectiveness variable of the TBLT method is strong against
the variable achievement of students majoring in Accounting [3]
ii. The coefficient of determination r2 = 0.800 describes the
effectiveness variable, the TBLT method gives 80.00%
influence on student achievement in Accounting Department,
[4]
while the remaining 20% is explained by other variables.
iii. Paying attention to a significant level of 0.05. That is, the [5]
influence of motivation on student achievement variables is
not significant at the level of 1%. However, it is very [6]
significant at the level of 5%.
This indicates that the effectiveness of task based learning
teaching methods in teaching and learning activities in English
(1).Arikunto, S (2002), Prosedur Penelitian, Suatu Pendekatan Praktek,
Jakarta. PT. Rineka Cipta
(2).Ary, Donald; Jacobs, Lucy Cheser; Razavieh, Asghar (1985).
Introduction to Research in Education. New York: CBS College
Publishing.
(3).Berns, Robert G, and Ericson, Patricia M. (2002). Contextual
Teaching and Learning.
http//nccte.com/publication/infosynthesis/highlighzone/highligh05/highli
gh05-Task Based Language (TBL).html.
(4).Blanchard, Alan. (2001). Contextual Teaching and Learning. B. E. S.
T. USA.
(5).Departemen Pendidikan Nasional (2002). Kurikulum Berbasis
Kompetensi. Jakarta: Depdiknas.
(6).Jumadi. (2004). Ringkasan Materi Pembelajaran Kontekstual (TASK
BASED LANGUAGE (TBL)) dan Implementasinya (Makalah).
Disampaikan pada workshop Sosialisasi dan implementasi kurikulum
2004 di Madrasah Aliyah 19-24 Januari 2004.

437
[7] (7).Sadtono, E. 1988. Problems and progress in teaching English as a
foreign language in Indonesia. In Sadtono, E. (ed.) Malang:
Penyelenggaraan Pendidikan Pascasarjana, IKIP Malang. 1-28.
[8] (8).Suryanto. (2001). Penggunaan Masalah Kontekstual Dalam
Pembelajaran Bahasa inggris (Pidato Pengukuhan Dosen Besar).
Yogyakarta: Universitas Negeri Yogyakarta.
438
[9] (9).Suryanto. (2003). Pembelajaran Bahasa inggris Berbasis Kompetensi
(Makalah). Disampaikan dalam seminar nasional Bahasa inggris XI
HIMATIKA FMIPA UNY 16 Maret 2003.
[10] (10).Urlwin, Trevor (2002). Presentation on the Seminar on Competensi
Based Curriculum. Yogyakarta: Universitas Negeri Yogyakarta.
[11] (11).Ary, Donald; Jacobs, Lucy Cheser; Razavieh, Asghar. 1985.
Introduction to Research in Education. New York: CBS College
Publishing.
 Assessing of Poverty Alleviation Model based
on
the Entrepreneurship Spirit in Tourism
Villages
Ni Nyoman Aryaningsih1*, I Ketut Irianto2, I N Abdi3, P Mertha Astawa4
1,
Departement of Accounting,Politeknik Negeri Bali,Jalan Kampus Bukit Jimbaran, Kuta Selatan,
Badung-80364, Bali, Indonesia, nyomanaryaningsih@pnb.ac.id
2
Faculty of Agriculture,Warmadewa University, Denpasar, Bali, Indonesia, irianto65spl@gmail.com
3,
Departement of Accounting,Politeknik Negeri Bali,Jalan Kampus Bukit Jimbaran, Kuta Selatan,
Badung-80364, Bali, Indonesia
4,
Departement of Accounting,Politeknik Negeri Bali,Jalan Kampus Bukit Jimbaran, Kuta Selatan,
Badung-80364, Bali, Indonesia

Abstract— The rapid development of the tourism
industry raises various challenges and opportunities for
economic activity. As a result, economic agglomeration
appears in one region on one side, but there is economic
disagreement in other regions that will cause new poverty,
especially in rural areas. Village tourism development as a
government policy is an alternative to alleviate rural poverty.
The purpose of this study was to analyze the pattern of poverty
alleviation in tourist villages based on the entrepreneurial
spirit. Data were collected by survey, interview, and
questionnaire. Data analysis techniques used inferential
statistics with multi-variables. The results of the study show
that the pattern of poverty alleviation in rural tourism can be
done by building time discipline, creativity, access to
information, mindset to create a value of opportunity, so as to
form habits in life. The benefits of the results of this study can
create employment opportunities for rural communities in
order to prosper.
I. INTRODUCTION
The topic of poverty is a world issue from the past until now.
The problem of poverty, especially in the third world, is the
main topic that must be resolved. Poverty is a condition of
society where they do not have enough purchasing/income to
fulfill basic/primary needs, such as clothing, food, and housing
needs. Some countries in the world such as Somalia, Sudan,
Ethiopia, poverty are caused by the very low income and
purchasing power functions. Even the real 10-year GDP
(1989-1990) is negative 1.3% [1]. Real GDP is negative due to
the low investment value, so the absorption of employment is
low and the input resource factors are also low.
World Bank report [2] stated that poverty in several
countries in the world is caused by an index ratio below 50%,
financial costs are very high, so the cycle of economic growth
does not run normally. Therefore, to maintain economic
growth, and to reduce income inequality and poverty at the
expected standards, it is necessary to support the government,
society, political stability in each region. Based on poverty
estimation for the period of 1990-2013 [2], the highest poverty
gap ratio occurred in Sub-Saharan Africa by 15.9% the next
order occurred in South Asia by 2.8%. Poverty rates
throughout the world occur in rural areas, agriculture, non-
formal education. The number of poverty seen from the aspect
of geography is the highest in sub-Saharan Africa at 50.7%,
poverty in the second place in South Asia is 33.4%, and
poverty level in the third place in East Asia and Pacific at
9.0%.
The territory of Indonesia is part of Asia and Pacific,
which also has a relatively high poverty rate. [3] that the
poverty line in Indonesia in March 2014 was 40%, with a
monthly consumption cost per person IDR 302,735.00 world
bank standards. Nearing the end of the year the number of
household poverty reached 55%. In 2014 rural poverty
amounted to 13.5% greater than the urban poverty of 8.2%.
The eastern part of Indonesia has a higher poverty than other
regions. Indonesia's ratio index is 51%, and 49% national
income is enjoyed by the rich. This is a sign that the risk of
society in the future is very high, especially the people who
are active in the agriculture sector and have a non-formal
education.
[3] reveals its impressive results that in the government's
2010-2014 medium and long-term (RPJMP) planning that to
reduce the amount of poverty in Indonesia three cluster
programs are offered, namely (1) providing social assistance
to meet basic needs through direct cash assistance by the
government. [4,5] stated that poverty reduction was done by
improving food energy, health and economic growth; (2)
strengthening the community through providing funds for the
poor to improve social, economic and service needs; (3)
strengthening of micro-institutions by providing non-collateral

439
credit for micro-small businesses in 2015-2019 The
Government RPJMP focuses on poverty reduction programs
through the exclusive growth process with a target of 11.4% in
2014 to 6% -8% in 2019.
The government's program strategy that will be carried out
is to create new job opportunities, improve the investment
climate, especially labor-intensive industries, and small
businesses. The government will also make improvements to
infrastructure to support rural economic activities and disaster-
prone areas. [6],[7] that the results of the study are suggested
that infrastructure improvements and government support be
prioritized to achieve economic growth rates, especially rural
economies. [8],[9] he said that to increase economic growth
from the agricultural sector and reduce poverty, efforts should
be made to create jobs by utilizing marginal land into creative
economic opportunities, creating linkages / value chains of
farmers' production into rural economic values, facilitating
access to information and markets, providing capital assistance
to create employment opportunities. Effective use of leisure
time for rural communities by carrying out various economic
activities and utilizing village financial micro finance
institutions can help to foster a national economy [10]. This
was also obtained by sharing research studies that the
contribution of real GDP growth was also contributed by small
businesses and rural entrepreneurship as an alternative
solution to the problem of poverty [11].
Bali as a world tourism destination is also inseparable from
the problem of poverty. Income inequality in urban and rural
communities has led to economic transformation and
urbanization problems. To prevent urbanization, one of the
government's efforts to develop tourism village development
programs. [12],[13],[14] The alleviation of the rural poverty
can be done through the development of tourism villages.
Given the government's program in Indonesia that the tourism
sector is a leading sector as a pre-eminent program for creating
high economic growth. Here another village has the economic
potential to support the growth of the sector so that it coexists
with the agricultural sector. Tourism village development
through agro-tourism, nature tourism, cultural tourism as an
effort to develop activities and grow new entrepreneurs.
Therefore, people who have an entrepreneurial spirit will
easily make changes in attitudes, mindset, habit, so that they
can generate new economic values and help the housing
program solve the problems of rural poverty.
The purpose of the research was to study, analyze and
assess entrepreneurship-based poverty alleviation models. The
impact of the results of this study is the flight of mindset,
creativity, individual independence of rural communities in
managing and exploiting the potential of rural economy.
II METODS
This research used the quantitative-qualitative approach. The
quantitative approach is to obtain secondary data information
about poverty levels based on urban and rural areas within a
certain time period. A qualitative approach is used to access
information and individual opinions about economic activities
throughout the day that have been implemented in order to
440
meet the needs of life. The information obtained relates to how
individuals understand related to rural tourism development
programs, decreasing the amount of rural poverty, and the role
of individual economic activities in the direction of the
entrepreneurial spirit. Data were collected by survey,
interview, and questionnaire. Data analysis techniques used
inferential statistics with analysis of the effect value in the
income per capita group with multi-variables.
III Results and Disscusion
3.1 Analysis of Poverty in Indonesia
Based on secondary data published by the Central Bureau of
Statistics (BPS), [14] Poverty in Indonesia is seen from the
geographical area of rural poverty is higher than poverty in
urban areas. The results of surveys and interviews with farmers
and household industry workers found that the contributors to
rural poverty in Bali were sourced from agriculture and
manufacturing, non-formal education, and even the majority of
farmers and home-based industries were educated only about
84%. The poverty graph in Indonesia is shown in Figure 1.
Comparison of poverty levels in Bali and national shows that
Bali's poverty is lower than the national average. The poverty
line in Bali is shown in Figure 2.
Fig. 1. Poverty line in Indonesia (sources: BPS,2015)
` Figure 1 shown the development of rural poverty (RP) and
urban poverty. Rural poverty has a tendency to increase
greater than urban poverty (UP) for 5 years. For poverty
alleviation in Indonesia the government has implemented
several programs, namely: (1) providing social assistance to
meet basic needs through direct cash assistance by the
government of IDR 300,000, per month for poor families; (2)
strengthening the community through providing funds for the
poor to improve social, economic and service needs; (3)
strengthening of micro finance institutions by providing non-
collateral credit for micro-small businesses. The impact of this
government program, caused the poverty rate to decrease
between 0.5%-1.8% in the same period. Therefore, an in-depth
study of the implementation of poverty programs is needed to
change the amount of poverty with the increasing adoption of
technology in various poverty programs in Indonesia.
3.2. Poverty Analysis and Income per capita in Bali
The number and level of poverty in Bali experienced a change
which tends to increase which is shown in “Fig. 2” Changes in
poverty in Bali as shown in “Fig. 2”, tend to be caused by
changes in people's income levels to decline, so that purchasing
power becomes low. The government’s policy through the
provision of assistance from the poor tends to be used less Table 1 shown the comparison of the effect elasticity of per
optimally if the use of orders is not monitored. For this reason, capita income in four regencies in Bali, the effect value/
assistance from universities is needed to work with non- elasticity of income can be calculated from the aspect of micro
governmental organizations to jointly control the use of such economic studies. The value of the income group effect of each
assistance. This is an effort to foster habits and self-discipline district can be calculated: "higher income groups minus lower-
in using assistance so that community independence can be income groups then divided by lower income groups in each
built. district". The results of the calculation of the effect value of the
income group are four regencies in Bali as shown in Table 2.
The Lower-Middle (L-M) column is the lowest rating of
the income group effect to the middle income group. In the
assessment of the Lower-Middle effect, the highest effect
value in the city of Denpasar was 0.94, while the lowest effect
value was in Gianyar regency of 0.88. The assessment of the
Lower-Upper (L-U) effect is indicated by the highest effect
value obtained by Denpasar city at 1.28, the lowest effect
value obtained by Badung regency is 0.92. The Middle-Upper
(M-U) effect assessment is indicated by the highest effect
value obtained by Tabanan Regency by 0.19, while the lowest
Figure 2. Number and Percentage of Poor People in Bali
effect value obtained by Badung regency is 0.03.
Province Table 2. The Effect Value of Income Changed in Bali District
The level of income per capita per month in Bali for 5
years also experienced an increase. This indicates that poverty Area/Standard The Effect value of income changed
alleviation through rural economic development programs can Standard L-M L-U M-U
trigger economic growth. Even in 2015 income per capita in
Denpasar 0,947203 1,280188 0,171007
Bali amounted to IDR 321,834.00 above the standard income
value set by ADB in 2015 of IDR 302,275.00. The Badung 0,912077 0,918357 0,003284
development of income per capita in Bali Province can be Gianyar 0,883924 0,972802 0,047177
shown in Figure 3, the below.
Tabanan 0,89778 1,265359 0,193689
Bali 1,09361 1,511771 0,199732
To clarify the results from Table 1 and Table 2 as a summary can
be described as shown in Figure 4.

Figure 3. Growing of income per capita in Bali Province

Denpasar, Badung, Gianyar, and Tabanan (sarbagita) of
the four districts that had the highest income group was
obtained by the city of Denpasar by 44%, Tabanan by 43.88%,
Gianyar by 40.62%, and Badung by 39.71%. The regency that
has a middle income group is obtained by Badung by 39.58%,
Gianyar by 38.79%, Denpasar by 37%, Tabanan by 36.76%.
The districts that had the lowest income group were obtained
by Denpasar city by 19%, Tabanan by 19.37%, Gianyar by
20.59%, and Badung by 20.7%. Table 1 shown the
comparison of income groups for each district in 2015. Figure 4. Income per capita distribution of district in
Table 1. Comparing of Income per capita in Bali District Bali Province
Area/Standard Lower Midle Upper Figure 4 shown a comparison of the development of the
Standard 40% 40% 20% distribution of income percapita in four districts in Bali
including Denpasar, Badung, Gianyar, and Tabanan. The
Denpasar 19 37 44
biggest condition of income changes in per capita was shown
Badung 20,7 39,58 39,71 in Denpasar. The lowest change in income was shown by
Gianyar 20,59 38,79 40,62 Badung regency. Gianyar and Tabanan regencies were
Tabanan 19,37 36,76 43,88 classified as medium changes. The results of testing the
questionnaire for measuring entrepreneurship spirit from four
Bali 17,84 37,35 44,81
regencies in Bali shown that the greatest economic

441
opportunities and entrepreneurial spirit occur in Denpasar
City. Whereas Denpasar, which has the largest population
density in Bali with an average of 6,884 people/km2, although
it is also covered with social, economic and cultural problems.
The results of the study and calculated of the value of effect
income from micro-economic studies, Denpasar city is able to
take advantage of economic and business opportunities by
creating an entrepreneurial spirit. Badung Regency which
upholds the existence of income sources from the tourism
sector and the development of tourism villages can only get
the lowest value of the per capita income group effect. Some
of the results of the questionnaire analysis to strengthen the
description of the condition of Badung district that the
management of economic potential of input resources is still
low, the management of information networks of rural
communities with the market has not been well developed.
Business actors in North Badung especially in an effort to
increase income through market access are only done
individually, the habit of working is also pleasure in filling
time, lack of professionalism, the lack of cooperation with
government institutions, lack of leadership supervision. This
causes poverty problems to be delayed through
entrepreneurship. These results strengthen the study
[2],[3],[15] that poverty problems from the social, economic,
an using of the time, and cultural aspects can be solved by
creating income generating. In line with the results of research
[12],[14] that the development of tourism villages with the aim
of poverty reduction can be done by utilizing effective
working time, traditional market access alongside modern
markets, utilization of potential community locations, creating
local economic potential such as home industry, attention and
the closeness of leadership with the community, and the
application of supervision through government
regulations/policies.
IV Conclusion
Based on the description of the problem, objectives, and
results of the study discussion, it can be concluded that the
assessment of the rural poverty-based poverty alleviation
models for tourism village development is calculated from the
results of the analysis of the effect value of income percapita
group is still relatively low. The management of the potential
of input economic resources has not been maximized, market
access for the development of tourism villages has not been
well developed, supervision of leaders as policy breakers have
not functioned optimally. Eradication of urban poverty based
on enterpreneurship spirit for the development of tourism
villages is very effective. Support government regulations or
policies, a creation of income generating, time utilization,
traditional market access alongside modern markets,
utilization of potential community locations, leadership
attention, and community group approaches to foster the spirit
of entrepreneurship.
442
Acknowledgement
Thanks to the ICAST Committee for being the venue for the
International Scientific Forum, the Indonesian Polytechnic
Leadership, the Bali State Polytechnic Leader, the P3M Team,
and the entire academic community to share knowledge for
future research improvements in vocational colleges.
References
[1] Badea, 1999. Arab Bank For Development Economic in Africa: Annual
Report
[2] Word Bank Group, 2016. Taking On Inequality: Poverty and Shared
Properity. International Bank for Reconstruction and Development,
2016. www.wordbank.Org.
[3] Priasto Aji, 2015. Summary Of Indonesia’s Poverty Analysis,” Adb
Papers On Indonesia, No.04, October.
[4] Béné, C., Arthur, R., Norbury,H., Allison,E.H., Beveridge, M., Bush,
S., Williams,M., 2016. Contribution of Fisheries And Aquaculture To
Food Security And Poverty Reduction: Assessing The Current Evidence.
World Development, 79, 177-196, March.
[5] Béné, C., Macfayden, G., and Allison,E.H., 2007. Increasing The
Contribution Of Small-Scale Fisheries To Poverty Alleviation and Food
Security. Fisheries Bethesda.
[6] I Gusti Bagus, R. U. 2014. Agrotourism as an Alternative Form Of
Tourism In Bali Indonesia. SSRN, October.
[7] Suryahadi, A., 2010. Review of the Goverment Poverty Reduction
Strategies, Policies, and Program in Indonesia. The Smeru Research
Institute, Jakarta.
[8] Irz, X., Lin, L., Thirtle,C., and Wiggins, S., 2001. Agricultural
Productivity Growth And Poverty Alleviation,” Development Policy
Revie, 19 (4), 449-466, December.
[9] Wunder,S. 2001. Poverty Alleviation and Tropical Forests-What Scope
for Synergies. World Development.
[10] Sutter,C., Bruton,G.D, and Chen, J., 2017. Entrepreneurship as a
Solution to Desperate Poverty: A Review and Future Directions.
Journal of Business Venturing.
[11] Naminse,E.Y. and Zhuang,J., 2018. Does Farmer Entrepreneurship
Alleviate Rural Poverty In China? Evidence From Guangxi Province.
Plos One.
[12] Gao J. and Wu, B., 2017. Revitalizing Traditional Villages Through
Rural Tourism: A Case Study of Yuanjia Village, Shaanxi Province,
China Author Links Open Overlay Panel. Tourism Management.
[13] Horák, M., Darkwah,S.A., and Verter,N., 2014. Tourism as a Poverty
Reduction Tool: The Case of Mukuni Village in The Southern Province
of Zambia. Acta Universitatis Agriculturae Et Silviculturae Mendelianae
Brunensis.
[14] Lasso A. and Dahles, H.,2018. Are Tourism Livelihoods Sustainable.
Tourism Development And Economic Transformation On Komodo
Island, Indonesia. Asia Pacific Journal of Tourism Research.
[15] Aryaningsih, NN., Irianto,Ketut, Marsa A.Md., Juli Suarbawa, Kt., 2017.
Model of urban poverty alleviation through the development of
entrepreneurial spirit and business comptence. Journal of
Conf.Series:953 (012045)
 Sustainable Tourist Attraction: Current Trends in
Development Case Study in Gunung Salak Village
Ni Nyoman Triyuni, I Ketut Suarta, Ni Nyoman Sri Astuti, Ni Ketut Bagiastuti
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali
triyuni@pnb.ac.id
Abstract—The purpose of this study is to analyze the
development of sustainable tourist attraction based on the
sustainable concept by optimizing the environment resources.
This study was conducted in one of the ecotourism Gunung
Salak Village in Tabanan regency. This research is a survey
research where the researcher involved to find out the tourist
attraction that can be develop in the rural areas as supporting the
rural ecotourism in some village in Bali. This research use
primary and secondary data which is collected by interview
survey and recording during the survey. The result of this
research are by optimizing nature, the nature can be preserve
and the tourist attraction can be sustainable. Some natural,
manmade and cultural and heritage can be blow up as the tourist
attraction and to make them sustain. Rice terrace can be
maintained as the trekking route or jogging trek. The
community is has made the planning for the village to be tourism
village.
Keywords—tourist attraction; sustainable; local community
I. INTRODUCTION
Developing tourism is one of the effort to promote the rural
area as the tourism destination. Bali known as one of the tourist
destination in Indonesia and now days the government of
Indonesia built Ten New Bali those are Lake Toba, North
Sumatra, Tanjung Lesung, Banten, Kepulauan Seribu, Jakarta,
Tanjung Kelayang Beach, Bangka Belitung, Borobudur
Temple, Central Java, Mount Bromo, East Java, Mandalika,
West Nusa Tenggara, Labuan Bajo, East Nusa Tenggara,
Wakatobi, South Sulawesi and Morotai Island, North Maluku.
It is indicating that Bali still as the model of tourism
development in Indonesia. Even though as a model Bali, still
need any development in some rural areas. The solutions are
developing tourism village. The village in Bali start to think
about developing tourism as well as the income of the village
community as we know tourism industry is large industry
contributing the village economy [1]. Not just Bali all the
tourist destination always create and develop new tourist
attraction to attract more tourist. The destination like Bali
always create a new destination in every regent make a tourism
village to create some attractions to attract the visitor and how
to make the satisfaction of tourists visiting tourist attractions
[2]. Tourism village is one of the most government attention in
tourism since destination become one of the tourist attractions
or the factor of attracting the tourist to visit the destination. The
destination without tourist attraction cannot be a sustainable
one. In creating and developing tourist attraction the
destination always asked the villager or the community to take
part to make tourist attraction sustain since it is encouraging the
443
establishment of sustainable destination [3]. Gunung Salak
Village is one of the village in Bali is developing Ecotourism in
a small scale and providing many kinds of tourist attractions
providing visitors with multiple opportunities tourist attraction
with nature, human nature and interface human [4][5][6] and
has multiple opportunities tourist attraction to attract different
kind of tourist because no destination without tourist attraction.
Gunung Salak Village develop tourist attraction to support the
sustainable tourism in the destination [7]. Tourist visits to a
tourist destination will not be separated from the tourist
attraction itself because the attraction is the main factor of
tourists visiting the destination [8]. Bali create a creative
tourist attraction in a small scale in rural areas such as village.
Tourist attraction in a small scale can be sustained because it is
managed by the local people as a host. The concept of
sustainable tourism in the village must follow the concept of
the local wisdom, such Trihita Karana in Bali. Tri Hita Karana
(THK), parahyangan is analogous to the subsystem of value,
pawongan is analogous to the subsystem of social, and
palemahan is analogous to the subsystem of artifacts [9].
Tourist attraction in tourist destinations must be developed as a
sustainable concept: (a) optimally utilize environmental
resources which are key elements and development of tourism,
maintain important ecological processes and help preserve
natural heritage and biodiversity; (b) respect the socio-cultural
authenticity of the host community, preserve the cultural
heritage and traditional values built and their lives, and
contribute to understanding and tolerance between cultures; (c)
ensuring decent long-term economic operations, providing
socio-economic benefits to all equally divided stakeholders,
including stable employment and productive employment
opportunities and social services to accommodate the
community, and contributing to UNWTO's poverty alleviation
[10]. However, sustainable tourism must also maintain a high
level of tourist satisfaction and ensure a meaningful experience
for tourists, increasing their awareness of sustainability issues
and promoting sustainable tourism practices among them [10]
Attractions are vital sub-elements in all whole tourism systems
[11]. An attraction is any object, person, place, or concept that
draws people either geographically or through remote
electronic means so that they might have an experience [12].
Tourist visits to a tourist destination will not be separated from
the tourist attraction itself because the tourist attraction is the
main factor of tourists visiting the destination [13].
The aim of this study to explore the tourist attraction in the
rural area when developing ecotourism and how to sustain the
tourist attraction as a part of the tourism.

II. LITERATURE REVIEW
A. Sustainable Tourism
Sustainable Tourism concept must involve the society to
maintain the tourism Sustainable tourism play an important
role in in sustainable development of a tourism destination area
[14]. Sustainable tourism has to manage the nature, the society
and manage other resources [15] and give the impact
economically to the host since it is social, cultural, and
economic. Sustainable tourism in Indonesia have to uphold
religious norms and cultural values as embodiments of life in
the balance of relations between humans) God: the Almighty,
the relationship between humans and fellow human beings, and
the relationship between humans and the environment,
Upholding human rights, cultural diversity and local wisdom,
Providing benefits for people's welfare, justice, equality and
proportionality, maintaining natural and environmental
sustainability, empowering local communities
B. Tourist Attraction
Tourist attractions consist of all the elements of a “non-
home” place, so that landscapes, activities, tourism services
and experiences can all be considered to be attractions. [16].
Composite Ideograph Tourist Attraction Typology consist of
(1) Nature: General Environment including Panoramas,
Mountain, Sea Coast, Plain Arid Island, (2) Observational
Rural/Agriculture Scientific Gardens Animals (zoos) Plants
Rocks & Archaeology 5 Nature-human Interface Leisure
Nature Trails Parks Beach Urban Other Resorts 6 Participatory
Mountain Activities Summer Winter Water Activities Other
Outdoor Activities; (3) Human Settlement Infrastructure Utility
types Settlement Morphology Settlement Functions Commerce
Retail Finance Institutions Government Education &
Science Religion People Way of Life Ethnicity, Tourist
Infrastructure Forms of Access to and from a Destination.
Destination Tour Routes Information & Receptivity Basic
Needs Accommodations Meals 9 Leisure Superstructure
Recreation Entertainment Performances Sporting Events
Amusements Culture, History & Art Museums and Monuments
Performances Festivals Cuisine [17].
C. Sustainable Tourist Attraction
Tourist Attraction is one of the most important thing in the
tourist destination the following elements should be considered
when developing a destination’s product: (1) Choose authentic
themes which reflect the local culture(s) and environment-
human relationships. (2) Keep development in scale with the
community and environment. A Manual for Sustainable
Tourism Destination Management (3) Ensure that
developments also meet community needs (e.g. through joint
use). (4) Develop attractions that are attractive and competitive
in the long run, not faddish. (5) Require strong community
support, do not impose new ideas on an unreceptive population.
(6) Avoid “parachuting” successful ideas from other places,
success comes from strong local commitment and enthusiasm.
(7) Choose themes which help position the destination within
sustainable development principles. (8) Consider sports; many
competitions and fun events can be held using existing
facilities. (9) Inform all visitors of tourism plans, goals and
444
management approach. Ask local clubs, associations, and
businesses to generate meetings and conventions to the extent
permitted by infrastructure. (10) Provide high-quality
experiences [18]. To make tourist attraction as a key product in
developing tourist attraction
Both man-made and natural, as the core components of a
region’s tourism product. Without attractions there is no need
for other tourism services as the tourist attraction is the main
factor to maintain tourism [19].
One of the sustainable concept is optimally utilize
environmental resources which are key of element and
development of tourism, maintain important ecological process
and help preserve natural heritage and biodiversity.; (c)
ensuring decent long-term economic operations, providing
socio-economic benefits to all equally divided stakeholders,
including stable employment and productive employment
opportunities and social services to accommodate the
community, and contributing to UNWTO's poverty alleviation
[8].
III. METHODOLOGY
This research is a survey research where the researcher
involved to find out the tourist attraction that can be develop
in the rural areas the supporting the rural ecotourism in some
village in Bali. This research use primer and seconder data
which is collected by interview survey and recording during
the survey. The research background was that there was less
developed of tourism village as a tourism destination and
previous studies indicated that in order to advance the
destination, sustainable tourist attraction.
IV. RESEARCH FINDING
A. Tourism Potential of Gunung Salak Village
Gunung Salak Village is a National Priority Rural Area and
has been designated as a tourism village. The concept of
tourism development is ecotourism and it is expected to be
tourist destinations with sustainable tourist attraction. The
potential of Gunung Salak Tourism Village has the potential to
be developed into a sustainable Tourism Village in accordance
with the direction of the Governor of Bali who visited Gunung
Salak Village on June 16, 2018. The results of the talks with
the Gunung Salak Village Chief of Gusti Made Sujirta and the
Secretary General of the Great Swastika Foundation Komang
Malando stated that the obstacles faced is the weak quality of
human resources.
Judging from its natural wealth, Gunung Salak Tourism
Village can be developed in the form of activities that can be
used as several tour packages such as trekking, cycling,
culinary, spiritual, yoga and camping. All these activities are
supported by the beautiful countryside and mountains. To
support sustainable tourism, it is necessary to develop tourist
attractions or green tourism products (green tourism products)
to support environmentally friendly tourism and have a
different focus and meaning in destinations where flora, fauna
and cultural heritage (cultural heritage) are focused. Main
product in the destination [7]. Potency.
 The potential of Gunung Salak Village to be developed tourist villages in Gunung Salak Village have natural resources
is:Religion in terms of the Gunung Salak Village mostly that are very supportive as a tourist destination both attractive
adheres to Hindu religion almost 99.9% of the total population natural attractions, man-made and culture. With the natural
of 1 677 people, only 3 people are non-Hindus, this indicates wealth of waterfalls, natural rice fields, and always flowing
that the religious culture in Gunung Salak village is entirely water sources, this village is very rich in tourist attraction.
related to implementation of Religion Especially Hinduism.
Like: 5 Sekhaa Gong groups, 4 Sekhaa Santi groups, 1 Sekhaa The abundance of water due to springs that flow throughout
Arja group, 2 Sekhaa Angklung groups, Rejang Dewa. the year make the river in the village has a clear and a large
water discharge. The river is use as swimming pool as shown
From the aspect of tourism potential. Gunung Salak Village in figure 1. The river swimming pool is located close to Eco
which is topographically an area with very beautiful hills and Stay the accommodation in Gunung Salak Village.
terraces, Panorama Plantation is very broad so it has the
potential to be developed for tourism such as Tracking, Agro
Tourism and Religious tourism.
In Gunung Salak Village there are also very potential
locations such as: (1) Waterfall Br. Kanciana, Tibu Sampi
waterfall, Batu Tumpuk waterfall, and Batu Sangian waterfall;
(2) Protected cave: (3) Painting Kresnadana Studio; (4) Okokan
traditional dance. Gunung Salak Village has various potentials
including cattle farming. Most of the people of Gunung Salak
Village work as cattle farmers, the profession they run is very
beneficial for their daily needs. Generally, cattle aged 1 to 2
years are ready to be sold to collectors in the Gunung Salak
village area. In this case, cow manure can be processed and Figure 1. A river swimming pool
used as organic fertilizer.
Based on the potential owned by Gunung Salak Village, the
kind of tourism can be developed as shown in Table 1.
TABLE 1 TYPE OF TOURISM CAN BE DEVELOED
No Kind of Tourism Tourist Attraction
1. Spiritual Tourism 5 springs of Dedari, Gemelem spring, Mumbul
spring, Keris spring, Sudamala spring, Yoga,
Meditation, Usada
2. Nature / Tibu Sampi waterfall, Batu Tumpuk waterfall,
adventure Batu Sangian waterfall, subaks, Organic
tourism agriculture, cycling
3. Culinary Cooking class, brown rice rice, gurami
nyatnyat, bongkot sambel and sambel matah Figure 2. Cooking Class

B. Trend in Developing Sustainable Tourist Attraction
Bali with its natural and cultural wealth always prioritizes
and considers the sustainability of the development of tourist
attraction without having to damage it and will always be
considered in terms of maintenance. Villages in Bali. The
developments of Bali really depend on tourism sector even
though dominantly the populations of Bali are still working in
agriculture sector [20]. The management of all tourism
destinations should focus on enhancing their attractiveness and
quality, as well as effectively using the limited resources in the
current environment [18]. Bali is an Island known all over the
world as the tourism area and as International tourism industry
cannot escape from international competition due to
globalization. In this situation, how to increase international
competitiveness of the tourism industry has become one of the
greatest concerns. [18].
Although some research results indicate that Bali tourism
has stagnated [20] but when in the countryside there are so
many things that can be explored and developed into tourist
attraction. Every village in Bali has its own uniqueness and
characteristics. Examples of villages that are developed into
Rice fields are very supportive of Gunung Salak Village in
developing sustainable tourist attraction. One sustainable
concept is to maintain environment-human relationships [18]
such as the Eco Stay location in the rice fields with subaks that
cannot be ignored. The subak lane is also used as a path from
one bungalow to other bungalows so that the guest and Subak
activities goes in harmony. The lane is also used as the path to
the tone of waterfall. The other side, to live in harmony with
the Subak, the glamour camping (glamping) located in the side
of rice terrace filed with no electricity at night.
The natural resources, that use for tourist attraction can be
sustain by preserving the nature. In this case the nature can be
maintain as from the plastic, rubbish and any other. The farmer
also has a new job help or educate the tourist like traditional
cutting of the paddy, how to catch the fish traditionally.
To make the tourist attraction in Gunung Salak all of the
community are involved whether in planning, organizing,
implementing and evaluating. Some group were made to
maintain every activity in Gunung Salak village like a group of
Tour Guide with the task to create a tourism product and
maintain for sustainability. A group of Culinary with the task

445
create a new product of dishes by exploring the local or natural
resource with the concept of from nature to table. Gunung
Salak village has a lot of natural resource for serving the tourist [5]
as seen in figure 2.
[6]
C. The Readiness of Gunung Salak Society in Developing
Tourism Village
[7]
The stage of community readiness in accepting and
developing tourism greatly influences the existence and
sustainability of tourist attraction itself. There are 5 stages of [8]
community readiness [22] namely no awareness, denial, vague
awareness, preplanning and preparation stages. The readiness
of the community of Gunung Salak Village is in the stage of
[9]
preplanning, where the community. The community began to
make improvements both from the tourist attractions itself and
from the human resources. The readiness of the community in
this stage can be seen from the arrangement of the environment
around tourist attractions such as waterfalls, rice fields, and the [10]
spout as the purification attraction. Arrangement is done by
making small path as the access that can be traversed with four- [11]
wheeled vehicles and at the same time used as a trekking route.
The human resources also start to learn English in general and
[12]
for the special purposes for Local tour guide as well as the
women start leaning western dishes and how to serve local
dishes.
[13]
V. CONCLUSION
Gunung Salak Village use the nature as the tourist attraction [14]
by using the river as the swimming pool, river trekking, and the
rice terrace as the jogging trek and educate the tourist in
cultivating traditionally. By optimizing the nature, the tourist
attraction can be more interested and its sustainability can be [15]
maintain in long term because in planning, organizing,
implementing and evaluating involve the community as the
host. The community of Gunung Salak village is the stage of [16]
preplanning where the community sata leaning to take the guest
for his village.
[17]
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
[18]
Thank for the Director and the Head of P3M, Politeknik
Negeri Bali for funding the conference and for supporting me
in joining the conference. Last but not least thanks also to Mr.
[19]
Kholid Fathony who has improved this paper with patience.
REFERENCES
[20]
[1] Denis L., Foster. 1994. First Class An. Introduction To Travel
& Tourism. Mc
[2] Graw-Hill International Edition.New York. Peters and Klaus Weiermair.
2000. Tourist Attractions and Attracted Tourists: How to satisfy today’s
‘fickle’ tourist clientele? Mike. THE JOURNAL OF TOURISM [21]
STUDIES Vol. 11, No. 1, MAY ’00
https://www.jcu.edu.au/__data/assets/pdf_file/0019/122248/jcudev_012
719.pdf
[3] Coros, M.M. and Loana, P A Study Regarding The Potential Of Wine
Businesses And Tourism To Contribute To Sustainable Development In [22]
Alba County Volume 19(2), 2018, pp: 727–737.
[4] Gunn, Glare A. 1972 Vacationscape: Designing Tourist Regions. Austin,
Texas: Bureau of Business Research, University of Texas. J. Clerk
446
Maxwell, A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism, 3rd ed., vol. 2.
Oxford: Clarendon, 1892, pp.68–73.
Leiper, N. (1990). Tourist attraction systems. Annals of tourism
research, 17(3), 367-384.
Hu, W., & Wall, G. (2005). Environmental management, environmental
image and the competitive tourist attraction. Journal of sustainable
tourism, 13(6), 617-635.
Furqan A., Mat Som A.P. and Hussin R. 2010. Promoting Green
Tourism For Future Sustainability.Theoretical and Empirical Researches
in Urban Management Number 8(17) / November 2010.
Pearce, Phillip. 2007.Marketing and management trends in tourist
attractions. Asia Pacific Journal of Tourism Research Volume 3, 1998-
Issue 1. http://www.tandfonline.com/doi/abs/10.1080/
10941669908722002
Astawa, I P, Triyuni, N N and Santosa, I D M C. 2018 Sustainable
tourism and harmonious culture: a case study of cultic model at village
tourism. Journal of Physics: Conference Series, Volume 953, conference
1. http://iopscience.iop.org/article/10.1088/1742-
6596/953/1/012057/meta
UNWTO Annual Report 2015.
ttp://cf.cdn.unwto.org/sites/all/files/pdf/annual_report_2015_lr.pdf
Greg Richards. Tourism Attraction System: Exploring Cultural
Behaviour. Annals of Tourism Research Volume 29, Issue 4, October
2002, Pages 1048-1064
David C. Brown & Jennifer Stange. Tourism Destination Management
Achieving Sustainable And Competitive Results.
https://www.usaid.gov/sites/default/files/documents/2151/DMOworkboo
k_130318.pdf
Witt, Stephen F. and Luiz Mountinho.1994. Tourism Maketing and
Management. Second Edition. Prentice Hall International
Sustainable tourism and harmonious culture: a case study of cultic model
at village tourism | Request PDF. Available from:
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/322942900_Sustainable_touris
m_and_harmonious_culture_a_case_study_of_cultic_model_at_village_
tourism [accessed Aug 26 2018]
Jamieson, W.; Noble, A. A Manual for Sustainable Tourism Destination
Management. 2000. Available online:http://www.gdrc.org/uem/eco-
tour/etour-principles.html
Löytynoja, T. (2008). The development of specific locations into tourist
attractions: cases from Northern Europe. Fennia-International Journal of
Geography, 186(1), 15-29.
Lew, A. A. (1987). A framework of tourist attraction research. Annals of
tourism research, 14(4), 553-575.
Jieh-Ren Chang and Betty Chang, “The Development of a Tourism
Attraction Model by Using Fuzzy Theory,” Mathematical Problems in
Engineering, vol. 2015, Article ID 643842, 10 pages, 2015.
https://doi.org/10.1155/2015/643842.
Leask, Anna 2008. Managing Visitor Attractions| Science Direct
https://www.sciencedirect.com/book/ 9780750685450/managing-visitor-
attractions. Pages 3-15
Pierre J. Benckendorff. 2001. PLANNING FOR THE FUTURE A Study
of Australian Tourist Attractions Prepared by School of Business
Tourism Program James Cook University Townsville Qld. 4811
Summary Report for Australian Tourist Attractions March 2001
https://espace.library.uq.edu.au/data/UQ_240533/attractionstudy1.pdf?
Junaedi, I., & Utama, I. (2017). Agrotourism As The Economics
Transformation Of The Tourism Village In Bali (Case Study:
Blimbingsari Village, Jembrana, Bali). Journal Of Business On
Hospitality And Tourism, 2(1), 10-24. Doi:Http://Dx.Doi.Org/10.22334/
Jbhost. V2i1.37
Edwards, Ruth W; Pamela Jumper-Thurman, Barbara A. Plested,
Eugene R. Oetting, and Louis Swanson. 2000. Community Readiness:
Research To Practice http://www.readiness.nu/wp-
content/uploads/2014/06/Community-readiness-research-to-practice.pdf
 Indigenous ethics in Bali cultural tourism
I B P Suamba
Business Administration Department
Politeknik Negeri Bali
Jl. Kampus Bukit Jimbaran,
Kuta Selatan Badung, Bali-80364
E-mail: bagusputusuamba@pnb.ac.d
Abstract.Most country in the world develops
tourismfor its economy. However, too much
emphasize given on business, problems of
ecological and cultural continuitiesmay come up
due to violation of ethical values even rules or
regulation. Now each nation looks at its local
wisdom or culture to be utilised as an ethical guide
in developing tourism as a business activity. This
paper aims at finding out and formulating Balinese
Ethics which may be utilised in developing Bali
tourism. The approach used is more on
philosophical perspective rather than its pragmatic
sides. The data are gathered through depth
interview with business persons in tourism,
academicians, stake holders, and library research.
The results show that there are Balinese ethical
values or principles fostering in the dignity and
divinity of human being and nature. With holistic
and integrated approaches its values are formulated
in a well-known concept of Tri-hita-karana. Purity
is foundation of which ethical values are developed.
The novelty of this research is that discussion of
local ethics for tourism is quite rare; and this
research attempts to prove ethical principles
originated from local wisdom that can be used in
the practice of tourism.
Keywords— ethical values, tourism, Balinese, Tri-
hita-karana, development
1.Introduction
Nowadays almost all countries in the world
promote its tourism. Indonesia is not exception
in this regards; it has developed it through
promoting the beauty of nature, rich culture,
and friendly people in addition to building
infra-structure and maintaining peace. In 2013
Bali province had the highest number of tourist
arrivals in Indonesia by 3.3 million and
contributed 40% of national foreign exchange
from tourism [1]. Bali has taken tourism as the
447
G Santanu
Business Administration Department
Politeknik Negeri Bali
Jl. Kampus Bukit Jimbaran,
Kuta Selatan Badung, Bali-80364
main economic sector in the overall
developments.
When everyone is busy preparing
infrastructure, promotion, products, quality
control, etc., intangible sides like hospitality,
courtesy, security, or ethics sometimes devoid
of attention from policy makers, tourism
stakeholders, and professionals. As the tourism
is in progress involving many sectors and
peoples and also new technology, the policy of
which ethics is the central spirit is required for
the sustainability of it. In the context of Bali
cultural tourism, Balinese ethics will enhance
some images of how people act in tourism
showing courtesy or hospitality. It is after
needs some ethical principles which can lead
the course of tourism running in proper way
giving safety, welfare, and happiness of all;
otherwise problem may be generated with
respect of the continuity and sustainability of
nature and culture. Viewing from business
activity in relation to business ethics, it is
interesting to look at it as tourism of Bali is not
only for welfare but happiness of all as per its
philosophy of life. Nevertheless, it is a really
potential as well a threat for its sustainability
unless it is managed in a proper way. In this
regards, indigenous culture including ethical
values or principles, in one hand, become
fundamentally important element on which
tourism may be developed. On the other hand,
it inherits a weak even dangerous position for
being extinct due to much emphasis given on
its business sides --- business overshadows
culture. As Bertens [2] mentions that good
business not only giving profit but it should be
morally good.
Indigenous culture is presumably at risk
for destruction due to uncontrolled exploration
or over used capacities of land or nature.
Excessive conversation of rice field to business
facilities and housing in Bali, as an example,
may cause disappearance of Subak, traditional
system of irrigation along with the
disappearance of land, which further
terminates in the extinction of culture.
Overwhelming materialistic, hedonist, and
individualistic ways of life brought by tourism
or modernism to Bali cause serious changes on
life style of Balinese which may be away from
the very basic philosophy of life.
The establishment of Bali tourism as a
business activity is not clear in terms of either
using Western ethics, indigenous ethics or a
mixture of both. Or people select one as a
preference for business consideration only
forgetting the continuation of culture.
Nevertheless, it tends to adopt global trends in
which Western way of life is predominant. The
case has appeared when there was an
intermingled of necessity between culture and
tourism in which local ethics tends to be
marginalized. Or when the guide line has
taken local ethical sources, the implementation
of it in business activities may be weak
because too much emphasize on the security of
culture, business sector may run slow.
This paper aims at finding out some
indigenous ethical values or principles and
discussing the significance of them especially
in the context of Balinese culture to the
establishment of Bali tourism. This is based on
the opinion that ethics that have been used in
tourism is not always based on indigenous
culture; or if it has been utilized as such it is
not yet treated as the main element; it is just
minor as a form of respect to local culture. It is
very often the establishment of tourism is in
contrast with the values of indigenous culture,
not yet calculating the destruction of local
people personality, character and way of life
originating in its own culture. Owing to this
fact disharmony or imbalance relationship of
tourism and nature and culture were pertinent
with increasingly dominant in the last twenty
years despite of the fact rules of regulation
issued by the authority have been
implemented.
448
2. Methodology
This study is a library research and designed
using qualitative methods; which describe and
interpret them in depth about the ethical values
that might be utilized in the establishment of
Bali tourism. In accordance with the methods
used, data analysis used is qualitative data
analysis techniques as prescribes Miles and
Huberman that is data reduction, data
presentation, as well as the conclusion and
verification of data [3]. Data are gathered from
tourism stake holders, academician, and lovers
of arts, culture, and environments. In this study
the data are in the form of information about
ethical values or moral having origin in oral
tradition as well as textual traditions.
3. Results and Discussion
Some ethical values are traced in philosophical
perspectives rather than on managerial or
practical levels. These principles inherited in
the life of Balinese and may be utilized in
tourism. Some values have been habituated
unconsciously due to parts and parcel of life,
others still need to be introduced since present
generation may not get acquainted with such
principles or policy maker may be ignorant to
it. Being universal ethics it may be similar with
other traditions especially Western ethics;
however, emphasis will be given on
indigenous ethics as preserved in Balinese
tradition.
3.1. Indigenous Ethics and Bali Cultural
Tourism
Tourism organizations are beginning to
realize that promoting their ethical stance can
be good business as it potentially enhances a
company’s profits, management effectiveness,
public image and employee relations
(Fleckenstein and Huebsch, 1999; Hudson and
Miller, 2005). Yet, although more attention is
now being paid to ethics in tourism (Holden,
2003; Kalisch, 2002) there is a very weak
foundation of research into tourism ethics
studies to date (Fennell, 1999). The
consequence is that the arguments presented
for and against CSR in tourism are often
simplistic and largely without any practical
evidence [4]. According to the WTO and the
magic pentagon of tourism development, it is
recommended for the tourism stakeholders and
professionals especially in developing
countries in general to follow the ethical
principles in order to reach the sustainable
development in tourism industry. [5].
However, the fact show that it is at risk when
business is more emphasised than culture.
Indigenous ethics is a part and parcel of
indigenous knowledge. Indigenous knowledge
is sometimes equated with local wisdom,
which still can be debated. Of this thought,
indigenous knowledge is much marginalized if
not destroyed in the swing of knowledge
originated or developed in the West.
The significance of ethics is recognized
increasingly in modern life. Advancements of
science and technology have created some
problems of ethics or unjustified action due to
complexities of life not having a clear concept
of ethical judgment. This phenomenon is
pertinent also in tourism as a form of business.
When indigenous knowledge is lost in the
massive advancement of Western knowledge,
no wonder the wisdom of local culture is also
lost; and to revive or reconstruct it is really
difficult task if not impossible. Most of us are
not aware of this phenomenon that too much
concerned with knowledge originated in the
West, our indigenous knowledge or ethics is
marginalized and gradually will be faded
away.
When conflict of interest between tourism
and culture exists, everyone will certainly try
to find a solution; and it is very often one looks
at indigenous culture; or may combine with
scientific approach believing that the latter is
the most accepted way to solve the problems.
In the context of Bali, the emergence of
conflicts of interest between tourism and
culture may be happen despite the fact some
researchers are still optimistic Bali can
preserve its culture in the massive movement
of tourism. As Picard mentions that culture is
Bali's defining feature, and Balinese culture is
renowned for its dynamic resilience. The
Balinese have been readily praised for their
ability to borrow whatever foreign influence
suits them while nevertheless maintaining their
identity over the centuries. Today, there is no
dearth of observers to claim that the Balinese
have adjusted to the tourist invasion of their
island just as in the past—taking advantage of
449
the appeal of their cultural traditions to foreign
visitors without sacrificing their own values on
the altar of monetary profit [6].
Ethics is required as a philosophy of
morals to give ethical justification either an
action of business is virtuous or vice. How
dignity and human values still can be
maintained without losing business values.
There are some reasons for the preference of
Western way. It is often accused that local
knowledge is not yet systematic or was not
based on scientific methods, it is rather
superstitious in nature. It is perhaps true when
Western method of research is to be taken into
account for a possible solution. However, we
should not forget that the values as well as of
knowledge of local culture have been
preserved since time immemorial up to the
present days due its significance. Knowledge
and skills of pregnancy and having a birth of a
baby is a clear example that prior to
introduction of medical health knowledge
originated form the West, all traditional maids
used traditional knowledge. This still alive in
some extend however the inclusion in the
formal as well as scientific perusal of it is not
applicable. Westernization of knowledge or
ethics weakens even destroy indigenous or
local knowledge or ethics. We are proudly
used or apply it in designing or running Bali
tourism out of local or indigenous culture.
When the pursuit of knowledge is
aimed at finding the truth through valid means
of knowledge, the pursuit of ethics resulted in
the finding of ethical virtues or values for the
goodness to be followed or vice or badness to
be avoided. Observing various cultures in the
world, each of them has ethical values which
can be utilized in the progress of tourism. And
Bali is not an exception in this regards. It is so
since Bali tourism does not only have a close
relationship with local culture but culture is
defining feature of Bali tourism.
3.2. Wholeness and Divinity
Balinese ethical principles as a part of
philosophy of life views that every existence in
the world is spiritually connected in some
ways to the others whether they are seen
consciously or unconsciously. Every existence
forms wholeness as a system of cosmology and
ethics in which there is one highest or ultimate
reality governs or controls all; every entity
cannot move out of its nature or system and its
movement is governed by universal law.
When connection or relationship is to be
looked at those things, the problems of ethics
or moral cannot be avoided. Ethics as science
of conduct or action can be used to evaluate or
judge whether a particular action is good or
bad or accepted or rejected or advised to be
follow or prohibited despite the fact one
culture may reject the ethics of other culture.
The problem of Bali tourism in term of
evaluating a case of conflict between man and
nature or man and man in tourism is that there
are not fixed or pertinent values that can be
used to evaluated, judge or guide the
development. Or there might exist ethical
values but they are not used due to have a new
idea about ethics as they are free to be chosen.
Moral aspect which does have positive law
empowerment or punishment is weak; rather
they use formal regulation or law to solve the
problem which is very often helpless that
cannot give a long lasting solution rather a
temporary agreement to satisfy immediate
needs. There is something unseen in the
tradition which cannot be well understood
through applying modern modes of ethical
judgment. Nevertheless, the case becomes
complex when the participants who engage in
it are not only Balinese but non-Balinese even
foreigners who bring their own cultural values.
They may respect local culture but not
following it. The most delicate one is that
when the case involves strong economic
pressure; thus economic consideration is taken
first rather than sophistication of culture.
Out of various and multifaceted interaction
and relation amongst those existences, there is
a supreme or absolute principle or reality,
which governs all as the central power to move
all to functions in each existence and nature.
The absolute principle can be addressed by
various names or designations as prevalent in
Balinese culture. This reality is felt exist in
every breath of creatures. Pluralistic
expressions or designations in this world are
none but they are only other expressions of the
highest reality. It is like water has different
450
modes or names, like wave, bulb, breeze,
spring, etc., they are none but water.
The absolute principle or reality does not
only control all but also pervaded all. It does
not only create but also the created. It does not
only create but also sustain and destroy all to
annihilation of the world. It is the pervader as
well as the pervaded all. Owing to this fact, it
exists subtly in all existence. In other words,
all have some aspects of divinity and this is the
purity, the true things existence available in
each and every existence. When every entity is
viewed as divine or has element of divinity
then no one has a right to destroy or demolish
it. It is so since the person who performs
demolish or destruction is by nature the same
with the external objects. When Bali tourism
does not take care divinity of environment
including the life of various creatures, it ruins
our existence as a whole system.
3.3. Inclusiveness vs Exclusiveness
Inclusiveness implies acceptance of
existence of other beings and non-beings,
whereas exclusiveness is the rejection to them
due to some criteria or condition used.
Inclusiveness is a further manifestation of
divinity that exits in all creations. Since
ancient times, Balinese is open for anything
good from whatever origin it was. Some
foreign elements of culture like Indian,
Chinese, Arab, Western, etc. gave the colours
to Balinese culture; they were absorbed into
Balinese culture through adaptation or
assimilation without spoiling the characters of
Balinese culture. Those foreign elements have
been taken into account to enrich the Balinese
culture and they are expressed in Balinese
way. Inclusiveness implies the recognition of
equality of other existence which has the same
right and dignity to live peacefully. Each of
them contributes for the best of all.
This inclusiveness has a wider scope in the
practice of Bali tourism. Balinese welcome
every visitor, investors, or workers irrespective
of race, culture, language, religion, etc. to
enjoy the beauty or work in Bali. When they
come with a positive attitude, they contribute
to the development of tourism itself. From
here, Bali tourism attempts to develop its own
hospitality or courtesies when engage with
visitors. Due to being treated in well manner,
visitors feel comfortable and safe. No tourism
can develop well when the people of it has the
spirit of exclusiveness, narrow minded
regarding others as less importance than them.
3.4. Tri-hita-karana: man (manusa),
environment(bhuta), and creator (dewa)
Tri-hita-karana as indigenous knowledge
governs the relationship of man to the creator,
man to man, and men to environment [7].
Many tourism development does not consider
the custom and culture in Bali, especially the
Tri- hita-karana spatial concept about the
relationship of a man with God, man with
other man, and man with the environment [8].
It is concept of happiness through balancing in
relationships. What is obvious here are that the
kinds of relationship of those elements in the
Tri-hita-karana either positively or negatively
is basically a matter of ethics (as a part of
indigenous knowledge) and it presupposes a
kind of relation. This concept of balance and
harmony puts human being in the central point
as he/she acts of virtue or vice [9]. Human
being respects environment because of its
intrinsic values having goodness to be
preserved. Some cases pertaining to
imbalances of environment or destruction of
nature in Bali tourism can be seen and revived
through utilizing the concept of Tri-hita-
karana. In other words, ethical principles
embedded in it can be utilized to have ethical
judgment towards some actions. Two good
examples—amongst the others --- worth to
mention in this regards are the establishment of
Bali Nirwana Resort in Tabanan regency and
planning the establishment and utilization
Benoa Gulf Reclamation project in Badung
regency. Both attract wide attentions from
public since it is suspected to cause not mainly
ecological imbalance but importantly purity of
holy places like temple, sea/beach are at risk.
Spiritual purity, sacred ness of this land should
be ideally used as foundations on which Bali
tourism is established. Since it is not a matter
of positive science to be used to measure it, so
verbal testimony of those persons who have
authority on it should be considered. Shortage
of water, intrusion of sea water, unchecked
451
conversion of rice field to tourism infra-
structure and road, development of tourist
culture amongst Balinese people, issues
pertaining to global warming, excessive use of
plastic product, increasing number of Balinese
died due to HIV/AIDS diseases, the looser
relationship amongst family members, the life
style of hedonism, individualistic style of life
are some problems worth to mention that there
some negative effects of tourism have effected
Bali tourism as part of global business.
People involved in business usually
think of how to generate economy benefits;
they have less environmental or cultural
responsibility despite the fact each industry or
company has some money for social corporate
responsibility (CSR). Balinese people whose
economic income is good due to tourism
become more realistic and pragmatic thinking
only at present and immediate future not for
the long lasting future generation of Bali.
Modern life style cannot be avoided since
almost all accept the development of our
nation as a process of change. This way of
thinking is also pertinent in religious life; they
rationalize belief or religious faith. If the thing
can be accepted by the reason, then one
performs religious life, otherwise he will try
the least means or manner just to indicate that
he performs his faith.
With reference to life style of Balinese,
serious shift has happened from spirituality to
materiality not otherwise that forgetting the
very nature of human being as spirit. As
remarked by Peters that there were also socio-
cultural conflicts emerging on Bali that was
caused by materialism and opportunism in
tourism development, which violates the
principles of harmony and togetherness [10]
Tension or conflict started uprooting our
harmony of family life, with neighbours and
sometimes amongst members of villagers and
neighbouring villager—even the number is still
limited; due to emphasis is put more on the
material gaining rather than living in harmony.
Materiality becomes mode of life for most of
Balinese now [11].
The relationship amongst the existences
mentioned above is reflected in Tri-hita-
karana --- three kinds of relationship, which
generate happiness, viz. (1) relationship of
man (manusya) to man (manusya), (2) man
(manusya) to nature (bhuta), and (3) man
(manusya) to God (dewa); and this system can
be used to evaluate the cases. This is a holistic
system and each element is integrated.
Questions can be raised in this angle that is
about the kinds of relationship and the position
or status of each of them in the overall system.
None has clearly explained the kinds of
relationship, and how the relationship is to be
commenced or preserved. When this concept is
shown in a graphic way, two elements namely
nature and God seem to be external to man.
The difficulty also happened when considering
the relationship of man and man in which man,
the initiator, is to have a relationship with the
man as the target of relationship. What about
the relationship of man and his inner MAN
who regulates the physical man? This is still
untold problem which none tries to explain to
us in connection to the concept Tri-hita-
karana. It lets us to perform it without clear
guidelines. Owing to this fact everyone is free
to interpret them. When quantitative
measurement should be used an indicator
whether a hotel has performed the concept of
Tri-hita-karana, the difficulty arises as how,
for example, to assess the employee’s quality
in maintaining relationship with God. One may
say that when one usually offers prayer at the
hotel temple than he gets 90-100 score,
whereas one never offers pray in hotel temple
but in his house or very diligent practicing
yoga then he gets 0-10 score. Of course this
manner is not fair and interpreted the Tri-hita-
karana is a very simple manner.
It is true that it is just a concept the
implementation of it is much determined by
the quality of the doer and his understanding
on this matter. In practice, man initiates to
establish good relationship to the others
components. Hence man is the central point of
the relationship; he still has an authority and
power to establish relation with the other. It is
so since the one component which requires
goodness in life is man.
For a very long times ethics is only
applicable for man; only recently ethics has
been developed for the treatment of animals
and environment after human see the
destruction of damage of environment or
452
extinction of some species of animal. Looking
from this angle, Tri-hita-karana talks not only
ethics of man to man, but also man to
environment, for which bio-ethics and eco-
ethics or green-ethics are emerged; and man
and God. The last is told in scriptures of holy
books.
Why such relationship should be
maintained? When relationship is not
maintained imbalance happens. Imbalance, in
turn, will generate the existence of sufferings
which can take various forms or
manifestations, of various degrees and levels.
By nature, man tries to avoid sufferings which
every science or religion teaches human
beings. But even though the relationship is not
maintained, such relationship is already there
consciously or unconsciously. It is true,
however, disturbance or effect of bad thoughts
or energy may cause disturbance of this
relationship; and hence it requires efforts to
keep the relationship runs in well manner.
Balinese keeps the relation well with others
through both spiritual (niskala) and physical
manner (sakala). Most people only consider
physical phenomenon; they forget that by
nature they are spirits in some degrees. For
Bali tourism these both aspects are not treated
well even spiritual one is excluded at least
from formal way of thinking. Most of formal
regulation or law is vacant from aspects of true
spiritualism. When case of Bali tourism is
approached from these perspectives, it is
believed that culturally welfare or happiness
will come not only in physical but also
spiritual forms. To keep balancing of these
elements it is difficult causing people search
for immediate physical or materials
achievements forgetting his very nature as
spirit.
3.5. Tri-kala: Anita, Nagata, and Wartamana
The relationship amongst the entities should be
understood in frame of time (kala), that is, past
(atita), present (nagata), and future
(wartamana). They are basically one and
eternal, however for practical purposes, people
divide it into three divisions to understand his
life span. Each comes after the other
successively forming unlimited time lines.
However, Balinese view it in a cyclic way with
respect to life span that everyone is born, alive,
and is ultimately followed by death (pati) in
which one is considered going or recourse
back to his origin rooting in time (kala). Of
this fact, it is very often time (kala) is depicted
in a terrible or savage images and everyone is
afraid to face the death.
With references to Bali tourism, this
thing is not yet considered in a proper manner
especially the effects/results of a particular
action or a project in immediate, middle of
long term future. Business sometime forgets
that economic benefit earned from breaking
the norms or ethical values will not sustain
forever. Tourism as a business it has some
ethics either in the levels of conceptual frame
work, managerial or practical domains in
which ethical virtues as the manifestation of
humanity should be used. Bali tourism should
strive for virtues life not vice versa due to
massive exploitation of reason and nature.
Ethical virtues theory proposed by Aristotle,
for example, introduced some ethical virtues
like goodness, sincerity, fairness;
responsibility, etc. are worth to look at when
designing any business activity. Goodness
should not absent from any business practices
because business activity is another form of
human values. In business everyone has right
to get goodness, fairness, sincerity,
responsibility, correct information, etc. Those
actions which contradict with these virtues,
they are grouped as vices, which should be
avoided not only by the seller but also by the
buyers. Despite the fact it is only in the state of
free market these virtues can be achieved,
effort to establish ethical values in tourism as a
form of business is worth to be attempted. It is
at the same time talking about sustainability of
man, nature, and culture. Many human actions
are performed only for the present of
immediate future benefits never considering
long term or never lasting future of Bali
tourism. Careless design of tourism will
terminate in a disaster or hazard in the future.
It is so since it is difficult to see our future
unless having sound knowledge, intuition, and
experience to project our mind for the long
lasting future.
When tourism is view from these three
times (kala) perspective, the design of tourism
453
and its implementation should be done in
serious and proper manner. Careful design and
implementation of any regulation of project
can avoid such disaster or lost for the long run
of business. Finally, whatever tourism is
proposed to have in Bali, it should be
sustainable for the long lasting future. No
hazard will happen due to careless action in
managing Bali tourism both of private sectors
and governments.
3.6. Nirmala (purity) vs. mala (impurity)
Balinese indigenous ethics is very much
concerned with purity (nirmala, suddha) and
impurity (mala) in all aspects of life no matter
in business. Purity is to be attempted; on the
hand impurity (mala) should be discarded.
Action which generates impurity should be
avoided either in secular or religious life. It is
an important ethical virtues attempted to be
secured by Balinese. Religious rituals are form
of action to secure purity of body,
environment, and self. Every ritual consists of
some elements of purification like holy water,
prayascita, fire, etc. It purifies in a systematic
manner as bad or negative effects can come
and attached us and environments at any times.
Purity can come not only from external but
also internal agencies. Purity secured is a gate
way for happiness. In other words, impurity
will cause sorrow or sufferings, and hence it
should be avoided to act.
The question of purity and impurity is often
raised when a new tourism accommodation or
facilities is to be set up or consideration in the
post of disaster like natural disaster, violence,
etc. As cases become complex and has multi
dimensions, the problem of ethics come up to
throw lights over the issues. Purity of this land
is a serious concern for which holy or
concerned person knows the signs/symptoms
of being impurity and the way to solve the
problem. From ancient time this land is kept
pure by some many persons and actions.
People went on demonstration to force the
authority to cancel the establishment of Bali
Nirwana Resort in Tabanan, flying over road
connecting Nusa Dua and Tuban in Badung,
and Benoa Gulf Reclamation Project in
Badung was basically the questions of the
importance of purity and impurity, which can
affect the whole system of Balinese life. How
can a business be responsible for the future
purity of this region and afford the whole cost
for the restoration of purity of this region? As
thousands of visitors arrive in this land, the
problem of purity in spiritual perspective is a
big question. A visitor who is an impurity state
like menstruation, illegal marriage of couples,
in the period of murmuring due to loss of
family or relatives, etc. cannot be known that
he/she enter temple premises or holy places
despite the fact notice was put or the tour guide
informs the same thing. We should not be
blinded by the financial incomes carried by
tourism. When bomb blasts happened in Kuta
and Denpasar, some Balinese opine that this
blast was just a manifestation of dense
impurity attached this land for a long time. No
one can answer it in a clear and responsible
way even the scientists or government who
issued legal letter for the establishment.
In spite of the necessity of analysis of purity
and impurity of the establishments, these
matters are still debatable. Purity is very
subjective and the judgment for that is very
personal not yet counting the doer coming
from different religious or cultural
background. One ethical value may be
accepted in one place however rejected in the
other. Similarly, Balinese indigenous ethical
values may not be accepted by some people in
Bali rather they adopt foreign ethical values
due to some practical considerations. Or,
Balinese ethical values may not be understood
by some people and hence they do not bother
to use them. Since it is the domain of morality,
people are not so worried about breaking
norm. None will be punished when breaking
the ethical values or codes. Owing to this fact
Highest Hindu Board (known as PHDI) issued
a statement (bhisama) in hey-day of protest of
Bali Nirwana Resort Project (1993) in Tabanan
regency dealing with criteria or requirements
of distance should be secured of new tourism
facilities may be built from the nearest
temple/holy places despite the fact its
effectiveness still remains unknown.
Purity (nirmala) in Balinese life is
maintained. However, as community becomes
more heterogeneous and pluralistic its purity is
454
to be worried about. Suamba, et.al., mention
the significance of purity in the context of
using technology which also happens in Bali
tourism that for Balinese purity (suddha,
nirmala) as confronted to impurity (asuddha,
mala, leteh, cuntaka, sebel) is ethical virtue
which is very much respected and observed. It
so since it is believed that purity is used as
base in life either secular or spiritual. When
purity is disturbed, problems can happen.
Therefore, as technology is free of values, so
human being can impose “value of purity” on
it so that its technological usage is performed
with pure heart; and is used for good purposes.
[12]; otherwise it can create hazard.
4. Conclusion
There are some indigenous ethical principles
or values originated from Balinese culture
which may be utilized for the establishment of
Bali tourism. It is basically part of indigenous
knowledge which requires effort to formulate
and implement. It is much required to restore
imbalance in ecological, emotional or spiritual
situations; and behaves as the guideline in the
establishment of Bali tourism. Despite of
various current thoughts and ethical values
intermingled in Bali; wholeness and divinity
among the created are the corner stone of
every ethical principles or values originated in
Balinese culture. Divinity is the very existence
of all. By nature, each and every creature is
divine; and this should be preserved and
developed to its best for harmony and
happiness of all. None entity in this world
remains in isolation rather each of them is
connected in some ways with the other. Owing
this fact, no exclusiveness is developed rather
than inclusiveness to all.
In addition to divinity, this system of
ethics describes about three kinds of
relationship, viz. man to man, man to nature,
and man to God---known as Tri-hita- karana
which promotes harmony relationship with
external agencies or objects. Relation is
possible only after they have the same nature
whose core is in divinity. The concept of time
(kala) which is divided into three elements
(Tri-kala), viz. past, present, and future is
important especially in positioning oneself in
frame of time in designing sustainable tourism.
 Purity and impurity are considered in advance
prior to establishment of any business effort or
in the post of any activity which is considered
triggering impurity (mala).
These ethical values may be wisely used to
handle cases or guidelines for ethical
justification in the establishment of Bali
tourism. Ethical values are much required in
Bali tourism as tourism will mean nothing for
Bali unless it follows ethical principles rooted
in indigenous culture without exclusion of
whatever the best may come from foreign
ethical values. A short term objective in
earning benefit is fine but considering the
whole Bali as a pure place for all ages is much
important; and for this purposes
comprehension about the significance and role
of the concept of wholeness, Tri-hita-karana,
Tri-kala, and purity (nirmala) for our endless
future is compulsory action.
References
[1] Nalendra,Khamdev M and H Bott,
2013Rethinking tourism: Bali’s failure,
IOP Conf. Series: Earth and
Environmental Science 126 (2018)
012171 doi:10.1088/1755-
1315/126/1/012171
[2] Bertens K 2013 Pengantar etika bisnis
(Gramedia, Jakarta) p.19
[3] Suci MurniNGN, I G Mudana, DM Suria
Antara 2007 Ideological discourses on
environment in Bali tourism
development, IJASTE 12 p. 104
[4] Donyadide A 2010 Ethics in tourismEJSC
17 3 p 429
455
[5] Donyadide A2010 Ethics in tourismEJSS
17 3 p 426
[6] Picard M 1986 Cultural tourism in Bali:
Cultural performances as
touristattraction, revised version. of a
paper given at the international
workshop on Indonesian studies,
Balinese state and society: historical,
textual and anthropological approaches,
held at the Royal Institute of Linguistics
and Anthropology (KITLV), Leiden,
April p. 37
[7] Runa I W 2012 Pembangunan
berkelanjutan berdasarkan konsep tri hita
karana untuk kegiatan ekowisataJurnal
Kajian Bali0201 p 154
[8] Khamdevi1 M and H Bott 2018 Rethinking
tourism: Bali's failure IOP Conf. Series:
Earth and Environmental
Science126012171doi:10.1088/1755-
1315/126/1/012171
[9] Suamba IBPand K Sutama2017 Materiality
and spirituality in Bali tourism: an
ethical reflection on the tri-hita-karana,
in IJASTE,11 pp. 82-93
[10] Peters Hand WWardana 2013Tri-hita-
karana: the spirit of Bali (Jakarta:
Gramedia) p. 91
[11] Suamba IBPand K.Sutama
2017Materiality and spirituality in Bali
tourism: an ethical reflection on the tri-
hita-karana, in IJASTE1 1 pp. 82-93
[12] Suamba IBP and G Santanu
2018“Techno-Ethics” di dalam
manajemen perkantoran: studi kasus
di pusat penelitian dan pengabdian
kepada masyarakat Politeknik
Negeri Bali inSENTRINOV
 Are there Village Regulations that Regulate
Home Stay Using Village Yard Land in Ubud
Village, Gianyar-Bali?
A.A.A N. Harmini1st, Nyoman Mastiani Nadra2nd, A.A.Gede Oka Parwata3rd, I Dewa Gede Ari Pemayun4th
1,2,4Tourism Departement of Politekhnik Negeri Bali, 5Faculty of Law Udayana University
gunghar@pnb.ac.id
Abstract. Protection against customary land is
considered important because land is a natural
resource that cannot be renewed. This study aims to
find out whether there is a village regulation that
regulates the village yard land that is converted into
tourism facilities in the form of home stays in the
tourist village of Ubud. The dynamics of
globalization have a big influence on customary land,
which may not switch functions and can even switch
ownership from communal to individual and various
other issues that have the potential to eliminate the
identity of the customary land itself. Based on the
research that was conducted, it turned out that the
village regulation had not yet arranged a Home stay
that used Village Yard Land in
Ubud Village, Gianyar-Bali. This research is
included in empirical research, namely legal research
that analyzes and examines the legal behavior of
individuals or communities who have home stays on
Village yard land. Data sources used to study this
empirical legal research are primary data obtained in
the field, secondary data, and other approaches to
enrich information. To give meaning to the data
obtained by the author, he takes a historical approach.
The analysis is qualitative descriptive
Keywords. Home Stay, Village
Yard Land, and Village
Regulation
I. INTRODUCTION
Bali tourism today is considered as a
destiny in the history of human life.
Seeing the decline of tourism due to the impact
of Mount Agung's eruption some time ago,
inevitably, ready to be unprepared, we Balinese
community must face it as a challenge and at the
same time as an opportunity to improve
themselves in welcoming the future tourism.
Bali chooses tourism as a priority sector to
increase Regional Original Revenue, therefore,
to address these conditions, Bali needs to do
456
self-examination and improvement, especially in
providing tourism facilities.
The development of tourism facilities
that have been happening in Bali has been very
out of control, its development is often large-
scale, polluting the environment, damaging the
ecosystem, utilizing productive areas, exploiting
natural resources and human resources, using
luxury materials, and using strategic places. The
enormity of the development of tourism has
caused our ancestral heritage to be disturbed;
seas, mountains, temples, forests and so on are
used as tourist attractions. With such excessive
development, Bali needs to think about
developing a more appropriate tourism facility
suitable for Bali which is a small island. Of
course this is a challenge, if you want to see the
real situation. How in the future if Bali does not
start now, it will be arranged according to
existing concepts?
As an international tourist destination,
Bali is demanded to be able to meet the needs of
tourists both domestic tourists and foreign
tourists. Even so, demands that must be met by a
tourist destination, does not mean that Bali has
to sacrifice itself to meet the needs of tourists,
but tourists should be adjusted to enjoy the
facilities that are in accordance with the facilities
we have. This is often not understood by tourism
actors or stakeholders in developing business in
the tourism sector. Indeed the development of
tourism that is suitable for several regions in
Bali is ecotourism, because this ecotourism is a
contradiction of conventional tourism
development as described above. The accuracy
of ecotourism development for Bali can provide
more benefits such as: educating the public
because it implements local management, does
not damage the environment, and most
 importantly, can prosper the community. As a
domicile village, people usually compete to be
able to provide various facilities needed by
tourists, both accommodation restaurants, art
shops, transportation, and so on.
As an initial observation in Ubud
tourism area, the authors see that home stay is
very suitable to be developed in the area,
considering that home stays are built together
with residents house that have occupied the
Land of the Village for generations so as not to
damage the environment and ecosystem. Home
Stay is indeed the right solution to preserve the
environment, but the problems are: : Home stay
is built on the Village Yard Land which is
owned by the Customary Village, while the
villagers who build a Home Stay above the
Village Yard Land do not give contribution to
the Customary Village..
Based on this background, the authors
are interested in searching "Are there Village
Regulations that Regulate Home Stay using
Village Yard Land in Ubud Village, Gianyar-
Bali?"
II. MATERIAL AND METODOLOGY
2.1 Material
In accordance with the title of the
study above there are several relevant
studies that need to be described inthis
material which include, among others:
1. Legal Actions or Legal Role in
Tourism
In Indonesia the term Law on Tourism is still not a term
widely known by the public. This is very
different from the facts at the international level,
where various literatures that discusses issues
related to tourism law and hospitality law has
been widely printed. Therefore, tourism people
in the country should begin to understand,
implement and introduce this term in order to
achieve tourism objectives based on the
principles of sustainable development [1]
According to John Rawls in [1] that law is a
supporter of happiness, the law must regulate
society based on two principles:
a. The law stipulates equal
freedom for everyone to gain
access to wealth, income, food,
457
protection, authority, power,
self-esteem, rights and freedom.
b. The law regulates differences
and equal opportunities. The
difference in opportunity is
intended to provide the greatest
benefit to those who are most
disadvantaged, while equality of
opportunity is intended so that
everyone has equal opportunities
to achieve the prospects for
welfare, income and authority.
Similar views are conveyed by
Sunaryati Hartono in [1] the law
functions to regulate and limit
economic activities, in the hope
that economic development does
not neglect the rights and
interests of the community.
Economic law has two aspects:
a. Aspects of regulation of
economic development efforts,
in the sense of increasing overall
economic life (economic
development law)
b. The regulatory aspect of efforts
to share the results of economic
development equally among all
levels of society, so that every
Indonesian citizen can enjoy the
results of economic
development in accordance with
his contribution to the economic
development effort. (Social
economic law).
2. Village Yard Land (Communal
Land)
Customary lands in Bali are in
accordance with the Conversion
Provisions of Law No. 5 of 1960,
concerning the Basic Agrarian Law is
stated in Article II as the Land of Right
belong to or the Land of Right belong
to the Village. Communal Land or
village land consist of:
1. Village land, which is the land that
can be obtained or get through
buying and other businesses. For
example land markets, fields, burial
grounds, and so on.
2. Land of Temples, namely lands
(which were formerly owned by the
village or controlled by the village)
which are specifically used for
temple purposes.
3. Village Yard Land, is a land
controlled by the village which is
given to villagers to establish or build
housing which is usually in a certain
size and is almost the same for each
family.
4. Village Land is a land that is
controlled or owned by a village
whose cultivation is handed over to
each villager accompanied by the
right to enjoy the results.
Both the Village Yard Land and the
Village Land are areas of authority from
the Customary Village.
The basis for this control is ulayat
rights (territorial rights), namely the
rights of customary law communities
over the land inhabited. For the Village
Yard Land and Village Land customary
ties still exist, namely in the form of
public obligations for villages and
temples. This obligation is generally
known as “ayahan”( Pay by power). So
it is this suggestion that restrains or
binds the lands pay by power above. So
that these lands become restricted land
rights. For the restricted lands, according
to Bushar Muhamad in [2] it will depend
on the strength and weakness of the
village's authority rights. If customary
rights are strong, the village will claim
that the land belongs to the village.
Likewise, if the customary rights are
weak, these lands will belong to the
members of the village [2].
3. Home Stay
Home Stay is a type of
accommodation that relies on residential
homes as a place to live for tourists. The
management system of this home stay
has a minimal impact on the damage to
the environment and the social life of the
community but provides optimum
benefits to the community's economy
and cultural preservation
458
4. Customary law
Customary Law is a genuine
Indonesian law whose form is not
written in the form of legislation of the
Republic of Indonesia which here
contains elements of Religion [3]
2.2 Methodology
a. Types of research
This research is classified as an
empirical legal research, which search the
existing reality relating to the use of Village
Yard Land that is used as a tourism facility,
especially as a home stay in the tourist area of
Ubud.
b. Concept and Operational Definition
This study entitled there is a village
regulation that regulates home stay above the
land of the village yard in the village of Ubud.
There are 2 variables that are taken into
consideration in this study, namely the
arrangement of home stay on the land of the
Village Area and the contribution of the home
stay owner to the Customary Law.
What is meant by setting up a home stay
above the village yard Land is arranging the use
of the Village Yard land in accordance with its
function, while what is meant by the
contribution of home stay owners is the
compensation provided by the traditional
villagers who utilize the Village Yard Land as a
home stay to the Customary Law
c. Area of Research and Sampling
This research was conducted in the
village of Ubud. Determination of the sample is
based on the different conditions of each
indigenous ‘’banjar‘’ (small traditional
organization) in the Ubud village associated
with the development of tourism which
allegedly had a major influence on the
conversion of the village yard land. With the
development of tourism, the ‘’banjar’’ sample
selected purposively is: banjar Padangtegal kaja,
padangtegal Mekarsari, Padangtegal Kelod
whose residents have a home stay,
d. Types and Data Sources
The type of data in this study is
divided into primary data and secondary data.
Primary data is obtained from the traditional
‘’banjar’’ which is used as a sample with data
sources in the form of respondents consisting of
‘’ Kelihan Banjar’’(leader of banjar) and
villager residents who have a home stay.
Secondary data is library data from books,
internet, and daily or newspapers, as supporting
data.
e. Data Collection Techniques
Field data collection uses interview
techniques as the main technique carried out
based on the interview guidelines. Library data
was collected using documentation study
techniques.
f. Data processing and analysis
techniques
Data processing is done qualitatively while
the analysis is descriptive qualitative by
emphasizing content analysis [4] and also
complete with situational analysis that looks at
the specific situation that exists in certain cases
[5]. The results of data analysis are presented
descriptively by describing the analysis
completely with regard to the construction of
home stay on the village yard land.
III. RESUL AND DISCCUSION
3.1 Ubud Profile
Ubud is one of the domicile villages in Bali
that are in great demand by foreign tourists and
domestic tourists. Some of the factors that make
Ubud widely chosen are the people of Ubud who
are friendly, open and kind to their visitors. All
of this is further enhanced by a calm atmosphere
and also full of positive aura. Ubud is indeed
proven successful in getting the attention of
international tourists. Even Julia Roberts had
come to Ubud to shoot the movie Eat, Pray, and
Love.
For the spatial arrangement of Gianyar area,
it is definitely divided into 4 development zones
consisting of: North Zone developed by
agrotourism and art craft, this development is in
(three) 3 districts namely Payangan,
Tampaksiring, and Tegalalang sub-districts. The
East Zone was developed by sports and tourism
facilities, this development was in (two) 2 sub-
districts, the Gianyar sub-district and Blahbatuh.
The South Zone was developed as a place to
459
develop handicraft marketing, this development
is in the Sukawati district. The West Zone was
developed as a tourist and cultural arts site, this
development is in the Ubud district.
3.2 Tourism Potential in Ubud
Ubud is one of the art places in Bali. Ubud
sub-district consists of 7 villages, 13 Banjar (the
smallest organization), this village can be said
to be lucky areas. Tourism activities in Ubud
Subdistrict grow and develop and are able to
provide accumulation to various sectors,
including services such as hospitality, banking
and various activities of the art craft industry.
Ubud is famous for its paintings, sculptures,
handicrafts, gambelan (traditional music) and
dance. Many paintings describe about Bali that
can be found in small galleries around Ubud,
and there are also museums such as Neka art
Museum, Lempad Gallery, Puri Lukisan
Museum, Antonio Blanco Gallery, and ARMA
Museum.
For Gambelan, traditional musical
instruments and Balinese dances can be found in
cultural art studios. Ubud can be categorized as
an international shopping place because various
international branded products can be found
here. Ubud is also complete with tourist
information bureaus and also many tourist
attractions such as monkey forest, frequent
terrace and others. Which is the nature of the
people in Ubud who always accept tourists
friendly who come to Ubud. Ubud is known as
the center of Balinese culture, this place has
attracted the attention of tourists who are
fascinated by Balinese culture since decades
ago, where artists, composers and western
scholars come to create and conduct research
while enjoying the joy of living in Ubud. Other
tourism potentials are cycling in rural areas and
trekking.
3.3 The Existence of Home stay in Ubud
tourism area
Currently the number of room occupancy in
Ubud tourist area has reached 8,000 (eight
thousand rooms) consisting of, home stay,
budget hotels, star hotels, bungalows, pension,
inn, cottages, resorts, budget hotels, guest
houses, etc.[6].
 Mobility of economic resources in the Ubud
Tourism Area cannot be dammed with high
intensity, economic activities that are the
mainstay or priority of local communities in
Ubud are home stay, because home stay
management does not require much capital, and
special skill, and can be done as a side activity
(double work).
Home stays in Ubud tourism areas provide
opportunities for people to act as actors in the
development of sustainable tourism. The
existence of home stay management carried out
by the community is also one way to reduce
economic leakage. The benefits of managing a
home stay as a whole can be enjoyed by the
local community, both directly and through a
multiplayer effect. In other words, the benefits
gained will be enjoyed by local residents rather
than investors.
TABLE 1
MECHANISM OF PRESERVING HOME
STAY
Target Idea and Examples
Natural Resources - Undamaged nature and
environment
- Minimize energy(water,
electric, etc)
- Using local materials
Cultural Resources - Local way of life
- Using local style
- Keeping local genius
- Using local management
- Local control over
development
Human Resources - Using local labor/local worker
- Increase multiplayer effect
- Educate community
The understanding of the mechanism of
home stay above refers to 3 environmental
sustainability targets, namely: natural resources,
cultural resources, and human resources. The
activities of natural resource targets are not
damaging to nature and the environment,
minimizing energy use, and using local
materials. The goal of cultural resources is to
apply local ways of life, using local methods,
maintaining local skill or knowledge, managing
in a local way, and developing everything under
local control. Human resources can be done by
using local labor, increasing double impacts, and
providing learning to local communities
(educate community).
460
When home stay is developed to be
accommodation or a place to stay for tourists in
the Ubud Tourism Area, automatically the
community protects the environment by
maintaining cleanliness, learning to manage
accommodation, using local staff, applying local
knowledge, not requiring special skills, using
local materials, maintaining cultural activities
So, a home stay does not damage the
environment and even preserve local wisdom
and manage home stay using local management.
3.4 Home Stay Regulation on Village Yard
Land
As explained above, the law of economic
development is an aspect of regulating economic
enterprises in the sense of increasing overall
economic life. According to this economic law,
every citizen has the opportunity to develop his
economic efforts including the construction of
tourism facilities in the form of home stay, but
from the perspective of Balinese Customary
Law (Awig-awig and Perarem), especially in the
research area, home stay arrangements
established on the Village Yard Land does not
yet exist in the tourist area of Ubud.
So based on the awig-awig (customary rules)
the Customary Village has not set about building
a home stay on the Village Yard Land. To
reduce the proliferation of tourism problems in
Ubud, traditional villages or customary village
and local governments as holders of authority
and legitimacy along with stakeholders,
interacting directly at the implementation level,
should begin issuing regulations and sustainable
tourism development concepts in order to
maintain the consistency and continuity of the
Ubud tourism area.
There is also no Custom Village regulating
the operational permit for home stay ownership,
because many traditional village residents use
their house as a home stay. If the home stay
development is not regulated by the Custom
Village as the authority of using the village
land, then the villagers will also be more free to
use custom land including changing the structure
of the Balinese custom housing. Chairperson of
Ubud Home Stay Association (UHS) I.B.
Wiryawan said: "At present there are already
more than 200 home stay owners in Ubud and
surrounding villages with a total of thousands of
rooms. However, to fill the room is very
difficult, because of the tight competition. "The
point is that licensing must be tightened "Do not
continue to work in building accommodation,"
he said[7]
3.5 Home Stay Owner Contribution to
Customary Village
In accordance with social economic law, the
regulatory aspect of efforts to share the results of
economic development equally among all levels
of society, so that every Indonesian citizen can
enjoy the results of economic development in
accordance with his contribution to the
economic development effort.
The share results of distribution or contributions
from home stay business owners in Ubud tourist
areas has not yet been regulated so that the
distribution of economic benefits cannot be
enjoyed by traditional village residents equally.
The Custom Villagers who build a home stay
business on the land of village yard should give
contributions to Custom Villages as land
owners, but so far the home stay owners have
only enjoyed the results of the home stay
business personally. This happened because
there were no regulations issued by the
Customary Village to regulate the construction
of home stay so the villagers certainly did not
feel they had an obligation to pay contributions
to the Custom Village. So the operational results
of the home stay are only enjoyed by the owner
and cannot be enjoyed equally by the Customary
Villagers.
IV. CONCLUSION
461
Home stay is very potential to preserve the
environment as part of sustainable tourism
because it has a definite target to preserve
natural resources, cultural resources, and human
resources. However, the village regulations that
regulate home stays in Ubud do not yet exist in
the Awig Awig (Village Regulation) of
Customary Villages, so there must be certain
rules issued by the Customary Village as the
owner of the village Yard Land. With the
regulations issued by the Customary Village, the
people who build home stay on the Village Yard
Land have an obligation to contribute to the
Customary Village, and the Customary Village
has an obligation to return the funds obtained for
the welfare of the community.
REFERENCES
[1].Antariksa, Basuki. 2016. The Policy of
Tourism Development. Intrans Publishing.
Malang
[2].Swastawa, D. Made . 1987. Status and
Function of Bali Custom Land. CV.
Kayumas Agung, Dps.
[3].Surpha, I W, 1995. The Existence of Custom
Village in Bali. Upada Sastra, Denpasar
[4].Sumadi Suryabrata, 1998. Research
Methodology, CV Rajawali, Jakarta
[5].Van Vursion, C. A, 1995. Cultural strategic.
Kanisius Yogyakarta E
[6].Daily, Tribun Bali 27-1-2015, download
January, 11, 2018
[7].News Paper, Bali Travel News, January,17,
2011, download January,11,2018
 Implementation of discounted earning approach
method on revaluation of fixed assets (case study at
PT ASP Denpasar)
Ida Bagus Anom Yasa 1, I Ketut Sukayasa 2 , Dewi Liya Noviandari 3 and I Gst Ayu Kt. Giantari 4
1,
Accounting Department, Politeknik Negeri Bali, Jl. Kampus, Bukit Jimbaran, Badung, Bali, Indonesia. Phone
+62 361-701981
2,
Accounting Department, Politeknik Negeri Bali, Jl. Kampus, Bukit Jimbaran, Badung, Bali, Indonesia. Phone
+62 361-701981
3,
Accounting Department, Politeknik Negeri Bali, Jl. Kampus, Bukit Jimbaran, Badung, Bali, Indonesia. Phone
+62 361-701981
5
Economics and Business Faculty, Udayana University Jl. Kampus, Bukit Jimbaran, Badung, Bali, Indonesia.
Phone +62 361-701810

Abstract— This study aims to calculate the fair value of the building (2011), so the existing accounting standards need to be
of PT ASP Denpasar using the discounted earning approach. The improved to ensure that financial statements are useful,
application of this method was carried out as a result there was a very relevant and reliable [11].
significant difference between the value of the revaluation by the The Accounting Standards Statement (PSAK) 16 of 2014
bank and the Public Appraisal Services Office (KJPP) in Denpasar.
The type of data used is qualitative and quantitative data. Sources of
that applies in Indonesia, allows companies to evaluate the
data collected are primary and secondary data. The process of value of their fixed assets after recognition, by choosing a cost
collecting data in this study using methods of observation, interviews, model or revaluation [2]. But on the other hand, Lin and
and documentation. Data analysis uses discounted earnings approach Peasnell stated that revaluation of fixed assets is expensive,
method to determine the fair value of a building as stipulated in and companies that reassess their fixed assets usually have a
PSAK 68 and 48 in 2014. large amount of assets and are able to cover their financial
The results of the research show that the fair value by using the needs [7]. The Indonesian government also encourages entities
discounted earnings approach method obtained the appropriate fair to revaluate their fixed assets without having to worry about
value, in accordance with the conditions and location of the building the tax implications. Minister of Finance Regulation number
as determined in PSAK 48 of 2014.
191/PMK.010/2015 concerning revaluation of fixed assets for
I Introduction
tax purposes for applications submitted in 2015 and 2016,
Measurement of accounting elements is one of the important
stated that for companies that revalued their assets in 2015 and
factors in the process of preparing financial statements, so that
2016, tax relief was granted by the government.
the economic activities of an accounting entity can be
Based on the government's revaluation policy, one
presented fairly. Elements of an entity's financial statements,
company that revalues its fixed assets is PT. ASP Denpasar.
can be measured by various attributes, which are tailored to
Revaluations were carried out for buildings on Hasanudin and
the nature and purpose of these elements. The reliability and
Imam Bonjol streets, Denpasar, because there was a decline in
relevance of the measured attributes are important points in
value, resulting from a useful life of more than 20 years and
measuring assets, liabilities, equity, and other elements [10].
would enter a useful period of 20 years, so that the condition
Assets are the most important element of a company's balance
of the building was unnaturally valued at the acquisition cost.
sheet, because through assets, the company reaches its
Another objective of PT. ASP revaluation is: 1). so that
business operations and can become a financial investment
financial statements are not misleading for users, 2). to obtain
tool to achieve added value [6].
loan funds at the bank, it is expected that with a revaluation,
The increasing dependence on the value of the company
banks can provide loans that will be used for the company.
both in financial and intangible assets, as a result of rapidly
Asset revaluation remained on December 21, 2015 on the
changing values, has created risk for investors [5]. Rapid
basis of Certificate of Appraisal conducted by one of the
changes in value have resulted in the use of historical costs not
Public Appraisal Services Offices (KJPP) in Denpasar and
being relevant to measuring assets, because the credibility and
banks. The revaluation results carried out by KJPP differ
usefulness of financial statements is hampered by serious
significantly compared to revaluations by banks. The
challenges. Many opinions believe that accounting standards
difference in results, can be seen in the following table:
that use historical costs play an important role that causes
economic damage, as stated by Shanklin, Hunter and Ehlen

462
 Table 1. Fixed asset revaluation results.
Year Value of Value of
Building of revaluation by revaluation by
location acqui KJPP (Rp) Bank (Rp)
sition
Hasanudin 1993 1.078.680.000 5.730.000.000
street
Imam 1999 3.211.240.000 9.642.000.000
Bonjol
street
The data in table 1 shows, there are significant differences
between the results of revaluation values by KJPP and banks.
Cases like this often occur, so it is often debated whether fair
value can be measured reliably, especially in non-financial
assets, when there is no active market. This is due to the
measurement of the fair value model based on the model, and
managerial assumptions. In addition, the calculation of fair
value is highly dependent on the assessor's judgment, which
can cause intentional or unintentional bias [1].
This study aims to determine the amount of a reasonable
revaluation value, so that it reflects the value in accordance
with the conditions and location of the building of PT ASP
Denpasar.
II Theoritical Review
Revaluation of fixed assets is the revaluation of fixed assets
due to an increase in the value of the fixed assets in the market
or because of the low value of fixed assets in the company's
financial statements [11].
PSAK 68, stating the measurement of fair value for assets,
must consider the characteristics of the asset, such as the
condition and location of the asset, and restrictions if any, on
the sale or use of assets. Appraisal techniques are used in
accordance with circumstances where adequate data is
available to measure fair value [2].
Assessment techniques used: 1) Market Approach. The
market approach uses prices and other relevant information
generated by market transactions involving identical or
comparable assets or groups of assets; 2) Income approach.
The income approach converts the amount of future (cash flow)
to a single current amount (discounted). When the income
approach is used, the measurement of fair value reflects current
market expectations regarding the amount of the future; 3) Cost
Approach. The cost approach reflects the amount that will be
needed now to replace the asset benefit capacity. The valuation
technique used must be consistent, whether using a market,
income or cost approach. The income approach, using
valuation techniques that change the amount of cash flow or
future income to the current amount. The valuation technique
includes present value techniques, option pricing models such
as the Black-Scholes-Merton formula, binomial models and
multiple profit methods [8].
Measurement of value based on market value is, if the asset
is traded, however, if the asset is not traded, it is justifiable to
use the present value of the estimated net future cash flows [4].
Chambers states that exit cost accounting is corporate adaptive
behavior, where companies will retain their non-current assets,
463
if only the present value of future net cash flows from the use
of assets is greater, than the current net cash value expected
from alternative investments in asset. This is the concept of
opportunity costs, which uses exit prices as a basis for
measurement [9].
The discounted future cash flow or discounted earnings
approach is calculated by estimating the income to be received
from the operation of the asset, then adding up the value
obtained by considering the discount rate. The weakness of
this method is in determining the estimated future cash flows
that will be received by the company, because the income
received by the company is the result of the cooperation of a
group of assets owned by the company, and it will be difficult
to determine the proportion of the value obtained into each
asset appropriately [11].
Estimates of future cash flows used in determining the
value of assets used, taking into account, projected cash
inflows from continued use of assets, cash outflows arising to
generate future cash inflows, and net cash flows from disposal
of useful assets at the end of life . The discount rate for
discounting the future cash flows of an asset is a pre-tax level
that reflects the current market valuation of the time value of
money and the specific risk of the asset. To avoid double
accounting, uncertainty and specific risks for an asset, must be
calculated by adjusting the asset's future cash flows or discount
rates to calculate the present value of future cash flows [13].
III Research Methods
Data Collection Methods
The data collected is qualitative and quantitative data, which is
collected by observation method is direct observation of the
object under study. Conduct interviews with those authorized
to provide data needed and collect documents relating to fixed
assets, such as a list of revalued assets, appraisal revaluation
results, and financial statements of PT. ASP Denpasar.
Analysis Techniques
The analysis technique used to evaluate the fairness of the
value of PT ASP's fixed assets refers to research conducted by
[3,11,12] and according to accounting standards in PSAK 16,
48 and 68 in 2014 [2], with the following steps:
 Calculate estimated cash inflows and cash outflows.
 Calculating the discount rate.
 Calculate the estimated level of future cash flows, with
the following formula.
Estimated future = Estimated cash – Estimated cash
Cash flows inflows outflows
Calculate the fair value of fixed assets at discounted interest
rates.
IV Research Results and Discussion
1. Research Results and Discussion
Research Results
PT. ASP has a building located at 87-89 Hasanudin street,
Denpasar, with an area of 445M2, the useful life of the
building has expired, and has no residual value. The building
is located on Imam Bonjol street, Denpasar with an area of Source Discount
Amount Interest
1.126 M2, its useful life will expire in 2019, and the residual of Fund Rate
(Rp) Expense (Rp)
value of Rp51.590.113.-. The fairness assessment of assets is (%)
(2) (3)
carried out using the criteria contained in PSAK 16, which (1) (4)=(3/2)
regulates revalued fixed assets, PSAK 48 regulates the value Bank
of use value components, and PSAK 68 regulates the 13.319.836.756 2.351.236.342 18
debt
measurement of fair value. Based on these criteria, the Equity 6.000.000.000 480.000.000 8
calculation of fair value is carried out with the following
procedures: Total 9.319.836.756 2.831.236.342 14,65

Estimated Cash Inflows and Cash Outflows

Estimated future cash inflows, calculated from income that Calculating Estimated Future Cash Flows
will be received by the company. This method has a weakness, a) The estimated future cash flows, which are expected
because the income obtained from the cooperation of a group from the future cash flows of the asset, are calculated as
of assets owned by the company, while revaluation is carried estimated cash inflows less estimated cash outflows. Based on
out only on fixed assets. Research by [12,3] calculates future the data in table 2, the estimated cash flow of buildings on
cash inflows from projected revenues generated by these fixed Hasanudin street is Rp125.010.000,- (Rp138.900.000,- -
assets for one year, is the income of the building if rented out. Rp13.890.000,-) and on Imam Bonjol street Rp366.147.000,- -
PT. ASP determines the building rental rate of 13% of the cost (Rp406.830.000,- - Rp40.683.000,-).
of building, if the building is leased. Estimated cash outflows
are obtained from the costs incurred to operate the building. Calculating the Fair Value of Fixed Assets.
Estimated cash outflows in this study are final tax costs of Based on the estimated future cash flows and discount rates, it
10% of rental income (income tax article 4 paragraph 2). can be calculated the estimated future cash flows discounted
Table 2 shows the amount of cash inflows and cash outflows: during the useful life of the building. Calculation of estimated
future cash flows discounted, presented in table 4. The fair
Table 2. Estimated cash inflows and cash outflows value of a building can also be seen in table 4, which is
Imam Bonjol obtained by discounting the estimated future cash flows of the
Hasanudin Street
Explanation Street building, over its useful life (20 years). The fair value for
(Rp)
(Rp) buildings on Hasanudin and Imam Bonjol street using the
Market present value of expected future net cash flow method is
value 1.078.680.000,- 3.211.240.000,- Rp797.716.287,- and Rp2.336.464.486,-
KJPP
Residual Discussion
- (51.590.113,-)
value The results of calculating the fair value of the building, using
1.078.680.000,- 3.159.649.887,- the discounted cash flow method, show a more reasonable
Estimated value compared to KJPP and bank calculations. Banks take
13% 13%
rental rate into account land in the calculation of building revaluation of
Estimated PT. ASP, whereas the land is not an asset owned by PT. ASP,
cash 138.888.889,- 406.830.814,- so the value of revaluation by the Bank is very high. Another
inflows calculation is by KJPP, showing that the building revaluation
Rounded value is close to the acquisition cost if the company makes a
138.900.000,- 406.830.000,-
up new building, because it is likely to be calculated using market
Rate of prices. Measurement using the market value will be
10% 10%
PPh 4 (2) appropriate, if the asset is to be sold. If the asset is used for
Estimated company operations, it is justified to use the present value of
cash 13.890.000,- 40.683.000,- estimated future cash flows [4].
outflows The building conditions on Hasanudin and Imam Bonjol
street, according to observations indicate that the building is
Calculating the Discount Rate more than 20 years old, and will enter a useful period of 20
According to PSAK 48, the time value of money is the current years, so that the building conditions are unfairly measured
risk free market interest rate or discount rate [2]. Discount rate using market value, but more appropriately using the present
is useful to assess the economic capabilities that may be value in accordance with PSAK 48.
produced by an asset [11]. Risk-free market interest rate,
which is used in this study is the interest rate of Bank
Indonesia Certificates (SBI) of 8%, however, the source of
funds for financing PT. ASP is not only from equity but also
from Bank debt with an interest of 18%. Weighted average
capital costs are as follows:

464
 Table 4. Estimated future and discounted cash flows
V Conclussions and Recommendations
Conclussions
Revaluation of the building of PT ASP Denpasar by using
the discounted earnings approach, can be obtained that the fair
value is close to the actual condition of the building, compared
to the fair value calculated by KJPP and the bank. KJPP uses a
market value method to reassess the fixed assets of PT. ASP.
The use of market value methods is feasible if the fixed assets
are intended to be sold, while PT ASP uses the fixed assets for
the company's operations. The bank in reassessing the value of
its fixed assets also uses the market value method, but takes
into account the land in the calculation of its revaluation, even
though the land is not an asset of PT. ASP.
Recommendations
PT. ASP Denpasar should revaluate all its fixed assets, so
that the financial statements present the actual condition of
fixed assets. Revaluation of fixed assets, it is better to use the
estimated future cash flow method, because the building is
used for operational activities, not for sale and the condition of
the building that has expired, or is 20 years old.
VI Acknowledgment
We would like to thank the director and staff of PT ASP
Denpasar for the permission given to conduct research. We
also thank the Director, Head of the Accounting Department
and the Head of the P3M of Politeknik Negeri Bali for their
permission and support for us to conduct research.
References
[1] Dai Fei (Troy) Yao, Majella Percy and Fang Hu 2014
value accounting for non-current assets and audit
fees: Evidence from Australian companies Journal of
Contemporary Accounting & Economics, doi:
10.1016/j.jcae.2014.12.003
[2] Ikatan Akuntan Indonesia 2014 Standar Akuntansi Keuangan Per Efektif
1 Januarri 2015 Cetakan pertama,
[3] Kappa, Antonius 2006 Analisis Hubungan Revaluasi Aktiva Tetap
Dengan Return On Investment (ROI) Dan
Return On Assets (ROA) Studi Empiris Pada Perusahaan
Manufaktur yang Terdaftar di Bursa Efek Indonesia Tahun 2006’,
Skripsi Universitas Senata Dharma
[4] Kieso, Donald E., Jeery J. Weygandt dan Terry D.Warfirld Alih Bahasa :
Emil Salim 2008 Akuntansi Intermedite
Edisi Kesepuluh. Jilid I. (Jakarta: Penerbit Erlangga)
[5] Kossovsky, Nir 2002 Fair value of intellectual property, An options-
based valuation of nearly 8.000 intellectual
property assets Journal of Intellectual Capital Vol. 3 No. 1 62-72
[6] Liapis, Konstantinos J., and Christodoulopoulou, Elena P. 2011 How
GAAP and accounting treatments influence
property management Journal of Property Investment & Finance,
Vol. 29 Iss 3 pp. 251 – 279
[7] Lin, Y.C. and Peasnell, K.V 2000 Fixed asset revaluation and equity
depletion in UK Journal of Business
Finance and Accounting Vol. 27 No. 3, pp. 359-94
[8] Majercakova, Daniela and Skoda, Miroslav 2015 Fair value in financial
statements after financial crisis Journal
of Applied Accounting Research Vol. 16 Iss 3 pp. 312 – 332
[9] Palea, Vera 2014 Fair value accounting and its usefulness to
financial statement users Journal of Financial
Reporting and Accounting Vol. 12 Iss 2 pp. 102 – 116
[10] Prochazka, D. 2011 The role of fair value measurement in the recent
financial crunch Prague Economic Papers
Vol. 39 No. 1, pp. 71-88
[11] Sukendar W., Heri 2012 Konsep Nilai Wajar (Fair Value) Dalam
Standar Akuntansi Berbasis IFRS Di Indonesia
Apa Dan Bagaimana? Binus Business Review Vol. 3 No. 1: 93-
106
[12] Sparta and Parwita Sari 2011 Analisis Penerapan Fair Value Based
Pada Aktiva Tetap (Study Kasus Pada PT.
Pembangunan Jaya Ancol Tbk) Jurnal Akuntansi, Volume XV
ISSN 1410-3591
[13] Spiceland, J. David., Sepe, James F., Nelson, Mark W., Tan, Pearl.,
Low, Bernardine., Low and Kin-Yew 2012
Intermediate Accounting IFRS Edition, Global Edition McGraw-
Hill/Irwin, New York, NY, 10020
Fair
465
 TRANSPARENCY AND THE APPLICATION
OF
GOOD UNIVERSITY GOVERNANCE
Rita Martini1)*, Kartika Rachma Sari2), Rulyanti Susi Wardani 3), Zulkifli 4) , Sukmini Hartati 5),
Endah Widyastuti 6)
1)
Accounting Department, State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya, Palembang, Indonesia, *E-mail: martinirita65@gmail.com
2)
Accounting Department, State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya, Palembang, Indonesia
3)
Economic Faculty, Bangka Belitung University, Bangka Belitung, Indonesia
4)
Accounting Department, State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya, Palembang, Indonesia
5)
Accounting Department, State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya, Palembang, Indonesia
6)
Accounting Department, State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya, Palembang, Indonesia

Abstract— This research objective to analyze the
implementation of good university governance (GUG) at the state
universities in Southern Sumatera. Data collection techniques by
questionnaire, as measured by Likert scale. Respondents are
structurally state leaders. Data analysis techniques with confirmatory
factor analysis (CFA). GUG is a latent variable that is formed by
several indicators. The implementation of GUG determined by the
governing board, autonomy, accountability, leadership, and
transparency. The most important dimension is transparency, and the
dominant indicator is the ease of public access to information, where
the university/faculty/department/study program should ensure the
availability of high quality information for the user locks on state
university in Southern Sumatera.
Keywords—: transparency, good university governance
I INTRODUCTION
The concept of Higher Education in Indonesia based on
Government Regulation number 4 year 2014 about Higher
Education Management gives autonomy for university as the
Tridharma of university center management. State and private
universities have autonomy in management. The autonomy of
management in the areas: 1) Academic autonomy, comprising
norm and operational policies setting and management of
teaching and learning, research and public service; 2) Non
academic autonomy, comprising norm and operational policies
setting and management of organization, finance, student
affairs and facilities. Non academic autonomy is for increasing
the quality of education under good university governance.
Irregularity shown in reports on Supreme Audit Board audit to
16 universities and 3 the directorate generals in Ministery of
Education and Culture (http://www.bpk.go.id)/news).
Universities were classified as in irregularity in the use of the
budget the country, four are in Southern Sumatra. The findings
show still poor management of universities in Southern
Sumatra. Cases of corruption in universities such as levying of
education rates facilities and infrastructure in 16 universities
(of Tempo, edition November, 2012). Among those, four were
in Southern Sumatra; Lampung University, State Polytechnic
of Lampung, Bangka Belitung University, and Polytechnic
Manufacturing of Bangka Belitung
(http://edukasi.kompas.com; and http://m.news.viva. co.id/).
This research refered to research of Prasetyo and Kompyurini,
2007; Partolo, 2008; Suyono & Hariyanto, 2012; Amelia, et al.,
2013; and Nurhayati, 2013. This research analyzed the good
university governance application. Research on this topic was
still relevant especially in non-profit service organization. The
current researches were dominated by manufacturing company
and provit motive service company. Different from previous
researches, the objects of public sector organization were
universities.
From the study it can be seen indicators the application of
GUG should in state universities in Southern Sumatera. To is
done the measurement of unidimensional extent each
assessment indicators GUG and see the largest contribution of
the laten variable.
II. RESEARCH METHODOLOGY
Methods used was the descriptive survey and explainatory
survey. Methods of collecting data were direct survey, contact
person, courier, post, building teamwork, by internet, and
secondary data. The respondents were top management of
state universities in Southern Sumatera. The insturment was
questionnaire. This research applied cross sectional, studied
many respondents within determined time.
This research was done in universities in Southern Sumatera
(Table 1). The observational unit were top management like:
1) rector/director. 2) vice rector/vice director, 3) dean, 4) head
of department, and 5) head of studi program. Indrajit and
Richardus (2006) stated that the structural officials in a
university were manager. The sampling technic was simple
proportional sampling.
Table 1. The Population and Sample of Research
No Universities Population
1 Sriwijaya University 97
2 Bengkulu University 72
3 Lampung University 98
4 Bangka Belitung University 22
5 State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya 36
6 State Manufacture Polytechnic of 11
Bangka Belitung
7 State Polytechnic of Lampung 26
Total 362

466
Source: The Database on Higher Education. 2017
Information:
Observation unit at university: the rector, the rector of an
accomplice, a dean, and the head of a course of study
Observation unit in polytechnic: director, maid director,
the head of the department, and the head of a course of
study.
Sampling of the population used technique simple random
sampling. The sample took by spreading the questionnaire to
362 respondents. Data the questionnaire of the respondents
then, done verification data so that obtained the data valid of
220 respondents, and sample used of 220 respondents.
This research measured good university governance
application parameter with 26 adjustment indicators. This
research was aimed for knowing which indicator should be in
the application of good university governance. For this,
unidimensional measurement for each adjustment indicator
was done and method of second order CFA (Confirmatory
Factor Analysis) for seeing the biggest contribution of the
composer of latent variable.
III RESULT AND DISCUSSION
3.1 The Desciption of Data
The application of GUG in this research was higher education
management related to identification, validation, and
realization of requirement and consequences, culture and
controlling instrument related to autonomy of institution and
individual freedom in the context of public responsibility of
institution that will be managed. Data description of GUG
application were the perception of top management of state
university in Southern Sumatera. The result of descriptive
analysis of GUG application comprises five dimensions:
governance structure, autonomy, accountability, leadership,
and transparency.
The grand mean score of responds perception on the
application of good university governance variable was 3,84 in
3,4 - 4,2 interval. It can be concluded that the application of
good university governance in state university in Southern
Sumatera was in good caterogy in general.
The accumulation of respondents’ responses tells that good
university governance application in state university in
Southern Sumatera was sufficient since most answers were
agree and very agree for all 26 items related to good university
governance application.
The analysis result of variable description indicated that the
element of good university governance in state universities in
Southern Sumatera which had highest score (964) was
university that gave authority to study
program/department/faculty for preparing curriculum and
program. While the element of good university governance
application in state universities in Southern Sumatera that had
the lowest score (689) was university/faculty/department/study
467
program that gave authority to invest fund/endowment in
financial and physical assets.
The element of good university governance application in state
universities in Southern Sumatera that had the highest and
lowest score was in sub variable autonomy. Autonomy enabled
university and study program to have independency to manage
resource competence and reponsed the fast changing market
demand. The autonomy could make manager increase
performance (Boer, et al., 2008:35-40). The increasing
performance would place the university in strong market.
This indicated that top management (study
program/department/faculty) of state universities in Southern
Sumatera got full authority in arranging curriculum and
program. This fact is supported by research finding done by
Aghion (2007) that stated autonomy would be followed by
managerial performance improvement. Neave and VanVught
(1994) cited in Saint (2009) in Nurhayati (2014:2) stated that
autonomy was the result of dynamic interaction in university
governance. In one side, university is trying to create
institution autonomy so that it can get flexibility in controlling
and on the other side it is trying to ensure that university is
able to provide good service (funded by public funds), high
qualified eduction as the return for public support, and
produce graduates, research and services relevant to public
and economic demand.
3.2 Confirmatory Factor Analysis
CFA analysis was addressed for getting valid or significant
construc/variable. Criteria of a contruct/variable were valid if
they met 0,5 of factor loading value. To get valid Good
University Governance model was done in two steps.
Setelah melakukan seleksi dalam 2 tahap pembentukan model
CFA terhadap beberapa indikator, maka indikator dengan
factor loading ˂ 0,5 dihilangkan sedangkan factor loading ˃
0,5 digunakan dalam model. Kontribusi tiap indikator terhadap
variabel penerapan GUG disajikan pada table 2.
Table 2. CFA of The GUG

Source: Output of SEM Lisrel 8.70
Table 1 indicated that all indicators of good university
governance had tvalue > 1,96, that all indicators were significan
(valid) to mengukur/membentuk konstruk GUG. The incoators
of good university governance construct had the CR > 0,7 and
VE > 0,5. It can be concluded that all indicators of good
university governance were valid and reliable.
The result of confirmatory factor analysis showed that the
application of good university governance in state university
in Southern Sumatera was determined by governing board,
autonomy, accountability, leadership, and transparency
dimensions. The main one was transparency. Transparency
dimension in state universities in Southern Sumatera that
mainly needed attention was accessibility of information by
public, in which university/faculty/department/study program
needed to assure the availability of high quality of information
for key users (indicator GUG 25 on table 1).
Transparency is the principle that assures access and freedom
of everybody in getting information about governance, like
information about policies, designing and executing processes,
and achievement. Transparency means open access for every
concerned party for any related information (Clarisa, 2009).
Transparency also means that decision making and
implementation is done based on the applied law and
regulation. Information is available and can be directly access
by stakeholder that will be influenced by the decision. The
available information must be in easy to understand form and
media.
If it is related to university as entity, the university must be
able to manage resources for the shake of stakeholder.
Stakeholders in university among others are the students,
parents/custodians, alumni, other universities, government,
and public. Roles and contribution of public in developing
higher education can be tangible or intangible. Public
participation in improving the quality and relevancy of
468
education will be bigger by empowering public, increasing
active role of profit and non-profit institutions. Higher
education accountability function is through public control
role (Dikti, Kemendikbud RI, Renstra Dikti 2010-2014,
2009:12).
IV CONCLUTIONS
The application of good university governance in state
universities in Southern Sumatera was determined by
governing board, autonomy, accountability, leadership, and
transparency. The main dimension was transparency.
Dominant indicator of transparency dimension that needs
attention was the accessibility of information by public in
which university/faculty/department/study program had to
assure the availability of high quality of information for key
users in state universities in Southern Sumatera.
Next research can involve different object in state university
in other area so that the benefits of research result will be
wider. And involve other structural officials like head of
internal monitoring unit, commitment maker official, also staff
and lower officials in order to get more comprehensive
research result.
REFERENCES
[1]Aghion, P., et al. 2009. The Governance and Performance of Research
Universities: Evidence from Europe and The US. NBER Working Paper
Series. National Bureau of Economic Research. Cambridge.
[2]Amelia, Ira, Desmiyawati and Nur Azlina. 2013. Pengaruh Good
Governance, Pengendalian Intern, dan Budaya Organisasi terhadap Kinerja
Pemerintah Daerah (Studi pada Satuan Kerja Pemerintah Kabupaten
Pelalawan). Universitas Riau.
[3]Badan Pemeriksa Keuangan Republik Indonesia. 2013. Ikhtisar Hasil
Pemeriksaan Semester I Tahun 2013. Buku II: Pemeriksaan Laporan
Keuangan. Jakarta: September 2013.
[4]Boer, H. De, J. Enders & U. Schimank. 2007. “On the Way Towards New
Public Management? The Governance of University Systems in England,
the Netherlands, Austria, and Germany.” in D. Jansen (ed.) New Forms of
Governance in Research Organizations. Disciplinary Approaches,
Interfaces and Integration. Springer, Dordrecht: 135-152.
[5]Claris. 2009. “Good Governance Using Right-Based Approach in Higher
Education and Conduct of Capability Building.” NAPSIPAG International
Confference 2009. Human Capital and Good Governance.
[6]Henard, Fabrice. 2008. Governance and Quality Quidelines in Higher
Education, A Review on Governance Arrangements and Quality Assurance
Guidelines. OECD Series.
[7]Indrajit, Richardus Eko & Richardus Djokopranoto. 2006. Manajemen
Perguruan Tinggi Moderns. Jogyakarta: Percetakan Andi.
[8]Martini, Rita. 2016. ‘Pengaruh Efektifitas Pengendalian Intern dan
Komitmen Organisasional terhadap Penerapan Good University
Governance serta Implikasinya pada Kinerja Manajerial (Studi Empiris pada
Perguruan Tinggi Negeri di Sumatera bagian Selatan)’. Disertasi. Program
Pascasarjana Universitas Persada Indonesia Y.A.I.
[9]Nurhayati, Isnaeni. 2013. ‘Pengaruh Good University Governance,
Efektivitas Audit Internal, Komitmen Organisasional terhadap Kinerja
Manajerial dengan Partisipasi penganggaran sebagai Variabel Intervening
(Survey pada Universitas Negeri dan Swasta di Jawa Barat)’. Disertasi.
Program Pascasarjana Universitas Padjadjaran. Bandung.
[10]Prasetyono and Nurul Kompyurini. 2007. Analisis Kinerja Rumah Sakit
Daerah dengan Pendekatan Balanced Scorecard Berdasarkan Komitmen
Organisasi, Pengendalian Intern dan Penerapan Prinsip-Prinsip Good
Corporate Governance (GCG) (Survei pada Rumah Sakit Daerah di Jawa
Timur). Simposium Nasional Akuntansi X. Universitas Hasanuddin,
Makasar.
[11]Pratolo, Suryo. 2008. Pengaruh Audit Manajemen, Komitmen Manajer
pada Organisasional, Pengendalian Intern terhadap Penerapan Prinsip-
 prinsip Good Corporate Governance dan Kinerja Perusahaan. Jurnal
Akuntansi dan Investasi (IX) No.1 Januari, 2008:15-23.
[12]Saint, William. 2009. Guilding Universities: Governance and
Management Arragements Arround the Globe. Human Development
Network World Bank. October 2009. (http://siteresources.worldbank.org).
[13]Suyono, Eko & Eko Hariyanto. 2012. Relationship Between Internal
Control, Internal Audit,and Organization Commitment with Good
Governance: Indonesian Case. China-USA Business Review. September
2012, (11) No. 9, 1237-1245. (https://www.academia.edu/8034056).
[14]http://m.news.viva.co.id/
[15]http://edukasi.kompas.com
[16]http://www.kemdiknas.go.id/
[17]http://bpk.go.id/

469
 Jakarta Composite Index (JCI) movement : case study based
on short term data of the Fed's interest rate, BI rate and
inflation
Saiful Ghozi1, Aditya Achmad Rakim2
1,2
Banking and Finance Program, Balikpapan State Polytechnic, Jl.Soekarno Hatta
KM.8, Balikpapan, East Kalimantan, Indonesia
1
saiful.ghozi@poltekba.ac.id, 2aditya.achmad@poltekba.ac.id
Abstract. Increase in the Fed's interest rate
will caused a large capital outflow that affected the
capital market and investment in a country. Bank
Indonesia interest rate(BI Rate) raise will trigger an
increase in the inflation rate, raise in inflation will
also have an impact on the amount of money
revolving in the market. This study analyzed
Jakarta Composite Index (JCI) movement base on
the Fed's interest rate, BI Rate and inflation. The
population used in this research is historical data of
the Jakarta Composite Index (JCI) for the 2013-
2017 period. The results of the JCI index movement
data two weeks after the announcement of the Fed's
rate raise indicated that the Fed's interest rates were
proven. The results of the test of the effect of the BI
Rate on the index movement indicate that an
increase in the BI Rate of market participants will
respond positively. While an increase in the
inflation rate will cause a negative response by
market participants due to the decline in the level of
corporate profits.
Keyword :Fed’s interest rate, BI Rate interest rate,
inflation, JCI
470
1. Introduction
The capital market is a corporate facility to
increase long-term needs by selling shares or
issuing bonds. So, the capital market can be
used as one of the means to get funds that can
be used to improve company performance,
thus affecting the overall economic
development of Indonesia [1]. The current
development of globalization has a closer
relationship between the economy of a country
and other countries, so that if there is an event
in a country, that information can affect the
economy of other countries, both directly and
indirectly [2]. The capital market transaction
can be affected by events that occur both
domestically and globally. Market reaction to
an event can be reflected in several indicators
such as stock price movements and number of
transactions. This happens because investors
consider a lot of information in making
investment decisions. The United States is a
superpower with the largest economy in the
world. Based on the US Bereau of Economic
Analysis (BEA) in the United States if
measured based on Gross Domestic Product
(GDP) as of 2014 reached USD17,418.3
trillion, the current dollar is accepted as a
common global currency as foreign exchange
reserves of countries in the world , and
accepted as an international trade payment
instrument. Based on these reasons, it is not
surprising that any decline or increase in the
Fed's interest rate as the central bank of the
United States will affect the entire economy
and stock exchanges of other countries around
the world. An increase in interest rates will
affect the portfolio of foreign investors in
investing, if it is considered profitable then
foreign investors will move their funds from
Indonesia and other developing countries to
America, but if they have a perception of
returns they will get less, then they will prefer
to settle investing on the capital market in
Indonesia. The following is the response of the
Jakarta Composite Index (JCI) to the Fed's rate
hike or decline:
2 et al (2012), Hsing (2004), interest rates and
1.5
1
0.5
0
Percentage
-0.5
-1
-1.5
-2
-2.5
30- 29- 29-
Jan-13 Jan-14 Jan-15
FED interest rate 0.25 0.25 0.25
JCI 0.02 0.03 0.51
Figure 1. JCI movement vs The Fed interest
rate
The increase interest rates of US central bank
will also affect the economies of various
sectors in Indonesia. The increase interest rates
of US central bank caused a large capital
outflow that affected the capital market and
investment climate in a country, both the stock
market and bond market. The decision US
central bank's interest rate hike also affected
the Indonesian central bank to raise interest
rates, and vice versa. The increase Indonesian
central bank's interest rate which was also
carried out by Bank Indonesia was aimed at
not much capital outflow flows from within the
country, if needed, Bank Indonesia would do
other things to minimize of capital outflows.
The Fed interest rate have an influence on the
movement S&P500 index [3]. Surbakti's
(2011) shows US central bank interest rates
affect the movement JII index [4]. Meanwhile,
Witjaksono's (2010) is in line with other
researches Prasetiono (2010), Kharawish et al
(2010), Mahmudul and Gazi (2009), Ologunde
(2006) that interest rates have an influence on
the index movement [5][6][7].
Abbas ValaDkhani, Surachai Chancharat and
Charles Havie (2006) found differences in
research results, macroeconomic variables, one
of which interest rates didn't have an influence
on the movement of capital markets in
Thailand [8]. Based on Kewal (2012), Narayan
inflation have no effect on the stock index
movement [9]. In line with other researches,
Ito (20013) found negative impact of interest
rates and real estate sectoral index [10]. Based
on these reasons, this study aims to determine
the effect in the short term central bank of US
(The Fed) Interest Rate, the central bank of
Indonesia (BI Rate), and inflation on the
movement of the Jakarta Composite Index.
17-
17- 4-Jan- 15- 15- 14-
Mar-
Dec-15 16 Dec-16 Jun-17 Dec-17
17
0.5 0.5 0.75 1 1.25 1.5
-1.92 0.7 -0.43 -0.12 -0.91 0.09
2. Literature Review
Jakarta Composite Index is an indicator
generally reflects trend of stock price
movements on the Jakarta Stock Exchange
[11]. The stock price index has two main
benefits, namely as a marker of market
direction and measuring profit levels. JCI uses
all companies listed as a component of Index
calculation. Index movement in capital market
there is a lot of information that can affect the
situation. Increase or decrease in the index can
be caused internal and external factors, both the
corporate itself, nation, or globally.
The Fed's interest rate is one of the economic
indicators in the United States. The interest
rates of US central bank (the Fed) movement is
often used as a basis for investment decisions.
This affects because if the Fed's interest rate
rises, investors will choose investment
471
instruments that lower risk, it is not Variable
surprising N Min Max Mean Std. De
that any decline or increase in the Fed's interest
rate as the central bank of the United States will
IHSG
affect the entire economy and stock exchanges 78 4352.26 6355.65 5186.00 633.2
of other countries around the world. An
increase in interest rates will affect theFED
portfolio 78 0.003 0.015 0.00762 .00449
of foreign investors in investing,BI_Rate if it is 78 0.043 0.078 0.05858 .01358
considered profitable then foreign investors
will move their funds from Indonesiainflation
and other 78 -0.002 0.011 0.00399 .00360
developing countries to America, but Valid N (listwise)
if they 78
have a perception of returns they will get less,
then they will prefer to settle investing on the
capital market in Indonesia
BI rate is used as a reference implementation of
monetary control operations. BI interest rate is
expected to affect interbank money market
interest rates and long-term interest rates. The 3. Method
increase Indonesian central bank's interest rate
which was also carried out by Bank Indonesia 3.1. Population and Sample
was aimed at not much capital outflow flows Population in this study are data the Fed's
from within the country, if needed, Bank interest rate, inflation, BI rate, and JCI
Indonesia would do other things to minimize of histories. Sample submitted the historical
capital outflows.BI interest rate change will movement of the JCI within a period of 2 (two)
have an influence on the capital market and weeks after the announcement of the increase
financial markets. If the interest rate rises, it or decrease in the Fed's interest rate.
will directly increase the interest expense. If
corporate has high leverage will get heavy 3.2. Performance Measurement
impact on increasing interest rates. This The Fed interest rate
increase in interest rates can reduce the
The Fed interest rate is interest rate set by the
profitability of the company so it can influence
Fed as a reference for loans given to banks.
the stock price of the company. Prasetiono
(2010) investigated and found BI interest rates The Fed's interest rate in this study was the
have an influence on the JCI movement [5]. Central Bank's US interest rate as measured by
percentage units (%).
Inflation is a trend of general prices to rise BI rate
continuously. Inflation arises from an increase BI rate is used as a reference in the
in an item which results in a large increase in implementation of monetary control
the price of other goods[12]. High inflation is operations. BI rate in this study is the Bank
not favoured by capital market players because Indonesia interest rate as measured by
it will increase production costs. Inflation arise
percentage units (%).
affect to production costs causes an increase in
Inflation
the price of domestic goods than it has an
impact on the corporate performance and the Inflation is trend of prices to rise continuously
stock price. so that it has an impact on corporate
performance and share price performance.
The data analysed by multiple linear regression Jakarta Composite Index (JCI)
model used for the analysis are closed prices Jakarta Composite Index is index of all types
JCI on two weeks after the Fed's rises or of shares listed on the stock exchange, as a
decrease interest rates. market direction and profit rating .
Table 1 Descriptive statistic of data
3.3. Methodology
Descriptive Statistics This section sets out how to analyze the
relationship of stock prices with interest rates

472
 and inflation. Equation (1) explains impact of
stock prices with interest rates and inflation.
𝐼𝐻𝑆𝐺𝑡 = α +
𝜷𝟏 (𝑭𝑬𝑫)𝒕 +
𝜷𝟐 (𝑩𝑰_𝑹𝒂𝒕𝒆)𝒕 +
𝜷𝟑 (𝑰𝒏𝒇𝒍𝒂𝒕𝒊𝒐𝒏)𝒕 +
e interest rates will affect the portfolio of foreign
where IHSG = Jakarta Composite Index (JCI);
FED = The Fed interest rates; BI_Rate = BI
interest rates; Inflation = Inflation rates.
4. Result
The result of regression analysis that all the
coefficients statistically significant within 5
percent level is bellow.
Table 2 Partial Test (t-test)
Model Standardized t Sig.
Coefficients
Beta
(Constant) 16.429
FED 0.697 8.661
inflas -0.318 -6.942
BI_Rate -0.131 -1.696
5.1 Partial Test Results (t-test)
The first hypothesis proposed is the Fed's
interest rate affect JCI movement. The results
show that there is a statistically significant
influence between the Fed's interest rate on the
JCI movement. The significant test using the t-
test at 5% significant level. The t-table value is
1.992, while the t-value is 8.661 and prob.
0.00.
The second hypothesis proposed is the BI rate
affect JCI movement. The results statistically
show that there is didn't affect and
insignificant interaction between the BI rate
and JCI movement. The t-table value is 1.992,
while the t-value is -1.6696 and prob. 0.09.
The third hypothesis proposed is the inflation
rate affect JCI movement. The results show
that statistically affected and significant
interaction between the inflation rate and the
JCI movement. The t-table value is 1.992,
while the t-value is -6.942 and prob. 0.00.
5.2 Result
The Fed's interest rate increased will have an
impact on savings and deposit interest rates,
which has the effect moving the flow of funds
from one of financial instrument to other
financial instruments. An increase The Fed
investors in investing, if it is considered
profitable then foreign investors will move
their funds from Indonesia and other
developing countries to America, but if they
have a perception of returns they will get less,
then they will prefer to settle investing on the
capital market in Indonesia. This finding
supports several previous studies that is
Surbakti (2011), Ben S. Bernanke and Kenneth
N. Kuttner (2003)[4][13].
BI rate interest rate increased affect JCI in the
short term. This finding BI rate interest rate
increased does not affect JCI in the short term.
BI rate interest rate increase in short term will
0.000 effect to decline in the JCI movement in a few
days, but the JCI index will rally back to point
0.000
or built a new point. This finding supports
0.000 several previous studies research of Abbas
0.094 Valadkhani, Surachai Chancharat and Charles
Havie (2006), and Kewal (2012)[8][9].
Inflation occurs demand for products exceeds
the capacity of their product offerings, price
impact to increase. This finding supports
several previous studies research
Rusbandriandri's, et al (2012), Shiblee (2009),
Wismantara and Darmayanti (2017)
[14][15][16].
5. Summary and Conclusion
The development of globalization nowadays
has a closer relationship between the economy
of a country and other countries, so if one
country has problem that information can
affect the economy of other countries, directly
or indirectly [2]. Market reaction can be
reflected in several indicators such as share
price movements and number of transactions.
This happens as an impact investors consider a
lot of information to make investment
decisions.
473
Based on the results of testing hypothesis, have
a conclusion the Fed's interest rate increased
has an impact on JCI index movement
accepted. The Fed's interest rate increased will
have an impact on interest rates on savings and
deposits so that the impact of funds flows from
a financial instrument to other financial
instruments. The JCI Index will decline in a
few days, but JCI index will rally back to point
or built a new point. The effect BI rate interest
rate increase impact on JCI movement is
refused. Meanwhile, high inflation will reduce
the purchasing power of money, as reducing
level of income earned by investors.
This research is limited only to the movement
Jakarta Composite Index (JCI) on rising
interest rates and inflation, future research can
add to the Dow Jones index movement
variables, Hangseng index movement, or the
Nikkei 225 index movement to be analyzed, or
specifying the population by the movement of
the Indonesian Sharia Stock Index (ISSI), or
Jakarta Islamic Index (JII).
6. Suggestion and Limitation
This research is limited only to the movement
Jakarta Composite Index (JCI) on rising
interest rates and inflation, future research can
add to the Dow Jones index movement
variables, Hangseng index movement, or the
Nikkei 225 index movement to be analyzed, or
specifying the population by the movement of
the Indonesian Sharia Stock Index (ISSI), or
Jakarta Islamic Index (JII).
References
[1] J. Hartono, Teori Portofolio dan
Analisis Investasi, 5th ed. BPFE UGM
Yogyakarta, 2008.
[2] M. Fakih, Teori Pembangunan dan
Globalisasi. Yogyakarta: INSIST Press
& Pustaka Pelajar, 2001.
[3] K. Guo, W.-X. Zhou, S.-W. Cheng, and
D. Sornette, “The US Stock Market
Leads the Federal Funds Rate and
Treasury Bond Yields,” PLoS One, vol.
6, no. 8, p. e22794, Aug. 2011.
[4] E. P. A. Surbakti and L. T. Tjun,
“Pengaruh Non Farm Payroll, Suku
474
Bunga Bank Sentral Amerika Serikat
(The Fed), dan Indeks Nikkei 225
Terhadap Indeks dari Saham-saham
Perusahaan Berbasis Syariah di Jakarta
Islamic Index,” J. Akunt., vol. 3, no. 1,
pp. 34–52, 2011.
[5] Prasetiono and D. Wahyu, “Analisis
Pengaruh Faktor Fundamental Ekonomi
Makro dan Harga Minyak Terhadap
Saham LQ45 Dalam Jangka Pendek
dan Jangka Panjang,” J. Indones. Appl.
Econ., vol. 4, no. 1, pp. 11–25, 2010.
[6] A. Mahmudul and S. Gazi, “The
Relationships Between Interest rate and
Stock Price: Empirical Evidence from
Developed and Developing Countries,”
Int. J. Bus. Manag., vol. 4, no. 3, pp.
43–51, 2009.
[7] A. O. Ologunde, D. O. Elumilade, and
T. O. Asaolu, “Stock Market
Capitalization and Interest Rate in
Nigeria: A Time Series Analysis,”
Econ. Policy Rev., vol. 13, no. 2, pp.
36–47, 2007.
[8] Valadkhan, AbbasHavie, and S. C. and
Charles, “The Interplay Between the
Thai and Several Other International
Stock Markets,” Wollongong, 2006.
[9] S. S. Kewal, “Pengaruh Inflasi, Suku
Bunga, Kurs, dan Pertumbuhan PDB
terhadap Indeks Harga Saham
Gabungan,” J. Econ., vol. 8, no. 1, pp.
53–64, 2012.
[10] T. Ito, “The Impact of Stock Price and
Interest Rate on the REIT Market in
Japan,” Int. J. Bus., vol. 18, no. 4, pp.
359–369, 2013.
[11] A. Hartanto, “Analisa Hubungan Indeks
Saham antarnegara G20 dan Pengaruh
terhadap Indeks Harga Saham
Gabungan,” J. FINESTA, vol. 1, no. 2,
pp. 136–140, 2013.
[12] Boediono, Teori Pertumbuhan
Ekonomi. Yogyakarta: BPFE, 1999.
[13] B. S. Bernanke and Kenneth N.
Kuttner, “What Explains the Stock
Market’s Reaction to Federal Reserve
Policy?,” 2004.
[14] S. P. Rusbariand, Masodah,
Riskayanto, S. Herawati, and U.
Gunadarma, “Analisis Pengaruh
 Tingkat Inflasi, Harga Minyak Dunia,
Harga Emas Dunia, dan Kurs Rupiah
Terhadap Pergerakan Jakarta Islami
Index di Bursa Efek Indonesia,” in
Forum Bisnis dan Keuangan I, 2012,
pp. 725–740.
[15] L. S. Shiblee, “The Impact of Inflation,
GDP, Unemployment, and Money
Supply on Stock Prices.”
[16] Wismantara, Darmayanti, S. Yoga, and
N. P. Ayu, “Pengaruh Nilai Tukar,
Suku Bunga dan Inflasi terhadap Indeks
Harga Saham Gabungan di Bursa Efek
Indonesi,” J. Manaj. Univ. Udayana,
vol. 6, no. 8, pp. 4391–4421, 2017.

475
 Social network in tourism: case on tourism villages
N I K Dewi1, I N Abdi2, and I G A B Mataram3
1
Business Administration Department, Bali State Polytechnic, Bukit Jimbaran, Kuta Selatan, Badung, Bali,
Indonesia
2
Accounting Department, Bali State Polytechnic, Bukit Jimbaran, Kuta Selatan, Badung, Bali, Indonesia
3
Tourism Department, Bali State Polytechnic, Bukit Jimbaran, Kuta Selatan, Badung, Bali, Indonesia
Abstract— The purpose of this paper are firstly, to
construct the framework of relational networks of stakeholders
and secondly to unveil the participation of stakeholders in
social network context. The notion by Kimbu and Ngoasong
(2013) regarding participation in social network context is
applied as reference. Two tourism villages are the case studies
located in Bongkasa Pertiwi and Pangsan tourism village.
Both are located in Badung Regency, Bali. This study
examines the attitude of stakeholders in cooperating with each
other by utilizing qualitative research. Thus this study is an
explanatory in nature. A semi-structured in-depth interview
with the stakeholders, observation and documentation are the
data collection method used. The data is analized by using a
cross case method. The frameworks of relational network and
the participation in social network context are drawn from the
data. The findings reveal that frameworks of relational
network can be devided into Tourism Distribution Network
and Tourist Experience Network. The participation in social
network in Bongkasa Pertiwi and Pangsan tourism village can
be catagorized into strong interlocking ties (relationship bound
by formal contract) and strength of weak ties (relationship
bound by informal agreement). The suggestion for tourism
village is better to have a formal contract in order to ensure the
relationship in the network and able to maintain sustainability.
I. INTRODUCTION
The tight competition in the tourism market encourages
tourism businesses or destinations to seek for new approaches,
adopting new strategis and models to match the current
requirement [1]. Establishing a cooperation in a network
instead of merely competing as a stand alone business is an
alternative solution [2,3,4]. The network concept explores the
relationship among entities such as organizations or people
that are called nodes [5]. They are embedded in a relational
structure and do not act in isolation but in a relation to other
actors [6]. Nodes may represent individuals, teams,
organizations, communities, regions or social artefacts [6].
The member of networks bound together based on the
existence of trust, commitment, communication, exchange,
mutuality, respect and reciprocity [7]. A cooperation network
is a process of a limited number of organizations working
together to achieve the same goals but remain in control to
their own resources [8,9]. Most of the studies about network
relate to the structure of this relationship. Networks is
regarded as an important way to transfer information and
resources as well as cooperation among tourist firms [10].
Tourism has always been a networked industry comprises of
476
national tourism offices, hotels, attaractions, transport, tours,
travel agents and restaurants [5].
Network analysis in the tourism sector gains a lot of
attention from researcher [11]. Network can be seen as a
useful framework for analysing the evolution of business,
product development, and opportunities for further
development [12]. Network also has a role for managing
public-private relationships and understanding structure of
tourism governance [12]. There are three research streams
could be identified that related to network analysis in the
tourism contexts: (1) network analysis on the tourism research
collaboration and knowledge creation; (2) network analysis on
the tourism supply, destination, and policy systems; and (3)
network analysis based on the tourist movements and
behavioral patterns [11]. Tourism networks has variety of
relations, firstly, dense ties encourage conformity, acceptable
action, and inclusion, therefore, they encourage destination
cohesion [13]. Secondly, sparse ties among groups can
exclude stakeholders, therefore, they are able to act as bridges
to those players who are external to the destination, facilitating
importation of new information into the region, and
introducing innovation [14]. There are four tiers of
participation in a network relationship, those are strength of
weak ties, strong interlocking ties, cross-cutting ties, and
structural equivalence [15]. These four tiers type of
participation are used to explore the existing social network in
tourism.
The concept of network of stakeholders or actors involved
in a relationship also applied in the tourism village as a tourist
destination. The main purpose of a tourism village involves in
a relationships within a network is to maintain its
sustainability in long-term [16]. Thus, cooperation and
collaboration of stakeholders are important in a networks.
Additionaly, there is no study focuses on tourism supply chain
particularly the tourism distribution network of a tourism
village [11]. With this regards, the purpose of this paper are
twofold. Firstly, to construct the framework of relational
networks of stakeholders. Secondly, to unveil the participation
of stakeholders in social network context. The notion by
Kimbu and Ngausong regarding participation in social
network context is applied as a reference. Conceptually, this
study explores the concept from stakeholder theory and social
network theory [15] that is to: (1) identify stakeholders in
tourism [17,18,19]; (2) examine the patterns of network
relationship [20]; and (3) analyse their roles [8]. The following
is the literature review related to the discussion of this study. It
is started with describing the networks in the tourism sector,
stakeholders in tourism sector and social network structure in
tourism.
II Literature review
2.1. Networks in the tourism sector
A network is defined simply as an inter-organization
cooperation and collaboration [21]. Network success factor is
characterized by embeddedness, dominance, and the overlap
of resources [22]. Embededness is related to the extent to
which a firm has dense relationships within the network this is
caused by series of positive result of being in the relationship.
Dominance is defined as the resources, either physical or
information, flow whitin the network reflecting the power of
each firm relative to others. The overlap of resources means
the similarity of resources that firms have in a network. Thus
network reflects relationship enhancement. Network in
tourism destination such as tourism village has drawn attention
from many reseachers. Ramayah, Lee and In define a tourism
network is “a set of formal, co-operative relationships
between appropriate organizational types and configurations,
stimulating inter-organizational learning and knowledge
exchange and a sense of community and collective common
purpose that may result in qualitative and/or quantitative
benefits of business activity, and/or Network collaboration and
performance community nature relative to building profitable
and sustainable tourism destinations”.[7]
Being involved in a network for a tourist destination has some
benefits. The benefits are: (1) able to organize and integrate
tourism destinations; (2) improve the performance of tourism
destination; (3) provide tourists with unforgetable experiences;
and (4) function in turbulence competitive world [23,24,25].
2.2. Stakeholders in tourism sector
Stakeholder involvement or collaboration in the tourism sector
has been believed as a source for maintaining sustainability
[7,16,26,27]. Tourism stakeholders include various types such
as immigration, customs, local government, locals, hotels,
tourism site management, suppliers, distributors, competitors,
transporters and other firms carrying out complementary
activities [7]. However, in the tourism distribution network for
tourism village, the stakeholders consist of organizations
(private or public) that are travel agent, tour operator,
performance provider, attraction provider, activity provider,
owner of accomodation (homestay) and owner of small
business. This stakeholders in the tourism industry coordinate
and collaborate to synergize their resources to achieve their
common goals either it is tangible (profit) and intangibles
(knowledge sharing) which trust, commitment and effective
communication are the foundation [7].
2.3. Social network structure
The network structure demonstrate an overview of its
architecture in which the patterns of how information and
resources are transferred [28]. The density of the network
structure reflects the number of connections between actors
within the network. The highly dense networks consist of
many connections in which information is exchanged within a
477
network that prevent third party influence. On the other hand,
less dense networks have fewer connections which allow
organizations to have more liberty in their actions. Kimbu and
Ngoasong state the social network as: “understanding the
nature of participation in tourism development involves an
examination of the structure of the tourism industry, defined as
a social network, to uncover the representative stakeholders,
the attributes they have with other stakeholders, the nature of
interactions and how these influence different elements of
tourism development.”[15] A social network can be
established if there is trust, commitment and communication
within stakeholders in the networks [7,1]. Stakeholders
participation in a social network context are: (1) Strength of
weak ties (stakeholders who are acquaintances based on
informal contacts); (2) Strong interlocking ties (stakeholders
who are strongly connected based on formal contacts); (3)
Cross-cutting ties (stakeholder relationships that cut across
competing and conflicting interests); and (4) Structural
equivalence or status in a network [15].
III Methodology
Regarding the objectives of this study, an approach of a
qualitative nature was applied utilizing a multiple case studies.
The reason is because qualitative approach is not rigid, it
allows interaction with the subject of investigation and the
process is inductive to provides a general notion [29]. The
case study as one of qualitative method is used because it
allows the researcher to examines a contemporary
phenomenon in the real life context in which the phenomenon
and the context are not clearly define [30]. In line with the
replication approach, a multiple case study was applied in this
study [30]. The cases are two tourism villages which have
similar tourism attractions and activities. These are Bongkasa
Pertiwi and Pangsan tourism villages located in Badung
Regency, Bali Province, Indonesia. Data was collected by
utilizing a semi-structured in-depth interview with the
stakeholders, observation and documentation [30]. Each case
was analyzed separately by analyzing within-case information
into data and finding the cross-case patterns. Within case was
analysed following [31] by data reduction, data display,
conclusion drawing and verification. Data display for the
findings is by presenting in the table.
IV Result and Discussion
4.1. Background of the cases
Pangsan Village is a village located in Petang District, Badung
Regency with 2.597 people live here. The main tourist
attractions are adventurous activities such as rafting, cycling,
trekking and cultural. Bongkasa Pertiwi is a tourism village
located in Abian Semal District, Badung Regency with 2.276
people live here. It is famous with adventurous attraction and
activities such as rafting, swing, ATV, paint ball and silver
smith.
4.2. Findings in Bongkasa Pertiwi Tourism Village
The information from the interview with 21 informants from
stakeholders was analyzed and the result is presented in Tabel
1 as follows.

Table 1. Social Relationship Participation of Stakeholders
with Bongkasa Pertiwi Tourism Village.
Relationship Participation with Bongkasa
Stakeholders
Pertiwi Tourism Village
Community The community plays an active role in
supporting the existence of a tourism village
through the establishment of Tourism
Awareness Group (TAG) which manages,
controls and responsible to the tourism
activities within the village. The relationship
within TAG and between TAG and tourism
village is bound with formal contract.
Performance The dance group, traditional music group,
Providers and other groups related to arts
performances have unsignificant role in
supporting tourism villages because the
main attraction in this village is adventure
tourism. No formal contract.
Village Village officials have an important role
Officials particularly in ensuring availibility of proper
infrastructure. For example, Village-Owned
Enterprises or Bumdes are engaged in
providing clean water to community because
of the abundant water in this village.
Government Local government plays a role in providing
workshops on entrepreneurship but are not
routinely conducted.
Travel Travel agencies have a major role in
Agencies bringing tourists to this village but there is
no formal contract between travel agencies
and the village, only informal agreement.
They work together based on merely trust
and commitment.
Tourists Tourists visit the village predominantly
arranged by travel agents and only a few by
their own initiative. Usually, the tour
package has already included tour activities
and visit attractions. Voluntary travellers get
the information about the village from
friends' recommendations, social media
(mostly facebook and instagram), and
browse the internet.
Homestay There is only one homestay in the village
with only 10 rooms. The numbers of tourist
stay here are low, this is because tourist
attractions mainly is adventures tourism
which do not take a long time to enjoy.
There is no contract with the tourism village.
Tourism Tourism businesses, such as rafting, silver
Business shop, swing, paint ball, ATV, do not have an
exclusive contract with the tourism village.
4.3. Findings in Pangsan Tourism Village
478
The information from the interview with 18 informants from
stakeholders was analyzed and the result is presented in Tabel
2 as follows.
Table 2. Social Relationship Participation of Stakeholders
with Pangsan Tourism Village.
Stakeholders Relationship Participation with Bongkasa
Pertiwi Tourism Village
Community The involvement of TAG is very
comprehensive. TAG has succeeded in
transmitting public awareness of tourism
to community. TAG coordinates
internally and externally and manages
tourism village with formal contract.
Performance There is a dance and traditional music
Providers performer groups. The goups perform
based on appointment. No formal
contract.
Village The role of the village officials are very
Officials important for the progress of the tourism
village. They involve in ensuring the
infractructure is ready to support tourist
activities. For example, making sure the
village is clean, sufficiency of water and
electricity. There is formal contract
between village official and TAG.
Government The role of the Badung Regency
government is very active by facilitating
workshop, training, waste management
system, and promotion. The role of the
Provincial Government of Bali is only to
coordinate the tourism villages.
Travel The role of travel agents in bringing in
Agencies tourists is not too significant. No contract
with tourism village only informal
agreement.
Tourists The number of tourists visit Pangsan is
very few. However, they are satisfied
with the visit. Travelers are aware of
tourism villages from the internet and
word of mouth. Tourists come because of
their own will.
Homestay There are a relatively small number of
homestay owned by local residents. There
is a contract with TAG
Tourism There is a business of rafting, trekking
Business and cycling belong to a local resident. No
formal contract with tourism village.
4.4. The framework of relational network and social network
participation in tourism village
With regards of findings from Bongkasa Pertiwi and Pangsan
the framework of relational network and social network
participation can be drawn as in the figure 1.

[1]
[2]
[3]
[4]
[5]
Figure 1. The framework of relational network and social [6]
network participation in tourism village
Figure 1 presents the relational network of tourism village in
which tourism village as the central of network. The relation is [7]
divided into Tourism Distribution Network and Tourist
Experience Network. Tourism distribution network consist of
[8]
Tour Operator and Travel Agent. While, tourist experience
network consists of Tourism Business, Government,
Community, Homestay, Performance Provider, and Tourists. [9]
They inter-related and cooperative in doing business with
different rate of participation. In the same light as Kimbu and [10]
Ngoasong [15] the social network participation exist in the
tourism village network has 2 types: (1) strength of weak ties
(among Tourism Village, Tour Operator, Travel Agent, [11]
Tourism Business, Government, Homestay, Community,
Performance Provider, and Tourists); and (2) strong [12]
interlocking ties (only dyad relationship between Tourism
Village and Government, Homestay, Community and
[13]
Performance Provider). Strong interlocking ties is because
they have formal contract in their relation. This is in line with
[32] stated that a destination is a sparse network characterized [14]
by a low level of density meaning most of the relationship in
[15]
the network is strength of weak ties.
V Conclusion
[16]
The framework of relational network in tourism village,
particularly in Bongkasa Pertiwi and Pangsan can be devided [17]
into Tourism Distribution Network and Tourist Experience
Network. Meanwhile, social network participation reflects
strength of weak ties (relationship bound by informal
[18]
agreement) and strong interlocking ties (relationship bound by
formal contract). The suggestion for tourism village is better to
have formal contract in order to ensure the relationship in the [19]
network and able to maintain sustainability.
Acknowledgement [20]
I would like to extend my gratitude to those who contribute to
[21]
my research, without them this research won’t be possible.
This paper is funded by Ministry of Research, Technology and
Higher Education of Republic of Indonesia 2018. [22]
479
REFERENCES
Marion T J, Eddleston K A, Friar J H, and Deeds D 2015 The
evolution of interorganizational relationships in emerging ventures: An
ethnographic study within the new product development process Journal
of Business Venturing 30(1) pp 167–184
doi:10.1016/j.jbusvent.2014.07.003
Fyall A and Garrod B 2005 Global Tourism ed 3 (Burlington:
Butterworth-Heinemann/Elsevier publications pp 52-73
Beritelli P 2011 Cooperation among prominent actors in a tourist
destination Annals of Tourism Research 38(2) pp 607–629
doi:10.1016/j.annals.2010.11.015
Czernek K 2014 Tourism features as determinants of knowledge
transfer in the process of tourist cooperation Current Issues in Tourism
20(2) pp 204–220 doi:10.1080/13683500.2014.944107
Baggio R and Sainaghi R 2016 Mapping time series into networks as
a tool to assess the complex dynamics of tourism systems Tourism
Management 54 pp 23–33 doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2015.10.008
Jesus C and Franco M 2016 Cooperation networks in tourism: A
study of hotels and rural tourism establishments in an inland region of
Portugal Journal of Hospitality and Tourism Management 29 pp 165–175
doi:10.1016/j.jhtm.2016.07.005
Ramayah T, Lee J W C, and In J B C 2011 Network collaboration
and performance in the tourism sector Service Business 5(4) pp 411–428
doi: 10.1007/ s11628-011-0120-z
Baggio R, Scott N, and Cooper C 2010 Network science; a review
focused on tourism Annals of Tourism Research 37(3) pp 802–827
doi:10.1016/j.annals.2010.02.008
Pechlaner H and Volgger M 2012 How to promote cooperation in the
hospitality industry International Journal of Contemporary Hospitality
Management 24(6) pp 925–945 doi:10.1108/09596111211247245
Lemmetyinen A and Go F M 2009 The key capabilities required for
managing tourism business networks Tourism Management 30(1) pp 31–
40 doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2008.04.005
Liu B, Huang S (Sam), and Fu H 2017 An application of network
analysis on tourist attractions: The case of Xinjiang, China Tourism
Management 58 pp 132–141 doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2016.10.009
Presenza A and Cipollina M 2010 Analysing tourism stakeholders
networks Tourism Review 65(4) pp 17–30
doi:10.1108/16605371011093845
Pavlovich K 2003 The evolution and transformation of a tourism
destination network: The Waitomo Caves, New Zealand Tourism
Management 24(2) pp 203–216 doi:10.1016/S0261-5177(02)00056-0
Scott N, Cooper C, and Baggio R 2008 Destination networks Annals
of Tourism Research 35(1) pp 169–188 doi:10.1016/j.annals.2007.07.004
Kimbu A N and Ngoasong M Z 2013 Centralised decentralisation of
tourism development: A network perspective Annals of Tourism Research
40 pp 235–259 doi:10.1016/j.annals.2012.09.005
Graci S 2013 Collaboration and partnership development for
sustainable tourism Tourism Geographies 15(1) pp 25–42
doi:10.1080/14616688.2012.675513
Timur S and Getz D 2008 A network perspective on managing
stakeholders for sustainable urban tourism International Journal of
Contemporary Hospitality Management 20(4) pp 445–461
doi:10.1108/09596110810873543
Timur S and Getz D 2009 Sustainable tourism development: how do
destination stakeholders perceive sustainable urban tourism? Sustainable
Development 17(4) pp 220–232 doi:10.1002/sd.384
Waligo V M, Clarke J, and Hawkins, R 2013 Implementing
sustainable tourism: A multi-stakeholder involvement management
framework Tourism Management 36 pp 342–353
doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2012.10.008
Poudel S, Nyaupane G P, and Budruk M 2014 Stakeholders’
perspectives of sustainable tourism development Journal of Travel
Research 55(4) pp 465–480 doi:10.1177/0047287514563166
Merinero-Rodríguez R and Pulido-Fernández J I 2016 Analysing
relationships in tourism: A revie. Tourism Management 54 pp 122–135
doi:10.1016/j.tourman.2015.10.010
Van der Zee E and Vanneste D 2015 Tourism networks unravelled; a
review of the literature on networks in tourism management studies
Tourism Management Perspectives 15 pp 46–56
doi:10.1016/j.tmp.2015.03.006
[23] Zach F and Racherla P 2011 Assessing the value of collaborations in
tourism networks: a case study of Elkhart County Indiana Journal of
Travel & Tourism Marketing 28(1) pp 97–110
doi:10.1080/10548408.2011.535446
[24] Cawley M, Marsat J B, and Gillmor D A 2007 Promoting integrated
rural tourism: Comparative perspectives on institutional networking in
France and Ireland Tourism Geographies: An International Journal of
Tourism Space, Place and Environment 9(4) pp 405–420
doi:10.1080/14616680701647626
[25] Gretzel U and Fesenmaier D R 2003 Implementing a knowledge-
based tourism marketing information system: The Illinois tourism
network Information Technology & Tourism 6(4) pp 245–255
doi:10.3727/1098305032781175
[26] McComb E J, Boyd S, and Boluk K 2016 Stakeholder collaboration:
A means to the success of rural tourism destinations? A critical evaluation
of the existence of stakeholder collaboration within the Mournes Northern
Ireland Tourism and Hospitality Research 17(3) pp 286–297
doi:10.1177/1467358415583738
[27] Robertson P J 2011 An assessment of collaborative governance in a
network for sustainable tourism: The case of Redeturis International
Journal of Public Administration 34(5) pp 279–290
doi:10.1080/01900692.2010.550078
[28] Baggio R 2017 Network science and tourism – the state of the art
Tourism Review 72(1) pp 120–131 doi:10.1108/tr-01-2017-0008
[29] Saunders M, Lewis P, and Thornhill A 2012 Research Methods for
Business Students 6th ed Edinburgh: Pearson Education Limited
[30] Yin R K 2014 Case Study Research Design and Methods 5th ed
Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage
[31] Miles M B and Huberman A M 2003 Qualitative Data Analysis 2 ed
Oxford:Oxford University Press 32
[32] Del Chiappa G and Presenza A 2013 The use of network analysis to
assess relationships among stakeholders within a tourism destination: An
empirical investigation on Costa Smeralda-gallura, Italy Tourism Analysis
18(1) pp 1–13 doi:10.3727/108354213x136137202835

480
 Boosting Students’ Communicative Competence
through Utilizing SION-PNB LMS: How Digital
Literacy could be Implemented Effectively in
Vocational College
Gede Ginaya1, I Ketut Suarta2, I Ketut Budarma3, Gusti Nyoman Suci Murni4, I Ketut Suja5, I Nyoman Mei
Rejeki 6
1
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia, ginaya@pnb.ac.id
2
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia
3
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia
4
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia
5
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia
6
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia

Abstract— The 21st century has witnessed significant
changes in the context of language teaching or learning as
the world is increasingly globalized and digitalized.
Therefore, students in vocational college as the modern
learners are not only faced with the growing need to
communicate in expanding contexts, but also the demand to
learn the skills to be able to survive and succeed in today’s
world as both a local and global citizen. A whole person
education is consequently imperative to equip students with
both hard and soft skills. While the stakes for improving core
language competencies are higher, there is a need to develop
such skills as digital literacy, critical thinking, problem
solving, and other collaborative activities which are
integrated to autonomy, intercultural competence, and
environmental and civic literacy. With this in mind and in
order to make every endeavour of the vocational graduates to
be qualified as well as competitive in their future
professional career, a research was carried out on
manipulating information and communication technology
(ICT) for language teaching/learning. The objective of this
study is finding out the effectiveness of implementing the
SION-PNB learning management system (LMS) for
engaging students in real-world skills related to technology
to boost the students’ communicative competence.
Participants were 40 fourth semester students (20 males and
20 females) enrolled in a three/four-year diploma program in
Tourism Department, State Polytechnic of Bali in 2017/2018
academic year. Data were collected through classroom
action-based research procedures in 3 cycles of learning.
Results from the pretest-posttest control group design were
evaluated by paired T-tests and mixed design ANCOVA
(analysis of covariance) in order to identify any statistically
significant improvements following the intervention.
Meanwhile, qualitative data was analysed based on the
whole observation of the action and the result of the
questionnaires. Findings revealed that the students
participating in the treatment were significantly improved in
terms of English communicative competence, and the
improvement was also supported by their increased learning
motivation and interest. Limitations and suggestions for
successful applied action-integrated instruction of digital-
literacy learning and implications for future research are
provided.
Keywords— communicative competence, Learning
Management System (LMS), digital literacy, collaborative
learning, vocational education, qualified graduates
I. Introduction
The 21st-century era nowadays is known as the age of
knowledge as the main foundation for various aspects of life.
The learning paradigm of the 21st-century emphasizes that
education is in the knowledge age by accelerating the
enriching knowledge enhancement and this paradigm
emphasizes students’ ability to communicate and collaborate
[1]. According to Ali and Abdallaabdalganaem (2014)
integration of technology in education has increasingly
become an important concern in education [2-3]. E-Learning
in the 21st Century provides a coherent, comprehensive, and
empirically-based framework for understanding e-learning in
higher education [4] as computer-assisted teaching using the
internet has radically changed the teaching paradigm [5].
The conventional education system has focused on
transmitting the teacher’s knowledge (what the teacher
knows, which is not necessarily what he or she should
know) to students. However, it has paid less attention to the
other aspect of education, namely, learning. Learning is the
acquisition of new mental schemata including knowledge or
cognitive domain, abilities and skills as well as
co mp et e nc ie s i n t h e d o mai n o f a ffec ti ve a nd
p s yc ho mo to r which can be used to solve problems
potentially mo re successfully, furthering decision making on

481
the basis of experience, which elevates learning to do, to be,
and to live together as a basis for achieving an effective
comprehensive assertion of the learners want to know [1,
5, 6].
The tendency of learning as an active process is preferable
to the alternative for all, or most teaching learning activities
nowadays. This evidence may arise due to the intention to
reduce teachers’ domination during the classroom activities as
its consequence teachers are getting away from a teacher-
cantered which is regarded as a conventional method [9-15].
In line with the advantage of utilizing technology in teaching
learning process, a research project has been being conducted
entitles GLAT – Games for Learning Algorithmic Thinking.
The project provides support to students and teachers for the
adoption of relevant and high-quality digital skills and
competencies, especially those relating to the field of digital
content creation - coding, in order to foster employability,
socio-educational and professional development [16-18].
Essentially, e-learning is an alternative way to teach and
learn. It is a recent phenomenon that has not yet
incorporated the pedagogical principles of teaching [19-
20]. The visible gap brought and made this research a useful
investigation to undertake to find out the effectiveness of
blended learning when it is applied in EFL class at vocational
college. This research was aimed at finding out the effect of
SION-PNB e-learning integrated to face-to-face conventional
method towards students’ communicative competence at
vocational college. Communicative competence is how to use
the language in communication with three important aspects of
grammatical competence, sociolinguistic competence, and
strategic competence. This statement, especially in relation to
how to use the language in real communication including
those three aspects of communicative competence [10, 21].
This study aims to investigate the effects of the
implementation of SION-PNB e-learning to students’
communicative competence. It seeks to answer the following
questions:
1. Is there any significant improvement in the students’
communicative competence scores in control and
experimental groups in the post-tests?
2. Are there any significant differences between the control
and experimental groups in the post-tests in relation to
the implementation of SION-PNB e-learning?
II. Methodology
This study is conducted by using a classroom action-based
research or cyclic process of planning, action, observation, and
reflection (Kemmis et al, 2013). Thus, on the basis of this kind
of research, the research involved three cycles in which each
cycle was completed in two sessions. The research procedure
applied is in accordance with the need of measuring the
students’ communicative competence which is chronically
ordered in line with the philosophy of research method.
Research Design
The design of this study is a quasi-experimental by dividing
the students into experimental and control groups. The
experimental group received WebQuest project tasks
482
embedded in a modified face-to-face traditional teaching
model which was set up from communicative activities,
practices, and presentation. While the control group received
the face-to-face traditional teaching model (presentation,
practices, communicative activities) only. The students’ scores
of speaking in the post-test were compared for both groups in
order to determine whether there were significant differences
between the groups in relation to the treatment.
Participants
The study was conducted in Tourism Department at State
Polytechnic of Bali involving the fourth semester students.
The participants were 40 students in the Tourism Department,
2017/2018 academic year. There are four levels of English
proficiency in the study program. The first semester is false
beginning, second semester is pre-intermediate, third and
fourth semesters are intermediate, and fifth semester is
advance. By applying the purposes random sampling
technique, from the fourth semester students that consist of 11
classes then randomly assigned 40 students, twenty each for
control and experimental group.
Instruments
There are two kinds of instruments used in this research, one
instrument for recording the students’ performances during the
action given, such as teaching diary and observation sheets,
and the other instrument was in the form of tests and
questionnaires. There were two kinds of test used in this
research, such as pre-test (test 1) for the preliminary
observation in speaking, post-test (test 2) for the final
performance in speaking. The questionnaires were used to
collect the data especially those that were related to the
students’ feeling, motivation, interest towards the
implementation of blended learning. Before the tests and
questionnaires were administered their validity and reliability
were tested. For this purpose, focus group discussions (FGD)
were conducted in the class with different participants in order
to measure the validity and reliability of the instruments
before they were standardized by one of the professors in the
faculty of teacher training and education at one public
university in Bali.
Data Collection
The data was collected based on the procedure of classroom-
based research which is consisted of planning, action,
observation, and reflection [22]. This research project was
conducted in a six-week period in which each week consisted
of two meeting sessions and one session was completed in 2 x
50 minutes. In the first week, both experimental and control
groups received 2 sessions teaching instruction. The materials
that were used in the instruction taken from the lesson book
provided for the students in which the learning method was
mostly deductive, the topic discussions were set up in a
chronicle order from presentation, practices, and
communicative activities. In the second week, pre-test (test 1)
of oral presentation was administered to both groups in order
to ensure that the subjects in this study were at the same
proficiency level in English communicative competence
before the treatment was given. The treatment period was
three weeks. During the treatment period, the experimental
group received researcher-designed WebQuest (web-based
activity) as a project task through e-learning using SION
network. While the control group only received the
conventional method.
Data Analysis
The data were analyzed in two ways, namely quantitatively
and qualitatively. The quantitative data were analyzed base on
the speaking performances during the instructions. The
students’ scores in the preliminary observation (test 1) were
analyzed using SPSS-17.0 program and a t-test was computed
to ensure that there was not any difference between the
experimental and control groups. While, the scores of the
students in the post-test (test 2) were again analyzed in the
SPSS. Then, paired sample t-tests were computed for the
results of both groups in order to investigate the differences
between the pre-test and post-test in each group.
In order to investigate the differences between the
experimental and control group in the post-test, an analysis of
covariance (ANCOVA) was conducted. Meanwhile, the
qualitative data were analyzed based on the result of the
observation conducted after the treatment applied, and the
result of the questionnaires. Here, the condition and the
situation of the class during the teaching learning process took
place, the interaction, the motivation, the attitude, and the
interest of the students in doing the communicative activities
and practices were analyzed in order to know the effectiveness
of the learning model applied. And also, in order to know the
problems that might be faced by the students during the
teaching learning process, which caused they could not
improve their communicative competence.
III. Results of the Study
This study concerns with analysing of the quantitative data
from the answer of the research questions and qualitative data
from the whole observation of implementing blended learning
through 3 applications of WebQuest project tasks embedded in
the face-to-face conventional teaching model and the result of
questionnaires. The research questions in this study were
concerned about the effect of the blended learning to students’
communicative competence. In order to provide a plausible
answer to the research questions the procedures of
implementing e- learning through the applications of
WebQuest project tasks embedded in a modified face-to-face
traditional teaching model were conducted to generate the
students’ communicative competence.
The Result of the Pre-test
There were 15 topics discussed in the semester and each topic
was consisted of two teaching sessions in a week. 3 topics
were chosen to be applied in the blended learning. The lesson
was conducted in 3 weeks with 2 meeting sessions every
week. Before the students received the treatment, both
experimental and control groups were taught by the
483
conventional teaching model for one week or two meeting
sessions. After the teaching learning process was conducted,
pre-test (test 1) of speaking was administered to both groups in
the following week in order to ensure that the subjects of this
study were at the same proficiency level in communicative
competence. The results of the pre-test showed that the mean
averages of the subjects’ grades on the pre-test were very
similar as they were seen in the table 1. These results were
computed through Independent Samples Test (t-test) and
revealed at the p<.05 level in scores for the two groups [t = -
.117, p= .908].
Table 1. The result of pre-test
The Result of the Post-test
Based on the result of the preliminary observation, the
research was started for the next instruction by applying the
treatment. In the planning step the researcher concerned on
improving the students’ communicative competence on the
English subject through blended learning in the experimental
group. For this purpose, an instructional planning or teaching
learning scenario and instruments were prepared. Before the
students worked online, face-to face instruction on the
application of the treatment was presented. The teacher
displayed the WebQuest project task on the white board and
assigned the students into small groups and each group was
consisted of 3 until 4 students. In this case, there were 6
groups from 23 students, 5 groups consisted of 4 students and
1 group consisted of 3 students. The 6 groups of the students
then divided into 2 groups, group 1-3 and group 4-6, to be
registered in the e-learning application. After face-to face
instruction in the class completed, the instruction was
switched into e-learning using SION. By this e-learning the
teacher could manage communication with the students online
concerning the completion of the WebQuest project tasks. The
students had about 3 days to complete each task and it was
submitted based on the due date stated in the SION. After the
submission of the task the students returned to the class in the
following meeting session of the week to practice speaking in
a modified teaching model. On the other hand, the control
group was remaining to be taught conventionally, as in the
first instruction, without WebQuest supplementary. However,
the students in this group given the same post-test as the
students in the experimental group.
In pursuing the relationship between the students’ speaking
scores in control and experimental groups in the post-test in
order to seek whether any significant improvement in the
students’ speaking scores of the two groups after the learning
intervention applied, mean scores on the post-test (T2) were
then calculated for each group. In other words, descriptive
analysis and paired samples t-tests were used to investigate
any statistically significant differences in the results of the
posttest compared with those of the pre-test for both groups.
Table 2 below shows the paired samples t-test results for
speaking scores in the control and experimental group.
Table 2. The Result of Post-Test
The students’ responses toward the implementation of
blended learning in the English subject showed positive
indication. The evidence of this statement could be seen on the
result of the application of the questionnaires on each
application. In the first application there was 22% of the
students said that they were very happy and there was 75% of
them said that they were happy, and 3% said that they were
happy nor unhappy, when they were asked about the feeling
and interest in learning English through blended learning as it
is shown in the figure 3 below

Figure 1 below shows the overall look of the mean scores of happy very
the control and experimental groups in the pre and post-test. nor… happ…
110
happy
60 75%
10 Figure 4. The students’ perception to blended learning
Control Experiment
IV. Discussion
pre-test post-test As the learning action continued, the students’ interactions
were getting better in which they were challenged to be active
Figure 1. Mean scores of the communicative competence in learning due to the technique applied in the second
application facilitated with business games and role plays in
in the pre and post-test the communicative activities and practices. As a result, the
The Analysis of ANCOVA students became more active participated in the learning since
The results of both groups showed that there were significant they found the learning was fun and interesting. In addition,
improvements in students’ communicative competence after they could release their tension and stress in learning as they
receiving treatments in the three applications of WebQuest could freely express their ideas in the activities and share ideas
project tasks. However, the treatment effects were investigated with other students through group discussions. Even, the slow
in order to answer the second research question: Are there any students could learn here from others and they got phrases,
significant differences between the control and experimental sentences, and grammatical points from their friends, which
groups in the post-tests in relation to the implementation of were used for oral presentation. Finally, in the third
blended learning? In order to answer the second research application which was facilitated with problem solving in the
question, an analysis of covariance (ANCOVA) was communicative activities, the students could get engaged in
conducted controlling the pre-test scores. collaborative activities, shared learning experiences and new
Table 3. The ANCOVA tests knowledge. This progress of learning due to the
implementation of blended learning by applying WebQuest
embedded to the modified face-to-face traditional teaching
model. In order to ensure a learning progression, the teacher
may apply strategies like explaining some principles or
concepts, providing the students with simpler versions of a
problem to facilitate their understanding and support their
learning. Such support is continued by the teacher till a time
The different achievement between the control and the students are able to handle the expected complexity level
experiment group as it is shown in the figure 3 below. on their own. In this case, scaffolding is really needed for
teaching English as a skill. The WebQuest project tasks offer
90 this facility of supported learning. The tasks provide the
80
70 students with practice space and ample time to learn English
60 for achieving the learning outcomes which are stated in
50
40 syllabus of the curriculum.
30
20 In relation to the classroom interaction, the students tried
10
to interact maximally in order to get better solution for the
Pre-test Post-test
problems. These activities and practice were intended to
Figure 3. Mean scores of both groups stimulate their speaking creativity. So here, it could be clearly
seen that the students’ participation during the teaching

484
learning process improved well. It also meant that the students
enjoyed the class and they were pushed to work hard in
maximizing their potential to use their English. Consequently,
their speaking ability was improved significantly as it was
shown by the result of the post-test.
Another interpretation of the finding has to do with the kind of
language input which students were exposed to. The language
input for oral activities which can be derived from wide range
of sources that form the basis for communicative activities and
practices will help the students deal with real situations they
are likely to encounter in the future provided to students in the
conventional instruction for communicative competence was
somewhat insufficient, that is, affected to the students' present
level of English proficiency. In addition, the instruction
received by the students in conventional method was so
monotonous that they could not performed optimally during
the teaching learning process. Consequently, they often felt
low motivated, less interest, and lack of participation in the
teaching learning process [23-25]
V. Conclusions
Based on the result of the findings and discussion stated
earlier, it can be concluded that the implementation of blended
learning can improve the communicative competence of the
second semester students at the vocational college. The
improvement achieved by the students here is also supported
by the fact that the application of WebQuest active-learning
activities can improve the students’ learning motivation and
interest. As a result, they can interact actively during the entire
process of learning. Therefore, the application of the web-
based activities in the classroom is really needed in order
students can maximize their English language skills.
Considering on the conclusion formulated above, the
essence of blended learning can be used as an alternative
technique or activities in English class. The teacher should be
active in facilitating the learning through the application of
online activities so that the activities can encourage students’
critical thinking skills, such as comparing, classifying,
inducing, deducing, analysing errors, constructing support,
abstraction, analysing perspectives. The teacher’s creativity in
designing fun and lived communicative activities will be able
to stimulate their learning interest and motivation.
REFERENCES
[1] Marhaeni, A.A.I.N. “Pengembangan Rubrik untuk Optimalisasi
Penilaian Kinerja Mahasiswa”. A paper presented in the workshop of
composing the assessment rubric in Tourism Department, Bali State
Polytechnic June 16th 2017.
[2] Ali, S.D. and Abdallaabdalganaem, M., 2014. Adopting Blended
Learning Instruction to Promote Learner ́s Oral Competence. Research
Journal of English Language and Literature, 2(4), pp.279-287.
[3] Ginaya, G., Rejeki, I. N. M., & Astuti, N. N. S. 2018. The effects of
blended learning to students’ speaking ability. International Journal of
Linguistics, Literature and Culture (IJLLC), 4(3), 1-14.
[4] Garrison, D.R., 2016. E-learning in the 21st Century: A Community of
Inquiry Framework for Research and Practice. Routledge.
485
[5] Alonso, Fernando, et al. "An instructional model for web‐based
e‐learning education with a blended learning process approach." British
Journal of educational technology 36.2 (2005): 217-235.
[6] Anderson, L. W. and Krathwohl, D. R., et al (Eds.) (2001) A Taxonomy
for Learning, Teaching, and Assessing: A Revision of Bloom’s
Taxonomy of Educational Objectives (abridged edition).
[7] Davtyan, R. (2014, April). Contextual Learning. In ASEE Zone I
Conference. USA: University of Bridgeport.
[8] Eison, J., 2010. Using active learning instructional strategies to create
excitement and enhance learning. Jurnal Pendidikantentang Strategi
Pembelajaran Aktif (Active Learning) Books, 2(1), pp.1-10.
[9] Richards, J.C. and Rodgers, T.S., 2014. Approaches and methods in
language teaching. Cambridge university press.
[10] Somawati, N.P., Astuti, N.W., Kanca, I.N., Widanta, I.M.R.J. and
Ardika, I.W.D., 2018, January. Task-based language teaching: how it is
implemented effectively? In Journal of Physics: Conference Series (Vol.
953, No. 1, p. 012075). IOP Publishing.
[11] Mansor, A.N., Abdullah, N.O., Wahab, J.A., Rasul, M.S., Nor, M.Y.M.,
Nor, N.M. and Raof, R.A., 2015. Managing problem-based learning:
Challenges and solutions for educational practice. Asian Social
Science, 11(4), p.259.2015 ISSN 1911-2017 E-ISSN 1911-2025
[12] Richards, J.C. and Schmidt, R.W., 2013. Longman dictionary of
language teaching and applied linguistics. Routledge.
[13] Caswell, C.A., 2017. Design and Facilitation of Problem-Based
Learning in Graduate Teacher Education: An MA TESOL
Case. Interdisciplinary Journal of Problem-Based Learning, 11(1), p.6.
[14] G. Ginaya, I.N.R. Ariana, N.P. Somawati, I.W. Dana Ardika, I.M.A.
Putra. “The Implementation of Guided Discovery-Learning Strategy at
Polytechnic Negeri Bali (PNB): An Innovative Language Teaching to
Improve Students’ Speaking Ability,” unpublished.
[15] Hernández‐Leo, Davinia, et al. "Analytics for learning design: A layered
framework and tools." British Journal of Educational
Technology (2018).
[16] J. Rugelj, M. Laanpere, I. N. Šerbec. “GLAT - Games for Learning
Algorithmic Thinking,” unpublished.
[17] Vandika, A. Y. (2016, May). The application of web-based learning by
using a blended learning approach in speaking ii class of English
education study program of teacher training and education faculty of
Bandar Lampung University. In International Conference on Education
and Language (ICEL)(p. 170).
[18] Picciano, A. G., Dziuban, C. D., & Graham, C. R. (Eds.).
(2013). Blended learning: Research perspectives (Vol. 2). Routledge.
[19] Oliver, K., & Stallings, D. (2014). Preparing teachers for emerging
blended learning environments. Journal of Technology and Teacher
Education, 22(1), 57-81.
[20] Hung, H. T. (2015). Flipping the classroom for English language learners
to foster active learning. Computer Assisted
[21] Widanta, I., Sitawati, A. A., Aryana, I., & Ardika, I. (2016). Self-
directed learning (SDL)-based learning center (LC): a strategy to
improve students’ TOEFL score. International Journal of Research in
Social Sciences, 6(2), 51-58.
[22] Berg, Bruce Lawrence, Howard Lune, and Howard Lune. Qualitative
research methods for the social sciences. Vol. 5. Boston, MA: Pearson,
2004.
[23] Laborda, Francisco, et al. "Detection, characterization and quantification
of inorganic engineered nanomaterials: a review of techniques and
methodological approaches for the analysis of complex
samples." Analytica chimica acta 904 (2016): 10-32.
[24] Hussein, Yaseein Soubhi, Mohamad Yusoff Alias, and Ayad Atiyah
Abdulkafi. "On performance analysis of LS and MMSE for channel
estimation in VLC systems." Signal Processing & Its Applications
(CSPA), 2016 IEEE 12th International Colloquium on. IEEE, 2016.
[25] Long, Michael H., and Catherine J. Doughty, eds. The handbook of
language teaching. Vol. 63. John Wiley & Sons, 2011
 Wanagiri Hidden Hill Rural Tourist Activities: A
Strategy of Diversifying Bali Tourist Attraction
Endeavour
Ni Nyoman Sri Astuti1, Gede Ginaya2, I Ketut Suarta3, Ni Ketut Bagiastuti4
1
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia, nyomansriastuti@pnb.ac.id
2
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia
3
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia
4
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali, Badung-Bali, Indonesia

Abstract—. The development of Bali tourism has been a Keywords— strategy-mix marketing, promotion, rural tourism,
vehicle for diversification in many areas throughout the island. diversification, tourist attraction, endeavor.
For some of them, it appeared as a successful strategy of
I. Introduction
developing the tourism sector as it can give a multiplier effect
Developing tourism sector is one of the endeavors to promote
for the community surrounding the tourism resorts. However,
the rural area as a tourist destination that can attract visitors to
for some others, the sector seems absence due to lack of
come in the area and give advantages in term of the economic
promotion towards them. The increasing importance of
side. Tourist attraction diversification in the area where
tourism development in some regencies in Bali Province also
tourism is developed is desirable on many aspects of profit
suggested that a successful diversification strategy could lead
oriented-goal either in short- or long-term utility and it leads to
to an excessive concentration in quantity of tourists and their
commodification of products for tourism [1-3]. In some cases
facilities in certain spots only, while, others are quite quiet.
of tourism development in Indonesia, a number of developing
Additionally, tourists have been demanding such a new supply
tourist destinations have fallen into the trap of becoming
of tourist attractions as the existence ones have been already
dependent upon influx of tourists concentrated in one spot
subby. This study is aimed at investigating the role of the rural
only. As a result, this area has been highly exposed to the solid
society in promoting the other facilities and activities in the
development of tourist facilities that make the area be
rural tourism development, and thus a need for further
overloaded in term of carrying capacity of its tourism
diversification within national tourism development. It is
development [4]. This diversification of places of interest
expected that a successful diversification of the tourist
could be explained, in some cases, by the allocation of natural
attraction as part of tourism marketing-mix strategy also
and cultural resources as comparative advantages; in some
resulted in development and prosperity alleviation effects due
other cases, it was just the result of policy makers’ obedience,
to the capture of benefits of the tourist visit in the rural area.
and related economy-business distortions (e.g. preferences
The aforementioned society role is in encouraging and
schemes of budget allocation to develop few areas of tourist
reviewing the village-based tourism development model based
destination) [5-9].
on local community participation. The theory used to
Sustainable development is becoming a trend and even a
undertake this study is SWOT analysis that is the systematic
political jargon for a short-termed utility of interest. The term
identification of various factors to formulate the strategies
sustainable for instance, in the context of Bali cultural tourism
used. This analysis is based on the logic that can maximize
is the blended charm of developing tourism by maximizing the
strengths and opportunities, but simultaneously can
participation of the community or community-based tourism
minimize weaknesses and threats. The strategic decision-
(CBT) for economic aspect and the local genius which its
making process is always related to the development of
underlying philosophy is the concept of three-folding
mission, goals, strategies, and policies. By applying a
harmonious life or Tri Hita Karana (THK) as tourism
descriptive qualitative research, the data was collected through
development strategies that contribute to sustainable
a survey on the tourism rural potential, interviews and
development of tourism destinations [10-20].
literature review. The data that has been classified is analysed
Tourism and sustainable development in rural areas have
by a qualitative descriptive method with an inductive-
been subject of a growing research interest [21] However, few
methodological paradigm which is setting up the discussion
studies use a multi-stakeholder approach to analyse the
from particular principles to the general in order to obtain a
contribution of tourism to sustainable development of a rural
conclusion. The study reveals that the rural community is so
tourism destination [21-24]. In addition, in Indonesia little
proactive and creative in developing a new tourist attraction as
research has been conducted in this domain. Therefore, the
a diversification of tourist attraction to provide the demand of
current study may help bridge this gap, discussing
visitors in dynamic tourism development in the island of Bali
sustainability within the context of a village located in the
which is crowned as world’s popular tourist destination.
northern part of Bali, Indonesia.

486
 All literature reviewed above give some perspective views
on tourism and sustainable development of rural development.
Yet they could not accommodate the needs on empowering the
rural societies towards the importance of developing tourism
potential found in the area as an integral part of promoting places of
interest through diversifying tourist attractions which is in accordance
with the market demand so tourists will have more options that they
can spend their holiday satisfactorily. This study, therefore, is
aimed at investigating the role of the local society in rural
area creatively present commodified products and they
are ready to be consumed by the customers who have
high expectation toward the beauty, uniqueness, and
challenge in nature, culture, and adventure. Such the sort
of leisure activities can be offered by new tourist attraction in
Wana Giri Hidden Hills, a rural area in northern part of Bali
island. Therefore, this study seeks to answer the following
research question: do rural tourist activities in Wanagiri
Hidden Hills become strategy of promoting new tourist
destination as an opportunity for diversifying Bali tourist
attraction endeavour?
II. Methodology
This study is conducted by using descriptive qualitative
method by utilizing SWOT analysis which is considered as the
systematic identification of various factors to formulate the
strategies used. By investigating the social phenomena of
tourism development based-community, they are viewed
logically where strengths and opportunities maximized,
whereas, at the same time weaknesses and threats are possibly
minimized. The aforementioned strategy is regarded as the
strategic decision-making process which is generally related to
the development of mission, goals, strategies, and policies of
the stakeholders involved.
Location of the Study
This study was carried out in Wanagiri Hidden Hill tourist
attraction. Wanagiri Hidden Hill is a new tourist attraction
located in Singaraja Regency, Sukasada District, Wanagiri
Village. Located at an altitude of approximately 2000 meters
above sea level and the interesting things presented in this
tourist attraction is a variety of extraordinary photo spots that
has background of the beautiful view of Lake Buyan
Data Collection
Data used in this research is qualitative data. Qualitative data
is data presented in the form of verbal words not in the form
of numbers. Qualitative data in this research are general
description of research object, covering: description of
Wanagiri Hidden Hill, history, definition of facility and its
supporting, and development strategy of Wanagiri Hidden
Hill become community-based tourism attraction. Data source
in this research is primary data and secondary data. Primary
Data According to primary data is some information (data)
which is collected and processed by the organization or
person directly from the research object, either through
interview, direct observation and questionnaire. The
information source of this research is the Head and Creator of
Wanagiri Hidden Hill Tourism Attraction through the
interview process. Secondary Data According to Secondary
data is data obtained in a ready-made form, this data was
487
published by organization or person who are actually not the
researcher or in the other word is data which is collected and
processed by another person or organization. Such as data
that obtained from related literature such as books,
documents, journals and internet.
Data Collection
Data used in this research is qualitative data. Qualitative data
is data presented in the form of verbal words not in the form
of numbers. Qualitative data in this research are general
description of research object, covering: description of
Wanagiri Hidden Hill, history, definition of facility and its
supporting, and development strategy of Wanagiri Hidden
Hill become community-based tourism attraction. Data source
in this research is primary data and secondary data. Primary
Data According to primary data is some information (data)
which is collected and processed by the organization or
person directly from the research object, either through
interview, direct observation and questionnaire. The
information source of this research is the Head and Creator of
Wanagiri Hidden Hill Tourism Attraction through the
interview process. Secondary Data According to Secondary
data is data obtained in a ready-made form, this data was
published by organization or person who are actually not the
researcher or in the other word is data which is collected and
processed by another person or organization. Such as data
that obtained from related literature such as books,
documents, journals and internet.
Technique of Data Analysis
SWOT analysis is the systematic identification of various
factors to formulate the strategies used. This analysis is based
on the logic that can maximize strengths and opportunities,
but simultaneously can minimize weaknesses and threats.
The strategic decision-making process is always related to the
development of mission, goals, strategies, and policies [25].
SWOT analysis is used to obtain the relationship between
external and internal factors. With this analysis strengths and
weaknesses that are internal factors can be identified, as well as
opportunities and threats that are external factors can be
identified, as well as opportunities and threats that are external
factors can be identified.
III. Results and Discussions
This study concerns with analysing of the qualitative data
from the answer of the research question from the whole
observation, in-depth interview, and literature review of
implementing the innovative tourist activities in the rural area
by the local community that based the tourism development.
The research questions in this study were concerned about
whether rural tourist activities in Wanagiri Hidden Hills
become strategy of promoting new tourist destination as an
opportunity for diversifying Bali tourist attraction endeavour.
Additionally, all the tourism potential possessed as the rural
charms yet it is an unknown tourist attraction in Bali and it
becomes an endeavour to pursue a diversifying place of
interests in the island where tourists might visit the world-
famous tourist destination. As a result, the tourists will not feel
monotonous to do tourism activities while they are spending
their time for holiday or leisure in Bali. All of the
aforementioned issues are discussed in this part.
Wana Giri Hidden Hill Tourist Attraction
Wanagiri Hidden Hill is one of tourist attraction in the north
part of Singaraja Regency which is exactly located at
Wanagiri Village Sukasada District. This attraction is famous
for various extraordinary photo spots such as a giant bird
cages, bamboo boats and giant swings and if we take pictures
on it, it will push our adrenalin because those entire spots is
located at an altitude of approximately 2000 meters above
sea level or 300 meters above Lake Buyan. Besides that, this
spot will also give an Instagram able photos result. In
addition, Wanagiri Hidden Hill tourist attraction has quite
good access and easy to reach by the visitor because it is
located on the main road to the Lake Buyan.
Wanagiri Hidden Hill is a new tourist attraction in
Singaraja Regency Sukasada District Wanagiri Village. This
tourist attraction was firstly initiated in 2014 by one of local
people who are realized about development of tourism sector
in Singaraja Regency named I Ketut Ardika Yasa, Amd.com.
Firstly, ideas and concepts of Wanagiri Hidden Hill tourist
attraction was initiated by himself directly starting from the
photo spots making and promotion through the social media
and physical advertising. After a several time of Wanagiri
Hidden Hill developments, it shows a quite good existence
and encourage the other local people to continue its
development by making some additional spots. Wanagiri
Hidden Hill has had all the points of the 4 A concept as the
standard or the basic require of a good tourist attraction, such
as attraction, accessibility, amenities, ancillary. The
attraction of Wanagiri Hidden Hill tourist attraction for both
domestic and foreign tourists is an extraordinary photo spots
with beautiful panoramic views of Lake Buyan and coffee
plantation. By accessibility, Wanagiri Hidden Hill has an
easy access road for various vehicles to reach this attraction
because it is located on the main road to the Lake Buyan.
Located in Wanagiri Village, Wanagiri Hidden Hill is about
80 km from Ngurah Rai International airport. Amenities
means that Wanagiri Hidden Hill development has not get the
investors’ attention yet but there has been various public
facilities and tourism facilities near by this tourist attraction
such as lodging, food stalls and souvenirs vendor and
restaurants which mostly managed by local people as the
support for tourism sector.
Ancillary, at last, can be described as in developing
Wanagiri Hidden Hill tourist attraction, Local custom take a
contribution as the responsible could help this tourist
attraction in obtaining the permit in order to continue the
further development. In addition, an active participation of the
local community in the development of this tourist attraction
can help to deliver some information easier and clearly to
guests who want to ask questions about the attraction deeply
because the one who know more about this attraction is the
local people. In this case, the local people especially those
who are directly involved in the development of Wanagiri
Hidden Hill tourist attraction could act as the tourist
information center for the visitor. Since it was firstly opened
488
in 2014, Wanagiri Hidden Hill has been shown a quite good
existence. Now a days if it is connected to the life cycle
tourism chart then after its development from start to be
developed until now, based on information from the
developer of this tourist object, Wanagiri Hidden Hill has
been in the involvement stage. This stage is the next process
where the local people start to notice that there are increasing
numbers of people coming to their local area. They start
businesses to provide accommodation, food, guides, and
transport.
Tourism Potential of Wanagiri Hiden Hill
Potential that might be developed in Wanagiri Hidden Hill
tourist attraction is about the natural resources and natural
beauty. Based on observations that have been done, the
potential that existed in Wanagiri Hidden Hill attractions are
including the natural beauty where it is located at an altitude of
approximately 2000 meters above sea level is surrounding by
a panoramic natural beauty with the background of Wide
Lake Buyan and mountains. It provides an individual value
for the tourist especially for those who love nature. The
Natural beauty can be offered to the tourist for the potential
value of a place to take pictures or even organize a pre-
wedding photo shoot for bride and groom who want a
background of the natural beauty for their pre-wedding
theme. The natural beauty of hidden hill with marvellous
view where an activity of tree top sling as it is shown in
figure 1.
Fig. 1. Cling activity in natural beauty
Additionally, is supplemented with coffee plantation, the
waterfall, and an iconic photo spot. The iconic photo spot is
specially designed in Wanagiri Hidden Hill as a giant bird
cage (figure 2) which is made directly by local people by
utilizing the natural materials such as bamboo, rattan and
coffee tree branches. Therefore, it can be a product with an
added value of a tourist interest or even the local people can
make the miniature of the bird cage to be more easily carried
by tourist and it becomes an authentic souvenir from
Wanagiri Village itself
 Hidden Hill tourist attraction in foreign languages, especially
English-speaking skill which is still need to be improved, the
security side that still needs to be improved especially for
photo spots that have high risk. Moreover, access at coffee
plantation photo spot is quite slippery because it is still
natural. When the rainy season this access will very
challenging and the arrangement of food stalls that still need to
be maximized from physical design until the menu presented,
there is no public toilets that visitors can use.
Opportunity means everything that might be able to
support the development of Wanagiri Hidden Hill from
outside. It was researched based on the 4 A concept of
physical potential of Wanagiri Hidden Hill, such as in
Figure 2. Giant Bird Cage attractions, there is no competitor yet in this kind of attraction
that has the same concept in Singaraja Regency until now,
SWOT Analyses of Wanagiri Hiden Hill Development
easy to do promotion through various media and easy to get
Strategy
information about this attraction via internet. For
In order to examine the condition and strategy of Wanagiri accessibility, Wanagiri hidden hill is located quite close to
Hidden Hill tourist attraction, here could be applied the some famous attractions such as: The Silla's, Bedugul
SWOT analysis (Strength, Weakness, Opportunity, Threat). Botanical Garden, Lake Beratan, Ulun Danu Temple, Lake
This analysis will look at the aspects of Strengths, Buyan and Lake Tamblingan and others. Additionally,
Weaknesses, Opportunities and Threats owned by Wanagiri amenities can be seen opportunity to open a coffee shop that
Hidden Hill tourist attraction. Based on the observation done offers coffee which is taken from coffee plantation and
by author, here is shown the results of the SWOT analysis ancillary means the desire of local communities to
based on 4 A concept and physical potential of Wanagiri contribute in the development of Wanagiri Hidden Hill.
Hidden Hill. Strength means everything in Wanagiri Hidden Threat means everything that can be as an obstacle for the
Hill that can be developed in order to compete with other development of Wanagiri Hidden Hills from outside. It was
tourist attraction and can attract tourists to visit. The strength investigated based on the 4 A concept of physical potential of
of Wanagiri Hidden Hill as a tourist attraction was researched Wanagiri Hidden Hill, such as in terms of attractions, the
based on the 4 A concept of physical potential of Wanagiri existence of some tourist attractions that offers some
Hidden Hill, such as attractions, accessibility, amenities, and activities for the tourist, it was thick fog intensity above 12
ancillary. In term of attractions, Wanagiri hidden hill offers a noon. Accessibility threat is Small road access to reach
variety of extraordinary photo spots with beautiful views of photo spot located in coffee plantation area especially for
Lake Buyan and mountains that located at an altitude of 2000 visitors who come by bus. While the threat of amenities it
meters above sea level, coffee forest that can be developed as was found that there was lack of urgent facilities nearby
a coffee picking package, potential of waterfall located in the Wanagiri Hidden Hill tourist attraction, such as hospitals and
forest that is one of the photo spots in Wanagiri Hidden Hill ATM. The o v e r v i e w r e s u l t o f S W O T a n a l y s i s
and local souvenirs potential. o f W a n a g i r i H i d d e n H i l l development strategy can
Accessibility can be said that road access to reach be seen in table 1.
Wanagiri Hidden Hill is very good and can be passed by any Table 1. The SWOT matrix analysis
kinds of vehicles because it is located on the main road to IFAS STRENGTHS (S) WEAKNESSES
Lake Buyan tourist attraction. The road is well paved with 1) Extraordinary (W)
standard size. Amenities are marked by the availability of photo spots 1) Staff’s
facilities and infrastructure that can support tourism activities 2) Potential of ability in
close to Wanagiri Hidden Hill, such as food and beverage natural beauty foreign
stalls, lodging, local souvenirs vendor and local restaurants. 3) Potential of language need
Ancillary means that the existence management of Wanagiri waterfall to be improved
Hidden Hill that is submitted to the Local custom may support 4) Potential of 2) Security side
the process of sustainable development because it will be easy coffee plantation that still needs
to get permits and also it urges to empower the local people as 5) good access to be improved
the main actors in the development of this tourist attraction. because it is located on 3) Food stall
EFAS the main street arrangement
Weakness means everything that can inhibit the 6) Close to need to be
development of Wanagiri Hidden Hill from inside. It was public facilities maximized
researched based on the 4 A concept of physical potential of 4) Slippery
Wanagiri Hidden Hill which is also in terms of attractions, access at
accessibility, amenities, and ancillary. For example, ability Coffee
of local people who are directly involved in Wanagiri

489
 plantation
photo spots
Furthermore, by applying the same concept of SWOT
analysis, it can develop the concept of diversifying tourist
attraction in the rural area with bipolar strategy one is
maximizing strength and opportunity and the other is
minimizing weaknesses and threat as it is shown in the table 3.
Table 2. Creating strategy of SWOT matrix analysis
1. Conclusions
Based on the research result at Wanagiri Hidden Hill tourist
attraction, it can be concluded that the existence of tourist
attraction in every area of the sub districts of Bali Province, so
far, has provided a supply of pleasure and amusements for the
tourists who spend their time for holidays in the island as a
favourite tourist destination and well known among visitors
not only the domestics but also overseas ones. Developing
rural tourism that can offer the rural charms, with genuine
tourism products either they are beauty in nature, unique in
culture, or challenge in adventure as the blend of tranquillity
and experience of home comfort, has given the distinctive
characters of diversifying tourist attraction endeavour. These
purposive attempts of active and proactive participant of the
local inhabitant in the rural area were done as a strategy
490
marketing mix in creating activities for the tourists that enable
tourists to spend the quality time of such a significant leisure.
This business strategy in line with managing business
endeavour characterized by intangibility, perishability,
heterogeneity and inseparability, so the operational marketing
mix of 4 p’s like product, price, place, promotion is then being
added by the 3 p’s such as people, process and physical
evidence that can make the tourism business as the sort of
service and hospitality business is run in a dynamic process in
accordance with the principles of the important business
marketing for sustainability development which is beneficial
for the rural community itself.
Some suggestions could be shared which hopefully they
could be a parameter reference for the purpose of the
sustainable development of this diversified rural enchantment
which involving the whole stakeholders. For example, for the
developer side, the developer of Wanagiri Hidden Hill should
provide facilities that make it easier for visitors to reach the
tourist attraction as well as some facilities to ensure the visitor
safety during visiting this tourist attraction. In addition, the
developer of Wanagiri Hidden Hill should provide special
training related to the development process of this attraction as
well as foreign language courses to all staff who handle the
guests as well as an internship photographer skill, standard
operational procedure in which all of them are an endeavour of
ensuring the optimum services caused. Whereas, for local
community side, the local community should raise their
awareness and play an active role in developing Wanagiri
Hidden Hill tourist attraction while maintaining the
sustainability of the object and also improve their competencies
especially in foreign languages in order to be able
communicate effectively with the foreign visitors.
REFERENCES
[1] Ginaya, Gede. "Pariwisata dan Komodifikasi Budaya: Studi Kasus
pada Kebudayaan Bali." Jurnal Sosial dan Humaniora Politeknik
Negeri Bali 1 (2011).
[2] Erawan, I. Nyoman. "Manajemen Pembangunan Pariwisata
Berkelanjutan." Program Magister, Kajian Pariwisata (hand out)
Universitas Udayana, Denpasar, Bali (2008).
[3] Yoeti, Oka A. "Tours and Travel Marketing." Jakarta: Pradnya
Paramita (2003).
[4] Galrão Carneiro, Francisco, et al. "Resilient growth, persisting
inequality: identifying potential factors limiting shared prosperity in
the Dominican Republic." (2015).
[5] Byrd, Erick T. "Stakeholders in sustainable tourism development and
their roles: applying stakeholder theory to sustainable tourism
development." Tourism Review 62.2 (2007): 6-13.
[6] CEPF [Critical Ecosystem Partnership Fund]. (2000). Caribbean
islands biodiversity hotspot. hitepaper. Retrieved
from http://www.nature.com/nature/journal/v403/n6772/full/403853a
0.html
[7] Moscardo, Gianna. "Interpretation and sustainable tourism: functions,
examples and principles.[Reprint of original article published in v. 9,
no. 1, 1998: 2-13.]." Journal of tourism studies 14.1 (2003): 112.
[8] Anonymous. 2009. Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia No. 10
tahun 2009 Tentang Kepariwisataan.
[9] Duffy, L.N., Stone, G., Chancellor, H.C.,
& Kline, C.S. (2015). Tourism development in the Dominican
Republic: An examination of the economic impact to coastal
households. Tourism and Hospitality Research, 16(1), 35–49.
[10] Dalem, A. A. G. R. (2002). Implementasi Tri Hita Karana dalam
usaha mewujudkan pembangunan pariwisata yang
 berkelanjutan. Makalah sebagai “guest lecturer for the teaching staff
“di Sekolah Tinggi Pariwisata (STP) Nusa Dua, 7.
[11] Mudana, I. G., et al. "Practices of Bali Tourism Development,
Threefolding, and Tri Hita Karana Local Knowledge in New Order
Indonesia." Journal of Physics: Conference Series. Vol. 953. No.
1. IOP Publishing, 2018.
[12] Roth, Dik, and Gede Sedana. "Reframing Tri Hita Karana: From
‘Balinese Culture’to Politics." The Asia Pacific Journal of
Anthropology 16.2 (2015): 157-175.
[13] Pitana, Igde. "Tri Hita Karana–the local wisdom of the Balinese in
managing development." Trends and issues in Global Tourism 2010.
Springer, Berlin, Heidelberg, 2010. 139-150.
[14] Hakim, Luchman, Jae-Eun Kim, and Sun-Kee Hong. "Cultural
landscape and ecotourism in Bali Island, Indonesia." Journal of
Ecology and environment 32.1 (2009): 1-8.
[15] Ginaya, Gede. "The Balinese calendar system: From its
epistemological perspective to axiological practices." International
Journal of Linguistics, Literature and Culture (IJLLC) 4.3 (2018):
24-37.
[16] Ardika, I. Wayan. "Pariwisata Budaya Berkelanjutan." Denpasar:
Program Studi Magister Kajian Pariwisata (2003).
[17] Pforr, Christof. "Concepts of sustainable development, sustainable
tourism, and ecotourism: Definitions, principles, and
linkages." Scandinavian Journal of Hospitality and Tourism 1.1
(2001): 68-71.Richards, J.C. and Schmidt, R.W., 2013. Longman
dictionary of language teaching and applied linguistics. Routledge.
[18] Lee, Sangkwon, and Tazim Jamal. "Environmental justice and
environmental equity in tourism: Missing links to
sustainability." Journal of Ecotourism 7.1 (2008): 44-67.
[19] Fosu, F. (2013). Achieving development success: Strategies and
lessons from the developing world. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
[20] Wilson, Suzanne, et al. "Factors for success in rural tourism
development." Journal of Travel research 40.2 (2001): 132-138.
[21] Williams, Allan M., and Gareth Shaw. "Tourism And Economic
Development: ropean Experiences." (1998).
[22] Dalem, Raka, et al. "Kearifan Lokal Dalam Pengelolaan Lingkungan
Hidup." Denpasar: UPT Penerbit Universitas Udayana (2007).
[23] Botterill, David, and Vincent Platenkamp. Key concepts in tourism
research. Sage, 2012.Hung, H. T. (2015). Flipping the classroom for
English language learners to foster active learning. Computer Assisted
[24] Timothy, Dallen J. "Empowerment and stakeholder participation in
tourism destination communities." Tourism, power and space (2007):
199-216.
[25] Utama, I Gusti Bagus Rai dan Mahadewi, Ni Made
Eka.2012.Metodelogi

491
 Natural and Cultural Products
in Global Tourism Business at Kuta Area, Bali
I Gede Mudana1, Ni Made Ary Widiastini2, Ni Nyoman Sri Astuti3, Ni Luh Eka Armoni4, Ni Wayan Ardini5 and I Made
Ardana Putra6
1
Tourism Department, Politeknik Negeri Bali Badung, Bali, Indonesia, gedemudana@pnb.ac.id
2
Faculty of Economics, Universitas Pendidikan Ganesha, Indonesia, ary.widiastini@gmail.com
3
Tourism Department, Politeknik Negeri BaliBadung, Bali, Indonesia, ninyomansriastuti@pnb.ac.id
4
Tourism Department, Politeknik Negeri Bali Badung, Bali, Indonesia, luhekaarmoni@pnb.ac.id
5
Music Department, Institut Seni Indonesia Denpasar, Indonesia niwayanardini17@gmail.com
6
Business Administration Department, Politeknik Negeri Bali, Indonesia, ardana_rena@pnb.ac.id

Abstract—- Kuta was a tourism pioneer and one of the most
popular tourist spots in Bali. There were various tourism
industries, ranging from tourist attractions, accommodation,
restaurants, entertainment venues, and other facilities
surrounding the area. Kuta’s capital was a beach tourism
(natural or environmental tourism) that was known to have
products associated with three S's, namely sea, sand, and sun.
Many doubted whether the existence of global tourism in Kuta
was related to the position of Bali that developed cultural
tourism including art tourism. This literature study done
through qualitative approach was conducted to find out how
far the local Balinese art and culture existed, lived, and thrived
in the global tourism boom in Kuta area. The result of the
study shows that Kuta, as a seaside resort, did not only exists
with the beach tourism (sea, sand, and sun) but on the other
side there were activities of Balinese art and culture, especially
the traditional dance and gamelan (Balinese music) played by
local people who were not only found at hotels, restaurants, or
places of entertainment and certain parties but also in Kuta
Beach. Foreign and domestic tourists enjoyed the existing art
and cultural products very much. So, it can be concluded that
the seaside resort remained an indispensable part of the
development of Bali tourism with its cultural tourism.
Keywords - beach tourism, seaside resort, cultural tourism,
global tourism business
I Introduction
Bali is a province of destination with its tourism business that
has been massively developed into an industry since more than
four decades ago. Even Bali tourism is able to improve the
lives and welfare of its people. The significance of tourism for
the province makes some researchers describe the
development of tourism industry in Bali is able to move
various other sectors, such as agriculture and small industries,
and became "a catalyst for the social change into an industrial
society” [1] – [2].
Since the completion of the construction of Bali
Beach Hotel in Sanur, Denpasar City and Ngurah Rai
International Airport in Tuban, Badung Regency, in the 1960s
which were built during the reign of President Sukarno, "Bali
tourism changed and developed into a modern industry which
provides a variety of fulfillment for the needs of tourism" [2] –
[3].
Tourism development in Bali was realized by
complementing the various components of the tourism
industry such as tourism areas, tourist attractions, hotels, travel
agencies, transport business, souvenir shops, golf courses, and
various supporting facilities that are considered prospective
for the business development. This was accomplished through
“the deregulation of the direct aviation policy to Bali in the
early 1980s (the period of Governor Ida Bagus Mantra)
followed by the opening of large-scale investment in tourism
in the late 1980s (the period of Governor Ida Bagus Oka)” [2]
–[3].
Kuta area in Badung Regency, Bali Province, can be
said the most popular tourist destination in Bali. Its location is
very strategic to be reached from other main tourist spots, such
as Uluwatu, Nusa Dua, and Sanur, and is relatively very near
from I Gusti Ngurah Rai International Airport. So that, it is
really hard to know exactly how many tourist visit Kuta every
day, every week, every month, every year, etc. In fact, Bali is
visited by almost one million tourists every month and most of
them are by plane. The airport itself is only 2 km from Kuta
Beach which can be said the centre of Kuta. Indeed the tourists
are very mobile in their touristic activities.
From tourism perspective, Kuta is basically
nature/environment-based, especially Kuta Beach area, but
Bali in general is actually known as a tourist destination based
on art and culture and social-traditional life customs and life of
the society. In this case, Bali can be divided into two
categories of tourism destinations, namely coastal region and
art and culture. Kuta, Sanur, Nusa Dua, Uluwatu, Candidasa,
Lovina, and some others belong to the first while Ubud,
Tenganan, Besakih, and others as well as many tourist villages
(desa wisata) to the second.
Since 1970’s, Bali tourism development has been
formally-legally based on cultural tourism. The first decree
about it was issued by the local government through the
Regulation Number 3 Year 1974 on cultural tourism. After
that there was the Regulation Number 3 Year 1991 on Cultural
Tourism. The last one was the Regulation Number 2 Year
2012. Indeed, in all the regulations, it was stated that “cultural

492
tourism in Bali is mostly an art and culture tourism" [4] – [5],
so that all stakeholders must conserve and develop the art and
culture as well as the existence of the local people (Balinese).
In relation to Kuta, it is very interesting to examine
scientifically whether this area has also aspects of local art and
culture (Bali) sold for its global tourism interests. In other
words, we have to study whether the local community is
actively involved in participating in the global tourism
business. This issue is interesting because there is a certain
kind of contradiction when we discuss the cultural tourism,
that is between culture (i.e. art and culture) on the one hand
and tourism (as an economic business) on the other. Art (and
culture) in anthropology includes expressive culture while
tourism as an economic business is classified as progressive
culture. For that reason, this literature study was conducted to
understand the relationship of local art and culture existence in
global tourism business activity in Kuta area which is a kind
of beach tourism in the beginning.
II METHODS
The method used in the achievement of the purpose
of this study is qualitative. Characteristics of qualitative
research are "(a) data sources are natural situations and
researchers are key instruments; (b) researches are descriptive;
(c) the researchers put more emphasis on the meaning of the
process than the outcome; (d) data analysis is inductive; and
(e) meaning is a major concern in the researches’ approach"
[6]. In this case, the qualitative method is expected to explain
the depth and complexity of the problem regarding natural
(environmental) and cultural aspects of the global tourism
business in Kuta.
This study is a literature review. The data was
obtained from relevant books, journals, and other resources,
which are relevant to the problem discussed. The data obtained
was analyzed using qualitative data analysis, through “data
reduction, data presentation, and conclusion” [7].
III RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
A.The Beginning of Tourism in Kuta
The origin of the name "Kuta" up to the moment is
not very accurate but etymologically means "fortress" or
"city". In ancient times this area was named "Kuta Mimba"
which means "Alas Kuta" ("alas" meaning "forest"). After all,
surely Kuta is no longer "Kuta Mimba" or "Alas/Hutan Kuta"
but "Alas/Hutan Pariwisata Kuta" (forest of Kuta tourism).
Kuta is now featured with thousands of hotel rooms as well as
hundreds of tourist attractions, entertainment venues,
restaurants, travel agencies/travel agencies and other
complementary facilities of tourism. Due to its history, “Kuta
must thank Mr. Mads Johansen Lange (1807-1856, a Danish,
coming in 1839 and 1844 to become the Dutch Agent in Bali)
for his merit in promoting this area to the global world” [5].
Because of his service, on the road near the bypass I Gusti
Ngurah Rai and East Kuta Resort, there is a street named Tuan
(Mr.) Lange Street completed with a monument.
In the beginning, Kuta was just “a coastal area with
no tourists and tourism activities” [5] so that most of the
population which are Balinese-Hindu worked as fishermen
and farmers. The magnificent beauty of its coastline with its
493
dazzling white sand has gradually led to the development of
three S- (sea, sand, and sun) activities in this place with its
beautiful sunset view. With a huge number of tourist who
visits, currently tourism industry in Kuta developed as a global
tourism business. Kuta became an international hometown
where human from all over the world comes and goes.
In general, Kuta developed into a modern tourist
destination. It becomes a global village because Kuta is no
longer a region whose society consists of fishermen and
farmers but consists of tourists who come from and go to
different parts of the world from time to time. Not many local
people today in Kuta involve in fishery and agriculture
activities. Most of the people actively work in tourism
industry. It is ironic but it is really an interesting phenomena in
which tourism actually manages to support the life of people
living in the area. Tourism in Kuta is not capitalistic because
there are real participation of society in which between
tourism and society give each other positively. This is because
the form of tourism development in Kuta is “an integrated
development rather than a well-planned one” [8]. What is
happening in Kuta is relevant to the concept of “partial
equivalent structure” [9] which states that between the
Balinese and the tourists there is a mutual giving and receiving
process in which the tourists get aesthetic satisfaction (or art
and culture products) and the Balinese gain an economic
satisfaction (or income or money). Nowadays almost everyone
in Kuta is engaged in tourism entrepreneurship, among them
being a tourism skilled artist.
B. Kuta Beach as a Main Tourism Product
It is clear that “the most important capital of Kuta is
its beach: Kuta Beach (Pantai Kuta)” [5]. A famous figure in
Bali, K'Tut Tantri (1898-1997, born Muriel Stuart Walker, a
Scotish American woman and writer of Revolt in Paradise),
wrote his first impression and at the same time his desire to
build an inn when looking at this beach for the first time a
century ago. "The beach was magnificent, and without a house
or hut. There are a few temples and numerous fishing snacks...
What a site for a house!” [10]. Now, Kuta is filled with
hundreds of large and small hotels with thousands of rooms
that are evenly distributed throughout its territory.
Located about 12 km from the capital of Bali
Province, Denpasar, Kuta Beach has a length of about three
kilometers stretching between Tuban Beach on the southern
border and Legian Beach on the northern border. The beach is
actually quite dangerous because the waves are fierce (often
causing the victims drowned or dragged ocean currents to
death). It is very much liked by tourists, especially foreign
tourists who have a favorite in surfing, swimming, sunbathing,
and enjoying the beautiful white sands. Usually every
afternoon at around 18.00 pm (local time), tourists can enjoy
the sunset sank in the western horizon. Kuta also provides
various places “dugem” (dunia gemerlap or exotic night life)
for tourists who like the night life. That is why there is a motto
"if you do not go to Kuta, you will never know Bali; if you do
not go to Kuta Beach, you will never know Kuta".
However, from the 1970s to the 1990s, although the
development of Bali tourism outside Kuta had become more
and more intense, Kuta was truly a major tourist magnet of
Bali. Kuta was really full of tourists and the tourism industry.
"Until 1998, in Kuta village, there were 30 travel bureau
(travel agency), 23 star hotels (3 five-star, 5 four-star hotels, 7
three-star, 8 two-star), and 105 non-star hotels (inns,
bungalows, cottages)" [5]. Of course, all the amounts did not
include the other components of the tourism industry.
In the 2000s, there was an unforeseen thing. There
were bombing blasts toward some tourism facilities in Kuta.
There were two big bombs that destroy Kuta tourism and even
Bali in general. Not only tourism business in Kuta has been
paralyzed for some time, but the life of the Balinese in general
which is heavily dependent on the tourism, get bad impacts.
The first bomb occurred on October 12, 2002 in which more
than 200 tourists (mostly foreign tourists) and local people
were dead and 209 wounded. The second one occurred on
October 1, 2005, which in the same time did in some other
location near Kuta. The bombs killed at least 23 people and
196 were wounded. The bombers were a group of terrorist
who do not like superpower countries for the sake of a certain
reason regarding religion. In this case, Kuta as an international
tourist destination was considered a representation of the
needs of the superpower countries (like USA). After the two
bombs (2002 and 2005) that were very cruel, Kuta tourism and
Bali in general grew gradually into a normal condition.
However, an eruption of Mount Agung in Karangasem
Regency (about 75 km from Kuta) in November 25, 2017 [11]
– [12] – [13] – [14], had a significant effect on the visit in
Kuta and Bali with the closing of I Gusti Ngurah Rai airport at
the end of November 2017 for three days. Towards the new
year 2018, the situation is slowly improving. Moreover Kuta,
especially Kuta Beach, has always been one of the most
favorite places to celebrate the coming of 2018. It happens
almost every year.
As a seaside resort and very popular tourist
destination, Kuta gets "the biggest market share from
Australian tourists" [15]. Since long time, tourists from
Australians are able to take advantage of short distance to Bali
and enjoy the benefits of cheap prices in Kuta and Bali
general. Moreover, it is supported by the high frequency of
aviation from and to Australia and Bali. For Australians, Kuta
is their second home. Everywhere in Kuta, beaches, roads,
discotheques, and bars filled with the Australians.
It has been stated above that the main point of Kuta is
Kuta Beach with its three S (sea, sand, and sun). Of course, it
happened from the past up to now and even up to the future. In
cultural studies, the three S-activities are categorized as “lived
cultures or cultural practices” [16]. In the tourism studies, this
activity refers to natural or environmental tourism. “Lived
cultures or cultural practices are a special way of life for
people, a period, or a group” [16]. Lived cultures and cultural
practices are in the form of certain activities and practices
done by a society as a habit.
C. The Existence of Art and Culture as a Tourism Product in
Kuta
Speaking historically, Bali was dominated by rice
(paddy) culture a few decades ago, the Balinese expresses his
494
gratitude to the Creator God for the success of their harvest
through the traditional arts, particularly dance, song, and
music (gamelan) traditional. In such a situation, art was
conceived, created, performed, and displayed. Art became the
expression of life ("from, by, and for the people themselves")
[17]. The society (those people), which are homogeneous
people of agriculture (farmers), were the producers as well as
the consumer of the arts. At that time, Balinese was not so
familiar with any traveler/tourist, hotel, or dollar, as it is now.
At that time, there was no tourism (pariwisata), especially in
terms of tourism industry (industri pariwisata).
Especially in religious ritual aspects of the Balinese
life, the various types of artistic offerings can be easily found.
Tradition of religious ceremonies regarding human life cycle
of Balinese people always includes a combination of dance,
music (both instrumental and vocal), including fine art in the
form of offerings (sesajen) and other ceremonial
paraphernalia. Because of the convergence between religious
ritual tradition and various types of art, art then becomes a
kind of an unconscious “habitus” [18] (in Pierre Bourdieu's
concept) for Balinese people. The Balinese people have a kind
of “cultural capital” [18] (another Bourdieu's concepts) in the
field of arts.
The words art and Bali today are none other than
“two different sides of the same coin” [17]. At this time, the
Balinese art is widely known through the international tourism
which becomes the most important business for the provincial
region (Bali. Art and culture is never detached from Balinese
everyday life. Balinese religious ideology is satyam
(truth/kebenaran), shivam (holiness/kesucian), and sundaram
(beauty or esthetics /keindahan). That’s why, art and culture
cannot be separated from the existence of tourism business in
Kuta.
It turns out that behind the boom of global tourism in
Kuta, local (Bali) art and cultural aspects run by local people
do not die. Performances of traditional art and culture are still
coloring the existing tourism business. This is what is called
"globalization as glocalization" [19] - [20]. In globalization
there is localization and vice versa. Global and local are
inseparable. It is a kind of “glocalization” [19] - [20]. The
word “glocalization” is rooted from “global” and “local”.
The most common traditional Balinese art and culture
displayed in the Kuta area is the genre of dance and/or music.
The term "dance and/or music" here means that the dance may
appear on its own only with music from a tape recorder or
compact disc (CD) but can also come complete with live
music, i.e. gamelan (traditional Balinese music) as
accompanist. On the other hand, the gamelan can be
performed without the accompaniment of dance.
Traditional Balinese dances and/or music are often
displayed in hotels, restaurants, party events, office/business
launches, product promotions, and events. To entertain tourists
and visitors, such dances and/or music are displayed on a
regular basis, almost daily, in Kuta Beach. These cultural
practices are called “signifying practices or cultural texts”
[16], i.e. works and practices of intellectual and especially
aesthetic activity and consists of texts, especially art and
culture.
The forms of dance and/or music that are displayed in
various tourism facilities in Kuta are many in types and
variants. Here, Barong Dance and Kecak Dance are
highlighted where the two dances are completed with the
package, the traditional music that accompanies it. Both dance
is considered important because it is considered the most
popular in Bali. Barong dance is often added Keris Dance
(dancing with traditional weapon called keris accompanied by
demonstrative scenes in the form of body piercing itself) so
that this dance is often united into "Barong and Keris Dance".
Kecak Dance is often added Fire Dance so that it becomes
"Kecak and Fire Dance".
Based on the Decree of the Provincial Governor of
Bali No. 394/1997 on the arrangement of Regional Arts in the
Provinces of Bali, there are three categories of art in Bali.
They are “(1) art of wali (most sacred), (2) art of bebali
(sacred), and (3) art balih-balihan (not sacred)” [17]. The wali
art is performed in puras (Hindu sacred place) because it is
associated with a religious (Hindu) ceremony. Bebali art is
also considered sacred, because it serves as an accompanist of
religious ceremonies but not as sacred as wali art. Balih-
balihan art serves as an entertainment because it is not sacred.
Barong Dance and Kecak Dance in its history were originated
from sacred dance called Sanghyang. Barong Dance and
Kecak Dance are categorized as bebali art according to the
above gubernatorial decree.
The original form of Barong Dance dan Keris Dance
is only displayed at the odalan (festival ceremony) day in
puras by taking the theme of Calonarang. Its goal is a
sanctification (ruwatan) for the restoration of the balance
between positive power (represented by Barong) and negative
power (represented by Calonarang). Its climax is a battle
between Rangda and the keris dancers. Of course as a touristic
commodity, the scene of stabbing with a keris into the body of
the dancer itself is a trick as well as kerauhan (trance) scenes.
Kecak Dance itself comes from Sanghyang Dance
which is sacred in Bali. Sourced from the Sanghyang Dance,
Kecak dance was created by local artist named Wayan Limbak
and world artist Walter Spies, in the 1930s. Kecak Dance is
also called Monkey Dance because its dancers represent
monkeys performing Rama army with monotonous "cak, cak,
cak" chorus. It is of course an entertainment for the tourists but
keeps impressing the sanctity. Fire Dance is an additional
dance in the Kecak Dance where the dancers strike trampling
the blazing fires without incinerating the wounds on the
dancers' feet.
A number of tourist attractions in Kuta organize
Barong Dance and Kecak Dance. In tourism, these cultural
practices are called “staged culture” [21] (i.e. a culture that is
staged or displayed on stage). Of course there is also Barong
Dance and Sanghyang Dance (accompanied by Kecak) which
is original because it is a part of religious ceremonies of the
local community. This is called “street culture” or "indigenous
culture" [21]. The concepts of street and staged culture come
from “Kadi Din's discourse when talking about Malaysian
495
cultural tourism in 1997”. Later, in many tourist spots,
especially in Bali, a number of street cultures are made staged
cultures. Of course there is still a street culture, such as a ritual
called melasti found in Kuta Beach. The context of space
(ruang), time (kala), and human condition (patra) will never
change. Melasti will never be a staged culture, which is
brought to the stage performances for the sake of income or
money. At Kuta Berach, the people of Kuta remain loyal to
perform the melasti ritual as a traditional culture which is run
from generation to generation. Interestingly, many tourists
who enjoy the beach also enjoy the practices of melasti. In the
same place and time, the religious ritual become a tourist
attraction. Such a phenomena cannot be avoided in Kuta.
Above all, the “cultural tourism of Bali is analogized
with trees” [22]. The root of Bali tourism is Hinduism. Its
trunk is custom and culture of the society. The fruit is Balinese
art that becomes tourism products. The moral message is, to
guard and to save Bali tourism, all stakeholders (Kutanese and
Balinese people, government, tourism industry, and tourists)
must keep Balinese custom and culture as well as Hinduism.
IV CONCLUSION
Kuta which in the context of tourism is closely related
to the image of sea, sand, and sun seemed to be perfect
because of the local art and culture. This is called a
harmonious blend of “lived cultures or cultural practices and
signifying practices or cultural texts”, or between
“globalization and localization.” Without local art and culture,
tourism in Kuta will be a foreign, strange, and non-rooted
(uncontextual) tourism. Without cultural tourism, Kuta will
not be locality-based.
What tourists are looking for in Kuta, especially
foreign tourists, is not just the exotic beach and night life but
also the traditional and unique culture that are not found
elsewhere (outside Bali). Of course, the sea, sand, and sun and
night life, in many other tourist attractions are not difficult to
find but the 3 S’s with its traditional and unique culture can
only be found in a special tourist spot like Kuta.
On the one hand Kuta today is a global tourist
destination but on the other hand is still a traditional village as
part of Balinese culture. Kuta continues to preserve its
traditions and culture.” Moreover, according to Bali Province
Regulation No. 2 of 2012 on Bali Cultural Tourism (as a
substitute of Bali Regional Regulation No. 2 of 1974 and then
Number 2 Year 1991), cultural tourism (of Bali) is a kind of
tourism which is in its development is based on Balinese
culture and imbued by Hinduism by keeping alignment
between tourism on one side and society and culture on the
other. This means that tourism should not grow without regard
to the preservation of culture and the welfare of cultural
supporters (or the Balinese community).
ACK NOWLEDGEMENTS
The writers would like to thank very much to
Politeknik Negeri Bali and ICAST (International Conference
on Applied Science and Technology) 2018 team. The team
had work very hard to review this paper before it was
submitted. Besides that, the writers want to give honor to
parties which give us sources, data, and information regarding [20] R. Robertson, “Glocalization: Time-Space and Homogenity-
Heterogenity” in Featherstone, M. Lash, S. and Robertson, R. (eds.),
the issues discussed in this study.
London and Newbury Park, CA: Routledge, 1995, pp.27.
REFERENCES [21] I N. D. Putra, “Street Culture dan Stage Culture di Bali, A Focus Group
[1] I G. N. Bagus, “Keresahan dan Gejolak Sepuluh Tahun Terakhir di Bali Discussion on Developing Tradition and Art and Culture Capacity for
Beberapa Catatan tentang Perubahan Sosial di Era ‘Glokalisasi’” in Tourism Development, Ministry of Tourism, Republic of Indonesia,
Chambert-Loir, H. and Ambary, H.M. (eds.), Panggung Sejarah, Deputy of Destination and Tourism Industry Development, Deputy
Persembahan kepada Prof. Dr. Denys Lombard. Jakarta Ecole Francaise Assistant of Tourist Destination Development), Denpasar, 12 August
d’Extreme-Orient, Pusat Penelitian Arkeologi Nasional, and Yayasan 2015, pp.1.
Obor Indonesia, 1999, pp.609-627. [22] M. Picard, Bali, Cultural Tourism and Touristic Culture. Singapore:
[2] I G. Mudana, I B. P. Suamba, I M.A. Putra, and N. W. Ardini. “Practices Archipelago Press, 1996, pp.111.
of Bali Tourism Development, Threefolding, and Tri Hita Karana Local
Knowledge in New Order Indonesia”, Journal of Physics: Conference
Series, Volume 953, conference 1 (J. Phys.: Conf. Ser. 953 012108),
Published under licence by IOP Publishing Ltd., 2018.
[3] I G. Mudana, “Pembangunan Bali Nirwana Resort: Hegemoni dan
Perlawanan Masyarakat di Desa Beraban, Tabanan, Bali”, dissertation in
Cultural Studies Program, Postgraduate Program, Universitas Udayana,
Bali, Indonesia, pp.1-3.
4] I G. Mudana, “Pariwisata Budaya, Pariwisata Seni-Budaya, dan ‘Pariwisata
Buaya’”. Jurnal Dinamika Kebudayaan Lembaga Penelitian Universitas
Udayana, Bali, Indonesia, Vol. 1, Issue 2, 1999, pp.1-9.
[5] I G. Mudana, “Industrialisasi Pariwisata di Bali: Studi Kasus Biro
Perjalanan Wisata di Keluarahan Kuta”, Master Thesis in Cultural
Studies Program, Postgraduate Program, Universitas Udayana, Bali,
Indonesia, 2000, pp.225-226.
[6] S. Danim, Menuju Peneliti Kualitatif, Ancangan, Metodologi, Presentasi,
dan Publikasi, Hasil Penelitian untuk Mahasiswa dan Peneliti Pemula
Bidang Ilmu-ilmu Sosial, Pendidikan, dan Humaniora. Bandung:
Pustaka Setia, 2002, pp.60-64.
[7] M. B. Miles and M.A. Huberman, Analisis Data Kualitatif. Jakarta: UII
Press, 1992, pp.15-19.
[8] I. D. Jackson, An Introduction to Tourism, Melbourne: Hospitality Press,
1989, pp.118-119.
[9] P. F. McKean, “Cultural Involution: Tourist, Balinese, and the Process of
Modernization in an Anthropological Perspective”, dissertation in
Department of Anthropology, Brown University, USA, 1973.
[10] H. Mabbett, In Praise of Kuta, From Slave Port to Fishing Village to the
Most Popular Resort in Bali. Wellington: January Books, 1987, pp.104-
105.
[11] I G. Mudana, I K. Sutama, and C. I. S. Widhari. “Entrepreneural Figure
of Mount Agung Trekking Guides”. E-Journal of Cultural Studies, [S.l.],
p. 1-7, 2017. ISSN 2338-2449. Available at:
https://ojs.unud.ac.id/index.php/ecs/article/view/33150. Date accessed: 14
may 2018.
[12] I G. Mudana, I K. Sutama, and C. I. S. Widhari. “Kepeloporan
Kewirausahaan Memandu Pendakian Daya Tarik Wisata Gunung Agung,
Karangasem, Bali”. Journal of Bali Studies, [S.l.], v. 7, n. 2, p. 19-38,
201.. ISSN 2580-0698. Available at:
https://ojs.unud.ac.id/index.php/kajianbali/article/view/35152. Date
accessed: 14 may 2018.

[13] I G. Mudana, I K. Sutama, and C. I. S. Widhari. “Model Kewirausahaan

Memandu Wisata Mendaki Gunung Agung Di Desa Selat, Karangasem”.
Soshum : Jurnal Sosial dan Humaniora, [S.l.], v. 7, n. 3, p. 324-333, 2017.
ISSN 2580-5622. Available at:
http://ojs.pnb.ac.id/index.php/SOSHUM/article/view/717. Date accessed:
14 may 2018.
[14] I G. Mudana, I K. Sutama and C. I. S. Widhari. “Local Community
Entrepreneurship in Mount Agung Trekking”, Journal of Physics:
Conference Series, Volume 953, conference 1 (J. Phys.: Conf. Ser. 953
012107), Published under licence by IOP Publishing Ltd., 2018.
[15] N. R. Ady, Kuta from Year to Year, Bali Travel News, Vol. 1, Issue 12,
1999, pp.1.
[16] R. Williams, Keywords. London: Fontana, 1983, pp.87.
[17] I G. Mudana and N. W. Ardini, “Art(s) in the Context of Cultural
Tourism Industrialization in Bali”. MUDRA Journal of Art and Culture,
Vol. 28 Issue 3, December 2013, pp.332-342.
[18] F. Fashri, Pierre Bourdieu: Menyingkap Kuasa Simbol. Yogyakarta:
Jalasutra, 2014, pp.83.
[19] R. Robertson, Globalization. London and Newbury Park, CA: Sage,
1992, pp.175.

496
 Consumer Protection in Higher Education : A Case
Study at Polytechnic
Carolina M Lasambouw1, Fiorida Mathilda2, Neneng Nuryati3
1 Accounting Department, Politeknik Negeri Bandung, Indonesia.
2
Banking Department, Politeknik Negeri Bandung, Indonesia.
Abstract—Consumers are "King" is a paradigm that has been
accepted by the general public for a long time. According to the
law, consumer protection is defined as all efforts that guarantee
legal certainty to provide protection for consumers. Historically,
consumer protection has been implemented in the business,
health, and other fields. However, the implementation of
consumer protection in higher education, has yet to receive
attention. In fact, it is rather neglected. This paper discusses the
results of a research on consumer protection for students in
Polytechnic. The study used qualitative and quantitative
methods. It begins by identifying the aspects of consumer
protection for students in Polytechnic that are ideally being
provided by education providers. It’s then followed by
interviewing Polytechnic management, which is selected
purposively. The identified aspects are used as framework to
develop an on-line version questionnaires, which filled out by 464
students at Politeknik Negeri Bandung. The data obtained
through questionnaires were tabulated and statistically
processed, then analyzed. The results show that students’ view
consumer protection as very important to be provided and
applied in Polytechnic. All aspects found in the study represent 8
national education standards, they are statistically proven to have
a correlation with consumer protection.
I. INTRODUCTION
Consumers are "King" is a paradigm that is accepted and
recognized by the general public for a long time, especially in
the business field. Therefore, every consumer has the right to
get the best quality assurance for the products/services that
they obtain as regulated in the Republic of Indonesia Law
Number 8 of 1999 concerning consumer protection. By law
consumer protection is defined as all efforts that guarantee
legal certainty to provide protection to consumers. Whereas
personal consumers are defined as people who use goods and
or services available in the community, both for the benefit of
themselves, their families, other people and other living
creatures and not for trading (Article 1 of Law 8/1999). The
implementation of consumer protection in the fields of
business and health and other fields has been implemented for
a long time and has shown quite a number of benefits for
improving community welfare. [1] [2] How about the
implementation of consumer protection in the field of
education? This paper describes the results of a qualitative and
497
quatitative study on consumer protection in higher education
with Politeknik Negeri Bandung as the case study. Normative
rules including Indonesia national education standards are
used as the core reference.
II. METHOD
The study used qualitative and quantitative methods. It
begins with a review of the literature to identify aspects of
consumer protection for students in Polytechnic that are ideally
provided by education providers. Normative rules including
national education standards are used as a reference. Interview
to Polytechnic management which is selected purposively was
undertake to complement the information. Further, the
identified aspects are used as material for developing
questionnaires. Questionnaires that have been validated and
tested for reliability are made in tan on-line version. Students at
Politeknik Negeri Bandung were invited to participate in filling
out the on-line questionnaire. A total of 464 (four hundred and
sixty four) students have participated. The data obtained
through questionnaire were tabulated and statistically
processed, then analyzed. The results showed that the students’
views consumer protection as very important to be provided
and applied in Polytechnic. All aspects found represent 8
national education standards are statistically proven to have a
correlation between one another.
III. CONSUMER PROTECTION
A. Theory of Consumer Protection
Historicly, consumer protection has been implemented for
a long time. This is indicated by the following three consumer
protection theories:
1) The Caveat Emptor Theory developed widely in the days of
the Ancient Roman Empire. The theory is applied by the
legal system in the United Kingdom and the United States
of America (Common Law). Caveat Emptor comes from
Latin terms which mean "let the buyer beware". According
to the Oxford dictionary, Caveat Emptor is "a principle that
the buyer is responsible for checking the quality and
suitability of goods before a purchase is made". At this
time consumers cannot do much after purchase defective
goods sold by producers or business actors [3].
2) Caveat Venditor Theory emerged at the end of the 19th
century in courts in the United States [4]. The term Caveat
 Venditor comes from Latin which means "let the seller
beware". In principle, the seller of goods must be
responsible for providing information about the
specifications of the goods to the buyer. This theory
illustrates that sellers can also be fooled into the process of
transactions on the market. Referring to the opinion of
David G Owen [4] regarding product liability, the seller
should be fully responsible if the goods sold are
detrimental to consumers. As a result the seller must be
able to guarantee the quality of the items they sell.
3) Paternalistic Theory. Parternalistic can generally be
understood as a law that aims to change consumer behavior
in order to improve consumer welfare. Paternalistic
interventions can encourage or force consumers to make
useful choices or avoid harm. This intervention is generally
carried out by the government. Interventions are carried
out so that the balance of rights and obligations between
producers and consumers can be realized. Consumers are
not obliged to realize their rights, if they are not willing to
make it happen, but consumers have fulfilled the payment
obligations that must be protected by the Consumer
Protection Act. These law clearly contain provisions that
guarantee the quality of goods and regulate the existence of
insurance guarantees for consumers who consume goods
that are not in accordance with the standards [5] that has
been determined. Consumers must be far more aware that
without such a legal design they will still be potentially
disadvantaged, because producers or business actors tend
to be arbitrary due to their superior position.
B. Consumer Protection Law in Indonesia
The realization of paternalistic theory in Indonesia can
be seen from the consideration of the government issuing Law
number 8 of 1999 concerning consumer protection. In point b
it is stated that: "The development of the national economy in
the era of globalization must be able to support the growth of
the business world so as to produce a variety of goods and / or
services that have technological content that can improve the
welfare of many people and at the same time obtain certainty
of goods and / or services obtained from trade without causing
consumer losses". While the considerations in point d which
are focused on the consumers of goods/services stated: "that to
increase the dignity of consumers, it is necessary to increase
the awareness, knowledge, concern, ability and independence
of consumers to protect themselves and develop the attitude of
responsible business people". Even the government regulates
the rights and obligations of both parties at the technical level.
IV . HIGHER EDUCATION AND CONSUMER
PROTECTION
Higher education has a very important role in supporting
the improvement of the national economy, especially because
universities are the producers of competent human resources.
To ensure the quality of learning held by universities in
Indonesia, the Ministry of Research, Technology and Higher
Education pass the regulation
498
number 44 in year 2015 concerning National Standards of
Education which issued a minimum standard for higher
education, namely: a) graduate competency standard; b)
learning content standard; c) learning process standard; d)
learning assessment standard; e) lecturer and education staff
standards; f) learning facilities and infrastructure standard; g)
learning management standards; and h) learning financing
standards. Accountability of meeting these standards is
monitored, evaluated and assessed periodically by the
government in accordance with the applicable rules.
Nevertheless, the focus tends to fulfill the obligations of higher
education institutions to the government as funders.
Universities that are considered to have fulfilled the academic
and administrative aspects of the eight education standards are
considered feasible, usually evidenced by granting recognition
of accredited A, B or C. The question to be raised is “will the
accredited tertiary institutions, for example category A,
automatically provide and implement customer protection for
their students?
In the developed countries’ universties such as Europe,
America, Australia and New Zealand, and in Africa customer
protection have been applied for a long time [6] [7] [8] [9]. On
the contrary, consumers protection for students in universities
tends to be a topic that is not yet popular in Indonesia. This can
be seen from the lack of scientific articles and books that
discuss consumer protection related to educational services
organized by universities. However, at present the attention to
the need for customer protection for students is increasing in
line with the changing view of society towards education,
especially higher education. Provision of education, including
higher education, in the beginning was seen as a social service.
The view was change into “economic potential” for supporting
the nation. Therefore, funding for pursuing education was share
between the provider and the users of the services. Two things
play as the trigger. First, changes in view about the importance
of higher education. It impact in increasing number of
registrans in tertiary education, while the available place is
limited. Secondly, funding provided by the government for
supporting tertiary education is limited. Consequently, some of
the funds for the provision of education in higher education are
charged to students [10]. Therefore, consumer protection for
students in higher education becomes increasingly important,
especially to convince students and parents that the targeted
competencies of graduates can be achieved through the
learning process and the support of learning resources and
infrastructure provided by the relevant universities. At least at a
minimum level. CME [11] explains that aspects covered by
legal protection in universities are minimum standards that
must be fulfilled by education providers for their students.
Universities view that compliance with the Consumer
Protection Act will have reputational benefits throughout the
sector. [8] [12] agreed that "...... of such academic protection
afforded to tertiary students and considered the fine balance
between strengthening and reinforcing those rigging without
compromising the essential academic freedom of the
institutions".
A. Position of Consumer Protection in Educational Process
Adapting the Higher Education Consumer Compliance
Team approach in United Kingdonm [13], five stages within
the flow of educational process at Politeknik Negeri Bandung
were identified as the position that need support for consumer
protection.
Figure 1 Position of Consumer Protection in Education Process
Source: [14], Model was adapted from [11].
Figure 1 shows the scope of legal protection in the flow of the
educational process at Politeknik Negeri Bandung. Basically
there are 5 (five) main stages in the education process in
higher education.
Stage 1: Consideration and Application - is the stage for
prospective students to consider what and where they will go
for their education which is then followed by registering at the
respective university. At this stage it is necessary to ensure
that Politeknik Negeri bandung (Polban) as a vocational higher
education provides sufficient information needed by
prospective students to make judgments and choice of the
provided study programmes.
a. In this first stage, where prospective students search
for and learn what and where they are going to study,
the information provided by Polban can be included
through: Polban web site, prospectus, and other
media which will be helpful for students to help them
make decisions. Information that is missing, unclear
and less accurate can influence the decision of
prospective students. Thus in this first phase it is very
important to provide relevant, clear, accurate and
easily accessible information.
b. Based on the results of observation and interview, it
is very important for prospective students to have
499
complete information about the study program and
the cost of education. Additional information on the
potential for obtaining funding support from relevant
parties is also considered important by students.
Stage 2: Offer - is the stage of the prospective student
determining to accept or reject the place offered by the
university. At this stage it is necessary to ensure that Polban
has provided sufficient information needed by prospective
students. It is very important to ensure that the information
provided can be accessed easily by prospective students. This
obligation is inherent throughout the relationship between
Polban and the students. At this stage the implementation of
consumer protection law could begun. Currently the
information was delivered through offer letters, web sites,
leaflets, and brochures.
Stage 3: Enrolment - is a stage for students to enroll in higher
education institutions.
When students enroll in a particular study program, the time
span between the selection process and the admissions process
may be quite long. Based on the legal protection point of view,
the information offered before registration and the creation of
an education contract are part of the contents of the contract
material. Universities that carry out new student registrations
on campus where the parties immediately make an agreement
on education services, then this contract can be considered as a
local contract. For this reason, it is necessary to be convinced
that all the necessary information has been provided and that
the information provided is clearly understood by prospective
students.
Stage 4: Learning Process - is the stage of students taking the
learning process according to the stipulated time period. This
stage is carried out after the education contract between
universities and students has been completed and signed.
Based on the civil law, the signed contract is valid as a law for
the parties who made it. In this fourth stage, university usually
issue rules related to the implementation of the academic field.
These published and binding rules need to be ascertained
clearly understood by students and are fair to all interested
parties. In this case it is very important to check that there is
no use of potentially unfair terms. It should be realized that
students tend to be in a relatively weaker position compared to
universities. Consider that in Polban students are not allow to
switch study programs if the study programs they follow are
not in line with their expectations or they are disappointed
with their learning experience. Therefore it is very important
to ensure that the substance of the rules made is fair and not
confusing to all parties. Currently most higher education
providers in Indonesia tend to focus in stage 4 in order to
ensure that all 8 national education standards set by the
government can be applied at this stage.

Figure 2 Position of Consumer Protection in the Learning Process.
Source: [14].
Stage 5: Graduation - is the stage where students are
declared successful in completing their education as evidenced
by the submission of a Diploma.
Stage 6: Alumni - is an increasing stage of collaboration
between universities and alumni in supporting education
process at stage 4.
B. Result of Correlation Test
A questionnaire was developed based on the position
of consumer protection in the learning process (stage 4).
466 students from Politeknik Negeri Bandung (Polban)
have participated in filled out the questionnaire. Data
processing results showed correlation between students
information access provided by Polban and 12 core
variables in the learning process as shown in Table 1.
TABLE I. RESULT OF CORRELATION TEST
** Correlation is significant at the 0.01 level (2-tailed).
Table 1 shows that there is a significant correlation at the 0.01
significance level between the availability of access to
information and Curriculum Development (X2). The
correlation value is 0.388 (**) and Sig. (2-tailed) is 0,000
<0.05. Whereas between the availability of information access
with Opportunity to Improve Mark (X3) there is a significant
correlation at the 0.01 significance level with a correlation
value of 0.209 (**) and Sig. (2-tailed) is 0.000 <0.05. And
between the availability of access to information and Access
to know Mark (X4) there is a significant correlation at the 0.01
significance level with a correlation value of 0.295 (**) and
Sig. (2-tailed) is 0.000 <0.05.
While between the availability of access to information and
the Openness on marking system (X5) there is a significant
correlation at the 0.01 level of significance with a correlation
value of 0.169 (**) and Sig. (2-tailed) is 0.000 <0.05. And
between the availability of access to information with Access
to syllabi (X6) there is a significant correlation at the 0.01
500
significance level with a correlation value of 0.258 (**) and
Sig. (2-tailed) is 0.000 <0.05.
Further, between the availability of access to information and
the Lab Schedule (X7) there is a significant correlation at the
0.01 significance level with a correlation value of 0.297 (**)
and Sig. (2-tailed) is 0,000 <0.05. And between the
availability of access to information and Professional Lecture
(X8) there is a significant correlation at the 0.01 significance
level with a correlation value of 0.368 (**) and Sig. (2-tailed)
is 0,000 <0.05.
And between the availability of access to information and
Multimedia Facility (X9) there is a significant correlation at
the 0.01 significance level with a correlation value of 0.333
(**) and Sig. (2-tailed) is 0.000 <0.05. And between the
availability of access to information and the Wifi Facility
(X10) there is a significant correlation at the 0.01 level of
significance with a correlation value of 0.237 (**) and Sig. (2-
tailed) is 0.000 <0.05. And between the availability of access
to information and Access to Library (X11) there is a
significant correlation at the 0.01 level of significance with a
correlation value of 0.246 (**) and Sig. (2-tailed) is 0.000
<0.05.
And between the availability of access to information and
Transparency on Funding (X12) there is a significant
correlation at the 0.01 level of significance with a correlation
value of 0.185 (**) and Sig. (2-tailed) is 0.000 <0.05. And
between the availability of access to information and Access
to academic information (X13) there is a significant
correlation at the 0.01 significance level with a correlation
value of 0.266 (**) and Sig. (2-tailed) is 0.000 <0.05.
V. CLOSING REMARKS
There are a certain types of information that need to be
covered by education provider to prove the implementation of
consumer protection include: (a) core information on
education programs; (b) education costs, and (c) overall
education process.
Student are aware of their right as consumer in the education
process. However, student can not protect their consumer right
without the availability of formal policies and mechanism
which need to be provided by education provider.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
The author is gratefully acknowledging the support from
the Head of Research and Community Services in Politeknik
Negeri Bandung toward this work. The opportunity to observe
the consumer protection implementation, as well as be
included in the research management policy development
team was much appreciated.
 REFERENCES
[1] Wood John TD 2017 Consumer protection: A Case of successful
regulation, in Peter Drahos, Regulatory Theory: Foundations and
applications, ANU Press, The Australian National University, Canberra,
Australia, page 633-651.

[2] Kirillova Elena Anatolyevna, Elena Anatolyevna Shergunova, Elena

Stepanovna Ustinovich, Nikolay Nikolaevich Nadezhin, Lyubov
Borisovna Sitdikova 2016 The Principles of the Consumer Right
Protection in Electronic Trade: A Comparative Law Analysis,
International Journal of Economic and Financial Issue, Vol.6 Special
Issue (S2), page 117-122, ISSN:2146-4138.

[3] Reitz Curtis R 1987 Consumer Product Warranties Under Federal and
State Laws, University of Pennsylvania Law School.

[4] Owen David G 2007 The Evolution of Product Liability Law, Review of
Litigation Symposium, University of Texas School of Law Publications
Inc.

[5] Cartwright Peter 2005 Consumer Protection and the Criminal Law,
Theory and Policy in the UK, Cambridge University Press.

[6] Drushal, J. Douglas 1976 Consumer Protection and Higer Education-

Student Suit Against Schools, Ohio State Law Journal, Vol.37, Issue 3.

[7] Menesha Mannapperuma 2015 Protecting Students, Protecting

Consumers: A New Federal Regulation of the For-Profit Distance
Learning Industry. Journal of Law and Policy, Volume 23 Issue 2.
Diownload from Brooklyn Works:
http://brooklynworks.brooklaw.edu/jlp/vol23/iss2/2.
[8] Pheh Hoon Lim and Juliet Hyatt† 2009 AUT Lim dan Hyat, University
Aucland, New Zealand, 1836-9030, International Journal of Law &
Education Vol 14, No 1, pp. 23–38.

[9] Universities of South Africa 2015 Consumer Protection: Guidelines for

Higher Education Institutions.

[10] Directorate General of Higher Education 2013 Guidelines for Research

and Community Services.

[11] Competition and Market Authority (CMA) 2015 Consumer Protection

Law requirements-application and offer stages.

[12] Jeremy Isaacson 2015 The Competition and Market Authority's draft
advice on consumer protection law and the higher education sector.

[13] Higher Education Consumer Compliance Team approach in United

Kingdom 2014.

[14] Lasambouw. Carolina 2016 unpublish Report on Model of Consumer

Protection for Student in Higher Education.

501
Purban Rice Farming (URF) as a Solution to The Gap
between Population Growth and Reduction of
Farmlands Through Sustainable Development Goals
for National Food Security
Neneng Nuryati 1, Amar Sumarsa2, Edi Sagith3
1Banking Department, Polteknik Negeri Bandung, 2Mathematics Department, Universitas Pakuan,Indonesia
English Department Sekolah Tinggi Ekonomi Manajemen Bisnis Indonesia (STEMBI),Indonesia
Abstract—The rate of world population growth is very
extreme, while the rate of food supply has also dropped very
sharply. The rate decline in food supply is compounded by a
decline in farmlands. Cimahi is a small town in West Java
experienced the something. Farmlands has changed its function
into housing complexes, offices, malls, buildings causing a decline
in farmlands. The remaining area of the rice field is only 152
hectares left which is a big problem for Cimahi. Gaps occur due
to an explosion in population and a decrease in farmlands. Urban
Rice Farming (URF) is a system of rice farming that is effective,
efficient, innovative, unique, productive and is a solution. URF is
a system of farming rice in poly bags with high productivity that
can reach more than five times that of conventional rice fields.
Other benefits are economical, cultural, social and educational
benefitsKeywords—component; formatting; style; styling; insert
(key words)
I. INTRODUCTION
Indonesia is a rich country in natural and human resources,
which has a high culture supported by perfect climates forming
an agricutural culture. Agricultural culture is a great asset
owned by lndonesia that should be carried on to make
lndonesia the biggest agricultural country. One of the most
important agricultural country's commodities is rice. Rice has a
high strategic value and is the main food of lndonesia people
that must get primary priority to make its people prosperous.
Constructions and erections of buildings, housing complex,
apartements, factories and lots more both compress out fertile
rice fields and cause irony where a big agriculture country has
to import rice from a small country such as Thailand and
Vietnam. The decreased in rice production in lndonesia is
caused by the excessive use of chemical fertilizers, pesticides,
fungicides and herbicides.
In 1970 the advent of Green Revolution in lndonesia
made the rice farmers increase their rice production and
lndonesia was able to export rice to many
countries. Unfortunately, having used the above chemicals for
more than 45 years, all the rice fields in lndonesia have
become dead soils so the rice production has decreased
drastically. Consequently, almost all farmers have been living
in poverty. They cannot send their children to high education.
Young people are refused to be farmers because farming is not
unpromising job anymore. Finally, many farmers have been
502
selling their rice fields to housing developers. Then the rice
fields have turned to housing complex, apartments and
factories.
Researchers take some efforts to solve this problems. The
solution is to develop new farmlands as said by Rejekiningrum
(2013). In order to avoid gap between dramatically growth
population and food (rice) supply then perfect plan to increase
the growth of food (rice) production is absolutely urgent.
Developing new farmlands needs a lot of fund and time.
According to Ismet (2007), If food availability is smaller than
its needs, it can create a country's economic instability. This
instability could make various social and political upheavals
occur. If food security is disrupted, then it can endanger
national stabilityThe unproductive lands potential to develop
become a productive farmlands by the system which is called
Urban Rice Farming. This paper describes about URF in
Cimahi that is a small city in West Java with very limited
farmlands. In this research Urban rice farming is implemented
by using poly bags as substitute of rice fields.
The purpose of this research is to increase rice production
in limited land.
Definition: Urban Rice Farming (URF ) is a system of planting
rice in polybags ,in towns and big city, using with a big part
of organic materials as a planting media, followed by
applying exstract organic fertilizers mixed with a little
chemical fertilizer through the media to get abundant harvest.
Organic farming : Organic farming is an alternative
agricultural system which originated early in the 20 th century
in reaction to rapidly changing farming practice, Organic
farming is as a method of crop and livestock production tahat
involves much more than choosing not to use pesticides,
chemical fertilizer, genetically modified organisms, antibiotic,
and growth hormones.
Urban Rice Farming is an effective and efficient as well as
sustainable solution without requiring wide lands and fertile
soils, without irrigation , without cultivation and without
digging the weeds and without mud that impresses a dirty job
to the youth . Urban Rice Farming is expected to bring the animal farms. The uses of organic wastes will
agricultural culture back in our society, especially in Cimahi. automatically reduce the waste volume that pollute
environment. This corresponds with Go Green Program
A. Benefits of urf
that is Reuse, Reduce, Recycle.
The economic benefit is as follows :
The increase in significant productivity may increase the Results :
ability of farmers' economy effecting on purchasing power,  One polybag contain 82 saplings, 60 panicle of rice,
and competing power. The corrected purchasing power Will 720 grains of rice.
encourage industrial growth of goods and service.  One polybag produce 0,6 kg.
Thus improving the economic welfare
1. Other benefits
URF will raise the name of Cimahi City and make it
famous nationally and internationally through the National
Record and the World Record for the Most Urban Rice
Farming in poly bags, the Most saplings of rice, the Most
panicles of rice per poly bag and the Highest production of
rice through Museum Record lndonesia (MURI) /Indonesia
Record Museum . Figure 1a Figure 1b Figure 1c
2. Social benefit
The appeal of URF will attract young people's interest to Figure 1a shows comparison of the results of rice grains
grow rice and give prestige so farming rice will not be fertilized with organic and non-organic fertilizers.
considered to be an inferior job anymore. Employment will Figure 1b shows the grain produced using in organic
be widely open and bear young entrepreneurs in the field of fertilizers rice. Figure 1c shows the grain produced using non-
agriculture. organic fertilizers. From those figure it can be concluded that
3. Cultural benefit. by using organic fertilizer rice plants produce more grain than
Ancient culture supported by natural and human resources rice using non-organic fertilizer. In addition to more rice
,as well as agricultural culture will be alive again and grains, the land for agriculture will also be better and maintain
sustainable. As the return of the agricultural culture , fertility because the soil does not become damaged.
cooperation among people, cross- tribal tolerance , living
together in harmony will color people's lives and living.
4. Environmental benefit.
Throwing rubbish and garbage around is
considered normal by many people is something to be
changed. The mindset and mental attitude should be changed
by productive, innovative and creative attitudes. Urban Rice
Farming will need a lot of organic materials for growing Figure 2a Figure 2b Figure 2c
media coming from Organic wastes which have long been
the town and city problem. By doing the URF, people will
recycle and use the organic materials for growing media so the
Environment will be kept clean and healthy. There fore,
the citizens will care about their Environment.
Figure 2d Figure 2e Figure 2f Figure 2g

II. METHOD OF URBAN RICE FARMING Cimahi Town

A. Pour a polybag within 20 % of soil, 40 % compost
(bokashi), 30% rice husk,10% ESSA organic fertilizer
B. Put padi seeds in warm water for 24 hours then wrap
with cotton material until they germinate.
C. Plant 1-3 seeds in the media and water twice a day in the
morning and in the afternoon in the middle of media.
D. Two weeks after planting, fertilize the young rice plants
by ESSA Extract organic fertilizer mixed with a little
NPK fertilizer.Dissolve them with fresh water
thoroughly.
E. 30 and 45 days after planting fertilize again the rice
plants as instructed above in double dosage. Materials
used for URF are mostly organic wastes from houses,
traditional markets, restaurants, culinary industries, and
Cimahi is a small town with three districts having
only 132 hectares of farmlands left also has the same
problem like other towns and rural areas. It is impossible to
build or make new rice fields and bring the agricultural
culture back to this town. According to Growth Population in
Indonesia, population of Cimahi will be the same. A Little
town Cimahi as a part of Indonesia has a same growth as is
figured out in Table 2
Table 2. Cimahi population 2003 – 2014
Year Population
2003 483.242
2004 496.060

503
 2005 509.189 Farmland in Cimahi 2012 - 2015

2006 522.731 350

300
2007 536.743 250

Farmland
2008 551.216 200
Series1
150
2009 566.220 100
50
2010 541.177 0
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
2011 553.593 Year
2012 562.297
Figure 2 The farmlands condition in di Cimahi
2013 570.991 Figure 4 shows a decrease in agricultural land in
2014 579.015 the city of Cimahi. This land decline follows the quadratic
trend of Y = -10.61 t2 - 5.34 t + 328. Looking at the trend of
The growth population increases dramatically in squares for agricultural land that has decreased drastically, the
Cimahi, farmlands decreases vice versa. It happened caused by agricultural land in Cimahi, predicted for 2020 will greatly
land conversion function. Rice farming land is less every year decrease, namely -1825, 362 which means there is no more
decreased by housing complex, malls, offices. In other side the agricultural land in Cimahi. With the absence of agricultural
need of food increases rapidly. One person needs 0,54 kg of land, there is no rice farming.
rice a day, 194,4 kg annually. Diagram Land Area and Population Number
Populationof Cimahi 2010 – 2014 showed in Figure 3
585000 350

Population number
Population number in Cimahi 2010-2014 580000 300
575000 250
585000 570000 200 Series2
580000 565000 150 Series1
Population number

575000
570000 560000 100
565000 555000 50
560000 Series1 550000 0
555000
550000 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016
545000 Year
540000
535000
2009 2010 2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 Figure 5
Year Analyzing Figure 3 and Figure 4 there is an extreme rate.
Figure 3. Population number in Cimahi 2010 – 2014 Extreme growth of population and extreme reduction of
Figure 3 showed significance of population growth 2010 – farmlands. These condition produce a gap. The solution of that
2014 the average rate of growth 9459,5 people annually. problems is urban rice farming because URF a system of
Applying regression model resulted prediction annually rate of farming on a limited lands
population growth in Cimahi is 9307,4 personThus it can be
predicted that in 2020 the population of Cimahi will be around DISCUSSION
635873,8 people . It occured from trend linearly regresion Y =
561414,6 + 9307,4 t The Comparation rice yield between 1 hectare of conventional
Farmlands of Cimahi showed in Figure 2 as follow. rice field and Urban Rice Farming in poly bags. 1 hectare of
Farmland in Cimahi 2012 - 2015 rice field contains 160,000 rice plants producing about 4-5
tons of paddy per season, whereas 1 hectare of Urban Rice
350
300 Farming in poly bags contains 100,000 rice plants in poly bags
250 producing between 40 and 50 tons of paddy per season. So
Farmland

200
150
Series1 Urban Rice Farming in poly bags can produce ten times more
100 crops than growing rice in conventional rice field.
50
0 Besides, Growing rice in poly bags can make use of
2011 2012 2013 2014 2015 2016 unproductive lands in the cities, in the towns ,in borders, and
Year
even in the refugee shelters. Moreover, Urban Rice Farming
Figure 4 The farmlands condition in di Cimahi in poly bags doesn't need very expensive irrigation,
Figure 4 showed the decline of farmlands in Cimahi cultivation, pulling the weeds, much water and so on. Last but
town. not the least, Urban Rice Farming in poly bags will never
destroy soil, microorganism and pollution ground water and
the product is health food as it makes use of organic wastes
from homes, traditional markets, catering and culinary
industries, dry leaves in the streets and lots more.
Urban rice farming is an unique system because no other
planting rice in polybag system produced rice grains, panicles,
as much as Urban Rice Farming system. URF is an innovative

504
and prospective system to solve food adequacy problem in the
future.

REFERENCES
Researchers interested in URF may refer to these bibliographies [3], [4], [5],
[6], [7], [8], [9], [10], [11], [12]

[1] Ismet M 2007 Challenges in Realizing a Strong Food Policy, Food 16.

[2] Rejekiningrum P 2013 Rice Surplus Optimization Model to determine

National Food Security, Proceedings of the National Seminar on Mathematics,
Science and Technology,

[3] Ann Larkin Hansen 2010 The Organic Farming Manual: A

Comprehensive Guide to Starting and Running a Certified Organic Farm
Store, Publishing, LLC.
[4] A K Dahama 2000 Organic Farming for Sustainable Agriculture Agro,
Botanica Publishers,
[5] Peter Fossel 2014 Organic Farming: How to Raise, Certify, and Market
Organic Crops and Livestock, Reprinted Edition.
[6] Richard Wiswall 2009 The Organic Farmer's Business Handbook: A
Complete Guide to Managing Finances, Crops, and Staff - and Making a
Profit, CHELSEA GREEN PUBLISHING; PAP/CDR EDITION
[7] Youngsang Cho 2016 JADAM Organic Farming: ULTRA Powerful Pest
and Disease Control Solution, Make all-Natural Pesticide, The way to Ultra-
Low-Cost agriculture! 1st edition
[8] Allen V Barker 2010 Science and Technology of Organic Farming, CRC
Press; 1 edition (May 6, 2010)
[9] David Sykes 2017 Organic Farming: How to Start and Maintain Your
Own Organic Farm
[10] Jeff Carpenter Melanie Carpenter Rosemary Gladstar 2015. The
Organic Medicinal Herb Farmer: The Ultimate Guide to Producing High-
Quality Herbs on a Market Scale. Chelsea Green Publishing
[11] Andy Tomolonis 2014 Organic Hobby Farming: A Practical Guide to
Earth-Friendly Farming in Any Space. Companion House Books.
[12] Sarath Chandran, Unni M.R Sabu Thomas 2018 Organic Farming:
Global Perspectives and Methods 1st Edition. Woodhead Publishing; 1
edition

505
 Allocation Time and Consumption Childcare of
Working Mother in Palembang City
Subtitle as needed (paper subtitle)
Marieska Lupikawaty1, Rosmiyati Chodijah Saleh2
1Prodi Bachelor of Business Management State Polytechnic of Sriwijaya Palembang, Indonesia
2
Prodi Doctor of Economic Sciences University of Sriwijaya Palembang, Indonesia
1marieska@polsri.ac.id, 2roossaleh@gmail.com
Abstract—This study tries to analyze the influence of
time allocation and consumption of child care early age of
working mother who selected the type of child care in Palembang
city. Data were collected by interviews, questionnaires and
literature. Technical analysis of the data using binary logistic
regression of two dependent variable where choosen daycare or
nondaycare. The first result showed that the cost of childcare
(RC) utility Non Daycare Child care is higher than the Daycare,
the second states that the allocation of a number of domestic hour
(Ld) and the number of hours of child care at home (Lm) Non
Daycare utility greater than the Daycare. The number hours of
other working mothers (Lx) is not a significant influence on the
utility possibility of working mothers choosing child care. But
simultaneously the respondent can allocate time above the
average of 3.89 hours per day for utilities possibility of working
mothers. The results of this study different from the other finding
that working mothers have more less the allocation of time
domestic and have hours of leisure on weekdays and have much
time of domestic child care at home and working hours on
weekends
Keywords—component; formatting; child care consumption,
allocation of time, working mothers
I. INTRODUCTION
This Education and health is an indicator of investment
in human resources, so parents should pay attention to the
education and health of their children. we usually hear that
education is first and foremost is derived from the mother.
Growing phenomenon in Indonesia that the female labor force
who work are those that have higher education [1]. Similarly,
a phenomenon that occurs in the province of South Sumatra.
Women working on a diploma I / II / III / Colleges /
Universities count 185.059 more than the men who worked as
many as 176.148 [2].
Culturally may mean that men are required to fast work,
so after graduating high school level they no longer attend
school but chose to work. Unlike the graduated from the
Diploma to Higher Education, is dominated by women who
work.This is consistent with the theory Elfindri and Bactiar [3]
one of the reasons women decide to go to work due to an
increase of women's education from year to year. According
from the initial interview by the author on some of the mothers
who work, stated the reason they keep working even though
they still have children at home early age due to the high
increase in the home needs, especially for children, such as
506
education and health. By working, they can help the family
economy and not a few of those working mothers give reason
to keep working due to self-actualization.
Residents of South Sumatra province including having a
young population structure is of the age group 0-4 years and 5-
9 years age group. While the population aged five years and
below in Palembang amounted to 148.721 children [4]. In
addition to the above data reinforce the need for the needs of
other people involved in the care of children of working
mothers, when the working women were married and had
children, raised the question of who care for and look after the
children of working mothers? And mothers are the first and
primary school for the children at home. This causes the
mother to work after the expiration of maternity leave, usually
three months, must return to work and leave their children at
home with grandparents, other family even did the demand for
child care services (daycare) which raises the cost per month
for working mothers. Supposed to be the responsibility of
caring, nurturing and educating children in the hands of the
mother, but because mothers choose to keep working, this
responsibility was transferred to the grandparents, family, and
even transferred on a paid child care (daycare). This
phenomenon began to flourish in Indonesia with the
emergence of child care services, but these services
predominantly come from the private sector and not the
government. As quoted from the reportpolicy review of
Education and Early Childhood Care in Indonesia [5]
conducting research on family policy and early childhood care
and education in Indonesia. Finding that there was no
government investment in nursery education and early
childhood care. Almost 100% privately held and parents who
bear the brunt. So no additional costs to keep the child for
working mothers. Additional costs in the household can be
covered by income received by working mothers.
After returning to work, the mother returned to be
prosecuted doing work at home such as cooking, doing
housework, caring for her husband and children at home.
Because this is the duty of a wife and mother, so it's very
interesting to see how a working mother divides her time and
balance with activities outside the household and in the
household. This study tries to analyze the influence of time
allocation and consumption of child care early age of working
mothers who do the selecting the type of child care in the city Respondents are working mothers of young children in
of Palembang. Palembang with a sample of 234 people. Methods of data
collection using interviews, questionnaires and literature.
Technical analysis is a binary logistic regression for binary
II. LITERATURE valued dependent variable (1 = daycare and 0 = non daycare).
Household theory of Becker [6] is assumed to Model analysis are:
combine time and goods to produce goods that are directly  π x  
entering the household utility function. Production of g1  x  = ln   = β10 + β11C +
household commodities are called Z by function: Zi = fi (xi, 1 π  x  
Ti)
Where: Zi = domestic production
β12 Lm + β13 Ld + β14 Lx + e1
Xi = vector goods Where :
Ti = input vector time
Model household of Ekwueme [7], it is assumed that U = utility, the benefits gained working mothers
deposited the smallest child (child care) of the married couple C = consumption childcare
of working mothers: Ld = number of hours of domestic work such as cooking
mother, tidy home, caring for her husband and others
Utilities: U = f (C, L) Lm = leisure maternal child care at home, assumed a task for
U = f (C, Ld, Lm, Lf) the mother
Lx = leisure hours at home mothers such as bathing, religious
Where: U = utility activities, reading books, etc.
C = consumption
Hd = domestic production hours
Lm = hour intermission mother IV. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION
Lf = h father breaks With SPSS technical data were processed using
binary logistic regression, obtained by calculation as follows:
A book wich title Everyday Decision Theory and A. Characteristics of Respondents
Application of Economics [8] states that every day people 1. Cost of Child Care
make the choice of one of them in time. There is a 24 hour a Child care costs are the sacrifices made by the
day, and the individual performing the allocation of time in the respondent to replace the temporary role of respondents in
day. Allocation of income consumed affects the time to buy maintaining and caring for children during the respondents
goods and services that are needed. The findings of this study worked. The following table is a resume of the cost of child
explained that the opportunity cost (opportunity cost) of the care:
time spent on an activity that is the value of time to the
individual doing the activity alternative left. Budget and time TABLE 1 Child Care Costs
constraints of the budget is a graph to represent this economic Custody fees *)
principle. Care Type <USD 1.291 > USD 1.291 Total
The allocation of time between leisure and working million million
hours are also discussed in the study Görtz [9]. Using the Non Daycare
62 74 136
(100)
theory of benefit households with activity and time allocation (45.6) (54.4)
for the husband and wife. Using analysis techniques General Daycare
97 1 98
(100)
Method of Moment (GMM) 3SLS. Finding that the (99.0) (1,0)
advantages identified households are not associated with Amount
159 75 234
domestic production activities, but which households gain (67.9) (32.1) (100)
extra value from producing activities undertaken by Sources: Primary data is processed, 2017
themselves than when done by others eg consumption Information : *) The average cost of care
advantages.
In Table 1 above to inform you that the cost of the more
diversified type of care nondaycare greater than the cost
III. METHODOLOGY
of the type of child care daycare. This may imply that the
After the text edit has been completed, the paper is ready cost of care at daycare fixed amount per month are issued
for the template. Duplicate the template file by using the Save by the respondent. Child care costs have an average cost
As command, and use the naming convention prescribed by of US $ 1.291 million, - while the type of daycare have
your conference for the name of your paper. In this newly cost less than the average. This information is gathered
created file, highlight all of the contents and import your from the testimony of the respondent. According to
prepared text file. You are now ready to style your paper; use information from the manager daycare daycare, monthly
the scroll down window on the left of the MS Word Formatting
costs incurred standard of Rp 500,000, - for a time
toolbar.

507
 deposit from 08.00 till 16.00. If mothers want their In Table 5 is obtained Nagelkerke R Square of 0.660.
children to be given lunch, or add hours of care normally These results suggested that the proportion of variance
be charged extra. Conversely care costs on the type of explained by the U is capable of RC, Ld, Lx, and Lm, was
non daycare is not fixed amount (flexible) per month so 66.0%.
the higher costs to be incurred by the respondent. This is On Hosmer and Lemeshow Test, given the Chi-Square
because the cost of the daycare with meeting with details testfor the good of the model in explaining the data. The test is
of charges clearly, while it is non daycare is no charge performed with the hypothesis:
non-economy incurred mother as an expression of 35 63 98
gratitude for the assistance of parents and other families Daycare (35.7) (64.7) (100)
in parenting for working mothers such as buying food 75 159 234
favorites, buy pulses and so on. Parents or family usually Amount
(32.1) (67.9) (100)
does not ask to be paid for already maintain and care for
children of working mothers. This is due to factors Sources: Primary data is processed, 2017
affection their blood relationship to the grandson and Information : *) Average hours more leisure
nephew himself. Grandmother and sisters who care for
children are entrusted generally regarded as a solace at a
time when their own children are grown and have their Table 3 above to inform you that the respondent had
own busy life. more leisure time an average of 3.92 hours per day.
2. Domestic Hours Respondents Respondents either entrust in non daycare and leave in a non
Home clock respondents represent the number of daycare have more leisure hours than average. This means that
respondents in the hours do household chores like cooking. with the help of child care the respondent had the assistance of
Here's a table that informs many hours dosmestik respondents: child care so that the time allocated to other breaks can be
used flexibly by the respondent.
TABLE 2 Domestic Hour Respondents
4. Hours Parenting
Domestic hour *)
Care Type Total Hours caring for children is the amount of time that
<3.69 > 3.69 can be used by respondents in child care at home after the
50 86 136 respondent returned home from work. Here's a table that
Non Daycare
(36.8) (63.2) (100) informs the number of hours respondents in parenting:
40 58 98
Daycare TABLE 4 Hours Parenting Respondents
(40.8) (59.2) (100)
Leisure Hours Parenting *)
90 144
234
Care Type Total
Amount <8.83 > 8.83
(38.5) (61.5) (100)
62 74 136
Non Daycare
Sources: Primary data is processed, 2017 (45.6) (54.4) (100)
Information : *) Average hours of domestic
51 47 98
Daycare
(52.0) (48.0) (100)
Table 2 above informs that respondents who chose 113 121 234
Amount
the type of non daycare daycare or daycare, have more than (48.3) (51.7) (100)
the average domestic hour as much as 3.69 hours per day. Sources: Primary data is processed, 2017
Based on the interview, this is because the respondent was
aware of the responsibilities as mothers and wives, so that Information : *) Average hours of parenting
when the cooking is still done with an above-average time of
3.69 hours per day with a cooking time of respondents do Table 4 above to inform you that the majority of
before leaving for work in the morning and at night , respondents have a number of hours of child care at home
above the average 8.83 hours per day. This is because the
3. Other Leisure Hours
Other leisure hours of the respondents is the amount respondents already have his help to do other work at home so
of time respondents in conducting individual leisure time such that the allocation of parenting time can be performed entirely
as hobbies, conduct religious activities and so forth. The by the respondent after working outside the home. Also means
following table tells you how many hours of rest the that the responsibility and awareness of the obligations of the
respondents: respondents as a working mom has been very good.

TABLE 3 Other Leisure Hours

Other Leisure Hours *)
Care Type Total
<3.92 > 3.92
40 96 136
Non Daycare
(29.4) (70.6) (100)

508
B. Primary Data Sports Results
TABLE 5 Results of Testing Goodness of Fit and Simultaneous
From SPSS output (Variables in the Equation), obtained
by Statistics Test Wald (Wald) and P-value (Sig.) For each
predictor variable as follows:
1. Regression constants obtained was 16.831 (a positive
value) which gives the sense that any influence of predictor
variables affect the chances of success are utilities Daycare
nursery.
2. The regression coefficient on the variable RC obtained by -
4.985 the statistical value of the Wald test 39.940and a P-
value of 0.000. These results indicate that the value of the
P-value <α with α = 5%, in order to obtain a decision
which rejected H0 lead to the conclusion that there is a
significant and negative effect of RC on U. This means that
the larger RC (cost of childcare) paid the mother, the more
there is little likelihood of success utilities daycare child
care; and vice versa the smaller RC (cost of childcare) paid
the mother, the greater the likelihood of success there are
utilities Daycare nursery. Based on the output odds ratio
(Exp (B)), obtained odds ratio for RC for0.007 where it is
interpreted that the RC of the utility Non Daycare Child
care is 1 /0.007= 142.857 time of RC Daycare. In other
words, RC (cost of childcare) Non Daycare nursery utility
greater than the Daycare.
3. The regression coefficient on the variable Ld obtained by -
1.316 the statistical value of the Wald test 20.080and a P-
value of 0.000. These results indicate that the value of the
P-value <α with α = 5%, in order to obtain a decision
which rejected H0 lead to the conclusion that there is a
significant and negative effect Ld against U. This means
that the greater Ld (the number of hours of domestic work)
owned by mother , the less likely there is a successful
daycare daycare utilities; and vice versa the smaller Ld (the
number of hours of domestic work) owned by the mother,
the greater the likelihood of success there are utilities
Daycare nursery. Based on the output odds ratio (Exp (B)),
odds ratios for Ld obtained by 0.268, This means that the
Ld of the utility Non Daycare Child care is 1 /0.268= 3.73
time of Ld Daycare. In other words, Ld (the number of
hours of domestic work) utility Non Daycare Child care is
greater than the Daycare.
4. The regression coefficient on the variable Lx obtained for -
0.379 the statistical value of the Wald test 3.065and a P-
value of 0.080. These results indicate that the value of the
P-value> α with α = 5%, in order to obtain a decision
which resulted in the conclusion H0 is accepted that there
are not significant and negative effect Lx against U. This
means that the greater the Lx (the number of leisure hours
more) owned the mother, the less likely there is a
successful daycare daycare utilities; and vice versa the
509
smaller Lx (the number of leisure hours more) owned by
the mother, the greater the likelihood of success there are
utilities Daycare nursery. Based on the output odds ratio
(Exp (B)), odds ratios obtained for Lx by0.685, This means
that the utility Lx of Non Daycare Child care is 1
/0.685Daycare Lx = 1,460 time. In other words, Lx (the
number of leisure hours more) Non Daycare nursery utility
greater than the Daycare.
The regression coefficient on the variable Lm obtained for -
0.795 the statistical value of the Wald test 22.235and a P-value
of 0.000. These results indicate that the value of the P-value <α
with α = 5%, in order to obtain a decision which rejected H0
lead to the conclusion that there is significant influence Lm to
the U. It is understood that the greater the Lm (number of hours
caring) owned by the mother, the less the likelihood of success
there are utilities daycare child care; and vice versa the smaller
Lm (number of hours caring) owned by the mother, the greater
the likelihood of success there are utilities Daycare nursery.
Based on the output odds ratio (Exp (B)), obtained odds ratio
amounted to Lm.451, This means that the utility Lm of Non
Daycare Child care is 1 /.451= 2,217 time of Lm Daycare.
In other words, Lx (the number of leisure hours more) Non
Daycare nursery utility greater than the Daycare.
Logistic Regression Model with equations involving all
the variables have the following results:
  ( x) 
ln   16,831  4,985RC  1,316Ld 
 1   ( x) i 
0,379Lx  0,795Lm
e16,8314,985 RC 1,316 Ld 0,379 Lx0,795 Lm
 ( x) 
1  e16,8314,985 RC 1,316 Ld 0,379 Lx0,795 Lm
Where :
U= Utility or the benefits obtained by the mother
works at daycare or Non Daycare
π (x) = Probability of success there Daycare Child
care utility.
C. Analysis of Consumption and Time Allocation Working
Mom
Statistical calculation results obtained from
independent variables significantly and negatively affect ie
child care costs (RC), the number of domestic clock (Ld), the
number of child care hours (Lm) while the number of leisure
hours more (Lx) affects not significant. This means that the
respondent (mother worked) possibility of choosing the type
of daycare lower storage when affected child care costs (RC),
the number of hours of domestic work (Ld), the number of
hours of child care at home (Lm) higher.
1. Cost of Child Care Influence On Demand Child Care
Child care costs (RC) as described above are
concerned the mother works. The statistic shows thatthe higher
the cost of child care daycare types possibility of working
mothers (respondent) did request the type of daycare daycare
lower. In the sense that the respondent (a working mother)
would prefer a day care type of daycare with a record when
daycare costs less than the cost of the type of non daycare. It
can be a suggestion for the management costing daycare
daycare that is not too high. In the primary data is known that
the standard fee per child daycare ranges from Rp 500,000, -
in the city of Palembang. The cost information is obtained
from the management of storage-type daycare. When coupled
hour concierge and add other facilities such as lunch, the cost
will be increased at the request of parents children are
entrusted. Determination of these child care costs of the
interview is not too burdensome for the elderly, because the
cost of child care for the respondents is the substitution effect
of working mothers. By working mother has an income, some
of which are allocated for child care costs. This is called the
substitution effect iswhen there are changes in prices (cost of
childcare) to change the number of working hours of women
offered. Where the existence of a paid child care (daycare)
greatly assist the mother in choosing childcare and for some of
the respondents may be the last alternative option if no
parents, family, father or caregiver to assist mothers during the
mother works outside the home. This is in accordance with the
opinion of Duncan, Simon et al [10] look at the policies and
values in the household in the United Kingdom (UK) where
both parents work and make cost-benefit calculations (cost-
benefit) in choosing childcare. Further discussed choosing
childcare is part of the modernization of the domestic
economy (modernized household economics) where trade-offs
between costs and revenues of working mothers.
2 Time Allocation Influence On Demand Daycare
Number of hours of domestic work (Ld) and the
number of hours of child care at home (Lm) of the respondents
and negatively affect significantly the likelihood of
respondents choosing child care daycare. This means that
statistically that the higher the number of hours of domestic
work (Ld) and the number of hours of child care at home (Lm)
of the respondents the lower the possibility of working
mothers utility and ask daycare type of daycare. The
calculations show that the utility of working mothers and ask
daycare more likely to choose the type of non daycare nursery.
These results show that respondents in this study has a number
of domestic and number of clock hours of child care at home
is greater than the possibility of working moms feel the utility
on election day care daycare type of care. This is due to the
energy assistance at home for the mother after a day of work
in the public, so that mothers feel more comfortable with the
type of non daycare daycare. The result of this calculation is
also in accordance with the respondent descriptive statistics in
Table 2 that the majority of respondents have a domestic clock
above the average of 3.89 hours per day, and Table 4 that the
majority of the respondents have children at home caring hour
average below 8.83 hours per day , Of the two leisure time
allocation, more mothers giving more time to care for children
under six years after being in the house, let alone have the
assistance of others in the house can be diverted only to give
attention to the child. Form of allocation of mothers such as
510
these show that the mother as the respondent had the attention
and responsibility to the various activities in the domestic
sector, which is in line with the theory of Elfindri [3] that there
is a joint production between the activities of home and leisure
mean the unit the same time often used for home and leisure
activities simultaneously. And in contrast to the findings of
Kimmel and Connelly [11] that working mothers have the
allocation of time to watch domestic and hours of leisure more
less on weekdays (weekdays) and have hours of domestic as
many hours of child care at home and working hours on the
weekend (weekend ). While the results of the study found that
every day of the respondents as a working mother can allocate
an average time of over 3 hours per day either on domestic
hours, more leisure hours and hours of child care. This proves
that the respondents as working mothers remain aware of its
responsibilities as a wife and a good mother even had a job in
the public sector.
Respondents still comfortable leaving a child in the
grandparents, relatives, neighbors and even your husband /
partner during the work. From the interviews several
respondents that they are more trusting his own father and
mother or father and mother-in-law due to proven experienced
and successful care for, nurture, educate their children to
adulthood, marriage, work and have children. So feel
comfortable leaving children with their parents or in-laws
themselves than others. This result contradicts from a survey
conducted by Duncan, Simon et al [10] examined the
assumption of working mothers and couples who also work in
selecting child care in the UK. Respondents from the middle
(middle class) many choose daycare daycare / nursery care
with daycare good reason for the development of the social
level and the level of learning for children. Election of
childcare is a process of moral and emotional combination in
meeting the needs of children and even their own mother
needs a balance between the needs of children and mothers.
Kids can meet a lot of people are different teachers and friends
with the characteristics of each so as to help children to
socialize with other people not only met with the mother alone
during the day, and to foster the development of good
emotions such as sharing food, sharing toys and etc. The level
of development of learning is also excellent as language,
communication, song, music, coloring and others, so that in
the UK leave their children in daycare has become a necessity
for parents both working mothers and mothers do not work
because of daycare is not just a child care course but also as a
school of early childhood learning methods are clearly given
by professionals in the field of early childhood education.
While in Indonesia, daycare industry is not well developed.
V. CONCLUSION
The conclusion of this study are:
1. The effect of the cost of the utility of working mothers are
significant and negative means the greater the RC (cost of
childcare) paid the mother, the less likely there is a
successful daycare Daycare utilities; and vice versa the
smaller RC (cost of childcare) paid the mother, the greater
 the likelihood of success there are utilities Daycare. Means [8] Schmitz, Andy. “Everyday Decision. Theory and Application of
Economics. v.1.0. Chapter 4 : Individual and Households”.
that the RC (cost of childcare) Non Daycare nursery utility
https://2012books.lardbucket.org/pdfs/theory-and-applications-of-
greater than the Daycare. The results of this study differ economics.pdf. 2012
from the findings of Duncan, Simon et al [10] which states [9] Görtz, Mette. (2006). “Leisure, Household Production, Consumption and
that working mothers and couples who also work in the Economic Well-being”. Thesis Ph.D. Department of Eonomics
University of Copenhagen
UK prefer to leave their children in daycare to daycare
[10] Duncan, Simon et al. “Mothers and Child Care: Policies, Values and
good reason for the development of the social level and the Theories”. Children & Society (in press). Published online in Wiley
level of learning for children. Election of childcare is a InterScience. 2003
process of moral and emotional combination in meeting [11] Kimmel and Connelly. “Is Mothers' Time With Their Children Home
Production or Leisure?” IZA Discussion Paper No. 2058. 2006
the needs of children and even their own mother needs a
balance between the needs of children and mothers.
2. The number of hours of domestic work (Ld) and the number
of hours of child care at home (Lm) of the respondents and
negatively affect significantly the likelihood of respondents
choosing child care daycare. This means that statistically
that the higher the number of hours of domestic work (Ld)
and the number of hours of child care at home (Lm) of the
respondents the lower the possibility of working mothers
utility and ask daycare type of daycare. Means that the
allocation of time (Ld and Lm) Non Daycare nursery
utility greater than the Daycare. While the number of hours
of other working mothers do not affect significantly the
possibility of working mothers utility choosing child care.
But simultaneously the respondent can allocate time above
the average of 3.89 hours per day for utilities possibility of
working mothers. The results of this study different from
the findings of Kimmel and Connelly [11] that working
mothers have the allocation of time to watch domestic and
hours of leisure more less on weekdays (weekdays) and
have hours of domestic as many hours of child care at
home and working hours on weekends (weekend).

ACKNOWLEDGMENT
This paper is one part of a doctoral dissertation research in
which the author is a graduate from Economic Sciences
Doctoral Study Program University of Sriwijaya. The author
would like to thank promoter team and the test team over the
criticism and constructive feedback is also thanks to the
strengthening of the Directorate General of Research and
Development Kemenristekdikti which has provided funding
through research grants doctoral dissertation in 2017.

REFERENCESS
[1] Lupikawaty, Marieska. “Comparison of Female Labor Force Participation
Labor Women Indonesia and Thailand”. Orasi Bisnis ISSN: 2085-1375
Issue IX May 2013
[2] BPS. Employment Situation South Sumatra Province in August 2014.
Press Release No. 64/11/16 / Th.XVI, November 5 2014
[3] Elfindri and Bachtiar, Nasri. Labor economics. Andalas Padang: Publisher
University Press. 2004
[4] BPS. Sumsel In Figures per City. Catalog BPS. South Sumatera Province.
2016
[5] UNESCO, Paris. “Policy Review Report: Education and Early Childhood
Care in Indonesia. Section ECD and Inclusive Education Division of
Basic Education”. 2005
[6] Becker, Gary S. “A Theory of the Allocation of Time”. The Economic
Journal. Vol. 75 299, pp.493-517. 1965
[7] Ekwueme, Donatus U. “An economic Analysis of Child Care and The
Household's Decision Work. Dissertation. Wayne State University
Detroit Michigan”. 1996

511
512
STATUS OF CORAL REEF CONDITION AT SEVERAL DIVING POINT IN BUNAKEN
ISLANDS WATERS NORTH SULAWESI

Alma K. Pongtuluran1, Youdy J.H. Gumolili2

1.2
Prodi D3 Ekowisata Bawah Laut, Jur. Pariwisata, Politeknik Negeri Manado.
E-mail : almasterix@gmail.com

Abstract:Status of Coral Reef Condition at against to decreasing coral reef quality

Several Diving Spot in Bunaken Island
Waters North Sulawesi. This research aims to
know the percent cover of coral reef in
several diving spot on Bunaken Island. The
coral reef condition were using line intercept
transect (LIT) method with 25 meters length
for between 3-5 meter depth. The result
showed that coral reef in diving spot Bunaken
Timur was “poor” category with coral
percent cover 22.64 %, Bunaken Timur 2 was
“good” category with coral percent cover
56.72% and diving spot Pangalisang was
“fair” category with coral percent cover
42.76%. Eastern Bunaken Island waters very
good for coral growth with salinity level from
32 0/00 to 34 0/00, the water temperature range
from 24.9 0C to 28.173 0C, pH range from 8.3
to 8.37 and the water turbidity range from 20
meter to 30 m.
Keywords: Coral Reef, Percent Cover,
Bunaken Island
INTRODUCTION
Stony coral, as a main shaper coral reef
, life symbiosis with “monocelluler algae”
(zooxanthellae), have an important role to
supplay oxygen into around the ocean pass
through photosynthesis process (Wells 1957
within Soekarno 1994), helping supplay food
for coral polyp and establishment lime (Ditlev,
1980), meanwhile coral produce phospat and
nitrogen material which is used by algae as a
food. Coral reef also have a function to protect
from abrasion influence, main source of beach
sand, beach ecosystem resources as a material
for producing food, substance bioactive
substance for chemical and pharmacy
industry.
At present time, commonly coral reef
resources in Indonesia have utilization
excessive pressure experience. Main influence
in Indonesia because consequence of human
activities excessive to utilize this resources
and partly because of natural influence.
Several set of problems that appear this time
in coastal area, especially in coral reef area,
caused by ecosystem degradation, over
fishing activity, pollution and land convertion
for another utility also coral bleaching event
and sedimentation cause by dredging,
decreasing water quality. Degradation rapidity
of coastal area resources already exceed the
limit in small scale nor big scale.
The very hight tourism activities along
the Bunaken Island beach line also will
influence existence of coral reef which
suspicious already cause alteration and
decreasing coral reef quality and condition.
RESEACRH METHOD
Location and Time Research
This research was held in May 2018 at
Bunaken Timur, Bunaken Timur 2,
Pangalisang 2, Fukui and Lekuan 2 diving
spot on Bunaken Island North Sulawesi
between 3 – 5 metres depth.
Picture 1. Research Location
Data Collection Technique
To determine coral reef status in diving spot
area were using Line Intercept Transect (LIT)

513
 method. LIT is a method for land plant
70 Non Acropora Acropora
research and already developed and adopting
60
this method utilizing for coral reef research
50
(Loya, 1978; Marsh et al, 1984 in Kusen dkk,
40
1997); Anonimous (1993). The data collection
30
from all research location using dive
20
equipment or Self Contained Underwater
10
Breathing Apparatus (SCUBA). At every
0
location, the 25 m transect long (with 3 Bunaken Bunaken Pangalisang 2 Fukui Lekuan 2
repeated) was laid between 3 – 5 meters depth. Timur Timur 2

Every benthic codes under the transect will be Gambar 1. Stony coral percent cover at Dive Spot Bunaken
record according benthic codes category Timur, Bunaken Timur 2, Pangalisang 2, Fukui dan
according to Monitoring Coral Reef for Global Lekuan 2

Change (Anonimous, 1993).

Coral percent cover, diversity index and According to coral percent cover by Yap
evenness index will be analysis with formula and Gomez in Lalamentik (1991), the coral
according to English et al, (1997) in reef condition at Bunaken Timur dive spot be
Lalamentik (1991); Ludwig and Reynolds, at damage category , Bunaken Timur 2 dive
1988: spot in good category, Pangalisang 2 dive spot
in fair category, Fukui dive spot in damage
Percent cover, category and Lekuan 2 dive spot in good
Total of Intercept category.
Percent Cover (%) = ------------------------------- x 100 According to research result in picture 1,
Total of Transect long percent cover coral non Acropora more hight
at dive spot Bunaken Timur 2, Fukui, Lekuan
Diversity index, 2 and Pangalisang 2, whereas at dive spot
Bunaken Timur percent cover coral Acropora
ni ni more hight than non Acropora coral.
H = - ∑ -------- . ln ---------
N N
In general, coral reef percent cover in
Bunaken Island 37,39 % and according to
Evenness Index, coral percent cover by Yap and Gomez in
Lalamentik (1991), then coral reef condition in
H’ Bunaken Island at fair category.
e= —
ln S Coral Diversity Index
Diversity index is measurement
community richness according to species
amount in a region, along with amount of
RESULT AND DISCUSSION individu in every species. (Mustika in Wenas,
2004).
Coral Reef According to the research result, stony
coral diversity at Bunaken Timur is 0,99;
Coral Percent Cover
Bunaken Timur 2 is 0,89; Pangalisang 2 is
This research show that life coral percent 1,24; Fukui is 1,44 and Lekuan 2 is 1,43. This
cover in Bunaken Timur dive spot is 18,64 % result declare that the stony coral diversity at
(16.44 % Acropora and 2,20 % non- dive spot Bunaken Timur and Bunaken Timur
Acropora), Bunaken Timur 2 is 58,32% 2 is low and community stability also low too.
(8,04% Acropora and 50,28% non-Acropora). Meanwhile at dive spot Pangalisang 2, the
At Pangalisang 2 dive spot, life coral percent stony coral diversity is moderate and
cover is 42,76% (1,44% Acropora and 41,32% community stability also moderate too. Then,
non-Acropora). Furthermore at dive spot Stony coral diversity and community stability
Fukui life coral percent cover is 12,28% ( 2,84 at dive spot Fukui and Lekuan 2 in moderate
% Acropora and 9,44% non- Acropora) and at category.
dive spot Lekuan 2, life coral percent cover is
54,95% consist of 0,76 % coral Acropora and
Coral Fish Chaetodontidae
54,18 coral non-Acropora.
Coral Fish Distribution

514
 Research result show that species
Chaetodon kleini and Hemitaurichtys
polylepis can be found in all research station.
Meanwhile another species can’t be found at
some research station. Chaetodon lunula can’t
found at dive spot Bunaken Timur. Chaetodon
unimaculatus and Chaetodon. baronessa be
found only at dive spot Bunaken Timur 2 and
Lekuan 2. Whereas Chaetodon ocellicaudus
and Chaetodon. speculum only be found at
dive spot Bunaken Timur 2. Chaetodon
ulietiensis can be found at pada dive spot
Fukui and Lekuan 2, whereas Chaetodon
punctatofasciatus, Chaetodon vagabundus,
Chaetodon semeion, Chaetodon ornatisimus,
and Chaetodon speculum only can found at
dive spot Lekuan 2. Chaetodon. oxycephalus
can found only at dive spot Bunaken Timur.
Chaetodon auriga can be found at dive spot
Fukui, Lekuan 2 and Pangalisang 2,
meanwhile Forcipiger longirostris can’t found
at dive spot Pangalisang 2. However
Forcipiger flavissimus only found at dive spot
Bunaken Timur and dive spot Lekuan 2.
Diversity Index Chaetodontidae Fish
Diversity index Chaetodontidae fish show
that at dive spot Fukui diversity index is 0,91.
This result indicate that fish diversity at this
dive spot was low and community stability
also low. Meanwhile at another dive spot that
is Bunaken Timur, Bunaken Timur 2, Lekuan
2 and Pangalisang 2 fish diversity at this dive
spots be at moderate category with
community stability level in moderate
category. Diversity index value coral fish
Chaetodontidae was showed at picture 2.
2.50 2.15
2.00 1.57
1.36
1.50 1.08
0.91
1.00
0.50
0.00
Picture 2. Diversity Index Coral Fish Chaetodontidae at Several
Dive Spot Bunaken Island
Evenness Index Coral Fish Chaetodontidae
Evenness index value from data analisis
show that 0.84 for dive spot Bunaken Timur;
515
0,75 for dive spot Bunaken Timur 2; 0,51 for
dive spot Fukui; 0,81 for dive spot Lekuan 2
and 0,98 for dive spot Pangalisang 2. This
value refer community stable at dive spot
Bunaken Timur, Lekuan 2 and Pangalisang 2.
But, at dive spot Bunaken Timur 2 and dive
spot Fukui belonging to unstable community
A community consider to be stable if evenness
value approach to grade 1. Evenness index
describe averagely individu distribution and
species organism to arrange a community.
Waters condition very influential to
Chaetodontidae fish community. This case
show that Chaetodontidae fish live in the dive
spots already settle in there as a coral fish
community, so they not only a outsider who
looking a food but all they life indeed already
in that region.
Waters Conditions
Waters conditions in Bunaken Island very
influential for organism growth that live and
associate in coral reef area. Research result
show that to dive spot Bunaken Timur waters
temperature around 27,65 OC to 28,845 OC.
Waters pH around 8,1 to 8,4 in deep water
area. To area that more near the shore, waters
temperature around 27,675 OC to 28,741 OC
and waters pH around 8,3 to 8,4. And on shore
area waters temperature around 28,277 OC to
28,643 OC with waters pH around 8,35 to 8,37.
At coral reef area dive spot Bunaken
Timur 2, the waters conditions viz waters
temperature around 27,202 OC to 28,362 OC
and pH between 7,83 to 8,34 in deep water.
At near shore area, the water temperature
around between 27,898 OC to 28,206 OC and
pH between 8,3 to 8,4. At on shore area,
waters temperature between 28,25 OC to
28,502 OC and pH 8,4.
At coral reef area in Pangalisang 2 dive
spot, in deep water temperature between
28,887 OC to 29,116 OC and pH around 8,3 to
8,4. Whereas at near shore area water
temperature between 28,032 OC to 29,153 OC
with pH 8,4. At on shore area water
temperature around 29,122 OC to 29,137 OC.
and waters pH is 8,38.
At coral reef area in Lekuan 2, waters
temperature in deep water between 24,977 OC
to 28,257 OC with pH 8,33 to 8,41. At near
shore area, water temperature 25,31 OC to
28,298 OC with pH 8,34 to 8,4. Then at on
shore area, water temperature 27,76 OC to
28,309 OC with waters pH 8,4.
At dive spot Fukui water temperature in
deep water area between 26,580 OC to 28,867
O
C and pH between 8,10 to 8,37. At near shore
area water temperature 25,997 OC to 28,798
O
C with pH 8,30 to 8,37 and at on shore area
water temperature 28,57 OC to 28,889 OC and
pH 7,8 to 8,4. Generally water salinity level
range 32 0/00 to 34 0/00 and turbidity range 20 –
30 metres.
Research result show that in general
waters temperature at several dive spot very
good and suitable for coral growth.
CONCLUSION
From this research could be concluded
that :
- Generally coral reef conditions in several
dive spot in Bunaken Island in fair category.
- Distribution of scleratinian stony coral in
dive spot Bunaken Timur as many as 14
colonies, Bunaken Timur 2 as many as 63
colonies, Pangalisang 2 as many as 51
colonies, Fukui as many as 38 colonies and
Lekuan 2 as many as 98 colonies.
LITERATURE CITED
Anonimous, 1993. Monitoring Coral Reefs for
Global Change. Reference Methods for
Marine Pollution Studies No. 61. United
Nation Environment Program (UNEP) in
Association with Australian Institute of
Marine Science. 72 page.
516
Ditlev, H., 1980. A Field-Guide To The Reef
Building Coral Of The Indo-Pacific. Dr.
W. Bakhuys Publisher. Rotterdam.
Kusen, J. C. Rotinsulu, A. Siahaenenia dan A
Sukmara. 1997. Laporan Data Dasar
Sumberdaya Wilayah Pesisir Desa
Blongko, Kabupaten Minahasa, Propinsi
Sulawesi Utara. 60 halaman.
Lalamentik, L.Th.X., 1991. Karang Dan
Terumbu Karang. Laporan Fakultas
Perikanan UNSRAT. Manado.66 hal
Ludwig, J.A. dan J. F. Reynolds., 1988.
Statistical Ecology. A Primer on Methods
and Computing. John Wiley & Sons, Inc.
Toronto. Canada. 337 hal.
Wenas I.C. 2004. Struktur Komunitas Ikan
karang Famili Chaetodontidae pada
Terumbu Buatan ‘Reefball’ di
Semenanjung Ratatotok Kabupaten
Minahasa Selatan. Skripsi. Universitas
Sam Ratulangi. Fakultas Perikanan dan
Ilmu Kelautan. Manado. 40 hal.
 Card Based Payment in Digital Civilization: A
Study in Indonesia Hospitality Industry
Sari Lestari Zainal Ridho1 , Second Author2
1
Jurusan Administrasi Bisnis Politeknik Negeri Sriwijaya, Palembang Indonesia
2Fakultas Dakwah dan Komunikasi Universitas Islam Negeri Raden Fatah, Palembang, Indonesia
1sarilestari@polsri.ac.id , 2Abdurrazzaq_uin@radenfatah.ac.id
Abstract— Nowdays, our modern society is dominated by
information and digital media that change our civilization
come to term digital civilization. Digital Civilization that
represented by society culture or lifestyle, has change one
way of life, including the way to pay in purchase something
digitally. Within this digital civilization, non-cash payment
is one of popular method used within a transaction in
digital civilization. The purpose of this research is to
examine the correlation of the growing of non-cash
payments that involve card-based payment instruments,
which is issued by banks, the development of the tourism
and or hospitality industry, as the focus of the current
development, and the Indonesian economy. This study uses
data from the period of 2003-2015, i.e.: number of ATM
card and debit card, the number of hotel guests, and GDP,
which is processed using the 3 SLS analysis technique,
which is different from previous research technique
analysis, in addition to differences in the variables used.
The findings of this study indicate a significant positive
relationship between cards based payment and the number
of star hotel guests on economic growth. Furthermore,
specifically the findings of this study indicate that the
method of payment using ATM and debit cards positively
and significantly influence the number of star hotel guests,
but has no effect on the number of non-star hotel guests.
This finding can be considered for banking and hospitality
industry 4.0 strategic initiatives for competitiveness and
sustainability in order to support economic development
Keywords—component; Card Based Payment, Bank, Hotel
Guest, Digital Civilization
I. INTRODUCTION
The development of civilization is seen as a positive step in
improving human welfare, which leads to improve quality of
life, including better social and economic conditions, which
affect lifestyle changes [1]. Where as, lifestyle is a pattern that
describes how a person lives to spend time and money [2], or
the resources they have, including them. Civilization is also a
term for social nature as a whole and also shows human
control over nature including in encountering the globalization
and or the development of scientific technology[3].
Civilizations are also marked off by symbolic boundaries and
consist of elements including money, commerce, techniques
and tools [4]. Civilization is also refer to the culture of society.
517
Nowdays, digital commodities are accessible and available by
society, and the society interact with the digital space, it can
be named as the digital civilization.
Digital civilization, whereas information and technological
advances is creating opportunities for education,
entertainment, commerce, have become industry, including
banking, opportunity in providing services that can increase
purchasing power, for instance, in increasing online sales that
utilize payments through transfers or using non-cash payment
instruments, one of which is a card-based payment instrument.
The availability of non-cash payment instruments is expected
to spur the development of activities in the real sector which
ultimately encourage economic growth and improve the
welfare of the community. As an example is the use of cash
payments using cards that have largely replaced cash
payments using money in the tourism industry transactions.
the ease of transactions in the industry is possible to trigger the
development of the tourism industry.
Indonesia is a country with many tourism destinations,
which is a potential in increasing economic growth, hence
requires special attention. There are many phenomenas that
show improvement in the tourism industry. The Association of
Indonesian Tours and Travel (ASITA) data, estimated that
there were approximately 60 million domestic tourists and a
velocity of money reaching 50 billion rupiahs, in the area of
West Sumatra during long vacation period in May, 5-8 2016.
Those amount was obtained by calculated the total occupancy
of hotel rooms which reached 5,000 rooms, not including 10
percent of hotels yet that are not members of the Indonesian
Hotels and Restaurants Association in that province. In
average, tourist who use a hotel stay for 4 days and three
nights, which is spent approximately IDR 1.5 million per
person, then shopping for at least IDR 1 million. The
increasing number of tourists, not only occurs in West
Sumatra, but also in other areas, such as in Yogyakarta,
whereas home stay services were full, in Bali there was an
increase in hotel room occupancy by 20 percent, and in Batu
Tourism City, Malang, 90 percent of hotel rooms fully
charged [5].
Another interesting phenomenon is an increase in the
number of domestic tourist trips, average travel, per-trip
expenses and total expenditure during the period 2009 to 2013
[6] (Source: Data and Information Centre of The Ministry of
Tourism and Creative Industry, 2014). For instance, for transactions and / or to make cash withdrawals, where the
domestic tourist trips in 2009 were 229731 travel, then obligation to pay the cardholder is fulfilled in advance by the
increased to 234377 in 2010, then successively in 2011, 2012 acquirer or issuer, and the card holder is obliged to make
and 2013 there were 236752, 245290 and 250036 domestic payments at the agreed time either by a full payment (charge
tourist trips. Based on the thoughts and phenomena described, card) or by payment in installments.
the purpose of this study was to determine empirically An ATM card is a card based payment that can be used to
analyzing the relationship between non-cash payments, the make cash withdrawals and / or transfer of funds where the
tourism industry, and the economy in Indonesia during the obligation of the cardholder is fulfilled immediately by
period 2003-2015. reducing the deposit of the cardholder directly at the Bank or
Various previous studies have been carried out, one of it as Non-Bank Institution authorized to collect funds in accordance
reviewed by Pramono, et.al. (2006)[7], which was examines with the applicable legislation.
the impact of non-cash payments on the economy and Debit Card is a card based payment that can be used to
monetary policy. Other studies examine comparatively the make payments for obligations arising from an economic
trends of non-cash payments from several countries, using activity, including shopping transactions where the obligation
payment data per capita, the research was conducted by of the cardholder is fulfilled immediately by reducing directly
Markose and Loke (2000)[8]. This study is different from the deposit of the cardholder at the Bank or Non-Bank
previous studies, since in this study used 3 SLS analysis Institution authorized to collect funds in accordance with the
techniques that analyze the models simultaneously as a statutory provisions valid invitation.
system, and use differ variables. This study examined the
variables of payment instruments using cards and the tourism
industry, and using time series data. II. RESEARCH METHOD
Several theories that discuss the concept of using non-cash This research is an empirical study, using a qualitative and
payment instruments use cards in relation to the tourism quantitative analysis approach. Quantitative approach is
industry and economic growth. One that allows payment using carried out using 3 SLS analysis techniques. The data used are
non-cash medium is the development of information (1) In order to measure the variable of Card Based Payment
technology in the business world. The use of information (account-based cards): number of ATM and debit cards is
technology is one of several efforts to excel in business used, (2) In order to measure the tourism industry variables:
competition by building businesses that focus on services that the number of tourists (guests) in star and non-stars hotels is
facilitate customers, including using information technology to used, and (3) To measure Indonesia's economy, GDP per
fundamentally reduce business process costs, reduce customer capita data is used. Data on the number of tourist visits is
costs, develop new markets, shorten market time, managing obtained from the Hotel Guest Visit Statistics published by
business expansion [9]. Statistic Center Beureu, the same as the GDP per capita data,
One form of the use of information technology that can and the data on the number of ATM and debit cards obtained
summarize all the efforts that have been described is the sale from card based payment statistics published by Bank
of services included in the tourism industry such as Indonesia, for the period 2003 to 2015. Data was processed
transportation facilities, lodging, or tour packages, including using a simultaneous equation model analysis technique, 3
the ease of payment using non-cash payments. Thus, the SLS (Stage Least Squares).
development of information technology not only helps the
market in real terms, in the form of business competition, but A. Variables and Measurement
also in the development of payment systems, including non- In this study the measurements made on the variables tested.
cash payment systems, especially payment instruments using In order to obtain data and information in this study, a number
cards. of variables, and indicators were disclosed.
Referring to Republic of Indonesia Legislation No. 10 of TABLE 1
1998 concerning banking [10], the purpose of bank financial LIST OF VARIABLES
Name of Measurement Description / Indicator Source
institutions is to improve the standard of living of the people. Variable
For example, the issuance of credit cards by banks can Card Based Number of Number of ATM cards Central Bank
increase the purchasing power of the people, as well as Payment ATM + Debit that also function as Debit of Indonesia
payment instruments using other cards, Debit Cards and ATM Cards cards circulating in the
community at certain
Cards, making it easier for people to make payment periods
transactions. Hospitality Number of Number of Indonesian Statistic
According to the Terms of Payment System for Rupiah- Industry Guest Star guests at star hotels Center
Money Management Central Bank of Indonesia [11], non-cash Hotels Beureu
payment instruments using cards are payment instruments in Number of non- Number of Indonesian Statistic
star hotel guests guests in non-star hotels Center
the form of credit cards, Automated Teller Machine (ATM) Beureu
cards and / or debit cards. Credit Cards are card based Economy GDP the amount of the average Statistic
payment that can be used to make payments for obligations income of residents in Center
arising from an economic activity, including spending Indonesia Beureu
Source: processed for research use, 2018

518
as measured by the number of payment instruments using a GDP t = c10 + c11 Non-star t + c12 Star t + c13 CBP t + c14 GDP t -
card, in the form of a facility-based card (account-based card), 1 + e1, t
namely the number of ATM cards and outstanding debits, an AR (1) -> e1, t = c41 e1, t - 1 + v1, t (1)
indicator of non-cash payments according to Pramono, et al. .: Non-star t = c20 + c21 CBP t + e2, t
2006: 37 [7]. AR (3) -> e2, t = c42 e2, t - 1 + c43 e2, t - 2 + c44 e2, t - 3 + v2, t (2)
2. Exogenous variables are: economic variables measured by Star t = c30 + c31 CBP t + e3, t (3)
GDP per capita and that is the tourism industry variable as
measured by the number of tourist visits (guests) in star hotels with t = 2003, 2004, ..., 2015; where t is the time index in
and non-star hotels. In detail about the operationalization of years.
this variable can be seen in Table 1.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
B. Instrument Test A. Results
Considering the data collection was done using secondary Based on the results of the classical assumption test, it was
data, the validity and realibilty of a social research result is concluded that the Univariate / Multivariate Normality of the
largely determined by the measuring instrument used. If the simultaneous equation model was fulfilled, the residuals were
measuring instrument used is not valid and or cannot be not univariate autocorrelation, and the residual equation model
trusted, then the results of the research conducted will not was not multivariate autocorrelation. The goodness-of-fit
describe the real reality. measure, namely R-Square and MSE produced good value for
First, the model identification in the simultaneous equation is the equation in the simultaneous equation model because R-
carried out, which is an initial indication related to the model Square above 0.50 (equation (1) GDP R-Square 0.985,
coefficient / parameter to be estimated. Furthermore, in equation (2) Non-star R-square 0.447 and equation (3) Star R-
accordance with the instrument establishment standard, which Square 0.961).
before the instrument is used as a research test tool, it must TABLE 2
T TEST RESULTS FOR THE SIGNIFICANCE OF THE SIMULTANEOUS EQUATION
first test the classic assumption. For the validation process, a
COEFFICIENT
Goodness-od-fit measure is used namely the coefficient of
determination (R2) and Mean Square Error (MSE). Equation Variable Symbol Coeffisien P-value
(Prob.)
C. Simultaneous Equation Model GDP t Constanta1 c(10) -2,930013 0,0135*
The following is the simultaneous equation description which NonStar t c(11) 0,353745 0,0000*
Star t c(12) -9,807806 0,0000*
will be estimated using Three Stage Least Square (3SLS)
BCP t c(13) 1,055907 0,0000*
using the EVIEWS software: GDP t – 1 c(14) -0,875842 0,0003*
GDP t = c10 + c11 Non-star t + c12 Star t + c13 CBP t + c14 GDP t AR(1) c(41) -0,805766 0,0007*
- 1 + e1, t (1) NonStar t Constanta2 c(20) -3,790919 0,8439
Non-star t = c20 + c21 CBPt + e2, t (2) BCP t c(21) 0,800454 0,2979
Star t = c30 + c31 CBP t + e3, t (3) AR(1) c(42) 1,168554 0,4110
AR(2) c(43) 1,069488 0,2250
AR(3) c(44) -0,271705 0,7163
with Constanta3 c(30) -0,006145 0,9647
t = 2003, 2004, ..., 2015; where t is the time index in years. Star t CBP t c(31) 0,040642 0,0000*
GDP = GDP per capita * Significant for a significant level (α) of 5%.
Non-star = Number of guests in non-star hotels Source: Processing Research Data, 2018
Star = Number of Guests in a star hotel
CBP = Card Based Payment, represented by number of ATM Simultaneous testing / coefficient of the model with the F
+ Debit cards test in EViews software on the 3SLS estimation was not
carried out because of the condition if in the regression model
Based on the order conditions, the simultaneous equation there was a significant regression coefficient, and then the F
model was identified, so that the next stage is the estimation of test would produce a significant conclusion. In testing the
the model with 3SLS can be done. Since the data used are time partial / individual model coefficients with the t test, a
series data in the form of annual data observed in 2003 - 2015, significant effect is given when the P-value ≤ α with α is
there will be autocorrelation in the model so that it needs to be determined at 5%. The results of the t test for the significance
anticipated by the addition of the autoregressive model p or of the simultaneous equation coefficients are listed in Table 2.
AR (p) with p = 1, 2, 3 to model residuals model.
Mathematically, the simultaneous equation model with the B. Discussion
addition of the AR (p) model will be appropriate to model the
observational data with the following formulation provisions: Based on the output in Table 3, this test provides information
that:

1. There is a significant influence of Non-star variables on

519
GDP on the GDP equation of 0.353745 (positive influence)
meaning that if there is an increase of 1 million from Non-
Stars hotelguest, then an increase in GDP value of 0.353745
million or equivalent to 353,745; and vice versa if there is a
decrease of 1 million from Non-Stars hotel guest, it will be
obtained a decrease in GDP value of 0.353745 million or
equivalent to 353,745.
2. There is a significant influence of the Star variable on GDP
in the GDP equation of -9.807806 (negative influence)
meaning that if there is an increase of 1 million from Star hotel
guest, then a decrease in GDP value of 9,807806 million or
equal to 9,807,806; and vice versa if there is a decrease of 1
million from Star hotel guest, then an increase in GDP value
of 9,807806 million will be obtained, equivalent to 9,807,806.
3. There is a significant effect of the ABC variable on GDP in
the GDP equation of 1.055907 (positive influence) meaning
that if there is an increase of 1 million from Card based
Payment (CBP), then an increase in GDP value of 1.055907
million or equal to 1,055,907; and vice versa if there is a
decrease of 1 million from CBP, then a decrease in GDP value
will be obtained at 1.055907 million, equivalent to 1,055,907.
4. There is a significant CBP variable effect on the Star in the
Star equation of 0.040642 (positive influence) meaning that if
there is an increase of 1 million from CBP, then an increase in
the Star hotel guest value of 0.040642 million or equivalent to
40,642; and vice versa if there is a decrease of 1 million from
CBP, it will obtain a decrease in the Star hotel guest value of
0.040642 million, equivalent to 40,642.
5. There is no significant effect of CBP variables on Non-stars
on the Non-star equation;
There is a significant positive influence on the number of
guests in non-star hotels against GDP per capita; this shows
that the tourism industry can meet the expectations of the
government as a leading sector in development, with the
understanding that the tourism industry is capable of driving
the economy in Indonesia.
Likewise, an increase in the number of account-based cards
contributes positively to an increase in GDP per capita. Since
the increase in the number of cards circulating in the public is
directly proportional to the increase in the volume and number
of transactions using ATM cards and debit (card based
payment). Bank Indonesia data shows an increase Based on
the results of an interview with the Deputy Governor of
Indonesia Central Bank, Ronald Waas, in 2014, the amount of
ATM + Debit card transactions was almost 12 trillion / day in
2013, which in 2010 was 5.4 trillion (nominal) with volume of
4.9 million, an extraordinary increase occurred over a period
of three years [12][13]. Furthermore, the explanation why
there is no significant effect of CBP variables on Non-stars,
since most of Indonesian tourists hunt for three-Star Hotels,
specially the three-star one [14]. Hence banking and
520
hospitality industri need to considering, in order to enlarge the
market share, to more focus on the non star hotel guest, try to
promote the benefit for instance user friendly of the card based
payment system.
IV. CONCLUSION
The conclusion of the results and discussion of the findings of
this study is that there is a relationship in the form of a
significant positive influence between payment cards using
cards (as measured by the number of ATM + debit cards) and
the tourism industry (as measured by the number of hotel
guests) to economic growth . Specifically the findings of this
study indicate that payment instruments using ATM and debit
cards have a positive and significant effect on the number of
star hotel guests, but have no effect on the number of non-star
hotel guests.
Based on these conclusions it is recommended to
implement policies that support the development of the use of
transactions with card-based payment instruments including
maximizing the security of these payment transactions. It can
be considered for banking and hospitality industry 4.0
strategic initiatives for competitiveness and sustainability in
order to support economic development, in order to improve
the growth of the tourism industry and the economy in
Indonesia. Furthermore, for development in the field of
research, it can be explored by involving different variables or
measuring instrument and analysis techniques.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This research was supported by Politeknik Negeri Sriwijaya,
Indonesia. The author thank our colleagues from Politeknik
Negeri Sriwijaya who provided insight and expertise that
greatly assisted the research, although they may not agree with
all of the interpretations/conclusions of this paper.
For papers published in translation journals, please give the English citation
first, followed by the original foreign-language citation [6].
[1] Betlejewski S. 2007. Social diseases, civilization diseases or lifestyle
diseases? Wiad Lek, 60 (9-10): 489-92.
[2] Engel, James F., Roger D. Blackwell, & Paul W. Miniard. 1994.
Perilaku Konsumen [Consumer Behaviour]. Binarupa Aksara. Jakarta.
[3] Schafer, W. 2001. Global Civilization and Local Cultures: A Crude
Look at The Whole. International Sociology, Vol. 16(3):301-319.
[4] Swedberg, Richard. 2010. A Note on Civilizations and Economics.
European Journal of Society Theory 13 (1): 15-30
[5] Nursyamsi, Muhammad. 2016. Asita: 60 Juta Wisatawan Gerakan
Ekonomi [Asita: 60 Million Tourist Spur The Economy]. Republika,
Selasa, 10 Mei, Nomor 122/Tahun Ke-24, Hal.:1 & 9
[6] Pusat Data dan Informasi Kementrian Pariwisata[Data and Information
Centre of The Ministry of Tourism and Creative Industry]. 2014.
Statistik Profil Wisatawan Nusantara: Profil Penduduk Indonesia yang
Melakukan Perjalanan. Kementrian Pariwisata. Jakarta.
[7] Pramono, B., Tri Y., Pipih, D. P., & Yosefin, T. E. D. K. 2006. Dampak
Pembayaran Non Tunai Terhadap Perekonomian Dan Kebijakan
Moneter [Impact of Non-Cash Payments on Economic and Monetary
Policies]. Working Paper. Bank Indonesia.
[8] Markose, S. M. & Loke, Y. J. 2000. Changing Trends in Payments
Systems for Selected G10 and EU Countries 1990-1998. International
Correspondent Banking Review Yearbook.
[9] McLeod, Jr., Raymond & George P., Schell. 2008. Sistem Informasi
Manajemen[Management Information System]. Penerbit Salemba
Empat. Jakarta.
[10] Undang-Undang Republik Indonesia Nomor 10 Tahun 1998 tentang
Perubahan atas Undang-Undang Nomor 7 Tahun 1992 tentang
Perbankan, Jakarta. [Republic of Indonesia Legislation Number 10 of
1998 concerning Amendment to Legislation Number 7 of 1992
concerning Banking, Jakarta]
521
[11] Bank Indonesia[Central Bank of Indonesia]. 2016. Daftar Istilah:
SistemPembayaran-Pengelolaan Uang Rupiah[Glossary: Rupiah
Money Management-Payment System]. Bank Indonesia. Jakarta.
[12] Mahmudah, R. 2014. Transaksi kartu Debit Hampir Setara Kliring
Perbankan, Sekitar Rp 12 Triliun/Hari [Debit card transactions Almost
Equivalent to Banking Clearing, Approximately IDR 12 Trillion / Day].
SWA. 18 April 2014. https://swa.co.id/swa/trends/business-
research/transaksi-kartu-debit-hampir-setara-kliring-perbankan-sekitar-
rp-12-triliunhari, diakses pada 9 Agustus 2017.
[13] Setiawan, S. R. D. 2016. Sepanjang 2015, Transaksi Tembus Rp 4.000
Triliun [Throughout 2015, Transactions reached IDR 4,000 Trillion].
Kompas.com. 8 Januari 2016.
http://ekonomi.kompas.com/read/2016/01/08/123500826/Sepanjang.201
5.Transaksi.Kartu.ATM.Tembus.Rp.4.000.Triliun, diakses pada 9
Agustus 2017
 IMPLEMENTATION OF INTEGRATED
QUALITY IN THE MANADO STATE
POLITECHNIC TOURISM DEPARTMENT
Bernadain D. Polii 1, Diane Tangian 2,*, Hendry Kumaat 3
1
Tourism Department Manado State Polytechnic. Indonesia
2
Tourism Department Manado State Polytechnic. Indonesia
3
Tourism Department Manado State Polytechnic. Indonesia
1
Gibloki10@gmail.com , 2dianetangian@yahoo.co.id , 3hendrykumaat@gmail.com
Abstract— This study aims to identify and analyze
the implementation of integrated quality management in
the Department of Tourism Politeknik Negeri Manado.
Integrated Quality Management (MMT) is a quality
control system based on the philosophy that meeting the
needs of the best customers is the main concern in every
business. To meet every employee who is involved in the
education. Motivation, attitude, willingness and dedication
are the most important parts of the work culture.
In this study, the main instrument is the
researchers themselves, as a means of collecting data.
Researchers directly observe, ask, track, understand and
analyze everything that happens on location. The planning
process has involved all the components and stakeholders
and this planning has been poured into the quality
objectives of the department that are temporarily
implemented by the department's leaders. Management
integrated quality in the tourism department has been
accomplished in accordance with the joint commitment of
Manado State Polytechnic level and by running the
Standard Operating Procedure (SOP). Integrated quality
management on affairs encounters various obstacles.
Obstacles that occur among which are labor management
that has not been maximal, inadequate facilities and
infrastructure as well as human resources that have not
contributed optimally. Alternative solutions to obstacles
have been pursued by the head of department .
Keywords ; Integrated Quality Management, Education
I. INTRODUCTION
The concept of Integrated Quality Management was born a
few decades ago primarily to address some business and
industry concerns. The concept has then also been in many
other countries.
Integrated Quality Management (MMT) is a quality control
system based on the philosophy that meeting the needs of the
best customers is the main one in every business. To meet
customer needs, a steady work culture must develop and
develop well in every employee involved in the education.
522
Motivation, attitude, willingness and dedication are the most
important parts of the work culture. The concept of Integrated
Quality Management (MMT) is then reviewed for the
possibility of its application in the world of education in order
to improve the quality of education. According to Fandy
Tjiptono (2000: 23), In the world of education, the philosophy
of Integrated Quality Management (MMT) views education as
a service, and educational institution as service industry and
not production process. Therefore, Integrated Quality
Management (MMT) does not talk about the input (input) of
learners, and output (output) that is graduates, as common
opinion. Educational services are services provided to
customers to meet their needs, the quality of the education
service must be in accordance with or exceed the need. Thus,
the quality of education services is relative. In other words, the
quality of educational services is good and satisfactory if it
matches or exceeds the customer's needs. However, the quality
can be measured qualitatively. Some soft indicators such as a
sense of care and attention to the needs of customers can be
used. In addition, the level of customer satisfaction after
receiving educational services can also be an important
indicator.
Research purposes
This study aims to identify and analyze the implementation of
integrated quality management in the Department of Tourism
Politeknik Negeri Manado
How do universities undertake the quality assurance of
education quality assurance of higher education is the process
of determining and fulfilling the quality standard of
management of higher education consistently and
continuously, so that stakeholders get satisfaction. As for the
flow of problem formulation developed, then the problem that
is tried to be answered in this research is how the
implementation of integrated management at the Department
of Tourism Politeknik Negeri Manado.

Benefits of research
The benefits of this research are:
 To provide data and information for the
institution on how the implementation of
education quality in the department of Tourism
is.
 As reference material to evaluate quality
management which has been done by Tourism
department as follow up in service process to
stakeholders .
 Education Quality Management
 Quality Concepts (Quality)
 Quality is a blend of product traits that
demonstrate its ability to understand the needs of
the customer directly or indirectly, whether
expressed or implied, present and future needs.
Quality related to the product. And the product
is divided into two types, namely goods and
services or services. Goods are produced by
factory, manufacture or similar equipment.
Services or services are produced by industries
related to direct human relations.
Gryna, Chua and DeFeo say Quality is "customer satisfaction
and loyalty," (Frank 2007: 12) Quality is an unusually slippery
concept, easy to visualize and yet exasperatingly difficult to
define. ( Adrian 1998: 7 ) "Quality is the basic customer
decision factor for an explosively growing number of products
and services today. " (Armand 1991: 21)
There are eight dimensions of quality developed by Zeithaml
and Berry cited by Fandy Tjiptono and can be used as a
strategic planning framework and analysis, especially for
Service products. The dimensions are:
Direct evidence ( tangibles ), including physical facilities,
equipment, employees, and facilities.
Reliability ( reliability ) means the ability to provide services
promised immediately and satisfactorily.
Responsiveness ( responsiveness ) refers the desire of the staff
to help the customers and provide services with
responsiveness.
Guarantee (assurance) includes the ability, courtesy, and
trustworthiness owned by the staff; free from danger, risk or
doubt.
Empathy includes the ease of connecting, good
communication, and understanding the needs of the customers.
(Zeithaml 2003: 9) And according to (Gupta 2009: 41) there
are nine dimensions in quality, those are: (1) Conformance ,
(2) Performance , (3) Features , (4) Durability , (5) Reliability
, (6) Service , (7), Response , (8) Reputation , (9) Aesthetics .
According to Sallis (2012: 73) TQM is: A philosophy of
continuous improvement, which can provide a set of practical
523
tools to every educational institution to meet the needs,
wishes, and expectations of its customers, now and for the
future. Based on the above understanding, Total Quality
Management (Integrated Quality Management) is a solemn
commitment undertaken by the organization to improve long-
term quality and provide satisfactory service for customers.
In the context of concentrating on the quality or
quality of education and strategy in education, learning from
the experiences of two countries such as Australia and New
Zealand Dimmock (1995: 169) states:
It is apparent that central authorities, whether at
national or state levels, have adopted a powerful but sharply
focused role. It is essentially one of determining goals, setting
priorities and building frameworks for accountability. A major
factor underlying this centralizing trend is concern about
quality / mutuality. This concern includes one of the top
priorities in all countries. A broader concern for quality is
having an impact on the patterns of management in education.
This is the concern for general quality in life which is
determined in a measure of a global economy in order to
become more competitive, the country must ensure a highly
responsive system of education that equips citizens with
required knowledge, skills, and attitudes.
In the absolute sense of quality is regarded as something ideal,
meaning that there is nothing beyond. When practiced in the
world of education, the concept of absolute quality is elastic,
where few educational institutions will be able to offer high
quality to students and few students will be able to afford it.
Whereas in relative concepts, quality is not an attribute of a
product or service. Something deemed qualified if the goods
or services have met the requirements, criteria, or
specifications set. Therefore, the product or service is not
necessarily the best, but it meets the established standards and
can meet the needs of stakeholders . Meanwhile, the quality
according to the consumer assumes that the quality is
determined by the consumer. That is, for educational
institutions whose products in the form of services, customer
satisfaction can be meaningful double, namely the satisfaction
of education services and satisfaction of educational results
mengac u on various student competencies
II. RESEARCH METHOD
A. Place and time of research
B. Place of Research
This research was conducted in Manado State
Polytechnic Tourism Department, Buha Village,
Mapanget Sub District, Manado City.
C. Time Research
This research was conducted within a period of more
than five months counted since the preparation of
research proposal .
D. Data and Data Sources
Data used in this research is descriptive data, in the
form of document, result of field observation, and speech
 of respondent. The data is collected by the researcher
himself by entering the field and recorded on the field
notebook .
Data Collection Procedures
The data collection procedure used by researchers in
this research is divided into 3 stages:
1. Layout orientation
2. Data Collection
3. Recording of Data in the Field Book
Data Collection
In this study, the main instrument is the researchers
themselves, as a means of collecting data. The researcher
directly observes, asks, tracks, understands and analyzes
everything that happens at the research site. Researchers have
also used an instrument support such as field notes, tape
recorder and camera images.
In this study used research techniques advocated by
Nasution (1996: 13) as follows:
1. Observation
2. Interview
3. Documentation Study
4. Making Field Notes
Data analysis
Data analysis can be done throughout the research
process namely (1) data reduction, (2) arranging in units, (3)
categorizing, (4) conducting validity checks of data, (5)
interpretation and decision making.
1. Data Reduction
2. Arrange in units.
3. Categorized
4. Conduct a validity check of data.
5. Interpretation and decision-making.
CONCLUSION
A. Discussion
1. Integrated Quality Management Planning at Tourism
Department of Manado State Polytechnic.
From exposure to interview about the planning
process, it was the department head along with the department
and administrative staff that have made this plan with
reference to the needs of the industry ( industrial needs ) and
also the findings of the circumstances at the polytechnics and
the tourism department. This is in accordance with the system
of education in polytechnics conducting vocational education,
which serves to develop learners to a higher level of
education in order to have a specific job applying skills
appropriate with labor market requirements in order to achieve
the goal of national education. The formulation of an
integrated quality planning is made through a technical
meeting held by the Department of Tourism.
With the above findings, it can be concluded that the
tourism department had planned quality objectives as outlined
in the majors. Preparation of this plan has been reviewed in
advance by using SWOT analysis to determine the strengths,
weaknesses, opportunities, threats owned by the department of
tourism.
524
2.Implementation of integrated quality management at
Tourism Department of Manado State Polytechnic
A study revealed that the tourism department has
implemented an integrated quality management since 2007.
From these results can be described as follows: lack of
commitment by the leadership to hold meetings with the
department and staff with the vision and mission as well as
disseminating the integrated quality management which will
be achieved by the department and the head of department
appointed an experienced senior lecturer to be the coordinator
of the Quality Assurance (QA) to assist the department in
order to implement total quality management, in addition to
forming the QA team, also forming coordinator expertise
(CBC) whose jobs are to assess and to set up goals profession /
occupations, to determine the competence of graduates and to
convert competencies of graduates to the course, networks
between subjects, the structure of courses, distribution of
courses per semester, schedule, syllabus / GBPP, SAP,
modules, textbooks, guidelines for laboratory practice ,
guidelines for field work, and to write the final report. QA
Coordinator assisted by two lecturers and employees prepare
devices to be used during the activity in the majors. These
devices made reference of Standard Operating Procedures
(SOP), which is set at the beginning of the planning meetings
in Manado State Polytechnic level, the manufacture of this
SOP has also formed a small team drawn from the lecturers
that exist in every respective department, each department
was represented by three people, those who organized the SOP
also had to see the results of the needs of industry and the
results of the findings obtained from the majors. Activities to
be regulated in SOP form: attendance of teachers, attendance
of students, learning of theory, instructional practices, grading
course practice, grading courses theory, giving a reprimand
and sanctions to lecturers in the learning process, the
implementation of the midterms, and final exams, preparing
about midterms and final exams, the examination results of the
midterm and final exams, material procurement practices,
curriculum development, a final evaluation process of
learning, graduation at end of the semester, the determination
of the supervisor, minor thesis, industry visit, the use of the
tool in labs, minor thesis seminar and exam, publishing,
distribution and archiving of KHS of students, student
absenteeism control, the proposed increase in functional
positions of lecturers, control of working hours of lecturers,
professors election example, research activities.
From the observation that after implementers
integrated quality management in the Department of Tourism
and ran it, it is shown that, in terms of the results of the
midterm until the results of semester exams there is an
increase in quality, and also in terms of the presence of
students, faculty and employees of improvement, system of
administration activities got better but needs more increase.
3. Obstacles in the implementation of an integrated quality
management at Tourism Department of Manado State
Polytechnic.
 Based on the findings of the implementation of total
quality management, it has been running but still some
obstacles are encountered. Various kinds of obstacles that
require significant reduction efforts continued in all related
elements. Such constraints occurred because the head of
department was less assertive in making decisions, giving
additional tasks that bring in additional revenue as a tribute
often delegated to certain lecturers and administrative staff, as
well as in the provision of muntuk opportunity to follow
education and training, the committee's activities, the
integrated quality has not been implemented by all parties in
the sense that there has been no total involvement of of strong
working team, limited funds available to hold trainings for the
lecturers and administrative staff in order to improve
competence, the use of which has not referred to laboratory
SOP that has been set, the facilities and infrastructure that
have not been complete that students are not optimal in
carrying out the study of theory or practice, there are
professors who have carried out these responsibilities in class,
this could cause lack of moral strength because it is not
supported by adequate competence .
Resolving while eliminating barriers is not easy . It must be
through a common struggle.
4. The solution to the obstacles in the implementation of total
quality management in the Department of Manado State
Polytechnic Tourism
The research results show that the department head
in decision-making is still with his heart instead of using the
supporting data. So the solution is right more specifically
decisions made by the head of department and the work
division is in accordance with the competence regardless of
the proximity , and equal opportunities as well the tasks that
bring in additional income and provide equal opportunity also
to every person in training, for those who did a good job are
given the reward and for those who do not perform their jobs
well are given punishment .
As we know, higher education quality assurance was
born because of the problems in the field faced by the
education quality in Indonesia. Department of Tourism seeks
to improve the quality of education in this direction by seeking
to overcome the obstacles that occur during this time. So the
right solution is in the form of: involving all the components
in the majors in making decisions such as faculty, staff,
students, involving faculty and administrative staff in the
training such as entrepreneurship , teaching methodology,
Quality Assurance , internship lecturers to industries both
within and outside the area.
Also working on the principle that the renewal must
be done continuously. Lecturers are also required to be
professionally capable of taking the vision, mission and
objectives and lecturers are also demanded to be
professionally mastering the field of science that will be
taught, mastering information technology and are able to
teach correctly and should be able to be friendly interacting
with students, parents, government leaders in order to achieve
the necessary improvement of the quality of lecturers through
525
training that has been described above, increasing the
provision of infrastructure such as the inauguration of a
laboratory representative in 2008 so that the process of
learning by doing improved, although the equipment will be
resolved gradually and expand cooperation with stakeholders ,
engage students in activities outside the Polytechnic campus
and empower parents and alumni in the activities in the
department so that customers' needs will be faster known. All
activities related to the subject will be made of recorded data,
and the results of these recordings be made in accordance with
the numbering files that exist in the SOP.
The department chairman and secretary of the
department have made improvements in terms of
administration and all of it is based on the Standard Operating
Procedures Lecturers who do not achieve 65% of attendance
in one period are not included in the committee so there is no
jealousy resulting in decreased performance of lecturers who
are diligent. Improvement of human resources is very
important in a society together. Department of Tourism has
provided the opportunity for some lecturers to study in S2 and
S3 level at home and abroad as implied by Law No. 14 Year
2005 on Teachers and Lecturers. Cooperating with industry is
one of the forms that has been done so that the competence of
lecturers and graduates will increase.
CONCLUSION
Based on the exposure, the findings and the discussion focused
on the Integrated Quality Management Implementation at
Manado State Polytechnic ,Tourism Department drew the
following conclusions:
1. The planning process has gone through the SWOT analysis
beforehand to know the opportunities, challenges, the
reality, and hope that will be done by the department in the
future. The planning process has involved all the
components and stakeholders and this plan has been
outlined in the majors while quality objectives are
implemented by the leaders of the Department.
2. Implementation of integrated quality management in the
tourism department has been accomplished in accordance
with the joint commitment of Manado State Polytechnic
level and by running the Standard Operating Procedure
(SOP). Although it has not been accomplished in
accordance with what was expected, but the leaders of the
Department have been trying to improve the integrated
quality while using the tools and techniques of continuous
quality improvement.
3. Implementation of integrated quality management at the
Department encounters many obstacles. Barriers may
include: assertiveness of department leadership, laboratory
management has not been effective, infrastructure is
inadequate and human resources have not contributed
excellently.
4. Alternative solutions to the barriers have already been
pursued by the head of department in a way to be more
assertive in decision-making, allowing interchangeability
in following education and training or an internship as well
 as the committee and the like, fix the administration that
has not been managed well, the addition of laboratory
equipment and further improvement of the function of
head of the laboratory, provide an opportunity for teachers
to pursue further studies, improve education through an
increase in the course of DIII to Applied S1 , provide
internship opportunities for lecturers , staff and students
from the region.

REFERENCES

[1] Arcaro Jerome, based Education Quality . Yogyakarta: Student Library

2005.
[2] Arikunto Suharsimi, Evaluation Program Educator 's. Jakarta: Earth
Literacy 2010.
[3] Chuck Williams, Managemen t. USA: Prentice-Hall, 2005.
Djaali and Pudji Muljono, Measurement in Education . Jakarta:
Gramedia Widiasarana Indonesia, 2008.
[4] Emzir, Qualitative Research Methodology, Data Analysis . Jakarta:
Rajawali Press, 2010.
[5] Echols, John M and Hassan Shadily , English Dictionary Indonesia
Jakarta: Gramedia, 2000.
[6] Gryna, Frank M, Richard C. and Josep A, Juran's Quality Planning And
Analysis For Enterprice Quality. USA: McRaw-Hill, 2007.
[7] David Goetsch Stanley L & B, Davis, Quality Management: Introduction
to Total Quality Management for Production, processing, and services
New Jersey: Prentice-Hall Inc., 2000.
[8] Mulyadi, Integrated Systems Performance Management Personnel
Penertbit: College of Management Sciences YKPN. Yokyakarta 2009.
[9] Robert K. Yin, Case Study Research: Design and Methods . San
Francisco: Sage Publications, 2009.
[10] JEOL Roos E, Total Quality Management (Text, Cases and Readings) .
Singapore: ST Lucie Press, 1995.
[11] Edward Sallis, Total Quality Management in Education . USA:
Quicksilver Drive, 2012.
[12] ______, Total quality management in education (Management Jogjakarta:
IRCiSoD 2012.
[13] ______, Systematic Evaluation, Self-Intructional A Guide to Theory and
Practice . Netherlands: Kluwer Academic Pubishers Group, 1986.
[14] ______, Research Methods Combination . Bandung: Alfabeta 2012.
[15] Sahkin Marshall and Kenneth J, Kiser, Putting Total Quality
Management to Work. San Francisco: Berret-Kochleer, 1993.
[16] Tjiptono Fandy, Principles of Total Quality Service. Yogyakarta: Andi
offset 2005.
[17] Husaini Usman, Management (Theory, Practice and Research Education)
. Jakarta: Earth Literacy, 2006.
[18] ______, Total Quality Management (for Business and Industry
Practitioners) . Jakarta: Vinchristo Publication 2011.
[19] Zahroh Aminatul, Total Quality Management. Yogyakarta: AR-Ruzz
Media, 2014

526
 INTEGRATION OF LOCAL VALUES
AND GLOBAL SUSTAINABLE TOURISM DEVELOPMENT
The Case of Tourism in Batuan Village, Bali-Indonesia
I Ketut Budarma 1, I Ketut Suarta2,*, Ni Made Rai Erawati3
1
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali , Indonesia
2
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali , Indonesia
3
Tourism Department Politeknik Negeri Bali , Indonesia
1
ketutbudarma@pnb.ac.id, 2ketutsuarta@pnb.ac.id, 3 nimaderaierawati@yahoo.com
Abstract— Economic development has been challenged by
the sustainability paradigm that aims to promote a
sustainable development of a triple bottom lines, economic,
social and environmental. By the promotion and the
plethora of the governmental rules, regulation and action,
sustainable development has becomes quest. UNWTO and
WTTC exposed Agenda 21 by stating that tourism
stakeholders have to participate in sustainable
development of the territories. Village’s engagement with
tourism businesses have to equip themselves with a
number of tools such as traditional spatial concepts, local
values system and culture. Sustainable development in the
context of Balinese cultural values setting strongly related
to Balinese theological philosophy, ecological and social
known as tri hita karana (THK). This research examine
cultural, social and ecological potential of the village of
Batuan to be commercially developed basing on the
principles of sustainable tourism, integrating local values.
Resilient factors of the village are identified that will be a
catalyst of the green tourism quest in the village. Making
sure that local value system is well integrated with the
global one brought by tourism. Ensure that local value
system will play a strong role as meta-system, enable it to
control and adapt global value system for creating
economic values. The result of the research is an hybrid
value system model of green tourism development in the
village of Batuan, Ubud-Gianyar Regency.
Keywords—component; sustainable development,
tourism, tri hita karana, transnational hotels, traditional
spatial concept)
I. INTRODUCTION
Balinese cultural resilience has been known for ages,
it has been challenged by several pressures during the
kingdom up to the present reformation era. The flexibility, the
openness and the capacity to select, to adopt and to integrate
foreign influences has enabled Balinese culture to withstand
hitherto. Balinese social organizations such as traditional
village, banjar (hamlet), subak (the irrigation system) etc. have
become agents of cultural sustainability on the island. The
527
multi layered organizations are strongly powered and
controlled by Balinese cultural specificity, embodied by its
philosophy of harmony, called Tri Hita Karana, living in pious
harmony with God, with fellow-beings and with nature. The
benefit of the multi-layered organizations is its integrity and
commitment in safeguarding the culture, if one of them fails,
other organization will backup.
The village of Batuan located at Gianyar Regency,
close to Ubud village having been known as Bali’s center of
culture. The village has natural potential such as rice terraces,
rivers and moderate temperature. Its talented people especially
in carving, painting, dancing and culinary has made the village
known not only nationally but also internationally. Batuan
painting style with intricate technics is an heritage started by
early artist of the village. Young generations tend to leave the
painting Margins style, they prefer a simpler technic to get
money quicker, and however the old technic has to be
sustained by the villagers. Barong dances, shadow puppet and
other traditional performing arts flourish in the village.
Culture has been the most vital pull factor attracting
tourists to visit the island, cultural sustainability goes hand in
hand with tourism sustainability on the island. Culture has
been utilized by both private sectors in tourism and
governmental policy as the capital of tourism development.
For Balinese in general, culture is an asset and also a capital
for them to live on tourism. Tourism is manipulated in such a
way to generate foreign exchanges and also used to sustain
their culture for both, traditionally and commercially. The
awareness of tourism stakeholders in Bali on the importance
of cultural sustainability, has evoked them to integrate
Balinese culture and the philosophy of harmony in their
business strategy.
This paper examines if the existing local paradigm of
sustainability in the village of Batuan called Tri Hita Karana
(Living in harmony with God, Fellow being and Nature) can
be integrated in tourism business, and potentially makes
tourism development in the village sustainable
 II. METHODOLOGY
A. Problematic
The village of Batuan as one of villages in Bali, embodied by
Balinese traditional value system called tri hita karana. Its
population daily life is strongly reflecting harmonious
relationship with God as the creator of this universe, pious
relationship with other fellow beings, enable them to work
mutually in developing the village and also live in harmony
with nature. Those three types of relationship has been an
intricate practice of Balinese spiritual based culture.
1. How can Batuan village’s cultural values be aligned
with sustainable tourism development?
2. What role does tourism play in integrating the local
value with global sustainable tourism?
3. What is the impact of the local spiritual value system
alignment with sustainable tourism development in
the village of Batuan?
Those three operational problematic questions, are preceded
by the author’s initial presumption by putting forward three
hypothesis.
1. Batuan village’s cultural values in regard with
ecology conservation, both from extrinsic and
intrinsic aspects, social and spiritual welfare is a
new approach to sustainable development based
on the local culture.
2. Tourism has an integrative roles, globalizing the
local paradigm and localizing the international
values of sustainable development.
B. Method
The method applied in this research is hypothetic
deductive, based on several phase in comparing and
confronting global paradigm of sustainable development with
the actuality of a deep confrontation with Balinese conception
of cosmology encompassing Balinese socio-cultural and
theological conception of sustainability exist and practiced in
the village of Batuan.
C. Respondents
The research needs both verbal and written information from
closely related stakeholders from the village, regulators and
the targeted communities. Below are lists of the respondents
who have given relevant information for the research. In
relation with the data analysis, qualitative and quantitative
technics are employed. The research carried out in 2018.
Below is the list of the respondents.
No
Respondents
1. Head of Official Village
2. Head of
Village
Traditional
3.
4.
Head of Batuan Painting Association
Head of Sukawati District
5.
6
Batuan Village Women Association
Batual local community
Total
D. Research field
The research is focused on the village of Batuan that
will be developed as a model of green tourism destination to
be a village of culture, art, education and economically
independent. Living values, tradition and life style of the
community is deeply studied. Tourism potencies such as
culture, art and natural aspects are registered.
III. LITERATURE REVIEW
A. Traditional values of tri hita karana philosophy and
sustainaible tourism
Originally tri hita karana is only a theological and
sociocultural teaching originated from Balinese scriptures. The
doctrine of the teaching is that God manifested in all of His
creation, God has to be exalted through holy sacrifice and
devotion in the form of rituals. The balance and harmonious
relationship between humankind and God, between
humankind with its fellow being and natural environment has
to be maintained to reach supreme wellbeing and happiness.
The teaching consists of spatial conceptions, physical and
spiritual relation between humankind and the nature. Along
with the rise of sustainable development issues, values that
exists in the concept of tri hita karana, are considered relevant
to the environmental and socio-cultural development. To
expose the values of tri hita karana in response of sustainable
development and deteriorating quality of the environment in
Bali due to the tourism dominant development, THK
movement was initiated in year 2000 ( Peters J. H and
Wardana, 2013).
The THK movement has been fruitful to establish
THK award certification board, to certify especially hotels to
meet the criteria set by the board. The movement has been
successful both nationally and internationally, THK award was
recognised by UNWTO in 2004, it was stipulated in the
preamble of Indonesia Tourism Law No. 10/ 2009 and in
2011 Bali’s local government made tri hita karana award
obligatory for all hospitality business operating in Bali. In this
chapter the concept of tri hita karana will be reviewed
especially in its relation with Balinese approach natural and
social environment.
Tri hita karana conception and its co-trilogy
approaches to nature manifested in six more practical devotion
of human being into their environment at large. Those six
devotional practice is called sad kertih, as illustrated by the
chart below. Tri hita karana consisting of God, human and
natural dimensions, extended in more detail in the conception
of sad kertih. God dimension is not extended, natural
dimension is extended into three parts namely ocean, flora and
No. fauna and fresh water, and human dimension extended into
Respondents
1
two namely social and individual. The philosophy of tri hita
1
karana mentioned that human has to be in harmony with
1
1
nature without detailing with which nature. Sad kertih details
1
20 that human being has to build relation with fresh water, flora
26 and fauna and ocean.
528
B. Towards a meeting solution, crossing balinese culture and
sustainable development with western conception.
Scholars have done researches on balinese strong
relationship on their environment, natural environment,
spiritual and social environment. How they perceive their
presence in relation to gods, nature and their fellow beings,
hence their happiness emanates as the fruit of their intricate
harmonious relationship. Natural environment is seen both
horizontally and vertically, both physically and
metaphysically. Environment is always dealing with
something physical, cultural, religious, social and
psychological aspects (belo 1935, covarrubias 1937, hauser
schàublin 1997, hooykaas 1974, howe 1980, james 1973,
ramseyer 1977, reuter 1996 in wassmann jurg and dasen pierre
r, 1998). Their strong relation with their environment at large,
may benefit sustainable development taking place on the
island, and can be well fitted with global conception or might
be partly convergent and partly incompatible. Their pattern of
relationship with their environment has resulted in various
cultural and natural diversities that strongly lure both foreign
and domestic visitors to visit the island.
Tourism internationally has become the largest and
the most growing sector in the world of economic during the
second half of 20th century (edington and redman, 2000 in
tisdell clem, 2000). The main objectives of tourism
development based on world tourism organisation (wto) are
economic development, international understanding, peace,
prosperity and universal respect for human right (grey. H.
Peter, 2000 in tisdell clem, 2000). The objectives of the
tourism development as herein mentioned, encompass the
tourism immobile asset located on the island of bali. The main
assets are nature, especially cultural landscape of bali, balinese
culture and their livestyle (picard, 2006). The viability of a
tourist industry very much depends on the existence of some
attractions for the visitors. Those attractions have to be
different from the country of origin of the visitors. Bali since
the birth of tourism, has offered its specificity of nature and
culture. The appeal of the attractions is determined by the
quality, location and perception of the visitors. In other word,
asset is a determinant factor for the sustainability of tourism
industry. The crossing between balinese culture and
sustainable development with western conception is actually a
crucial effort between those two entities to sustain the viability
of tourism on the island and sustain natural and cultural
resources as the immobile asset of tourism. Consequently the
transnational hotels operating in bali have to incorporate
balinese paradigm of sustainability, at the same time balinese
may adopt global paradigm to enrich their indigenous culture
in the domain of sustainable development.
The development of village tourism is not building
expensive tourism facilities, but revitalizing and valorizing the
existing elements in the village for tourism. Tourism in the
village has to be owned and managed by local people in small
scales. Community based tourism is an appropriate model to
apply as well. The traditional village will become a global
village, where locals and foreigners share and cohabit in the
same cultural and natural ambiance.
529
One of the sustainable frame works of sustainable
tourism is that tourism development should recognize and
support the identity, culture and interests of indigenous
peoples ( Agenda 21 for the Travel & Tourism Industry,
1996). The question is that leading healthy and productive live
in harmony with nature in the western conception is totally
different from Balinese approach to nature. In the western
concept in harmony with nature signifies proportional
utilization of nature based on its carrying capacity (Harris Rob
ital. 2003). While in harmony with nature in the singularity of
Balinese cultural approach is to preserve the spiritual aspects
of nature through rituals, three main rituals dedicated to nature
are wana kerthi (ritual dedicated to green vegetation and its
ecosystem), danu kerthi (ritual dedicated to fresh water
resources) and samudra kerthi (ritual dedicated to saline water
resources), ( Wiana Ketut, 2007).
IV. RESULT
The research found that both traditional and official villages of
Batuan have strong willingness to develop the village as a
tourism village based on their local values. They have
disseminated the ideas to the community, universities,
governments and other related stakeholders in order to get
support and feedbacks for the future development of the
village. The village of Batuan has committed to revitalize
cultural, natural and social potentials to prepare the village as
an international destination. English classes has been organized
regularly to prepare the coming of visitors. The village provides
free Batuan style Painting classes for the children, since they
are sure that the style of Batuan painting is unique and the only
one in the planet. The policy of the village is to make a village
of culture and art and education with cultural tourism economy.
Both local community and the board of the village have the
same spirit to develop the village in the framework of tourism
as an economic resource and as vector of cultural and natural
sustainability.
A. Batuan village’s cultural values well aligned with
sustainable tourism development in the village.
Tri Hita Karana as a spiritual philosophy, strongly followed
by the community of Batuan village in their day to day life
practices, has controlled all courses of their activities both
traditionally and professionally. The tri harmonious relationship
is manifested in spatial conception called tri mandala (three
spaces). They have sacred space, where temples and shrines are
located, the space is called utama mandala. Spaces where
houses, offices and markets are situated is called madya
mandala, the space commonly referred to as a residential space.
The space where garbage is kept and recycled, and the space
where recreational is done is called nista mandala or a profane
space.
The vision values of the village of Batuan is to realize safe,
peaceful and prosperous village towards sustainable
development based on tri hita karana. The vision value is
relevant to the global quest of sustainable development.
Realization of the vision value is strongly integrated with
sustainable tourism development. Safety and security is an
important issues of tourism destination, Batuan has a strong
awareness on the issues, and put it as the main issue in the
vision. Peace is something valuable searched by tourists
visiting a destination in an economic wellbeing basing on the
pious relation with God, fellow beings and ecology or nature.
The vision values of the village is an integration between global
and local values, safety, peace and prosperity is global but then
integrated into tri hita karana
The layout of the village demonstrates that the village
is an old traditional village following traditional rules and
regulation in the land division. The division of the land in such
away, tourism development will be controlled by the spatial
system, since the sacred sphere cannot be developed into
tourism facilities, the area will remain sterile.
Globally sustainable tourism development in a rural area
like Batuan is approached by deploying community based
tourism model and eco-tourism. Those two approaches
emphasize on the community participation in tourism
development and their awareness of natural and cultural
sustainability. The theories do not specifically focus on the
alignment of local spiritual value system in the quest of
tourism sustainable development, the spiritual aspects are
ignored. Bali is totally different from the situation where those
two theories were developed. Balinese culture, architecture,
performances and lifestyle are manifestation of Balinese
spirituality, thus cultural tourism is actually based on the
Balinese Hinduism.
Spirituality is the essence of Balinese community,
tourism development promoted in the village finally will be
dedicated to the sustainability of the spirituality hence all
cultures and lifestyle are rooted. The life of the community in
the village controlled by philosophy or tatwa, ethic, or susila
and ritual (upacara), the last one needs financial support from
tourism. The contribution of tourism in the village will be
circulated from spirituality, culture, nature to tourism than
invested to sustain spirituality, culture, nature then back to
tourism. The power of the local

B. The role of tourism in aligning local value system with

global paradigm of tourism

The board of the village convinced that the village of

Batuan has potentials to be developed into a green tourism
destination. When tourists regularly visit the village, those values enable development of tourism in Bali sustainable,
traditional value system manifested in art works, performing since wealth earned from tourism is partly contributed to
arts etc. will have economic values, and hence local people preserve resources (culture, nature, art, life style, heritage).
can live on and be proud of their culture and heritage.
Cultural based tourism developed in the village of Batuan
will promote the renaissance of the village cultures and at the
same time promote the awareness of the local community on
the importance of natural preservation, hygiene and
cleanliness. Culture and nature not only perceived as
traditional entity but as tourism capital to create wealth. Since
the village has strongly mandated in the vision “ based on tri
hita karana”, spiritual activities will be more vibrant, since the
local community earn enough money from tourism to carry on
their spiritual culture
2. Hybrid value system between locality and
Economic welfare is important for the community of the
globalization as a specific model of green tourism
village, but on top of that they need harmony or balance,
development at Batuan village, Ubud-Gianyar
between terrestrial and spiritual life. Local value system has
Regency .
been established in the village to prevent the community from
being greedy that may cause bad impacts on their culture and Tourism activities in the village of Batuan is a result of
nature. Strong local value system will not be homogenized by hybridization between locality (local values, culture, nature
the global one, but it will control the global system, the system and lifestyle) and globalization, tourism is a global
will be hybridized and mutually benefiting each other . phenomenon, a movement of people from a certain country of
1. What is the impact of the local spiritual value system origin to a country of destination. Batuan as one of tourism
alignment with sustainable tourism development in destinations in the island of Bali, has to welcome the global
the village of Batuan?

530
phenomenon in the context of Balinese culture and values. The
meeting point between local and global value systems creates
hybrid power that mutually supporting each other. Tourism in
the village will give meaningful experiences to the visitors, on
the other hand local community will earn living from tourism,
the money collected from tourism will be reinvested to the
sustainability of local resources and facilities supporting
tourism in the village.
The hybrid value system between locality and
globalization will make the village as a global village
controlled by local wisdom. The coming of international
visitors in the village stimulates local community to open their
horizon, they realize the importance of education, mastery of
foreign languages, the role of local culture and art in
supporting their economic development.
CONCLUSION
Local community has strong spirituality manifested in
cultural and artistic activities, including traditional agriculture.
Manifestation of the spirituality becomes pure spiritual culture
but also culture specifically designed for tourism. Economic
reward from tourism managed in such a way to preserve and
revitalize local culture in a cyclic manner. Tourism
development in the village of Batuan, Ubud Gianyar has a
strong potential local value system that enable the village to be
a green tourism destination in Bali, basing on local wisdom
and global best practice criteria. The village of Batuan
traditionally has set vision values basing on sustainable
development, making the village economically prosperous and
culturally and naturally friendly.
[9] Barnett. E and Casper M. 2001. Definition of social environment.
American Journal of Public Health Vol. 91, No. 3, 2001.
[10] Carroll, A.B. (1994). Social issues in management research:
Experts' views,Analysis and commentary. Business and Society,
33, pp. 5-29.
[11] Chon S.K.& Oppermann 1997. Tourism in Developing Countries.
Alden Press, Oxford. UK
[12] David A. Fennell 2006. Tourism Ethics. Channel View
Publications, NY, USA
[13] Davidson and Handley, 2007. The Revival of Tradition in
Indonesian Politics: The deployment of adat from colonialism to
indigenism. Routledge, 2 Park Square, Milton Park, Abingdon,
Oxon OX14 4RN).
[14] Dalem Raka et al, 2007. Kearifan Lokal dalam pengelolaan
lingkungan hidup (Local Wisdom in managing environment).
Udayana University. Denpasar.
[15] Dive-the-world (2010). From Dive the World website:
<http://www.dive-theworld.Com/tourist-information-indonesia-
bali.php> (retrieved May 13, 2011).
[16] Dodds & Joppe (2005). CSR in the Tourism Industry? The status
of and Potential for Certification, Codes of Conduct and
guidelines. Worldbank.org/Reources/CSR_in_tourism.
[17] Donaldson, T. and Preston, L.E. (1995). The stakeholder theory of
the corporation:Concepts, evidence, and implications. Academy of
Management Review, 20, pp. 65–91.
[18] Drucker, P. (1984). The new meaning of corporate social
responsibility. California Management Review, 26, pp. 53–63.
[19] Ducroux Anne-Marie, 2002. Les Nouveaux Utopistes du

REFERENCES

[1] Adi Wirawan Made (2011). Tri Hita Karana: Study of Theology,
Ecology and Sociology. Paramita, Surabaya.
[2] Atkinson G. 1997. Measuring Sustainable Development:
Macroeconomics and the environments. Edward Elgar, Cheltenham,
UK.
[3] Agenda 21 for the Travel & Tourism Industry, 1996,
http://wwwv1.agora21.org/johannesburg/rapports/omt-a21.html
[4] Adrian Vickers (1996). Bali A Paradise Created. Periplus Edition,
Singapore.
[5] Ashley, C, 2007. The role of tourism sector in expanding economic
opportunity. Harvard University.
[6] Beaver Allan, 2002. A dictionary of Travel and Tourism
Terminology. Cabi Publishing, Wallingford, UK.
[7] Bruce Mitchell, 1994. Sustainable Development at the Village Level
in Bali, Indonesia. (Human Ecology Vol; 22, No. 2 1994).
Premium Publising Corporation
[8] Bramwell, B., Henry, I., Jackson, G. & Van Der Straaten, J. (1996):
A framework for understanding sustainable tourism management. In:
Bramwell, B., Henry, I., Jackson, G., Prat, A., Richards, G. & van der
Straaten, J (eds.). Sustainable Tourism Management: Principles and
Practice. Tilburg University Press. Tilburg, pp. 23–71.

531
Model of Investment Water Scheme of Drinking Water Supply System (SPAM)
Development in Mapanget Sub District Manado City
Subtitle as needed (paper subtitle)

Shirly Susanne Lumeno 1, Lanny Mamudi2

1) Manado State University;Tondano North Sulawesi, Indonesia
2) Sam Ratulangi University; Manado, North Sulawesi, Indonesia
1
shirlylumeno@unima.ac.id ,2lanny_mamudi@yahoo.co.id

Abstract—Drinking water management by PT. characterized by the development of industries,

Air Manado, PDAM (Perusahaan Daerah Air
Minum / District Company for Drinking Water
Affairs) Manado and UPTD AM (Unit Pelaksana
Teknis Dinas Air minum) or technical service unit
for drinking water, to the average community is
still relatively low. . The service coverage of PT Air
Manado on the range is still 27.52% to Manado
City population. The coverage of PDAM and UPTD
AM in Mapanget sub district is only 12.03% from
54,640 people, which is only 6,573 people. From
these percentages, SPAM (Sistem Penyediaan Air
Minum / Drinking Water Supply System) service is
still very small from the MDGs (Millennium
Development Goals) target for urban population.
This study aims to calculate the feasibility of
investing SPAM development in Manado City,
especially in Mapanget sub district. Method of
analysis of feasibility factors with data acquisition
in field data is analyzed further using economic
investment feasibility calculation. The calculation
methods are Benefit Cost Ratio (BCR), Net Present
Value (NPV), Internal Rate of Return (IRR), and
Payback Period (PP). The results shown in terms of
technical factors that make up SPAM distribution
planning system consists of raw water from Kuwil
Reservoir by IPA (Instalasi Pengolahan Air) or
Installation of Water Treatment and pump. The
social factors of the water needs estimated about
19,741.23 m3 in 2025 and 2036 plans .
Keywords—component; formatting; style; styling;
insert (key words)
I. INTRODUCTION (HEADING 1)
The availability of drinking water greatly affects
the survival of humans in the world because it is a
basic human need. Drinking water needs have
increased in line with the increasing population growth
in the world. The target of the MDGs (Millennium
Development Goals) is the achievement of 80%
service coverage for the urban population and 60% for
the rural population.
Infrastructure development investments such as
drinking water supply are considered as one of the
policy instruments for economic development which is
settlements, expansion of city / district areas and the
increasing drinking water need. Therefore, it is
necessary to consider the investment as an active
strategy which in its development can invite
participation not only the government but also private
investors.
In the national medium-term investment
development plan, the estimated investment to achieve
the target of service coverage for drinking water is
274.80 trillion Rupiah where the central government
allocates funds of the state budget of 90.70 trillion
Rupiah. The difference in investment requirements is
expected to come from local government funds of
98.90 trillion rupiah, excluding the regional
government and the state budget amounting to Rp.
175.90 Trillion Rupiah. Based on the deviation in
budget value needed to achieve development targets
outside government funds, it is still very high, making
other financing sources absolutely necessary to
support the achievement of the target service coverage
that has been set.
Based on the Government Regulation of the
Republic of Indonesia number 16 of 2005 about the
development of drinking water supply systems
(SPAM) chapter I clause I verse 9 states that the
Implementation of the development of Drinking Water
Supply Systems (SPAM) hereinafter referred to as
"The operator is BUMN (Badan Usaha Milik Negara)
or state owned enterprises / BUMD (Badan Usaha
Milik Daerah) or Regional Owned Enterprises,
koperasi, private enterprises, and / or community
groups that carry out the development of drinking
water supply systems ". The Verse 10 states that
"Organizers are individuals, community groups, or
institutions that obtain drinking water services from
the operator", so that to archieve the target of drinking
water supply based on the deviation between the state
budget and regional budget with RPIJMN is through
cooperation between the government and the private
sectors, such as; bank loans, Obligations, Corporate
Social Responsibility (CSR), Government Investment
Centers (GIC) and others. So that with this alternative
financing is expected to accelerate the achievement of
the target of the development of drinking water supply

532
in an area specifically.
SPAM in Manado City is currently managed
mostly by PT. Air Manado, some region in
Malalayang sub-districts are managed by UPTD AM,
while Mapanget sub-district is managed by PDAM
Manado and UPTD AM.
So far in drinking water management by PT. Air
Manado, PDAM Manado and UPTD AM, the level of
service to the public is still relatively low. This can be
seen from the coverage percentage of the area services
from the three managers of drinking water supply is
still low. The service coverage of PT Air Manado on
the range is still 27.52% to Manado City population.
The coverage of PDAM and UPTD AM in Mapanget
sub district is only 12.03% from 54,640 people, which
is only 6,573 people. Based on these percentages,
SPAM services are still very small from the MDGs
target for urban residents. According in the Manado
City Spatial Plan in 2017 where Mapanget sub district
development has changed for its designation, which is
to become the central development area of Manado
City. The consequences of that development are the
many additional office buildings, housing and
commerce that certainly accompanied by population
growth which greatly affects the level of drinking
water needs.
Based on the above description in Mapanget sub-
district, it is necessary to develop a drinking water
supply system that is expected to achieve the needs of
drinking water both in terms of quality and quantity
II. METHODOLOGY
The Methodology was started by collecting data,
both primary and secondary data through literature
studying, surveying, interview and filling out the
questionnaires. Furthermore, identification of the
determine feasibility factors of the SPAM is carried
out.
The next step is data analysis. The Both of data is
analyzed based on the feasibility factors. The
indicators of technical factor are source water and the
transmission system. The indicators of social factors
are service area, population development, total usage,
desire to subscribe of drinking water. The indicator of
institutional factor is organization of SPAM. The
output of this stage is the feasibility of drinking water
supply systems technically, socially and institutionally.
The last Stage is economical and financial analysis
based on technical, social and institution factor. The
indicators are the all of cost, the benefit and price of
533
drinking water. The feasibility investment determined
IRR, NPV, BCR, and PP.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSION
A. Identification and Analysis of TechnicalFeasibility
Factors
Analysis of water source in Mapanget sub district
based on SPAM Manado and SPAM Bimantara
Master Plan consists 3 water sources that are Paniki
river, Tondano river and Kuwil reservoir. Paniki river
have used for some region in Mapanget sub district but
did not supply all the need. So the focus of the raw
water source on Tondano river also used for electric
source and Kuwil reservoir.
Table 1 shown that Kuwil reservoir is the best
choice for water source where is the water flow system
is the highest point to be used as a reference in
determining alternative water sources because it is
easier to operate and maintain.
SPAM Distribution System Planning consists of
raw water sources, Kuwil Reservoir. Production units
in the form of IPA and pumps. IPA will be planned
has capacity amount 50 L/s in 2025 and 3600 L/s in
2036 Two intake pump and one distribution needed.
Reservoir unit consist container reservoirs, Bengkol
reservoirs and Paniki Atas reservoirs with capacity
will be reaching 3000 m3.
Table 1: Utilization of the water sources
The unit of pipeline consists transmission pipe
amount 6000 m and distribution pipe amount 5775 m.
B. Identification and Analysis of Social Feasibility
Factors
The population of Mapanget sub district amount
53,716 people. The growth rate of the Mapanget sub
district population from 2011 to 2016 can be seen in
table 2. According to table 2, the growth percentage is
2.56 %. The Population projection in 2025 and 2036
can be predicted using arithmetic formula that is subscribe has the ability to pay in 100,000 – 500,000
59,699 in 2025 and 95,521 in 2036. rupiah amount 88%
Table 2: Mapanget population data C. Identification and Analysis of Institutional
Population increase Feasibility Factors
Year Population The plan for developing the SPAM in Mapanget,
(people) (%) by building IPA and the main distribution network.
2011 44,773 The investment needed in the development of SPAM
2012 50,146 5373 10,71
is quite large. These costs can be obtained from
2013 51,174 1028 2,01
2014 51,631 457 0,89
several sources, such as from the central government,
2015 52,223 592 1,13 provincial governments, private enterprise or
2016 53,716 1493 2,78 cooperation between the provincial government and
Mean 1490,5 2,92 the district /city government, or cooperation with the
private sector. Based on Act No. 7 of 2004 about water
Based on mayor decision in 2017, Mapanget is
resource, the provincial government takes
prepared to be a new city. So, we used the term from
responsibility of the management drinking water. So,
Ministry of Public Work for determine the total usage
they must arrange the scheme and the plan for the
of water drinking need. Survey Sampling using 165
management. They management by government if all
respondents who did not serve by PDAM and UPTD
financing is borne entirely by the provincial
AM. The total usage is 19,120 L/day/family with
government.
119.16 L/day/person. Data analysis for total water
Based on the review of the SPAM organizing
usage using term from Public Work Department in the
institution and by considering the authority and
Pelita Plan V what is adjusted by regional
responsibility of the SPAM manager in accordance
classification and total population. The result shown
with Government Regulation no. 122 of 2015, the
on the Table 3.
organizer for the development of SPAM in Mapanget
Table 3: Water drinking usage projection in Mapanget
is the North Sulawesi Provincial Government in this
case the Public Works Agency and the one handling it
Year Dome- Non Water Water usage is the UPTD AM. The organizational structure must be
stic domestic depria in hour peak able to describe the main activities in the management
-tion system, clear work patterns and have the functions of
(L/s) (L/s) (L/s) (m3/day)
planning, implementation and control, and supervision
2017 7,34 1,45 1,74 1.556,48
2025 58,64 11,73 14,07 12.585,91
by describing their duties, authorities and
2036 91,98 18,40 22,08 19.741,23 responsibilities.
The capacity of the existing installed system for D. Identification and Analysis of Economic Feasibility
Mapanget served by PDAM and UPTD AM is 65 L/s. Factors
Based on water demand at peak hours in 2025 that is
Job fee
145.67 L/s, there is a system shortage of 80.67 L/s,
Cost components calculated for economic analysis
while for 2036 it is 228.49 L/s, there is a system
include three components, namely the cost of the SID
shortage of 163.49 L/s.
(Survey Investigasi dan Desain) or Investigation and
Design Survey, construction costs, operating and
Questionnaire forms that have been carried out for the maintenance costs.
calculation of the water needs analysis. Questionnaire Construction costs in accordance with the Budget
are also used to determine the willingness and ability Plan are calculated based on the current work unit
of communities in Mapanget to subscribe to clean price. For raw water sources, only 1 (one) alternative
water. The results of the questionnaire obtained in location is used that is Kuwil Reservoir. In the
knowing the number of people who want to subscribe economic analysis, it is assumed that the construction
drinking water that is 51 % want to subscribe and of this raw water supply system will be built in stages
over two periods, namely in 2025 to 2036 for the
46.7% did not said yes or no. The people who want to
Intake of Kuwil Reservoir. The results of the

534
calculation of the budget plan for the construction of the amount of the costs (economy) is needed based on
the system in Mapanget Subdistrict, the results of the adjusted market prices. If the financial costs based on
approach were obtained. For 2025, the construction market prices have been calculated, then the economic
costs amounting to Rp. 37,025,000,000.00 and costs can be calculated or approached with a
construction costs for 2036 amounting to Rp. 'conversion factor'.
58,050,000,000.00. The traded components are given a conversion
Based on the proportion of the planned factor of 1.06 while those not traded are divided into
construction costs, then the assumption of SID and casual laborers of 0.80 and local materials of 1.0.
managerial costs for 2025 and 2036 is calculated as a Whereas for operation and maintenance, the average
result of Rp. 550,000,000.00. Based on the proportion conversion factor is 1.015. In calculating the
of the assumed construction cost assumptions, it is economic costs, the conversion factors are modified
assumed that operating and maintenance costs are into a conversion factor. The conversion factor is
made. Based on the system, the planned annual calculated by giving the value to each component by
operating and maintenance costs are estimated to range calculating the planned system. Financial costs are
between 1 - 3% of construction costs. For the then multiplied by the appropriate conversion factors
calculation of economic analysis, it is assumed that OP producing economic costs shown in table 5.
costs are an average of 1% for the first 10 years and
1.5% for the time after that. Based on these Table 5: SID costs, construction cost, maintenance and
assumptions it can be calculated the amount of OP operations (economical)
costs each year (Table 4).
Total Cost
Year Job stage (in milion Rupiah)
Table 4: SID costs, construction cost, maintenance and operations
(financial) Year 2025 year 2036
1 SID 550,00 550,00
Total Cost 2 Construction 37.025,00 58.050,00
Year Job stage (in milion Rupiah) 3 Operational 740,50 1.161,00
Year 2025 year 2036 4 and 740,50 1.161,00
1 SID 550,00 550,00 5 maintenance 740,50 1.161,00
2 Construction 37.025,00 58.050,00 6 740,50 1.161,00
3 Operational 740,50 1.161,00 7 740,50 1.161,00
4 and 740,50 1.161,00 8 740,50 1.161,00
5 maintenance 740,50 1.161,00 9 740,50 1.161,00
6 740,50 1.161,00 10 740,50 1.161,00
7 740,50 1.161,00 11 740,50 1.161,00
8 740,50 1.161,00 12 740,50 1.161,00
9 740,50 1.161,00 13 1.110,75 1.741,50
10 740,50 1.161,00 14 1.110,75 1.741,50
11 740,50 1.161,00
15 1.110,75 1.741,50
12 740,50 1.161,00
16 1.110,75 1.741,50
13 1.110,75 1.741,50
17 1.110,75 1.741,50
14 1.110,75 1.741,50 18 1.110,75 1.741,50
15 1.110,75 1.741,50 19 1.110,75 1.741,50
16 1.110,75 1.741,50 20 1.110,75 1.741,50
17 1.110,75 1.741,50 Total 55.383,05 86.506,78
18 1.110,75 1.741,50
19 1.110,75 1.741,50 The Determination of the Benefit
20 1.110,75 1.741,50 Based on the SPAM investment feasibility
guidelines, the average direct benefit is around 30% of
Cost of Economic Benefits the total cost of work both for SID work, construction
The value of the work cost is calculated as a and operation and maintenance, and this amount is
financial cost (based on market prices). For the used in calculating the amount of direct benefits. In
purposes of analyzing the cost of economic benefits, calculating the amount of indirect benefits, several

535
assumptions and approaches are used by considering for both costs and benefits must be converted with a
the condition of the area and the location of the work. 'discount factor', which is (1 + i) -n, to get the current
In Mapanget, the benefits is assumed derived from the price in the same year. The "i" means Rate Return
development of SPAM that are benefits for public
health, community productivity, community economic Table 7: Calculation of BCR and NPV for the Construction
growth, community resilience and property assets. In Period of 2025
this case each benefit for each aspect is given a scale
of 1, 2 or 3 where the smaller the number indicates the
higher or the greater the benefits raised. For the benefit
of economic growth and property assets given a scale
of 1 while the health, productivity and resilience of the
community are given a scale of 2. Furthermore, in
calculating the amount of indirect benefits, it is
assumed that the amount of benefits generated every
year is at a maximum of 5% of the economic costs of
SID work and construction. The direct and indirect
benefits shown in table 6.

Table 6: Total benefit value (direct and indirect)

Total cost
Year (Million Rupiah) Table 8: Calculation of BCR and NPV for the Construction Period
Year 2025 Year 2036 of 2036
1 1.466,96 1.926,49
2 21.863,82 29.684,10
3 6.833,09 9.259,55
4 9.422,49 12.768,00
5 13.306,59 18.030,68
6 13.306,59 18.030,68
7 13.306,59 18.030,68
8 13.306,59 18.030,68
9 13.306,59 18.030,68
10 13.306,59 18.030,68
11 13.306,59 18.030,68
12 13.306,59 18.030,68
13 13.486,39 18.274,89
14 13.486,39 18.274,89
15 13.486,39 18.274,89
16 13.486,39 18.274,89
17 13.486,39 18.274,89
18 13.486,39 18.274,89 Table 9: Calculation of IRR for the Construction Period of 2025
19 13.486,39 18.274,89
20 13.486,39 18.274,89
Total 253.930,26 344.082,71

Identification and Analysis of Economic

Feasibility Factors
BCR, NPV and IRR Analysis
After all costs and benefits are obtained in the year
price, the economic feasibility criteria of a project
(BCR, NPV and IRR) can be calculated. Price values
Table 10: Calculation of IRR for the Construction Period of 2036

536
 Based on the results of the analysis of these factors,
it was found that the development of SPAM in
Mapanget was feasible to be carried out using raw
water sources in the Kuwil reservoir. The results of the
investment feasibility calculation for the planned year
2025 and 2036 assuming an interest rate of 25%, the
payback period obtained is greater than 15 years so the
project is not feasible to be carried out. While the
Payback Period for interest rates of 5% - 20% is
obtained less than 15 years with a BCR value of more
than 1, the NPV is positive, the IRR value is greater
than the interest rate used so that the project is
declared feasible to carry out.
The Rate of Return used for the analysis of
economic costs is 5%, 10%, 15%, 20% and 25%.
Calculation results to get the BCR, NPV,and IRR REFERENCES
using 5% interest rates. For the calculation of the next
interest rate are used10%, 15%, 20% and 25%. All the [1]. Andhika, P. R., 2011. Analisis Investasi Pembangunan
data Shown in Table 7-10. From the above, The values Instalasi Air Bersih Dalam Hubungannya Dengan
for i = 5%, it can be concluded: Peningkatan PDAM Kota Bandung.
BCR : 2.26%> 1.00 Eligible [2]. Alit, K., Wiswasta, I. G. N. A., Suparsa, I., 2009. Analisis
NPV 2025 : Rp. 59,426.44> 0 Eligible Ekonomi Rencana Pengembangan Air Baku Bagi
NPV 2036 : 92,632,18> 0 Eligible Masyarakat Kritis Air Di Desa Sanggalangit Kabupaten
IRR 2025 : 26,833%> 5% Eligible Buleleng.
IRR 2036 : 26,86463%> 5% Eligible [3]. Diwantari., 2016. Analisis Ekonomi Teknik Investasi
Proyek (Studi Kasus Pada Hotel Zodiak Lampung).
Table 10: The effect of interest rates on BCR, NPV, IRR, selling [4]. Haryadi, H., 2013. Analisis Kelayakan Finansial
price and PP of 2025 Pembangunan Pabrik SGA (Smelter Grade Alumina)
Mempawah Dengan Proses Bayer.
[5]. Kusuma, J., Sandhyavitri, A., 2012. Analisis Investasi
Sistem Penyediaan Air Minum Kota Dumai Berdasarkan
Kerjasama Pemerintah dan Swasta
[6]. Lufira, R. D., Suhardjono, S. M., 2012. Optimasi dan
Simulasi Sistem Penyediaan Jaringan Air Bersih Di
Kecamatan Kademangan Kabupaten Blitar.
[7]. Marzuki, P., dan Lumeno, S., 2011. Persepsi Risiko
Terhadap Penyediaan dan Pengelolaan Tenaga Kerja
dalam International Joint Venture pada Proyek
Infrastruktur., Tahun 2011, Jurnal Teknik Sipil, Jurnal
Teoretis dan Terapan Bidang Rekayasa Sipil, ISSN 0853-
CONCLUSION 2982, Volume 18 No. 1.
[8]. Namara, I., 2010. Kajian pengembangan Sistem
Penyediaan Air Minum (SPAM) Studi Kasus PDAM
In developing the SPAM in Mapanget, the factors kabupaten Semarang Cabang Ungaran.
that determine the feasibility of this project are [9]. Pradika, S., Oktiawan, W., Handayani, S., 2013. Rencana
technical factors from the aspect of raw water sources Induk Sistem Penyediaan Air Minum Kota Salatiga.
and piping network systems; social factors from the [10]. Putri, N. R., Kuswanto, S., 2014. Studi Kelayakan
aspect of population, regional development, water Pembangunan Proyek Air Minum Dalam Kemasan Galon
usage and desire to subscribe; institutional factors (AMDK).
from aspects of institutional and SPAM management [11]. Pamudji, T., Djono, A., 2011. Analisis Keberlanjutan
organizations; economic factors from aspects of SID [12]. Sistem Penyediaan Air Minum Perdesaan
costs, construction costs, operating and maintenance [13]. Sinaga, D., Saragih, H. J. R., 2013. Studi Kelayakan
costs and benefit costs. Investasi Pada Proyek Dan Bisnis Dalam Perspektif Iklim

537
 Investasi Perekonomian Global: Teori dan Aplikasinya
dalam Menilai Investasi Modal dalam Proyek dan Bisnis).
Mitra Wacana Media, Jakarta.
[14]. Tim penyusun. Rencana Induk Sistem Penyediaan Air
Minum (RISPAM) Kota Manado. Bappeda Kota Manado.
538
[15]. Tim penyusun., 2016. Rencana Induk SPAM Regional
Bimantara. Dinas Pekerjaan Umum Provinsi Sulawesi
Utara.
[16]. Yudha, G. L., Sugiyarto. 2014. Studi Kelayakan
Penyediaan Air Minum Kota Surakarta Planning Horizon
10 Tahun (Studi Kasus: PDAM kota Surakarta).
 POLICY MODEL OF WASTE MANAGEMENT
IN IMPROVING THE ENVIRONMENTAL
BASED ON COMMUNITY QUALITY
Nining latianingsih1, Iis Mariam2 , Ahmad Tossin Alamsyah 3
1).2) Department of Business Administration of the Jakarta State Polytechnic, Indonesia
3)Department of Electrical Engineering Jakarta State Polytechnic, Indonesia
nining.latianingsih@bisnis.pnj.ac.id
Abstract— One of the greatest challenges experienced by
developing countries is the emergence of environmental
problems that can not be separated from economic
development. This can be illustrated in the relationship
between the increase in population and the increasing the
quality of life from community, on the one hand that can
support economic growth and also lead to a decline in
development. The problem of waste management is one of
aspect in development that is very important and requires the
involvement between government, business / private, colleges
and the general public. While the formulation of the problem
are how the policy and the concept of waste management in
urban areas, how to solve the problem of waste in the
community in the city of Depok, and what obstacles that
cause the management and processing of waste in the city of
Depok has not run well. The method that will be used in this
research is using qualitative descriptive research method and
passed by through stages, that is mapping of local waste
treatment policy, evaluating the processing of garbage area.
One of the goals of local government is to minimize waste.
While the targets achieved from this research is the model of
waste management conducted by local government of Depok
city to realize a clean life, environmentally friendly and
organized waste processing and improve the economy of
society. The resulting model of research, in order to be
implemented in accordance with the mandate of the
respective regional regulations and impact on waste
reduction and economic improvement of the community.
Keywords—component; local policy, waste processing,
economic improvement of society, domestic waste pollution,
evaluation of local waste.
I. INTRODUCTION
The constitution No. 18 of the year 2008 about waste
processing has not socialized properly. This can be observed
from the environment around the Government offices or
hospitals, university, school, which have not yet to reflect the
message of the constitution. This issue appears to be caused by
the limited capacity of local area government or local city
539
government service, while the rate of waste production
continues to increase exponentially.
Waste is one of the contributors of greenhouse gas in
the form of CH4 and CO2 (carbon dioxide). Open dumping of
waste in ladfill in landfills for waste resulting the buried
organic waste undergoes decomposition. The process of
decomposition will produce CH4 (methane). It will also
produce carbon dioxide. Methane has the power 20 times more
destructive than carbon dioxide. With this situation, the next
generation of mankind will never see water flowing from the
tap because of the endless mountain spring water. And the
land will becomes barren without trees. Natural resources that
we think now cheap and free will be scarce and expensive.
Through the initial research, which is recycled lines that still
need to be socialized. Recycled garbage collected from the
source, such as residential, commercial areas, a temporary
shelter (TPS) and TPA. The issues in this research is hot to
manage and proceed the waste connected with the constitution
in local area government or local city government especially
in Depok.
II. DISCUSSION
The Potential for Waste Management towards Zero Waste.
Preferably through good waste management in urban areas or
regions are starting to avoided or minimised the waste from
production until the end of production process. Urip Santoso,
2009. The concept of Zero Waste is implemented by applying
the principle of the 3 R's (Reduce, Reuse, Recycle). The
implemented of the concept of zero waste is by approach and
applicated the system and technology of waste management in
individual scale and integrated region scale, with the target to
reduce the volume of waste as little as possible. The concept
of a 3R is the basis in attempts to reduce waste and optimize
production processes waste. J et al., 2005. Therefore, need to
be aligned with community-based waste management
(Community-Based Solid Waste Management/CBSWM) is an
approach to waste management that is based on the needs and
requests of the community, that planned, implemented,
controlled, and in joint evaluation society (Environmental
Services Program (ESP) JAWA, 2006).
Organizing the community empowerment and stakeholder
management especially in the area of waste processing based
on policies in each county of the city, being a facilitator
towards an activity at the level of the community/society in the
area of the selected location. This stage is divided into four
activities: identifying the selected location, perform
socialization in society with introducing a waste management
program, the establishment of the Organization, conduct
training of integrated waste management. Waste management
is already done by some previous researchers, Bambang
Dwiyanto, with the title of the research is Model of increased
community participation and strengthening of Synergies in the
management of City Waste, contained in the Journal of
Development Economics Volume 12th, number 2, January
2011:239-256. With the results of his research mentioned that
the system of waste management in the city of Semarang are
arguably still belongs to the traditional concept that embraced
the concept of collect, transport, and discard. This system is
still being used because the community has not yet to find out
how waste management properly.
The specific purpose and the benefits from this research are:
1. Produce a waste management policy model in the area to
improving the environmental quality and participation from
the community.
2. Knowing and understand the local regulations in each
region that connect to the management and processing of
waste.
3. Understand about waste management system for the
community and every programs that implemented by the
respective local governments.
A. Legal basis
Governments city of Depok in conducted the constitution No.
18-year 2008 about waste, is continue with a wide range of
Areas Constitution related to the regulation of waste, the other
constitution about waste are:
1. The constitution from Depok City Government number O5
year 2014, about waste management
2. The constitution from Depok City Government number 03
Year 2013, about the protection and guideline of
environmental management
3. The constitution from Depok City Government number 05
Year 2012 about the retribution service for waste/hygiene
4. The constitution from Local regulations (Perda) number 16
years 2012 about the prohibition of Litter.
5. The constitution from Local regulations number 5/2014
about Retribution service.
6. The constitution from Depok City Government number 5
Year 2014 About official retribution service that effective
from 1st January 2015.
B. Management and the handling of garbage in the city of
depok
Depok city with a population has reached 2,179,810, while in
2015 as much as 2,106,100. so for a year at least 73,710
inhabitants increased in Depok. Growing population then
experienced Depok polemics especially in the landfill due to
540
the less of the landfill, land in the middle of the development
community increasingly fast as setelit, especially with the
rapid development of the area housing, then the harder it is to
make a new landfill, while the TPA Cipayung already can not
hold anymore the garbage from the community in great
numbers. The Government has already initiated the founding
of the city of Depok Sanitation Unit (UPS) since the year 2006
before the laws about waste are announce. The purpose of
UPS is required to the public so the waste is transported to the
place of Manufacture (TPA) Cipayung in a form of residual
waste.
The domestic waste, when it’s sorted properly, it will produce
environmental benefits to the society. But when the disposal of
waste is carelessly managed, thus it can be hazard to human’s
health and threat to environment life. So, to maintain the
volume of waste that goes to landfill in Cipayung, Department
of the Environment and Hygiene (DLHK) Depok city is
continued to maximize the presence of 483 bank trash in the
city of Depok. In addition, Waste processing units (UPS) will
also continue to be maximized so that the volume of waste
could be reduced in the process and waste management in the
community. To set that goal it is required a public awareness
among the people, and the most important to make a program
successful is the customs processing of garbage in domestic
waste.
The management of the waste bank (Community Waste
Management System, red.) to this year is 483 deployed waste
banks that have been operating in 11 districts. This number are
expected to grow, along aside incessant dissemination on the
public community in Depok city. In one productive waste
bank, it could hold 1-2 tonnes of domestic waste per day.
Meanwhile, the total production of domestic waste in the city
reaches 1,200 tons per day. Waste that goes to landfill in
Cipayung could hold 700 – 750 tons per day, while the
capacity of the landfill overload since years ago but is still
forced to accept unsorted domestic wastes.
The long term planning, up to 2020, from the City
Government is targeting to operate 895 waste banks, so with
this addition, the volume of waste disposed to landfill in
Cipayung could be reduced significantlly. While this year, the
target is expected to be achieved in 600 waste banks. In
addition the Government Depok also has 30 active UPS. The
UPS has the capacity to accommodate a 2-2.5 tonnes of
garbage per day. So the residents of Depok could sort out the
garbage before it dumped in order to reduced the burden of
production waste.
The problem of domestic waste is not only the responsibility
of the Government, but would become the responsibility of the
residents in Sub-districts. Community participation can be
seen from the response of the how enthusiastic the community
towards the establishment of the waste bank. Enthusiastic
residents look very high, both for the establishment of the
waste bank or domestic waste sorting activities, even today
people already active form groups in the field of waste
management.
C. Sorting domestic waste through the establishment of the
waste bank and bucket party
The advantage of creating a waste bank is it can make
increasingly awareness in local communities to take care of
domestic waste in their sub-district, because the economic
benefit and reducing the volume of domestic waste. So this
activity deserves active support from RT/RW (Neighborhood,
red.) and people that live in the residences. Because in
addition to get an environmental benefit, there is a financial
side such as sales results from an organic waste, could be an
income so that residents have no longer pay waste bills. That
funds can be allocated for the activities in neighborhood
respectively. Through the Government of Depok City have
new programs to the community, particularly in the sorting
activity of domestic waste.
There are some programs that proclaimed among other things:
1. Launch the Movement Party Buckets in every sub-
districts, which is in existence and determination
along with the residency of Depok city to do sorting
domestic waste. This bucket party movement stands
for economical, Easy and clean environmental
communities.
2. The processing of waste is done by way of distinction
between an organic and organic waste between
domestic wastes. The next process will be taken and
collected in a bigger bucket that placed halfway
between 20 – 30 houses in sorted in neighboorhood,
collected in the bucket and will be taken then
transported by Government City Waste Departement.
3. The next step from junk-garbage is taken by staffs
from Waste Departement and will be processed in
Waste processing units (UPS) to be used as compost
for environmental friendly that can be used for urban
gardening.
4. For an organic waste will be channeled to waste bank
in be processed and as a result to give benefits
economically to the community. The final product is
compost materials.
5. City government will endorse public figures as
ambassadors. So that the process of socialization will
be up to the community. Because with the help of
public figures, it will make the community aware of
waste sorting management.
6. Waste processing movement will be able to motivate
people who live near river banks to more discipline in
maintaining enviromental hygine and their domestic
waste, so the harmful activities such as regularly
littering to river banks will be stopped and people
who live in that area would gain quality of life.
7. This is a big challenge for Government of Depok city
to change the habit of littering among their people.
This program is lead to a few official programs from another
restriction about waste management system policy.
D. PROHIBITION OF LITTER
541
Local regulations No. 16 Year 2012 of Prohibit littering was
implemented in Depok City. The purpose of this regulation is
to create healthy environments among the residents. And the
residents are also prohibited from disposing of trash in the
gutter, or rivers that could lead to flooding. As for the
sanctions imposed of the litter can be fined up to 50 million
Indonesia Rupiah. Socialization of these regulations does
require patience, if people of residents of Depok who caught
the hand littering, people will be asked to sign a letter of
agreement not to repeat his actions again. If still repeat his
deeds that, sanctions will be imposed and they shouldn't
complain because previously signed agreements. Government
of Depok city also will continue to intensify the movement of
sorting out domestic waste and industrial waste to be making
waste into compost.
D . Retribution service.
Government Depok city is already repealed Retribution
service about Waste management system in 2016. Because it’s
a consequence of implementing Local Regulation No. 5/2014
about Retribution service. The repeal action in retribution
service impacted on the loss of gross income up to 3 billion
Indonesia Rupiah. The main reason to repeal the Retribution
Service is because there was irresponsibility staffs that
scammed residents to pay more. This lead to another programs
that could be substitute as Retribution Service such as Waste
Bank. The program is launched by the Government Depok city
to implement clean waste management system in domestic
waste. This could be effective to sort out domestic waste
before it goes to landfill in Cipayung.
The purpose of this program is to;
1. Encourage the community to sort out the compulsory
garbage each into 3 parts.
2. Push the tenets of neighbors and citizens of Pillars to create
sysops special waste management.
3. Neighborhood could use budget or cost which is usually
paid to Hygiene Service to fund sanitation Superintendent
Operations on its territory.
The waste will be taken by Waste Management staffs to
several different places in accordance with the type of waste,
such as:
1. Types of Organic Waste will be separated and placed in the
bucket by the community for later taken periodically janitor.
This organic waste will be taken by the janitor in the local
waste management Unit.
2. Types of non-organic Waste will be collected at each waste
bank in each neighborhood for managed and utilized. This
residue will be taken by Waste Management staffs to the
landfills
CONCLUSION
The policy of Local Regulation No. 5 year 2014 about Waste
Management System, and Regulation No. 3/2013 about
Fundamental of protecting and managing environmental life.
Also Regulation No. 5/2012 about Retribution Service in
regulating domestic waste and public hygiene and Regulation
No.16/2014 about Prohibiting littering, can be a solution to
produce clean waste management system but still lack of [15] Yoeti Oka. 1996. Introduction to the science of tourism. Bandung:
Publisher Space
social awareness among the residents because;
[16] Journal:
1. There wasn’t any socialization among the residents [17] Latianingsih, nining. 2010. The implementation of cooperative
that live in rural area. activities business through the law of garbage in the framework of
2. There was a few residents that still careless about community empowerment. Business Economics Journal PNJ.
[18] Quarterly journal Development Area No. 02 of the year 2006
waste management programs.
[19] Umar, Ibn. 2009. Integrated waste management in urban areas.
3. Lack of disciplinary in regulating domestic waste in Journal of Ling-kungan life.
neighborhood. [20] M. Jaafar, S.A. Maideen. School of Housing, Building and
4. Lack of money support from Local Government to Planning, Universiti Sains Malaysia, 11800 Minden, Penang,
Penang, Malaysia/Tourism Management 33 (2012) 683e691
build proper waste management system in sub-
journal homepage: www.elsevier.com/locate/tourman
districts. [21] Medlik, s., & Middleton, v. t. c. (1973). Product formulation in
tourism. In Tourism and marketing, vol. 13. Berne: AISET.
So, the solutions are: [22] Anonymous, 2008. Though the garbage, http://www.pus dakota,
Jakarta
1. It need to continue to be given to the public about the
socialization of local regulations regarding the management
and processing of waste.
2. It needs to be formed cadres in each region, for example,
was formed to oversee the management of cadres and waste
processing areas.
3.It needs to be made a place of garbage processing together at
each neighborhood, so no need to later transport garbage to
landfill, so as to minimize the use of landfill trash, where in
each region has been very concern.
4. This program has been existing in Depok city, can be
implemented as a waste model processing in another city or
town.

REFERENCES
[1] 2010 National Development Planning Agency. Book The
Economic Potential
[2] Croes, r. r. (2006). A paradigm shift to a new strategy for small
island economies: embracing demand side economics for value
enhancement and long term economic stability. Tourism
Management, 27 (3), 453e465.
[3] Enviromental Service Program (ESP) Jawa. 2006. Waste
Management Training Module air-base society.
[4] Faizah. 2008. Management of community-based Household
Garbage (a case study in Yogyakarta). Master of Science thesis
Ling-kungan. Diponegoro University. SEMA-rang
[5] Komang Ayu, Ni. 2009. The role of community waste
management in the Tang House-ga (a case study in Sampangan
and Jom-blang, Semarang). Thesis Master's Degree In
Environmental Science. Diponegoro University. SE-marang.
[6] Purdiyanto. 2009. The role of the community in the handling of
garbage is to improve the quality of the environment. Research
report sehatan-environment and To work.
[7] Surochiem. 2001. The dimensions important Monitoring the
implementation of the programme of empowerment and
participation in coastal communities. Neptune's Journal Vol. 8, no.
1, March 2001, 50-56.
[8] Surbakti, Sriliani. 2009. Management Potential. Towards Zero
Waste bins that are community based in district Kedungkandang of
Malang. Report Of The Research Institute Of Technology
Surabaya.
[9] Salim, Emil. June 23, 2005. Living off garbage, learning from
Prof. Hasan Poerbo.
[10] The Kompas Daily.
[11] Najmudin Ramli. 2007. Tourism environmentally. Jakarta
[12] Scheyvens, r., & Mornsen, j. h. (2008). Tourism and poverty
reduction: issues for small island states. Tourism Geographies, 10
(1), 22e41.
[13] Suryana. 2003. Entrepreneurship practical guidelines, tips and
processes leading to success.
[14] Salemba Jakarta: Four

542
Dannie R. S. Oroh, SPi, MSi 0027047202, Oktavianus Lintong, SPi, MSi
0020107503. STUDY OF SEA WATER QUALITY IN THE DIVE SPOT OF BUNAKEN
MARINE PARK.

SUMMARY

Manado city as center of local government been relied by commercial

sector activities and tourism that role as main of economical development
generating of th city. On the other site the coastal zone had been used as using,
bus terminal, commercial area, resort and hotel, sea port as well as conservation
area such as Bunaken National Park. Beside that, Manado Bay also role as outlet
of about 10 rivers that as physically, chemically and biologically antrophogenic
activities.
Monitoring and measurments of physics parameters were ini situ gathered
at ten decided sampling points. The sampling points were decide discirimatively
by assumption that all point were same treatment by water movements at
Bunaken National park. The seawater sample for chemistry analysis were sampled
at several decided points to figure out the seawater quality of that area of
sampling points. The sample were brought to the laboratory for laboratory
analysis. The microbiology, parameters role as pollotiun indicator parameters
from human or animals waste that divided by two item, the total Coliform and E.
coli.

Keyword : Bunaken National Park

543
544
I. PRELIMINARY
Coastal ecosystems are an area that
receives considerable attention in various
policies and development planning in
Indonesia today. This region has a variety of
natural resources that have been used as a
source of primary food ingredients, especially
animal protein (Dahuri 2002), stating that
empirically coastal areas are places of
economic activity that include marine and
coastal fisheries, transportation and ports,
mining, industrial areas, agribusiness and
agroindustry, recreation and tourism as well as
residential areas and waste-making sites.
Coastal and ocean waters have long
been used as a place for human waste
disposal. This situation can often be observed
in everyday society, which argues that coastal
and marine waters are good waste containers,
because they can or are able to process waste
products, but the homeostatic properties
possessed will remain limited, so above this
threshold , will soon cause pollution problems.
The pollution of a waters as a result of
contamination and the addition of something
from the outside. In accordance with the
Republic of Indonesia Law No. 4 of 1982
concerning the basic provisions of
environmental management. What is meant
by pollution is the entry of substances into the
environment by humans directly or indirectly,
resulting in adverse effects. Whereas marine
pollution by activities or by natural processes
that cause the marine environment to not
function as before (Anonimous, 1998).
Domestic waste can contain millions
of bacteria per military. According to Fardiaz
(1992) bacteria which are often found to
contaminate the waters of the oceans and
catch fisheries include salmonella sp, shigella
sp, vibro sp, and E.coli. these bacteria transmit
various peruitis (gastroenteritis) in humans
such as typhus, typhus, dysentery, cholera and
diarrhea. Salmonella sp, shigella sp and E. coli
bacteria are mainly land and freshwater
inhabitants. Their presence is at sea, caused by
river flow or waste water. Gastroenteritis can
not only be caused by abcteri land / freshwater
inhabitants, but also can cause gastroenteritis
vibro sp.
Various rivers in Sulawsi Urata flow
into the sea such as Paniki river, Tondano,
Sario river, Malalayang river and Bahu river
which carry various trash such as plastic, dirt,
carcasses and so on. This is a source of
pathogenic microbes for both marine biota
and other creatures, so it is feared that these
microorganisms will affect the quality of water
and biota in the Bunaken Marine Park.
Research from Dundu et al. (1993) states that
in the bay of Manado has been contaminated
545
with E. coli bacteria. With the continuous
development of polluting bacteria, it can be
revealed about the water quality of the waters
of the Bunaken Marine Park.
Water quality generally shows the
quality or condition of water that is associated
with an activity or specific needs. Thus, water
quality will differ from one activity to another,
for example: water quality for irrigation needs
is different from water quality for drinking
water needs. Fish live in a water environment
and actively interact between the two. Water-
fish can be said to be an open system where
there is an exchange of material (and energy),
such as oxygen (O2), carbon dioxide (CO2),
salts, and waste materials. This exchange of
material occurs at the fish-water interface on
the material in the form of a semipermeable
membrane found in fish. The presence of
certain ingredients in a certain amount will
interfere with the working mechanism of the
membrane, so that the fish will eventually be
disturbed and can die.
Water Quality is a term that describes
the suitability or suitability of water for certain
uses, for example: drinking water, fisheries,
irrigation / water, industry, recreation and so
on. Caring about water quality is knowing the
condition of the water to ensure safety and
sustainability in its use. Water quality can be
known by doing certain tests on the water.
Typical tests are chemical, physical, biological,
or appearance tests (odor and color).
Problems that often arise in the
management of aquatic resources is a matter
of pollution that can be in the form of physical,
chemical and microbiological pollution.
Although microbiological aspects may have
been studied, but water managers always
recommend that pollution research be carried
out continuously given that environmental
changes can occur .
Several microbiological tests have been
carried out in this study, such as testing total
coliform as an indicator of dirty environmental
contamination, especially by human waste and
total E.coli as an indicator of fecal
contamination in water and food that can
cause gastroenteritis in humans. Based on this,
it is deemed necessary to conduct research on
pollutant bacteria in the dive spots of Bunaken
National Park. Thus, ways to prevent and
control the causes of pollution can be
prevented as early as possible and
continuously.
 II. RESEARCH METODOLOGY
Time And Location Of Research
The study was conducted on Bunaken Island,
starting from April to December 2018 with the
location of observations at the dive spots in the
Park
Naional Bunaken.
Research Methodology
In this study the author uses the method of
observation, to better direct or focus the
observed population to certain traits that are not
generally accepted. By using this method the
author wants to provide a detailed picture with
an emphasis on the overall situation or an event.
this is as long as the authors carry out research
on Bunaken Island.
Data and Data Sources
Basically the author takes data and data sources
in 2 parts, namely:
1. Primary data, is the data collected by the
author during the research. This data is in the
form of conservation area data which includes
data on general conditions, geographical
location, accessibility, climate, water conditions
and socio-cultural conditions of the community
in Bunaken National Park.
2. Secondary data, is data derived from the
internet, document documents of study / research
results, photos, maps, and literature, along with
studies related to the research title.
The type of data used in this study is qualitative
data and quantitative data as supporting data.
Qualitative data are data in the form of words
that are described, while quantitative data are
supporting data in the form of numbers, for
example in expressing the population.
Qualitative data are obtained from results of
field observations, and interviews conducted
openly. While quantitative data is obtained
through books, documents, research reports
relating to the city of Manado, and other
transcripts. Regarding the type of data source,
consisting of primary data sources and secondary
data sources. Primary data sources are objects
that are observed directly from the field and
from selected informants, which are determined
based on purposive consideration or objectives
to be achieved. Secondary data sources are
documents or sources. written in general, such as
population statistics, documents, research
546
reports, Manado maps, as well as various other
relevant texts.
Data Collection Technique
Data collection methods used by the author are as
follows:
a. Direct observation / observation
Direct observation of the waste and waste
management processes in resorts and diving
centers in Bunaken National Park.
b. Documentation
Data sources are carried out by taking pictures in
a number of resorts and diving centers in
Bunaken National Park.
c. Literature
Data is taken by way of literature study through
manual books relating to the titles written and
with journals related to this title
Data Analysis Technique
As described above, this study uses qualitative
methods, so that data analysis also uses
qualitative description analysis, while quantitative
data is supporting. There are several stages in
qualitative data analysis, namely the stages of
open coding, axial coding, and selective coding.
1) At the open coding stage, the researcher tries to
obtain as many variations of data related to the
object of research then breaking down or the
process of detailing the data obtained, examining
or checking, comparing comparing,
conceptualizing and finally categorizing
categorizing data on primary and secondary data .
2) At the axial stage coding data is reorganized
based on categories as a continuation of open
coding and then analyzed the relationship
between data / categories or data grouping. 3) In
selective coding the classification process of data
checking on data categories is compared,
connected, checked and examined in the data
category and then a final conclusion is drawn and
finally a general design is made (Angle 2001).
Results Presentation Techniques
Data Analysis As a research report, data will be
presented in an informal form, with descriptions /
narratives, descriptive words that are good in
accordance with scientific language so that they
are easy to understand and understand. In
addition, it is carried out formally in the form of
statistical tables, drawings, charts and maps.
III. RESULTS AND OUTCOMES
ACHIEVED
Results
Bunaken Marine Park is designated as Nature
Conservation area through the Minister of
Forestry Decree Number 730 / kpts-II / 1991
dated October 15, 1991 with an area of 89,065 ha
covering 4 regions, namely Manado City,
Minahasa Regency, North Minahasa Regency and
South Minahasa Regency with 4 (four) sub-
districts namely Bunaken City Manado District
(Bunaken Island, Manado Tua, Siladen, Molas,
Meras and Tongkaina), Wori Sub-district, North
Minahasa Regency (Mantehage Island, Nain
Island and Tiwoho Village), in Tombariri District,
Minahasa District (coastal area of Tanjung
Kelapa Poopo Village, Teling Village, Kumu
Village and Pinasungkulan Village, South
Minahasa Sub-district (Arakan, sondaken, foreign tourists. The favorite dive spots are East
Pungkol, Wawontulap and Popareng Villages). Bunaken, Mandolin, Tanjung Kopi, Shipbuilding
Geographically the BUnaken National Park area and Baracuda Peak. This can be seen in the
is divided into 2 regions, namely the northern part picture below
is located between 1º35'41 "- 1º32’16" and the
southern part is 12º50’50 "- 12º49’22,6". Islands
Region Bunaken National Park consists of 5
islands namely Bunaken, Manado Tua, Siladen,
Manthehage and Nain. In Bunaken National
Tamana there are approximately 30,000
inhabitants. The average life of the Bunaken
National Park community is as a fisherman and
craftsman. Rainfall in this area averages 2,501 -
3500 mm / year with an average air temperature
of 27ºC with fluctuations of approximately 1º -
20º C.
In Bunaken National Park, activities that can be
done are diving, snorkeling, swimming, cultural
tourism, camping etc. In addition, there are also
developments in other parts, precisely the dispot
area, namely the large number of community
activities as food traders. Bunaken National Park
is directly adjacent to Manado Bay, both in the
sea area of Manadomaupun City which is located
in the sea area of South Minahasa Regency in
Tatapaan Subdistrict. This area is one of the
important marine tourism destinations in North
Sulawesi.
Bunaken is an island with the sea located in North
Sulawesi precisely in the bay of Bunaken. There
are some unique facts that are owned by Bunaken
National Tamana namely:
• Marine Park around Bunaken Island is part of
the National Park which also includes the seas
around Manado Tua Island, Siladen and
Mantehage
• The location of Bunaken National Park in the
area of the world's golden coral reef triangle,
which connects the Philippine Sea, the Papua Sea
and the Indonesian Sea. So that by itself this
region has a high level of coral reef biodiversity.
Pic.3 Sampling point
• The sinking of a German ship that sank in the
sea floor which is a place or home for coral reefs
in the Bunaken Marine Park area. This is called
Results description of the Research
the dive spot of the ship's ruins. Seawater sampling for seawater quality parameter
• Around May to August is the right time to visit analysis based on the Decree of the Minister of
the Bunaken Marine Park because in those Environment No. 51 of 2004 concerning Sea
months the waves and ocean currents are quite Water Quality Standards, was carried out at
calm then the temperature is quite warm around sampling points, namely at several dive spots in
26 - 31º C. With the calm and warm sea, the Bunaken Marine Park, as in Table 1 and Figure 2
diving activity can done well and safely. below:
• Bunaken National Park is one of the diving Table 2 : location of the sample point
No Sample Location geographical position
paradise inhabited by more than 3,000 fish Point North latitude East longitude
species and around 390 coral reef species. There 1 TS1 Batu 1º45’24,69” 124º47’30,91”
are several exotic and rare species of fish that are Kapal
Dugongs, Baracuda and Unicornfish. Algae 2 TS2 Fukui 1º36’33,34” 124º45’21,07”
species found in this region are Caulerpa, 3 TS3 Tanjung 1º35’24,69” 124º46’46,62”
Parigi
Halimeda and Padina. While the most common 4 TS4 Likuan 1 1º27’48,49” 124º04’70,98”
seaweed species found were Thalassia 5 TS5 Likuan 2 1º25’24,59” 124º05’24,69”
hemprichii, Enhallus acoroides and 6 TS6 Tanjung 1º34’6,53” 124º47’21,18”
Thalassaodendron cilliatum. Pisok
• Bunaken Marine Park was discovered in 1964 7 TS7 Mandolin 1º38’35,16” 124º49’44,37”
8 TS8 Muka 1º28’35,16” 124º49’54,69”
by Nusantara Diving Club (NDC) which is the
Kampung
oldest diving group in Indonesia. After its 9 TS9 PUncak 1º35’24,16,9” 124º45’24,69”
discovery, Bunaken was developed from one of Baracuda
the local tours to date it is an international class 10 TS10 Tanjung 1º36’24,69” 124º50’17,40”
diving spot. Kopi
There were around 40 dive spots in the Bunaken TS = Titik Sampling
Marine Park. But from the dive spot there are
several dive spots that are the faorit of local and

547
 Results of Monitoring and Measurement of it can be seen that the high concentration of Coli
Physical Parameters identifies sanitation management in Bunaken
Monitoring and measurement of physical Island residential areas less well. this can be seen
parameters is carried out in situ at 10 from the houses of the people who built the
predetermined points. The sampling point is building with their backs to the beach, besides
determined in a discriminatory manner with the that from various information it was known that
assumption that the sampling point was treated by the waters were a transportation route from
the relatively similar Bay Manado water passenger ships, tourist boats for marine tourism
movement. The results of monitoring and in Bunaken National Park. The ships often
measurement are shown in Table 3 below : dispose of waste directly around the waters on
their way. The high total number of E. coli in
Table 3 : Results of Monitoring and Measurement several locations can affect the quality of water
of Physical Parameters and marine biota life in the Bunaken Marine Park
No Location Parameter weather which is a superior marine tourism in North
Temp Oil waste odor conditions Sulawesi, bearing in mind the water currents and
layer
1 Batu 30 - - - bright waves that can bring up to the waters that bring it
Kapal to the waters which is the core zone of the Marine
2 Fukui 31 -   bright Park Bunaken.
3 Tanjung 31 -  - bright
Parigi Various objects or tourist destinations in the
4 Likuan 1 29 -   bright world, usually located in areas far from
5 Likuan 2 30 -  - bright settlements, but somewhat different from those in
6 Tanjung 28 -   cloudy
Pisok
the Bunaken National Park area which is actually
7 Mandolin 29 -   cloudy close to the residential area in this case the city of
8 Muka 30    cloudy Manado. The existence of various pollutants from
Kampung anthropogenic activities that enter the river is a
9 PUncak 31    cloudy
Baracuda result of the existence of potential settlements that
10 Tanjung 29 - - - cloudy threaten the Bunaken National Park area as a
Kopi
tourist destination.
The table above shows the physical parameters in
the sampling location, where it can be seen from IV.CONCLUSINS AND RECOMMENDATIONS
the observations that the monitoring locations of
Batu Kapal and Tanjung Kopi didive spots have Conclusion
no oil, garbage and no odor. This identifies
clearly that there is no indication of pollution or is • Physics quality 10 dive spots from 49 dive spots in
still in a natural condition because the dive spot is the Bunaken Marine Park show that they are still
still far from the settlement so that human below the threshold of applicable regulations so that
activities that can cause pollution still have not they are still suitable for tourism development
touched the area. Indeed, in some points there are
• The quality of biology according to bacteriological
a number of plastic waste, almost broken paper,
organic waste in the form of drift from quality, especially the total Coliform and E. Coli in
the BUnaken National Park as a whole is still below
settlements in the city of Manado, settlements on
the threshold, even though some points show high
the island of Bunaken, or those that are from
numbers. This is defined as poor sanitation
outside the area carried by tidal currents. The
existence of drifting solid waste in the form of management in the Bunaken settlement area.
organic waste that is not managed properly will • The high number of E. E. coli in several locations
enter the city drainage and will later enter the can affect the quality of water and biota life in the
river body. Bunaken Marine Park which is a superior marine
tourism in North Sulawesi
Results of Monitoring and Measurement of
Microbiological Parameters Suggestion
Microbiological parameters are parameters
indicating pollution from human and animal • Need to make serious and intensive repairs to the
waste. Microbiological parameters are divided domestic liquid waste disposal system directly to
into two (2) parts, namely: Total Coliform and E. river water bodies in the Bunaken Marine Park
coli which are pollution indicator bacteria or
sanitation indicators that can be used as a marker • It is necessary to conduct counseling and
of faecal pollution or human or animal feces monitoring about the liquid waste disposal system in
because the organism is a commensal organism in the river and sea waters of Manado Bay by the
the human digestive tract and animals. residents of the Bunaken Marine Park
The results of the analysis show that the water • Need intensive monitoring of the pace and pattern
quality for the Total Coli parameters of the 10 of physical development in the Manado Bay
monitoring locations shows that only on the side coastline
of Tanjung Pisok which is part of the coast of
Manado Bay can be said to be a sterile area and • Intensive monitoring of the presence of E.coli
there is no direct contact with the settlement. pathogenic bacteria in the Bunaken Marine Park for
While the nine locations are areas that have direct preventive follow-up or efforts to minimize their
contact with the population, this can mean that presence.
poor sanitation management from the community
gets a high score on Coli numbers. From Figure 3

548
Bibliography

Anonimous, 1991. Kursus Pemantauan Dan

Pencemaran Laut IV.diselenggarakan oleh
Puslitbang Oseanologi LIPI Kerja sama
dengan UNESCO/UNDP. Jakarta

Anonimous, 1998. Pedoman Buku Mutu

Lingkungan Sekretariat Menteri Negara
Kependudukan dan Lingkungan Hidup.
Jakarta.

Alaerts, G. dan S. Santika, 1984.Metode

Penelitian Air.Usaha Nasional Surabaya.

Biswas, A.K. 2006.Water Quality Management

in the Americas. Springers, The
Netherlands

Dahuri R. 2002. Membangun Kembali

Perekonomian Indonesia melalui Sektor
Perikanan dan Kelautan .LISPI. Jakarta.

Dawson, E. Y. 1966. Marinne Botany. An

Introduction Halt Rinehard and
Wiston.Inc.

Dwidjoseputro, D. 1994. Dasar-dasar

Mikrobiologi, Penerbit Djambatan Jakarta.

Entjang, I. 2003. Mikrobiologi dan

Parasitologi.Penerbit PT Citra Aditya
Bakti. Bandung

Fardiaz S. 1992. Mikrobiologi Pangan I.

Gramedia Pustaka Utama Jakarta.

Felliatra, 1999.Identifikasi Bakteri Pathogen di

Perairan Nongsa Batam Propinsi
Riau.Jurnal Natur Indonesia II.

Hutabarat S. dan S. M. Evan, 1984. Pengantar

Oseanografi. UI-Press Jakarta.

Jawetz, E. J. L. Melnic dan E. A. Adelberg

1986. Mikrobiologi: untuk Profesi
Kesehatan. EGC Buku Kedokteran.
Jakarta.

Lay. B. W. dan S. Hastowo, 1992. Mikrobiologi,

Rajawali Press, Jakarta.

Nazir, M. 1998. Metode Penelitian. Penerbit

Ghalia. Jakarta

Nontji, A. 1993 Laut Nusantara. Djembatan.

Jakarta

Nybakken, J. W., 1988. Biologi Laut .PT

Gramedia Jakarta.

549
Yuridical Analysis Implementation of Outsourcing
System Work Agreement in Public Analysis
Services Company
Ida Nurhayati 1, Abdillah 2 .
ida.nurhayati@akuntansi.pnj.ac.id1,
abdillahpnj@gmail.com2 .
Abstract—This study is aimed at analyzing the work
agreement of the existing outsourcing system at the
Jakarta State Polytechnic which is carried out on the basis
of an operational cooperation agreement between the
employer company (principal) and the employer
(outsourcing company). Researchers use qualitative
methods with a normative juridical approach, using a
sample working agreement between workers and
employers (principal). The results of this study illustrate
that in general the format and substance of the work
agreement are in accordance with the applicable legal
rules, although there are some parts that still need to be
improved, especially regarding the employment
relationship between workers and labor providers that are
not transparent. This will affect systematic manpower
planning which is used as a basis and reference in the
formulation of policies, strategies and implementation of
the employment development program on an ongoing basis
(Abstract)
Keywords—component; employment agreement, labor,
outsourcing)
I. INTRODUCTION
The Employment Agreement is regulated in Chapter
IX of the Manpower Act of 2003. In Article 1 Number 14, it is
stated that an employment agreement is an agreement between
workers / laborers and employers or employers that contains
terms of employment, rights and obligations of the parties.
Then in Article 1 Number 15 it is stated that the employment
relationship is the relationship between the employer and the
worker / laborer based on the employment agreement, which
has elements of work, wages and orders.
In the Manpower Act which regulates the
Employment Agreement, it is stated that the contents of the
employment agreement may not conflict with the applicable
laws and regulations. That is, if the company has a company
regulation or collective labor agreement, the contents of the
work agreement, both quality and quantity, should not be
lower than the company regulation or collective labor
agreement in the company concerned. Thus, the employment
550
agreement only contains simple or minimal work conditions,
namely only on wages, so there needs to be a regulation that
contains complete work conditions, namely in the form of
company regulations or collective labor agreements.
In Law Number 13 Year 2003 the regulation regarding
outsourcing is stated explicitly. Areas that can be outsourced
by a company are parts that are not related to the core
business. This rule encourages many companies to surrender
their jobs to outsourcing companies such as station, cleaning
service, and several other fields that are not related to the core
business. In practice, the principal company determines the
qualifications and working conditions, and on that basis
outsourcing companies recruit prospective workers. By law,
there is no structural relationship between the employer
company and the workers, because the employer of the worker
is not the principal company but the outsourcing company.
With these conditions, how can the workers with outsourcing
systems be protected by law, what forms of employment
agreements can protect workers from several aspects, such as
legal, economic and sociological / psychological aspects, and
how does the work agreement be done with workers with
outsourcing system for companies. So all parties, namely,
service providers, service users, and workers themselves are in
the same position as a legal relationship in an agreement,
especially an employment with outsourcing .
II. METHODOLOGY
To achieve research objectives, researchers will use
explorative and qualitative approaches. An explorative
approach is used to get a comprehensive initial picture of a
program's policies while a qualitative approach will be used to
get a description that is rich in nuances, feelings, attitudes, and
thoughts related to the problem of this research.
A. Research Samples And Data
To get respondents through, among others: a sample of several
workers / representatives of trade unions, labor service
providers, and companies using labor services in Jakarta.
Then to choose a repondent is done by: going to the provider
of labor services, as well as with several workers, and
choosing a company / institution using labor services in this
case is the Jakartya State Polytechnic in Depok.
B. Object Of Research
Obek that will be examined is to see and analyze the work
agreement that is done, both by the provider of labor services
with workers and between service users and providers of labor
services. From the working agreement letters, the company
runs its work system, both service provider companies and
employment services companies. After that, it is only analyzed
in relation to matters relating to the rights and obligations of
the parties (workers, companies) .
C. Data Analysis
Data analysis was carried out qualitatively according to the
type of data studied. Primary data obtained from respondents
(workers) and from PNJ as parties for labor service users will
be inventoried and grouped, in order to find specific
indications regarding the case. The grouped data will be linked
to one another and interpreted with a legal (legal) perspective.
III. RESULT AND DISCUSSION
Work command letter (spk) about procurement working
services of labor cleaning service between x with pt "y" . From
the title it is not an agreement, but in the implementation and
in it the letter of agreement reads, resulting in confusion.
article 1
OBJECT OF AGREEMENT
The object of the agreement in this case the work carried out is
not the core work of the first party, this is in accordance with
the provisions of the Manpower Act and the Minister of
Manpower and Transmigration
Section 2
TIME PERIOD
Regarding the period of time in accordance with Article 59 of
Law No. 13 of 2003 concerning Manpower, it can be
temporary and has a maximum of 3 years, so that this is still in
accordance with the rule of law.
Article 3
LABOR
In this Article regulates Manpower, only one paragraph
governing labor, the rest regulates the honorarium, equipment
costs, job security, and the issue of labor demands, where it
does not correspond to the article title.
Article 4
JOB RESPONSIBILITY
For the provisions of this article it is appropriate, both with the
agreement and generally applicable rules.
Article 5
JOB SPORT PRICE
For the article about the wholesale price of the work is not
in accordance with the title of the agreement, because in the
contract law there is a contract of employment, but here comes
the price of a job, so there is a contradiction.
Article 6
PAYMENT METHOD
551
About how to pay, is in accordance with the applicable rules.
Article 7
SUPERVISION MECHANISM
Article 7 regulates the mechanism of supervision, but the
contents are about the responsibilities of the second party, so
the title and contents are not synchronized.
Article 8
SECOND PARTY GUARANTEE
Article 8, especially in paragraph (1) concerning the status of
workers, and in paragraph (2) concerning what health
insurance is given, it is not clear.
Article 9
SECOND PARTY LIABILITY
The format and substance of this article are in accordance
with the agreement in general.
Article 16
TRANSFER OF AGREEMENT
The title of the article is the transfer but the contents are
about the ban on transfer, so there is a contradiction. This
article is appropriate
The selection of settlement of disputes to the Court if the
deliberation cannot be achieved, but does not determine which
court is appointed.
Article 21
COVER
From the results of the analysis above, researchers see that
what is still incompatible with the rules of an agreement is
relatively insignificant, which often occurs in the title / naming
of the articles. Whereas for the substance / contents of the
article itself in general it is in accordance with the norms,
principles / principles, and legal requirements of the
agreement.
This data is actually not in accordance with the
expectations of the researchers, because we did not obtain the
employment agreement made by PPJP, because it turned out
that the company objected to giving it, so the researchers
sought and obtained from the principal / service users. This
obstacle has an impact on the results of this study.
Researchers also used questionnaires aimed at workers
with a relatively small number of fifteen people plus one
supervisor and one deputy supervisor. The results of the
questionnaire trial all workers have filled in, but when filling
out not directly in front of the researcher, the results are not in
accordance with the researchers' predictions, and finally the
data is only as an attachment.
CONCLUSION
In general, the substance / content of the article itself is in
accordance with the norms, principles / principles, and legal
requirements of the agreement. But some things, for example
the title of the article that is not in accordance with the
contents of the article.
In outsourcing system work agreements that occur is the
delivery of certain jobs to third parties that are carried out with
the aim of sharing risks and reducing the burden on service
users. Submission of the work is carried out on the basis of an
operational cooperation agreement between the employer
(principal) and the recipient of the job (outsourcing company)
REFERENCES
[1] Darrough, Masako. 2018. The Impact of Corporate Welfare Policy on
Firm-Level Productivity: Evidence from Unemployment Insurance.
Journal of Business Ethics : JBE; Dordrecht (Feb 2018):
1-21. DOI:10.1007/s10551-018-3817-2
[2] Djumialdji, F.X. 2008. Perjanjian Kerja.Jakarta. Sinar Grafika.
[3] Jehan,. Libertus. 2008. Hak-Hak Karyawan Kontrak. Jakarta. Forum
Sahabat.
[4] Nurhayati, Ida. 2007. Laporan Penelitian Hukum Ketenagakerjaan
Sebagai Alat Dalam Perbaikan Kedudukan Serta Perlindungan Terhadap
Perempuan Pada Kegiatan Wirausaha Di Sentra Industri Kerajianan
Bordir Tasikmalaya Politeknik Negeri Jakarta.
[5] Mohanty, Madhumita; Chowdury, Om Prakash. 2014. Occupational
Stress And Personality Factors Of Substance Abusing Employees Of
Business Proces Outsourcing/Information Technology Sector.
International Journal Of Arts And Sciences. Cumberland.
552
Vol. 7, Iss. 2, (2014): 265-286. Diakses tanggal 29 September
2018. Pk. 22.00
[6] Musawir, M, Nurhadi. 2007. Peraturan Pekerja 2007. Jakarta. Durat
Bahagia.
[7] Robertson, Christopher, et all. 2010. Stakeholder Perceptions of
Offshoring and Outsourcing: The Role of Embedded Issues. Journal of
Business Ethics. JBE; Dordrecht. Vol. 95, Iss. 2, (Aug
2010): 167-189. DOI:10.1007/s10551-009-0353-0. Diakses
tanggal 29 September 2018. Pk. 22.50
[8] Stuebs, Marty. 2010. Business Reputation and Labor Efficiency,
Productivity, and Cost. Journal of Business Ethics : JBE;
Dordrecht Vol. 96, Iss. 2, (Oct 2010): 265-283.
DOI:10.1007/s10551-010-0464-7
[9] Tunggal, Setia Hadi. 2005. Undang-Undang Sistem Jaminan Sosial
Nasioanl Dan Undang-Undang Serikat Pekerja/Serikat Buruh. Jakarta.
Harvarindo.
[10] Jurnal Hukum Bisnis Outsourcing dan Tenaga Kerjas on line edisi
08.tanggal akses 11 Mei 2010.